Skip to main content

Full text of "The development of the chick; an introduction to embryology"

See other formats


S^Q^^QQ^^^^Q^^Ea 


I    Marine  Biological  Laboratory  Library 

Woods  Hole,  Mass. 


[0 


Presented  Ly 

Miss  Mildred  Moses 
(3  Oct  '52) 


il 
II 

T 


[D 


a^^^^s^^^s^^^^sai 


'kP^ 


,^  VJ 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   C^HICK 

AN  INTRODUCTION   TO  EMBRYOLOGY 


THE    DEVELOPMENTu^ 
OF  THE    CHICK  ^^ 


AN    INTRODUCTION    TO    EMBRYOLOGY 


BY 

FRANK   R.   LILLIE 

PROFESSOR  IN  THE  UNIVERSITY  OP  CHICAGO 


SECOND  EDITION,  REVISED 


NEW   YORK 
HENRY  HOLT  AND  COMPANY 

1919 


-<» 


« 


Copyright,  1908,  1919, 

BY 

HENRY  HOLT   AND  COMPANY 


PREFACE   TO   FIRST   EDITION 

This  book  is  a  plain  account  of  the  development  of  the  never- 
failing  resource  of  the  embryologist,  the  chick.  It  has  been  neces- 
sary to  fill  certain  gaps  in  our  knowledge  of  the  development 
of  the  chick  by  descriptions  of  other  birds.  But  the  account 
does  not  go  beyond  the  class  Aves,  and  it  applies  exclusively 
to  the  chick  except  where  there  is  specific  statement  to  the 
contrary.  Projected  chapters  on  the  integument,  muscular  sys- 
tem, physiology  of  development,  teratology,  and  history  of  the 
subject  have  been  omitted,  as  the  book  seemed  to  be  already 
sufficiently  long.  The  account  has  been  written  directly  from 
the  material  in  almost  every  part,  and  it  has  involved  some 
special  investigations,  particularly  on  the  early  development 
undertaken  by  Doctor  Mary  Blount  and  Doctor  J.  T.  Patterson, 
to  whom  acknowledgments  are  due  for  permission  to  incor- 
porate their  results  before  full  publication  by  the  authors.  As 
the  book  is  meant  for  the  use  of  beginners  in  embryology,  refer- 
ences to  authors  are  usually  omitted  except  where  the  account 
is  based  directly  on  the  description  of  a  single  investigator.  A 
fairly  full  list  of  original  sources  is  published  as  an  appendix. 

Figures  borrowed  from  other  publications  are  credited  in 
the  legends  to  the  figures.  The  majority  of  the  illustrations  are 
from  original  preparations  of  the  author:  Figures  46,  48,  50,  51, 
52,  58,  59,  60,  61,  62,  63,  64,  65,  66,  67,  71,  72,  73,  74,  75,  99, 
105  and  106  were  drawn  by  Mr.  K.  Hayashi;  the  remainder  of 
the  original  drawings  were  executed  by  Mr.  Kenji  Toda.  The 
photographs  in  Figures  118,  119,  120,  168,  181,  182,  189,  194,  197, 
and  231  are  the  work  of  Mr.  Willard  C.  Green.  Some  of  the 
figures  may  be  studied  with  advantage  for  points  not  described 
in  the  text. 

Acknowledgments  are  also  due  my  colleague,  Professor  W.  L. 
Tower  for  much  assistance,  and  to  Doctor  Rov  L.  Moodie  for 
special  work  on  the  skeleton,  and  photographs  of  potash  prep- 
arations reproduced  in  Figures  242,  246,  249  and  250. 

The  best  introduction  to  the  problems  opened  up  by  the  study 

iii 


iv  PREFACE 

of  embryology  is  a  careful  first-hand  study  of  some  one  species. 
It  is  in  this  sense  that  the  book  may  serve  as  an  introduction  to 
embryology,  if  its  study  is  accompanied  by  careful  laboratory 
work.  In  some  respects  it  is  fuller,  and  in  others  less  complete, 
than  other  books  with  which  it  might  be  compared.  On  its 
comparative  and  experimental  sides,  embryology  is  the  only  key 
to  the  solution  of  some  of  the  most  fundamental  problems  of 
biology.  The  fact  that  comparative  and  experimental  embry- 
ology receive  bare  mention  is  not  due  to  any  lack  of  appreciation 
of  their  interest  and  importance,  but  to  the  conviction  that  the 
beginner  is  not  prepared  to  appreciate  these  problems  at  the 
start;  to  the  belief  that  our  teachers  of  embryology  are  com- 
petent to  remedy  omissions;  and  finally  to  the  circumstance 
that  no  one  book  can,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  cover  the  entire  field, 
except  in  the  most  superficial  way. 

The  development  before  laying  and  the  first  three  days  of 
incubation  are  treated  by  stages  as  far  as  possible,  and  this  mat- 
ter constitutes  Part  I  of  the  book.  It  involves  the  study  of  the 
origin  of  the  primordia  of  most  of  the  organs.  The  matter 
concerning  the  later  development  is  classified  by  the  organs 
concerned,  which  seems  to  be  the  only  possible  way,  and  this 
constitutes  Part  II.  The  first  part  is  complete  in  itself,  so  far 
as  it  goes,  and  no  doubt  it  will  be  the  only  part  consulted  by 
some  students. 

The  attempt  to  present  a  consecutive  account  of  the  develop- 
ment of  the  form  on  which  so  many  classics  in  the  history  of 
embryology  have  been  based  is  no  slight  undertaking.  The 
author  can  hardly  hope  that  he  has  avoided  omissions  and  errors, 
and  he  will  be  sincerely  grateful  to  those  who  call  such  to  his 
attention. 


COXTEXTS 

IXTRODUCTION 

PAGE 

I.     The  Cell  Theory .  1 

II.     The  Recapitulation  Theory 3 

III.  The  Physiology  of  Development 6 

IV.  Embryonic  Primordia  and  the  Law  of  Genetic   Restric- 

tion          8 

V.     General  Characters  of  Germ-cells 9 

The  Spermatozoon 9 

The  Ovum 10 

Comparison  of  the  Germ-cells 12 

VI.     Polarity  and  Organization  of  the  Ovum       ....  14 

PART  I 

THE  EARLY  DEVELOPMENT  TO  THE  END  OF  THE 

THIRD  DAY 

CHAPTER   I.     THE   EGG 17 

Chemical  Composition  of  the  Hen's  Egg 20 

Formation  of  the  Egg 21 

Abnormal  Eggs 25 

Ovogenesis 26 

* 

CHAPTER   II.     THE   DEVELOPMENT   PRIOR  TO   LAYING  32 

I.     Maturation 32 

11.     Fertilization 35 

III.  Cleavage  of  the  Ovum 38 

The  Hen's  Egg 39 

The  Pigeon's  Egg 43 

IV.  Origin  of  the  Periblastic  Nuclei,   Formation   of   the 

Germ-wall 47 

V.     Origin  of  the  Ectoderm  and  Entoderm    ......  52 

CHAPTER   III.     OUTLINE  OF  DEVELOPMENT,  ORIENTA- 
TION, CHRONOLOGY 61 

Orientation 63 

Chronology  {Classification  of  Stages) 64 

Tables  of  the  Developyyient  of  the  Chick        68 


Zn3\ 


vi  COXTEXTS 

PAGE 

CHAPTER  IV.     FROM  LAYIXG  TO  THE  FORMATIOX  OF 

THE   FIRST   SOMITE 69 

I.     Structure  of  the  Unincubated  Blastoderm  ....  69 

II.     The  Primitive  Streak 69 

Total  Views 69 

Sections 74 

The  Head-process 80 

hiterpretation  of  the  Primitive  Streak 83 

III.  The  Mesoderm  of  the  Opaque  Area 86 

IV.  The  Germ-wall 90 

CHAPTER  V.     HEAD-FOLD   TO   TWELVE   SOMITES 

(From  about  the  twenty-first  to  the  thirty-third  hour  of  incu- 
bation)           91 

I.     Origin  of  the  Head-fold 91 

II.     Formation  of  the  Fore-gut 93 

III.     Origin  of  the  Xeural  Tube         95 

The  Medullary  Plate 95 

The  Neural  Groove  and  Folds 97 

Primary  Divisions  of  the  Neural  Tube 105 

Origin  of  the  Primary  Divisions  of  the  Embryonic  Brain  108 

IV.     The  Mesoblast 109 

Primary  Structure  of  the  Sornites 11-4 

The    Nephrotome,   or    Intermediate    Cell-mass    (Middle 

Plate) 114 

The  Lateral  Plate 115 

Development  of  the  Body-cavity  or  Cadome 115 

Mesoblast  of  the  Head 116 

Vascular  System 117 

Origin  of  the  Heart 119 

The  Embryonic  Blood-vessels 121 

V.     Description  of  an  Embryo  with  10  Somites  ....  122 

The  Nervous  System 124 

Alimentary  Canal 126 

Vascular  System 126 

General 127 

Zones  of  the  Blastoderm 127 

CHAPTER  VI.     FROM  TWELVE  TO  THIRTY-SIX  SO]\IITES. 

THIRTY-FOUR   TO   SEVEXTY-TWO   HOURS    .  130 
I.     Development  of  the  External   Form,   and  Turning   of 

the  Embryo 130 

Separation  of  the  Embryo  from  the  Blastoderm        .      .      .  130 


CONTEXTS  vii 

PAGE 

The  Turning  of  the  Embryo  and  the  Embryonic  Flexures  133 

II.     Origin  of  the  Embryonic  Membranes 135 

Origin  of  the  Amnion  and  Chorion 135 

The  Yolk-sac         143 

Origin  of  the  Allantois 143 

Summary  of  Later  History  of  the  Embryonic  Membranes  .  145 

III.  The  Xervous  System 147 

The  Brain 147 

The  Neural  Crest  and  the  Cranial  and  Spinal  Ganglia  156 

IV.  The  Organs  of   Special    Sense    (Eye,    Ear,    X'ose)        .  164 

The  Eye ^    .  164 

The  Auditory  Sac 168 

The  Nose  (Olfactory  Pits) 169 

V.     The  Alimentary  Canal  and  its  Appendages        .      .      .  170 

The  StomodoEum 173 

The  Pharynx  and  Visceral  Arches 173 

(Esophagus  and  Stomach 179 

The  Liver 179 

The  Pancreas         181 

The  Mid-Gut 181 

Ancd    Plate,    Hind-gut,    Post-anal    gut    and    Allantois  182 

VI.     History  of  the  Mesoderm 183 

Somites 183 

The  Intermediate  Cell-mass 190 

The  Vascular  System 197 

VII.     The  Body-cavity  and  Mesenteries 205 

PART    II 

THE   FOrRTH    DAY   TO    HATCHING,    ORGANOGENY, 
DEVELOPMENT   OF  THE   ORGANS 

CHAPTER  VII.     THE  EXTERXAL    FORM    OF    THE    EM- 
BRYO AXD   THE   EMBRYONIC  :\IEMBRAXES  211 

I.     The  External  Form 211 

General 211 

Head           213 

II.     Embryonic  Membranes  .      .      . 216 

General 216 

The  Allantois 220 

The  Yolk-sac 225 

The  Amnion 231 

Hatching    .      .            232 


viii  CONTEXTS 

PAGE 

CHAPTER    \TII.     THE   NERVOUS   SYSTEM 233 

I.     The  Neuroblasts 233 

The  Medullary  Neuroblasts 233 

The  Ganglionic  Neuroblasts 236 

II.     The  Development  of  the  Spinal  Cord 239 

Central  Canal  and  Fissures  of  the  Cord 242 

Neuroblasts,  Commissures,  and  Fiber  Tracts  of  the  Cord  .  244 

III.  The  Development  of  the  Brain 244 

The  Telencephalon 245 

The  Diencephalon 249 

The  Meseyicephalon 251 

The  Metencephalon 251 

The  Myelencephalon 252 

Commissures  of  the  Brain 252 

IV.  The  Peripheral  Nervous  System     . 252 

The  Spinal  Nerves 252 

The  Cranial  Nerves 261 

CHAPTER  IX.     ORGANS   OF   SPECIAL   SENSE     ....  271 

I.     The  Eye 271 

The  Optic  Cup 271 

The  Vitreous  Humor 275 

The  Lens          276 

Anterior  Chamber  and  Cornea 278 

The  Choroid  and  Sclerotic  Coats 279 

The  Eyelids  and  Conjunctival  Sac 279 

Choroid  Fissure,  Pecten  and  Optic  Nerve 281 

II.     The  Development  of  the  Olfactory  Organ        .      .      .  285 

III.     The  Development  of  the  Ear 288 

Development  of  the  Otocyst  and  Associated  Parts    .      .      .  289 
The  Development  of  the  Tubo-tyyn panic  Cavity,  External 

Auditory  Meatus  and  Tympanum 297 

CHAPTER  X.     THE  ALIMENTARY   TRACT   AND   ITS  AP- 
PENDAGES       301 

I.     Mouth  and  Oral  Cavity 301 

Beak  and  Egg-tooth 302 

The  Tongue 305 

Oral  Glands 306 

II.     Derivatives  of  the  Embryonic  Pharynx 306 

Fate  of  the  Visceral  Clefts 307 

Thyroid 307 


CONTENTS  IX 

PAGE 

Visceral  Pouches •      •  307 

The  Thymus 308 

Epithelial  Vestiges 309 

The  Posthranchial  Bodies 309 

III.  The  (Esophagus,  Stomach  and  Intestine         ....  309 

Oesophagus 312 

Stomach            313 

Large  Intestine,  Cloaca,  and  Anus 314 

IV.  The  Development  of  the  Liver  and  Pancreas   ,      .      .  319 

The  Liver         319 

The  Pancreas         323 

V.     The  Respiratory  Tract 325 

Bronchi,  Lungs  and  Air-sacs 325 

The  Laryngotracheal  Groove 331 

CHAPTER  XI.    THE  BODY-CAVITIES,  MESENTERIES  AND 

SEPTUM   TRANSVERSUM 333 

I.  The  Separation  of  the  Pericardial    and    Pleuroperi- 

TONEAL  Cavities 333 

Septum  Transversum 334 

Closure  of  the  Dorsal  Opening  of  the  Pericardium  .      .      .  337 

Estahlishment  of  Independent  Pericardial  Walls     .      .      .  338 

Derivatives  of  the  Septum  Transversum 339 

II.  Separation  of  Pleural  and  Peritoneal  Cavities;  Or- 

igin OF  THE  Septum  Pleuro-peritoneale       .      .      .  340 

III.     The  Mesenteries 342 

The  Dorsal  Mesentery 342 

The  Origin  of  the  Omentum 343 

Origin  of  the  Spleen          345 

CHAPTER  XII.     THE    LATER    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE 

VASCULAR   SYSTEM 348 

I.     The  Heart 348 

The  Development  of  the  External  Form  of  the  Heart     .      .  348 

Division  of  the  Cavities  of  the  Heart 350 

Fate  of  the  Bulbus .357 

The  Sinus  Ve?iosus 357 

II.     The  Arterial  System 358 

The  Aortic  Arches 358 

The  Carotid  Arch 361 

The  Subclavian  Artery 362 

The  Aortic  System 362 


X  CONTENTS 

PAGE 

III.    The  Venous  System       .....     c     ....      .  363 

The  Anterior  Vence  Cavce 363 

The  Omphalomesenteric  Veins 364 

The  Umbilical  Veins 367 

The  System  of  the  Inferior  Vena  Cava 368 

IV.     The  Embryonic  Circulation        372 

CHAPTER   XIII.     THE   URINOGENITAL   SYSTEM     ...  378 

I.  The  Later  History  of  the  Mesonephros 378 

II.  The  Development  of  the  Metanephros  or  Permanent 

Kidney 38-1: 

The  Metanephric  Diverticulum 384 

The  Nephrogenous  Tissue  of  the  Metanephros        .      .      .  387 

III.  The  Organs  of  Reproduction •  390 

Development  of  Ovary  and  Testis 391 

Development  of  the  Genital  Ducts 401 

IV.  The  Suprarenal  Capsules 403 

Origin  of  the  Cortical  Cords 405 

Origin  of  the  Medullary  Cords 406 

CHAPTER  XIV.    THE   SKELETON 407 

I.     General 407 

II.     The  Vertebral  Column 411 

The  Sclerotomes  and  Vertebral  Segmentation     ....  412 

Membranous  Stage  of  the  Vertebrce 414 

Chondrification 418 

Atlas  and  Axis  (Epistropheus) 420 

Formation  of  Vertebral  Articulations 421 

Ossification 421 

III.  Development  of  the  Ribs  and  Sternal  Apparatus.   .  424 

IV.  Development  of  the  Skull 427 

Development  of  the  Cartilaginous  or  Primordial  Cranium.  428 

Ossification  of  the  Skull 431 

V.     Appendicular  Skeleton 434 

The  Fore-limb 434 

The  Skeleton  of  the  Hind-limb 438 

APPENDIX 

General  Literature ^      •>           ....  443 

Literature  —  Chapter  I 443 

Literature  —  Chapter  II 444 

Literature  —  Chapter  III 44o 

Literature  —  Chapters  IV  and  V 44o 


CONTEXTS  XI 

PAGE 

Literature  —  Chapter  VII 447 

Literature  —  Chapter  VIII 449 

Literature  —  Chapter  IX 450 

Literature  —  Chapter  X        453 

Literature  —  Chapter  XI 4o/ 

Literature  —  Chapter  XII 458 

Literature  —  Chapter  XIII 459 

Literature  —  Chapter  XIV 461 

Index 465 


vV 


^GIC/Q 


X 


LIBRARY     = 


THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF   THE 

INTRODUCTION 

I.     The  Cell  Theory 

The  fundamental  basis  of  the  general  conceptions  of  embry- 
ology, as  of  other  biological  disciplines,  is  the  cell  theor3^  The 
organism  is  composed  of  innumerable  vital  units,  the  cells,  each 
of  which  has  its  independent  life.  The  life  of  the  organism  as  a 
whole  is  a  product  of  the  combined  activity  of  all  the  cells.  New 
cells  arise  always  by  subdivision  of  pre-existing  cells,  and  new 
generations  of  the  organism  from  liberated  cells  of  the  parental 
body.  The  protozoa,  however,  have  the  grade  of  organization 
of  single  cells,  and  the  daughter-cells  arising  by  fission  constitute 
at  the  same  time  new  generations.  In  some  metazoa  new  gen- 
erations may  arise  asexually  by  a  process  of  budding,  as  in  Hydra, 
or  of  fission,  as  in  some  Turbellaria;  such  cases  constitute  excep- 
tions to  the  rule  that  new  generations  arise  from  liberated  cells 
of  the  parental  body,  but  the  rule  holds  without  exception  for 
all  cases  of  sexual  reproduction. 

The  body  consists  of  various  functional  parts  or  organs;  each 
of  these  again  consists  of  various  tissues,  and  the  tissues  are  com- 
posed of  specific  kinds  of  cells.  The  reproductive  organs,  or 
gonads,  are  characterized  by  the  production  of  germ-cells,  ova 
in  the  female  gonad  or  ovary,  and  spermatozoa  in  the  male  gonad 
or  testis.  However  large  the  ovum  may  be,  and  in  the  hen  it 
is  the  part  of  the  egg  known  as  the  yolk,  it  is,  nevertheless,  a 
single  cell  at  the  time  that  it  leaves  the  ovary  in  all  animals. 
Similarly  the  spermatozoon  is  a  single  cell.  An  ovum  and  sper- 
matozoon unite,  in  the  manner  to  be  described  later,  and  con- 
stitute a  single  cell  by  fusion,  the  fertilized  ovum  or  oosperm. 
This  cell  divides  and  forms  two;  each  of  the  daughter-cells  divides, 
making  four,  and  the  number  of  cells  steadily  increases  by  suc- 
cessive divisions  of  all  daughter-cells,  so  that  a  large  number 
of  cells  is  rapidly  produced.     Organs  are  formed  by  successive 

1 


2  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

and  orderly  differentiation  among  groups  of  these  cells.  Among 
these  organs  are  the  gonads,  consisting  of  cells  which  trace  a 
continuous  lineage  by  cell-division  back  to  the  fertilized  ovum, 
and  which  are  capable  of  developing  into  ova  or  spermatozoa 
according  to  the  sex  of  the  individual. 

The  lives  of  successive  generations  are  thus  continuous  because 
the  series  of  germ-cells  from  which  they  arise  shows  no  break  in 
continuity.  All  other  kinds  of  cells  composing  the  body  finally 
die.  In  view  of  this  contrast  the  non-germinal  cells  of  the  body 
are  known  collectively  as  somatic  cells.  In  some  way  the  germ- 
cells  of  a  species  maintain  very  constant  properties  from  gen- 
eration to  generation  in  spite  of  their  enormous  multiplication, 
and  this  furnishes  the  basis  for  hereditary  resemblance. 

The  establishment  of  the  fact  that  in  all  animals  the  ovum  is 
a  single  cell,  and  that  the  cells  of  all  tissues  of  the  body  are  derived 
from  it  by  a  continuous  process  of  cell-division,  completes  the 
outline  of  the  cycle  of  the  generations,  and  furnishes  the  basis 
for  a  complete  theory  of  development.  The  full  significance 
of  this  principle  can  only  be  appreciated  by  learning  the  condition 
of  embryology  before  the  establishment  of  the  cell-theory  in  the 
eighteenth  century.  The  history  of  our  knowledge  of  the  devel- 
opment of  mammals  is  particularly  instructive  in  this  respect: 
some  knowledge  had  been  gained  of  the  anatomy  of  the  embryos, 
mostly  relatively  advanced,  of  a  few^  mammals;  but  the  origin 
of  the  embryo  was  entirely  unknown;  the  ovum  itself  had  not 
been  discovered;  the  process  of  fertilization  was  not  understood. 
In  the  knowledge  of  the  cycle  of  generations  there  was  a  great 
gap,  and  the  embryo  was  as  much  a  mystery  as  if  it  had  arisen 
by  a  direct  act  of  creation.  To  be  sure  Harvey  in  1651  had 
propounded  the  theorem,  omne  vivum  ex  ovo,  but  no  one  had 
ever  seen  the  egg  of  a  mammal,  and  there  was  no  clear  idea  in 
the  case  of  other  forms  what  the  egg  signified. 

In  1672,  de  Graaf  (who  died  in  1673  at  the  age  of  32)  published 
a  work,  "de  mulierum  organis  generationis  inservientibus,"  in 
which  he  attempted  to  show  that  the  vesicles  seen  on  the  surface 
of  the  ovaries  contained  the  female  reproductive  material  in 
bladder-like  form.  But  he  could  not  reconcile  this  view  of  the 
Graafian  follicle  with  the  fact  that  the  earliest  embryos  discovered 
by  him  were  smaller  than  the  follicles.  For  this  reason  his  views 
were  opposed  by  Leeuwenhoek  and  Valisnieri;    and  the  later  re- 


IXTRODUCTIOX  3 

searches  of  Haller  and  his  pupil  Kuhlemann  seemed  to  establish 
a  view  which  l^anished  all  possibility  of  a  rational  explanation 
of  development,  viz.,  that,  in  the  highest  group  of  animals  (the 
mammalia)  the  embryo  arose  after  fertilization  out  of  formless 
fluids. 

In  1827  V.  Baer  discovered  the  mammalian  ovum  within  the 
Graafian  follicle.  But  no  correct  interpretation  of  this  discovery 
w^as  possible  until  the  establishment  of  the  cell-theory  by  Theo- 
dore Schwann  in  1839;  Schwann  concluded  as  the  result  of  his 
investigations  that  there  was  one  general  principle  for  the  forma- 
tion of  all  organisms,  namely,  the  formation  of  cells;  that  ''the 
cause  of  nutrition  and  growth  resides  not  in  the  organism  as  a 
whole,  but  in  the  separate  elementary  parts,  the  cells."  He 
recognized  the  ovum  as  a  single  cell  and  the  germinal  vesicle  as 
its  nucleus.  But  on  account  of  his  erroneous  conception  of  the 
origin  of  cells  as  a  kind  of  crystallization  in  a  primordial  sub- 
stance, the  cytoblastema,  he  was  unable  to  form  the  conception 
of  continuity  of  generations  which  is  an  essential  part  of  the 
modern  cell-theory. 

Schwann's  theory  as  regards  the  ovum  was  not  at  once  ac- 
cepted. Indeed,  for  a  period  of  about  twenty  years  some  of 
the  best  investigators,  notably  Bischoff,  opposed  the  view  that 
the  ovum  is  a  single  cell,  and  the  so-called  germinal  vesicle  its 
nucleus.  It  was  not,  indeed,  until  1861  that  Gegenbaur  deci- 
sively demonstrated  that  the  bird's  ovimi  is  a  single  cell.  Even 
after  that  it  was  maintained  for  a  long  time  by  His  and  his  fol- 
lowers that  all  the  cells  were  not  derived  from  the  ovum  directly, 
but  that  certain  tissues,  notably  the  blood  and  connective  tissues, 
were  to  be  traced  to  maternal  leucocytes  that  had  migrated  into 
the  ovum  while  it  was  yet  in  the  follicle.  This  view  was  decisively 
disproved  in  the  course  of  time. 

II.     The  Recapitulation  Theory 

Haeckel's  formula,  that  the  development  of  the  indi\ddual 
repeats  briefly  the  evolution  of  the  species,  or  that  ontogeny  is 
a  brief  recapitulation  of  phylogeny,  has  been  widely  accepted  by 
embryologists.  It  is  based  on  a  comparison  between  the  embry- 
onic development  of  the  individual  and  the  comparative  anatomy 
of  the  phylum.  The  embryonic  conditions  of  any  set  of  organs 
of  a  higher  species  of  a  phylum  resemble,  in  many  essential  par- 


4  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

ticulars,  conditions  that  are  adult  in  lower  species  of  the  same 
phylum;  and,  moreover,  the  order  of  embryonic  development 
of  organs  corresponds  in  general  to  the  taxonomic  order  of  organ- 
ization of  the  same  organs.  As  the  taxonomic  order  is  the  order 
of  evolution,  Haeckel's  generalization,  which  he  called  the  funda- 
mental law  of  biogenesis,  w^ould  appear  to  follow^  of  necessity. 

But  it  never  happens  that  the  embryo  of  any  definite  species 
resembles  in  its  entirety  the  adult  of  a  lower  species,  nor  even 
the  embryo  of  a  lower  species;  its  organization  is  specific  at  all 
stages  from  the  ovum  on,  so  that  it  is  possible  without  any  diffi- 
culty to  recognize  the  order  of  animals  to  which  a  given  embryo 
belongs,  and  more  careful  examination  will  usually  enable  one 
to  assign  its  zoological  position  very  closely. 

If  phylogeny  be  understood  to  be  the  succession  of  adult 
forms  in  the  line  of  evolution,  it  cannot  be  said  in  any  real  sense 
that  ontogeny  is  a  brief  recapitulation  of  phylogeny,  for  the 
embryo  of  a  higher  form  is  never  like  the  adult  of  a  lower  form, 
though  the  anatomy  of  embryonic  organs  of  higher  species  re- 
sembles in  many  particulars  the  anatomy  of  the  homologous 
organs  of  the  adult  of  the  lower  species.  However,  if  w^e  conceive 
that  the  whole  life  history  is  necessary  for  the  definition  of  a 
species,  we  obtain  a  different  basis  for  the  recapitulation  theory. 
The  comparable  units  are  then  entire  ontogenies,  and  these  re- 
semble one  another  in  proportion  to  the  nearness  of  relationship, 
just  as  the  definitive  structures  do.  The  ontogeny  is  inherited 
no  less  than  the  adult  characteristics,  and  is  subject  to  precisely 
the  same  laws  of  modification  and  variation.  Thus  in  nearly 
related  species  the  ontogenies  are  very  similar;  in  more  distantly 
related  species  there  is  less  resemblance,  and  in  species  from 
different  classes  the  ontogenies  are  widely  divergent  in  many 
respects. 

From  this  it  follows  that  inheritance  of  the  life-history  or 
ontogeny  is  the  fundamental  basis  of  the  recapitulation  theory. 
In  the  course  of  evolution  terminal  or  late  stages  of  the  life 
history  are  modified  more  rapidly  in  a  visible  morphological 
sense,  and  earlier  stages  are  more  conservative  in  the  same 
sense.  Hence  ancestral  resemblances  adhere  incomparably  longer 
to  the  embryo  than  to  the  adult.  Ontogenies  receive  something 
from  every  stage  of  evolution,  but  they  retain  most  of  the 
previous   ontogenetic   forms,   especially   of   the   early  stages,   in 


INTRODUCTION  5 

each   succeeding  evolutionary  stage;    hence   the   appearance   of 
recapitulation  of  the  ancestral  history. 

Some  of  these  considerations  may  be  represented  graphically 
as  follows:  let  us  take  a  species  D  that  has  an  ontogeny  A,  B,  C,  D, 
and  suppose  that  this  species  evolves  successively  into  species 
E,  F,  G,  H,  etc.  When  evolution  has  progressed  a  step,  to  E, 
the  characters  of  the  species  established  develop  directh'  from 
the  ovum,  and  are  therefore,  in  some  way,  involved  in  the  com- 
position of  the  latter.  All  of  the  stages  of  the  ontogeny  leading 
up  to  E  are  modified,  and  we  can  indicate  this  in  the  ontogeny 

1.  A  B  C  D  of  E  as  in  line  2;  similarly,  when  evolu- 

2.  A^  B^  C^  D^  E  tion  has  progressed  to  species  F,  seeing 

3.  A^  B2  C^  D2  E^  F  that  the  characters  of  F  now  develop 

4.  A^  B^  C^  D^  E2  F^  G  directly  from  the  ovum,  all  the  onto- 

5.  A^  B^  C^  D^  E^  F^  G^  H  genetic  stages  leading  up  to  F  are  modi- 
fied, line  3.  And  so  on  for  each  successive  advance  in  evolution, 
lines  4  and  5.  It  will  also  be  noticed  that  the  terminal  stage  D  of 
species  1,  becomes  a  successively  earlier  ontogenetic  stage  of  species 
2,  3,  4,  5,  etc.,  and  moreover  it  does  not  recur  in  its  pure  form, 
but  in  the  form  D^  in  species  2,  D^  in  species  3,  etc.  Now  if  the 
last  five  stages  of  the  ontogeny  of  species  5  be  examined,  viz.^ 
D^  E^,  F^,  G^  H,  it  will  be  seen  that  they  repeat  the  phylogeny 
of  the  adult  stages  D,  E,  F,  G,  H,  but  in  a  modified  form. 

This  is  in  fact  what  the  diagram  shows;  but  it  is  an  essential 
defect  of  the  diagram  that  it  is  incapable  of  showing  the  character 
of  the  modifications  of  the  ancestral  conditions.  Not  only  is  each 
stage  of  the  ancestral  ontogenies  modified  with  each  phylogenetic 
advance,  but  the  elements  of  organization  of  the  ancestral  stages 
are  also  dispersed  so  that  no  ancestral  stage  hangs  together  as  a 
unit.  The  embryonic  stages  show  as  much  proportional  modi- 
fication in  the  course  of  evolution  as  the  adult,  but  this  is  not 
so  obvious  owing  to  the  simpler  and  more  generalized  character 
of  the  embryonic  stages. 

The  recapitulation  theory  as  outlined  above  is  obviousl}^  a 
corollary  of  the  theory  of  organic  descent;  it  was  in  fact  developed 
in  essentially  its  present  form,  soon  after  the  publication  of  the 
''Origin  of  Species,"  by  Fritz  Miiller  and  Ernst  Haeckel.  But 
the  data  on  which  it  was  based  were  known  to  the  earlier  embry- 
ologists;  and  Meckel,  for  instance,  insisted  very  strongly  on  the 
resemblance  between  the  ontogenetic  and  the  taxonomic  series 


6  THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

(1821).  V.  Baer  opposed  Meckel's  view  that  higher  organisms 
pass  through  the  definitive  stages  of  the  lower  organisms,  and 
formulated  his  conclusions  on  the  subject  in  1828  in  the  following 

theses : 

1.  "The  more  general  features  of  a  large  division  of  animals 
arise  in  the  embryo  earlier  than  the  more  special  features." 

2.  "  From  the  most  general  features  of  structure  arise  those  that 
are  less  general,  and  so  on  until  the  most  specific  features  arise." 

3.  "The  embryo  of  any  definite  species  tends  away  from  the 
specific  forms  of  other  species  instead  of  passing  through  them." 

4.  "Fundamentally,    therefore,    the    embryo    of    any    higher 
species  is  never  like  a  lower  species,  but  only  like  its  embryo." 

Some  embryologists  profess  to  prefer  the  laws  of  v.   Baer  to 
the  recapitulation  theory  as  a  formulation  of  the  actual  facts. 
But  it  is  obvious  that  the  only  possible  explanation  of  the  facts 
is  found  in  the  theory  of  descent,  and  that  therefore  they  must 
be  formulated  in  terms  of  this  theory.     The  method  of  formula- 
tion will  depend  on  the  conception  of  the  nature  of  the  factors 
of  organic  evolution.     Haeckel  stated  his  theory  in  Lamarckian 
terms,   which  renders  it  inacceptable  in  many  places  to   those 
who  cannot  accept  the  Lamarckian  point  of  view.     But  as  the 
basis  of  any  theory  of  descent  is  heredity,  and  it  must  be  recog- 
nized that  ontogenies  are  inherited,  the  resemblance  between  the 
individual  history  and  the  phylogenetic  history  necessarily  fol- 
lows.    If  one  holds,  as  does  the  present  writer,  that  phylogenetic 
variations  are  germinal  in  their  character,  then  one  must  admit 
that  every  phase  of  development  of  every  part  has  two  aspects, 
viz.:  the  modern,  specific,  or  coenogenetic,  and  the  ancestral  or 
palingenetic  aspect.     The  latter  aspect  may  be  more  or  less  com- 
pletely obscured  in  the   course  of  evolution,   but  it  can  never 
entirely   vanish  because   it  is   the   original  germ  of  the  specific 
form  acquired.     It  is  not  correct  from  this  point  of  view  to  classify 
some  features  of  development  as  coenogenetic  and  others  as  palin- 
genetic, though  it  is  obvious  that  some  characters  may  exhibit 
the   ancestral   conditions   in   more   apparent   and   others   in  less 
apparent  form. 

III.     The  Physiology  of  Development 
To  explain  how  a  germ  possessed  the  potency  of  forming  an 
adult,    the   prefor7nationists   of  the   eighteenth   century   assumed 


INTRODUCTION  7 

that  it  contained  a  miniature  adult,  and  that  the  process  of 
development  consisted  essentially  in  enlargement  and  completion 
in  detail  of  that  which  was  already  preformed.  They  solved  the 
problem  of  development,  therefore,  by  denying  its  existence: 
In  the  begininng  the  Creator  had  not  only  made  all  species  of 
animals  and  plants  in  essentially  their  present  forms,  but  had 
at  the  same  time  created  the  germs  of  all  the  generations  that 
were  ever  to  come  into  existence.  The  ovum  of  any  species, 
therefore,  contained  encapsuled  the  germ  of  the  next  generation; 
this,  likewise  encapsuled,  the  germ  of  the  generation  next  follow- 
ing, and  so  on  to  the  predetermined  end  of  the  species.  This 
was  known  as  the  doctrine  of  evolution  or  preformation.  In 
opposition  to  this  conception,  those  of  the  same  period  who  be- 
lieved in  epigenesis  maintained  the  apparent  simplicity  of  the 
germ  to  be  real,  and  development  to  be  actual.  But,  as  there 
was  no  conception  of  the  continuity  of  generations,  the  adherents 
of  this  point  of  view  had  to  assume  the  spontaneous  generation 
of  the  embryo. 

A  great  advance  over  the  preformation  theory  of  develop- 
ment was  made  in  the  modern  theory  of  determinants.  This 
conception,  which  forms  the  basis  of  Darwin's  theory  of  pan- 
genesis as  well  as  of  Weismann's  germ-plasm  theory  of  develop- 
ment, is,  essentially,  that  all  the  diverse  components  of  the 
organism  are  represented  in  the  germ  by  distinct  entities  (pangens 
of  Darwin,  determinants  of  Weismann)  which  are  germs  of  the 
parts  that  they  represent,  and  which  are  so  distributed  in  the  pro- 
cess of  development  that  they  produce  all  the  parts  of  the  embryo 
in  their  proper  sequence  and  relations.  This  is  not  the  place 
to  enter  into  the  numerous  and  diverse  variations  of  the  deter- 
minant hypothesis.  It  was  an  advance  over  the  preformation 
theory  of  development  in  so  far  as  it  was  reconcilable  with  the 
cell  and  protoplasm  theories  of  organization,  but  it  has  a  real 
relationship  to  the  preformation  theory  inasmuch  as  it  denies 
the  simplicity  of  the  germ  and  avoids  any  real  explanation  of 
the  modus  operandi  of  development. 

Development  is  as  truly  a  physiological  process  as  secretion, 
and  as  such  is  to  be  studied  by  similar  methods,  mainly  experi- 
mental. The  limits  of  pure  observation  without  experiment  are 
soon  reached  in  the  analysis  of  such  a  complex  subject  as  the 
physiology  of  development;  experiment  then  becomes  necessary 


8  THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 

to  push  the  analysis  of  the  subject  farther^  and  to  furnish  the 
true  interpretation  of  the  observations.  In  some  cases  experi- 
ments have  confirmed  the  physiological  deductions  of  pure  ob- 
servation, and  in  many  cases  have  decided  between  conflicting 
views.  Not  all  embryological  experiments,  however,  are  essays 
in  the  direction  of  a  physiologv  of  development;  some  are  directed 
to  the  solution  of  morphological  problems,  as,  for  instance,  the 
origin  of  the  sheath  cells  of  nerves,  or  the  order  of  origin  of  so- 
mites, or  the  relation  of  the  primitive  streak  to  the  embr3'o. 
Experimental  embryology  is,  therefore,  not  synonymous  with 
physiology  of  development. 

Physiology  of  development  must  proceed  from  an  investiga- 
tion of  the  composition  and  properties  of  the  germ-cells.  It 
must  investigate  the  role  of  cell-division  in  development,  the 
factors  that  determine  the  location,  origin,  and  properties  of  the 
primordia  of  organs,  the  laws  that  determine  unequal  growth, 
the  conditions  that  determine  the  direction  of  differentiation, 
the  influence  of  extraorganic  conditions  on  the  formation  of  the 
embryo,  and  the  effects  of  the  intraorganic  environment,  i.e., 
of  component  parts  of  the  embryo  on  other  parts  (correlative 
differentiation).  Each  of  these  divisions  of  the  subject  includes 
numerous  problems,  which  have  attracted  many  investigators, 
so  that  the  materials  for  a  consistent  exposition  of  the  physiology 
of  embryonic  development  are  being  rapidly  accumulated.  This 
direction  of  investigation  is,  however,  one  of  the  youngest  of 
the  biological  disciplines.  It  will  be  seen  how  far  it  is  removed 
from  attempts  to  explain  embryonic  development  by  a  single 
principle. 

IV.     Embryonic    Primordia  and  the    Law  of  Genetic  Re- 
striction 

In  the  course  of  development  the  most  general  features  of 
organization  arise  first,  and  those  that  are  successively  less  general 
in  the  order  of  their  specialization.  For  every  structure,  there- 
fore, there  is  a  period  of  emergence  from  something  more  general. 
The  earliest  discernible  germ  of  any  part  or  organ  may  be  called 
its  primordium.  In  this  sense  the  ovum  is  the  primordium  of 
the  individual,  the  ectoderm  the  primordium  of  all  ectodermal 
structures,  the  medullary  plate  the  primordium  of  the  central 
and  part  of  the  peripheral  nervous  system,  the  first  thickening 


IXTRODUCTIOX  9 

of  the  ectoderm  over  the  optic  cup  the  primordium  of  the  lens, 
etc.  Primordia  are,  therefore,  of  all  grades,  and  each  arises 
from  a  primordium  of  a  higher  grade  of  generality. 

The  emergence  of  a  primordium  involves  a  limitation  in  two 
directions:  (1)  it  is  itself  limited  in  a  positive  fashion  by  being 
restricted  to  a  definite  line  of  differentiation  more  special  than 
the  primordium  from  which  it  sprang,  and  (2)  the  latter  is  limited 
in  a  negative  way  by  losing  the  capacity  for  producing  another 
primordium  of  exactly  the  same  sort.  The  advance  of  differen- 
tiation sets  a  limit  in  all  cases,  in  the  manners  indicated,  to  sub- 
sequent differentiation,  a  principle  that  has  been  designated  by 
Minot  the  law  of  genetic  restriction. 

This  law  has  not  been  sufficiently  investigated  in  an  experi- 
mental fashion  to  demonstrate  its  universal  validity,  but  enough 
is  known  to  establish  its  general  applicability.  A  very  impor- 
tant property  of  primordia  in  many  animals  is  their  capacity 
for  subdivision,  each  part  retaining  the  potencies  of  the  whole. 
Thus,  for  instance,  in  some  animals  two  or  several  embrvos  mav 
be  produced  from  parts  of  one  ovum.  Similarly  two  or  more 
limbs  may  be  produced  in  some  forms  by  subdividing  a  limb- 
bud,  etc. 

V.     General  Character  of  Germ-cells 

As  already  remarked  the  ovum  and  spermatozoon  have  the 
character  of  single  cells  in  all  animals.  They  are,  however, 
specialized  for  the  performance  of  their  respective  functions. 
The  ovum  is  relatively  large,  inert,  and  usually  rounded  in  form. 
Its  size  is  due  to  the  presence  of  a  sufficient  quantity  of  proto- 
plasm to  serve  as  the  primordium  of  an  embryo,  and  of  a  greater 
or  less  amount  of  yolk  for  its  nutrition.  The  spermatozoon, 
on  the  other  hand,  is  relatively  minute  and  capable  of  locomotion. 
It  contains  no  food  substances,  and  only  sufficient  protoplasm 
to  serve  as  transmitter  of  paternal  qualities  and  for  organs 
of  locomotion. 

The  Spermatozoon.  The  spermatozoon  (Fig.  1)  is  an  elon- 
gated flagellated  cell  in  which  three  main  divisions  are  distin- 
guished, viz.,  head  (caput),  neck  (coUum)  and  tail  (cauda).  The 
head  contains  the  nucleus,  and  the  neck  the  centrosomes  of  the 
sperm  mother-cell  or  spermatid.  The  tip  of  the  head  is  often 
transformed  into   a   perforatorium.     Three   parts   may  be  recog- 


10 


THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 


nized  in  the  tail,  viz.,  the  connecting  piece  (pars  conjunctionis)  next 
to  the  neck,  frequently  called  the  middle  piece,  the  main  piece  (pars 
principalis)  and  the  end-piece  or  terminal  filament  (pars  terminahs). 
The  entire  tail  is  traversed  by  an  axial  filament;    in  the  region 

of  the  connecting  and  main  pieces  the  axial 
filament  is  surrounded  by  a  protoplasmic 
sheath  (involucrum)  which  may  be  variously 
modified  in  different  animals.  The  end-piece 
is  made  up  of  the  axial  filament  alone. 

The  Ovum,  The  ova  of  different  phyla  and 
classes  of  animals  vary  greatly  in  size,  in  or- 
ganization, and  in  the  nature  of  their  enve- 
lopes. In  considering  these  variations  we  shall 
limit  ourselves  to  the  vertebrates.  Within  the 
ovary  the  ovum  receives  two  envelopes,  viz.,  a 
primary  envelope,  the  so-called  vitelline  mem- 
brane, which  is  supposed  to  be  secreted  by  the 
ovum  itself,  and  a  secondary  or  follicular  mem- 
brane, which  is  secreted  by  the  follicular  cells. 
(See  Chap.  I).  Theoretically  the  distinction  be- 
tween vitelline  membrane  and  follicular  mem- 
brane (primary  and  secondary  egg-membranes) 
is  perfectly  clear;  but  practically  it  is  impossi- 
ble in  most  cases  to  make  such  a  distinction. 
Therefore  the  membrane  that  surrounds  the 
ovarian  ovum  will  be  termed  the  vitelline  mem- 
brane or  zona  radiata  without  reference  to  its 
theoretical  mode  of  origin. 

The  ovum  escapes  from  the  ovary  (ovula- 
eon  from  the  vas  tion)  by  rupture  of  the  wall  of  the  follicle,  and, 
deferens,     (After   -^^  most  vertebrates,  is  taken  up  by  the  oviduct 

Ballowitz.)  ,,  1       1  •  u   -x  -x  X     4-1 

through  which  it  passes  on  its  way  to  the  ex- 
terior. Within  the  oviduct  it  may  become  surrounded  by  tertiary 
membranes  secreted  by  the  wall  of  the  oviduct  itself.  Tertiary 
membranes  are  lacking  in  some  vertebrates,  in  others  they  are 
of  great  importance.  Thus  in  birds  the  albumen,  the  shell- 
membrane  and  the  shell  itself  are  tertiary  membranes. 

The  principal  differences  to  be  emphasized  in  the  ova  of  ver- 
tebrates are,  however,  in  the  amount  and  arrangement  of  the 
yolk  contained  within  the  ovum  proper.     All  ova  contain  more 


Fig.  1.  —  Sperma 
tozoon  of  the  pig 


INTRODUCTION  11 

or  less  yolk.  In  the  case  of  mammals  (excepting  the  monotre- 
mata:  Ornithorhynchus,  Echidna,  etc.,  which  have  large  ova) 
the  yolk  is  scanty  in  amount,  and  quite  uniformly  distributed 
in  the  form  of  fine  granules;  the  ovum  is,  therefore,  relatively 
very  small  (mouse,  0.059  mm.;  man,  0.17  mm.).  Such  ova  are 
often  termed  alecithal,  which  means  literally  without  yolk.  In 
the  literal  sense,  however,  no  ova  are  entirely  alecithal,  so  that 
it  will  be  better  to  use  the  term  of  Waldeyer,  isolecithal.  In  the 
amphibia  the  yolk  is  much  greater  in  amount  and  it  is  centered 
towards  one  pole  of  the  ovum;  the  germinal  vesicle  (nucleus  of 
the  egg-cell),  which  occupies  the  center  of  the  protoplasm  of  the 
ovum,  is  therefore  displaced  towards  the  opposite  pole  of  the 
ovum.  Such  ova  are  termed  telolecithal.  In  the  ova  of  Selachia, 
reptiles  and  birds,  the  yolk  is  very  much  greater  in  amount  and 
in  consequence  the  protoplasm  containing  the  germinal  vesicle 
appears  as  a  small  disc,  the  germinal  disc,  on  the  surface  of  the 
huge  yolk-mass. 

But  no  matter  how  large  the  ovum  may  become  by  deposi- 
tion of  yolk,  its  unicellular  character  is  not  altered.  The  deposi- 
tion of  yolk  is  simply  a  provision  for  the  nutrition  of  the  embryo. 
In  the  mammals  the  nutrition  of  the  embryo  is  provided  for  by 
the  placenta;  therefore  yolk  may  be  dispensed  with.  In  the 
absence  of  such  provision  the  amount  of  yolk  is  a  measure  of  the 
length  of  the  embryonic  period  of  development.  In  the  amphibia, 
for  instance,  this  is  relatively  brief,  for  the  yolk  is  soon  used  up, 
and  the  larva  must  then  depend  on  its  own  activities  for  its  nutri- 
tion. Therefore  the  development  involves  a  metamorphosis:  the 
embryo  is  born  in  a  very  unfinished  condition,  as  a  larva  (the 
tadpole  in  the  case  of  amphibia),  which  must  undergo  an  exten- 
sive metamorphosis  to  reach  the  adult  condition.  In  the  reptiles 
and  birds,  however,  the  amount  of  yolk  is  sufficient  to  carry  the 
development  through  to  a  juvenile  condition,  before  an  extrane- 
ous food-supply  is  necessary.  The  metamorphosis,  therefore, 
which  takes  place  in  free  life  in  amphibia,  goes  on  within  the  egg 
in  reptiles  and  birds.  The  first  form  of  development  is  known 
as  larval,  the  second  as  foetal. 

The  amount  and  arrangement  of  yolk  also  influences  very 
profoundly  the  form  of  the  early  stages  of  development.  Ova 
are  classified  in  this  respect  as  holoblastic  and  meroblastic.  Holo- 
blastic  ova  are  those  in  which  the  process  of  cell  division  (cleav- 


12        THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

age  or  segmentation  of  the  ovum),  with  which  development 
begins,  involves  the  entire  ovum.  This  occurs  where  the  amount 
of  the  yolk  is  relatively  small  and  where  it  is  completely  inter- 
penetrated by  sufficient  protoplasm  to  carry  the  planes  of  divi- 
sion through  the  inert  volk.  But  where  the  amount  of  yolk 
becomes  very  large,  or  where  it  is  not  interpenetrated  sufficiently 
by  the  protoplasm,  the  division  planes  are  confined  to  the  proto- 
plasmic portion  of  the  ovum,  and  the  yolk  remains  undivided. 
Such  ova  are  known  as  meroblastic.  In  these  ova  the  cellular 
part  of  the  ovum  forms  a  blastodisc  (germinal  disc)  on  the  surface 
of  the  yolk.  The  ova  of  Amphioxus,  Petromyzontidse,  Ganoi- 
dea.  Dipnoi,  Amphibia,  Marsupialia,  and  Placentalia  are  holo- 
blastic;  those  of  Myxinoidea,  Teleostei,  Selachia,  Reptilia,  Aves, 
and  Monotremata  are  meroblastic. 

It  is  obvious  that  transitional  conditions  between  holoblastic 
and  meroblastic  ova  may  occur;  such  are  in  fact  found  among 
the  ganoids.  In  Lepidosteus,  for  instance,  the  quantity  of  proto- 
plasm in  the  lower  hemisphere  is  so  slight  that  the  division  planes 
form  with  extreme  slowness.  On  the  other  hand,  it  should  be 
emphasized  that  the  distinction  between  holoblastic  and  mero- 
blastic ova  is  not  so  much  due  to  amount  of  yolk  as  to  the  defi- 
niteness  of  its  separation  from  the  protoplasm.  Thus  the  ova 
of  some  teleosts,  particularly  of  the  viviparous  forms  described 
by  Eigenmann,  are  many  times  smaller  than  the  ova  of  Necturus 
or  Cryptobranchus  among  amphibia.  Yet  the  teleost  ovum  is 
meroblastic,  because  the  protoplasm  does  not  penetrate  suffi- 
ciently into  the  yolk,  and  the  amphibian  ovum  is  holoblastic. 

Comparison  of  the  Germ-cells.  Although  it  is  not  within  the 
province  of  this  book  to  enter  fully  into  a  cUscussion  of  this  ques- 
tion, yet  it  should  be  pointed  out  that,  in  spite  of  the  extreme 
differences  in  the  structure  of  the  germ-cells,  they  are  exactly 
equivalent  in  hereditary  potency,  as  is  proved  by  the  similar 
nature  of  reciprocal  crosses.  Their  resemblances  are  in  fact 
fundamental  and  their  differences  must  be  regarded  as  adapta- 
tions to  secure  their  union.  The  comparative  history  of  the 
germ-cells,  that  is  a  comparison  of  ovogenesis  and  spermato- 
genesis, brings  out  their  fundamental  similarity  as  germ-cells.  In 
both  the  ovogenesis  and  spermatogenesis  three  periods  are  clearly 
distinguishable,  viz. :  a  period  of  multiplication,  a  period  of  growth, 
and   a   period  of  maturation.     In  the   period  of  multiplication 


IXTRODUCTIOX  13 

the  primordial  germ-cells,  known  as  ovogonia  and  spermatogonia 
are  very  similar  in  their  morphological  characters;  both  kinds 
are  small,  yolkless  cells  containing  the  typical  or  somatic  number 
of  chromosomes;  they  multiply  rapidly  by  karyokinetic  division. 

At  the  end  of  this  period  multiplication  ceases  and  the  germ- 
cells  increase  in  size  (period  of  growth).  They  are  now  known 
as  ovocytes  and  spermatocytes  of  the  first  generation.  The 
growth  of  the  ovocyte  is  much  greater  than  that  of  the  sperma- 
tocyte; deposition  of  yolk  occurs  in  the  ovocyte  during  this 
period,  whereas  in  the  spermatocyte  no  yolk  is  ever  deposited, 
though  mitochondria  may  simulate  it  in  appearance.  Another 
characteristic  feature  of  the  period  of  growth  is  the  reduction  of 
the  number  of  chromosomes  to  one  half  of  the  typical  number, 
w^hich  takes  place,  according  to  the  current  conception,  by  union 
of  the  chromosomes  in  pairs  (synapsis)  forming  one  half  of  the 
somatic  number  of  chromosomes,  which  are,  however,  bivalent 
and  are  known  as  tetrads. 

At  the  end  of  the  period  of  growth  the  ovocyte  of  the  first 
generation  is  usually  many  times  larger  than  the  spermatocyte, 
owing  mainly  to  the  amount  of  yolk  formed.  But  the  tw^o  kinds 
of  cells  are  precisely  alike  in  nuclear  constitution.  Then  comes 
the  period  of  maturation,  which  is  the  same  in  both  kinds  of  cells 
with  reference  to  the  nuclear  phenomena,  but  very  different  as 
regards  the  behavior  of  the  cell-body.  The  maturation  consists 
of  two  rapidly  succeeding  karyokinetic  divisions:  in  the  case  of 
the  spermatocyte  the  first  division  results  in  the  formation  of 
two  similar  cells,  the  spermatocytes  of  the  second  order,  and  the 
second  maturation  division  divides  each  of  these  equally,  forming 
two  similar  spermatids,  so  that  four  equal  and  similar  spermatids 
arise  from  each  spermatocyte  of  the  first  order.  Each  spermatid 
then  differentiates  into  a  single  spermatozoon.  In  the  case  of 
the  ovocyte  of  the  first  order,  the  first  maturation  division  is 
exceedingly  unequal;  the  smaller  cell  is  known  as  the  first  polar 
bodv,  but  both  cells  are  ovocvtes  of  the  second  order.  The  second 
maturation  division  usually  involves  only  the  large  secondary 
ovocyte;  it  is  as  unequal  as  the  first  division  and  results  in  the 
formation  of  a  second  polar  body.  The  division  of  the  first  polar 
body,  where  it  occurs,  is  equal.  Thus  the  net  result  of  the  matu- 
ration division  of  the  ovum  is  the  production  of  three  cells  (four 
if  the  first  polar  body  divides),  viz.,  the  two  (or  three)  polar  bodies 


14        THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

and  the  ovum.  The  size  of  the  polar  globules  is  usually  so  small 
that  their  elimination  makes  no  appreciable  difference  in  the 
size  of  the  ovum  proper,  but  they  have,  nevertheless,  the  same 
nuclear  constitution  as  the  ovum. 

The  mature  ovum  (ootid)  and  the  polar  bodies  are  the  precise 
equivalent  of  the  four  spermatids,  but  whereas  each  of  the  latter 
becomes  a  functional  spermatozoon,  only  the  ovum  on  the  female 
side  is  functional;  the  polar  bodies  lack  the  necessary  protoplasm 
and  yolk  for  development,  and  they  therefore  die.  The  polar 
bodies  must  be  regarded  as  abortive  ova;  and  a  teleological  ex- 
planation of  the  form  of  maturation  of  the  ovum  is  afforded  by 
the  consideration  that  equal  maturation  divisions  would  reduce 
the  amount  of  protoplasm  and  yolk  in  the  products  below  the 
minimum  desirable  for  perfect  development. 

Although  the  maturation  divisions  of  the  ovum  and  sperma- 
tozoon are  so  dissimilar  externally,  yet  the  nuclear  phenomena 
are  exactly  alike.  The  net  result  of  the  maturation  divisions  is 
to  produce  definitive  germ-cells  containing  one  half  of  the  somatic 
number  of  chromosomes  owing  to  the  reduction  by  pairing  (syn- 
apsis) that  occurs  in  both  at  the  beginning  of  the  period  of  growth. 
The  somatic  number  is  again  restored  when  the  sperm-nucleus 
and  the  egg-nucleus  unite  in  fertilization.  Questions  of  funda- 
mental importance  for  the  problems  of  heredity  arise  in  connec- 
tion with  the  phenomena  of  maturation  and  fertilization,  but 
their  consideration  lies  without  the  scope  of  the  present  book. 

VI.  Polarity  and  Organization  of  the  Ovum 
Although  the  ovum  is  morphologically  a  single  cell,  yet,  as 
the  primordium  of  an  individual,  it  has  certain  specific  properties 
that  predelineate  or  foreshadow  the  main  structural  features  of 
the  embryo.  Polarity  is  the  most  general  of  these  features:  all 
the  axes  of  the  ovum  are  not  similar,  though  they  may  be  equal; 
there  is  one  axis  around  which  the  development  centers;  the  ends 
of  this  axis  are  known  as  the  animal  and  the  vegetative  poles  of 
the  ovum,  and  the  hemispheres  in  which  they  lie  are  named 
correspondingly.  In  telolecithal  ova  the  yolk  is  centered  in  the 
vegetative  hemisphere,  the  protoplasm  in  the  animal  hemisphere; 
even  in  ova  which  are  called  isolecithal  there  is  a  tendency  for 
the  yolk  to  be  more  abundant  in  the  vegetative  hemisphere. 
The  polar  globules  are  formed  at  the  animal  pole;  hence  their 


IXTRODUCTIOX  15 

name;  they  often  furnish  the  only  clear  indication  of  polarity 
before  cleavage  begins. 

With  reference  to  the  heteropolar  ovic  axis  a  series  of  meridia 
may  be  defined,  drawn  from  pole  to  pole  over  the  surface;  likewise 
an  equator  and  a  series  of  horizontal  zones  parallel  to  the  equator. 
Thus  directions  on  the  surface  of  the  ovum  may  be  defined  as 
meridional,  equatorial,  or  oblique. 

Cleavage  takes  place  with  reference  to  the  axis  of  the  ovum. 
Thus  in  holoblastic  vertebrate  ova  the  first  and  second  cleavage 
planes  are  meridional,  and  the  third  usually  equatorial.  The 
mammalian  ovum  may  form  an  exception  to  this  rule,  though 
little  is  known,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  about  the  polarity  of  the  mam- 
malian ovum.  The  cleavage  of  meroblastic  ova  takes  place 
likewise  with  reference  to  the  polarity  (see  Chap.  II);  and  the 
location  of  the  primary  germ-layers  is  determined  by  the  polarity. 

Not  only  is  the  ovum  heteropolar,  but  in  many  bilateral 
animals,  and  perhaps  in  all,  it  is  bilaterally  symmetrical  before 
cleavage  begins;  that  is  to  say,  one  of  the  meridional  planes 
defines  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  future  embryo,  and  the  direc- 
tion of  anterior  and  posterior  ends  is  also  predetermined  in  this 
meridian,  so  that  halves  of  the  egg  corresponding  to  future  right 
and  left  sides  of  the  embryo  may  be  distinguished.  In  the  frog's 
egg  the  plane  of  symmetry  is  marked  by  a  gray  crescent  that 
appears  above  the  equator  on  the  side  of  the  egg  that  corresponds 
to  the  hinder  end  of  the  embryo.  This  crescent  is  bisected  by 
the  meridional  plane  of  symmetry.  In  the  hen's  egg  the  plane 
of  symmetry  of  the  embryo  appears  on  the  surface  of  the  yolk 
in  a  line  at  right  angles  to  the  axis  of  the  shell,  and  the  left  side 
of  the  embryo  is  turned  towards  the  broad  end,  the  right  side 
towards  the  narrow  end  of  the  shell.  The  same  plane  of  sym- 
metry must  exist  in  the  ovum  prior  to  cleavage  for  reasons  ex- 
plained beyond,  although  there  is  no  morphological  differentiation 
in  the  ovum  proper,  i.e.,  the  germinal  disc  or  yolk,  that  indicates  it. 

This  predelineation  of  embryonic  axes  within  the  unsegmented 
ovum  has  been  interpreted  physiologically  as  due  to  gradients  in 
rate  of  metabolic  processes  along  the  embryonic  axes  (Child), 
which  determine  the  locaUzation  of  the  main  developmental 
events. 


V,' 


"^^[Ca} 


PART  I 


THE  EARLY  DEVELOPMENT  TO  THE  END  OF 

THE  THIRD  DAY 

CHAPTER  I 

THE  EGG 

The  parts  of  a  newly  laid  hen's  egg  are  the  shell,  shell-mem- 
brane, albumen,  uDd  yolk.  In  an  egg  that  has  been  undisturbed 
for  a  short  time  the  yolk  floats  in  the  albumen  with  a  whitish 
disc,  the  blastoderm  about  4  mm.  in  diameter,  on  its  upper  sur- 
face. If  the  yolk  be  rotated,  it  will  return  to  its  former  position 
in  a  few  minutes,  owing  to  the  slightly  lower  specific  gravity  of 
the  hemisphere  containing  the  blastoderm.  The  blastoderm  is 
the  living  part  of  the  egg,  from  which  the  embrj^o  and  all  its 
membranes  are  derived.  It  is  already  in  a  fairly  advanced  stage 
of  development  when  the  egg  is  laid.  The  yolk  and  blastoderm 
are  enclosed  within  a  delicate  transparent  membrane  (vitelline 
membrane)  which  holds  the  fluid  yolk-mass  together.  We  may 
now  consider  some  details  of  the  structure  and  composition  of 
the  parts  of  the  egg. 

The  shell  is  composed  of  three  layers:  (1)  the  inner  or  mam- 
millary  layer,  (2)  the  intermediate  spongy  layer,  and  (3)  the 
surface  cuticle.  The  mammillary  layer  consists  of  minute  cal- 
careous particles  about  0.01-0.015  mm.  in  diameter  welded  to- 
gether, with  conical  faces  impinging  on  the  shell-membrane;  the 
minute  air-spaces  between  the  conical  inner  ends  of  the  mammillae 
communicate  with  the  meshes  of  the  spongy  layer,  which  is  sev- 
eral times  as  thick,  and  which  is  bounded  externally  by  the  ex- 
tremely delicate  shell  cuticle.  The  spongy  layer  consists  of 
matted  calcareous  strands.  The  shell  cuticle  is  porous,  but 
apparently  quite  structureless  otherwise.  The  cuticular  pores 
communicate  with  the  mesh-work  of  the  spongy  layer;  thus  the 
entire  shell  is  permeable  to  gases,  and  permits  of  embryonic 
respiration,  and  evaporation  of  water. 

17 


18 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


The  shell-membrane  consists  of  two  layers,  a  thick  outer 
layer  next  to  the  shell  and  a  thinner  one  next  the  albumen.  Both 
are  composed  of  matted  organic  fibers  (more  delicate  in  the  inner 
than  in  the  outer  layer),  crossing  one  another  in  all  directions. 
At  the  blunt  end  of  the  egg  the  two  layers  are  separated  and 
form  a  chamber  containing  air  that  enters  after  the  egg  is  laid 

(Fig.  2). 

The  physical  characteristics  of  the  albumen  are  too  well 
known  to  require  description.     A  dense  layer  immediately  next 


3J 


ML. 


D  y.3. 


Fig.  2.  —  Diagram  of  the  hen's  egg  in  section  to  show  relations  of  the  parts. 
A.  C,  Air  chamber.  Alb.,  Albumen.  Bl.,  Blastoderm.  Chal.,  Chalaza. 
I.  S.  M.,  Inner  layer  of  the  shell  membrane.  L.,  Latebra.  N.  L.,  Neck  of 
Latebra.  N.  P.,  Nucleus  of  Pander.  O.  S.  M.,  Outer  shell  membrane,  p' v.  s., 
Perivitelline  space.  S.,  Shell.  V.  M.,  Vitelline  membrane.  W.  Y.,  White 
yolk.     Y.  Y.,  Yellow  yolk. 

to  the  vitelline  membrane  is  prolonged  in  the  form  of  two  spirally 
coiled  opalescent  cords  towards  the  blunt  and  narrow  ends  of 
the  egg  respectively;  these  are  the  chalazse,  so  called  from  a 
fanciful  resemblance  to  hail  stones.  The  two  chalazse  are  twisted 
in  opposite  directions.  In  a  hard-boiled  egg  it  is  possible  to  strip 
off  the  albumen  in  concentric  spiral  layers  from  left  to  right  from 
the  broad  to  the  small  end  of  the  egg. 


THE  EGG 


19 


The   yolk   and  blastoderm   are  enclosed  within  the   delicate 
vitelline  membrane;  the  yolk  is  a  highly  nutritious  food  destined 
to  be  gradually  digested  and  absorbed  by  the  living  cells  of  the 
blastoderm  and  used  for  the  growth  of  the  embryo.     It  is  not 
of  uniform  composition  throughout,   but  consists  of  two   main 
ingredients  known  as  the  yellow  and  the  white 
yolk.     The  yellow  yolk   makes  up  the  greater 
part  of  the  yolk-sphere;  the  main  part  of  the 
white  yolk  is  a  flask-shaped  mass,  the  bulb  of 
which,  known  as  the  latebra,  is  situated  near 
the  center  of   the  whole  yolk,  the   neck   rising 
towards  the  surface  and  expanding  in  the  form 
of  a  disc  (nucleus  of  Pander)  situated  imme- 
diately beneath  the  blastoderm  (Fig.  2) ;  at  its 
margin  this  disc  is  continuous  with  a  thin  peri- 
pheral layer  of  white  yolk  that  surrounds  the 
entire  mass.     In  addition  there  are  several  thin 
layers  of  white  yolk  concentric  to  the  inner  bulb- 
shaped  mass.i    If  an  egg  be  opened,  a  dehcate 
hair  inserted  in  the  blastoderm  to  mark  its  po- 
sition, and  then  boiled  hard,  a  section  through 
the  hair  and  center  of  the  yolk  will  show  the 
above  relations  quite  clearly.    The  white  yolk 
does  not  coagulate  so  readily  as  the  yellow  yolk, 
and  it  may  be  distinguished  by  this  property  as 
well  as  by  its  Hghter  color. 

Both  kinds  of  yolk  are  made  up  of  innumer- 
able spheres  which  are,  however,  quite  different 
in  each  (Fig.  3).  Those  of  the  yellow  yolk  are 
on  the  whole  larger  than  those  of  the  white 
yolk  (about  0.025-0.100  mm.  in  diameter)  with 
extremely  fine  granular  contents.  There  is  no  ^P 
fluid  between  the  spheres.  Those  of  the  white  yolk  are  smaller 
and  more  variable  in  size,  ranging  from  the  finest  granules  up  to 

1  The  assertion  that  the  thin  layers  that  define  the  concentric  stratifica- 
tion of  the  yellow  yolk  are  of  the  nature  of  white  yolk  is  traceable  to  Meckel 
V.  Hemsbach,  Leuckart,  and  Allen  Thomson.  His  was  not  able  to  satisfy 
himself  that  the  characteristic  elements  of  the  white  yolk  occur  within  these 
thin  concentric  lamellse  (Untersuchungen  ueber  die  erste  Anlage  des  Wir- 
beltierleibes,  p.  2). 


Fig.  3.  —  Yolk- 
sphere  s  of  the 
hen's  egg;  highly 
magnified.  (After 
Foster  and  Bal- 
four.) 

A.  Varieties      of 
white  yolk-spheres. 

B.  Yellow    yolk- 


20        THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

about  0.07  mm.  The  larger  spheres  of  the  white  yolk  contain 
several  highly  refractive  granules  of  relatively  considerable  size 
as  compared  with  those  of  the  yellow  spheres  (Fig.  3),  and  such 
granules  may  have  secondary  inclusions.  As  we  shall  see  later, 
the  smaller  granules  of  the  white  yolk  extend  into  the  germinal 
disc  (forerunner  of  the  blastoderm)  and  grade  into  minute  yolk- 
granules  contained  within  the  living  protoplasm. 

The  earlier  investigators  from  the  time  of  Schwann  regarded  the 
white  yolk-spheres  as  actual  cells  (Schwann,  Reichert,  Coste,  His). 
His  especially  laid  great  stress  on  this  interpretation;  he  believed  that 
they  were  derived  from  the  cells  of  the  ovarian  follicle  which  migrated 
into  the  ovum  in  the  course  of  ovogenesis,  that  they  multiplied  like  other 
cells,  and  took  part  in  the  formation  of  certain  embryonic  tissues.  Sub- 
sequently he  abandoned  this  position  as  untenable.  The  white  yolk 
spheres  are  now  universally  regarded  as  food  matters  of  a  particular  sort. 

The  yolk  and  albumen  are  complex  mixtures  of  many  different 
substances,  organic  and  inorganic,  containing  all  the  elements 
necessary  for  the  growth  of  the  embryo.  Very  little  is  known 
concerning  the  series  of  chemical  changes  that  go  on  in  them 
during  incubation. 

Chemical  Composition  of  the  Hen's  Egg.  —  The  following  data 
on  the  chemical  composition  of  the  hen's  egg  are  taken  from 
Simon's  Physiological  Chemistry.  For  details  and  literature  the 
student  is  referred  to  the  standard  text-books  of  physiological 
chemistry. 

GENERAL  COMPOSITION  OF  THE  YOLK 

PER  CENT, 

Water 47.19-5L49 

Solids 48.51-42.81 

Fats  (olein,  pahiiitin,  and  stearin)    21.30-22.84 

Vitelline  and  other  alhumens 15.63-15.76 

Lecithin 8.43-10.72 

Cholesterin    0.44-  1.75 

Cerebrin 0.30 

Mineral  salts  3.33-  0.36 

Coloring  matters  |  q  r -q 
Glucose                 J 

Analysis  of  the  Mineral  Salts 

Sodium  (NaoO) 5.12-  6.57 

Potassium  (K/J) 8.05-  8.93 

Calcium  (CaO) 12.21-13.28 


THE  EGG  21 

PER    CENT. 

Magnesium  (MgO) 2.07-  2.11 

Iron  (Fe203)    1.19-  1.45 

Phosphoric  acid,  free  (Pi'Og)    5.72 

Phosphoric  acid,  combined 63.81-66.70 

SiHcic  acid 0.55-  1.40 

Chlorine Traces. 

GENERAL  COMPOSITION  OF  THE  ALBUMEN 

Water 80.00-86.68 

SoHds 13.22-20.00 

Albumens    11.50-12.27 

Extractives 0.38-  0.77 

Glucose    0.10-  0.50 

Fats  and  Soaps Traces 

Mineral  salts 0.30-  0.66 

Lecithins  and  Cholesterin Traces. 

Analysis  of  the  Mineral  Ash 

Sodium  (NaaO) 23.56-32.93 

Potassium  (KoO) 27.66-28.45 

Calcium  (CaO) 1.74-  2.90 

Magnesium  (MgO) 1.60-  3.17 

Iron  (Fe.Os)    0.44-  0.55 

Chlorine  (CI) 23.84-28.56 

Phosphoric  acid  (P2O5)   3.16-  4.83 

Carbonic  acid  (CO2) 9.67-11.60 

Sulphuric  acid  (SO3) 1.32-  2.63 

Silicic  acid  (SiO.O 0.28-  0.49 

Fluorine  (Fl) Traces. 

The  shell  consists  of  an  organic  matrix  of  the  nature  of  keratin 
impregnated  with  lime  salts:  calcium  and  magnesium  carbonates 
about  97  %,  calcium  and  magnesium  phosphates  about  1  %, 
keratin  and  water  about  2  %,  trace  of  iron. 

The  shell-membrane  and  the  vitelline  membrane  are  stated 
to  consist  of  keratin  or  a  closely  allied  substance. 

Formation  of  the  Egg.  The  organs  of  reproduction  of  the 
hen  are  the  ovary  and  oviduct  of  the  left  side  of  the  body.  Al- 
though the  right  ovary  and  oviduct  are  formed  in  the  embryo 
at  the  same  time  as  those  of  the  left  side,  they  degenerate  more 
or  less  completely  in  the  course  of  development  (see  Chap.  XIII), 
so  that  only  functionless  rudiments  remain.  This  would  appear 
to  be  correlated  with  the  large  size  of  the  egg  and  the  delicate 


22 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 


Fig.  4.  —  Reproductive  organs  of  the  hen.     (After  Duval,  based  on  a  figure 
by  Coste.)     The  figure  is  diagrammatic  in  one  respect,  namely,  that  two 


THE  EGG  23 

nature  of  the  shell,  as  there  is  not  room  for  two  eggs  side  by  side 
in  the  lower  part  of  the  body-cavity. 

The  ovary  lies  at  the  anterior  end  of  the  kidney  attached 
by  a  fold  of  the  peritoneum  (mesovarium)  to  the  dorsal  wall  of 
the  body-cavity.  In  a  laying  hen  ova  of  all  sizes  are  found  from 
microscopic  up  to  the  fully  formed  ovum  ready  to  escape  from 
the  follicle.  Such  an  ovary  is  shown  in  Figure  4;  the  gradation 
in  size  of  the  ova  will  be  noticed  up  to  the  one  fully  formed  and 
ready  to  burst  from  its  capsule.  At  5  in  this  figure  is  shown  a 
ruptured  follicle,  and  the  ovum  which  has  escaped  from  this 
follicle  is  shown  in  the  oviduct  at  8.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  part 
of  the  definitive  hen's  egg  produced  in  the  ovary  is  the  so-called 
yolk.  The  blood-supply  of  the  very  vascular  ovary  is  derived 
from  the  dorsal  aorta,  and  the  veins  open  into  the  vena  cava 
inferior. 

The  oviduct  is  a  large  coiled  tube  (Fig.  4)  which  begins  in  a 
wide  mouth  with  fringed  borders,  the  ostium  tuhce  ahdominale 
(funnel  or  infundibulum)  opening  into  the  body-cavity  near  the 
ovary.  It  is  attached  by  a  special  mesentery  to  the  dorsal  wall 
of  the  body-cavity,  and  opens  into  the  cloaca.  The  following 
divisions  are  usually  distinguished:  (1)  the  funnel  or  infun- 
dibulum, (2)  the  albumen  secreting  portion,  (3)  the  isthmus, 
(4)  the  uterus  or  shell-gland,  (5)  the  vagina  (Fig.  4).  The  albu- 
men secreting  portion  includes  all  of  the  coiled  tube;  the  isthmus 
is  a  short  section  next  to  the  dilated  uterus,  and  the  vagina  is 
the  short  terminal  portion  opening  into  the  cloaca  (Figs.  4  and  5). 

The  formation  of  an  egg  takes  place  as  follows:  the  yolk,  or 
ovum  proper,  escapes  by  rupture  of  the  follicle  along  a  preformed 
band,  the  stigma  (Fig.  4-4),  into  the  infundibulum,  which  swallows 
it,  so  to  speak,  and  it  is  passed  down  by  peristaltic  contractions 


ova  are  shown  in  the  oviduct  at  different  levels;    normally  but  one  ovum 

is  found  in  the  oviduct  at  a  time. 

1,  Ovary,  region  of  young  follicles.  2  and  3,  Successively  larger  follicles. 
4,  Stigmata,  or  non-vascular  areas,  along  which  the  rupture  of  the  follicle 
takes  place.  5,  Empty  follicle.  6,  Cephalic  lip  of  ostium.  7,  Funnel  of 
oviduct  (ostium  tubse  ahdominale).  8,  Ovum  in  the  upper  part  of  the  ovi- 
diic't.  9,  Region  of  the  oviduct  in  which  the  albumen  is  secreted.  10,  Albu- 
men surrounding  an  ovum.  11,  Ovum.  12,  Germinal  disc.  13,  Lower  seg- 
ment of  albumen-secreting  portion.  14,  Lower  part  of  the  oviduct  (''uterus," 
shell-gland).  15,  Rectum.  16,  Reflected  wall  of  the  abdomen.  17,  Anus,  or 
external  opening  of  cloaca. 


24 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 


of  the  oviduct.  The  escape  of  the  ovum  from  the  follicle  is  known 
as  the  process  of  ovulation.  During  its  passage  down  the  ovi- 
duct it  becomes  surrounded  by  layers  of  albumen  secreted  by 

the  oviducal  glands.    The  shell- 
membrane    is   secreted  in  the 
isthmus   and  the   shell   in  the 
uterus  (Fig.  5).     The  ovum  is 
fertilized  in  the  uppermost  part 
of  the  oviduct  and  the  cleavage 
and  early  stages  of  formation  of 
the  germ-layers  take  place  be- 
fore the  egg  is  laid.     The  time 
occupied  by  the  o\auii  in  tra- 
versing   the     various     sections 
of   the    oviduct    is    as    follows: 
Glandular   portion   of  the   ovi- 
duct three  hours,  isthmus  one 
hour,  uterus  and  laying  sixteen 
to   seventeen   hours    (combined 
observations  of  Patterson,  and 
Pearl  and  Curtis).     If  the  hen 
be  disturbed  eggs  may  be  re- 
tained long  after  they  are  ready 
to  be  layed. 

Some  of  the  details  of  these 
remarkable  processes  deserve 
attention:  the  observations  of 
several  naturalists  demonstrate 
that    the    ripe    follicle    is    em- 


FiG.  5.  —  Uterus   (shell-gland)  of  the 
hen    cut    open   to    show    the    fully 
formed  egg.     (After  Duval.) 
1,  Cut  surface  of  oviduct,  region  of 


isthmus.     2    Reflected  flap  of  uterus.  ^j,^^^^j  ^       ^j^^  ^^^^^^^  of  the  ovi- 

3,  Egg  ready  to    be    laid.     4,   Lower  ^ 

extremity,  or  vaginal  portion,  of  the  duct  before  its  rupture  SO  that 

oviduct      5,  Rectum.     6,  Opeiiing    of  ^^^  ^^^^^^^  ^|^^g  ^^^  ^^  ^^^^^ 

the  oviduct  into  the  cloaca.      /,  Open-  ,  ,  ^ 

ing  of  the  rectum  into  the  cloaca.     8,  the    body-cavity,    but    into    the 

^^°^^^-  oviduct  itself.     Coste  describes 

the  process  in  the  following  way:  ''In  hens  killed  seventeen  to 
twenty  hours  after  laying  I  have  observed  all  the  stages  of  this  re- 
markable process.  In  some  the  follicle,  still  intact  and  enclosing 
its  egg,  had  already  been  swallowed,  and  the  mouth  of  the  oviduct, 
contracted  around  the  stalk  of  the  capsule,  seemed  to  exert  some 
pressure  on  it,  in  other  cases  the  ruptured  capsule  still  partly 


THE    EGG  25 

enclosed  the  egg  which  projected  from  the  opening;  in  others 
finally  the  empty  capsule  had  just  deposited  the  egg  in  the  en- 
trance of  the  oviduct."  According  to  Patterson  the  funnel  of 
the  oviduct  becomes  inactive  as  soon  as  an  egg  is  received,  but 
about  the  time  of  laying  it  becomes  highly  active  and  again  clasps 
an  egg  follicle. 

The  existence  of  double-yolked  eggs  renders  it  probable  that 
the  oviduct  can  pick  up  eggs  that  have  escaped  into  the  body- 
cavity.  But  in  some  cases  ova  that  escape  into  the  body-cavity 
undergo  resorption  there. 

Immediately  after  the  ovum  is  received  by  the  oviduct  a 
special  layer  of  albumen  is  secreted  which  adheres  closely  to  the 
vitelline  membrane  and  is  prolonged  in  two  strands,  one  ex- 
tending up  and  the  other  down  the  oviduct ;  these  strands  become 
the  chalazse;  the  layer  to  which  they  are  attached  may,  therefore, 
be  called  the  chalaziferous  layer  (Coste)  of  the  albumen.  The 
Une  joining  the  attachments  of  the  chalazse  is  at  right  angles  to 
the  main  axis  of  the  ovum  (that  passing  through  the  germinal 
disc) ;  it  is  obvious,  therefore,  that  there  must  be  some  antecedent 
condition  that  determines  the  position  of  the  ovum  in  the  oviduct; 
this  is  probably  the  position  of  the  ovum  in  the  folhcle,  i.e.,  the 
relation  of  the  germinal  disc  to  the  stigma,  for  the  follicular 
orientation  is  apparently  preserved  in  the  oviduct.  The  question 
is  of  considerable  importance  because,  as  we  shall  see,  the  axis  of 
the  embryo  is  later  bisected  by  a  plane  passing  through  the 
chalazse,  and  is  therefore  certainly  determined  at  the  time  that 
the  chalazffi  are  formed,  and  Bartelmez  even  traces  it  back  to  the 
earliest  stages  of  the  ovocyte. 

After  formation  of  the  chalazse  the  ovum  passes  down  the  ovi- 
duct, rotating  on  the  chalazal  axis,  and  thus  describing  a  spiral 
path;  the  albumen  which  is  secreted  abundantly  in  advance  of 
the  ovum  is  therefore  wrapped  around  the  chalaziferous  layer 
and  chalazse  in  successive  spiral  layers  and  the  chalazse  are  re- 
volved in  spiral  turns. 

Only  about  50  %  of  the  white  of  the  egg  is  formed  by  the  albu- 
men secreting  portion  of  the  oviduct;  this  is  in  the  form  of  a 
dense  layer  formed  of  matted  fibers;  the  shell  membrane  is  de- 
posited directly  on  this;  and  the  more  fluid  portion  of  the  albumen 
constituting  50%  or  more  of  its  entire  bulk  enters  through  the 
shell  membrane  while  the  egg  is  in  the  isthmus  and  uterus  (Pearl 
and  Curtis,  1912). 


26        THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

Abnormal  eggs  are  of  two  main  kinds:  those  with  more  than 
one  3^olk,  and  enclosed  eggs  (ovum  in  ovo).  Double-yolked  eggs 
are  obviously  due  to  the  simultaneous,  or  almost  simultaneous, 
liberation  of  two  yolks,  and  their  incorporation  in  a  single  set  of 
egg-membranes.  The  two  yolks  are  usually  separate  in  such 
cases  and  are  derived,  presumably,  from  separate  follicles.  But 
two  yolks  within  a  single  vitelline  membrane  have  been  observed; 
such  are  in  all  probability  products  of  a  single  follicle.  Cases  of 
three  yolks  within  a  single  shell  are  extremely  rare.  The  class 
of  enclosed  eggs  includes  those  in  which  there  are  two  shells, 
one  within  the  other.  In  some  cases  the  contents  of  the  enclosed 
and  the  enclosing  eggs  are  substantially  normal,  though  of  course 
the  enclosing  shell  is  abnormally  large;  in  others  the  enclosed 
egg  may  be  abnormal  as  to  size  (small  yolk),  or  contents  (no 
yolk).  In  all  cases  described,  the  enclosing  egg  possesses  a  yolk 
(Parker).  Abnormal  eggs  of  these  three  classes  are  of  either 
ovarian  or  oviducal  origin;  doubled-yolked  eggs  and  eggs  with 
abnormal  yolks  are  due  to  abnormal  ovarian  conditions;  enclosed 
eggs  to  abnormal  oviducal  conditions,  or  to  both  ovarian  and 
oviducal  abnormalities.  Assuming  the  normal  peristalsis  of  the 
oviduct  to  be  reversed  when  a  fully  formed  egg  is  present,  the 
egg  would  be  carried  up  the  oviduct  a  greater  or  less  distance  and 
might  there  meet  a  second  yolk.  If  the  peristalsis  became  normal 
again,  both  would  be  carried  to  the  uterus  and  enclosed  in  a 
common  shell.     (For  a  fuller  discussion  of  double  eggs  see  G.  H. 

Parker.) 

Ovogenesis.  The  ovogenesis,  or  development  of  ova,  may 
be  divided  into  three  very  distinct  stages.  The  first  stage,  or 
period  of  multiplication,  is  embryonic  and  ends  about  the  time 
of  hatching  (in  the  chick) ;  it  is  characterized  by  the  small  size  of 
the  ova  and  their  rapid  multiplication  by  division.  The  multi- 
ph'ing  primitive  ova  are  known  as  ovogonia.  At  the  end  of  this 
period  multiplication  ceases  and  the  period  of  growth  begins. 
The  ova,  known  as  ovocytes  of  the  first  order,  become  enclosed 
in  follicles;  the  size  of  the  ovum  constantly  increases  and  the 
yolk  is  formed.  The  third  period,  known  as  the  period  of  matura- 
tion, is  characterized  by  two  successive  exceedingly  unequal 
divisions  of  the  egg-cell,  producing  two  minute  cells,  the  polar 
globules,  that  take  no  part  in  the  formation  of  the  embryo,  but 
die   and  degenerate.     The   process  of  maturation  begins  in  the 


THE  EGG 


27 


fully  ripe  follicle  and  is  completed  after  ovulation  in  the  oviduct, 
while  the  ovum  is  being  fertilized. 

The  origin  of  the  primitive  ova,  their  multiplication  and 
the  formation  of  the  primordial  follicles  is  described  in  Chapter 
XIII.  In  the  young  chick  all  the  cell  cords  and  cell  nests  (de- 
scribed in  Chapter  XIII)  become  converted  into  primordial 
follicles.  During  the  egg-laying  period  there  is  a  continuous 
process  of  growth  and  ripening  of  the  primordial  follicles,  which 
takes  place  successively;  the  immense  majority  at  any  given 
period  remain  latent,  but  all  stages  of  growth  of  egg  follicles  may 
be  found  in  a  laying  hen. 

A  primordial  follicle  consists  of  the  ovum  surrounded  by  a 
single  layer  of  cubical  epithelial  cells  (granulosa  or  follicle  cells); 
the  fibers  of  the  adjacent  stroma  have  a  concentric  arrangement 
around  the  follicle  forming  the  theca  folhculi  (Fig.  6  Str.).  The 
ovum  itself  is  a  rounded  cell  with 
a  large  nucleus  placed  excentri- 
cally  so  as  to  define  a  primary 
axis  of  the  ovum.  In  the  pro- 
toplasm on  one  side  of  the 
nucleus  is  a  concentrated  mass 
of  protoplasm,  the  yolk-nucleus, 
from  w^hich  rays  extend,  and 
minute  fatty  granules. 


HoU  derives  the  follicular  cells 
in  birds  from  the  stroma,  but  on 
insufficient  grounds.  According  to 
D'Hollander,  they  are  derived,  like 
the  primitive  ova,  from  the  germi- 
nal epithelium,  in  which  he  agrees 
with  the  majority  of  his  predeces- 
sors. He  states  that  the  period  of 
multiplication  of  the  ovogonia  ends  about  the  time  of  hatching;  that  the 
period  of  growth  of  the  ovocytes  begins  at  about  the  fourteenth  da}-  of  in- 
cubation (seven  days  before  hatching),  and  before  the  formation  of  the 
primordial  follicle,  which  begins  on  the  fourth  day  after  hatching.  Thus 
the  periods  of  multipHcation  and  gro\\i^h  overlap. 

Although  the  nucleus  (germinal  vesicle  of  authors)  is  strongly 
excentric  in  position  in  the  youngest  ovocytes,  it  occupies  a  more 
nearly  central  position  in  those  slightly  older.  When  the  ovum  is 
about  0.66  mm.  in  diameter,  it  moves  to  the  surface  along  the 
shortest  radius  and  comes  to  lie  almost  in  contact  with  the  vitel- 


FiG.  6.  —  Primordial  follicle  from  the 
ovary  of  the  hen.     (After  Holl.) 

Gr.,  Granulosa.  N.,  Nucleus.  Str., 
Stroma.  Y.  N.,  Yolk  nucleus. 


28 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 


line  membrane  (Fig.  7).  It  becomes  elliptical,  and  later  the  outer 
surface  is  flattened  against  the  vitelline  membrane,  the  inner 
surface  remaining  convex  (Fig.  8).  The  point  on  the  surface  to 
which  the  germinal  vesicle  migrates  is  situated  away  from  the 
surface  of  the  ovary,  and  thus  in  the  position  of  the  pedicle  of 


/:S.- 


, V  Jtr^r       '.J*-  -*^,  V      ft     Ou/' 


Fig.  7.  —  Section  of  an  ovarian  ovum  of  the  pigeon;  drawn  from  a  prepara- 
tion of  Mr.  J.  T.  Patterson.  The  actual  dimensions  of  the  ovum  are  1.44 
X  1.25  mm. 

f.  s.,  Stalk  of  follicle.  G.  V.,  Germinal  vesicle.  Gr.,  Granulosa.  L., 
Latebra.  p.  P.,  Peripheral  protoplasm,  pr.  f.,  Primordial  folhcles.  Th.  ex., 
Theca  externa.  Th.  int.,  Theca  interna.  Y.  Y.,  Yellow  yolk.  Z.  r.,  Zona 
radiata. 


the  follicle,  when  the  latter  projects  from  the  surface  of  the  ovary 
(Fig.  7).  This  determines  the  position  of  the  future  germ  disc. 
The  nucleus  increases  in  size  with  the  growth  of  the  ovum;  in  the 
youngest  ovocytes  its  diameter  is  about  9  /x;  in  the  ripe  ovum  it  is 
flattened  and  may  measure  455  ju  in  diameter  by  72  ^  in  thickness. 


THE    EGG  29 

While  the  nucleus  is  still  near  the  center  of  the  egg  a  very 
dense  deposit  of  extremely  fine  granules  is  formed  around  it,  and 
gradually  extends  out  towards  the  periphery  of  the  cell,  but 
does  not  involve  the  peripheral  layer  of  protoplasm.  This  central 
aggregation  of  yolk-granules  represents  the  primordium  of  the 
latebra  or  central  mass  of  the  white  yolk. 

The  ovum  grows  very  slowly  up  to  a  diameter  of  about  6 
millimeters,  and  all  of  the  yolk  found  during  this  period  belongs 
to  the  category  of  white  yolk.  Certain  of  these  ova,  but  only  a 
few  at  any  one  time,  then  suddenly  begin  to  grow  at  an  enor- 
mously increased  rate,  adding  about  4  mm.  to  their  diameter 
every  twenty-four  hours  until  the  full  size  of  al)out  40  mm.  in 
diameter  is  attained.  It  is  during  this  period  that  the  concentric 
layers  of  yellow  and  white  yolk  are  laid  down  in  the  periphery. 

Riddle  has  studied  this  period  by  the  ingenious  method  of 
feeding  the  stain  Sudan  III,  which  has  an  especial  affinity  for  fat, 
to  laying  hens  at  definite  time  intervals.  The  stain  attaches  itself 
to  fatty  acids  of  the  food  which  are  taken  up  unchanged  by  the 
egg.  The  consequence  is  that  during  any  period  of  Sudan  III 
feeding  a  red  stained  layer  of  yolk  is  formed;  so  that  it  is  possible 
by  regulating  the  dose  and  interrupting  the  feedings  to  obtain 
ova  with  alternate  bands  of  stained  and  unstained  yolk.  In  this 
way  he  was  able  to  show  that  a  layer  of  yellow  and  of  white  yolk 
about  2  mm.  in  combined  thickness  on  the  average  is  laid  down 
each  twenty-four  hours. 

In  a  previous  study  the  same  author  had  shown  that  there  is 
a  daily  rhythm  of  nutrition,  associated  with  high  and  low  blood 
pressure,  which  is  responsible  for  the  formation  of  the  alternate 
fault-bars  and  fundamental  bars  of  birds'  feathers.  It  is  this  same 
claih^  rhythm  that  determines  the  concentric  stratification  of  the 
yolk,  yellow  yolk  being  formed  during  the  longer  period  of  high 
blood  pressure,  and  white  yolk  during  the  briefer  nocturnal  period 
of  low  pressure. 

"The  layer  of  white  yolk  of  the  hen's  egg  is  then  a  growth- 
mark  left  at  the  ever  changing  boundary  of  the  ovum ;  it  represents 
the  result  of  yolk  formation  under  sub-optimal  conditions." 
(Riddle.) 

The  germinal  vesicle  lies  in  a  thickening  of  the  peripheral 
layer  of  protoplasm  known  as  the  germinal  disc,  which  is  con- 
tinuous, like  the  remainder  of  the  peripheral  protoplasm,  in  early 


30  THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 

stages  with  the  protoplasmic  reticulum  that  forms  the  walls  of 
the  yolk- vacuoles.  The  germinal  disc  increases  in  extent  and 
thickness,  and  the  peripheral  protoplasm  disappears  over  most  of 
the  yolk.  An  inflow  of  the  peripheral  protoplasm  into  the  disc 
appears  very  probable  by  analogy  with  the  bony  fishes  where 
this  process  can  be  studied  with  great  ease. 

The  method  of  formation  of  the  neck  of  the  latebra  and  the 
so-called  nucleus  of  Pander,  or  peripheral  expansion  of  the  neck, 
follows  more  or  less  directly  from  the  preceding  account:  As  the 
circumference  of  the  ovum  enlarges,  the  germinal  disc  is  carried 
out  and  leaves  behind  it  a  trail  in  which  yellow  yolk  is  not  formed. 
When  the  ovum  is  fully  grown,  the  exact  boundaries  between  the 
protoplasmic  germinal  disc  and  the  yolk  are  not  determinable. 
The  disc  itself  is  charged  with  small  yolk-granules  which  grade 
off  very  gradually  into  the  white  yolk  lying  around  and  beneath 

the  disc. 

The  mode  of  nutrition  of  the  ovum  and  the  formation  of  the 
vitelhne  membrane  remain  to  be  considered.  The  nutrition  is 
conveyed  from  the  highly  vascular  theca  follicuh  by  way  of  the 
follicular  cells,  or  membrana  granulosa,  to  the  ovum.  The  nutri- 
ment enters  by  diffusion;  at  no  stage  is  there  any  evidence  of 
immigration  of  sohd  food  particles,  let  alone  entire  cells,  into 
the  growing  ovum.  At  an  early  stage  a  definite  membrane  is 
formed  between  the  ovum  and  the  folhcular  cells,  the  zona  radiata 
or  primordium  of  the  vitelhne  membrane  (Fig.  7).  This  is 
pierced  by  innumerable  extremely  minute  pores  which  become 
narrow  canals  as  the  zona  radiata  increases  in  thickness.  The 
•follicular  cells  and  the  peripheral  layer  of  protoplasm  of  the  ovum 
are  connected  by  extremely  dehcate  strands  of  protoplasm  that 
pass  through  the  pores  (Holl).  In  some  way  the  nutriment  of 
the  ovum  is  conveyed  through  these  strands. 

The  discussion  as  to  whether  the  zona  radiata  is  a  product  of 
the  ovum  itself  or  of  the  follicular  cells  seems  to  me  to  be  largely 
academic  and  wih  not  be  summarized  here.  There  seems  to  be 
sufficient  evidence  of  a  primary  true  vitelline  membrane  secreted 
by  the  ovum  itself,  though  this  may  not  represent  the  entire 
zona  radiata  of  older  ova. 

The  third  phase  of  ovogenesis,  maturation  or  formation  of 
the  polar  globules,  is  transferred  to  the  next  chapter,  because  it 
is  overlapped  by  the  process  of  fertihzation.     It  is  not  definitely 


THE    EGG  31 

known  if  maturation  in  birds  may  be  completed  without  fertiliza- 
tion, but  it  seems  probable  that,  as  in  many  other  animals,  the 
completion  of  maturation  is  dependent  on  the  stimulus  of  fertihza- 
tion.  It  is,  however,  essentially  a  process  absolutely  distinct 
from  fertilization,  and  in  some  animals  {e.g.,  echinids)  is  com- 
pleted without  fertilization. 


CHAPTER    II 
THE   DEVELOPMENT   PRIOR  TO  LAYING 

I.     Maturation 

During  the  growth  period  the  germinal  vesicle  has  increased 
to  an  enormous  size  (455  x  72  ju  in  an  ovmn  37  mm.  in  diameter, 
Fig.  8).  It  lies  in  contact  with  the  vitelline  membrane.  The 
margins  of  the  lenticular  nucleus  are  folded  into  the  interior  in 
such  a  way  that  sections  give  an  effect  of  rod-shaped  bodies  spring- 
ing from  the  membrane  which  were   doubtfully  interpreted  as 


^'-^ 


Fig.  8.  —  Vertical  section  of  germinal  vesicle  of  hen's  egg  after  Sonnenbrodt. 
Size  of  egg  37  mm.  in  diameter;    size  of  nucleus  455Mx72/i. 

chromosomes  by  Holl.  The  real  chromosomes  are  however  in 
the  center  in  the  form  of  double  rods  (Fig.  8).  The  maturation 
divisions  of  the  hen's  egg  have  not  been  described,  but  we  have 
fortunately  a  very  good  account  of  the  maturation  and  fertiliza- 
tion of  the  pigeon's  egg  by  E.  H.  Harper,  which  furnishes  the 
basis  of  the  following  description: 

The  wall  of  the  germinal  vesicle  begins  to  break  down  in 
ovarian  eggs  of  about  18.75  mm.  diameter,  the  full  size  of  the  egg 
of  the  pigeon  being  about  25  mm.  Part  of  the  fluid  contents  of 
the  germinal  vesicle  flows  out  and  forms  a  layer  outside  the  disinte- 

32 


DEVELOPMENT  PRIOR  TO  LAYING 


33 


grating   wall  (Fig.   9).     The   chromosomes   and   nucleoli   form   a 
group  near  the  center  of  the  upper  plane  surface  of  the  germinal 

Chr 


<5£)-^ 


;.' 


G.Tr 


-^.<S^'     .^     A,.;     ^         <^     ,.<^ 


A 


^.  r^ 


ki 


-.7?.SjO./'. 


'Tetr. 


Fig.  9.  —  Vertical  section  of  the  germinal  vesicle  and  part  of  the  germinal 
disc  of   an  ovarian  ovum    |    inch  in  diameter;    pigeon,  x  385.     (After 
Harper.) 
Chr.,  Chromosomes.     Gr.,  Granulosa.     G.  V.,  Wall  of  germinal  vesicle. 

vesicle.  The  first  maturation  spindle  is  formed  before  ovulation, 
containing  eight  quadruple  chromosomes  (tetrads).  The  spindle 
is  still  in  the  equatorial  plate 
stage  when  the  ovum  is 
grasped  by  the  mouth  of  the 
oviduct  (Fig.  10).  The  bulk 
of  the  substance  of  the  ger- 
minal vesicle  soon  forms  a 
yolk-free  cone  extending 
from  the  maturation  spin- 
dle deep  into  the  superficial    i _^ 

yolk.  The  outer  end  of  the  Fig.  10.  —  Vertical  section  of  the  germinal 
spindle  is  in  almost  imme-  ^li^c  of  the  pigeon's  egg  showing  the 
diate  contact  with  the  SUr-  ^""^  maturation  spindle.  The  egg  was 
c  e    ..  T.I  clasped  hy  the  funnel    of   the   oviduct. 

lace  01   the  ovum.     In  the       o -^  oaaa     .vr*     u  x 

8.oO  P.M.     X  2000.     (After  Harper.) 

later  stages  of  formation  of  m.  Sp.  1,  First  maturation  spindle.  Tetr., 
the    first    polar   body  each    Tetrad. 

tetrad,  or  quadruple  chromosome,  separates  into  two  dyads  or 
double  chromosomes,  and  the  members  of  each  pair  of  dyads 
separate  and  approach  opposite  ends  of  the  spindle  (anaphase). 


34 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 


Thus  at  each  end  of  the  spindle  there  are  eight  dyads.  Those  at 
the  outer  end  then  enter  a  Httle  bud  of  jorotoplasm  projecting 
above  the  surface  of  the  germinal  disc,  and  this  bud  with  the 
dyads  is  cut  off  as  the  first  polar  body,  which  lies  in  a  depression 
of  the  germinal  disc  beneath  the  vitelline  membrane  (Fig.  11). 
Eight  dyads,  therefore,  remain  within  the  germinal  disc. 

A  second  maturation  spindle  is  then  formed  almost  imme- 
diately, apparently  without  the  intervention  of  a  resting  stage 
of  the  nucleus,  and  takes  a  radial  position  similar  to  that  occupied 
by  the  first,  with  the  dyads  forming  an  equatorial  plate  (Fig.  11). 


■7/.3p.2. 


Fig.  11.  —  Second  maturation  spindle  and  first  polar  body  of  the  pigeon's 
egg;  a  combination  of  two  sections.     8.15  p.m.     x  2000.     (After  Harper.) 
m.  Sp.  2,  Second  maturation  spindle,     p.  b.  1,  First  polar  body.     v.  M., 
Vitelline  membrane. 

Each  dyad  then  divides  along  the  preformed  plane  of  division, 
and  the  daughter-chromosomes  diverge  towards  opposite  poles 
of  the  spindle.  The  outer  end  of  the  second  maturation  spindle 
then  enters  a  superficial  bud  of  the  protoplasm  of  the  germinal 
disc  similar  to  that  of  the  first  maturation  spindle;  and  this  bud 
together  with  the  contained  chromosomes  becomes  cut  off  as  the 
second  polar  body. 

The  result  of  these  processes  of  maturation  is  the  formation 
of  three  cells,  viz.,  the  two  polar  bodies  and  the  mature  egg. 
The  polar  bodies  are  relatively  very  minute  and  soon  degenerate 
completely. 

After  the  formation  of  the  second  polar  body  there  remain 
in  the  egg  eight  chromosomes,  each  of  which  represents  one 
quarter  of  an  original  tetrad.  These  form  a  small  resting  nucleus 
known  as  the  egg-nucleus  or  female  pronucleus.  It  is  many 
times  smaller  than  the    original  germinal  vesicle   (Fig.    12),  and 


DEVELOPMENT  PRIOR  TO  LAYING 


35 


it  rapidly  withdraws  from   the  surface  of  the  egg  to  a  deeper 
position  near  the  center  of  the  germinal  disc.     (Concerning  the 


p.d.I. 


p.b.a. 


~v.M. 


-py.^. 


Fig.  12. —  Egg  nucleus  (female  pronucleus)  and  polar  bodies 

of  the  pigeon's  egg.     (After  Harper.)     8.30  p.m.     x  2000. 

E.  N.,  Egg  nucleus,  p.  b.  1,  First  polar  body.  p.  b.  2, 
Second  polar  body.  p'v.  S.,  Perivitelline  space,  v.  M.,  Vi- 
telline membrane. 

general  theory  of  the  maturation  process  see  E.  B.  Wilson,  "The 
Cell  in  Development  and  Inheritance/'  the  Macmillan  Company, 
New  York.) 

11.     Fertilization 

The  spermatozoa  traverse  the  entire  length  of  the  oviduct 
and  are  found  in  the  uppermost  portion  in  a  fertile  hen.  The 
period  of  life  of  the  spermatozoa  w^ithin  the  oviduct  is  considerable, 
as  proved  by  the  fact  that  hens  may  continue  to  lay  fertile  eggs 
for  a  period  of  at  least  three  weeks  after  isolation  from  the  cock. 
After  the  end  of  the  third  week  the  vitality  of  the  spermatozoa 
is  apparently  reduced,  as  eggs  laid  during  the  fourth  and  fifth 
weeks  may  exhibit,  at  the  most,  abnormal  cleavage,  which  soon 
ceases.  Eggs  laid  forty  days  after  isolation  are  certainly  unfer- 
tilized, and  do  not  develop  (Lau  and  Barfurth).  The  so-called 
parthenogenetic  cleavage  of  such  eggs  is  merely  a  phenomenon 
of  fragmentation  of  the  protoplasm;  there  is  no  true  cell-division. 

The  ovum  is  surrounded  immediately  after  ovulation,  that  is 
in  the  infundibulum,  by  a  fluid  containing  spermatozoa  in  suspen- 
sion.   In  the  egg  of  the  pigeon  from  twelve  to  twenty-five  sperm- 


36 


THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 


atozoa  immediately  bore  through  the  egg-membrane  and  enter  the 
germinal  disc,  within  which  the  heads,  which  represent  the  nuclei 
of  the  spermatozoa,  enlarge  and  become  transformed  into  sperm - 
nuclei  (Fig.  13).  In  the  hen's  egg  five  or  six  usually  enter.  The 
fate  of  the  middle  piece  and  tail  of  the  spermatozoa  is  not  known  in 

birds,  but  it  is  improbable  that  they  furnish 
any  definitive  morphological  element  of  the 
fertilized  egg.  At  the  time  of  entrance  of 
the  spermatozoa  the  first  maturation  spindle 
is  in  process  of  formation ;  it  lies  in  the  center 
of  a  group  of  granules  at  the  surface  of  the 
egg,  which  is  bounded  by  a  non-granular 
zone  of  protoplasm,  called  by  Harper  the 
polar  ring,  in  which  the  sperm-nuclei  ac- 
cumulate. External  to  the  polar  ring  the 
protoplasm  is  granular  again  (Fig.  14). 

The  sperm-nuclei  remain  quiescent  while 
the  polar  bodies  are  being  formed,  and, 
when  the  egg  nucleus  is  reconstituted,  one 
of  them,  which  may  be  called  the  male  pro- 
nucleus or  primary  sperm  nucleus,  moves 
inwards  and  comes  into  contact  with  the 
egg  nucleus  (Fig.  15).  The  opposed  faces 
of  the  conjugating  nuclei  become  flattened 
together,  until  the  contours  form  a  single 
sphere,  the  first  segmentation  nucleus,  in  which  a  partition  sep- 
arates the  original  components,  viz.,  the  sperm  and  egg  nucleus. 
The  partition  apparently  disappears.  However,  it  is  very  un- 
likely that  a  complete  intermingling  of  the  contents  of  the  two 
germ-nuclei  takes  place,  because  in  other  groups  of  animals  where 
the  processes  have  been  more  fully  studied,  it  has  been  determined 
that  each  germ-nucieus  forms  an  independent  group  of  chromo- 
somes of  the  same  number  in  each. 

Shortly  after  its  formation,  the  first  segmentation  nucleus 
prepares  for  division  in  the  usual  karyokinetic  way.  The  first 
segmentation  (or  cleavage)  spindle  thus  formed  lies  near  the 
center  of  the  germinal  disc  a  short  distance  beneath  the  surface 
and  its  axis  is  tangential  to  the  surface,  or,  in  other  words,  at 
right  angles  to  the  axis  of  the  egg.  The  fertilization  may  be 
considered  to  be  completed  at  this  stage. 


Fig.  13. — Stages  in 
the  transformation  of 
sperm  heads  into  the 
sperm  nuclei  from  the 
ovum  of  the  pigeon. 
x2000.  (After  Har- 
per.) The  order  of 
stages  is  indicated  by 
the  letters  a — g. 


DEVELOPMENT  PRIOR  TO  LAYING 


37 


The  entrance  of  several  spermatozoa  appears  to  be  character- 
istic of  vertebrates  with  large  ova;  thus  for  instance,  it  has  been 
described  in  selachii,  some  amphibia,  reptiles,  and  birds.  Such 
a  condition  is  known  as  polyspermy;  it  is  normal  in  the  forms 
mentioned,  but  occurs   only   under   abnormal   conditions  in  the 


m 


i'^1'--.'-. 


WM^S-y--]':-^^^^^^^^^^^ 


'^^■' 


'-.-.■.■■ 


Fig.  14.  —  Horizontal  section  of  the  germinal  disc  of  a  pig- 
eon's ovum  immediately  after  ovulation,     x  125.     (After 
Harper.) 
N.,  Nucleus,   probably  first  maturation   spindle,     p.  r., 

Polar  ring.     Sp.  N.,  Sperm  nuclei. 


V^ 


/■'itft    AV^, 


W 


.--o 


"1 

.J 


Fig.  15.  —  Vertical  section  of  the  pigeon's  egg  showing  germ  nuclei 
(pronuclei)  in  the  center  of  the  disc,  x  2000.  10.40  p.m.  (After 
Harper.) 


38        THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

great  majority  of  animals.  Harper  observed  that  the  number 
of  sperm-nuclei  formed  in  the  pigeon  varied  from,  twelve  to  twenty- 
five  in  different  cases.  Only  one  of  these  serves  as  a  functional 
sperm-nucleus;  the  remainder  or  supernumerary  sperm-nuclei 
migrate,  as  though  repelled,  from  the  center  towards  the  margins 
and  deeper  portions  of  the  germinal  disc,  where  they  become 
temporarily  active,  dividing  and  furnishing  a  secondar}-  area  of 
small  cells  (accessory  cleavage)  surrounding  the  true  cleavage- 
cells  produced  by  division  of  the  central  portion  of  the  disc  around 
the  descendants  of  the  segmentation  nucleus.  It  has  been  sup- 
posed by  some  authors  who  studied  the  selachii  that  the  de- 
scendants of  the  supernumerary  sperm-nuclei  form  functional 
nuclei  of  the  so-called  periblast,  but  this  view  has  been  disproved 
for  the  pigeon  (Blount),  in  which  it  can  be  demonstrated  that 
the  supernumerary  sperm-nuclei  have  but  a  brief  period  of 
activity,  and  then  degenerate. 

III.     Cleavage  of  the  Ovum 

The  fertilized  ovum  is  morphologically  a  single  cell,  with  a 
single  nucleus,  the  first  segmentation  nucleus.  The  living  proto- 
plasm is  aggregated  in  the  germinal  disc,  and  the  remainder  of 
the  ovum  is  an  inert  mass  of  food  material  destined  to  be  assimi- 
lated by  the  embryo  which  arises  from  the  germinal  disc.  The 
first  step  in  the  development  is  a  series  of  cell-divisions  of  the 
usual  karyokinetic  type,  restricted  to  the  germinal  disc,  which 
rapidly  becomes  multicellular.  As  the  early  divisions  take  place 
nearly  synchronously  in  all  the  cells,  there  is  a  tendency  for  the 
number  of  the  cells  to  increase  in  geometrical  progression,  fur- 
nishing 2-,  4-,  8-,  and  16-  etc.,  celled  stages;  but  sooner  or  later 
the  divisions  cease  to  be  synchronous.  All  of  the  cells  of  the 
body  are  derived  from  the  germinal  disc,  and  the  nuclei  of  all 
cells  trace  their  lineage  back  to  the  first  segmentation  nucleus. 
The  supernumerary  sperm-nuclei  do  not  take  part  in  the  forma- 
tion of  the  embryo. 

Cell-division  is  the  most  conspicuous  part  of  the  early  de- 
velopment; hence  this  period  is  known  as  the  cleavage,  or 
segmentation,  period.  But  it  should  be  remembered  first,  that 
cell-division  is  as  constant  a  process  in  later  embryonic  stages  as 
in  the  cleavage  period,  and  second,  that  it  is  probable,  though 
little  is   known  yet  about  this  subject  in  the  bird's  egg,  that 


DEVELOPMENT   PRIOR  TO   LAYING  39 

other  important  phenomena  are  going  on  during  the   cleavage 
period. 

The  type  of  cleavage  exhibited  by  the  bird's  egg  is  known 
as  meroblastic,  for  the  reason  that  only  a  part  of  the  ovum  is 
concerned,  viz.,  the  germinal  disc.  This  is  obviously  due  to  the 
great  amount  of  yolk  (see  Introduction,  pp.  11  and  12). 

To  understand  the  form  and  significance  of  the  cleavage  of 
the  bird's  egg,  it  is  necessary  first  of  all  to  gain  a  clear  idea  of  the 
structure  of  the  germinal  disc  and  its  relations  to  the  yolk.  At 
the  time  of  the  first  cleavage  the  germinal  disc  is  round  in  surface 
view  and  about  3  mm.  in  diameter;  the  center  is  white  and  is 
surrounded  by  a  darker  margin  about  0.5  mm.  wide.  These 
two  zones  have  been  compared  to  the  pellucid  and  opaque  areas 
of  later  stages.  We  shall  call  the  outer  zone  the  periblastic  zone, 
or  simply  periblast.  In  section,  the  germinal  disc  is  biconvex, 
but  the  outer  surface  which  conforms  to  the  contour  of  the  entire 
egg  is  much  less  arched  than  the  inner  surface.  The  disc  is  every- 
where separated  from  the  yellow  yolk  by  a  layer  of  white  yolk 
(Fig.  2) ;  on  the  other  hand,  there  is  no  sharp  separation  between 
the  disc  and  the  white  yolk.  The  granules  of  the  latter  are  largest 
in  the  deeper  layers  and  there  is  a  gradual  transition  from  them 
to  the  smaller  yolk-granules  with  which  the  disc  is  thickly  charged 
(Fig.  19).  It  is  practically  impossible  in  a  section  to  say  where 
the  protoplasm  of  the  disc  ceases;  it  is  indeed  probable  that  it 
extends  some  distance  into  the  white  yolk  both  beneath  and 
around  the  margins  of  the  disc.  Thus  in  Figure  21  a  cone,  ap- 
parently of  protoplasm,  extends  into  the  neck  of  the  latebra  a 
considerable  distance.    In  other  cases  it  does  not  extend  so  far. 

The  Hen's  Egg.  The  form  of  cleavage  of  the  hen's  egg  is 
illustrated  in  Fig.  16,  A-E.  The  first  cleavage  appears  in  surface 
view  as  a  narrow  furrow  extending  part  way  across  the  germinal 
disc  (Fig.  16  A).  According  to  Patterson  it  occurs  just  as  the  egg 
is  entering  the  isthmus  about  three  hours  after  the  estimated  time 
of  fertilization.  While  the  ends  of  the  first  cleavage  furrow  are 
still  extending  towards  the  periblast,  the  second  division  begins. 
It  is  a  vertical  division  in  each  cell  like  the  first,  and  the  two  fur- 
rows meet  the  first  cleavage  furrow  at  right  angles.  They  may 
meet  the  first  furrow  at  approximately  the  same  point,  in  which 
case  they  form  an  approximately  straight  hne  (Fig.  16  B),  or  they 


40 


THE   Df:VELOPMENT   OF   THE    CHICK 


B 


D 


Fig.  16.  —  Five  stages  of  the  cleavage  of  the  hen's  egg.     (A,  B, 
D  and  E  after  KolUker;    C  after  Patterson.) 

A.  First  cleavage  furrow  (x  14).     The  egg  came  from  the 
lower  end  of  the  oviduct.  .  ,        . 

B.  Four-celled  stage  (xl7);    from  the  uterus. 

C.  Eight-celled  stage  (x  18).  u     ^  ^a^ 

D.  Nine  central  and  sixteen  margmal  cells  (x  about  iOj. 

E.  Late  cleavage  stage  (x  about  22). 


DEVELOPMENT    PRIOR    TO    LAYING  41 

may  meet  the  first  cleavage  furrow  at  separate  points,  in  which 
case  the  intervening  part  of  the  first  furrow  becomes  bent  at  an 
angle,  forming  a  cross  furrow.  The  third  set  of  cleavage  planes 
are  vertical  like  the  preceding  planes,  but  they  tend  to  be  variable 
otherwise.  In  Fig.  16  C  there  is  shown  an  eight-celled  stage  in 
which  three  of  the  new  furrows  are  approximately  at  right 
angles  to  the  second  cleavage  plane,  but  other  arrangements  are 
found. 

Before  describing  the  later  cleavage  stages,  we  should  note 
certain  important  relations  of  the  first  four  or  eight  cells:  First, 
these  are  not  complete  cells  in  the  sense  that  they  are  separate 
from  one  another.  They  are,  indeed,  areas  with  separate  nuclei 
marked  out  by  cleavage  furrows  in  a  continuous  mass  of  proto- 
plasm. The  furrows  do  not  cut  through  the  entire  depth  of 
the  germinal  disc,  and  the  cells  are  therefore  connected  below 
by  the  deeper  layer  of  the  protoplasm;  nor  do  the  furrows  extend 
into  the  peril^last,  and  all  the  cells  are  therefore  united  at  their 
margins  by  the  unsegmented  ring  of  periblast.  Second,  accord- 
ing to  several  observers,  the  center  of  the  cleavage,  i.e.,  the  place 
where  the  first  two  cleavage  furrows  cross,  is  sometimes  excentric. 
It  was  believed  by  those  who  emphasized  this  point,  that  the 
displacement  is  towards  the  posterior  end  of  the  blastoderm;  but 
Coste,  for  instance,  failed  to  note  any  excentricity,  and  Patterson 
noticed  both  conditions,  and  showed  that  the  displacement  might 
even  be  towards  the  anterior  end  of  the  blastoderm.  In  the 
pigeon,  according  to  Miss  Blount's  observations  recorded  below, 
excentricity  appears  to  be  exceptional;  moreover,  the  excentric 
area  may  bear  any  relation  whatever  to  the  future  hind  end  of 
the  embryo,  so  that  in  the  pigeon  it  will  not  bear  the  interpreta- 
tion that  has  been  placed  on  it  in  the  hen's  egg. 

The  following  cleavages  (after  the  eight-celled  stage)  in  the 
hen's  egg  are  very  irregular,  but  two  classes  of  furrows  may  be 
distinguished  in  surface  view:  (1)  those  that  cut  off  the  inner 
ends  of  the  cells,  and  (2)  those  that  run  in  a  radial  direction. 
The  furrows  of  the  first  class  produce  a  group  of  cells  that  are 
bounded  on  all  sides  in  surface  view,  l)ut  these  are,  at  first,  still 
connected  below  l)y  the  deeper  protoplasm.  They  may  be  called 
the  central  cells.  These  are  bounded  by  cells  that  are  united 
in  the  marginal  periblast,  and  thus  lack  marginal  boundaries  as 


42 


THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 


well  as  deep  boundaries;  they  may  be  called  the  marginal  cells 
(Fig.  16  D).  The  distinction  between  central  and  marginal 
cells  is  one  of  great  importance  which  should  be  clearly 
grasped. 

In  the  surface  views  of  later  cleavages  the  following  points 
should  be  noted:  (1)  the  group  of  central  cells  increases  by  the 
addition  of  cells  cut  off  from  the  inner  ends  of  the  marginal  cells, 
and  by  the  multiplication  of  the  central  cells  themselves;  (2)  the 
marginal  cells  increase  by  the  formation  of  new  radial  furrows. 
The  increase  of  the  central  cells  is  much  more  rapid  than  that  of 


Fig.  16  A.  IMedian  section  of  a  blastoderm  of  the  hen's  egg  which  showed 
about  64  cells  in  surface  view  (after  Patterson).  S.c,  segmentation 
cavity. 


the  marginal  cells,  and  the  cells  themselves  are  much  smaller  than 
the  marginal  cells,  both  because  of  their  mode  of  origin  and  also 
because  of  their  more  rapid  multiplication.  The  area  of  the 
central  cells  is  also  constantly  increasing,  with  consequent  re- 
duction of  the  marginal  zone  (Fig.  16  E).  Emphasis  has  been 
laid  by  several  authors  on  the  excentric  position  of  the  smallest 
cells,  and  the  inference  has  been  drawn  that  these  represent  the 
hinder  end  of  the  glastodisc.  Similar  excentricity  in  the  pigeon's 
egg  is  without  reference  to  the  future  embryonic  axis  (see 
Fig.  18). 

But  the  surface  views  do  not  show  what  is  going  on  in  the 
deeper  parts  of  the  germinal  disc.  At  the  eight-celled  stage  a 
narrow  space  appears  in  the  depth  of  the  central  portion  of  the 
blastoderm  approximately  between  protoplasm  and  yolk;    this  is 


DEVELOPMENT  PRIOR  TO  LAYING  43 

the  segmentation  cavity  which  furnishes  a  lower  boundary  to  the 
central  cells.  In  later  stages  it  extends  peripherally  to  the  inner 
margin  of  the  periblast,  and  thus  all  of  the  central  cells  become 
completely  bounded.  A  new  class  of  cleavage  planes  then  forms 
in  these  cells  after  the  thirty-two-celled  stage,  horizontal  or  parallel 
to  the  surface;  in  this  way  the  central  part  of  the  blastoderm 
becomes  two  cell-layers  deep,  and  later  several  layers  deep.  The' 
segmentation  cavity  never  cuts  under  the  marginal  cells,  which 
remain  united  below  and  at  their  margins  by  the  periblast  (Fig. 
16  A). 

In  the  older  accounts  of  the  horizontal  cleavages  by  Kolliker,  Duval 
and  others  these  are  represented  as  forming  before  the  segmentation 
cavity,  thus  leaving  the  deeper  cell  in  continuity  ^\ith  the  yolk.  Such 
cells  are  then  supposed  to  continue  budding  off  cells  from  their  upper 
surfaces.  But  this  view  has  been  shown  to  be  incorrect  by  the  observa- 
tions of  ^Miss  Blount  on  the  pigeon  described  below  and  by  Patterson  on 
the  hen  included  above. 


The  Pigeon*s  Egg.  The  cleavage  of  the  pigeon's  egg  has 
been  worked  out  in  detail  by  Miss  Blount;  as  it  must  be  made  the 
basis  of  the  description  of  the  formation  of  the  germinal  wall  and 
the  germ-layers  in  the  absence  of  anj^  consistent  account  for  the 
hen's  egg,  it  will  next  be  described.  The  fundamental  features  of 
the  cleavage  are  the  same  as  in  the  hen's  egg,  so  that  the  descrip- 
tion need  not  be  repeated. 

The  feature  to  be  particularly  emphasized  in  the  cleavage 
of  the  pigeon's  egg  is  the  occurrence  of  a  secondary  or  accessory 
cleavage  in  the  marginal  zone  or  periblast  (Figs.  17  and  18  A). 
When  the  origin  of  these  cells  is  traced  it  is  found  that  they  arise 
around  the  supernumerary  sperm-nuclei,  which  accumulate  and 
multiply  in  the  periblast.  The  complete  history  of  these  nuclei 
has  been  worked  out  ])y  Harper  and  Blount,  so  that  there 
can  be  no  doubt  as  to  their  derivation.  Another  interesting 
point  illustrated  by  the  figures  is  that  the  marginal  cells  have 
a  peripheral  wall  wherever  the  accessory  cleavage  occurs,  but 
between  the  groups  of  accessory  cleavage  cells  the  marginal  cells 
are  continuous  with  the  periblast  (Figs.  17  and  18  A,)  as  they  are 


44 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 


every\vhere  in  the  hen's  egg.  In  a  section  of  a  germinal  disc, 
showing  the  accessory  cleavage  (Fig.  20),  it  is  seen  that  the 
peripheral  boundary  of  the  marginal  cells  cuts  under  the  margin 
for  a  considerable  distance. 

The    accessory   cleavage    becomes    manifest    at   the    time    of 
api^earance  of  the  first  cleavage  plane,  and  increases  in  amount 


Fig.  17.  —  Photograph  of  an  eight-celled  pigeon  ovum 
(after  Mary  Blount).  2.45  a.m.  Accessory  cleavage 
(ac.  el.)  in  the  marginal  zone  bounding  the  segmented 
area.  Vesicles,  appearing  black  in  the  photograph, 
are  seen  on  the  surface  of  the  yolk  beyond  the  mar- 
ginal zone  of  the  germinal  disc.  Orientation  as  in 
Fig.  18. 


up  to  about  the  32-celled  stage,  and  thereafter  gradually  decreases 
until  it  completely  disappears  (Figs.  18  B,  C,  and  D).  The 
peripheral  boundaries  of  the  marginal  cells  disappear  "pari  passu, 
and,  when  the  accessory  cleavage  is  finally  wiped  out,  the  mar- 
ginal cells  are  everywhere  continuous  with  the  periblast,  as  in 
the  hen's  egg  (Figs.  18  B  and  C).  In  some  eggs  the  accessory 
cleavage  is  much  more  extensive  than  in  others;  indeed,  in  some 
it  appears  to  be  entirely  absent,  but  this  is  relatively  rare.  In 
the  stage  shown  in  Fig.  18  B.  for  instance,  there  is  usually  con- 
siderable accessory  cleavage;  but  in  this  egg  there  is  none.  The 
variation  is  obviously  due  to  variations  in  the  number  of  super- 
numerary spermatozoa,  such  as  mav  readilv  occur. 


DEVELOPMENT  PRIOR  TO  LAYING 


45 


The  question  arises  whether  the  disappearance  of  the  cell- 
walls  around  the  sperm-nuclei  is  caused  by  degeneration  of  the 
latter,  or  is  simply  a  later  syncytial  condition  in  the  periblast  in 


B 


C 


D 


Fig.  18.  —  Photographs  of  the  cleavage  of  the  pigeon's  ovum  (after  Mary 
Blount).  The  figures  are  so  arranged  that  the  axis  of  the  shell  is  across 
the  page  with  the  large  end  to  the  left.  The  future  axis  of  the  embryo 
is  therefore  inclined  45°  to  the  margin  of  the  page  with  the  anterior  end 
to  the  right  above. 

A.  A  very  regular  sixteen-celled  stage;  accessory  cleavage  well  shown; 
thouffh  not  well  focused  on  the  lower  margin.     3.45  a.m. 

B.  Approximate  thirty-two  celled  stage.  There  is  no  accessory  cleavage 
in  this  case.  The  formation  of  the  central  from  the  marginal  cells  may  be 
readily  observed  in  this  figure.     5.15  a.m. 

C.  Later  stage  of  cleavage.     7.10  a.m. 

D.  CleavaQ:e  at  9.30  a.m.  The  marginal  cells  are  now  becoming  separated 
peripherally  from  the  periblast  which  has  received  its  nuclei  from  them. 

which  the  sperm-nuclei  are  embedded.  There  can  be  little  doubt 
that  the  former  alternative  is  correct.  While  in  the  stages  of 
the  accessory  cleavage,  sperm-nuclei  are   readily   found  ]:)oth  in 


46 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 


the  accessory  cleavage-cells  and  also  in  the  unsegmented  periblast 
(Figs.  19  and  20),  they  decrease  in  number  as  the  accessory 
cleavage  planes  disappear,  and  when  the  latter  are  entirely  lost 


■  «       4»       V  a*  '^ 


■'M 


Fig.   19.  —  Transverse  section  of  the  blastoderm  of  a  pigeon's  egg  about 
8|  hours  after  fertilization  (4.45  a.m.).     (After  Blount.) 
1,  Accessory  cleavage.     2,  Migrating  sperm-nuclei,     a,  b,  c,  d,  Cells  of 
primary  cleavage. 

the  periblast  is  absolutely  devoid  of  nuclei.  Fragmentation  of  the 
sperm-nuclei  is  a  frequent  accompaniment  of  their  disappearance. 
Thus  the  accessory  cleavage  is  a  secondary  and  transient 
feature  of  the  cleavage  of  the  pigeon's  egg  due  to  polyspermy. 
After  it  has  passed,  the  ovum  is  in  precisely  the  same  condition 


•      .'••  *      •    •■•*■.■."•.••;•■.■■.■■'•■.•.'  .•  ■    •••  •      '  •• 
■.  •   ••.•.:.••••.;.•••*.■•■.'.    •  •• 

»  •■  ••».  •.••■".••; 
•  •. .  •.  •  •  •  •  •  •  • 


Fig.  20.  — Transverse  section  of  the  blastoderm  of  a  pigeon's  egg  at  the  end 
of  the  period  of  multiplication  of  sperm-nuclei,  about  10  hours  after  fertil- 
ization (6.30  A.M.).     (After  Blount.) 

1,  Accessory  cleavage  around  the  sperm-nuclei.    2,  Marginal  cells;  sharply 
separated  from  the  sperm-nuclei.     3,  Central  cells.     4,  Sperm-nuclei. 

as  the  hen's  ovum  of  the  same  stage  of  development.  In  the  hen's 
egg  Patterson  has  shown  that  there  is  a  very  limited  and  incon- 
spicuous accessory  cleavage  (see  Fig.  16  C)  around  the  fewer 
supernumerary  sperm-nuclei  that  occur.  But  most  of  these  nuclei 
in  the  hen  tend  to  pass  into  deeper  portions  of  the  disc  and  there 
undergo  complete  fragmentation  without  producing  superficial 
furrows. 

Another  feature  brought  out  by  these  photographs  requires 
emphasis.     The  periblast  ring  shows  no  definite  outer  margin. 


DEVELOPMENT  PRIOR  TO  LAYING         47 

but  beyond  the  zone  of  the  accessory  cleavage  there  may  occur 
two  or  three  concentric  circles  variously  indicated  (Fig.  17). 
Vacuoles,  appearing  black  in  the  photographs,  are  very  common 
in  the  outer  zones.  These  appearances  indicate  that  the  peii- 
blastic  protoplasm  extends  farther  out  in  the  superficial  white 
yolk  than  is  usually  believed  to  be  the  case;  and  this  suggests  an 
interesting  comparison  with  the  teleost  ovum,  where  the  peri- 
blastic  protoplasm  surrounds  the  entire  yolk  as  a  ver}-  thin  layer. 
Sections  confirm  the  idea  that  the  periblastic  protoplasm  has  an 
extension  beyond  the  so-called  margin  of  the  blastodisc.  Some 
eggs  show  a  more  definite  margin  than  others;  it  may  be  that 
there  is  a  periodic  heaping  of  the  periblast  at  the  margins,  for 
which  again  an  analogy  may  be  found  in  teleosts. 

Although  the  smallest  cells  may  be  more  or  less  excentric  in 
the  segmented  germinal  disc  of  the  pigeon,  their  position  bears 
no  constant  relation  to  the  future  embryonic  axis.  They  may 
lie  in  this  axis  in  front  of  or  behind  the  middle,  or  to  the  right  or 
left  of  it  (cf.  Fig.  18  A-D). 

At  the  eight-celled  stage  a  horizontal  fissure  begins  to  ap- 
pear beneath  the  central  cells  (Fig.  19).  This  marks  the  full 
depth  of  the  blastoderm  at  all  stages,  and  the  several-layered 
condition  arises  by  horizontal  cleavages  between  this  and  the 
surface.  Comparison  of  Figs.  19,  20,  and  22,  drawn  at  the  same 
magnification,  will  show  that  the  depth  does  not  increase  by  addi- 
tion of  cells  cut  off  from  below,  as  was  once  supposed  to  be  the 
case  in  the  bird's  ovum.  The  horizontal  fissure  not  only  marks 
the  full  depth  of  the  blastoderm,  but  it  also  indicates  the  site 
of  the  segmentation  cavity  which  arises  gradually  by  accumula- 
tion of  fluid  between  the  cells  and  the  underlying  unsegmented 
protoplasm  and  yolk.  The  segmentation  cavity  gradually  ex- 
tends towards  the  margin  of  the  blastoderm,  but  it  is  bounded 
peripherally  by  the  zone  of  junction  between  the  marginal  cells 
and  the  periblast. 

IV.     Origin  of  the  Periblastic  Nuclei,  Formation  of  the 

Germ- WALL 

Our  knowledge  of  this  part  of  the  subject  in  the  hen's  egg  is 
very  incomplete,  and  the  various  accounts  are  contradictory. 
The  reason  for  this  is  the  great  difficulty  of  securing  a  complete 
series  of  stages,  and  of  arranging  them  in  proper  sequence.    There 


48        THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

is  no  way  of  timing  the  development,  so  that  one  has  to  judge 
the  sequence  of  the  stages,  all  of  which  come  from  the  utertis,  by 
the  degree  of  formation  of  the  shell,  by  the  size  of  the  cells  and 
by  the  appearance  of  the  sections.  This  can  be  at  best  only 
approximate;  and,  as  the  securing  of  any  given  stage  is  largely 
a  matter  of  chance,  no  one  has,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  secured  a 
complete  series.  In  the  pigeon,  on  the  other  hand,  the  time 
since  laying  the  first  egg  is  a  fairly  exact  criterion  of  the  stage 
of  development  of  the  second  egg.  It  has,  therefore,  been  pos- 
sible to  secure  a  complete  series,  and  the  subject  has  been  worked 
out  by  Miss  Blount,  whose  publications  furnish  the  basis  of  the 
following  account. 

The  periblast  ring  is  entirely  devoid  of  nuclei  after  the  super- 
numerary sperm-nuclei  have  degenerated.  The  marginal  cells 
become  greatly  reduced  in  size  owing  to  multiplication  and 
continuous  production  of  central  cells,  and  their  nuclei  thus 
approach  more  and  more  closely  to  the  periblastic  ring.  The 
scene  then  changes;  the  marginal  cells  cease  to  produce  central 
cells;  when  their  nuclei  divide  the  peripheral  daughter-nuclei 
move  out  into  the  periblast,  which  is  thus  converted  into  a  nu- 
cleated syncytium.  The  periblastic  nuclei  multiply  rapidly  and 
invade  all  portions  of  the  periblastic  ring,  which  maintains  its 
original  connection  with  the  white  yolk.  Not  only  do  the  peri- 
blastic nuclei  invade  the  periblastic  ring,  but  some  of  them  also 
migrate  centrally  into  the  protoplasm  forming  the  floor  of  the 
segmentation  cavity.  They  do  not,  however,  reach  the  center, 
but  leave  a  non-nucleated  sub-germinal  area,  corresponding 
approximately  to  the  nucleus  of  Pander,  free  from  nuclei.  The 
subgerminal  syncytium  may  be  known  as  the  central  periblast 
to  distinguish  it  from  the  marginal  periblast.  They  are,  of 
course,  continuous.  In  sections  one  has  the  appearance  of  nuclei 
in  the  yolk,  for  there  is  no  sharp  boundary  between  peril)last 
and  yolk  (Fig.  22).  The  syncytium,  which  has  received  its  nuclei 
from  the  marginal  cells,  is  the  primordium  of  the  germ-wall  (Figs. 
21,  22,  23,  24). 

There  is  a  snarp  contrast  between  the  segmented  blastoderm 
and  the  syncytial  periblast  not  only  in  structure  but  also  as 
regards  fate.  The  marginal  cells  constitute  a  zone  of  junction  be- 
tween blastoderm  and  periblast.     Thus  in   Fig.  22  it  will  be  ob- 


DEVELOPMEXT  PRIOR  TO  LAYIXG 


49 


served  that  the  large  marginal  cells  on  each  side  are  continuous 
with  the  periblast,  and  nuclei  are  found  in  the  periblast  both 
central  and  peripheral  to  the  zone  of  junction.     The  latter  forms 


,u.^=,^^ 


j00^^^t^^ik^ 


•   ■ 

Z 

•  • 

•  ■ 

•:•.•.•.•■.  ♦•**/«  •-*« 
•■■••••  -I-i**'-' 

:  •  •••••♦ 

re  ^ 

5 

*. 

*  ' 

•   •  •  . 

•  •  ■ 

• 
• 

'-':  •.  ':•#  •^^ 

■:••  .♦#»  «  i;  o 

■.; .  «  % 

*  * 

• 

• 

^,  ^ 

Km 

■>   ■■ 

• 

•  • 

• 
• 

• 

•  '■■'■ 

»  ,s. 


I 


Fig.  21. — Longitudinal  section  of  the  blastoderm  of  a  pigeon's  egg  at  the 
time  of  disappearance  of  the  sperm-nuclei.  On  the  left  (anterior)  margin, 
the  marginal  cells  have  become  open,  that  is,  continuous  with  the  peri- 
blast, as  contrasted  with  Fig.  20.  About  11  hours  after  fertilization  (7.00 
A.M.).     (After  Blount.) 

1,  Marginal  cells.     2,  Cone  of  protoplasm.     3,  Marginal  periblast.     4,  Neck 
of  latebra.     5,  Yellow  yolk. 


Fig.   22.  —  Transverse  section   through  the  center  of  the  blastoderm  of  a 

pigeon's  egg,  14^  hours  after  fertilization  (10.30  a.m.).     (After  Blount.) 

1,  Marginal  cells.     2,  Marginal  periblast.     3,  Nuclei  of  the  subgerminal 
periblast. 


50  THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 

a  ring  around  the  blastoderm.     It  persists  during  the  expansion 
of  the  blastoderm  over  the  surface  of  the  yolk. 

The  blastoderm  now  begins  to  expand,  owing  largely,  at  first, 
to  additions  of  cells  to  its  margin  cut  off  from  the  periblast.  The 
central  as  well  as  the  marginal  periblast  contributes  to  the  blas- 
toderm, but  the  former  appears  to  be  rapidly  used  up.  The  mar- 
ginal periblast,  which  is  commonly  called  the  germ-wall  from 
this  stage,  on  the  other  hand  grows  at  its  periphery  while  it  adds 
cells  to  the  blastoderm  centrally,  and  thus  it  moves  out  in  the 
white  yolk,  building  up  the  margin  of  the  blastoderm  at  the  same 
time.  The  original  group  of  central  cells  appears  to  correspond 
approximately  to  the  pehucid  area;  the  additions  from  the  germ- 
wall  would  thus  constitute  the  opaque  area. 


eanization  into  cells.     4,  Vacuoles 


fe 


Some  phases  of  these  processes  are  illustrated  in  Figs.  23  and 
24.  In  the  vertical  section.  Fig.  23,  the  surface  of  the  germ- 
wall  next  the  blastoderm  is  indented  as  though  for  the  formation 
of  superficial  cells.  Along  the  steep  central  margin  of  the  germ- 
wall  groups  of  cells  are  apparently  being  cut  off  and  added  to 
the  cellular  blastoderm.  In  the  horizontal  section,  Fig.  24,  the 
process  of  cellularization  at  the  central  margin  of  the  germ-wall 
is  apparently  proceeding  rapidly. 

The  superficial  cells  thus  added  to  the  margin  of  the  cellular 
blastoderm  become  continuous  with  the  ectoderm,  and  the 
deeper  layers  later  form  the  yolk-sac  entoderm  which  becomes 
continuous  with  the  embryonic  entoderm  secondarily.     We  can 


DEVELOPMENT  PRIOR  TO  LAYING 


51 


thus  distinguish  a  syncytial,  more  peripheral,  and  a  cellular,  more 
central,  portion  of  the  germ-wall. 


Fig.  24.  —  Part   of    the   margin    of   a    horizontal    section 

through  the  blastoderm  of  a  pigeon's  egg  about  25  hours 

after  fertiHzation  (8.50  p.m.).     (After  Blount.) 

1,  Periblast  nuclei.  2,  3,  Cells  organized  in  the  periblast. 
4,  A  cell  apparently  added  to  the  blastoderm  from  the 
periblast.     5,  Vacuoles. 

In  later  stages  the  central  margin  of  the  syncytial  part  of  the 
germ-wall  becomes  much  less  steep,  owing  apparently  to  active 
proHferation  of  cells.     This  is  illustrated  in  Fig.  25.     Later  yet 


B    o 


Fig.  25.  —  Outlines  of  the  margins  of  transverse  sections 
of  the  blastoderm  of  pigeon's  eggs;  26  (A),  28  (B),  and 
32  (C)  hours  after  fertilization.     (After  Blount.) 


52  THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 

the  external  margin  extends  out  peripherally  and  forms  a  short 
projecting  shelf,  appearing  wedge-shaped  in  section  (Figs.  28  A, 
etc.).     This  we  shall  call  the  margin  of  overgrowth. 

Thus  we  may  distinguish  the  following  zones:  (1)  margin  of 
overgrowth;  (2)  zone  of  junction  with  the  yolk  (syncytial  germ- 
wall);  (3)  the  inner  zone  of  the  germ-wall,  and  (4)  the  original 
cellular  blastoderm  (pellucid  area)  Fig.  29. 


V.     Origin  of  the  Ectoderm  and  Entoderm 

The  ectoderm  and  entoderm  are  the  primary  germ-layers, 
out  of  which  all  organs  of  the  embryo  differentiate;  hence  great 
importance  attaches  to  the  mode  of  their  origin.  But  until  recently 
it  was  not  possible,  in  the  case  of  the  chick,  to  decide  between 
three  conflicting  views.  These  are:  (1)  The  theory  of  delamina- 
tion,  viz.,  that  the  superficial  cells  of  the  segmented  blastoderm 
form  the  ectoderm  and  the  deeper  cells  the  entoderm;  in  other 
words,  that  the  blastoderm  splits  into  the  two  primary  germ- 
layers.  This  is  the  oldest  view,  but  it  has  not  lacked  support  in 
recent  times,  e.g.,  by  Duval.  (2)  The  theory  of  invagination,  viz., 
that  the  primary  entoderm  arises  as  an  ingrowth  from  the 
margin  of  the  blastoderm.  This  view,  which  was  supported 
by  Haeckel,  Goette,  Rauber,  and  some  others,  brings  the  mode 
of  gastrulation  in  the  bird  into  line  with  lower  vertebrates.  (3)  A 
third  and  relatively  recent  point  of  view  is  that  the  primary 
entoderm  arises  as  an  ingrowth  of  cells  from  the  germ-wall, 
more  particularly  from  the  posterior  portion.  This  view,  put 
forward  by  Nowack,  has  been  adopted  in  substance  by  0. 
Hertwig  (Handbuch  der  vergl.  u.  exp.  Entwickelungslehre  der 
Wirbeltiere). 

The  conflict  of  opinion  was  due  to  the  fact  that  the  critical 
stages  occur  prior  to  laying,  and  no  one  had  investigated  a  com- 
plete series  of  stages  until  recently.  The  investigations  of  J.  T. 
Patterson  on  the  pigeon  have,  however,  cleared  the  matter  up. 
A  very  complete  series  of  stages  of  the  pigeon's  ovum  was  studied, 
with  results  that  are  consistent  in  themselves  and  that  agree  with 
the  principles  of  formation  of  the  primary  germ-layers  in  the 
lower  vertebrates. 

The  first  step  in  the  process  of  gastrulation,  or  formation  of 


DEVELOPMENT    PRIOR    TO    LAYING  53 

the  primary  entoderm,  is  a  thinning  of  the  blastoderm,  wliich 
begins  sHghtly  posterior  to  the  center  and  rapidly  involves  a 
sector  of  the  posterior  third  of  the  blastoderm.  This  process 
occurs  between  twenty  and  thirty-one  hours  after  fertilization. 
It  is  due  apparently  to  the  gradual  rearrangement  of  the  cells 
in  a  single  layer.  A  late  stage  of  this  process  is  shown  in  Figure 
26,  which  represents  a  complete  longitudinal  section  through  the 
Ijlastoderm  thirty-one  hours  after  fertilization.  It  will  be  ob- 
served that  the  anterior  portion  of  the  blastoderm  is  several  cells 
thick  (26  A),  but  as  one  passes  towards  the  posterior  end  the 
number  of  layers  becomes  less,  and  is  reduced  to  a  single 
layer  at  the  extreme  posterior  end.  Here  and  there,  e.g.,  at  X, 
the  arrangement  of  the  cells  indicates  that  cells  of  the  lower 
layer  are  entering  the  upper  layer.  It  is  obvious  that  such  a 
process  must  result  in  increase  of  the  diameter  of  the  blas- 
toderm, and  Patterson  states  that  the  average  diameter  twenty- 
one  hours  after  fertilization  is  1.915  mm.  and  2.573  mm.  ten 
hours  later.  The  thinning  also  involves  enlargement  of  the 
segmentation  cavity,  which  may  now  be  known  as  the  subgerminal 
cavity. 

Hand  in  hand  with  the  thinning  out  there  takes  place  an 
interruption  of  the  germ-wall  at  the  posterior  end,  so  that  in  this 
region  the  margin  no  longer  enters  a  syncytium  but  rests  directly 
on  the  yolk  (cf.  anterior  and  posterior  ends  of  Fig.  26). 

Figure  27  is  a  reconstruction  of  the  stage  in  question.  The 
germ-wall,  represented  by  the  parallel  lines,  is  absent  at  the 
posterior  end.  Here  the  cells  of  the  blastoderm  rest  directly 
on  the  yolk.  The  sector  bounded  by  this  free  margin  and  the 
broken  line  represents  the  area  of  the  blastoderm  that  is 
approximately  one  cell  thick.  The  figures  2  to  7  indicate 
regions   approximately  two  to   seven  cells   thick. 

Gastrulation  begins  by  an  involution  or  rolling  under  of  the 
free  margin,  as  though  the  free  edge  were  tucked  in  beneath  the 
blastoderm.  The  involuted  edge  then  begins  to  grow  forward 
towards  the  center  of  the  blastoderm,  and  thus  establishes  a  lower 
layer  of  cells,  the  primary  entoderm.  As  soon  as  this  process 
is  started  the  margin  of  the  blastoderm  begins  to  thicken,  and 
thus  the  inner  layer  of  cells  (entoderm)  and  the  outer  layer  of 
cells  (ectoderm)  are  continuous  with  one  another  in  a  marginal 
thickening  (Fig.  28). 


^® 


©si;- 


ks/S; 


Sf?)-^ 


•••i 


.a. 


er; 


./.•• 


:r;'^r 


^;f^' 


:•.•:  ^ 


03. 


'•;• 


^••* 


'^  m 


•  w 
•••• 


^^ 


o 


o    ■» 

^    o 


o 


^-^  o 

Ph 

ci  P-t 
1—1 

c"  *> 

O     =3 

S3      O 


-1^     c3 


^    to 

CO   i:^ 

-    ^   5r 


P    ^   ^ 


U 
tt. 

o    o  2 

fcJD    '^M 

A     O     <D 


c 
o 

e3 


0) 


1=1 
o 

o 

o 


is    o 
^  '-^    • 

fc£    GJ  ^ 


^1    S  o 


a 


n  "=^ 

•^  .2  -*^ 

S  -5  So 
2<<   - 


o 


OQ 


DEVELOPMENT  PRIOR  TO  LAYING 


55 


The  margin  of  invagination  is  known  as  the  Up  of  the  blasto- 
pore or  primitive  mouth;  the  space  between  this  margin  and 
the  yolk  is  the  blastopore,  and  the  space  between  the  entoderm 
and  yolk,  derived  from  part  of  the  subgerminal  cavity,  is  the 
archenteron  or  primitive  intestine. 


Fig.  27.  —  Diagrammatic  reconstruction  of  the  blasto- 
derm of  which  a  longitudinal  section  is  shown  in 
Fig.  26. 

C-D.,  Plane  of  Fig.  26. 

G.  W.,  Germ-wall.  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  and  7  indicate 
regions  of  the  blastoderm  which  are  approximately  from 
1  to  7  cells  deep  respectively.  The  broken  line  around 
1  indicates  the  region  where  the  blastoderm  is  approxi- 
mately one  cell  deep,     x  27.2.     (After  Patterson.) 

The  first  stage  in  the  formation  of  the  entoderm  is  interpreted 
as  involution  of  the  free  margin,  and  this  view  is  supported  by 
the  fact,  determined  by  Patterson,  that  the  antero-posterior 
diameter  of  the  blastoderm  is  shorter  than  the  transverse  diameter 
during  this  process,  whereas  previously  the  blastoderm  was 
approximately  circular.  An  even  stronger  support  of  this  view 
is  furnished  by  experiments  which  demonstrate  that  injuries  to 
the  margin  made  just  prior  to  gastrulation  appear  later  in  an 


«;^^   •- 

•SI;.*!    f:-;X-'"»        I 

vs^       ».;  •)  "5  -^•-  -  -1  -  -^ 

'■»  ■  .".••.:••  i  , 
.•:.-;•..••..■.•••    < 

•    ■      C^ 


o 


ft 


O 

o 

CO 


o 
;-! 

CO 


5 


I    a 


IE 


^      ^-^     '-^ 

o:   ^  ^ 

L^         ^         -^ 


►^  '"o '  £c 

^  c  =  . 
o  !h  c  -:; 

s  ;:: 

GJ    >^  C 


s; 


CS-,  VS*    •  •       •      •  O  » 


■  r 

9     •  0 


:•• 


o 


*^      O      ^-i      ""^ 

o  ^  -  — 

S  ":::    r  S 
?-<  ^  '\-  _ 

<^   o   <^ 
^    O    =£-=£ 

^  >-<  t  B 
jh  o  ;^  ,, 

n-i  '^  =*- ""; 

O  =i  i- 

_:  J-  i, 

c  S  -  -2 

•_^  c  <;  i. 

•  S  -^^  C  -^ 
>    -=  b 

G       .S         S   ->' 

o    ^j    ?■    r;    w  rr 
b£.  ^    O    E    it  - 

•  -^    "^     -^     r  ^J  ^-^ 

^  "  c  "S  ^  -^ 

jH  o  -^  W  ^  ^ 

•-•^  a  --7-  r 
C2  o  Qj  ,  -;  ^  - 
O  o  X  W  c  - 

-^  t_  '-^       Jt  =t 
c2^    O      .^    O 


o 


c 
.2 

CD 

m 


bJj 

C 
O 


1      O   _ 

GO    C     O       • 

6 
1—1 


DEVELOPMENT  PRIOR  TO  LAYING 


57 


anterior  position  in  the  entoderm  (Patterson).  But  after  the 
margin  has  thickened  the  farther  extension  of  the  entoderm  is 
due,  largely  at  least,  to  ingrowth  from  the  marginal  thickening. 

Patterson  also  believes  that  the  thickening  of  the  margin  is 
due  not  so  much  to  multiplication  of  cells  in  situ  as  to  immigration 
of  cells  from  the  sides.  This  view  is  also  supported  by  experi- 
ments. 

C     E 


D     F    H 


Fig.  29.  —  Diagrammatic  reconstruction  of  the  blastoderm  of  a 
pigeon's  egg,  36  hours  after  fertilization;  from  the  same  series  as 
Fig.  28.     X  27.2.      (After  Patterson.) 

E.,  Invaginated  or  gut  entoderm.  O.,  Margin  of  overgrowth. 
PA.,  Outer  margin  of  pellucid  area.  R.,  Margin  of  invagination 
(dorsal  lip  of  blastopore).  S.,  Beginning  of  yolk-sac  entoderm. 
Y.,  Yolk  zone.     Z.,  Zone  of  junction. 

The  arrows  at  the  posterior  margin  indicate  the  direction  of 
movement  of  the  halves  of  the  margin.  The  circles  in  the  pellucid 
area  indicate  yolk  masses  in  the  segmentation  cavity. 


Figure  29  is  a  reconstruction  of  a  blastoderm  in  the  stage  of 
Fig.  28,  that  is  at  the  height  of  gastrulation.  The  margin  of 
overgrowth  (cf.  Fig.  28  O)  is  represented  by  the  area  O;  the 
zone  of  junction  by  the  ruled  area  Z;  the  inner  portion  of  the 


ii-r^ 


^1 


O 


O 

<11 


O 

;-> 

c5 


o 


o 
03 


O 

00 

CO 

bO 
be 
<D 

jc 

"c 
o 

bJD 


03 


S 

o 


o 
o 


0) 

o 


H 


o 
;-< 
O 

o 


u 

02 

o 


0^    O 
03   O 

■^  o 


o  .2 
o  .S 


02 


CI 

o 


c3     Qj 
_C     CO 

c    o 

C 
O     ^ 

CO  pq 


o 


X 


'^    fcX) 


<D 

r  o 

^^ 

u,   o3 
.0   g 


bJD 

o3 

> 


<  < 


DEVELOPMENT  PRIOR  TO  LAYING 


59 


germ-wall  by  the  area  with  large  granules  Y.  These  zones  con- 
stitute the  opaque  area.  The  circles  in  the  pellucid  area  represent 
megaspheres,  that  is  yolk-masses  cut  off  from  the  floor  of  the 
subgerminal  cavity  and  lying  in  the  latter  (cf.  Fig.  28  M).  The 
invaginated  entoderm  is  represented  by  the  crossed  area  E; 
the  lip  of  the  Vjlastopore,  where  ectoderm  and  entoderm  are 
continuous,  by  the  region  R. 


Fig.  3L — A  diagrammatic  reconstruction  of  the  blastoderm  repre- 
sented in  Fig.  30.     (After  Patterson.) 

R.,  Mass  of  cells  left  after  closure  of  blastopore.  S.G.,  Anterior 
portion  of  subgerminal  cavity  not  yet  crossed  by  the  entoderm.  Other 
abbreviations  as  in  Fig.  29. 

The  last  three  or  four  hours  prior  to  laying  witness  the  closure 
of  the  blastopore.  A  comparison  of  Figs.  27  and  29  will  show 
that  the  blastopore  has  become  considerably  narrower  in  the 
later  stage.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  posterior  ends  of  the 
germ-wall  are  approaching.  Finally  they  come  into  contact,  and 
the  blastopore  is  closed.  During  this  process  the  lip  of  the 
blastopore  is  not  cut  off  externally,  but  on  the   contrary  comes 


60  THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 

to  lie  within  the  germ-wall  at  the  posterior  margin  of  the  pellucid 

area. 

This  is  illustrated  by  Figs.  30  and  31,  representing  a  longi- 
tudinal section  and  a  reconstruction  of  a  blastoderm  three  hours 
before  laying.  Considering  the  reconstruction  first,  it  will  be 
noted  that  the  lip  of  the  blastopore,  R,  now  lies  within  the  blasto- 
derm at  the  posterior  margin  of  the  pellucid  area.  The  greater 
portion  of  the  pellucid  area  is  now  two-layered  owing  to  the 
continued  expansion  of  the  entoderm  E,  which  has  met  and 
united  with  the  germ-wall  at  the  sides.  The  section  (Fig.  30) 
passes  longitudinally  through  the  center  of  the  blastoderm.  The 
mass  of  cells  at  D  represents  the  original  lip  of  the  blastopore. 
It  is  continuous  with  the  germ-wall  behind  and  with  the  ento- 
derm in  front.  The  latter  is  not  a  continuous  layer  (Fig.  30  A), 
and  the  cells  are  not  coherent.  It  is  probable  that  the  extension 
of  the  entoderm  is  due  largely  to  independent  migration  of  the 
cells.  Subsequently  the  entoderm  cells  unite  to  form  a  coherent 
layer  of  flattened  cells.     (See  Chap.  IV.) 

In  some  cases  the  closure  of  the  blastopore  takes  place  in 
such  a  way  as  to  produce'  a  marginal  notch,  which  is  referred 
to  again  in  connection  with  the  primitive  streak  (Chap.  IV). 


CHAPTER   III 

OUTLINE   OF   DEVELOPMENT,  ORIENTATION,  CHRO- 
NOLOGY 

The  preceding  chapters  have  traced  the  development  up  to 
the  time  of  laying.  The  formation  of  the  germ-layers  has  begun; 
and  the  stage  of  development  is  fairly  definite,  though  not  abso- 
lutely constant.  When  the  egg  cools,  after  laying,  the  develop- 
ment ceases,  but  is  renewed  when  the  temperature  is  raised  to 
the  required  degree  by  incubation. 

On  the  surface  of  the  volk  is  a  whitish  disc  about  4  mm.  in 
diameter,  known  as  the  blastoderm.  Edwards  gives  the  average 
diameter  of  the  unincubated  blastoderm  (59  eggs)  as  4.41  mm., 
of  the  area  pellucida  (50  eggs)  as  2.51  mm.  The  central  part 
of  the  blastoderm  is  more  transparent  and  is  hence  known  as 
the  area  pellucida;  beneath  it  is  the  subgerminal  cavity.  The 
less  transparent  periphery  is  known  as  the  area  opaca.  In  the 
course  of  development  the  embryo,  and  the  embryonic  mem- 
branes which  serve  for  the  protection,  respiration,  and  nutrition 
of  the  embryo,  arise  from  the  blastoderm. 

The  embryo  proper  arises  within  the  area  pellucida,  which 
becomes  pear-shaped  as  the  embryo  forms;  the  remainder  of  the 
blastoderm  beyond  the  embryo  is  extra-embryonic.  From  it 
arise  the  embryonic  membranes  known  as  the  amnion,  chorion, 
and  yolk-sac.  The  allantois  (Fig.  33  B)  arises  as  an  outgrowth 
from  the  hind-gut  of  the  embryo,  and  spreads  within  the  extra- 
embryonic body-cavity;  it  thus  becomes  an  extra-embryonic 
membrane  secondarily.  The  growth  of  the  embryo  and  of  the 
extra-embryonic  blastoderm  are  distinct,  though  interdependent, 
processes  going  on  at  the  same  time. 

During  the  first  four  days  of  development  the  blastoderm 
spreads  very  rapidly  (Figs.  32  and  33).  'Thus  on  the  fourth  day 
(Fig.  33  A)  the  greater  portion  of  the  yolk  is  already  covered. 
Thereafter  the  overgrowth  of  the  yolk  proceeds  much  more  slowly 
(cf.  Fig.  33  B).  In  the  opaque  area  there  arise, as  concentric  zones, 
the  area  vasculosa  distinguished  by  its  blood-vessels  and  the  area 

61 


62 


THE   DEVELOPxAIEXT   OF   THE   CHICK 


vitellina,  which  may  be  divided  into  inner  and  outer  zones 
(Figs.  32  and  33).  The  development  of  the  embryo  during  the 
same  period  is  indicated  in  the  same  figures. 


Fig.  32.  —  A.  Hen's  egg  at  about  the  twenty-sixth  hour  of  incubation,  to 
show  the  zones  of  the  blastoderm  and  the  orientation  of  the  embryo  with 
reference  to  the  axis  of  the  shell.     (After  Duval.) 
B.  Yolk  of  hen's  egg  incubated  about  50  hours  to  show  the  extent  of 
overgrowth  of  the  blastoderm.     (After  Duval.) 

A.  C,  Air  chamber,  a.  p.,  Area  pellucida.  a.  v.,  Area  vasculosa.  a.  v.  e., 
Area  vitellina  externa,  a.  v.  i.,  Area  vitellina  interna.  Y.,  Uncovered 
portion  of  yolk. 


The  blastoderm  early  becomes  divided  in  two  layers  as  far 
as  the  margin  of  the  vascular  area.  The  outer  layer,  known 
as  the  somatopleure,  is  continuous  with  the  body-wall,  which  is 
open  ventrally  in  the  young  embryo.  The  inner  one,  known  as 
the  splanchnopleure,  is  continuous  with  the  wall  of  the  intestine 
which  is  likewise  open  ventrally.  The  space  between  these  two 
membranes,  the  extra-embryonic  body-cavity,  is  continuous 
with  the  body-cavity  of  the  embryo.  Ultimately,  the  splitting 
of  the  blastoderm  is  carried  around  the  entire  yolk,  so  that 
the  latter  is  enclosed  in  a  separate  sac  of  the  splanchnopleure, 
the  yolk-sac,  which  is  connected  by  a  stalk,  the  yolk-stalk,  to  the 
intestine  of  the  embryo.  This  stalk  runs  through  an  opening 
in  the  ventral  body-wall,  the  umbilicus,  where  the  amnion,  which 
has  developed  from  the  extra-embryonic  somatopleure,  joins  the 
body-wall  (Fig.  33  B). 

About  the  nineteenth  day  of  incubation  the  yolk-sac  is  drawn 


OUTLINE  OF   DEVELOPMENT,   CHRONOLOGY 


63 


into  the  body-cavity  through  the  umbiUcus,  which  thereupon 
closes.  The  young  chick  usually  hatches  on  the  twenty-first  day. 
Orientation.  It  is  an  interesting  and  important  fact  that 
the  embryo  appears  in  a  definite  relation  to  the  line  drawn  through 
the  axis  of  the  entire  egg,  or  to  the  line  joining  the  bases  of  the 
two  chalazse,  which  is  usually  the  same  thing.  If  the  egg  be 
placed  as  in  Fig.  32  A,  with  the  blunt  end  to  the  left,  the  head 
of  the  embryo  will  be  found  directed  away  from  the  observer 
when  the  blastoderm  is  above;  the  left  side  of  the  embryo  is 
therefore  towards  the  broad  end,  and  the  right  side  towards  the 
narrow  end  of  the  egg.     According  to  Duval  this  orientation  is 


Fig.  33.  —  A.  Yolk  of  hen's  egg  incubated  84  hours.      (After  Duval.) 
B.  Embryo  and  membranes  of  the  hen's  egg  on  the  seventh  day  of  incu- 
bation.    (After  Duval.) 

AL,  AUantois.    Am.,  Amnion,    a.  v.,  (in  B)  Area  vitellina.   E.,  Embryo. 
S.  t.,  Sinus  terminalis.      Other  Abbreviations  as  in  Fig.  32. 

found  in  about  98.5%  of  eggs:  of  166  eggs  observed,  in  which 
the  embryo  was  formed,  Duval  found  124  oriented  exactly  in 
this  manner,  39  in  which  the  axis  of  the  embryo  was  slightly 
oblique,  2  in  which  the  head  was  towards  the  broad  end,  and  1 
in  which  the  usual  position  was  completely  inverted.  In  the 
pigeon's  egg  the  orientation  of  the  embryo  is  equally  definite,  but 
slightly  different.  The  axis  of  the  embryo  cuts  the  axis  of  the 
entire  egg  at  an  angle  of  about  45°,  the  head  of  the  embryo  being 


64        THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

directed  away  from  the  observer  to  the  right,  when  the  broad 
end  of  the  egg  is  to  the  observer's  left  as  in  Fig.  32  A. 

The  definiteness  of  orientation  of  the  embryo  with  reference 
to  the  axis  of  the  egg  enables  one  to  distinguish  anterior  and 
posterior  ends  of  the  blastoderm  before  there  is  any  trace  of  an 
embryo;  and  while  there  is  no  possibility  of  orientation  by 
examination  of  the  blastoderm  itself,  or  when  such  orientation  is 
otherwise  extremely  difficult.  By  the  method  of  orienting  the 
blastoderm  w^ith  reference  to  the  axis  of  the  shell,  observers  have 
been  able  to  discover  important  features  of  the  early  development 
which  would  otherwise,  no  doubt,  have  escaped  observation 
The  relation  is  of  interest  in  other  respects  discussed  in  their 
appropriate  places.      (See  p.  15.) 

Chronology  (Classification  of  Stages).  The  development  of 
an  animal  is  an  absolutely  continuous  process,  but  for  purposes 
of  description  it  is  necessary  to  fix  certain  stages  for  comparison 
with  those  that  precede  and  those  that  follow.  Each  stage  has 
a  certain  position  in  the  continuous  process,  and  the  correct  ar- 
rangement of  stages  is  therefore  a  sine  qua  non  for  their  correct 
interpretation.  This  may  seem  a  very  simple  matter  seeing  that 
development  is  in  general  from  the  more  simple  to  the  more 
complex.  And  it  would  be  so  if  it  were  not  for  the  fact  that 
embryonic  stages,  like  the  adult  individuals  of  a  species,  vary 
more  or  less,  so  that  no  one  embryo  is  ever  exactly  like  another. 
These  embryonic  variations  involve  (1)  the  rate  of  development 
of  the  whole  embryo,  so  that  at  a  given  time  in  the  process  no 
two  embryos  are  in  exactly  the  same  stage;  (2)  the  relative  rates 
of  development  of  different  organs;  (3)  the  size  of  the  embryo, 
for  embryos  of  the  same  stage  of  development  may  vary  some- 
what in  size. 

Although  the  total  period  of  incubation  is  fairly  constant  in 
the  hen's  egg,  about  twenty-one  days,  yet  there  is  great  variation 
in  the  grade  of  development  of  embryos  of  the  same  age,  especially 
during  the  first  week.  This  is  due  to  two  main  factors:  first, 
variation  in  the  latent  period,  that  is  the  time  necessar}^  to  start 
the  development  of  the  cooled  blastoderm  after  the  egg  is  put 
into  the  incubator,  and  second,  to  variation  in  the  temperature 
of  incubation.  Individual  eggs  may  vary  in  rate  of  develop- 
ment when  these  two  factors  are  constant,  but  this  difference  is 
relatively  slight.     Other  things  being   equal,  the   latent    period 


OUTLINE  OF  DEVELOPMEXT,   CHROXOLOGY  65 

varies  with  the  freshness  of  the  egg;  it  is  relatively  short  in  eggs 
that  are  newly  laid,  and  long  in  eggs  that  have  remained  qui- 
escent some  time  after  laying.  It  is  obvious  that  the  latent 
period  will  form  a  more  considerable  portion  of  the  entire  time 
of  incubation  in  early  than  in  late  stages.  Hence  the  difficulty 
of  classifying  embryos,  particularly  in  the  first  four  or  five 
days  of  incubation,  by  period  of  incubation.  Eggs  procured  from 
dealers  usually  show  such  great  variations  in  degree  of  develop- 
ment, at  the  same  time  of  incubation,  that  it  is  quite  impossible 
to  grade  them  with  any  high  degree  of  accuracy  by  time  of  incu- 
bation. It  is  statf'd  also  that  the  rate  of  development  varies 
considerably  at  different  seasons,  other  factors  being  constant. 
But  this  has  not  been  found  to  be  a  serious  matter  in  my  own 
experience. 

Variations  in  temperature,  either  above  or  below  the  normal, 
also  seriously  affect  the  rate  of  development,  and  produce  abnor- 
malities when  extreme.  If  the  temperature  be  too  low,  the  rate 
is  slower  than  normal;  if  too  high,  the  rate  increases  up  to  a 
certain  point,  beyond  which  the  egg  is  killed. 

The  physiological  zero,  that  is  the  temperature  below  which 
the  blastoderm  undergoes  no  development  whatever,  has  been 
estimated  differently  by  different  authors.  Some  place  it  at 
about  28°  C,  others  at  about  25°;  Edwards  places  it  as  low  as 
20-21°  C.  At  the  last  temperature,  apparently,  a  small  percent- 
age of  eggs  will  develop  in  the  course  of  several  days  to  an  early 
stage  of  the  primitive  streak,  but  most  eggs  show  no  perceptible 
development.  In  very  warm  weather,  therefore,  the  atmos- 
pheric temperature  m.ay  be  sufficient  to  start  eggs.  The  follow- 
ing table  is  given  by  Davenport  based  on  Fere's  work: 

Temperature  .34°       35°       36°      37°     38°       39°       40°        41° 

Index  of  Development  0.65      0.80      0.72  1.00      1.06      1.25      1.51 

The  index  of  development  represents  the  proportion  that  the 
average  development  at  a  given  temperature  in  a  given  time 
bears  to  the  normal  development  {i.e.,  development  at  the  normal 
temperature  for  the  same  time).  There  is  an  increase  in  the  rate 
up  to  41°;  a  maximum  temperature,  which  cannot  be  much 
above  41°,  causes  the  condition  of  heat-rigor  and  death. 

There  would  seem  to  be  no  better  way  to  determine  the  normal 
temperature  for  incubation  than  by  measuring  the  temperature 


66        THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

of  eggs  incubated  by  the  hen  throughout  the  entire  period  of 
incubation.  This  has  been  done  very  carefully  by  Eyclesh3mier, 
who  finds  the  internal  temperature  of  such  eggs  to  be  as  follows: 


Day  of  incubation 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Temperature  of  hen 

102.2 

103.0 

103.5 

104.0 

103.8 

Temperature  of  egg 

98.0 

100.2 

100.5 

100.5 

100.4 

Day  of  incubation 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Temperature  of  hen 

105.0 

104.6 

104.5 

105.0 

105.0 

Temperature  of  egg 

101.0 

101.8 

102.5 

101.6 

102.0 

Day  of  incubation 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

Temperature  of  hen 

104.8 

105.2 

104.5 

105.0 

105.2 

Temperature  of  egg 

101.8 

102.2 

102.0 

102.5 

102.0 

Day  of  incubation 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

Temperature  of  hen 

105.0 

104.6 

104.8 

104.5 

104.5 

Temperature  of  egg  103.0  102.4  103.0  103.0  103.0 

The  temperature  of  the  hen  is  seen  to  be  somewhat  higher 
than  that  of  the  eggs.  In  an  artificial  incubator  where  85  %  of 
the  fertile  eggs  hatched  on  the  twentieth  and  twenty-first  da3^s, 
the  temperatures  were  as  follows: 

Day  of  incubation 
Temperature  of  incubator 
Temperature  of  egg 

Day  of  incubation 
Temperature  of  incubator 
Temperature  of  egg 

Day  of  incubation 
Temperature  of  incubator 
Temperature  of  egg 

Day  of  incubation 
Temperature  of  incubator 
Temperature  of  egg 

It  would  be  possible  then  to  establish  a  normal  rate  of  develop- 
ment, by  using  perfectly  fresh  eggs  incubated  at  a  normal  tem- 
perature. In  practice  I  have  found  that  the  times  given  in  Duval's 
atlas  are  approximately  normal,  and  these  are,  therefore,  adopted 
so  far  as  given.  But  even  under  the  best  conditions  the  varia- 
tions are  sufficient  to  prevent  close  grading  of  stages  by  time  of 
incubation  in  the  first  three  days.  This  may  be  due  to  differences 
in  the  grade  of  development  at  the  time  of  laying,  owing  to  varia- 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

102.0 

102.0 

103.0 

102.0 

102.5 

99.5 

100.0 

101.0 

100.5 

100.5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

103.0 

102.  5 

102.0 

103.0 

103.5 

101.0 

100.0 

100.0 

101.0 

101.5 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

103.0 

103.5 

104.0 

103.5 

104.0 

101.5 

101.8 

102.0 

102.5 

103.0 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

104.5 

104.0 

103.5 

104.0 

104.5 

103.0 

103.0 

102.5 

102.5 

103.5 

OUTLINE    OF    DEVELOPMENT,   CHRONOLOGY  67 

tioRS  in  the  time  of  development  in  the  oviduct  and  uterus,  or 
to  slow  development  before  incubation  in  warm  weather,  or  to 
individual  variation.  It  becomes  necessary,  therefore,  to  find 
some  other  system.  The  method  followed  by  a  considerable 
number  of  investigators,  namely  to  classify  by  the  number  of 
somites,  has  been  found  to  be  best  between  about  the  twentieth 
and  ninetv-sixth  hours  of  incubation.  In  the  table  which  follows, 
therefore,  this  method  of  classification  is  used.  For  the  sake 
of  brevity  throughout  the  book  a  stage  reckoned  by  the  number 
of  somites  will  be  w^ritten  1  s,  2  s,  3  s,  etc.  It  is  true  that  the  rela- 
tive rate  of  the  development  of  organs  varies  slightly.  Never- 
theless, classification  by  number  of  somites  is  unquestionably 
the  most  exact  method  up  to  the  end  of  the  fourth  day  at  least. 
Beyond  this  stage  the  method  is  difficult  to  apply,  and  after 
about  the  sixth  day  the  number  of  somites  becomes  constant. 
After  the  fourth  day  the  time  of  incubation  is  usually  a  suffi- 
ciently exact  criterion  for  most  purposes:  the  latent  period  has 
become  a  relatively  inconsiderable  fraction  of  the  whole  time 
of  incubation,  and  the  embryos  that  survive,  assuming  fresh  eggs 
and  normal  temperature  of  incubation,  are  in  about  the  same 
stage  of  development. 

Classification  of  embryos  by  length  is  a  favorite  method 
particularly  in  Germany,  and  it  offers  many  advantages  in  the 
case  of  some  animals;  under  many  conditions  it  is  the  only  avail- 
able method.  But  it  offers  considerable  difficulties,  the  most  seri- 
ous of  which  come  from  the  varying  degrees  of  curvature  of  the 
embryo.  In  early  stages  of  the  chick,  for  instance,  up  to  about 
12  s,  the  total  length  of  the  embryonic  axis  may  be  measured, 
for  the  embryo  is  approximately  straight.  The  cranial  flexure 
then  begins  to  appear,  and  slowly  increases  to  a  right  angle; 
during  this  period  there  may  be  an  actual  reduction  in  length 
of  the  embryo  (cf.  table,  14-16  s).  Conditions  are  also  compli- 
cated by  the  fact  that  the  head  of  the  embryo  is  turning  on  its 
left  side  at  the  same  time.  The  cervical  flexure  then  appears 
and  causes  a  second  reduction  of  the  total  length  (cf.  table  29- 
32  s).  Later  still  the  curvature  of  the  trunk  and  particularly 
of  the  tail  develops  in  somewhat  varying  degrees  and  makes 
bad  matters  worse.  After  these  flexures  are  formed,  let  us  say 
at  about  eighty  hours  in  the  chick,  it  is  customary  to  take  the 
so-called  neck-tail  measurement,  that  is,  from  the  cervical  flexure 


68        THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

to  the  apex  of  the  tail  flexure.  But  even  then  it  is  questionable 
if  this  measurement  is  as  accurate  a  means  of  classification  as 
the  age  of  normally  incubated  embryos;  particularly  as  the  cer- 
vical flexure  is  secondarily  eliminated  by  raising  of  the  head. 
It  is  probable  that  the  measurement  from  the  tip  of  the  head  to 
the  apex  of  the  cranial  flexure  (head-length)  would  be  best  for 
classification  of  chick-embryos  by  measurement.  This  dimen- 
sion may  be  readily  taken,  after  the  cranial  flexure  begins, 
throughout  the  entire  period  of  incubation.  However,  it  has 
been  relatively  little  used  up  to  the  present  time. 

The  following  tables  give  the  chronology  of  development  up 
to  the  end  of  the  fourth  day,  the  period  usually  covered  in  labo- 
ratory courses.  For  the  later  chronology  the  student  is  referred 
to  Keibel  and  Abraham's  Normaltafeln  zur  Entwickelungsge- 
schichte  des  Huhnes  (Gallus  domesticus),  Jena,  Gustav  Fischer, 
1900.  In  the  various  chapters  of  Part  II,  the  later  chronology 
of  the  various  organs  is  given  here  and  there  throughout  the  text. 
It  is  believed  that  these  references  will  be  sufficient  on  the  Avhole 
to  enable  the  student  to  determine  what  embryos  to  select  for 
the  desired  stage  of  most  organs.  The  tables  have  been  made 
practically  continuous  from  1  s  up  to  41s,  because  these  cover 
the  period  of  development  in  which  the  primordia  of  most  organs 
are  formed.  They  have  been  constructed  mostly  from  entire 
mounts.  The  corresponding  tables  in  Keibel  and  Abraham's 
work  are  noted  by  number  in  the  right-hand  column. 

Chronological  Tables  of  the  Development  of  the  Chick 

I.  Before  Laying: 

1.  Maturation    and    fertilization;  found    in   the  oviduct  above  the 

isthmus. 

2.  Early  cleavage  up  to  about  the  thirty-two  celled  stage  found  in 

the  isthmus  of  the  oviduct  during  the  formation  of  the  shell- 
membrane  (Patterson) . 

3.  Later  cleavage,  formation  of  periblast  and  entoderm,  etc.,  found 

in  the  uterus  up  to  time  of  laying. 
Data  for  the  pigeon  given  in  Chapter  II;  see  legends  to  figures. 

II.  Incubation  to  Formation  of  the  First  Somite: 

The  period  may  be  divided  in  three  parts:  (1)  before  the  appearance 
of  the  primitive  streak;  (2)  primitive  streak  formed  but  no  head  process; 
(3)  after  the  appearance  of  the  head-process.  These  stages  may  be  sub- 
divided by  time  or  by  length  of  the  primitive  streak. 


m.     FROM   t   TO  41   SOUITES 


Dcdf- 

uiion 

„™...., 

A«e 

FIOUIB 

Primiii™ 
SmalL 

Nmroui  Syiitm 

E^ 

Ear 

Note 

Epiphyiii 

Photyiu  and  Derinllnt 

Urinogenilal 
Syiiem 

^■(KuLu  Syilrm 

».,„,... 

Amnion 

Allinlou 

Olher  Stiucltua 

Tablea* 

CoU. 

iS 

,Anuo.lK.No,<) 

,,,mm. 

lorn 

Me>d  fold  diuinctly 

jandi 

' 

jS 

,™™. 

"(Du«IJ 

„.,mm. 

JTHulLinr  fold,  mcclinic 
in  ncioD  ul  mld-briin 

Fnrc-iuiaboulo.iy  mm. 
lung 

He^.fold  dxpcr 

6.nd, 

'» 

»s 

.,,<om. 

■■,a 

I^mm. 

MRlulbrirloUiuloiS 
Mcdulbry    fold)   cloud 

Fatr-tvi  aboui  .16  mm. 
long 

Fore-gut  aboul  0.4  mm. 

aiood  bUndi  Ubldd  cm. 
U^o^a^opp^te  ,». 

DlwdUlanda  noil  formed 

II  and  11 

long 

up  to  fore  gut 

i^BUB. 

<M).mn.. 

il.f.  «iirel,own 

mj-jul  a 

Same 

t.s 

jjinni. 

•i./sr- 

D  Jl  mm. 

M(du1kiTrukl.tu.cmrI 

"Sd-'^S- 

Fon-tul     dMbl     aboul 

Lateral   honu  ol   bind 
germ  «teod  lo  le«l  <A 

" 

«n 

ilxKil  0  J  mm. 

^UT" 

tip  uf  head 

Sam-"' 

,s 

.,,<™. 

9-j.mni. 

Mfdullary    folda    t1««l 

voide 

Pure  irut     (luKd     aboul 

b.il>a  of  bean  begun 

" 

'" 

es 

LIS  mm. 

'  lDu.Bl 

o*j  mm. 

Mtdullary    r<ild>    clOKd 

[>rimaTT 
oplic 

'Dre-uul     doKd     about 

Fuilon  of  Ul.  haira  of 
bean  incomplete 

Bel-een    . 
ind    18 

SJfi 

Mflullary    lolds    ilowd 

Primarr 

FDre.4tul     [la»d     about 

Septum    between    halyo 

tej 

«s 

oa,i  mm. 

ol  heart  rupturing 

,., 

lit  nun. 

0   houn 
iDunI) 

J  boun 

^mlndlcatiaBolcnnlil 
OdUrt 

litht  cnniil  Oeiun 

o.i»   mm. 

da  dculy  iadicainl 

|.liD[  of  dOSDg 

Opi.  to.  nol 
conjuiclfd 
.1)  ba» 

Slighi     ton- 

>  "b^  ol 
opl     in 

Foregul     do«d     aboul 

Henri    bent    lUghlly    lo 
right 

He.in  bent  lo  right 

and™ 

- 

14  s 

*»»■ 

ighi  maitl  IttiuK 

Aboul  oj6 

Iic»ll»  Jospdr^N'nuo- 

Constrlttian 
al  biMol 

Shjlloff  pli 

Fir«  rtKeroJ  cicfl  In. 
metU  enlodetm 

Heart  beat  lo  right 

U 

'" 

.TratllT°'m^  """" 

bX'nd    & 
Iran 

>(S 

counuav™ 

ad  b((ln>  to  lure  on 

Atau.    0, 

Primaiy  va. 

D«p,      bul 

urc-gul  doMd  1.4  mm. 

Uott  allgblly  5-ibapcd 

leadfold  coven  nlremc 

jj 

iJI 

Ihclcllilde 

«5l'USt 

inde  opcu 

tip  ol  head 

iDdicJled 

Hibcd 

pit 

16  s 

mn,        M    „t„un. 

a  boun 

Jk.    .jS 

LAaisS 

UktisS 

UluiiS 

Fort-gut  clc»]  1.1  mm. 

Like  IS  S 

lead-fold    co.m   (niirr 

•J 

0>4 

lakcn  of  Ociura 

(Du«l) 

focebnmrwuo 

.,s 

.„... 

?^^K-?J33'"" 

LikruS,    RoolofhJnd 
linlD  becoming  Ihln 

"IS 

UkcisS 

Second     vistenil    deli 

-■h.ipe  of  heart  (lightly 

-Jead-fold  coven  lo  olic 
region  tunujuaily  long) 

180  10  go 

,6 

■ss 

9   mm.  pealBI  Imgih 

Dlin  hod   mure  Ikui 
hill  luiMd  DO  Wl  side 

^-^r^ts 

"QiLUriction  appon  bc- 
l.c^n   di-   and   leleo- 

■^sa 

Like  II S 

Lenmb    ol    loregul    1  1 
mm.  Two  iiKenJ  (ut- 
nin.  .liU  closed 

-ihape    of    bean    my 
Indlcuied 

lead  fold  conn  anlerior 

put  of  hind  brain 

Mandibular  archa  begto 
loprojta 

" 

5.P 

,r,.s 

-S  mm.  urialcU  length 

4  houn 
IUuvbI) 

udrullyluniBllaltli. 
Cnnlul    and    iin-icol 
ncnira    rouodri    ob- 

'"Sa 

Sllfhl     nar- 

=  s 

deep  pit 

Na   indioillDa  ol   hyp- 
opbi-ai 

.luough 

\unculo  i-enlricubir 
Ditunnndicaiedbyoon. 

Like  18  S 

'* 

OS 

..s 

1„7.ES.» 

.elLlumrdloBlhlDmllt 
Cr.ni.1  (tuure-riibi 
anilt.itf.neiujmr)- 

Only  In  lail 

^j^!J!^bJr 

"sill' 

olpi. 

Hypophi-iii  barely  InHi- 

ihrouKh 

jd  Yi*.  pouch  Kcn 

I'tnliiculai  loop  noir 
vcnlnl    ID    »ur.-«n. 

™""""" 

Sudden  venlrally  lumed 
neiure  ol  trunk  .boui 
8th     wmiie     (due    10 

»*-3J 

»» 

... 

""- 

.ifllurncdloi-flinmlle. 
Cr.oljinau«al"UI* 
r.    anilc.  Mr.,  (tuui. 

vm  .fi»hi 

S'U 

«IM«»S 

»^™j, 
sr 

Ukt  11  S 

like  11  S 

Lenglh   ol   lore-gut    t-J 
mm.olhcmiKJikeiiS 

Uke  >i  S 

tleadlold  CTOHO  id  ni 
ani  pouch  nod  id  « 

*'a 

J6» 

fjS 

J,  T  mm,  gntUM  fcnph 

jrviol  nciun  >nitc  nl 

D  uil  bud 

Uk.  a.S 

Moulholpil 

vi^naliaa  In  ftoDI  Dl 

Lenglh  ol  lore-gut  1  ij 

«S'riy"pertaraie4"m 

Like  31  S, 

■Jead-fnld  covem  lo  lolh 

Tail. fold  barely  indlcaled 

iS-.i» 

J6j 

iraoj- 

oral  plate 

upper  angle 

■iiuuled 

<i.i  mm,  (TtaloJ  kniib 

.crriol  nenire  lite  ijS. 

n  tail  bud 

Iduiniai 

Rebii«ly 

nalioninNo.jSi(liSl 

"^^^pllTfl^,"^^ 

Lenilh  nl  lute-gul  about 

Apei  of  i-Hilriclc  vcnlnl 

^"t!^"™""** 

NolaU-fold 

*' 

M-»»  S 

iitlan>  n[  tnin  mnrc 

U^n™.  n«hl  "^k 

iliUopcn 

oponingol 
SUml"'^ 

lion  in  (funl  ol  oral 
pbU 

Two      complete      aoftlc 
arches 

..    s 

6*«™.p«i«.i«.rh 

a  houn 

di^.l',"™cl "" 

■>  tall  bud 

llkc«-.jS 

louth.      ol 

yke.4-.1S 

\o  epiphnii 

Same  ai  14-aJ  S 

»mc  a.  14-1;  S 

Sam.aa«-.^S.    ^^^^ 
archB-^fl^d?*""" 

rtndlold  cover.  10  171b 

Tall-fold  indicaled 

- 

049 

,™n.,g™,«nr«„h 

9  houn 

epiuilk  fluura  •llihlly 
ICB  Ihan  ixHCcUni 

nun  bud 

toulh       ol 

No  cpipbtiii 

"E?^  '-'"■! 

d    ri«*ral    pouch    ndl 
deielo[cd.        Thyroid 
and    lung    divauoili 

Two      complelE      aortic 
arehu-   Third    nearly 

lead-fold  coven  to  >otl> 
lomite 

Tail  bud  projecu  behind 
Hlnd-gul  lorma  n  bay 

** 

Ji8 

"So"- 

Hcll  muked 

H^^o- 

icf- 

a  ,  mm  palru  Imilh 

"crvlcal     Ituurt     man 

Mouih       ol 

OHe    KBcIe 

rUckenlns 

Epiph,Ti.  ,  iMTTU     >liRht 

Same  as  ,7  S 

'.aztir.sii-- 

rhicT     complete    aortic 

FalJ-fold    formed .    con- 

Form.  <maU  side  o|in 

4j 

4' 

'p^cillSf, 

•Imuil 

0(    MIO- 

dem.  No 

uilhn 

11°^  fX'"    "u^ 

pouch 

diaed 

tn"^"" 

»mite""" 

-.,  mm.   nW"  """ 

UVe  i«  S 

Like  iB  S 

Like  »  S 

UkcittS 

No  cplpb^Ul 

Same  M  ay 

JkeiH.  Oml  membrane 

Thn»     complele    aortic 
arcbci 

Bud3olhlnd 
limba    In- 
dialed  by 
thickening 

Head-fold  coven  10  »lh 
«.miie.  Small  lailfold 

UkcaSS 

pleure 

... 

6*ni(i).«tol«llo«0h 

Dcrcu  ..1  nctvtal  lid 

UK    nulin    onRlc    d 
hind  Inln  unci  iruok 

CouiriHInii  of  Islhtnui 
bMQinint  proiwuncnl 

byit  ol 

oprajni 

Oik  mide^ 

UkciSS 

SmiU  epiphyu. 

dljtilly 

Founb  rim.  pouch  iodi. 
caled.     Cloaiog   mem. 

Ma    """  "■"    "^ 

Three     camplete     avttic 
plele 

Dudi  ol  fore 
and    hind 

lirea'Sd'l-^ 

Hcod-fold  coven  lo  iSIb 
lomlie.   Small  lall-lold 

Alianti^  eiltnding  into 

jiS 

wmm.nttkun 

Ccr.l(.L    ntiurt    a    full 
rlHhi  >i>i|lc 

MannnMrtcUnDottub. 

RdlnilUtet 

"'SJS"- 

X,';."" 

Small  cpipbiid. 

iRd«    ai    di«n1    tnd. 

]/s" 

Oval  opening  inlo»ti.nl' 
otic  ^-ily   enendmii 

Sameaaja 

46 

loH 

oI  oUic- 

Sliiiht  deprwlon  «I  la. 

from  iflih  lo  lu»t  be- 

^"* 

10.,  1-. 

lundlbulutwiun 

hind  nU  totnile 

»»s 

I.Tmm.Hd>,uU 

fleiure 

'=iia'--^'" 

Sime  u  }i 

""• "  '■ 

''"t'.iors 

ollaciory 
IhanjiS) 

Small  eplpbiilt 

Same  a>  }i 

Same  asp 

Sime  ai  yi 

Limb     bud. 
i-etun^" 

Amniotic    umbilicu.    •!■ 
mwi  cDiicely  do«d 

Me»b1a>lolallanu^be. 
lint    U>    olend    Into 
Cody  cavity 

Curving  ot  1*11  *nd  In- 
CRUC  Of  cervical  Ilea- 

)l« 

us 

aurora,  BRk'Ull 

^■""' 

Shallow  [it 

Stmeujr 

Sameu]> 

Simeaijs 

Limb     budi 

io«idtbolK>"i™H' 

Kidt  cavlly 

Vo  nicnni  of  tall 

'" 

MS 

tj    mm.   eidi-Ull.    t^ 
mm.  (orrmld  Inln 

doofl?  bdialcd 

"rjs-r 

"ua 

like»S 

utS^Seprniinn  deuly 

"i-.r^'sii'-c: 

SamcMjaS 

Uke  ).  S 

Curving  ol  lall  begun 

4S&4&> 

'" 

limb  budl 

nid  dlvenlculum  doi. 
Ing 

umiics 

t»    mm     Htkiill.   >^ 
mm.  l(R-m)d  Inln 

ckarl)  todioiB) 

"15"°' 

Lalenl 

boundUT 

VeiT    ilijhl    dittal    W 

aunjoiringjojuplure 

Oral    membrane  lunbet 

•rluculum       "Xed? 
Tounh      i-Uc,     pDUcb 

aiiiS 

Amnion    completely 
cloaed 

.*elllaa 

Curving  ol  tall 

»a>->i 

16  S 

'  (!«  "nnin'*"""' 

AWH^n 

tm«)j  todiuiol 

Par.<hac<d 

Lalenl 

Enginatiun  lUchtlr  eo- 

Ruplure   ol   oral    mnn. 
P«i.tt  ipre-oral  (ul) 

Fourth  pouch  dearly  Ken 

"acr 

,nlar»cmeoi  Into  body 
cavity 

" 

«s 

mm.  Ivc-mid  tnlo  ' 

cl-tlrlndtaSST'"' 

sr 

ni   U  hem 
Uphoinl 

Eniinilion     b     turon 
lucknM.diU»lly  and 
jjyb^  .marked  ..d» 

Sh.Klenin«  ol  IniiLfina. 

lioo  ol  hvp.  oMfii  10 
rtifjptn'""'  «^  nnil 

Oral     membrane     gone 
Fourth  i-iKcnl  puuch 

Fouitb  aortic  arch 
termed 

Cloaed 

UUal    eolargemeol    nol 
l^iun 

Tip  of  tall  begin.  1"  U 
dlrecicd  fun>a/da 

»s 

lA   mm.   »«k-ull,    >« 
mm.  lonmld  Inln 

•in***  lodkaiBj 

Endol.  dun 
iphniml 

like  31 

Hemijphcrlcal     englna 
tion 

marked 

ykejft 

Cloaad 

gun 

Jl* 

41  S 

M   mm.   n«kmll,  ,,, 

Ahoal    «6 

Same  a>  34:  Unl  hill  cf 

ESTtS 

Deep 

Inlundibulam  aroadf 

Fourth     Tbonl     poudi 

Ailiolbudi 

■  holt    ilLinlail  flaik 
thaped 

01 

mm,  Ior»nM  bnin 

bodr  lamin*  00  al'lt 

f«m>dc& 

podTct. 
tbipcd  in 

m.arted 

fully  tBimEil 

equal     lo 

■llDUl         i 

breidih 

68  T 

to  the  apex  ol 
if  this  measui 
the  age  of  no] 
vical  flexure  ; 
It  is  probable 
the  apex  of  tl 
classification   ( 
sion    may   be 
throughout   th 
been  relativel} 
The  follow 
to  the  end  of 
ratory  courses, 
to    Keibel   anc 
schichte  des  I 
1900.     In  the 
of  the  various 
It  is  believed  t 
to  enable  the 
the  desired  sU 
practically  cor 
the  period  of  d 
are   formed.     ' 
mounts.     The 
work  are  no  tec 

Chronoloc 

I.  Before  Layii 

1.  Maturatic 

isthmu; 

2.  Early  cle 

the  istb 
membn 

3.  Later  cle^ 

in  the 
Data  for 

II.  Incubation  1 
The  period  n 

of  the  primitive 
(3)  after  the  app 
divided  by  time 


CHAPTER   IV 

FROM  LAYING  TO   THE  FORMATION  OF  THE  FIRST 

SOMITE 

I.     Structure  of  the  Uxixcubated  Blastoderm 

There  is  more  or  less  variation  in  the  stage  of  development 
of  iminciibated  blastoderms;  in  exceptional  cases  these  variations 
may  be  extreme.  However,  the  usual  condition  may  be  described 
very  briefly  as  follows  (see  Fig.  34):  Beneath  the  pellucid  area 
is  the  subgerminal  cavity  bounded  marginally  by  the  germ-wall. 
The  posterior  part  only  of  the  pellucid  area  is  two-layered.  The 
lower  layer  or  gut-entoderm  terminates  posteriorly  at  the  germ- 
wall,  with  which,  however,  it  is  not  united.  It  is  composed  of 
spindle-shaped  cells  which  form  a  coherent  layer,  perforated  by 
numerous  small  openings  that  appear  as  breaks  in  the  layer 
in  section.  In  front  of  the  gut-entoderm  a  few  scattered  cells 
appear  in  the  subgerminal  cavity.  The  gut  entoderm  does  not 
reach  the  germ-wall  either  laterally  or  anteriorly,  but  in  the 
course  of  a  few  hours'  incubation  it  spreads  so  as  to  unite  with 
the  germ-wall  around  the  entire  margin  of  the  pellucid  area. 

The  germ-wall  is  slightly  thicker  at  the  posterior  than  at  the 
anterior  end,  that  is  to  say,  that  the  nuclei  extend  deeper  into 
the  yolk  (Fig.  34).  There  is  a  broad  zone  of  junction  and  beyond 
this  the  margin  of  the  blastoderm  overlaps  the  yolk  a  short  dis- 
tance. The  germ-wall  has  not  yet  become  organized  as  a  layer 
separate  from  the  yolk. 

The  ectoderm  is  thicker  in  the  region  of  the  area  pellucida 
than  in  the  area  opaca;  and  slightly  thicker  in  the  center  than 
at  the  margin  of  the  area  pellucida. 

XL     The  Primitive  Streak 

Total  Views.  The  primitive  streak  is  the  first  sign  of  forma- 
tion of  the  embryo  proper;  it  appears  early  on  the  first  day  of 
incubation    as    an    elongated    slightly    opaque    band    occupying 

69 


70 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


:•.■■'      (fl 


Q 


m<-:--' 


';••■•*.*" 

;!■•'.  •••'>* 

V. 

,'-■*■».'       '^      6- 

*i 

If-.'  •..-► 

N 

!?•■'  ;'-iv 

■' 

i:i^^^l'' 

<^ 


M:,-^ 


1    #.:;■:. 

^  ;^:;: 


ii^ 


I 


^k 


-^t^:'^ 


s  r- 


,  '^ 


Qi 


b£ 


o 


o 

-^ 

-f^ 

o3 

M 

1 

*'"' 

73 

C 

0) 

Oi 

O 

^ 

^ 

^ 

0) 

-^J 

• 

o 

o 

^— ^ 

^^H 

a; 

r-t 

^ 

s 

H 

^f 

^^ 

-  J^ 

5 

^  3 

*M 

•  ^^ 

o 

•  ^^ 

'^ 

^ 

_> 

^=^ 

-*^ 

G  o 

-_^_, 

"3 

Pl^    0) 

o 

Lh 

r1 

0~^ 

o 

^ 

o 

rH 

-S 

^^ 

tn         - 

s^ 

q; 

ii^ 

o 

-3 

^ 
-^j 

^ 

o    . 

,~ 

•  r— ( 

H 

03 

-1-3 
(4-1 

o   03 

CD 

H3. 

-O 

f— ♦ 

F^ 

-^J 

OJ 

o 

>.> 

•  ^ 

-M 

-t^  +-J 

^ 

11 

r-4 

S 

o  s 

-^f^ 

^ 

^ 

o3 

^-t— 1 

_o 

S      "^ 

o 

'i^ 

^  '7^ 

a; 

G    (^ 

r^ 

-fj 

Lh 

_o 

(^ 

¥  c 

'-^J 

s 

^^ 

a; 

0) 

3 

cc 

■^ 

"^^  c 

r  o 

bX}'C 

03 

oT 

•  s 

;-! 

JO    <D 

'bJD 

O 

•— * 

O 

03     - 

M 

<^t-( 

o 

o3 

o 

^f^ 

c 

_o 

-5 

o 
« p— ( 

2 

0) 

r    Kn 

'^ 

^  E^ 

CO 

o 

C    OJ 

, 

S<1  > 

o 

3 

o 

HH 

(4-1 

^ 

o 

FROM   LAYING   TO   FORMATION   OF   FIRST   SOMITE        71 

the  posterior  half  or  two  fifths  of  the  circular  pellucid  area  (Fig. 
35  B).  It  is  relatively  narrow  in  front  and  widens  posteriorly, 
where  it  is  at  the  same  time  less  dense.  Its  anterior  end  usually 
does  not  quite  reach  the  center  of  the  pellucid  area.  It  rapidly 
increases  in  length;  the  anterior  end  appears  to  be  practically  a 
fixed  point,  and  growth  takes  place  posteriorly  probably  not  by 
addition,  but  between  the  two  ends.  The  posterior  half  of  the 
pellucid  area  elongates   simultaneously,   keeping   pace   with   the 


Fig.  35.  —  Surface  views  of  two  stages  of  the  blastoderm  of  the  egg  of 
the  sparrow.     (After  Schauinsland.) 

A.  Before  the  appearance  of  the  primitive  streak. 

B.  The  first  appearance  of  the  primitive  streak. 

a.  o.,  Area  opaca.     a.  p.,  Area  pellucida.     Ent.  Th.,  Thickening  of  en- 
toderm,    pr.  str.,  Primitive  streak. 

primitive  streak  which  lies  entirely  within  it  in  the  chick  and 
most  other  birds.  Thus  the  area  pellucida  becomes  oval,  then 
pear-shaped,  and  the  primitive  streak  bisects  the  greater  part  of 
its  length  (Figs.  35,  36,  44,  etc.). 

According  to  Koller  the  primitive  streak  takes  its  origin  from  a 
crescentic  area  at  the  posterior  margin  of  the  pellucid  area,  which  he 
terms  the  sickle.  The  primitive  streak  appears  as  a  process  extending 
forward  from  the  center  of  the  sickle,  and,  as  it  grows  forward,  the 
lateral  horns  of  the  sickle  are  gradually  taken  into  its  posterior  end. 
Koller's  observations  and  interpretations  have  not,  however,  been  con- 
firmed by  subsequent  investigators  and  they  would  appear  to  rest  on 
rather  exceptional  and  inessential  conditions. 


72 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 


Fig.  36.  —  A.  Intermediate  stage  of  the  formation 
of  the  primitive  streak  of  the  sparrow.  (After 
Schauinsland.) 

B.  Fully  formed  primitive  streak  of   the  spar- 
row.    (After  Schauinsland.) 

a.  o.,  Area  opaea.  a.  p.,  Area  pellucida.  Ent. 
Th.,  Thickening  of  entoderm.  Mes.,  Mesoderm, 
pr.  f.,  Primitive  fold.  pr.  gr.,  Primitive  groove. 
pr.  p.,  Primitive  pit.  pr.  str.,  Primitive  streak, 
s.  gr.,  Sickle  groove. 

At  first  the  surface  of  the  primitive  streak  is  even,  but,  as 
it  elongates,  a  groove  appears  down  its  center.  This  groove  is 
known  as  the  primitive  groove;  it  is  bounded  by  the  primitive 
folds  and  terminates  abruptly  in  front  in  a  pit,  the  primitive 
pit.  which  corresponds  to  the  neurenteric  canal  of  other  verte- 


FROM   LAYING   TO   FORMATION   OF   FIRST   SOMITE        73 

brates  (Figs.  35,  36,  44,  etc.).  The  primitive  groove  does  not 
involve  the  extreme  anterior  end  of  the  primitive  streak,  which 
forms  a  Uttle  knot  in  front  of  it,  the  primitive  knot  {"  Hen- 
sen's  knot").  The  posterior  end  of  the  primitive  streak  termi- 
nates in  an  expansion  which  is  not  very  obvious  in  surface  view, 
and  hence  is  not  usually  described;  it  may  be  called  the  primitive 
plate  (Figs.  36,  44  A,  44  B,  etc).  In  some  cases  the  primitive 
streak  and  groove  are  bifurcated  at  the  posterior  end  (Fig.  44  B). 
The  primitive  streak  is  the  first  clear  indication  of  the  axis  of  the 
embryo. 

The  neurenteric  canal  is  a  canal  that  connects  the  posterior  end  of 
the  central  canal  of  the  neural  tube  with  the  intestine.  It  arises  from 
the  anterior  end  of  the  primitive  mouth,  and  is  typically  developed  in 
Selachia,  Amphibia,  reptiles,  some  birds  {e.g.,  duck,  goose.  Sterna,  etc.). 
It  begins  in  the  primitive  pit  and  extends  forward  into  the  head-process 
(p.  80).  Subsequently  the  primitive  pit  becomes  surrounded  by  the 
medullary  folds,  and  thus  opens  into  the  neural  canal.  An  opening  is 
later  formed  through  the  entoderm  so  that  the  definitive  canal  connects 
neural  tube  and  hind-gut.  In  the  chick  the  neurenteric  canal  is  never 
typically  developed.  Usually  it  is  represented  only  by  the  primitive  pit. 
In  exceptional  cases  I  have  found  traces  of  it  in  the  head-process. 

The  so-called  head-process  appears  in  front  of  the  primitive 
knot  (Figs.  36  B  and  44  B).  In  surface  view  it  appears  not  unlike 
the  primitive  streak  itself,  but  is  fainter  and  less  clearly  defined. 
It  is  continuous  with  the  primitive  streak  at  the  primitive  knot, 
but  its  axis  is  usually  a  little  out  of  line  with  the  axis  of  the  primi- 
tive streak. 

Figs.  35  and  36  exhibit  four  stages  of  the  development  of 
the  primitive  streak  of  the  sparrow  (after  Schauinsland).  The 
darker  area  in  the  anterior  part  of  the  area  pellucida  is  caused 
by  a  thicker  region  of  the  entoderm  which  in  the  course  of  time 
becomes  of  uniform  thickness  with  the  remainder.  It  will  be  ob- 
served that  the  primitive  streak  arises  entirely  within  the  area 
pellucida  (Fig.  35  B).  In  later  stages  its  posterior  end  is  bifurcated 
(Figs.  36  A  and  B),  and  we  have  the  appearance  of  a  sickle  some- 
what similar  to  Roller's  description  for  the  chick.  The  primitive 
groove  begins  near  the  anterior  end  of  the  primitive  streak  in  an 
especially  deep  pit  just  behind  the  primitive  knot,  and  extends 
back  the  entire  length  of  the  primitive  streak  into  the  horns  of 
the  sickle.     The  head-process  is  barely  indicated  in  Fig.  36  B. 


74      THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

The  later  history  of  the  primitive  streak  is  illustrated  in  Figs. 
44,  ol,  61,  65,  etc.:  the  embryo  arises  in  front  of  it  around  the 
head-process  as  a  center;  the  anterior  end  of  the  primitive  streak 
marks  the  hind  end  of  the  differentiated  portion  of  the  embryo. 
As  the  embryo  grows  in  length  the  primitive  streak  decreases  (cf. 
measurements  in  table),  until  finally,  when  the  completion  of  the 
embryo  is  indicated  by  the  formation  of  the  tail-fold,  the  primi- 
tive streak  disappears.  The  primitive  knot  and  primitive  pit 
occupy  its  anterior  end  at  all  stages,  and,  as  the  embr3"o  differen- 
tiates from  the  anterior  end  of  the  primitive  streak,  the  primitive 
pit  must  be  regarded  as  moving  back  along  the  line  of  the  primi- 
tive groove,  always  representing  its  anterior  end. 

Sections.  The  preceding  sketch  of  the  superficial  appearance 
of  the  primitive  streak  must  now  be  followed  by  a  careful  exami- 
nation of  its  structure  and  role  in  the  development. 


c 


Fig.  37.  —  Three  sections  through  the  primitive  streak  of  a  sparrow  at  a 
stage  intermediate  between  Figs.  35  and  36.     x  230.     (After  Schauinsland.) 

A.  In  front  of  the  primitive  streak. 

B.  Through  the  anterior  end  of  the  primitive  streak  (primitive  knot). 

C.  About  through  the  center  of  the  primitive  streak. 

All  recent  authors  are  agreed  that  the  primitive  streak  owes 
its  origin  to  a  linear  thickening  of  the  ectoderm,  from  Avhich  cells 
are  proliferated  between  the  ectoderm  and  the  entoderm,  forming 
a  third  layer,  the  mesoderm.  Figs.  37  A,  B,  C  show  three  trans- 
verse sections  through  a  blastoderm  of  the  sparrow  slightly  more 
advanced  than  the  stage  shown  in  Fig.  35  B.  The  first  section 
is  just  in  front  of  the  primitive  streak.  The  ectoderm  is  thick 
in  the  center  and  thins  gradually  toward  the  margin  of  the  area 
pellucida,  becoming  decidedly  thin  in  the  region  of  the  area  opaca. 
The  thin  entoderm  of  the  area  pellucida  unites  peripherally  with 
the   thick   yolk-sac   entoderm   of   the    area   opaca.     The   second 


FROM   LAYING  TO   FORMATION   OF   FIRST  SOMITE       75 

section  passes  through  the  anterior  end  of  the  primitive  streak; 
the  ectoderm  is  greatly  thickened  (primitive  knot);  the  base- 
ment membrane  is  interrupted  below,  and  the  lowermost  cells 
are  becoming  loose.  The  third  section  is  through  a  more  pos- 
terior portion  of  the  primitive  streak.  The  proliferation  from 
the  ectoderm  is  more  extensive,  the  cells  are  looser  and  are  begin- 


Ent  --^'-^^"'  ""^^^ 


.¥es. 


Fig.  38.  —  Transverse  sections  through  a  very  short  primitive  streak  of  the 
chick.     Incubated  17^  hours;  no  head-process. 

A.  Through  the  anterior  end  of  the  primitive  streak  (primitive  knot). 
Mesodermal  cells  are  being  proliferated  from  the  ectodermal  thickening; 
some  are  scattered  between  the  two  primary  germ  layers.  The  entoderm 
shows  no  proliferation,  though  some  mesoderm  cells  are  adhering  to  it. 

B.  Fourteen  sections  posterior  to  A.  (Entire  length  of  the  primitive 
streak  is  80  sections.)  The  mesoblast  wings  are  forming;  the  primitive 
groove  and  primitive  folds  are  indicated.  The  entoderm  is  free  from  the 
mesoderm. 

Ect.  Ectoderm.  Ent.,  Entoderm.  Mes.,  Mesoderm,  pr.  f.,  Primitive 
fold,     pr.gr.  Primitive  groove,     pr.  kn.,  Primitive  knot. 

ning  to  spread  out  laterally.  The  entoderm  is  a  continuous 
membrane  without  any  connection  with  the  primitive  streak, 
and  there  are  no  cells  between  ectoderm  and  entoderm  save  those 
derived  from  the  primitive  streak. 

Figs.  38  A  and  B  show  the  structure  of  the  primitive  streak 


76        THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

of  the  chick  at  a  more  advanced  stage,  but  before  the  formation 
of  the  head-process.  Sections  in  front  of  the  primitive  streak 
show  no  cells  between  ectoderm  and  entoderm.  In  the  region 
of  the  primitive  knot  (A)  the  ectoderm  is  greatly  thickened, 
forming  a  projection  above  and  below.  Cells  become  detached 
from  the  lower  surface  of  the  ectoderm,  and  are  converted  into 
migratory  cells  between  the  two  primary  layers.  Immediately 
behind  the  primitive  knot  the  primitive  groove  begins  abruptly; 
it  is  the  seat  of  active  proliferation  from  the  lower  layer  of  the 
ectoderm,  and  the  cells  migrate  out  laterally  forming  wings  of 
cells,  which  do  not,  however,  reach  the  area  opaca  (Fig.  38  B). 
Conditions  are  very  similar  along  the  entire  length  of  the  primitive 
streak  at  this  time;  but  near  the  posterior  end  a  few  cells  of  the 
mesoderm  reach  the  area  opaca  and  begin  to  insinuate  themselves 
between  the  ectoderm  and  the  germ-wall.  There  is  no  evidence 
at  any  place  that  any  of  the  mesoderm  cells  are  derived  from  the 
entoderm.  The  axial  thickening  of  the  primitive  groove  comes  in 
contact  with  the  entoderm  and  appears  in  places  fused  to  it. 

Figures  39  A-E  represent  five  sections  through  the  head-process 
and  primitive  streak  of  a  chick  embryo  at  a  time  when  the  head- 
process  is  still  very  short.  The  first  section  through  the  head- 
process  is  described  beyond.  B  is  through  the  primitive  knot; 
the  ingrowth  of  cells  is  more  extensive  than  in  the  preceding 
stage  and  it  will  be  observed  that  they  are  now  fused  with  the 
entoderm,  so  that  the  latter  no  longer  appears  as  a  distinct  layer. 
C  is  through  the  primitive  groove  near  its  anterior  end.  D  is  a 
little  behind  the  center  of  the  primitive  groove,  and  E  is  through 
the  primitive  plate.  Behind  the  center  of  the  primitive  streak 
the  entoderm  is  again  free  (D).  It  will  be  observed  that  the 
area  of  proliferation  in  the  primitive  plate  is  very  wide. 

YiG.  39.  —  Five  sections  through  the  head-process  and  primitive  streak  of  a 
chick  embryo.     The  head-process  is  very  short. 

A.  Through  the  head-process,  now  fused  to  the  entoderm. 

B.  Through  the  primitive  knot. 

C.  Through  the  anterior  end  of  the  primitive  groove. 

D.  A  little  behind  the  center  of  the  primitive  streak. 

E.  Through  the  primitive  plate. 

The  total  number  of  sections  through  the  head-process  and  primitive 
streak  of  this  series  is  102.  B.  is  4  sections  behind  A.  C.  is  12  sections  behind 
A.     D.  is  59  sections  behind  A.     E.  is  87  sections  behind  A. 

Ect.,  Ectoderm.  Ent.,  Entoderm.  G.  W.,  Germ-wall.  H.  Pr.,  Head- 
process,  med.  pi.,  Medullary  plate.  Mes.  Mesoblast.  pr.  f.  Primitive  fold, 
pr.  gr.,  Primitive  groove,      pr.  kn.,  Primitive  knot.      pr.  pi.,  Primitive   plate. 


/nedcL 


"=M 


^-3 


.^t^STx-^ 


-.,«® 


■*i^iSS2^"" 


j^'J'^^St^^f'VA^^' 


•  •  • 


i.«r>' 


'^Sij&Trr^r^ 


fi^^ 


^.-- 


>^ 


B 


'nt. 


■  ''?j' 


VV^     /!5^f^ 


*-♦, 


»5* 


c^  ::■ 


D 


-  y°^fi/. 


••»•■••■■■'■"'"  ■  ^    ^ 


78        THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

The  mode  of  origin  of  the  mesoderm  of  birds  has  been  a  very  puzzling 
question  as  is  proved  by  the  numerous  views  that  have  been  in  vogue 
from  time  to  time.  One  of  the  earhest  views  was  that  the  mesoderm 
arose  by  spHtting  of  the  primary  entoderm  (Remak).  This  view  sur- 
vives in  part  even  at  the  present  time  (mesoblast  of  the  opaque  area). 
Balfour  believed  that  the  mesoblast  in  the  region  of  the  embryo  "ori- 
ginates as  two  lateral  plates  split  off  from  the  primitive  hypoblast,"  and 
that  the  primitive  streak  mesoblast  is  extra-embryonic,  or  at  most  enters 
into  the  formation  of  mesoblast  of  the  extreme  hind  end  of  the  embryo 
(allantois  mesoblast  in  part).  This  view  is  found  in  the  "Elements  of 
Embryology"  of  Foster  and  Balfour.  A  third  view%  now  of  historical 
interest  only,  was  that  the  mesoblast  cells  arose  peripherally  and  mi- 
grated between  the  two  primary  germ-layers  (Peremeschko,  Goette). 
The  latter  author  even  attempted  to  derive  the  primitive  streak  from 
an  aggregation  of  such  inwandering  cells.  The  view  that  the  primitive 
streak  arises  as  a  thickening  of  the  ectoderm  and  that  it  is  the  source 
of  all  the  mesoderm  was  first  stated  by  Kolliker,  and  has  been  accepted 
by  Hertwdg,  Rabl,  and  many  others.  It  may,  indeed,  be  regarded  as 
definitely  established  for  the  embryonic  mesoblast.  Others,  however, 
believe  with  His  that  the  mesoblast  of  the  opaque  area  arises  by  delam- 
ination  from  the  germ-wall;  this  question  is  discussed  beyond.  It  should 
also  be  noted  that  it  is  probable  that  the  primitive  embryonic  mesoblast 
is  supplemented  in  certain  regions  at  later  stages  by  cells  proliferated 
from  both  entoderm  and  ectoderm,  particularly  in  the  region  of  the 
head,     (gee  pp.  116,  117.) 

In  early  stages  of  the  primitive  streak  the  mesoblast  cells 
are  relatively  sparse  and  bear  every  appearance  of  migrating 
separately.  But  as  the  ingrowth  progresses  and  the  cells  become 
more  numerous,  the  mesoderm  becomes  converted  into  coherent 
plates.  These  are  wedge-shaped,  the  central  broad  ends  fused 
wdth  the  primitive  streak  and  the  narrow  margins  extending 
laterally  (Figs.  40  A,  B,  C).  They  soon  overlap  the  margin  of 
the  opaque  area  and  thus  is  produced  a  three-layered  portion  of 


Fig.  40.  —  Three  transverse  sections  of  a  late  stage  (corresponding  to  about 
Fio-.  44  B),  through  the  head-process  and  primitive  streak  of  a  chick  embryo. 

A.  Near  the  hind  end  of  the  head-process. 

B.  Through  the  primitive  pit. 

C.  A  short  distance  behind  the  center  of  the  primitive  streak.  The  region 
between  the  lines  A-A  and  B-B  is  represented  under  a  high  magnification 
in  Fig.  41. 

Bl.  I.,  Blood  island,  coel.  Mes.,  Coelomic  mesoblast.  Ect.,  Ectoderm. 
Ent.,  Entoderm.  G.  W.,  Germ-wall.  med.  pi.,  Medullary  plate.  Mes.,  Meso- 
derm. N'ch.,  Notoehord.  pr.  f.,  Primitive  fold.  pr.  gr.,  Primitive  groove, 
pr.  p..  Primitive  pit. 


FROM   LAYIXG   TO   FORMATION   OF   FIRST   SOMITE 


79 


Si'.'''. 


£sv.", 


',?;< 


tpJ??V  a  « .: 


^ 

^ 

x' 


pi       . 


■5? 


m 


ei 


•3B""   J' 


^ 


80 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


the  latter  which  corresponds  to  the  future  vascular  area.  The 
mesoblast  grows  out,  not  only  from  the  sides  of  the  head-process 
and  primitive  streak,  but  also  from  the  hind  end  of  the  latter, 
that  is  from  the  primitive  plate.  The  mesoblast  thus  extends  into 
the  opaque  area  behind  the  embryo  at  a  very  early  stage  (Figs. 
42  and  44). 

The  primitive  groove  must  be  regarded  as  an  expression  of 
the  forces  of  invagination  of  the  mesoblast,  and  the  primitive 
folds  as  the  lips  of  this  invagination. 

Mas 


.0«*^: 


•| 


G.lV 


Fig.  41. — The  part  of  the  section  shown  in  Fig.  40  C,  between  A-A  and 
B-B  more  highly  magnified. 
Abbreviations  same  as  Fig.  40. 

The  Head-process.  Two  stages  of  the  head-process  are  shown 
in  tranverse  section  a  short  distance  in  front  of  the  primitive 
knot  in  Figs.  39  A  and  40  A.  It  consists  of  a  thicker  central 
mass  of  cells  with  lateral  wings;  the  central  part,  or  primordium 
of  the  notochord,  is  continuous  posteriorly  with  the  axis  of  the 
primitive  streak.  These  two  portions  of  the  mesoblast  are  often 
termed  gastral  and  prostomial,  connected  with  the  head-process 
and  primitive  streak  respectively.  The  head-process  becomes 
inseparably  fused  with  the  entoderm  in  the  middle  line  imme- 
diately after  its  formation;  and  this  fusion  is  continued  back 
along  the  axis  of  the  primitive  streak  (Figs.  39  and  40).  The 
fusion  is  particularly  intimate  and  persistent  at  the  extreme 
anterior  end  of  the  head-process;  behind  this  point  the  notochord 
and  entoderm  soon  separate  again  in  the  course  of  development. 
But  the  anierior  end  of  the  notochord  remains  attached  to  the 


FROM   LAYING   TO   FORMATIOX   OF   FIRST   SOMITE        81 


0^ 


O 


!:£! 


O 

O 

o 
o 


73 

o 
> 

5: 

> 


o 


—^      r-< 


J!:-:*^ 


o 

■  ;h 

r  fcX) 


ffi  o 


bO 


^ 

'^   tvi 

^ 

^^  o 

w    > 

r-" 

•  ^H 

*— 1 

-^ 

o 

-♦.s 

s'S 

j:^        -^^ 

^^ 

2     '-  eS 

-* 

-►^=*;-S 

^ 

-    .  ^ 

•^ 

^^o 

w^ 

r       > 

-tJ 

*^       "^ 

fcJC 

-3  5  s 

o 

M     •  «-H 

-SdrT 

•  ~  1— I 

rH 

s  o 

r* 

~     M       *- 

«^ 

^,     O  — 

^-^ 
O 

-^S     - 

*-H 

o     ^  .• 

^ 

.        -»^       _.        -H 

^i  ^  ^     .^ 

1— I  _;i    .> 


82 


THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 


entoderm  for  a  considerable  period  after  the  formation  of  the  head- 
fold.  A  longitudinal  section  shows  the  head-process  as  an  append- 
age to  the  anterior  end  of  the  primitive  streak,  or  the  primitive 
knot  (Fig.  42). 


m.n. 


Fig.  43.  —  Diagrams  to  illustrate  the  theory  of  concrescence  as  applied  to 
the  primitive  streak  of  the  bird.  The  central  area  bounded  by  the  broken 
line  represents  the  pellucid  area ;  external  to  this  is  the  area  opaca,  showing 
as  concentric  zones  the  germ-wall  (G.  W.),  the  zone  of  junction  (Z.  J.), 
and  the  margin  of  overgrowth  (M.  O.).  m.  n.,  Marginal  notch.  For  de- 
scription see  text. 

The  most  obvious  interpretation  of  the  head-process  is  as 
an  outgrowth  from  the  primitive  knot.  But  another,  and  more 
probable  interpretation  in  view  of  all  the  facts,  is  that  the  head- 
process  is  a  later  stage  of  the  anterior  end  of  the  primitive  streak; 


FROM   LAYING  TO   FORMATION   OF  FIRST  SOMITE       83 

that  a  gradual  separation  of  the  ectoderm  takes  place  in  the 
axis  of  the  primitive  streak  beginning  at  the  anterior  end,  and 
progresses  posteriorly.  That  part  in  which  the  ectoderm  is 
separated  represents  the  head-process;  it  has  therefore  the  same 
composition  as  the  primitive  streak,  except  that  the  ectoderm 
has  become  independent. 

Interpretation  of  the  Primitive  Streak.  The  discussion  of  the 
significance  of  the  primitive  streak  involves  two  parts:  (1)  its 
morphological  significance,  and  (2)  its  role  in  the  formation  of  the 
embryo.  The  first  question  involves  knowledge  of  comparative 
embryology,  which  is  not  assumed  for  the  purposes  of  this  book, 
and  it  will  therefore  be  considered  very  briefly.  The  fundamental 
relations  of  the  primitive  streak  must  define  its  morphological 
interpretation;  the  first  thing  to  be  noted  is  that  the  germ-layers, 
more  especially  the  ectoderm  and  mesoderm,  are  fused  in  the 
primitive  streak;  second,  the  differentiated  part  of  the  embryo 
is  formed  in  front  of  it;  third,  the  neurenteric  canal  occupies  the 
anterior  end  of  the  primitive  streak;  fourth,  the  anus  forms  at  its 
posterior  end.  Now  these  characters  are  exactly  those  of  the 
blastopore  or  primitive  mouth  of  lower  vertebrates,  that  is  of  the 
aperture  of  invagination  of  the  archenteron.  For  these  reasons, 
and  because  in  all  other  essential  respects  the  primitive  streak 
corresponds  to  the  blastopore,  it  must  be  interpreted  as  the  homo- 
logue  of  the  latter.  It  is  to  be  regarded,  therefore,  as  an  elongated 
blastopore,  and  the  primitive  groove  as  a  rudimentary  archenteric 
invagination. 

This  interpretation  raises  the  question  as  to  its  relation  to 
the  original  marginal  area  of  invagination  of  the  entoderm.  Can 
these  two  things  be  really  different  stages  of  the  same  thing? 
The  concrescence  theory  gives  a  theoretical  basis  for  their  iden- 
tification. It  will  be  remembered  that  the  margin  of  invagina- 
tion represents  a  small  section  of  the  margin  of  the  primitive 
blastoderm  in  the  pigeon,  and,  by  inference,  in  the  chick  also. 
The  remainder  of  the  margin  where  the  zone  of  junction  persists 
is  the  margin  of  overgrowth.  Now  we  assume  that  the  closure 
of  the  original  marginal  area  of  invagination  proceeds  by  con- 
crescence or  coalescence  of  its  lips,  beginning  in  the  middle  line 
behind,  thus  producing  a  suture  which  is  the  beginning  of  the 
primitive  streak.  Let  the  above  circles  (Fig.  43)  represent  the 
blastoderm  in  four  stages  of  closure  of  the  original  area  of  invag- 


84        THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

illation.  The  shaded  margin  represents  the  zone  of  junction,  the 
unshaded  portion  of  the  margin  represents  the  area  of  invagina- 
tion of  the  entoderm.  The  dotted  contour  represents  the  margin 
of  the  pellucid  area.  In  A  the  middle  of  the  area  of  invagination 
is  marked  1,  and  corresponding  points  to  the  right  and  left  2,  3, 
and  4.  In  diagram  B  it  is  supposed  that  the  margin  of  invagina- 
tion is  turned  forward  at  1,  and  that  the  lateral  portions  are 
brought  together  as  far  as  2,  thus  producing  a  suture  in  the  middle 
line  1-2  continuous  with  the  margin  3-4.  The  zone  of  invagina- 
tion is  correspondingly  reduced  in  extent  and  the  zone  of  junction 
increased.  In  diagram  C  the  lateral  lips  of  the  zone  of  invagina- 
tion are  represented  as  completely  concresced,  thus  producing  a 
median  suture  1,  2,  3,  4,  extending  through  the  posterior  half 
of  the  area  pellucida  to  the  margin.  The  zone  of  junction  is 
on  the  point  of  closing  behind  the  line  of  concrescence  which  is 
the  primordium  of  the  primitive  streak.  In  diagram  D,  finally, 
the  opaque  area  has  closed  in  behind  the  line  of  concrescence 
which  occupies  the  hinder  half  of  the  pellucid  area. 

To  apply  this  theory  to  the  actual  data  of  the  development, 
it  is  only  necessary  to  assume  that  the  entoderm  separates  from 
the  ectoderm  along  the  line  of  concrescence,  and  that  the  primi- 
tive streak  arises  subsequently  along  the  same  line.  The  actual 
demonstration  of  the  truth  of  this  conception  cannot  be  furnished 
bv  observation  alone,  however  detailed.  It  is,  however,  possilDle 
to  test  it  by  experiment,  though  difficult  because  the  concrescence 
must  take  place,  if  at  all,  prior  to  laying.  The  strong  support 
of  the  theory  lies  at  present  in  the  data  of  comparative  embry- 
ology; in  the  lower  vertebrates  the  mesoderm  and  entoderm 
are  both  formed  from  the  margin  of  invagination. 

Summarizing  the  matter,  we  may  say  that  in  the  chick  gastru- 
lation  is  divided  into  two  separate  processes:  the  first  is  the  in- 
vagination of  the  entoderm  from  the  margin,  and  the  second  is 
the  ingrowth  (or  invagination)  of  mesoblast  and  notochord  from 
the  primitive  streak,  which  represents  the  coalesced  lips  of  the 
margin  of  invagination;  the  primitive  groove  is  therefore  the 
expression  of  a  second  phase  of  invagination. 

The  genetic  relation  of  the  primitive  streak  to  the  margin  of 
the  blastoderm  is  well  illustrated  by  an  abnormal  blastoderm 
described  bv  Whitman  in  which  the  primitive  groove  was  con- 
tinned  across  the  area  opaca  to  a  marginal  notch  at  the  posterior 


FROM   LAYING   TO   FORMATION   OF   FIRST   SOMITE        85 

end.  A  similar  marginal  notch  at  the  hinder  end  of  the  blasto- 
derm in  the  line  of  prolongation  of  the  primitive  streak  has  been 
described  also  by  His  and  Raiiber,  but  in  the  cases  observed 
by  them  there  was  no  connection  with  the  primitive  groove. 
It  suggested  to  them,  however,  the  idea  of  genetic  connection 
between  the  two,  and  was  used  as  argument  for  the  derivation 
of  the  primitive  streak  from  the  margin  by  concrescence. 

The  second  question  concerning  the  primitive  streak,  its  role 
in  the  formation  of  the  embryo,  may  be  answered  very  briefly 
by  saying  that  it  is  itself  the  primordium  of  the  greater  portion 
of  the  axis  of  the  embryo;  some  indeed  maintain  that  it  represents 
the  entire  embryonic  axis  excepting  the  short  pre-chordal  part 
(Kopsch).  The  view  of  Balfour  and  Dursy  that  it  takes  no  essen- 
tial part  in  the  formation  of  the  embryo,  but  atrophies  as  the 
embryo  forms,  is  now  of  historical  interest  only.  The  question 
is  how  much  of  the  embryo  is  represented  by  the  primitive  streak. 
But  this  question  is  by  no  means  easy  to  answer,  and  there  is 
no  complete  agreement  in  regard  to  it.  The  one  point  that  is 
definitely  settled  is  that  the  anus  arises  at  the  hinder  end  of  the 
primitive  streak;  but  what  point  in  the  embryo  corresponds  to 
the  anterior  end  of  the  primitive  streak,  or,  in  other  words,  how 
much  of  the  embryo  is  laid  down  in  the  blastoderm  in  front  of 
the  primitive  streak,  is  a  disputed  question.  The  attempt  has 
been  made  to  solve  the  problem  by  destroying  the  anterior  end 
of  the  primitive  streak  by  a  hot  needle,  or  by  electrolysis,  then 
sealing  up  the  egg  and  permitting  it  to  develop  farther  and  finally 
locating  the  resultant  injury  in  the  embryo.  But,  while  one 
worker  finds  the  injury  at  the  anterior  end  of  the  notochord 
(Kopsch),  that  is  in  the  region  of  the  fore-brain,  another  finds  it 
in  the  region  of  the  heart,  that  is  in  the  hind-brain  (Peebles). 
The  reasons  for  this  discrepancy  in  results  are  two:  (1)  the  methods 
employed  are  not  sufficiently  exact,  and  (2)  it  is  difficult  in  the 
living  egg  to  determine  the  exact  location  of  the  anterior  end  of 
the  primitive  streak,  and  sometimes  even  to  distinguish  it  from 
the  head-process.  Owing  to  the  extremely  rapid  growth  of  all 
parts  of  the  embryonic  axis,  a  minute  division  of  the  primitive 
streak  becomes  a  relatively  long  part  of  the  embryonic  axis  in  a 
very  short  time.  It  is  obvious,  therefore,  that  the  slightest 
deviation  of  the  injury  from  the  point  aimed  at  may  lead  to 


86        THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

considerable  error  in  the  results.    The  result  of  Kopsch,  however, 
is  more  consistent  with  our  knowledge  of  other  forms. 

III.     The  Mesoderm  of  the  Opaque  Area 

We  have  seen  that  the  mesoderm  arises  from  the  sides  of  the 
head-process  and  the  primitive  streak,  and  grows  out  between 
the  ectoderm  and  the  entoderm  to  the  margin  of  the  pellucid 
area;  it  then  begins  to  overlap  the  opaque  area  at  first  behind, 
later  at  the  sides,  appearing  between  the  ectoderm  and  the  germ- 
wall.  Figs.  44  A,  B,  C,  and  45  illustrate  its  peripheral  extension; 
at  first  it  spreads  most  rapidly  behind  the  embryo,  but  soon  ex- 
tends with  equal  speed  opposite  the  primitive  streak,  and  thus 
a  considerable  portion  of  the  area  opaca  becomes  three-laj^ered, 
consisting  of  ectoderm,  mesoderm,  and  germ-wall  (Figs.  40  C 
and  41).  The  contour  of  the  anterior  margin  of  the  mesoderm 
it  as  first  rounded,  convex  anteriorly  (Figs.  44  A  and  B).  Then 
the  antero-lateral  angles  of  the  mesoblast  begin  to  extend  forward 
so  that  the  anterior  boundary  becomes  concave  (Fig.  44  C) ;  the 
lateral  horns  thus  established  continue  to  grow  forward  and 
ultimately  meet  in  front  of  the  head  (Fig.  45) ;  they  thus  bound  a 
mesoblast-free  area  in  front  of  and  beneath  the  head,  known 
as  the  proamnion,  into  which  the  mesoderm  does  not  penetrate 
until   a  relatively  late  stage  of  development. 

Blood-islands  (Figs.  44  C  and  45)  develop  early  in  the  three- 
layered  part  of  the  opaque  area;  appearing  first  behind  the  em- 
bryo, they  rapidly  differentiate  forward  opposite  the  sides  of 
the  embryo  and  follow  the  expansion  of  the  mesoblast.  This 
three-layered  portion  of  the  opaque  area  is  known  as  the  vascular 
area  (area  vasculosa)  after  the  appearance  of  the  blood-islands. 
It  soon  acquires  a  very  definite  peripheral  boundary  by  the  forma- 
tion of  the  vena  (sinus)  terminalis  at  its  margin  (Fig.  45).  The 
two-layered  peripheral  portion  of  the  opaque  area  is  known  as 
the  vitelline  area  (area  vitellina),  and  here  again  we  distinguish 
two  zones,  an  outer  including  the  zone  of  junction,  and  an  inner 
one  (Figs.  32,  33). 

The  first  blood-islands  are  masses  of  cells  lying  on  the  germ- 
wall  behind  the  embryo;  the  first  blood-cells  (erythrocytes)  and 
blood-vessels  arise  from  them,  hence  their  name.  Soon  after 
their  origin  the  blood-islands  appear  red  owing  to  the  formation 
of  haemoglobin.     Between   the   blood-islands   and   the   ectoderm 


FROM  LAYING  TO  FORMATION  OF  FIRST  SOMITE        87 


■f. 


X 


o 


tt. 

c 


. 

c 

2 

* 

^^ 

■*-i 

^  • 

c2^ 

7* 

>' 

a 

p  •  • 

r^ 

ci 

^    ' 

£ 

ri 

^ 

^ 

•/5 

-J: 

—^^ 

^ 

1^ 

^ 

("-V 

^^ 

r* 

^H 

—1 

o 

^ 

bJL 

Xl 

cc 

** 

r^ 

c3 
> 

3, 

> 

-h^ 

,f 

^ 

-*^ 

A 

^ 

^* 

f-H 

r^ 

^ 

»— 4 

r^ 

< 

f^ 

V. 

^ 

^ 

P. 

> 

xii 

c 

O 

bi 

O 

> 

1 

Cl. 

-*-> 

<i3 

, 

'S 

> 

a 

^ 

;_ 

1— ( 

'"" 

c 

CI. 

02 

^ 

'+3 

• 

J— 

^ 

ce 

»— N 

•^ 

Ih 

c 

^ 

c 

•— 1 

^ 

&. 

■^H 

y: 
^ 

< 

*^ 

C 

CO 

/-* 

'^ 

: 

_c3 

o 

-(J 

. 

1 

"Hh 

o 

!» 

^ 

'^^ 

'  , 

o 

;-< 

^ 

.^ 

O 

i^^ 

j^ 

■  > 

0. 

c 
(— 

"■^ 

/-H 

^ 

-t— 

c; 

' 

c 

r^ 

.^H 

(4— 

^ 

'c 

/^ 

n: 

,1— 

P-( 

X  ^  *-      "T               O  l-»H 

ry:  r*  cS  <<      .    fc<  . 

?^  =^  ^      ."^C-  fH 

o  ^  j;     r  ;-  d. 


c  rz 


Si    •  c 

t-     X 


c3 
.    0) 

X    --H 


o  •— 


r-     X  ^^  ""^     ? 


X 
^     X 

t-  ' — ' 


<PQ 


in 

O     g     CJ 

X     C     !- 

"x  "^   ci  ■ 
^     r.S 
^_  1^  -r  I 

0^ 


5  ^I^ 


> 


^1 


8S 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 


is  a  layer  of  the  mesoderm  (Fig.  41).  If  the  blood-islands  be 
reckoned  as  mesoderm  we  must  distinguish  two  layers  of  the 
latter,  viz.,  a  deep  or  vascular  layer  (angioblast)  lying  next  the 
germ-wall,  and  an  upper  layer  next  the  ectoderm,  which  may 
be  called  the  ccelomic  mesoderm,  inasmuch  as  the  body-cavity 
(coelome)  develops  within  it  later. 


r 


jorg 


n  F 


prstr 


\\    - 


\         I*  •  -\,       •  /I  '5     *.       ■  , 


\-:^-tIf^^'^'^-u 


.V.' 


lit. 


4 — -3. p. 


3"^  ^"^-1 


•  d  vase. 


Fig.  45.  —  Blastoderm  and  embryo  at  the  stage  of  four- 
teen somites.  The  horns  of  mesoblast  are  on  the  point 
of  meeting  in  front  of  the  head. 

a.  p.,  Area  pelkicida.  a.  vase,  Area  vaseulosa.  a.  v.  i.. 
Area  viteUina  interna.  Ht.,  Heart,  n.  F.,  Neural  folds, 
pr'a.,  Proamnion,  pr.  str.,  Primitive  streak.  S.  t.,  Sinus 
terminalis. 


There  are  two  sharply  contrasted  views  concerning  the  origin 
of  the  mesoblast  in  the  area  opaca.  According  to  the  one  point 
of  view  it  is  simply  a  peripheral  extension  of  the  primitive  streak 
mesoblast  with  which  as  a  matter  of  fact  it  is  continuous  (Hert- 
wig,  Rabl,    and  others).     According  to  the  other  point  of  view 


FROM   LAYING  TO  FORMATIOX   OF  FIRST  SOMITE        89 

it  is  split  off  from  the  germ-wall  (His  and  others).  One  thing 
is  perfectly  clear,  viz.,  that  the  mesoderm  of  the  opaque  area 
arises  in  continuity  with  the  primitive  streak  mesoderm;  the 
second  view  would  therefore  be  better  expressed,  as  Riickert 
states  it,  that  the  primitive  streak  mesoderm  grows  in  the  region 
of  the  area  opaca  at  the  expense  of  elements  of  the  germinal  wall. 

If  the  cells  of  the  primitive  streak  mesoblast  be  compared 
with  the  cells  of  the  forming  blood-islands  a  sharp  contrast  is 
observed;  the  mesoblast  cells  of  the  area  pellucida  are  devoid  of 
yolk-granules;  young  blood-islands  on  the  other  hand  contain 
yolk-granules  of  precisely  the  same  character  as  those  of  the 
germ-wall  (Fig.  41),  which  must  have  been  derived  from  the  latter. 
If  the  origin  of  the  blood-islands  be  carefully  traced,  they  are 
found  to  be  rooted  in  the  protoplasm  of  the  germ-wall;  and  prior 
to  the  appearance  of  the  blood-islands  proper,  protoplasm  and 
nuclei  of  the  germ-wall  aggregate  superficially  in  a  manner  that 
appears  to  foreshadow  the  blood-islands.  Therefore,  either  the 
blood-islands  are  derived  from  the  cells  of  the  germ-wall,  or 
cells  of  the  mesoderm  growing  over  the  germ-wall  burrow  into 
the  latter,  engulf  yolk-spheres,  and  reappear  in  masses  as  blood- 
islands.  Patterson  (1909)  has  shown  by  an  experimental  study 
that  in  any  region  in  which  primitive  streak  mesoblast  is  pre- 
vented from  reaching  the  germ- wall,  blood-islands  fail  to  develop. 
The  second  alternative  is  therefore  probably  right  in  principle. 

Another  question  concerns  the  origin  of  the  layer  of  coelomic 
mesoblast  that  overlies  the  blood-islands:  is  it  derived  from  the 
primitive  streak  mesoblast,  or  is  it  split  off  from  the  blood-islands? 
When  the  latter  first  appear,  in  the  periphery  of  the  vascular  area 
at  least,  there  is  no  coelomic  mesoblast  above  them.  It  appears 
later,  at  first  not  as  a  coherent  layer,  but  as  scattered  cells  that 
rapidly  unite  to  form  a  layer.  In  many  places  the  microscopical  ap- 
pearances indicate  strongly  that  the  cells  are  split  off  from  the  sur- 
face of  the  blood-islands;  but,  as  they  are  usually  not  far  from  the 
edge  of  the  advancing  coelomic  mesoblast,  it  may  be  that  they  are 
derived  from  the  latter.  Riickert  states,  however,  that,  in  the  case 
of  some  isolated  blood-islands  behind  the  embryo,  a  layer  of  meso- 
blast is  formed  over  them  while  they  are  still  isolated.  This  would 
render  the  derivation  from  the  blood-islands  probable  in  such  cases. 
It  is  possible,  therefore,  that  the  coelomic  mesoblast  grows  partly, 
at  least,  at  the  expense  of  the  superficial  cells  of  blood-islands. 


90  THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 

As  rapidly  as  they  are  formed  the  various  blood-islands  con- 
nect and  anastomose  with  one  another,  forming  a  vascular  net- 
work Ivino;  between  the  coelomic  mesoblast  and  the  remains  of 
the  germ-wall.  This  network  spreads  throughout  the  vascular 
area,  and  appears  later  in  the  pellucid  area,  and  communicates 
with  the  blood-vessels  of  the  embryo  (Figs.  44  and  45).  In  the 
next  chapter  we  shall  consider  the  manner  in  which  the  extension 
takes  place,  and  the  origin  of  the  blood-vessels  and  blood-cells. 

IV.     The  Germ-wall 

The  germ-wall  arises,  as  we  have  seen,  through  infiltration 
of  the  superficial  white  yolk  by  the  periblast.  These  cells  mul- 
tiply and  anastomose  and  form  a  multinucleated  syncytium  with 
the  yolk-granules  in  its  meshes.  By  degrees  the  protoplasm  itself 
takes  up  the  j^olk-granules,  which  are  gradually  digested,  and  the 
germ-wall  thus  becomes  organized  as  a  coherent  layer.  It  then 
separates  from  the  underlying  yolk.  The  next  period  in  the 
history  of  the  germ-wall  is  its  differentiation,  which  takes  place 
in  the  vascular  area  concomitantly  Avith  the  formation  of  the  blood- 
islands:  a  considerable  proportion  of  the  protoplasm  and  nuclei 
of  the  germ-wall  accumulates  at  the  surface  and  forms  the  vascu- 
lar mesoderm  in  the  manner  already  described.  The  part  of  the 
germ-wall  that  remains  after  the  separation  of  the  mesoderm  then 
differentiates  into  the  characteristic  entodermal  epithelium  of  the 
opaque  area,  which  is  known  as  the  yolk-sac  epithelium  (ento- 
derm) because  it  is  destined  to  form  the  lining  of  the  yolk-sac. 

After  the  formation  of  the  vascular  area  the  term  germ-wall 
must  be  restricted  to  the  lower  layer  of  the  vitelline  area,  because 
within  the  vascular  area  it  has  already  differentiated  into  the 
mesoderm  and  yolk-sac  entoderm.  The  development  of  the 
germ-wall  takes  place  in  a  centripetal  direction;  at  any  period 
during  the  overgrowth  of  the  yolk  the  three  stages  of  the  germ- 
wall  may  be  found  in  the  concentric  zones.  The  first  stage, 
that  of  periblast,  is  found  in  the  zone  of  junction  (area  vitellina 
externa);  the  second  stage,  that  of  organization  of  the  germ- 
wall,  is  found  in  the  area  vitellina  interna;  and  the  third  stage, 
that  of  differentiation,  is  found  at  the  margin  of  the  area  vascu- 
losa.     Within  the  latter  area  the  differentiation  is  completed. 


CHAPTER   V 
HEAD-FOLD  TO  TWELVE  SOMITES 

(From  about  the  twenty-first  to  the  thirty-third  hour  of  incubation) 

I.     Origin  of  the  Head-fold 

At  the  end  of  the  period  described  in  Chapter  IV,  the  embryo 
is  represented  by  a  central  differentiated  area  of  the  blastoderm, 
lying  within  the  area  pellucida,  distinguished  anteriorly  by  the 
medullary  plate  and  head-process,  and  posteriorly  by  the  primitive 
streak.  The  layers  of  the  embryonic  area  are  everywhere  continu- 
ous with  the  corresponding  layers  of  the  extra-embryonic  blasto- 
derm, with  no  clear  line  of  division  between  the  two.  In  the  course 
of  the  second  and  third  days  the  embryo  becomes  clearly  defined 
by  its  own  growth,  and  by  the  formation  of  bounding  folds. 

The  delimitation  of  the  embryo  from  the  blastoderm  begins 
immediately  after  the  formation  of  the  head-process  by  the  for- 
mation of  a  fold  at  the  anterior  end  of  medullary  plate  known  as 
the  head-fold  (Fig.  42).  Seen  from  the  surface,  this  fold  has  a 
semicircular  outline,  the  concavity  of  which  is  directed  posteriorly 
(Fig.  44).  It  involves  both  the  ectoderm  and  entoderm.  A  later 
stage  is  shown  in  sagittal  section  in  Figs.  46  and  47:  the  ecto- 
derm and  entoderm  immediately  in  front  of  the  medullary  plate 
make  a  sharp  bend  downwards  and  backwards,  and  then  turn 
forward  again.  The  head-fold  thus  produces  an  internal  bay  in 
the  entoderm,  the  beginning  of  the  fore-gut.  There  is  similarly  an 
external  bay,  the  posterior  angle  of  which  is  the  head-fold  proper, 
lying  beneath  the  projecting  head.  These  bays  are  of  course 
turned  in  opposite  directions,  the  internal  one  opening  into  the 
subgerminal  cavity  posteriorly,  and  the  external  one  opening 
anteriorly  on  the  surface  of  the  blastoderm. 

The  transition  from  the  ectoderm  of  the  medullary  plate  into 
that  of  the  under  surface  of  the  head  and  the  proamnion  is  a  grad- 
ual one.  The  difference  is,  however,  very  strongly  marked  (Fig. 
47).     The  formation  of  the  head-fold  is  due   to  the  more  rapid 

91 


92 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 


b£ 


-^   > 


S  ^-^ 


■fTlii'f'S? 


r     '^ 


5  e^ffi 


C    o 


'^    ^  £ 


A  rt 


C      C    ,<*    i- 


b£0  « 

is  2 

^  ^  ^ 

Q      w  CC 


^    ^^ 


:  ->^ 


X 


im 


growth  of  the  medullary  plate, 
which  causes  the  latter  to  extend 
forward  above  the  thinner  and  more 
pliable  membrane  in  front.  The 
entoderm  is  attached  to  the  inner 
surface  of  the  anterior  end  of  the 
medullary  plate  (Fig.  47),  and  is 
apparently  carried  forw^ard  with  the 
latter  to  form  the  anterior  portion 
of  the  fore-gut.  The  actual  form  of 
the  fold  depends  upon  the  mechani- 
cal properties  of  the  membranes 
concerned,  especially  the  unequal 
thickness  of  their  parts  produced 
by  unequal  growth. 

Although  the  head-fold  thus  ap- 
pears to  be  a  single  fold  involving 
the  two  primary  layers,  it  is  con- 
venient, for  purposes  of  description, 
to  consider  it  as  two  separate  folds, 
ectodermal  and  entodermal.  The 
deepening  of  these  folds  takes  place 
at  the  same  rate  up  to  the  time 
when  four  somites  are  formed  (Fig. 
49).  At  about  this  time  the  paired 
primordia  of  the  parietal  cavity 
(amnio-cardiac  vesicles),  which  ap- 
pear in  the  mesoblast  in  the  lateral 
extensions  of  the  head-fold  (Fig. 
50),  push  in  towards  the  mid- 
dle line  so  as  to  separate  the  ecto- 
dermal and  entodermal  limbs  (Figs. 
52  and  58).  When  six  somites 
are  formed,  these  cavities  fuse  in 
the  middle  line,  thus  effecting  a 
complete  separation  of  the  two 
limbs.  The  further  progression  of 
the  head-fold,  after  this  union, 
takes  place  separately  in  the  two 
limbs. 


HEAD-FOLD   TO   TWEL\'E   SOMITES 


93 


11.  Formation  of  the  Fore-gut 
The  extension  of  the  amnio-cardiac  vesicles  between  the 
ectodermal  and  entodermal  layers  of  the  head-fold  introduces  a 
section  of  the  body-cavity  (pericardium)  between  these  layers 
and  at  the  same  time  converts  the  ectodermal  liml)  into  a  portion 
of  the  somatopleure,  and  the  entodermal  limb  into  a  portion  of 
the  splanchnopleure.  (See  p.  115.)  The  splanchnopleuric 
head-fold  extends  posteriorly  very  rapidly  after  the  invasion 
of  the  body-cavity,  while  the  somatopleuric  fold  apparently 
remains  fixed  for  some  time,   though  the   head-fold  appears  to 


Fig.  47.  —  Head-fold  region  of  Fig.  46  highly 
magnified. 
For  abbreviations  see  Fig.  46. 

become  deeper,  owing  to  the  forward  extension  of  the  head 
above  the  blastoderm.  The  posterior  extension  of  the  splanch- 
nopleuric head-fold  lengthens  the  floor  of  the  fore-gut;  it  is 
caused  by  the  median  growth  and  concrescence  of  folds  of  the 
splanchnopleure  (Fig.  53).  Along  with  this  process  is  involved 
the  development  of  the  heart  described  farther  on.  The  growth 
in  length  of  the  fore-gut  may  be  realized  by  a  comparison  of 
Figs.  50,  52,  62,  etc. 

Thus  by  the  12  s  stage  a  considerable  section  of  the  fore-gut 
is  already  established  (Fig.  63);  this  is  the  pharyngeal  division; 
from  the  first  it  is  extremely  broad,  and  lunate  in  cross-section 
(Fig.  54),  the  floor  being  composed  of  columnar  cells,  and  the  roof 


94 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 


of  very  flat  cells.  The  lateral  extensions  may  be  regarded  as 
diverticula;  subsequently  these  grow  more  rapidly  at  four  places 
along  their  length,  and  come  in  contact  with  the  ectoderm.  Thus 
four  pouches  are  established  on  each  side  as  described  in  detail 


fi.gr 


&o. 


Fig.  48.  —  Stage  of  first  intersomitic  groove 
drawn  from  an  entire  mount  in  balsam  by 
transmitted  light, 
a.  c.  v.,  Amnio-cardiac  vesicle,     a.  o.,  In- 
ner margin  of  Area  opaca.     Ect.,  Ectoderm. 
Ent.,  Entoderm      H.  F.,  Head -fold.     i.  s.f.l., 
First  intersomitic  furrow,     med.  pi.,  Medullary 
plate.    Mes.,  Mesoderm,    n.  gr.,  Neural  groove, 
pr.  gr.,  Primitive  groove.     Pr'a,  proamnion. 

in  the  next  chapter.  At  the  12  s  stage  one  such  place  of  contact 
is  already  formed,  lying  a  short  distance  in  front  of  the  thickened 
ectoderm  destined  to  form  the  auditory  pit. 


HEAD-FOLD   TO   TWELVE   SOMITES 


95 


Another  place  of  fusion  between  the  fore-gut  and  the  ecto- 
derm is  the  so-called  oral  plate  (pharyngeal  membrane),  which 
occupies  a  mid-ventral  position  at  the  extreme  anterior  end. 
The  parietal  cavities  meet  posterior  to  the  oral  plate  (Figs.  67 
and  75).  Transverse  sections  show  the  oral  plate  to  be  depressed 
beneath  the  level  of  the  ventral  surface  of  the  head  at  the  stage  of 
10  somites  (Fig.  55),  a  condition  that  increases,  as  development 


/f./r 


e.ijO. 


Fig.  49.  —  Median  sagittal  section  of  the  head  at  the  stage  of  4  s. 

a.  i.  p.,  Anterior  intestinal  portal.  F.  G.,  Fore-gut.  Ect.,  Ectoderm. 
Ent.,  Entoderm.  H.  F.,  head-fold.  Mes.,  Mesoblast.  n.  F.,  Neural  fold, 
or.  pi.,  Oral  plate. 

proceeds,  by  the  formation  of  the  cranial  fiexture,  and  by  the  up- 
growth of  the  tissues  behind  and  at  its  sides;  thus  will  be  estab- 
lished a  deep  depression  lined  by  ectoderm,  the  floor  of  which  is 
formed  by  the  oral  plate,  and  which  is  destined  to  form  a  large 
part  of  the  mouth.     The  depression  is  known  as  the  stomodseum. 

IIL  Origin  of  the  Neural  Tube 
The  Medullary  Plate.  The  medullary  plate  is  the  primordium 
of  the  central  nervous  system.  At  the  time  of  formation  of  the 
head-fold  it  is  broad  in  front  and  narrower  posteriorly,  ending 
opposite  the  posterior  end  of  the  primitive  streak.  Its  central 
portion  is  not  a  separate  plate  of  cells  in  the  region  of  the  primi- 


96 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 


tive  streak,  but  this  part  becomes  distinct  as  the  i^rimitive  streak 
splits  into  its  derivatives.  It  is  therefore  only  when  the  latter 
is  entirely  used  up  that  the  entire  length  of  the  medullary  plate 
is  established.  However,  long  before  this  time  the  greater  por- 
tion has  become  converted  by  folding  into  the  neural  tube,  a 
process  that  proceeds  in  general  from  in  front  backwards.     Thus 


a.o. 


re. 


n.F. 


— SJ. 

-s.z. 


-^.3. 


-pr.gr. 


Fig.  50.  —  Embryo  of  3  s  from  above,  drawn  in  bal- 
sam with  transmitted  light. 

a.  c.  v.,  Amnio-cardiac  vesicle,  a.  o.,  inner  margin 
of  Area  opaca.  F.  G.,  Fore-gut.  N'ch.,  Notochord. 
n.  F.,  Neural  fold.  pr.  gr.,  Primitive  groove,  s.  l,s.  2, 
s.  3,  First,  second  and  third  somites. 

successive  stages  may  be  studied  in  serial  sections  of  the  same 
embryo;  an  anterior  section,  for  instance,  showing  the  completed 
tube,  one  farther  back,  the  folded  medullary  plate,  and  yet  more 
posteriorly  the  central  part  of  the  medullary  plate  disappears  in 


HEAD-FOLD   TO   TWELVE   SOMITES 


97 


the  undifferentiated  mass  of  the  primitive  streak.     These  condi- 
tions must  be  born  in  mind  in  the  following  description. 

The  Neural  Groove  and  Folds.  Shortly  after  the  formation  of 
the  head-fold  the  center  of  the  medullary  plate  becomes  sunk  in 
the  form  of  a  deep  groove  beginning  a  short  distance  behind  the 


Fig.  5L  —  Embryo  of  4  s  from  above,  drawn  in  alcohol  by  reflected  light. 

a.  c.  v.,  Amnio-cardiac  vesicle,  a.  p.,  Area  pellucida.  a.  v.  i.,  Inter- 
nal vitelline  area.  med.  pi.,  Medullary  plate,  n.  F.,  Neural  fold.  Pr'a., 
Proamnion,  pr.  str.,  Primitive  streak,  s.  1,  s.  3,  First  and  third 
somites. 


98        THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

anterior  end  of  the  plate  (Fig.  48)  (the  neural  groove) ;  the  mar- 
gins of  the  anterior  portion  of  the  medullary  plate  then  become 
elevated  somewhat  above  the  surrounding  blastoderm,  forming 


eip 


•    ji  --■>-♦  f 


% 


-'.-/* 


Fig.  52.  —  The  same  embryo  from  beneath, 
a.  c.  v.,  Amnio-cardiac  vesicle,     a.  i.  p.,  Anterior  intestinal  portal. 
H.  F.,  Head-fold.     Pr'a.,  Proamnion. 

the  neural  folds  (Figs.  51  and  56).  The  latter  rise  very  rapidly,, 
thus  deepening  the  neural  groove,  and  bend  in  towards  the  middle 
line  (Figs.  53, 54,  etc.,)  meeting, by  the  time  four  or  five  somites  are 


HEAD-FOLD   TO   TWELVE   SOMITES 


99 


formed,  a  short  distance  back  of  the  anterior  end  of  the  medullary 
plate  (Figs.  50  and  51).  The  posterior  ends  of  the  neural  folds 
do  not,  at  this  time,  reach  the  region  of  the  first  somite.  The 
region  where  the  neural  folds  first  come  in  contact  corresponds 
approximately  with  the  region  of  the  future  mid-brain,  or  ante- 
rior part  of  the  hind-brain. 


Fig.  52  A.  —  Median  longitudinal  section  of  the  head,  stage  of  4  s.     The  sec- 
tion passes  through  the  length  of  one  of  the  neural  folds  just  behind  the 
anterior  end.     (Cf.  Fig.  5L) 
a.   i.  p.,  Anterior  intestinal  portal.     Ect.,   Ectoderm.     Ent.,   Entoderm. 
F.  G.,  Fore-gut.     H.  F.,  Head-fold.      Mes.,    Mesoderm.     Mes.  H.  C,  Meso- 
blastic  head  cavity,     n.  F.,  Neural  fold.     or.  pi.,  Oral  plate. 

The  process  of  closure  itself  is  essentially  the  same  in  all 
regions  of  the  neural  tube.  Each  neural  fold  has  two  limbs:  an 
inner  thick  limb,  belonging  to  the  medullar}'  plate,  and  an  outer, 
thin  limb,  continuous  with  the  general  ectoderm  (cf.  Fig.  68  B). 
When  the  folds  of  opposite  sides  come  in  contact,  the  inner  limbs 
of  the  two  sides  become  continuous  with  one  another,  and  also 
the  outer  limbs,  the  ectoderm  then  passing  continuously  over  a 
closed  neural  tube. 

Certain  cells  in  the  suture  and  in  the  walls  of  the  tube  next 


100 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


*  r- ( 

-4-^ 

c  ^ 

bJO 

o 

I—   -^ 

If^ 

r-^ 

'—  J, 

i~  G 

ZJ 

, 

c 

S 

T3 

^ 

^ 

a 

3^  p^ 

r^ 

c3 

o3    ^ 
s^    O 

•  1— < 

-t-S 

t^-^ 

•i-H 

Ho 
r  o 

O 

^ 

f^£: 

o 

Ifl 

r^^ 

(-^ 

o 

H 

X 

> 

o 

'c3 

6 

~I-J 

^ 

oT 

t^ 

1 

tCH 

c 

O  '^ 

O 

-M 

-^    '^ 

c3 

o 

-1^ 

r^ 

Oi 

o 

H    ^ 

>l  1 

•  ^H 

• 

-l-i 

c 

>         ^^ 

+J 

^^ 

c3 

>5 

l5 

^ 

^ 

O 

c5 

•^^  '^ 

;>^ 

O 

C    s-i 

r-i 

C    =3 

Is 

© 

2§ 

_G 

-C 

H^^SS 

'-+3 

-♦^ 

cc 

•— '  r^    ;-( 

o 

o 

^          O 

-(^ 

?J^     ^'^ 

^H 

r-i 

^   o   o 

in 

o 
•  1— ( 
-^ 

S 

i5 

o 

=-1-1 
o 

«3      S      K> 

o 

^ 

S  A'o 

■+-J 

^ 

,xz     '-^ 

re 

T3 

OJ 

o 

«r^  r 

, 

^     ."Xi 

02 

S3 

^0^ 

^ 

<a 

■       >^ 

•I— » 

-^ 

X 

^^ 

s 

C3    ri 

^-« 

r^ 

o 

«+-! 

5  >. 

t3 

o 

o 

0   i^   03 

a; 

o 

^    -   0 

a; 

o 

•^  d^. 

> 

CO 

>H-g 

c 

fl 

o3     ^  o3 

03 

o 
o 

^ 

r.^Q 

X! 

cu 

03         a 

CO 

g 

>     • 

LO 

p 

.   >5    . 

, 

o 

03  .t^    0 

o 

«+H 

>^ 

l-H 

03   :3 

h^ 

0  -f^ 

HEAD-FOLD   TO   TWELVE   SOMITES 


101 


the  ectoderm  are  destined  to  form  the  neural  crest,  a  structure 
of  great  significance,  inasmuch  as  the  series  of  cranial  and  spinal 
ganglia  is  derived  from  it.     (See  following  chapter.) 


J'Som'f/. 


] -3 pi' pi. 


«ri>-*c*?*^*c^ 


Fig.  54.  —  Transverse  section  through  the  same  embryo  a  short  distance 
in  front  of  the  anterior  intestinal  portal.  For  explanation  of  letters  see 
preceding  figure;  in  addition:  Ph.,  Pharynx.  Som'pl.,  Somatopleure. 
Spl'pl.,   Splanchnopleure.     v.   M.,   Ventral  Mesentery. 


Fig.  54  a.  —    Transverse  section  through  the  head  of  a  10  s  embryo.     The 

region  of  the  section  is  near  the  center  of  the  hind  brain. 

Ao.,  Aorta.  End'c,  Endocardium.  End'c.  S.,  Endocardial  septum. 
H.  B.,  Hind  brain.  My'c,  Myocardium,  p.  C,  Parietal  cavity.  Ph.,  pharynx. 
So'pl.,  Somatopleure.     Spl'pl.,  Splanchnopleure.     v.  M.,  Ventral  mesentery. 


The  Neuropore.  From  the  place  where  the  neural  folds  first 
meet,  the  elevation  and  fusion  proceed  both  forwards  and  back- 
wards in  a  continuous  fashion  (cf.  Figs.  59,  61,  65,  etc.).  Although 
the  open  anterior  stretch  of  the  neural  tube  is  very  short  in  com- 
parison to  the  posterior  open  part,  it  is  not  until  about  the   12  s 


102 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


stage  that  the  former  closes  completely  (cf.  Fig.  64).  The  final 
point  of  closure  at  the  anterior  end,  known  as  the  neuropore,  is 
supposed  by  some  to  be  a  point  of  great  morphological  signifi- 
cance, and  to  mark  the  extreme  anterior  end  of  the  original  neural 


ax:  Mes. 


Fig.    55.  —  Transverse   section   through   the   head   immediately   behind   the 

optic  vesicles;  stage,  10  s. 

Ao.,  Aorta,  ax.  Mes.,  Axial  mesoblast.  Ect.,  Ectoderm.  Ent.,  Entoderm. 
]\I.  A.,  Mandibular  arch.  M.  B.,  Mid-biain.  ]Mes.,  Mesoderm,  or.  pi.,  Oral 
plate,  p'a.  c,  Periaxial  cord.  p.  C,  Parietal  cavity.  Pr'a.,  Proamnion.  Ph., 
Pharynx,     v.  Ao.,  Ventral  aorta. 

axis.  It  is  identified  by  these  writers  with  the  permanent  neuro- 
pore  of  Amphioxus.  However,  this  is  open  to  question.  Poste- 
riorly the  closure  of  the  neural  tube  proceeds  much  more  rapidly, 
though,  of  course,  it  is  not  fully  completed  untd  after  the  disap- 
pearance of  the  primitive  streak. 


-,_  medpl. 


^■F 


"^^Ec^. 


m^^^mmi^^^^smis^- 


Fig.  56.  —  Early  stage  of  the  neural  folds.     Transverse   section  through  a 

4-5  s  embryo  between  the  last  somite  and  the  anterior  end  of  the  primitive 

streak. 

Ect.,    Ectoderm.     Ent.,    Entoderm,     n.    F.,    Neural   fold.     N'ch.,    Noto- 
chord.     med.  pi.,  Medullary  plate.     Mes.,  Mesoderm. 

The  question  as  to  the  position  of  the  anterior  end  of  the 
original  neural  axis  is  one  of  great  morphological  significance. 
Accompanying  the  closure  of  the  neural  tube  in  this  region  the 


HEAD-FOLD   TO   TWELVE   SOMITES 


103 


yjf. 


//.A 


/?.C/ 


r 


J7  Cr. 


TtTaiv' 


dC. 


medpi 


/^.. 


«3Bi^ 


^•■?/^;tv 


^C^/ 


— >*-<?. 


Fig.  57.  —  Later  stage  of  the  neural  folds.     Section  through  the  head  of  an 

embryo  of  2-3  s;  corresponding  to  about  the  future  mid-brain  region. 

Coel.,  Coelome.     g.  C,  Germinal  cells,     med.  pi.,  Medullary  plate.     Mes., 

Mesoblast.    n.  F.,  Neural  fold.     n.  Cr.,  Neural  crest.     N'ch.,  Notochord.    som. 

Mes.,  Somatic  layer  of  mesoblast.     spl.  Mes.,  Splanchnic  layer  of  mesoblast. 

anterior  end  rapidly  grows  forward  beyond  the  anterior  end  of 
the  fore-gut.  The  floor  of  the  neural  tube  does  not,  however, 
take  part  in  this  extension,  the  consequence  being  that  the  sum- 
mits of  the  neural  folds  form 
arching  knees  extending  in  front 
of  the  original  anterior  end  of 
the  medullary  plate  (Figs.  51 
and  52).  The  extreme  anterior 
end  of  the  neural  tube  formed 
in  this  way  has  a  ventral  as  well 
as  a  dorsal  defect,  and  when  it 
closes  there  is  a  ventral  as  well 
as  a  dorsal  suture.  The  end 
of  the  ventral  suture  marks  the 
original  anterior  end  of  the  me- 
dullary plate,  and  this  lies  at 
the  stage  of  10  somites  a  short 
distance  in  front  of  the  ante- 
rior end  of  the  oral  plate  in 
the  region  of  the  future  re- 
cessus  opticus  (Fig.  62).  (Go- 
ronowitsch  calls  the  anterior 
fissure,  sutura  cerehralis  ante- 
rior;   His   divided    it    into    two 


Afy'C. 


^C/). 


Fig.  58.  —  Ventral  view  of  the  head 

region  of  an  embryo  of  5  somites, 

drawn  in  balsam  with  transmitted 

light.     X  30. 

a.  c.  v.,  Amnio-cardiac  vesicle, 
a.  i.  p..  Anterior  intestinal  portal. 
F.  G.,  Fore-gut.  My'c,  Myocardium. 
N'ch.,  Notochord.  n.  F.,  Neural  fold. 
s  2,  s  4,  Second  and  fourth  somites^ 


104 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 


a.c.s. 


op.  Ves. 
cep/i.  Mes 


EG. 


V.o.m. 


3.  a 


/}.T. 


3.Z 


//eh. 


pr.  str. 


Fig.  59.  —  Embryo  of  7  s  from  above  drawn 

in  balsam  with  transmitted  light,     x  30. 

a.  c.  s.,  Anterior  cerebral  suture,  ceph. 
Mes.,  Cephalic  Mesoblast.  F.  G.,  Fore-gut. 
N'ch.,  Notochord.  n.  T.,  Neural  tube.  op. 
Ves.,  Optic  vesicle.  Pr'a.,  Proamnion.  i)r. 
str.,  Primitive  streak,  s  2,  s  7,  Second  and 
seventh  somites.  V.  o.  m.,  Omphalo-mes- 
enteric  vein. 


HEAD-FOLD   TO   TWELVE   SOIMITES 


105 


parts,    sutura  neurochordalis    sen   ventralis  and  sutura  termi7ialis 
anterior.) 

The  neuropore  question  resolves  itself  into  this:  What  part 
of  the  sutura  cerebralis  anterior  is  to  be  called  neuropore?  As 
the  suture  extends  from  near  the  infundibulum  to  the  pineal 
region  at  least,  there  is  a  wide  range  of  choice.  However,  there 
is  a  point  in  the  suture  near  its  dorsal  end  where  the  separation 
of  the  ectoderm  from  the  neural  tube  takes  place  later  than 
elsewhere.  This  may  be  regarded  as  the  equivalent  of  the 
neuropore.  The  suture  is  the  site  of  formation  of  the  lamina 
terminalis  (Chap.  VIII). 


op-  Ves  ■ 


a.i.p. 

Fig.  60.  —  The  head  of  the  same  embryo  from 

below  X  30. 

a.  i.  p.,  Anterior  intestinal  portal.  End'c.  s., 
Endocardial  septum.  F.  G.,  Fore-f:;ut.  Ht.,  Heart. 
N'ch.  T.,  Termination  of  Notochord.  op.  Ves., 
Optic  vesicle,  p.  C,  Parietal  cavity.  Pr'a.,  Pro- 
amnion.    V.  o.  m.,  Omphalo-mesenteric  vein. 

It  will  l^e  seen  that  according  to  this  account  most  of  the 
primary  fore-brain  includes  no  part  of  the  original  floor  of  the 
neural  tube. 

Primary  Divisions  of  the  Neural  Tube.  The  neural  tube  is  the 
primordium  of  the  brain  and  spinal  cord.  Its  cavity  becomes  the 
ventricles  of  the  brain  and  the  central  canal  of  the  cord.     There 


106 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


.     ■::  -:^>;rt\vJa:i:S-;;|■ 


jor.str. 


•^ 


■  •■;  ##.; 


.// 


Fig.  61.  —  Embryo  of  9  s  from  above  drawn 

as  a  transparent  object  with  transmitted 

light.     X  30. 

Abbreviations  same  as  before;  in  addi- 
tion: H.  B.,  Hind  brain.  M.  B.,  Mid  brain. 
n.  S.j  Neural  suture. 


HEAD-FOLD    TO    T\YELVE    SOLUTES 


107 


o/)Ves. 
ceph.  Mes.  -^ 


^v?s^#^' 


S^' 


^^^ 


/'- 


•    //?/. 

jVch.T. 
or.pl. 

MA. 

N.r. 
p.C. 

Ht. 


\ 


V.o./n 


d.l.p. 


* 

"  N 

End'c.5. 


S.B. 


-M       L        ^     V 


Fig.  62.  —  The  head  of  the  same  embryo  from  beneath  more 
highly  magnified.  In  this  drawing  an  attempt  is  made  to 
show  different  levels  of  the  embryo  superposed:  thus  the 
heart  is  uppermost  in  the  figure,  beneath  this  the  fore-gut 
(F.  G.),  beneath  this  the  notochord,  and  at  the  lowest  level, 
the  neural  tube, 
a.   c.   s.,   Anterior   cerebral   suture.      Inf.,    Infundibulum. 

M.    A.,    Mandibular    arch.      p.    C,    represents    the   anterior 

boundary  of  the  parietal  cavity,    or.  pi.,  Oral  plate.     Other 

abbreviations  as  before. 

is  no  clear  distinction  between  l)rain  and  cord  at  first,  the  one 
passing  without  any  anatomical  landmark  into  the  other.  Now 
the  brain  is  the  central  nervous  system  of  the  head,  so  it  is  not 
until  one  can  determine  the  posterior  boundary  of  the  embryonic 
head  that  it  becomes  possible  to  determine  the  hind  end  of  the 


108  THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 

brain.  The  first  clear  landmark  is  given  by  the  mesoblastic  so- 
mites, because  it  is  known  that  the  four  anterior  somites  are 
cephalic.  All  of  the  neural  tube  in  front  of  the  fifth  somite  is 
therefore  cranial.  What  a  large  proportion  of  the  neural  tube 
this  is  in  early  stages  may  be  seen  by  comparison  of  figures  of 
embryos  in  the  period  covered  by  the  chapter  (cf.  Fig.  61).  Be- 
fore the  appearance  of  the  first  somite  the  entire  medullary  plate 
in  front  of  the  primitive  streak  is  in  fact  cranial. 

Origin  of  the  Primary  Divisions  of  the  Embryonic  Brain.  The 
embryonic  brain  is  divided  into  three  divisions  of  unequal  length, 
viz.,  the  fore-brain  (prosencephalon),  mid-brain  {mesencephalon), 
and  hind-brain  (rhombencephalon).  The  first  division  is  character- 
ized in  the  period  we  are  considering  by  its  very  considerable 
lateral  expansions,  the  rudiments  of  the  optic  vesicles  (Figs.  59, 
61,  63,  etc.),  and  also  by  the  fact  that  there  is  a  suture  in  the 
anterior  portion  of  its  floor  owing  to  the  mode  of  its  origin  (Fig. 
62).  A  definite  constriction  between  it  and  the  following  division 
first  appears  in  embryos  Avith  six  or  seven  somites  (Fig.  59).  At 
the  stage  of  9-10  somites  the  next  division  (mid-brain)  becomes 
clearly  marked  off  by  a  constriction  from  the  hind-brain  (Fig. 
61).  The  latter  is  relatively  very  long,  and  its  anterior  half  is 
characterized  in  the  12-somite  stage  by  the  existence  of  five  divi- 
sions (neuromeres)  separated  by  constrictions  (Fig.  63). 

It  will  be  noted  that  the  first  neuromere  of  the  hind-brain  appears 
about  twice  as  large  as  the  succeeding  ones ;  it  really  includes  two  neuro- 
meres according  to  some  authors.  Similarly,  it  is  maintained  that  the 
mid -brain  includes  two  neuromeres  and  the  fore-brain  three. 

According  to  Hill's  account  the  entire  brain  of  the  embrj^o  chick 
is  composed  of  eleven  neuromeres  or  neural  segments,  which  are  formed 
even  in  the  1  s  stage.  The  first  three  enter  into  the  composition  of  the 
fore-brain;  the  next  two,  viz.,  4  and  5,  form  the  mid-brain,  and  the  last 
six  the  hind-brain. 

The  three  that  enter  into  the  composition  of  the  primary  fore-brain 
have  the  following  fate  according  to  Hill:  the  first  forms  the  telen- 
cephalon, the  second  the  anterior  division  (parencephalon)  and  the  third 
the  posterior  division  (synencephalon)  of  the  diencephalon.  The  cere- 
bellum arises  from  the  first  neuromere  of  the  hind-brain,  sixth  of  the 
series.  This  question  is  more  fully  discussed  in  Chapter  VI.  (See 
Fig.  83.) 


HEAD-FOLD   TO   TWELVE   SOMITES 


109 


N.B 


op.  Ves. 

■M.B. 
FG. 


Hi. 


j  0;;-.o:-^-.'.-.Cr 


Ao. 


-3.  IS. 


■■^ 


-pr  str. 


Fig.  63.  — Embryo  of  12  s,  from  above,  drawn 
as  a  transparent  object  with  transmitted 
light.     X  30.     Abbreviations  as  before. 


IV.     The  Mesoblast 

The  changes  in  the  mesoblast  during  this  period  are  of  great 
importance.  At  the  time  of  appearance  of  the  liead-fold  it  con- 
sists of  two  great  sheets  of  cells  between  ectoderm  and  entoderm 


no 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


beginning  on  each  side  of  the  head-process  and  primitive  streak, 
and  extending  laterally  and  posteriorly  to  the  margin  of  the 
vascular  area.  The  lateral  margins  at  this  time  extend  anterior  to 
the  embryonic  axis,  so  that  the  anterior  margin  of  the  mesoblast 
forms  a  curve  with  the  concavity  directed  forward. 


Fig.  64.  —  Head  of  the  same  embryo  from 
below.     X  30.     Abbreviations  as  before. 


The  mesoblast  in  the  region  in  front  of  the  primitive  streak 
is  known  as  gastral  mesoblast,  and  in  the  region  of  the  primitive 
streak  as  prostomial  mesoblast;  the  latter  is  fused  with  the  primi- 
tive streak.  However,  the  distinction  between  the  gastral  and 
prostomial  mesoblast  is  not  of  permanent  significance,  because 
the  latter  is  being  continually  converted  into  the  former  as  the 
primitive  streak  undergoes  separation  into  ectoderm,  notochord, 
and  mesoderm. 

Confining  our  account  now  to  the  gastral  mesoblast:  a  trans- 
verse section  across  an  embryo  in  which  the  head-fold  is  forming 
shows  a  sheet  of  cells  lying  on  each  side  of  the  notochord  between 
the  ectoderm  and  entoderm.  It  is  several  cells  deep  near  the 
notochord,  and  thins  gradually  peripheralh'  (cf.  Fig.  56).  The 
thicker  portion  next  the  notochord  is  distinguished  as  the  paraxial 
mesoblast  (vertebral  plate)  from  the  more  peripheral  portion  or 
lateral  plate.     The  mesoblast  is  sparser,  the  cells  more  scattered, 


HEAD-FOLD    TO    TWELVE    SOMITES  111 

and  the  whole  tissue  of  much  looser  texture  in  the  more  anterior 
portions  of  the  embryo. 

The  paraxial  mesoblast  increases  rapidly  in  thickness  and 
thus  becomes  clearly  distinguishable  from  the  lateral  plate. 
Shortly  after  the  formation  of  the  head-fold  a  transverse  cleft 
appears  in  the  paraxial  mesoblast  a  short  distance  in  front  of  the 
anterior  end  of  the  primitive  streak  (Fig.  48).  This  is  soon  fol- 
lowed by  a  second  cleft,  a  very  short  distance  behind  the  first, 
and  thus  a  complete  mesohlastic  somite  is  established.  The  division 
is  accomplished  rather  by  segregation  of  the  cells  than  by  an 
actual  folding.  The  mesoblast  cells  immediately  in  front  of  the 
first  cleft  aggregate  so  as  to  form  a  somite  continuous  anteriorly 
with  the  mesoblast  of  the  head,  thus  lacking  an  anterior 
boundary;  this  is  the  first  somite,  and  the  one  formed  between 
the  first  two  clefts  in  the  mesoblast  is  the  second. 

The  first  somite  established  is  first,  not  only  in  point  of  time, 
but  also  in  position,  all  the  remainder  forming  in  succession  behind 
this  (cf.  Figs.  48,  50,  51,  59,  61,  etc.).     As  this  is  a  point  of  con- 
siderable importance   for  understanding  the  topography  of  the 
embryo,  and  as  previous  text-books  have  a  different  account  of 
it,  it  is  worth  while  to  give  the  evidence  for  this  position  in  some 
detail.     It  has  been  believed  up  to  a  very  recent  time  that  from 
two  to  four  somites  were  formed  in  front  of  the  first  one.     This 
belief  was  due  very  largely  to  a  misconception  of  the  nature  of 
the  primitive  streak,  which  was  believed  by  some  to  be  extra- 
eml^ryonic,  that  is  to  lie  behind  the  embryo  and  not  to  be  a  part 
of  the  embryo  itself.     The  first  somite  lies  so  near  to  the  anterior 
end  of  the  primitive  streak  that  it  was  difficult  to  believe  that 
room  could  be  made  by  growth  between  it   and  the   primitive 
streak  with  sufficient  rapidity  to  accommodate  the  rapidly  form- 
ing somites.     In  the  entire  absence  of  differentiated  organs  it  was 
impossible  to  find  landmarks  by  which  to  distinguish  the  first 
somite  among  the  first  five  or  six;  hence  it  was  natural  to  suppose 
that  a  certain  number  of  somites  arose  in  front  of  the  first,  espe- 
cially as  it  Avas  not  known  how  much  of  the  anterior  portion  of 
the    embryonic    axis    represented    the    head.     However,    in    the 
absence  of  natural  landmarks  identifying  the  first  somite  formed, 
it  is  quite  possible  to  create  artificial  ones,  and  in  this  way  to 
identify  it  in  later  stages.     This  has  been  done  by  Miss  Marion 
Hubbard  and  by  Patterson  in  the  following  manner:     The  posi- 


112  THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 

tion  of  the  first  somite  was  marked  immediately  after  the 
appearance  of  the  first  cleft  with  a  delicate  electrolytic  needle 
which  left  a  permanent  scar.  The  eggs  thus  operated  on  were 
closed    up    and    permitted    to    develop    to  a    stage    of    from    10 


MB. 


//.£. 


F.B. 


3u.  ep. 


3.^ 


S.I2. 


pr.str. 


Fig.  65.  —  Embryo  of  12  s,  from  above,  drawn  in  alcohol  with  re- 
flected Hght. 
au.  ep..  Auditory  epitheUum.     Other  abbreviations  as  before. 

to  25  somites;  and  then  the  mark  was  found  to  coincide 
with  the  first  somite  of  the  series.  In  the  next  place  it  was 
possible  by  similar  means  to  mark  out  the  topography  of  the 
embryonic  head  in  the  stage  of  one  or  two  somites.  Thus  it 
was  determined  that  a  mark  made  immediately  in  front  of  the 
first  somite  formed  appeared  later  in  the  region  of  the  otocyst; 


HEAD-FOLD   TO   TWELVE   SOMITES 


113 


but  this  arises  normally  at  the  stage  of  12-14  somites,  a  very 
short  distance  in  front  of  the  first  somite  of  the  series,  which  is 
thus  shown  to  have  the  same  position  as  the  first  somite  formed. 
On  the  other  hand,  if  one  assumed  that  the  first  somite  formed 


/f.F 


HL 


yV'cA    ^ 


A.c.y. 


Vo.m. 


3. 1. p. 


Fig.  66.  —  The  same  embryo  from  beneath,  drawn  in  alcohol  with 

Abbreviations  as  before. 


reflected  light. 


became  the  third  or  fourth  of  the  series,  it  is  clear  that  one  would 
have  to  make  a  mark  some  distance  in  front  of  the  first  somite 
formed,  to  strike  the  place  of  origin  of  the  otocyst.  Marks  made 
on  this  theory  were  always  found  a  considerable  distance  in 
front  of  the  otocyst.     Altogether  a  large  number  of  experiments 


114  THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 

was   made,    the    concurrent    testimony   of   which   was   perfectly 
conclusive. 

The  somite  formed  in  front  of  the  first  cleft  is  thus  the  first 
in  position  of  the  definitive  series  and  the  remainder  arise  in  suc- 
cession behind  it.  The  formation  of  the  somites  therefore  follows 
the  usual  law  of  antero-posterior  differentiation. 

There  is  always  a  stretch  of  unsegmented  paraxial  mesoblast 
between  the  last  somite  and  the  anterior  end  of  the  primitive 
streak. 

The  first  four  somites  belong  to  the  head,  and  enter  into  the 
composition  of  the  occipital  region.  The  more  anterior  part  of 
the  mesoblast  of  the  head  never  becomes  segmented  in  the  chick. 
In  the  anamniote  vertebrates,  segmentation  of  the  mesoblast 
extends  farther  forward,  and  there  is  a  greater  number  of  cephalic 
somites.  This  may  be  taken  as  evidence  that  a  large  part,  at 
least,  of  the  head  was  primitively  segmented  like  the  trunk. 
As  we  shall  see  later,  the  primitive  metamerism  of  the  head  is 
also  expressed  in  other  ways:  neuromeres,  branchiomeres,  etc. 

The  segmentation  of  the  mesoblast  finally  extends  to  the 
hind  end  of  the  tail,  new  segments  being  continually  cut  off 
from  the  anterior  end  of  the  paraxial  mesoblast  until  it  is  all  used 
up.  This  is  not  complete  until  the  fifth  day.  The  number  of 
somites  thus  formed  is  perfectly  constant,  as  is  also  the  fate  of 
the  individual  somites. 

Primary  Structure  of  the  Somites.  Each  somite  is  primarily 
a  block  of  cells  arranged  in  the  form  of  an  epithelium  around  a 
small  central  lumen,  towards  which  the  inner  ends  of  all  the  cells 
converge  (Fig.  68  B).  The  central  cavity  (myocoele)  is,  however, 
filled  with  an  irregularly  arranged  group  of  cells,  and,  though 
the  cavity  must  be  regarded  as  part  of  the  primitive  body-cavity, 
or  ccelome,  it  has  no  open  communication  with  it.  After  the 
somites  are  formed  they  rapidly  become  thicker  so  that  their 
lateral  boundary  becomes  very  sharply  marked;  this  is  not  due 
to  a  longitudinal  constriction  external  to  the  paraxial  mesoblast, 
as  usually  stated.  Each  somite  has  six  sides,  of  which  five  are 
free,  viz.,  dorsal,  ventral,  anterior,  posterior,  and  median.  The 
sixth  or  lateral  side  is  continuous  with  the  nephrotome. 

The  Nephrotome,  or  Intermediate  Cell- mass   (Middle  Plate). 


HEAD-FOLD   TO   TWELVE   SOMITES  115 

The  somites  and  the  lateral  plate  are  not  in  immediate  contact 
but  are  separated  by  a  short  stretch  of  cells  continuous  with 
both,  known  as  the  nephrotome  or  intermediate  cell-mass  or 
middle  plate.  The  intersegmental  furrows  do  not  extend  into 
the  intermediate  cell-mass,  and  the  latter  therefore  remains 
unsegmented  like  the  lateral  plate.  It  consists  fundamentally 
of  two  layers  of  cells,  dorsal  and  ventral,  of  which  the  former 
is  continuous  with  the  dorsal  wall  of  the  somite  and  the  somatic 
layer  of  the  lateral  plate,  and  the  latter  with  the  ventral  wall 
of  the  somite  and  the  splanchnic  layer  of  the  lateral  plate  (Fig. 
68  B).  Thus  if  the  two  layers  of  the  intermediate  cell-mass 
were  separated  the  space  between  them  would  be  continuous 
with  the  coelome  that  arises  secondarily  in  the  lateral  j^late.  This 
condition  actually  exists  in  some  of  the  Anamnia  (Selachii,  for 
instance)  in  which  the  intermediate  cell-mass  is  also  segmented. 

The  Lateral  Plate.  This  name  is  given  to  the  lateral  meso- 
blast  within  which  the  body-cavity  arises.  It  is  separated  from 
the  somite  by  the  nephrotome  and  its  lateral  extension  coincides 
with  the  margin  of  the  vascular  area. 

Development  of  the  Body-cavity  or  Coelome.  The  coelome 
or  body-cavity  arises  within  the  lateral  plate  as  a  series  of  sep- 
arated small  cavities,  distributed  throughout  its  whole  extent, 
which  appear  first  in  the  anterior  portion  (1-3  s  stage).  By 
successive  fusion  of  these  cavities  and  their  extension  centrally 
and  laterally,  there  arises  a  continuous  cavity,  the  coelome, 
which  extends  from  the  nephrotome  to  the  margin  of  the  vascular 
area  (Fig.  68),  and  which  becomes  the  pleuro peritoneal  and  per- 
icardial cavities  in  the  embryo,  and  the  extra-embryonic  body- 
cavity  beyond  the  boundaries  of  the  embryo. 

Of  the  two  lavers  of  the  lateral  mesoblast  thus  established, 
the  external  is  known  as  the  somatic  and  the  internal  as  the 
spla7icknic  layer.  In  the  course  of  development  the  somatic 
laver  becomes  closelv  bound  to  the  ectoderm,  thus  constituting 
the  somatopleure,  and  the  splanchnic  layer  becomes  similarly 
united  to  the  entoderm,  thus  establishing  the  splanchnopleure. 
The  somatopleure  is  destined  to  form  the  body-wall  and  the 
extra-embryonic  membranes  known  as  the  amnion  and  chorion; 
from  the  splanchnopleure  is  derived  the  alimentary  canal  with 
all  its  appendages,  and  the  yolk-sac.  As  described  in  detail  in  the 
next    chapter,   this    splitting   of    the   mesoblast   progresses   with 


116  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

the  overgrowth  of  the  yolk  until  it  extends  completely  around 
the  latter 

Returning  now  to  the  first  stages  in  the  formation  of  the  coe- 
lome.  In  the  3  s  stage  it  undergoes  a  precocious  expansion  in 
the  region  lateral  to  the  head  of  the  embryo  (Figs.  51,  52,  etc.), 
forming  a  pair  of  large  cavities  known  as  the  amnio-cardiac 
vesicles,  because  they  participate  in  the  formation  of  the  amnion 
and  pericardium.  These  cavities  extend  in  rapidly  towards  the 
middle  line,  and  enter  the  head-fold  in  the  4-5  s  stage  (Figs.  52, 
58).  At  the  stage  of  6-7  s  they  meet  in  the  floor  of  the  fore-gut 
immediately  behind  the  oral  plate  and  fuse  together,  thus  divid- 
ing the  head-fold  into  somatic  and  splanchnic  limbs,  as  previously 
described.  A  median  undivided  portion  of  the  body-cavity 
known  as  the  parietal  cavity  (forerunner  of  the  pericardium) 
is  thus  established  beneath  the  fore-gut;  and  it  extends  back- 
ward with  the  elongation  of  the  fore-gut  in  the  manner  already 
described.  A  pair  of  blind  prolongations  of  this  cavity  extends 
a  short  distance  forward  at  the  sides  of  the  oral  plate  at  the  10-12  s 
stage  (cf.  Fig.  62),  lying  lateral  and  ventral  to  the  ventral  aortse. 

The  median  angle  of  the  body-cavity,  where  the  somatic 
and  splanchnic  layers  meet,  is  a  point  of  fundamental  morpho- 
logical importance.  In  the  region  of  the  somites  the  nephrotome 
is  attached  here,  and  in  the  head  the  wdng  of  cells  leading  to  the 
axial  mesoblast  (cf.  Figs.  68  B,  53,  and  54).  In  an  embryo 
with  ten  somites  this  angle  may  be  traced  forward  to  near  the 
hinder  end  of  the  oral  plate,  lying  beneath  the  lateral  angles  of 
the  pharynx. 

Mesoblast  of  the  Head.  ]\Iesoblast  exists  in  two  forms  in 
the  embryo:  (1)  in  the  form  of  epithelial  layers  or  membranes 
(mesothelium),  and  (2)  in  the  form  of  migrating  cells  which 
usually  unite  secondarily  to  form  a  syncytium  in  the  form  of  a 
network,  the  meshes  of  which  are  filled  with  fluid;  the  nuclei 
lie  in  the  thickened  nodes.  This  form  of  the  mesoblast  is  known 
as  mesench3'me.  It  is  always  derived  from  a  pre-existing  epi- 
thelial layer,  usually,  but  not  necessarily,  mesothelium,  for,  as 
we  shall  see,  parts  of  it  are  derived  from  ectoderm  and  entoderm; 
on  the  other  hand,  mesenchyme  may  secondarily  take  on  an 
epithelial  arrangement  (endothelium).  The  terms  mesothelium 
and  mesenchyme  have  therefore  merely  descriptive  significance 
in  the  early  embryonic  stages.     The  mesenchyme  has  no  single 


HEAD-FOLD  TO  TWELVE  SOMITES  117 

embryonic  significance  either  as  to  origin  or  fate,  but  is  to  be 
regarded  as  a  mixed  tissue. 

The  mesoblast  of  the  head  is  derived  from  several  sources: 
(1)  from  a  continuation  forward  of  the  paraxial  mesoblast;  (2) 
by  proliferation  from  the  fore-gut;  and  (3)  from  proliferations  of 
ectoderm. 

(1)  The  axial  mesoblast  of  the  head  is  an  anterior  continua- 
tion of  that  of  the  trunk;  it  terminates  at  the  anterior  end  of  the 
fore-gut  with  which  it  is  continuous  from  the  stage  of  the  head- 
process  up  to  about  the  6  s  stage  (Figs.  43  and  49).  In  the 
anterior  part  of  the  head  it  is  mesenchymal  in  its  general  struc- 
ture, grading  posteriorly  into  the  mesothelial  paraxial  mesoblast 
of  the  hinder  part  of  the  head  and  trunk.  It  is  continuous  at 
first  with  the  lateral  mesoblast  in  which  the  amnio-cardiac 
vesicles  are  forming;  but  this  connection  is  lost  in  the  anterior 
part  of  the  head  that  projects  forward  above  the  blastoderm; 
that  is,  in  front  of  the  head-fold. 

(2)  The  anterior  end  of  the  fore-gut  proliferates  mesenchyme 
from  the  time  of  its  first  formation  to  about  the  6  s  stage  (Fig. 
49).  The  proliferation  is  so  rapid  that  it  may  give  rise  to  the 
appearance  of  diverticula.  The  extreme  anterior  end  of  the  floor 
forms  a  sac  which  lies  just  in  front  of  the  oral  plate  at  the  4  s 
stage  (Fig.  52  A),  but  soon  after  breaks  up  into  mesenchyme. 
There  is  a  considerable  mass  of  mesenchyme  formed  from  this 
source  in  the  space  bounded  by  the  anterior  end  of  the  fore-gut, 
the  neural  tube  and  the  ectoderm ;  at  the  4  s  stage  this  appears 
fused  with  the  floor  of  the  neural  tube  and  the  surface  ectoderm, 
and  probably  receives  cells  from  both;  the  anterior  end  of  the 
notochord  also  disappears  in  this  mass  (cf.  Fig.  67). 

(3)  Ectodermal  proliferations  forming  mesenchyme  in  the 
head.     (This  subject  is  discussed  in  the  next  chapter.) 

Vascular  System.  The  origin  of  the  blood-islands  in  the 
opaque  area  was  described  in  the  preceding  chapter.  They  lie 
between  the  coelomic  mesoblast  and  the  yolk-sac  entoderm  de- 
rived from  the  germ-wall.  When  the  somatopleure  and  splanch- 
nopleure  are  formed  the  blood-islands  lie  between  the  two  layers 
of  the  latter,  and  the  somatopleure  is  entirely  bloodless.  About 
the  stage  of  1  somite  a  vascular  network  continuous  with  the 
original  network  of  the  opaque  area  begins  to  appear  in  the 
pellucid  area,  at  first  at  the  margin  of  the  opaque  area,  but  by 


118  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

degrees  nearer  and  nearer  to  the  embryo,  until,  by  the  7  or  8  s 
stage,  blood-vessels  begin  to  appear  in  the  embryo  itself.  It  is 
important  to  note  that  the  order  of  appearance  of  the  vascular 
primordia  is  first  in  the  area  opaca  in  the  order  previously  de- 
scribed, then  in  the  pellucid  area  and  finally  in  the  embryo  itself. 
Moreover,  the  parts  appearing  later  are,  usually  at  least,  in  con- 
tinuity with  those  first  formed. 

Before  discussing  the  way  in  which  the  blood-vessels  arise 
in  the  pellucid  area  and  in  the  embryo,  we  should  consider  the 
first  differentiation  within  the  original,  or  peripheral,  blood- 
islands.  Between  the  3  and  5  s  stage  it  may  be  noticed  in 
sections  that  vacuoles  are  forming  within  the  peripheral  blood- 
islands  near  the  entodermal  surface.  The  expansion  of  these 
vacuoles  carries  the  peripheral  layer  of  cells  away  from  the  main 
mass  of  cells  composing  the  blood-islands,  and  by  degrees  the 
process  is  carried  completely  around  the  blood-island,  so  that 
the  peripheral  layer  becomes  entirely  separated  from  the  central 
mass  and  encloses  it  (See  Fig,  68  C).  The  enclosing  cells  become 
flattened  during  this  process  to  form  an  endothelium;  inasmuch 
as  the  blood-islands  are  not  separate,  but  anastomose  to  form  a 
network,  the  process  results  in  the  formation  of  a  network  of 
endothelial  tubes  enclosing  cell-masses.  Thus  arise  the  first 
blood-vessels.  The  enclosed  masses  of  cells  rapidly  acquire 
hsemoglobin,  become  separated  from  one  another,  and  form 
blood-cells. 

There  is  a  great  difference  in  the  relative  amounts  of  blood- 
cells  formed  in  different  regions.  Thus  in  the  anterior  part  of 
the  opaque  area  and  in  the  pellucid  area  the  original  blood- 
islands  are  relatively  small  (Figs.  44  and  45),  and  furnish  material 
sufficient  only  for  the  formation  of  the  blood-vessels.  On  the 
other  hand,  in  the  peripheral  part  of  the  vascular  area,  especially 
towards  its  posterior  end,  the  largest  masses  of  blood-cells  are 
found;  and  these  conditions  grade  into  one  another.  In  other 
words,  the  formation  of  blood-cells  is  restricted  at  this  time  to 
the  opaque  area,  and  is  most  abundant  posteriorly.  In  the 
pellucid  area  only  empty  blood-vessels  are  formed.  Similarly 
the  blood-vessels  of  the  embryo  itself  are  at  first  empty;  they 
become  filled  secondarily  from  the  opaque  area  when  circulation 
begins. 

The    appearance    of   blood-vessels    within    the    pellucid    area 


HEAD-FOLD   TO  TWELVE  SOMITES  119 

and  the  embryo  has  been  interpreted  in  two  principal  ways: 
(1)  that  they  are  an  ingrowth  from  the  original  vascular  primor- 
dium  of  the  opaque  area;  and  (2)  that  they  arise  by  differentia- 
tion in  situ.  The  first  view  was  originally  stated  by  His,  and 
has  been  supported  by  Eolliker  and  others.  The  second  is  sup- 
ported by  Riickert,  P.  Mayer  and  others.  The  observations, 
on  which  the  ingrowth  theory  of  His  were  based,  were  made 
originally  on  whole  blastoderms  of  the  chick,  and  concerned 
primarily  the  order  of  origin  of  the  blood-vessels,  which  is  cen- 
tripetal and  continuous.  But  it  is  obvious  that  such  observations 
do  not  in  themselves  demonstrate  the  existence  of  an  independent 
ingrowing  primordium;  they  are  not  altogether  inconsistent  with 
the  view  that  the  blood-vessels  differentiate  from  cells  in  situ. 
Within  the  embryo  itself  parts  of  certain  vessels  appear  in  sections 
to  arise  separately,  and  form  secondary  connections  with  the 
vessels  formed  at  an  earlier  time;  this  is  the  case  for  instance 
with  the  dorsal  aorta  in  the  region  of  the  head.  But  such  appear- 
ances seen  in  sections  may  be  deceptive,  as  Evans  has  shown  by 
injections  of  the  ingrowing  vascular  system  of  early  chick  embryos. 
The  entire  system  appears  in  such  injections  to  be  continuous 
from  the  first  and  there  was  found  no  evidence  of  independently 
formed  parts. 

Origin  of  the  Heart.  The  embryonic  heart  possesses  two 
layers:  an  internal  delicate  endothelium,  the  endocardium,  and 
an  external  strong  muscular  layer,  the  myocardium.  The  endo- 
cardium arises  in  continuity  with  the  blood-vessels  of  the  pellucid 
area,  and  is  in  no  wise  different  from  them;  the  myocardium,  on 
the  other  hand,  arises  from  the  splanchnic  mesoblast.  The  heart 
is  thus  to  be  regarded  as  a  portion  of  the  embryonic  vascular 
system,  specially  provided  with  a  muscular  wall  for  the  propul- 
sion of  the  blood.  The  first  incUcation  of  the  heart  is  a  thicken- 
ing of  the  splanchnopleure  of  the  amniocardiac  vesicles,  which 
forms  the  primordium  of  the  myocardium.  This  is  situated  a 
short  distance  lateral  to  the  hind-brain  region  of  the  embryo,  and 
makes  its  appearance  between  the  stage  of  3  and  5  somites. 

The  endocardium  soon  appears  between  the  thickened  ento- 
derm and  the  myocardium,  in  the  form  of  a  delicate  endothelial 
vessel  on  each  side,  continuous  with  the  extra-embryonic  blood- 
vessels.    This  is,  indeed,  the  place  where  the  blood-vessels  first 


120  THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 

reach  the  embryo.  The  myocardium  then  becomes  arched 
towards  the  body-cavity  and  includes  the  endocardium  in  its 
concavity  (Fig.  53).  The  heart  thus  comes  to  consist  of  two 
parts  on  each  side:  a  myocardial  gutter  semicircular  in  cross 
section,  open  towards  the  entoderm,  and  an  endothelial  tube 
lying  in  the  gutter,  and  in  contact  with  the  entoderm.  At  this 
time  the  lateral  limiting  sulci  appear  in  the  splanchnopleure 
just  central  to  the  endocardium  on  each  side,  and,  as  the  fore- 
gut  closes  from  in  front  backwards,  the  following  changes  take 
place  (Figs.  54  and  54  A):  (1)  the  entoderm  withdraws  completely 
from  the  fused  apices  of  the  lateral  folds  in  the  splanchnopleure, 
and  thus  a  wide  separation  is  made  between  the  floor  of  the  pharynx 
and  the  splanchnopleure  below;  (2)  the  right  and  left  endocardial 
tubes  come  into  immediate  contact  in  the  floor  of  the  pharynx; 
(3)  the  two  myocardial  gutters  coming  together  form  a  single 
tube  around  the  endocardium,  suspended  by  a  double  mesoder- 
mal membrane  {mesocafdium  or  dorsal  mesentery  of  the  heart)  to 
the  floor  of  the  pharynx,  and  attached  by  a  similar  mesentery 
{ventral  mesentery  of  the  heart)  to  the  splanchnopleure  beneath 
(Fig.  54).  The  latter  connection  is  ruptured  almost  as  soon  as 
formed,  so  that  the  floor  of  the  myocardium  becomes  complete 
(Fig.  54  A).  Soon  after  the  completion  of  the  floor  of  the  phar- 
ynx the  two  endocardial  tubes  press  together  until  the  common 
wall  becomes  reduced  to  a  vertical  partition,  which  then  ruptures; 
and  finally  (10-12  s)  all  traces  of  the  original  duplicity  of  the 
heart  disappear  (Figs.  60,  62,  64). 

The  heart  thus  arises  from  two  lateral  halves  which  fuse  sec- 
ondarily to  form  a  single  tube.  This  fusion  takes  place  from 
in  front  backwards,  hence  the  anterior  end  of  the  heart  is  formed 
first.  Indeed,  the  full  length  of  the  cardiac  tube  is  not  formed 
in  the  period  covered  by  this  chapter;  the  definitive  hindermost 
division  is  established  by  concrescence  after  the  12  s  stage.  But 
the  actual  hind  end  is  always  continuous  with  the  extra-embryonic 
network  of  blood-vessels  and  this  connection  develops  into  the 
main  splanchnic  veins. 

As  a  rare  abnormality  the  lateral  primordia  of  the  heart  may  meet 
and  fuse  dorsal  to  the  embryo,  instead  of  in  the  floor  of  the  pharynx. 
This  condition  is  known  as  omphalocephaly;  in  other  rare  cases  the  lateral 
halves  may  fail  to  unite,  and  two  hearts  may  be  formed. 

There  are  three  views  concerning  the  origin  of  the  endocardium: 


HEAD-FOLD   TO   TWELVE   SOIMITES  121 

(1)  that  it  is  an  ingrowth  of  the  extra-embryonic  vessels,  (2)  that  it  arises 
from  the  mesoblast  in  situ,  (3)  that  it  arises  from  the  entoderm  in  situ. 
Appearances  such  as  that  shown  in  Fig.  53  favor  the  last  view. 

The  heart  is  then  a  double-wallecl  tube  attached  to  the  floor 
of  the  pharynx.  The  posterior  end  rests  squarely  against  the  an- 
terior intestinal  portal  and  is  continuous  with  the  rudiments  of 
the  splanchnic  veins  running  in  the  diverging  folds  of  the  portal; 
the  anterior  end  of  the  heart  is  continued  as  a  simple  endothelial 
tube  (ventral  aorta)  as  far  forward  as  the  oral  plate,  where  it  is 
divided  in  two  (Figs.  62,  64,  etc.). 

This  primitive  simplicity  of  the  cardiac  tube  continues  through- 
out the  period  considered  in  this  chapter  without  substantial 
alteration.  The  heart  increases  in  length  wdth  considerable 
rapidity,  but  being  attached  at  its  anterior  and  posterior  ends  by 
the  aortic  and  venous  roots  respectively,  it  is  forced  to  bend, 
nearly  always  to  the  right,  so  that  a  convexity  of  the  heart 
appears  to  the  right  of  the  embryonic  head,  at  about  the  11-12  s 
stage  (Figs.  63,  64).  About  this  time  the  mesocardium 
(dorsal  mesentery  of  the  heart)  disappears  except  at  the  posterior 
end,  and  the  cardiac  tube  thus  becomes  free  except  at  its  two 
ends. 

The  Embryonic  Blood-vessels.  The  dorsal  aorta  arises  from 
the  median  edge  of  the  vascular  network,  which  extends  across 
the  pellucid  area  in  the  splanchnopleure.  At  the  stage  of  7-9 
somites,  it  has  reached  the  nephrotomic  level.  The  marginal 
meshes  gradually  straighten  themselves  out  into  a  longitudinal 
vessel,  continuous  with  the  net-work  at  the  sides  and  behind. 
Onh^  the  trunk  part  has  been  shown  to  arise  in  this  manner.  The 
cephalic  part  may  arise  by  a  forward  growth  of  the  trunk  part  or 
from  mesenchyme  in  situ.  A  connection  is  formed  around  the 
anterior  end  of  the  fore-gut  with  the  ventral  aortse  (Fig.  55),  and 
an  arterial  pathway  is  thus  established  from  the  heart  by  way 
of  the  ventral  and  dorsal  aortae  to  the  vascular  network  of  the 
splanchnopleure. 

The  arterial  system  consists  at  thirty-three  hours  (12  s  stage) 
of  the  following  parts:  (1)  ventral  aorta;  (2)  first  visceral  or 
mandibular  arteries  connecting  1  and  3 ;  (3)  dorsal  aortae ;  (4)  seg- 
mental branches  of  the  dorsal  aortae.     The  ventral  aorta  is,  as 


122  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

we  have  seen,  the  anterior  prolongation  of  the  endocardium 
extending  between  the  extreme  anterior  end  of  the  heart  proper 
and  the  oral  plate.  At  the  oral  plate  it  divides  into  two  branches, 
right  and  left  mandibular  arteries  or  arches,  that  surround  the 
anterior  end  of  the  fore-gut,  and  arch  over  to  be  continued  into 
the  two  dorsal  aortse.  The  tissue  in  which  these  arches  run  is 
destined  to  form  the  mandibular  arch  or  lower  jaw.  The  two 
dorsal  aortse  are  very  large  vessels  running  above  the  roof  of  the 
pharynx  near  its  lateral  angles.  They  give  off  no  branches  in 
the  head.  In  the  trunk  they  pass  backwards  in  the  splanchno- 
pleure  beneath  the  somites  (Fig.  68  B),  and  are  connected  at 
intervals  with  the  extra-embryonic  blood-vessels.  These  con- 
nections are  more  important  in  the  region  of  the  primitive  streak 
(Fig.  63)  where  the  dorsal  aortse  disappear  in  the  general  extra- 
embr3'onic  network.  Slight  diverticula  of  the  dorsal  aortse 
ascend  in  the  interspaces  between  successive  somites  (segmental 
arteries). 

Concerning  the  veins  in  the  period  under  consideration  there 
is  nothing  additional  to  be  said. 


V.    Description  of  an  Embryo  with   10  Somites 

It  will  now  be  in  place  to  describe  rather  fully  the  anatomy 
of  the  stage  at  which  we  have  arrived;  this  will  serve  as  a  point 
of  departure  for  the  next  chapter. 

The  blastoderm  is  a  circular  membrane  covering  a  consider- 
able portion  of  the  yolk  (cf.  Fig.  32  A).  The  embryo  appears 
to  the  naked  eye  as  a  whitish  streak  in  the  central  pear-shaped 
pellucid  area.  The  surface  views  and  the  two  views  of  the  em- 
bryo viewed  as  a  transparent  object  show  the  topography  of  the 
various  parts  of  the  embryo  (Figs.  63-66). 

A  section  across  the  entire  blastoderm  at  the  stage  of  10  s, 
through  the  sixth  somite  (Fig.  68),  shows  the  following  parts: 

The  ectoderm  bounds  the  section  above;  it  is  thickened  in  the 
angle  between  the  neural  tube  and  the  somites,  and  becomes 
thinner  as  it  is  traced  peripherally;  at  the  extreme  periphery  of 
the  blastoderm  it  merges  into  a  mass  of  cells  that  interpenetrate 
the  yolk.  Ventrally  the  boundary  of  the  section  is  formed  by 
the  entoderm  which  is  slightly  arched  upwards  in  the  middle  line. 


HEAD-FOLD  TO  TWELVE  SO:\IITES 


123 


In  the  region  of  the  area  pellucida  the  entoderm  is  very  thin;  at 
its  boundary  it  passes  rather  abruptly  into  the  large  rounded  vesi- 
cular cells  of  the  yolk-sac  entoderm,  which  becomes  continuous 
at  the  margin  of  the  vascular  area  with  the  germ-wall;  the 
latter  continues  to  the  periphery  where  it  merges  in  the  undifferen- 
tiated cell-mass  (zone  of  junction)  (Figs.  68  A-68  E).  The  large 
neural  tube  is  not  vet  closed.  Beneath  the  neural  tube  is  a  sec- 
tion  of  the  solid  rod-like  iiotochord. 


Fig.  67.  —  Median  longitudinal  section  of  the  head  of  an  embryo  of  l.'i  s. 

Ectam.,  Ectamnion.  F.  B.,  Fore-brain.  H.  B.,  Hind-brain.  Inf.,  In- 
fundibulum.  M.  B.,  Mid-brain,  pr'c.  pi.,  Precardial  plate.  T.  p.,  Tuber- 
culum  posterius.     Other  abbreviations  as  before. 

The  mesoderm  (Fig.  68  A,  B,  C)  lies  between  the  parts  already 
named;  it  consists  on  each  side  of  the  middle  line  of  the  following 
parts:  (1)  the  mesohlastic  somite,  a  block  of  cells  that  radiate 
from  a  central  cavity  filled  with  irregularly  disposed  cells;  (2)  the 
intermediate  cell-mass  or  nephrotome,  forming  a  narrow  connect- 
ing bridge  between  the  somite  and  the  lateral  plate;  (3)  the 
lateral  'plate,  split  into  two  layers,  external,  known  as  the  somatic 
layer,  and  internal  or  splanchnic  layer.  The  cavity  between  the 
two  layers  is  the  coelome  or  hody-cavity;  it  is  very  narrow  next  the 
nephrotome,  but  widens  as  it  extends  laterally  to  the  margin 
of  the  vascular  area,  and  is  divided  by  various  strands  of  cells 
extending  from  somatic  to  splanchnic  layers,  thus  indicating  its 
origin  by  fusion  of  coelomic  vesicles. 

The  ectoderm  plus  the  somatic  layer  constitute  the  somato- 
pleure,  from  which  the  body-wall,  amnion,  and  chorion  are  derived, 
and  the  entoderm  plus  the  splanchnic  layer  form  the  splanchno- 


124  THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK   . 

pleure,  from  which  arises  the  intestine  and  all  its  appendages, 
including  the  allantois  and  the  yolk-sac.  Blood-vessels  lie  be- 
tween the  splanchnic  mesoblast  and  the  entoderm.  The  large 
vessels  beneath  the  somite  and  nephrotome  are  the  dorsal  aortce; 
small  vessels  are  present  in  the  area  pellucida,  and  there  are 
many  large  ones  in  the  area  vasculosa.  The  walls  of  the  vessels 
are  constituted  of  a  single  layer  of  flat  endothelial  cells  bulging 
in  the  region  of  the  nuclei;  in  the  vascular  area  are  true  blood- 
islands  with  eml:)ryonic  blood-cells  more  or  less  fully  filling  the 
cavity. 

In  a  median  sagittal  section  (Fig.  67)  the  following  points 
should  be  noticed:  (1)  the  neural  tube  is  enlarged  in  the  region  of 
the  head  to  form  the  brain,  more  fully  described  below;  (2)  the 
entoderm  forms  a  tube  in  the  head  known  as  the  pharynx  or 
cephalic  enteron  (cephalic  part  of  the  fore-gut),  opening  behind 
the  heart  into  the  space  between  the  entoderm  and  yolk.  The 
floor  of  the  anterior  end  of  the  fore-gut  is  fused  to  the  ectoderm 
in  the  middle  line  forming  the  oral  plate.  The  entoderm  forming 
the  floor  of  the  fore-gut  turns  forward  around  the  hind  end  of 
the  heart,  and  beneath  the  anterior  part  of  the  head  forms  part 
of  the  proamnion  or  mesoderm-free  region  of  the  pellucid  area; 
(3)  the  large  pericardial  (parietal)  cavity  lies  beneath  the  floor 
of  the  fore-gut.  Attached  to  the  posterior  wall  of  the  pericar- 
dium one  sees  the  hind  end  of  the  heart  with  its  two  walls,  the 
endocardium  and  the  myocardium  a  fold  of  the  mesoblastic  lin- 
ing of  the  pericardium.  Between  the  anterior  end  of  the  pericar- 
dium and  the  oral  plate  is  seen  the  endothelial  ventral  aorta;  (4) 
the  notochord  lies  between  the  fore-gut  and  neural  tube  and  ends 
anteriorly  in  a  mass  of  mesenchyme  lying  between  the  infundib- 
ulum  and  fore-gut. 

The  Nervous  System.     The  neural  tube  is  closed  at  the  12  s 


Fig.  68.  —  A.  Transverse  section  across  the  axis  of  the  embryo  and  the  en- 
tire blastoderm  of  one  side.     The  section  passes  through  the  sixth  somite 
of  a  10  s  embryo,  and  is  intended  to  show  the  topography  of  the  blastoderm. 
The  regions  B,  C,  D,  E  are  represented  under  higher  magnification  in  the 
Figs.  B,  C,  D,  E. 
a.  V.  e.,  Area  vitellina  externa,     a.  v.  i.,Area  vitellina  interna.    Bl.  i.,  Blood 
island.     Bl.  v.,  Blood   vessel.     Coel,  Coelome.     G.  W.,  Germ-\yall.     M.   O., 
Margin  of  overgrowth.     N'ph.,    Nephrotome.     S.,   Somite.     Som'pl.   Soma- 
topleure.     Sprpl.,  Splanchnopleure.     Som.  Mes.,  Somatic  layer  of  mesoblast. 
spl.  Mes.,  splanchnic  layer  of  the  mesoblast.     S.  T.,  Sinus  terminalis.     Y.  S. 
Ent.,  Yolk-sac  entoderm.     Z.  J.,  Zone  of  junction. 


>50/77/',     < 


L_-» 


^>ip 


BJ/ 


'■-  fiiu?* 


I) 


^M.e. 


126  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

stage  (Figs.  63  and  65)  to  a  point  a  little  behind  the  last  meso- 
blastic  somite;  beyond  this  the  medullary  folds  diverge  and  are 
lost  to  view  towards  the  hind  end  of  the  primitive  streak.  We 
may  distinguish  a  cephalic  portion  {brain  or  encephalon)  and  a 
trunk  portion  (spinal  cord  or  myelon)  of  the  neural  tube;  the 
boundary  lies  between  the  fourth  and  fifth  somites,  for  the  first 
four  somites  enter  into  the  composition  of  the  head.  The  brain 
is  thus  at  this  time  about  as  long  as  the  portion  of  the  cord  formed 
or  indicated  by  the  medullary  folds.     For  description,  see  p.  108. 

Alimentary  Canal.  The  alimentary  canal  and  its  appendages 
exist  only  potentially  in  this  embryo  in  the  form  of  the  splanchno- 
pleure,  except  in  the  head.  The  cephalic  enteron  of  this  stage 
corresponds  to  a  large  part  of  the  pharynx.  The  oral  plate  has 
already  been  described  in  connection  with  the  sagittal  section 
(Fig.  67).  In  transverse  section  the  extreme  anterior  end  of  the 
fore-gut  is  quite  narrow,  elsewhere  it  is  very  wide  laterally,  and 
in  one  place  its  lateral  expansions  come  in  contact  with  the 
ectoderm  on  each  side  and  fuse  to  it,  thus  indicating  the  hyoman- 
dihular  cleft.  The  floor  and  lateral  walls  of  the  pharynx  are  com- 
posed of  columnar  cells,  the  roof  of  flattened  squamous  cells 
(Fig.  54). 

Vascular  System.  The  heart  lies  in  the  parietal  cavity  be- 
neath the  pharynx;  it  is  bent  near  its  middle  to  the  right.  It  is 
an  undivided  double-walled  tube,  the  internal  wall  or  endocardium 
being  a  continuation  of  the  blood-vessels,  and  the  external  wall, 
myocardium  or  muscular  heart,  being  a  duplication  of  the  wall 
of  the  pericardium.  It  has  not  yet  reached  the  stage  of  regular 
contraction,  though  it  may  be  observed  to  twitch  from  time  to 
time.  The  chambers  of  the  heart  are  indicated,  but  not  clearly 
defined  at  this  time;  one  can  only  say  that  the  posterior  end  is 
the  venous  end  from  which  the  sinus  and  auricles  are  to  form, 
and  the  anterior  two  thirds,  the  arterial  end,  destined  to  form  the 
ventricles  and  bulbus. 

The  endocardium  is  continued  anteriorly  into  the  ventral 
aorta,  which  divides  on  each  side  of  the  oral  plate  (Fig.  64),  to 
form  the  mandibular  arches  that  describe  a  loop  around  the 
anterior  end  of  the  fore-gut  and  are  continued  posteriorly  as 
the  dorsal  aortce,  which  run  above  the  roof  of  the  pharynx,  lateral 
to  the  notochord,  into  the  trunk,  where  they  lie  ventral  to  the 
nephrotome,  and  send  off  short  blind  branches  (segmental  arteries) 


HEAD-FOLD  TO  TWELVE  SOMITES  127 

between  the  somites.  Near  the  primitive  streak  they  disappear 
by  merging  in  the  vascular  network  of  the  blastoderm. 

The  posterior  end  of  the  endocardium  divides  in  two  branches 
that  pass  out  along  the  postero-lateral  margins  of  the  fore-gut 
into  the  general  vascular  network  of  the  blastoderm  (Fig.  64j. 
This  connection  constitutes  the  beginning  of  the  vitelline  veins 
through  which  the  blood  from  the  yolk-sac  enters  the  posterior 
end  of  the  heart. 

General.  The  elongated  form  of  the  entire  embryo  and  the 
preponderance  of  the  head  are  marked  features  of  this  stage. 
The  latter  condition  is  largely  due  to  the  order  of  origin  of  parts: 
the  anterior  parts  preceding  the  more  posterior  in  their  appear- 
ance. The  head  is  really,  therefore,  in  a  more  advanced  stage 
of  development  than  the  trunk,  hence  larger.  The  elongated 
condition  of  the  head  and  the  arrangement  of  all  its  organs  in 
longitudinal  sequence,  however,  are  probably  conditions  of 
phylogenetic  significance,  and  point  towards  an  ancestral  con- 
dition. The  topographical  values  of  the  cUvisions  of  the  em- 
bryonic head  are  very  different  from  those  of  the  adult,  to  attain 
which  certain  regions  develop  to  a  relatively  enormous  extent, 
and  others  comparatively  little. 

A  number  of  features  in  the  anatomy  of  the  12  s  stage  are 
purposely  omitted  from  this  description,  as  they  represent  the 
primordia  of  structures  described  more  fully  beyond;  such,  for 
instance,  are  the  neural  crest,  the  pronephros,  etc. 

Zones  of  the  Blastoderm.  The  following  zones  may  be  recog- 
nized in  the  blastoderm  :  (1)  the  pellucid  area  surrounding  the 
embryo;  (2)  the  vascular  zone  of  the  opaque  area;  (3)  area  vitel- 
lina  interna;  (4)  area  vitellina  externa.  The  pellucid  area  is 
readily  defined  by  its  transparency  and  by  the  existence  of  the  sub- 
germinal  cavity  beneath  it.  The  vascular  zone  is  most  readily 
defined  by  the  extension  of  the  blood  tissue  which  has  a  very 
definite  margin,  coincident  with  the  extension  of  the  mesoblast. 
The  area  vitellina  includes  all  of  the  blastoderm  peripheral  to  the 
vascular  area,  and  it  is  characterized  by  the  presence  of  two 
layers  only,  ectoderm  and  entoderm  (germ-wall).  It  is  again 
divided  into  two  concentric  zones,  internal  and  external.  The 
internal  is  much  the  wider  (Fig.  32  A),  and  is  characterized  by 
the  existence  of  a  perilecithal  space,  i.e.,  a  slight  fluid-filled 
cavity  between  the  entoderm  and  yolk  continuing  the  subgerminal 


128  THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 

cavity  peripherally.  The  external  vitelline  area  is  relatively 
narrow,  and  consists  (1)  of  the  zone  of  junction  adjoining  the 
internal  vitelline  area,  and  (2)  a  free  margin  separate  from  the 
3^olk  (margin  of  overgrowth).  The  zone  of  junction  is  the  per- 
sistent embryonic  or  formative  part  of  the  blastoderm  from 
which  the  extra-embryonic  ectoderm  and  entoderm  arises.  Thus 
as  it  spreads  peripherally  over  the  surface  of  the  yolk,  it  leaves 
on  its  central  margin  the  differentiated  extra-embryonic  ecto- 
derm and  entoderm;  in  other  words,  the  zone  of  junction  is  the 
youngest  part  of  the  blastoderm,  and  the  concentric  zones  that 
may  be  drawn  within  it  represent  successively  older  stages  in  a 
centripetal  direction.  Therefore  in  a  transverse  section  through 
the  entire  blastoderm  successive  stages  of  differentiation  of  the 
ectoderm  and  particularly  of  the  entoderm  are  met  as  one  passes 
from  the  zone  of  junction  towards  the  center. 

The  free  margin  arises  from  the  zone  of  junction  in  the  manner 
already  described  in  Chapter  II.  It  may  be  considered  as  a  part 
of  the  ectoderm  and  it  terminates  in  a  row  of  enlarged  cells  that 
often  exhibit  amoeboid  prominences  on  their  margins.  It  would 
appear  that  these  cells  have  the  function  of  a  marginal  wedge 
that  separates  the  vitelline  membrane  and  yolk. 

The  germ-wall  has  been  the  subject  of  many  extended  re- 
searches, but  a  definitive  solution  of  its  origin  and  function  has 
not  hitherto  been  obtained,  mainly  on  account  of  the  incomplete 
knowledge  of  its  early  histor}^  The  ground  here  taken  is  in  some 
respects  different  from  that  of  the  various  authors,  but  it  is  based 
on  a  study  of  its  early  history  given  in  ChajDter  II.  There  is  no 
deviation  from  the  mode  of  formation  of  the  zone  of  junction  in 
the  stage  under  consideration  from  what  was  found  in  earlier 
stages,  and  there  is  no  reason  to  believe  that  its  subsequent  history 
varies  in  any  important  respect.  It  appears  to  be  produced  by 
continuous  proliferation  of  the  cells  in  the  3'olk  as  in  earlier  stages 
(see  Fig.  68  E).  These  cells  actively  engulf  the  large  yolk  gran- 
ules, and  the  histological  structure  becomes  in  consequence  diffi- 
cult of  analysis.  The  cells  lose  their  individuality  and  constitute 
an  extended  syncytium,  the  protoplasm  of  which  is  packed  with 
yolk-granules.  In  removing  the  blastoderm  from  the  egg  in  salt- 
solution  one  finds  always,  after  removing  the  yolk  that  may  be 
washed  off,  a  narrow  submarginal  zone  of  adherent  yolk  that  is 
not  readily  removed,  and  this  is  the  site  of  the  zone  of  junction. 


HEAD-FOLD  TO  TWELVE  SOMITES  129 

Centrally  to  the  zone  of  junction  we  have  the  differentiated 
ectoderm  and  germ-wall  sharply  separated  from  the  yolk  by  the 
perilecithal  space.  The  ectoderm  of  the  inner  zone  of  the  vitelline 
area  requires  no  extended  notice ;  it  consists  at  this  time  of  a  sin- 
gle layer  of  flattened  cells.  The  germ-wall  next  to  the  zone  of 
junction  consists  of  two  or  three  layers  of  large,  more  or  less 
rounded,  cells  with  definite  boundaries,  each  of  which  contains 
one  or  more  yolk-spheres  and  smaller  yolk-granules  (Fig.  68  E). 
We  may  say  roughly  that  whereas  in  the  zone  of  junction  we 
have  cells  in  the  yolk,  in  the  vitelline  area  we  have  yolk  in  the 
cells.  This  mav  indicate  sufficientlv  the  wav  in  which  a  several 
layered  epithelium  becomes  differentiated  from  the  zone  of  junc- 
tion. As  this  epithelium  is  traced  centrally  we  find  usually  a 
short  distance  from  the  zone  of  junction  a  thinner  area  (Fig. 
68  D),  and  beyond  this  again  the  several  layers  of  cells  even 
more  laden  with  yolk-spheres  and  granules  than  previously;  so 
that  it  would  appear  that  these  cells  may  actively  engulf  yolk- 
granules.  At  the  margin  of  the  vascular  area  the  entoderm  be- 
comes one-layered,  and  is  composed  of  columnar  cells  with  swollen 
free  margins  turned  towards  the  yolk  and  still  containing  some 
yolk-granules  and  spheres  (Fig.  68  C).  At  the  margin  of  the 
pellucid  area  there  is  a  rather  sudden  transition  to  the  flat  ento- 
dermal  epithelium  characteristic  of  this  area. 


CHAPTER   VI 

FROM  TWELVE  TO  THIRTY-SIX  SOMITES.     THIRTY- 
FOUR  TO  SEVENTY-TWO  HOURS 

I.  Development  of  the  External  Form,  and  Turning  of 

THE  Embryo 

In  the  embryo  of  twelve  somites  only  the  head  is  distinctly 
separated  from  the  blastoderm;  and  there  is  no  sharp  boundary 
between  the  embryonic  and  extra-embryonic  portions  of  the 
blastoderm  in  the  region  of  the  trunk;  but  this  changes  very 
rapidly.  The  progress  of  the  developmental  processes,  that  have 
marked  out  an  embr^^onic  axis  in  the  blastoderm,  produces  in 
the  course  of  about  eighteen  hours  a  sharp  distinction  everywhere 
between  embryo  and  extra-embryonic  blastoderm.  The  latter, 
together  with  an  outgrowth  of  the  embryonic  hind-gut  (allantois), 
then  constitute  the  so-called  embryonic  membranes,  which  become 
very  complicated,  and  which  provide  for  the  protection,  respira- 
tion, and  nutrition  of  the  embrvo.  We  shall  consider  the  forma- 
tion  of  the  embryonic  membranes  separately  in  order  not  to 
confuse  the  account  of  the  development  of  the  external  form  of 
the  embrvo. 

In  considering  the  development  of  the  external  form  of  the 
embryo,  we  must  distinguish  between  those  processes  that  sepa- 
rate it  from  the  extra-embryonic  blastoderm,  and  those  that  occur 
within  its  own  substance  leading  to  various  characteristic  bend- 
ings  and  flexures;  we  may  consider  them  separately,  although 
they  are  going  on  at  the  same  time. 

Separation  of  the  Embryo  from  the  Blastoderm.  The  separa- 
tion of  the  embryo  from  the  blastoderm  takes  place  by  the 
formation  of  certain  folds  or  sulci  that  may  be  named:  (1)  the 
head-fold  or  anterior  limiting  sulcus;  (2)  the  lateral  limiting  sulci, 
appearing  as  prolongations  of  the  head-fold  along  the  sides  of  the 
embryonic  axis;  and  (3)  the  tail-fold  or  posterior  limiting  sulcus. 

The  head-fold  has  been  described  in  detail  in  the  preceding 

130 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES 


131 


chapter.  The  lateral  limiting  sulci  are  a  continuation  of  the 
lateral  limbs  of  the  head-fold;  they  owe  their  origin  to  the  folding 
of  the  splanchnopleure  and  somatopleure  adjacent  to  the  embryo 
towards  the  yolk,  at  the  line  of  junction  of  embryonic  and  extra- 
embryonic parts.  The  tail-fold  arises  about  the  stage  of  26  to 
27  somites  (Fig.  93),  and  is  similar  to  the  head-fold,  except  that 
it  is  turned  in  the  opposite  direction.  The  sulci  combine  to  form 
a  continuous  ring  around  the  embryo  and  gradually  pinch  it  off, 
so  to  speak,  from  the  extra-embryonic  blastoderm. 

In   the   splanchnopleure   the   lateral  limiting  sulci    (Fig.   69) 


L:^:iam 


^C/ior. 


fcfam. 


Spl'jO/. 


-  Transverse  section  through  the  fifth  somite  of  the  23  s  stage. 

Amnion.     Ao.,  Aorta,     a.  i.  p.,  Anterior  intestinal  portal.     Coel., 

Ectamnion.     E.  E.  B.  C,  Extra-cmhry- 
1.  1.   s.,   Lateral    limiting   sulcus.     My., 


Fig.  69. 

Amn 
Coelome.     Chor.,  Chorion.     Ectam., 
onic   body-cavity.     Int.,    Intestine. 


Myotome,     s.  a.,  Segmental  artery.     So'pl.,  Somatopleure.     Spl'pl.,  vSplanch 
noplcure.     s.,  Somite,    s.  5,  Fifth  somite.     V.  O.  M.  R.  and  L.,  Right  and  left 
omphalo-mesenteric  veins.     V.  V.,  Vitelline  vein. 


come  together  and  fuse  both  in  a  caudal  direction  from  the  fore- 
gut,  and  subsequently  in  a  cephalic  direction  from  the  hind-gut  (see 
below),  so  as  to  convert  the  splanchnic  gutter  into  a  tube  (the  ali- 
mentary canal).  There  is  thus  a  ventral  suture  along  the  ali- 
mentary canal  in  which  the  entoderm  of  the  alimentary  canal 
becomes  separated  from  the  extra-embryonic  entoderm,  leaving 
a  double  layer  of  the  splanchnic  mesoblast  (ventral  mesentery) 
connecting  the  alimentary  canal  with  the  extra-embryonic  splanch- 
nopleure; but  this  disappears  everywhere  as  soon  as  formed, 
except  in  the  region  of  the  posterior  part  of  the  heart  and  the 
liver,  where  it  forms  the  dorsal  mesocardium  and  gastro-hepatic 
ligament  (Fig.  118),  and  in  the  region  of  the  neck  of  the  allantois. 


132 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


The  fore-gut  is  thus  being  continually  lengthened  backwards 
by  fusion  of  the  lateral  limbs  of  the  splanchnopleure.  At  the 
31  s  stage  this  has  proceeded  about  to  the  fourteenth  somite. 
At  about  the  21  s  stage  the  tail-fold  appears  in  the  splanchno- 
pleure, thus  establishing  the  hind-gut  (Fig.  70)  which  gradually 


f.f.So-pl. 


So'p/. 


5p-pl. 


j?iQ_  70.  —  Median  longitudinal  section  through  the  hind  end  of  an  embryo 

of  about  21  s. 
an.  pi.,  Anal  plate,     an.  t.,  Anal  tube.     p.  i.  p.,  Posterior  intestinal  portal. 
T.  B.,  Tail-bud.     t.  f.  So'pL,  Tail  fold  in  the  Somatopleure.     t.  f.  Sp'pl.,  Tail 
fold  in  the  splanchnopleure.     Other  abbreviations  as  before. 

elongates  forwards.  There  remains  then  an  open  portion  of  the 
alimentary  tract,  where  its  walls  are  continuous  with  the  extra- 
embryonic  splanchnopleure  or  yolk-sac.  This  is  known  as  the 
yolk-stalk.  The  entrance  from  the  yolk-sac  into  the  fore-gut 
is  known  as  the  anterior  intestinal  portal,  and  that  from  the 
yolk-sac  into  the  hind-gut  as  the  posterior  intestinal  portal  (Fig. 
70).  At  the  27  s  stage  the  yolk-stalk  is  long  and  narrow  (Fig. 
106);  the  stems  of  the  splanchnic  (omphalo-mesenteric)  veins  run 
to  the  heart  in  its  anterior  portion,  and  the  omphalo-mesenteric 
arteries  pass  out  about  its  center.  As  it  gradually  closes,  the 
stems  of  the  omphalo-mesenteric  arteries  and  veins  are  brought 
closer  together.  At  about  five  daj's  it  becomes  a  tubular,  thick- 
walled  stalk,  connecting  intestine  and  yolk-sac,  and  so  remains 
throughout  embryonic  life. 

The  limiting  sulci  in  the  somatopleure  lead  to  the  formation 
of  the  body-wall.  In  the  trunk  the  somatopleure  is  separated 
from  the  splanchnopleure  by  the  coelome  (Fig.  69),  and  the  folds 
in  the  somatopleure  take  the  same  general  direction  as  those  in 
the  splanchnopleure;  they  thus  lead  to  the  formation  of  a  tube 
(body-wall)  outside  of  a  tube  (alimentary  canal),  the  intervening 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES  133 

cavity  being  the  body-cavity.  The  unclosed  part  of  the  body- 
wall  is  continuous  with  the  extra-embryonic  somatopleure,  more 
specifically  the  amnion  (see  below),  and  this  connection  is  known 
as  the  somatic  stalk  or  umbilicus.  The  yolk-stalk  and  neck  of  the 
allantois  pass  out  of  the  body-cavity  through  the  somatic  stalk, 
which  therefore  remains  open  until   near  the  end  of  incubation. 

The  Turning  of  the  Embryo  and  the  Embryonic  Flexures. 
We  have  described  the  separation  of  the  embryo  from  the  extra- 
embryonic blastoderm  without  reference  to  its  turning  from  a 
prone  to  a  lateral  position  or  to  the  formation  of  the  flexures 
of  the  entire  head  and  body  that  are  so  characteristic  of  amniote 
embryos  generally.  These  changes  begin  about  the  14  s  stage 
and  are  first  indicated  by  a  slight  transverse  bending  of  the  origi- 
nally straight  axis  of  the  head  in  the  region  of  the  mid-brain 
(Fig.  67).  By  means  of  this  bending,  known  as  the  cranial  flex- 
ure, the  fore-brain  is  directed  toward  the  yolk;  but  almost  simul- 
taneously another  tendency  manifests  itself,  viz.,  rotation  of  the 
head  on  its  side,  at  first  affecting  only  the  extreme  end.  (See 
Figs.  71,  73,  99,  etc.)  By  the  27  s  stage  these  two  processes 
have  resulted  in  the  conditions  shown  in  Fig.  105:  by  the  cranial 
flexure  the  fore-brain  is  bent  at  right  angles  to  the  axis  of  the 
embryo,  and  owing  to  the  rotation  the  head  of  the  eml^ryo  lies 
on  its  left  side.  But  inasmuch  as  the  trunk  is  still  prone  on  the 
surface  of  the  volk  the  axis  of  the  embrvo  is  twisted  in  the  inter- 
mediate  region.  This  twist  is  transferred  farther  and  farther 
backwards  as  the  turning  of  the  head  gradually  involves  the 
trunk,  until  finally,  at  about  ninety-six  hours,  the  embryo  lies 
entirely  on  its  left  side. 

Exceptionally  the  rotation  may  be  in  the  inverse  direction 
(heterotaxia) ;  in  such  cases  it  is  often  associated  with  situs  in- 
versus viscerum.  Heterotaxia  has  been  produced  experimentally 
(Fol  and  Warynsky). 

After  the  appearance  of  the  cranial  flexure  a  second  trans- 
verse flexure  appears  in  the  embryo,  this  time  at  about  the 
junction  of  head  and  trunk,  hence  known  as  the  cervical  flexure 
(Figs.  73,  99,  etc.).  This  flexure  gradually  increases  in  extent 
until  the  head  forms  a  right,  or  even  smaller,  angle  with  the 
trunk;  thus  the  fore-brain  is  turned  to  such  an  extent  that  its 
anterior  end  points  backwards  and  its  ventral  surface  is  opposed 
to  the  ventral  surface  of  the  throat  (Fig.  117). 


134 


THE  DEVELOPMENT   OF  THE  CHICK 


H.EAm, 


S.16. 


Pr.atr: 


Fig.    71.  —  Entire    embryo    of    16  s,    drawn 
from  above  as  a  transparent  object.    Note 
the    cranial    flexure;     the    rotation  of    the 
head  on  its  left  side  is  beginning, 
au.  P.,  Auditory  pit.     F.  B.,  Fore-brain. 
H.  B.  1,  First  division   of   the   hind    brain. 
H.  F.  Am.,  Head-fold  of  the  amnion.     Hm.  F., 
Hyomandibular    furrow.       Pr'am.,    Proam- 
nion.     M.  B.,  Mid-brain,      op.    Yes.,   Optic 
vesicle,     pr.  str.,  Primitive  streak,     s  2,  s  4, 
s  16,  Second,  fourth,  and  sixteenth  somites. 
V.  o.  m.,  omphalo-mesenteric  vein.  ^TI-V^I, 
The    acustico-facialis    primordium.      IX-X, 
Primordium    of    the  glossopharyngeus  and 
vagus. 

The  entire  trunk  tends  also  to  bend  ventrally,  i.e.,  to  develop 
a  dorsal  convexity,  and  this  approximates  its  posterior  end  to  the 
tip  of  the  head.     These   flexures   are   characteristic   of  amniote 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES 


135 


vertebrate  embryos;  the  cause  appears  to  lie  in  the  precocious 
development  of  the  central  nervous  system,  of  which  more  here- 
after. Only  the  cranial  flexure  remains  as  a  permanent  con- 
dition. 

II.    Origin  of  the  Embryonic  Mp:mbranes 

The  period  from  about  12  to  36  somites  also  includes  the  early 
history  of  the  embr3^onic  membranes,  amnion,  chorion,  yolk-sac 
and  allantois.  The  first  three  arise  from  the  extra-embryonic 
blastoderm,  and  the  allantois  arises  as  an  outgrowth  of  the  ven- 
tral wall  of  the  hind-gut. 


3^i.jt?. 


Fig.  72.  —  The  head  of  the  same  embryo  from 

below. 

a.  i.  p.,  Anterior  intestinal  portal.  B.  a., 
Bulbils  arteriosus.  Inf.,  Infundibuliim.  or.  pi., 
Oral  plate.  Tr.  a.,  Truncus  arteriosus. 
Ven.,  Ventricle,     v.  Ao.,  Ventral  aorta. 

Origin  of  the  Amnion  and  Chorion.  The  amnion  is  a  thin 
membranous  sac,  forming  a  complete  investment  for  the  embryo 
and  continuous  with  the  body-wall  at  the  umbilicus;  it  lies  beneath 
the  chorion  to  which  it  remains  attached  throughout  incubation 
by  a  plate  of  tissue  (sero-amniotic  connection),  and  it  arises  in 
common  with  the  chorion  from  the  extra-embryonic  somatopleure. 
The  entire  somatopleure  external  to  the  embryo  is  used  up  in 
the  formation  of  these  two  membranes.  The  amnion  arises  from 
a  portion  immediately  adjoining  the  embryo  itself;  the  remainder 
of  the  somatopleure  peripheral  to  the  amniogenous  part  forms 
the  chorion.  Thus  the  extra-embryonic  somatopleure  may  be 
divided  into  two  zones;  an  amniogenous  zone  immediately  adja- 


136 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 


Cr.Fl. 


Mete/2C. 
Myelenc./. 

QU.P. 


Alye/enc.2 

3.Z 


S.5. 


^.lO. 


-Mm 


prstr ' 


Fig.  73.  —  Entire  embryo  of  20  s,  viewed 
as  a  transparent   object    from    above. 
The  cranial  flexure  and  the  rotation  of 
the  head  of   the    embryo   have   made 
considerable  progress. 
A.  o.  m.,  Omphalo-mesenteric  artery. 
Or.  Fl.,  Cranial   flexure.     D.  C,  Duct  of 
Cuvier.     Dienc,  Diencephalon.     Mesenc, 
Mesencephalon.     Metenc,    Metencepha- 
lon.     Myelenc.    1,  and   2,    Anterior    and 
posterior  divisions  of   the  myelcncepha- 
lon.     Telenc,    Telencephalon.     Vel.   tr., 
Velum    transversum.      Other    abbrevia- 
tions as  before,     x  30. 


cent  to   and  surrounding  the  embryo,  and  a  choriogenous  zone, 
comprising  the  remainder. 

The  method  of  formation  of  amnion  and  chorion  is  as  follows: 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES 


1  o'- 


(a  diagrammatic  outline  is  first  given  and  a  detailed  descrij^tion 
follows).  The  somatopleure  becomes  elevated  in  the  form  of 
a  fold  surrounding  the  embryo;  this  fold  begins  first  in  front  of 
the  head  of  the  embryo  as  the  head-fold  of  the  amnion^  whicli 


ofi.  Ves. 
Mesenc 


Fig.  74.  —  Head  of  the  same  embryo 
from  the  ventral  side.  Abbreviations 
as  before. 


^/>^/77. 


€^ 


Td 


Rec.opt 

Fig.  75.  —  Median  sagittal  section  of  the  head  of  an  embryo  of  18  s. 

H.  F.  Am.,  Head-fold  of  the  amnion.  Ph.,  Pharynx.  Isth.,  Region  of 
the  isthmus,  pr'o.  g.,  Preoral  gut.  or.  pi.,  Oral  plate.  Ree.  opt.,  Recessus 
opticus.     S.  v.,  Sinus  venosus.     Other  abbreviations  as  before. 


immediately  turns  backwards  over  the  head,  forming  a  complete 
cap  (Figs.  67,  71,  75,  etc.);  the  side  limbs  of  the  head-fold  are 
then  elongated  backwards,  and  are  here  known  as  the  lateral 
folds  of  the  amnion;  these  rise  up  and  arch  over  the  embryo 


138  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

(Figs.  109  and  110).  In  each  fold  one  can  distinguish  an  amniotic 
or  internal  limb,  and  a  chorionic  or  external  limb  meeting  at  or 
near  the  angle  of  the  folds,  the  line  of  junction  being  marked 
by  an  ectodermal  thickening,  the  ectamnion.  Fusion  of  the 
right  and  left  lateral  folds  begins  at  the  head-fold,  and  progresses 
backwards  in  such  a  way  that  the  right  and  left  amniotic  limbs 
become  continuous  with  one  another,  similarly  the  right  and 
left  chorionic  limbs;  and,  when  fusion  is  complete,  the  amnion 
and  chorion  become  separate  continuous  membranes.  In  this 
way  the  amnion  extends,  by  the  27  s  stage,  back  to  the  seventeenth 
somite  (Fig.  105).  At  this  time  a  new  fold  arises  behind  the 
rudimentary  tail-bud  and  covers  the  tail  precisely  as  the  head- 
fold  covers  the  head  (Fig.  105) ;  the  tail-fold  of  the  amnion  then 
apparently  is  prolonged  forward  a  short  distance  and  soon  meets 
the  anterior  lateral  folds,  forming  a  continuous  lateral  fold.  Fu- 
sion continues  until,  about  the  31  s  stage,  the  opening  into  the  am- 
niotic cavity  is  reduced  to  a  small  elliptical  aperture  lying  above 
the  buds  of  the  hind-limbs  (Fig.  99).  This  then  rapidly  closes, 
but  a  connection,  sero-amniotic  connection,  remains  at  the  place 
of  final  closure.  Elsew^here  the  separation  of  chorion  and  amnion 
is  complete. 

The  formation  of  the  amnion  is  an  extremely  interesting 
process  from  the  standpoint  of  developmental  mechanics,  and 
involves  a  number  of  details  that  are  best  understood  after  such 
a  general  review  of  the  process  as  has  been  given  in  the  preceding 
paragraphs.  Returning  then  to  the  12  s  stage  for  consideration 
of  these  details,  we  must  first  note  that  the  extension  of  the  meso- 
blast  prior  to  this  period  has  left  an  area  situated  in  front  of 
the  head  free  from  mesoblast  (Figs.  65,  67,  71,  75,  etc.).  This 
area,  in  which  the  ectoderm  and  entoderm  are  in  contact,  is 
known  as  the  proamnion.  The  formation  of  the  amnion  begins 
within  this  area  by  a  thickening  in  the  ectoderm  (ectamnion) 
near  the  anterior  boundary  of  the  proamnion  at  a  stage  with 
about  eight  or  nine  somites.  The  thickening,  which  is  very 
narrow,  extends  right  and  left,  and  turns  backwards  along  the 
sides  of  the  head  to  about  the  region  of  the  middle  of  the  heart, 
gradually  becoming  more  peripheral  in  position  and  fading  out 
(Fig.  76).  It  represents  the  junction  of  the  amniogenous  and 
choriogenous  somatopleure  and  thus  corresponds  to  the  angle 
of  the  future  amniotic  folds.     The  head  of  the  embryo  lies  in  a 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX  SOMITES 


139 


e.a. 


e,a. 


depression  bounded  in  front  by  the  ectamnion,  and  on  the  sides 
by  the  amnio-cardiac  vesicles  of  the  body-cavity  (Fig.  65).  The 
floor  of  the  depression  is  the  proamnion.  Just  before  the  for- 
mation of  the  head-fold  proper,  the  ectamnion  in  front  of  the 
head  becomes  irregularly  thickened  to 
such  an  extent  as  sometimes  to  present 
an  actually  villous  surface  (Fig.  77;  cf. 
Fig.  67). 

The  head-fold  of  the  amnion  begins 
to  form  at  about  the  same  time  as  the 
cephalic  flexure.  The  great  expansion 
of  the  body-cavity  on  each  side  of  the 
head  (amnio-cardiac  vesicles)  causes  an 
elevation  of  the  anterior  angle  of  the 
ectamnion,  and  a  pocket  is  formed  by 
fusion  of  its  lateral  limbs.  This  slips 
over  the  head  of  the  embryo  with  aid 
of  the  ventral  flexure  of  the  head  just 
developing.  Inasmuch  as  the  anterior 
angle  of  the  ectamnion  is  in  the  pro- 
amnion, where  there  is  no  mesoderm, 
and  where  the  ectoderm  is  in  immediate 
contact  with  the  entoderm,  the  ento- 
derm as  well  as  the  ectoderm  of  the  pro- 
amnion is  drawn  into  the  head-fold,  so 
that  the  latter  is  not  at  first  a  fold  of 
the  somatopleure.     But  in  the  chick  the 

proamniotic    part    of    the    head-fold    is 

,    1  ,      ,  A.  Region  of  the  soma- 

never  very  extensive  and  does  not  at  any    topleure  destined  to  form 

time  extend  back   of   the   beginning   of    the  body-wall. 

^1  ....  ,,  .     .  .  B.  Amniosrenous  soma- 

the  mid-bram.     Moreover,  it  is  soon  in-    topleure. 

vaded  (Fig.  75)  bv  the  bodv-cavitv,  and         ^-  Choriogenous  soma- 

then    the    entoderm   is    withdrawn   and 

becomes  part  of  the  general  splanchnopleure.     The  proamnion 

ventral  to   the  head  is  not  invaded  by  mesoderm  until  a  much 

later  period. 

The  ectodermal  thickening  marking  the  junction  of  amniotic 

and  chorionic  somatopleure  extends  backwards  very  rapidly  and 

always  precedes  the  origin  of  folds  in  any  region.     The  lateral 

folds  themselves  appear  to  owe  their  origin  to  the  progressive 


Fig.  76.  —  Entire  embryo 
of  13  s,  to  shoAV  the  rela- 
tions of  the  ectamnion. 

a.  c,  Inner  margin  of 
amnio-cardiac  vesicles, 
e.  a.,  Ectamnion. 


140  THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 

fusion  of  the  ectodermal  thickenings  of  the  opposite  sides, 
beginning  at  the  posterior  angle  of  the  head-fold  and  proceeding 
backwards.  The  energy  of  fusion  is  sufficient  in  itself  to  lift  the 
somatopleure  up  in  the  form  of  a  fold  around  the  body  of  the 
embryo.  Thus  new  parts  of  the  ectodermal  thickening  are  con- 
stantly being  brought  together  and  the  fusion  progresses  steadily, 
and  this  in  its  turn  prolongs  the  lateral  amniotic  folds.  These 
possess  no  independent  power  of  elevation  of  any  considerable 
amount,  for,  when  the  initial  fold  of  one  side  is  destroyed  by 
cauterization,  the  fold  of  the  opposite  side  remains  as  an  insig- 
nificant elevation  in  the  somatopleure  a  long  distance  lateral  to 
the  embryo. 


Fig.  77.  ■ —  Transverse  section  through  the  anterior  angle  of 

the  eetamnion  a  few  sections  in  front  of  the  tip  of  the  head. 

Stage  of  14-15  s. 

b.  c  Extra-embryonic  body-cavity,     c,  Cavity  in  the 
entoderm,     e.  a.,  Eetamnion. 

The  tail-fold  arises  in  an  analogous  manner  to  the  head-fold, 
except  that  there  is  no  proamnion  here.  The  progress  of  the 
various  folds  and  their  final  fusion  follows  from  what  has  already 
been  said. 

Practically  all  of  the  somatopleure  of  the  pellucid  area  is 
amniogenous  with  the  exception,  naturally,  of  that  part  internal 
to  the  limiting  sulci  that  forms  the  body-wall.  What  effect  has 
the  turning  of  the  embryo  on  its  left  side  on  the  amniogenous 
somatopleure?  We  will  suppose  that  the  latter  is  primitivelv 
of  equal  width  on  both  sides  and  that  the  notochord  represents 
approximately  the  axis  of  rotation.  During  the  process  of  rota- 
tion, the  embr3'0  sinks  and  the  lateral  limiting  sulci  become  deeper. 
A  direct  consequence  of  the  rotation  must  be,  therefore,  a  strong 
tension  on  the  somatopleure  belonging  to  the  under  (left)  side, 
a-h,  and  practically  none  on  the  upper  (right)  side,  c-d.  (See 
Fig.  78  A,  B). 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES 


141 


Even  though  the  difference  may  be  partly  compensated  by 
drawing  of  the  embryo  to  the  left,  the  tendency  would  be  to 
stretch  a-h.  If  there  were  no  such  compensation  and  a  and  b 
were  practically  fixed  points,  the  length  of  a-b  at  the  conclusion 
of  the  rotation  would  much  exceed  that  of  c-d  (Fig.  78  B),  and 


J^ 


a 


C 

Fig  78.  A,  5,  and  C.  Diagrams  to  represent  the  effect  of 
rotation  of  the  embryo  on  the  amniogenous  somatopleure. 
a  represents  in  all  figures  the  position  of  the  ectamnion  on 
the  left  (lower)  side;  d  represents  in  all  figures  the  position 
of  the  ectamnion  on  the  right  (upper)  side,  h  and  c  repre- 
sent the  junction  of  amnion  and  body-wall  on  left  and  right 
sides  respectively.  In  Fig.  A,  a-b  and  c-d  are  equal.  In 
Fig.  B,  rotation  of  the  embryo  is  assumed  to  have  taken 
place  without  formation  of  the  amnion;  the  distance  a-b  has 
become  greater  than  c-d.  In  Fig.  C  is  represented  rotation 
of  the  embryo  with  synchronous  formation  of  the  amniotic 
folds,  as  is  actually  the  case;  c-d  is  inevitably  thrown  into 
secondary  folds.  The  vertical  lines  at  the  extreme  right 
and  left  represent  the  margins  of  the  pellucid  area. 

if,  during  this  process,  there  were  actual  independent  growth 
of  a-b  and  c-d,  the  latter  would  of  necessity  be  thrown  into  folds, 
but  not  the  former.  Finally,  if  the  amniotic  folds  were  forming 
at  the  same  time  (as  is  actually  the  case),  the  right  one  would 


142 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


inevitably  be  thrown  into  secondary  folds  by  the  approximation 
of  points  c  and  d  (Fig.  78  C). 

Study  of  the  fusion  of  the  amniotic  folds  in  actual  sections 
shows,  that  the  line  of  fusion  of  the  opposite  amniotic  limbs  is 
over  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  embryo  only  so  long  as  the  latter 
lies  flat  on  the  yolk;  it  does  not  follow  the  turning  of  the  embryo 
on  to  its  left  side,  and  the  consequence  is  that,  after  rotation  of 
the  embryo,  the  line  of  fusion  lies  over  the  upper  (right)  side  of 
the  embryo,  often  opposite  the  horizontal  level  of  the  intestine 
(Fig.  79).  Thus  one  fold  of  the  amnion  passes  all  the  way  from 
the  under  side  over  the  back  of  the  embryo  and  around  on  the 
other  side  to  the  line  of  fusion,  and  thus  is  several  times  as  long 
as  the  opposite  limb.     Moreover,  the  amniotic  fold  of  the   right 


Fig.  79.  — Section  of  an  embryo  of  about  60  hours  to  show  the  sec- 
ondary fold  (s.  f .)  of  the  amnion  on  the  right  side. 
e.  a.,  Ectamnion.     s.  f.,  Secondary  fold.     1.,  Left.     r. 


Right. 


side  is  invariably  thicker  than  that  of  the  left  side,  and  is  always 
thrown  into  secondary  folds  at  the  place  of  turning  (Fig.  79). 
These  conditions  are  satisfactorily  explained,  as  noted  above,  by 
the  mere  turning  of  the  embryo  on  its  side. 

One  must  therefore  distinguish  in  the  upper  limb  of  the  am- 
nion two  kinds  of  folds:  (1)  The  ordinary  amniotic  fold  induced 
by  the  fusion  of  the  right  and  left  folds,  and  (2)  secondary  folds 
formed  simply  by  the  process  of  twisting  of  the  embryo. 

These  secondary  folds  of  the  amnion  are  very  transitory, 
except  in  two  regions:  (1)  Above  the  hind  end  of  the  heart  (apex 
of  ventricle),  and  continuing  a  short  distance  behind  it;  (2)  in 
the  region  immediately  in  front  of  the  allantois,  at  sixty  to  seventy 
hours,  thus  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  final  closure  of  the  amniotic 


FRO:\r   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES  143 

folds.  The  former  are  of  very  constant  occurrence  and  persist 
a  long  time  (Fig.  93). 

Elsewhere  the  effect  of  the  twisting  of  the  embryo  is  rapidly 
compensated  so  that  the  secondary  folds  of  the  right  half  of  the 
amnion  do  not  persist  long. 

The  subsequent  history  of  the  amnion  and  chorion  is  given 
in  another  place.  It  should  be  noted  here  that  the  chorion,  at 
the  stage  of  seventy-two  hours,  is  continuous  peripherally  with 
the  splanchnopleure  at  the  margin  of  the  vascular  area,  and  that 
it  ])ecomes  separate  from  it  only  as  the  body-cavity  extends 
more  and  more  peripherally.  The  sero-amniotic  connection 
remains  throughout  the  entire  embryonic  period  and  modifies  in 
an  important  fashion  the  subsequent  history  of  the  membranes. 

The  yolk-sac  is  the  name  given  to  the  extra-embryonic 
splanchnopleure,  because  in  the  course  of  expansion  of  the  blasto- 
derm and  extension  of  the  extra-embryonic  body-cavity  over  the 
surface  of  the  yolk,  it  finally  becomes  a  separate  sac  enclosing 
the  yolk.  It  remains  connected  by  the  yolk-stalk  with  the  intes- 
tine until  finally,  some  time  after  hatching,  it  is  absorbed  com- 
pletely. The  yolk  is  absorbed  by  the  entodermal  lining  and  is 
carried  to  the  embryo  in  solution  by  means  of  the  vitelline  veins. 

Origin  of  the  AUantois.  The  allantois  arises  as  a  diverticulum 
of  the  hind-gut  soon  after  the  formation  of  the  latter  by  the  tail- 
fold.  It  is  not  indicated  before  the  formation  of  the  tail-fold  as 
stated  by  some  authors,  but  the  tube  identified  by  them  as  the 
primordium  of  the  allantois  at  this  early  stage  is  really  the  in- 
testinal diverticulum  leading  to  the  anal  plate  (Fig.  70).  At  the 
stage  of  twenty-eight  somites  the  allantois  is  indicated  by  the 
depth  of  the  hind-gut,  the  ventral  portion  of  which  in  front  of 
the  anal  plate  soon  becomes  constricted  from  the  upper  portion, 
and  forms  the  primordium  of  the  allantois.  In  longitudinal  sec- 
tions of  an  embryo  of  about  thirty-five  somites  it  can  be  seen  to 
include  nearly  the  entire  floor  of  the  hind-gut  between  the  anal 
plate  and  the  posterior  intestinal  portal  (Fig.  80).  It  is  lined 
with  entoderm  and  has  a  thick  mesodermal  floor  in  which  numer- 
ous small  blood-vessels  are  already  present.  A  transverse  section 
(Fig.  81)  shows  that  the  thick  mesodermal  wall  is  broadly  fused 
with  the  somatopleure  in  the  region  of  the  neck.  In  other 
words,  the  allantois  is  developed  within  the  ventral  mesentery. 
It  will  also  be  seen  by  comparing  these  figures  that  the  amnion 


144 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


arises  from  the  neck  of  the  allantois  both  behind  and  also  at  the 
sides,     (cf.  Fig.  82.) 

During  the  fourth  day  the  distal  portion  of  the  allantois 
pushes  out  into  the  portion  of  the  extra-embryonic  body-cavity 
beneath  the  hind  end  of  the  embryo  and  rapidly  expands  to  form 
a  relatively  large  sac.  But  the  neck  of  the  allantois  remains 
embedded  in  the  ventral  mesentery  and  does  not  expand;  the 
terminal  portion  of  the  intestine  has  in  the  meantime   formed 


Amcav.     Ect. 


-■Spl'pl. 


Afesam. 

Fig.  80.  —  Sagittal  section  through  the  tail  of  an  embryo  of  about  35  s. 

All.,  Allantois.  An.  pi.,  Anal  plate,  c.  C,  Central  canal  of  the  neural 
tube.  CL,  Cloaca.  Ectam.,  Ectoderm  of  the  amnion.  Mesam.,  Mesoderm 
of  the  amnion,  p'a.  G.,  Post-anal  gut.  p.  i.  p.,  Posterior  intestinal  portal. 
s.  A.,  Segmental  arteries.     Other  abbreviations  as  before. 

the  primordium  of  the  cloaca,  from  which,  therefore,  the  neck  of 
the  allantois  appears  to  arise  (Fig.  183) ;  at  all  stages  of  incuba- 
tion the  neck  of  the  allantois  forms  an  open  connection  between 
the  cloaca  and  the  allantoic  sac. 

The  Umbilicus.  The  closure  of  the  bod^^-wall  progressivel}^ 
reduces  the  communication  between  the  embryonic  and  extra- 
embryonic body-cavity  to  a  narrow  chink  between  the  yolk-stalk 


FROM    TWELVE    TO    THIRTY-SIX    SOMITES 


145 


and  allantoic  stalk  on  the  one  hand  and  the  attachment  of  the 
amnion  on  the  other.  The  mnbilical  cord  thus  consists  of  an 
outer  tube  (somatic  stalk)  continuous  with  the  body-wall,  enclosing 
the  yolk-stalk  and  the  stalk  of  the  allantois,  together  with  the 
arteries  and  veins  of  yolk-sac  and  allantois.  It  is  important  to 
bear  in  mind  that  in  the  region  of  the  neck  of  the  allantois  the 
amnion  is  attached  to  the  latter  at  the  sides  and  behind;  only 
the  anterior  wall  of  the  allantoic  stalk  is  free  (Fig.  82).  In  other 
words,  the  somatic  umbilical  stalk  is  fused  with  the  lateral  and 
caudal  wall  of  the  neck  of  the  allantois,  a  relation  that  is  common 
to  all  amniota. 


Fig.  81.  —  Transverse  section  through  the  hind-gut  and  allantois  of  an  em- 
bryo  of  35  s;   the   section  passes  through   the   thirtieth   somite.     Details 
diagrammatic. 
All,    Allantois.     H.    G.,    Hind-gut.     L.    B.,    Leg   bud.     v.    M.,    Ventral 

mesentery.     W.   I).,   Wolffian   duct.     Other  abbreviations  as  before. 


Summary  of   Later   History  of   the   Embryonic   Membranes. 

The  full  history  of  the  embryonic  membranes  will  be  given  later 
(Chap.  VII),  but  it  seems  desirable  to  give  an  outline  here  in  order 
to  avoid  repeated  recurrence  to  this  subject.  The  extension  of 
the  body-cavity  in  the  blastoderm  is  at  first  very  rapid,  but  about 
the  fifth  day  it  becomes  slow,  and  the  yolk-sac  is  never  com- 
pletely separated  from  the  chorion.  The  allantois  extends  out 
into  the  extra-embryonic  body-cavity  as  a  small  pear-shaped 
vesicle  by  the  end  of  the  fourth  day.  It  then  enlarges  very 
rapidly  and  extends  in  the  form  of  a  flattened  sac  over  and  around 
the  embryo  immediately  beneath  the  chorion  with  which  it  forms 


146 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


an  inseparable  union.  As  the  extra-embryonic  body-cavity 
extends,  the  allantois  continues  its  expansion  between  the  chorion 
and  the  yolk-sac,  and  finally  wraps  itself  together  with  a  duplica- 
tion of  the  chorion,  completely  around  the  albumen  of  the  egg, 
which  has  become  very  viscid,  and  aggregated  in  a  lump  opposite 
to  the  embryo.  The  allantois  is  very  vascular  from  the  start, 
and  serves  as  an  embryonic  organ  of  respiration.  It  also  receives 
the  excretion  of  the  embrvonic  kidneys  and  absorbs  the  albumen. 


I.  Br     - 


Ao.m. 


Am. 


Fig.  82.  —  Model  of  the  caudal  end  of  a  four-day  chick 
to  show  the  relations  of  the  amnion  to  the  allantois 
and  umbilicus.     (After  Ravn.) 

All.,  Neck  of  the  Allantois.     Am.,  cut  surface  of 

the  amnion.      A.  o.  m.,   Omphalo-mesenteric    artery. 

an.   pi.,  Anal  plate.     L.   B.,   cut    surface  of    leg  bud. 

T.,  Tail. 


The  yolk-sac  becomes  much  shriveled  during  incubation  owing 
to  absorption  of  its  contents,  and  on  the  last  day  of  incubation 
is  withdrawn  into  the  body-cavity  through  the  umbilicus,  which 
finally  closes.  The  chorion,  amnion,  and  allantois  shrivel  up 
when  the  chick  begins  to  breathe  air,  and  are  cast  off  with  the 
shell  at  hatching. 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES  147 

III.    The  Nervous  System 

The  Brain.  The  description  of  the  nervous  system  in  the  pre- 
ceding chapter  forms  our  starting-point.  During  the  period  now 
under  consideration  the  foundation  of  the  main  parts  of  the  adult 
brain  are  laid  down,  and  its  five  chief  divisions  become  sharply 
characterized.  It  is  important  to  correlate  these  with  the  earliest 
morphological  characters  (original  anterior  end  of  medullary 
plate,  neuromeres,  etc.)  in  order  to  trace  these  fundamental 
landmarks  through  to  definitive  structures. 

As  we  have  already  seen,  the  primary  fore-brain  includes  the 
first  three  neuromeres,  the  mid-brain  the  fourth  and  fifth,  and 
the  hind-brain  the  sixth  to  the  eleventh,  as  well  as  the  region 
opposite  to  the  first  four  mesoblastic  somites.  It  is  clear  that  a 
second  point  of  fundamental  morphological  significance  is  the 
original  anterior  end  of  the  medullary  plate  which  would  naturally 
form  the  center  for  a  description  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  neural 
axis,  if  recognizable  throughout  the  development.  This  point 
may  be  recognized  for  a  considerable  period  after  the  closure  of 
the  anterior  part  of  the  neural  tube,  as  the  ventral  end  of  the 
-anterior  cerebral  fissure  (Fig.  62),  opposite  the  center  of  the 
primary  optic  vesicles,  thus  in  the  region  of  the  recessus  opticus 
(Figs.  87  and  88),  which  is  to  be  regarded  as  marking  the  original 
anterior  end  of  the  neural  axis.  Even  after  closure  of  the  anterior 
cerebral  fissure  a  connection  remains  at  its  dorsal  end  between 
the  ectoderm  and  the  neural  tube.  To  this  we  may  apply  the 
name  neuropore,  though  no  actual  opening  is  found  here  at  this 
time.  The  median  stretch  of  tissue  between  the  recessus  opticus 
and  the  neuropore  constitutes  the  lamina  terminalis  which  remains 
as  the  permanent  anterior  wall  of  the  neural  tube.  It  must  not 
be  forgotten  that  the  original  anterior  end  of  the  medullary  plate 
lies  at  the  ventral  end  of  the  lamina  terminalis,  i.e.,  in  the  re- 
cessus opticus.  A  third  landmark  of  fundamental  morphogenic 
significance  is  the  infundibulum,  which  coincides  in  position,  as 
we  have  seen,  with  the  anterior  end  of  the  notochord.  Thus  we 
may  distinguish  prechordal  and  suprachordal  portions  of  the  neu- 
ral axis  (cf.  Fig.  67). 

Dorsal  and  Ventral  Zones  in  the  Wall  of  the  Brain.  The  con- 
ception of  His,  that  the  walls  of  the  neural  tube  may  be  consid- 
ered as  formed  of  four  longitudinal  strips,  viz.,  floor,  roof,  and 


148 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


Fig.  83.  —  Five  stages  in  the  history  of  the  neuromeres  of  the  brain  of  the 
chick.  (After  Hill.)  All  figures  drawn  from  preparations  of  the  embryonic 
brain  dissected  out  of  the  embryo. 

A.  Neural  groove  in  an  embryo  with  4  somites.     Right  profile  view,    x  44. 

B.  Brain  of  a  7  s  embryo,  26  hours  old.  Dorsal  view;  the  three  anterior 
neuromeres  are  practically  obhterated.     x  44. 

C.  Brain  of  14  s  embryo.  Dorsal  view,  x  44.  The  neuromeres  have 
now  disappeared  in  the  mid-brain  rearion. 

D.  Right  side  of  the  brain  of  a  chick  embryo.  47  hours  old.     x  44. 

E.  Right  side  of  the  brain  of  an  embryo,  80  hours  old.     x  17. 

1-11,  Neuromeres  1  to  11.  IH,  V,  VII,  interneuromeric  grooves.  A'f., 
Root  of  acustico-facialis  (seventh  and  eighth  cranial  nerves),  au.  vs..  Audi- 
tory pit.  ep.,  Epiphysis,  r.,  Groove  between  the  tel-  and  diencephalon. 
s.,  Groove  between  the  par-  and  synencephalon.     Tr.,  Root  of  trigeminus. 


FROM  TWELVE  TO  THIRTY-SIX  SOMITES  149 

two  lateral  walls,  is  a  useful  one.  Each  lateral  wall  may  also 
be  divided  into  a  dorsal  and  ventral  zone,  the  former  of  which 
is  related  to  the  sensory  nerve  roots  and  the  latter  to  the  motor. 

Cerebral  Flexures.  The  cerebral  flexures  correspond  to  the 
cranial  and  cervical  flexures  of  the  entire  head  already  described. 
Their  form  and  rate  of  progress  may  be  more  readily  learned 
from  the  figures  (Figs.  67,  73,  83,  etc.)  than  from  any  verbal 
description.  Only  the  cranial  flexure  is  permanent,  and  the  angle 
thus  formed  ventrally  in  the  floor  of  the  mid-brain  is  known  as 
the  plica  encephali  ventralis.  A  third  flexure  is  formed  later  in 
the  anterior  portion  of  the  hind-brain,  by  a  ventral  bending  of 
the  floor  which  is  barely  indicated  in  the  period  now  under  de- 
scription, but  becomes  much  more  pronounced  later;  this  is  known 
as  the  pontine  flexure. 

We  may  now  take  up  separately  the  changes  in  each  of  the 
primary  cerebral  vesicles. 

The  Prosencephalon.  The  principal  events  in  the  early  de- 
velopment of  the  prosencephalon  are:  (a)  the  separation  of  the 
optic  vesicles;  (h)  the  delimitation  of  the  tel-  and  diencephalon; 
(c)  special  differentiation  of  the  walls. 

(a)  A  section  across  the  optic  vesicles  of  the  12  s  chick  shows 
the  prosencephalon  as  a  central  division  with  its  cavity  widely 
confluent  with  the  cavities  of  the  optic  vesicles.  This  wide  com- 
munication is  rapidly  narrowed  by  a  ventrally  directed  fold  of  the 
roof  at  the  line  of  junction  of  the  optic  vesicles  and  prosencephalon 
proper  (Fig.  84);  the  fold  also  involves  to  a  certain  extent  the 
anterior  and  posterior  line  of  junction.  In  the  20  s  embryo  the 
connection  of  the  optic  vesicles  and  prosencephalon  has  been  re- 
duced in  this  way  to  about  one  third  of  its  original  diameter 
(from  actual  measurements),  forming  a  narrow  tubular  stalk,  the 
optic  stalk,  attached  to  the  ventral  portion  of  the  fore-brain 
(Figs.  73  and  74);  the  cavities  of  the  optic  vesicles  are  still  con- 
tinuous through  the  stalk  with  the  cavity  of  the  prosencephalon, 
dipping  into  the  recessus  opticus;  the  ventral  wall  of  the  optic 
stalk  thus  becomes  continuous  with  the  floor,  and  the  dorsal  wall 
with  the  lateral  wall  of  the  prosencephalon  (Fig.  84).  Growth 
of  the  mesenchyme  situated  above  the  original  optic  stalk  appears 
to  be  an  active  factor  in  the  separation;  at  least  it  grows  at  a 
rate  sufficient  to  fill  in  the  space  produced  by  the  constriction. 
At  the  same  time  there  is  a  slight  increase  in  the  dorso-ventral 


150 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


diameter  of  the  fore-brain  itself,  though  this  is  relatively  slight 
up  to  twenty  somites,  but  it  enhances  the  general  effect  of  the 
change  in  position  of  the  optic  stalk.  The  subsequent  history 
of  the  optic  vesicles  is  given  beyond. 

(h)  The  delimitation  of  the  tel-  and  diencephalon  is  initiated 
by  a  forward  expansion  of  the  anterior  end  of  the  primary  fore- 
brain,  which  becomes  the  telencephalon  or  secondary  fore-brain, 
the  remainder  being  then  known  as  the  diencephalon  or  'tween 
brain.  The  expansion  proceeds  very  rapidly  from  the  14  s  stage, 
and  it  is  probable  that  it  involves  only  the  dorsal  zones.     It  is, 


Ectjm 


Am.F. 


;gMmm 


/Irn.F. 


V.-; 


EE.B.C. 


SO'p/. 


^.o*^^- 


E.E.B.C. 


/TB. 


/-•W'X€f^>.//,^0k 


R 


-r 


op. 


sprpi. 


Fes. 


L 


Pr'a. 


op.  St. 


Fig.  84.  —  Transverse  section  through  the  fore-brain  and  optic  vesicles  of  a 

16-s  embryo. 
Am.    F.,    Amniotic    fold.     Ectam.,    Ectamnion.     L.,  Left  side,    op.st., 
Optic  stalk.     R.,  Right  side.     Other  abbreviations  as  before. 

however,  difficult  to  establish  an  exact  line  of  demarcation  be- 
tween the  two  subdivisions  of  the  primary  fore-brain,  until  about 
the  18  to  20  s  stage,  when  a  slight  transverse  fold  or  indentation 
in  the  roof  (velum  trans versum)  gives  a  dorsal  landmark  (Figs. 
73,  85);  the  recessus  opticus  forms  the  ventral  boundary  between 
the  two.  The  velum  transversum  lies  a  considerable  distance 
above  the  dorsal  end  of  the  lamina  terminalis,  but  it  is  difficult 
to  say  just  how  far,  owing  to  the  indefiniteness  of  this  point  for 
some  time  after  the  disappearance  of  the  neuropore.  A  line 
drawn  between  the  velum  transversum  and  the  recessus  opticus 
mav  be  taken  as  the  boundary  between  the  two  divisions  of  the 


FROM  TWELVE  TO  THIRTY-SIX  SOMITES 


151 


primary  fore-brain;  but,  owing  to  the  simultaneous  lateral  expan- 
sion of  the  telencephalon,  the  line  of  separation  in  the  lateral 
walls  forms  a  curve  with  the  convexity  directed  posteriorly 
(Figs.  83  E  and  86). 

(c)  The  next  stage  in  the  differentiation  of  the  telencephalon 
(20  s  to  36  s)  is  characterized  by  a  rapid  expansion  and  evagina- 
tion  of  its  lateral  walls,  while  the  entire  median  strip  extending 
from  the  velum  transversum  to  the  recessus  opticus  remains  prac- 


FiG.  85.  —  Optical  sagittal  section  of  the  head  of  an  embryo  of  22-23  s. 
The  heart  is  represented  entire. 
Atr.,  atrium.  Hyp.,  anterior  lobe  of  the  Hypophysis.  Inf.,  Infun- 
dibulum.  Md.,  Mandibular  arch,  or.'  pi.,  Oral  plate.  Pr'o.  G.,  Pre- 
oral  gut.  Th.,  First  indication  of  thyroid.  T.  p.,  Tuberculum  posterius. 
V.  tr.,  Velum  transversum.     Other  abbreviations  as  before. 

tically  unaltered,  and  thus  acts  like  a  rigid  band  stretched  over 
the  surface  between  these  two  points.  The  effect  of  this  is  to 
form  a  pair  of  outgrowths  that  soon  begin  to  project  dorsally, 
anteriorly,  and  posteriorly  (Fig.  83  E);  these  are  the  primordia 
of  the  cerebral  hemisi:)heres,  the  cavities  of  which  thus  appear 
as  lateral  diverticula  of  the  median  cavity  of  the  telencephalon 
(Fig.  86).  The  central  part  of  the  telencephalon  may  be  called 
the  telencephalon  medium,  and  the  lateral  outgrowths  the  hemi- 
spheres. The  walls  of  the  hemispheres  become  considerably 
thicker  in  this  period,  but  quite  uniformly  at  first,  so  that  the 
distinction  between  mantle  and  basal  ganglia  is  indicated  only 
by  position.     (See  Chap.  VIII.) 


152 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE  CHICK 


The  median  strip  includes  the  tela  choroidea,  beginning  at 
the  diencephalon,  and  the  lamina  terminalis,  which  ends  at  the 
recessus  opticus.  These  divisions  are  of  great  prospective  signifi- 
cance, though  at  the  stage  of  36  s  they  are  but  slightly  differen- 
tiated, save  by  their  position.  A  slight  thickening  of  the  lamina 
terminalis  just  in  front  of  the  recessus  opticus  marks  the  site  of 
the  future  anterior  commissure  (Figs.  87  and  88). 


Metenc. 

J 


Mesenc 


MijeJenc 


Te/enc 


Fig.  86.  —  Inner  view  of  the  brain  of  a  chick  of  al^oiit  82  hours,  drawn  from 
a  dissection. 
Ch.  opt.,  Chiasma  opticus.     Ep.,  Epiphysis  (pineal  gland).     Isth.,  Isth- 
mus.    Pl.enc.   v.,   PHca  encephah  ventrahs.     Rec.   opt.,   Recessus  opticus. 
V.  tr.,  Velum  Transversum.     Other  abbreviations  as  before. 

The  Diencephalon.  The  portion  of  the  primary  fore-brain  pos- 
terior to  the  telencephalon  is  known  as  the  diencephalon.  It  in- 
cludes the  second  and  third  neuromeres  and  probably  also  the 
ventral  zones  and  floor  of  the  first  (Fig.  83).  A  slight  constriction 
in  the  roof  that  appears  about  the  18  to  20  s  stage  near  the  junc- 
tion of  the  middle  and  last  third  may  represent  the  boundary  be- 
tween the  second  and  third  neuromeres;  this  persists  for  a  long 
time  and  may  be  traced  in  the  lateral  walls  to  the  region  of  the 


FROM  TWELVE  TO  THIRTY-SIX  SOMITES 


153 


infimdibiilum  (Fig.  83  E) ;  thus  the  diencephalon  may  be  divided 
into  an  anterior  and  posterior  division,  parencephalon  and  synen- 
cephalon  (Kupffer)  (Fig.  87).  Tlie  optic  stalks  are  attached  to 
the  floor  and  ventral  zones  at  the  extreme  anterior  end.  The 
diencephalon  includes  part  of  the  roof,  floor,  and  dorsal  and  ven- 
tral lateral  zones  of  the  original  neural  tube.  These  may  be  de- 
scribed as  follows  (Figs.  87  and  88): 


Oes 


5t0/7f. — ' 


''Jy/?e/)c 


Parenc. 


Aw. 


Fig.  87.  —  Optical  longitudinal  section  of  the  head  of  an  eml^ryo  of  30  s. 
The  heart  is  represented  entire. 
Atr.,  Atrium  (auricles).  B.  a.,  Bulbus  arteriosus.  D.  v.,  Ductus  venosus. 
Lg.,  Laryngo-tracheal  groove.  Oes.,  Oesophagus,  or.  pi.,  Oral  plate,  which 
has  begun  to  rupture.  Parenc,  Parencephalon.  Ph.,  Pharynx.  Stom., 
Stomach.  Synenc,  Synencephalon.  Th.,  Thyroid.  S.  v.,  Sinus  venosus. 
Yen.  R.,  Right  ventricle.     Other  abbreviations  as  before. 

The  roof  rises  quite  sharply  from  the  velum  transversum,  and 
is  indented  between  the  parencephalic  and  synencephalic  divi- 
sions as  already  noticed.  It  is  relatively  thin.  About  the  30- 
35  s  stage  the  epiphysis  (pineal  body)  begins  to  form  as  an 
evagination  from  about  the  middle,  and  by  the  36  s  stage  is  a 
small  hemispherical  protuberance  (Figs.  86  and  88).  The  floor 
becomes  extremely  thin  in  the  center  of  the  recessus  opticus,  which 
marks  its  anterior  end;  immediatelv  behind  this  is  a  sudden  and 


154 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE  CHICK 


conspicuous  thickening,  the  optic  chiasma,  which  is  continued 
as  a  ridge  in  tlie  lateral  ventral  zones  on  each  side  (Fig.  86). 
The  infunclibulum  follows  just  behind  this,  and  constitutes  a 
considerable  pouch-shaped  depression  from  which  the  saccus 
infundibuli  grows  out  later.  The  posterior  wall  of  this  depression 
rises  sharply  and  joins  the  thickened  tuberculum  posterius  which 
is  the  end  of  the  floor  of  the  diencephalon.  The  diencephalon  is 
compressed  laterally  (Fig.  97);  the  dorsal  zones  are  slightly 
thickened,    indicating  the  future  thalami  optici. 


Fig.  88.  —  Optical  longitudinal  section  of  the  head  of  an  enil^ryo  of  39  s. 
Abbreviations  as  before. 

The  anterior  lobe  of  the  hypophysis  should  be  mentioned  here, 
although  it  is  not  embryologically  a  part  of  the  brain.  It  arises  as 
a  median  tubular  invagination  of  the  ectoderm  of  the  ventral  sur- 
face of  the  head  immediately  in  front  of  the  oral  plate  at  about 
the  20  s  stage  (Fig.  85),  and  grows  rapidly  inward  in  contact  with 
the  floor  of  the  diencephalon.  At  about  the  30  s  stage  its  end 
reaches  nearly  to  the  infimdibulum  (Fig.  87).  At  first  part  of 
its  wall  is  formed  by  the  oral  plate,  and  when  this  ruptures  the 
effect  is  to  shorten  the  apparent  length  of  the  hypophysis  (Fig. 
88) .     At  about  the  36  s  stage  its  distal  portion  flattens  laterally 


FROM  TWELVE  TO  THIRTY-SIX  SOMITES  155 

and  shows  indication  of  branching.  Subsequently  it  becomes 
much  branched  and  quite  massive  and  unites  with  the  infun- 
dibuhim  to  form  the  pituitary  body.     (See  Chap.  VIII.) 

The  Mesencephalon.  This  portion  of  the  brain  comes  to 
occupy  the  summit  of  the  cranial  flexure,  which  indeed  owes  its 
origin  largely  to  the  rapid  growth  in  extent  of  the  roof  of  the 
mesencephalon.  In  longitudinal  section  it  thus  appears  wedge- 
shaped,  with  short  floor  and  long  arched  roof  (Figs.  87  and 
88).  Its  walls  remain  of  practically  uniform  thickness  up  to 
the  seventy-second  hour.  The  lateral  walls  expand  more  rapidly 
than  the  roof  and  thus  form  the  optic  lobes.  But  these  are 
barely  indicated  at  the  36  s  stage. 

Isthmus.  The  great  expansion  of  the  mesencephalon  does 
not  involve  the  portion  immediately  adjacent  to  the  hind-brain, 
which  is  henceforth  known  as  the  isthmus  (Figs.  87,  88). 

The  Rho7nbencephalon  (Primary  Hind-brain).  Two  divisions 
of  the  embryonic  brain  arise  from  the  rhombencephalon,  viz., 
the  metencephalon  and  the  myelencephalon;  the  former  becomes 
the  region  of  the  cerebellum  and  pons  of  the  adult  brain, 
and  the  latter  the  medulla  oblongata.  The  metencephalon  is  a 
relatively  short  section  of  the  original  rhombencephalon,  and 
includes  only  the  most  anterior  neuromere  of  the  rhomben- 
cephalon or  the  sixth  of  the  series  (Fig.  83  D,  E).  It  may  be 
distinguished  at  the  beginning  of  the  period  under  consideration 
by  the  fact  that  its  roof  remains  as  thick  as  that  of  the  mesen- 
cephalon. At  the  end  of  this  time,  i.e.,  seventy-two  hours,  the 
roof  in  sagittal  sections  appears  to  rise  sharply  from  the  isthmus 
and  thins  towards  the  summit,  where  it  passes  into  the  thin  epi- 
thelial roof  of  the  myelencephalon  (Figs.  87  and  88).  The  rudi- 
ment of  the  cerebellum  is  slightly  thicker  on  each  side  of  the 
middle  line  at  seventy-two  hours. 

The  myelencephalon  becomes  sharply  characterized  by  the 
thinness  of  its  roof  and  thickening  of  ventral  lateral  zones  and 
floor.  The  epithelial  roof  has  a  triangular  form,  the  base  resting 
against  the  metencephalon.  The  neuromeres  remain  very  distinct 
(Figs.  83,  89),  but  change  their  form.  Up  to  about  twenty-three 
somites  they  still  form  external  expansions,  but  as  the  wall 
thickens  the  external  surface  becomes  smooth,  and  the  neuro- 
meres may  now  be  recognized  as  a  series  of  concavities  in  the 
lateral  wall,  with  intervening  projections  (Fig.  89).     The  arrange- 


156 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


ment  of  the  nuclei  leaves  thin  non-nucleated  strips  (septa)  be- 
tween adjacent  neuromeres.  The  interneuromeric  projections  are 
most  pronounced  laterally  and  fade  out  dorsally  and  ventrally. 

Behind  the  neuromeric  portion  of  the  hind-brain  is  a  portion 
extending  to  the  posterior  end  of  the  fourth  mesoblastic  somite 
from  which  the  twelfth  cranial  nerve  arises. 

The  Neural  Crest  and  the  Cranial  and  Spinal  Ganglia.  The 
cranial  and  spinal  ganglia  owe  their  origin  to  a  structure  known 
as  the  neural  crest,  which  is  a  practically  continuous  cord  of  cells, 
h^ng  on  each  side  in  the  angle  between  the  neural  tube  and 
the  ectoderm,  extending  from  the  extreme  anterior  to  the  pos- 
terior end.     Like  other  meristic  structures  the  anterior  portion 


Fig.  89.  —  Frontal  section  of  the  hind-brain  region  of  an  embryo  of  about 
36  s. 
Ot.,  Otocyst.  N.  6,  N.  7,  N.  8,  N.  9,  N.  10,  N.  11,  Neuromeres,  6  to  11, 
according  to  Hill's  enumeration,  s.  1,  s.  2,  s.  3,  First,  Second,  and  third 
somites.  V,  Primordium  of  the  trigeminus.  VII-VIII,  Primordium  of  the 
acustico-facialis. 

of  the  neural  crest  is  the  first  to  arise  (at  about  6-7  s  stage), 
and  the  remainder  appears  in  successive  order  during  or  shortly 
after  the  closure  of  the  neural  tube  in  each  region;  thus  it  is  not 
until  after  the  completion  of  the  neural  tube  that  the  last  portion 
of  the  neural  crest  is  established. 

But  before  this  time  successive  enlargements  of  the  cranial 
part  of  the  crest  have  formed  the  primordia  of  the  cerebral  gan- 
glia, and  similar  successively  arising  enlargements  of  the  parts 
of  the  crest  opposite  the  mesoblastic  somites  form  the  rudiments 
of  the  spinal  ganglia.  The  intervening  portions  of  the  crest  form 
the   so-called   interganglionic    commissures,    which    subsequently 


FRO:\I  TWELVE  TO  THIRTY-SIX  SOMITES 


157 


appear  to  form  mesenchyme.  The  formation  of  mesenchyme 
from  certain  parts  of  the  neural  crest  is  most  marked  in  the 
region  of  the  brain. 

The  primordia  of  the  gangUa  contain  the  cells  (neuroblasts) 
which  form  the  dorsal  root  fibers  of  the  spinal  nerves  and  parts 
of  certain  cranial  nerves.  They  also  appear  to  contain  the  cells 
from  which  the  sheaths  of  the  nerve  fibers  are  formed;  thus 
three  kinds  of  cells  at  least  are  found  in  the  neural  crest,  viz., 
mesenchyme  forming  cells,  neuroblasts,  and  sheath  cells. 

The  Cranial  Neural  Crest  and  its  Derivatives.  The  neural 
crest  in  the  head  may  be  divided  into  pre-  and  post-otic  divisions, 
and  these  arise  at  different  times. 


„  Pr-  Slit.  ctr. 


Gi: 


Fig.  90.  —  Transverse  section  of  the  fore-brain,  and  optic 
vesicles  at  the  stage  of  7  s. 
M'ch.,  Mesenchyme,  n.  Cr.,  Neural  crest.  Ph.,  Phar- 
ynx. Sut.  cer.,  Anterior  cerebral  suture.  X.,  Mass  of  cells 
in  which  the  anterior  end  of  the  intestine,  the  neural  tube 
and  the  notochord  fuse. 


(1)  The  pre-otic  division,  which  extends  from  the  extreme 
anterior  end  of  the  neural  tube  to  about  the  center  of  the  audi- 
tory pit,  is  well  developed  at  a  stage  of  7-8  somites,  but  it  is  not 
found  at  the  5  s  stage.  The  origin  is  everywhere  the  same,  viz., 
from  the  dorsalmost  cells  of  the  medullary  plate  and  the  ecto- 
derm immediately  adjacent;  it  arises  at  the  time  of  contact  of 
the  medullarv  folds  and  is  thus  thickest  in  the  region  of  the 
suture.  Fig.  90  is  a  section  through  the  developing  optic  vesicles, 
and  shows  the  neural  crest  continuous  with  the  tube  and  ectoderm 


158 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


in  the  neural  suture;  it  is  separated  from  the  mesenchyme  in  the 
region  of  the  fore-gut  by  a  considerable  space.  (We  shall  call 
the  latter  portion  of  mesenchyme  the  axial  mesenchyme  of  the 
head,  to  distinguish  it  from  the  mesenchyme  derived  from  the 

neural  crest,  which  later  lies  lat- 
eral to  it,  and  which  may  thus 
be  known  as  the  periaxial  layer.) 
The  crest  may  be  followed  ante- 
riorly to  the  extreme  tip  of  the 
neural  tube,  and  posteriorly  to 
the  region  of  the  anterior  intesti- 
nal portal,  which  lies  at  about  the 
transverse  level  of  the  future  au- 
ditory pit  (cf.  Fig.  91).  In  the 
region  of  the  mid-brain  it  spreads 
out  laterally  until  its  peripheral 
cells  reach  the  axial  mesenchyme. 

Goronowitsch  divides  the  pre-otic 
portion  of  the  neural  crest  into  pri- 
mary and  secondary  ganglionic  crests, 
the  post-otic  portion  being  the  terti- 
ary crest.     According  to  his  account 
there  is  a  decided  difference  in  time 
of  origin  of  the  primary  and  second- 
FiG.  91.  -  Diagram  of  the  cephalic    ^ry  crests ;  the  primary,  involving  the 
neural  crest  of  a  chick  of  about    region  of    fore-  and  mid-bram,  aris- 
12  s.     (After  Wilhelm  His.)  ing  before  the   secondary  which   in- 

cludes the  region  of  the  trigeminus 
and  acustico-facialis.  I  have  not,  however,  found  such  a  difference  in 
my  preparations. 

At  the  stage  of  10  somites  the  cells  of  the  pre-otic  neural 
crest  have  lost  their  connection  with  the  neural  tube.  Behind 
the  optic  vesicles  they  have  spread  out  laterally  between  the 
axial  mesenchyme  and  the  ectoderm,  where  they  form  a  prac- 
tically continuous  periaxial  layer,  distinguishable  from  the  axial 
mesenchyme  by  its  greater  density,  and  hence  deeper  stain; 
but  apparently  mingling  with  it  at  the  surface  of  contact. 

In  the  stages  immediately  following  (10-20  s),  the  portions 
of  the  periaxial  layer  lying  above  the  mandibular  and  the  hyoid 
arches  condense  and  thicken,  and  form  strong  cords  extending 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES 


159 


from  the  superior  angles  of  the  neural  tube  into  the  arches  in 
question;  here  they  form  connections  with  the  ectoderm  of  the 
arches,  which  proliferates  so  as  to  contribute  to  their  substance 
(Fig.  92).  Elsewhere  the  periaxial  layer  gradually  merges  with 
the  axial  mesenchyme.  The  periaxial  cords  are  the  primordia 
of  the  trigeminus  and  acustico-facialis  ganglia,  and  mark  the 
paths  of  the  trigeminal  and  facial  nerves.    Their  connection  with 


c . 


/>*■- 
'... 


9' 


('  -    '  -     .1_ 


£MW^^^^' 


*1 


ifmv^. 


Fig.  92.  —  Transverse  section  immediately  be- 
hind the  first  visceral  pouch  of  a  chick 
embryo  of  thirteen  somites.  (After  Gorono- 
witsch.)  Note  connection  of  the  periaxial 
cord  with  the  ectoderm  of  the  visceral  arch. 

Ad.,  Aorta  descendens.  c.  Rounded  me- 
senchyme cells,  g.  Place  where  cells  derived 
from  neural  crest  unite  with  the  mesenchyme 
cells  of  the  periaxial  cord.  f.  Fusion,  p.  Spin- 
dle-shaped peripheral  mesenchyme  cells. 


the  ectoderm  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  first  visceral  pouch 
must  not  be  confused  with  the  so-called  branchial  sense-organs, 
for  the  primary  connection  is  soon  lost,  and  secondary  connec- 
tions arise  at  about  the  27  s  stage,  and  constitute  the  true  branchial 
sense-organs  of  these  arches. 


160  THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 

The  acustico-facial  periaxial  cord  attains  definite ness  some 
time  before  the  trigeminal  (cf.  Fig.  71),  and  indeed  appears  almost 
from  the  first  as  a  specially  strong  part  of  the  periaxial  layer: 
whereas  in  the  region  of  the  trigeminus  the  cells  of  this  layer  are 
first  Avidely  dispersed  and  secondarily  aggregate,  between  the 
stages  of  14  and  18  somites.  Both  cords  are  attached  to  the 
brain,  the  trigeminus  to  the  first  neuromere  of  the  myelenoepha- 
lon,  and  the  acustico-facialis  to  the  third  (Fig.  83  E). 

The  trigeminal  and  facial  periaxial  cords  are  supplemented, 
as  we  have  seen,  by  proliferations  of  the  ectoderm  on  each  side 
of  the  first  visceral  pouch;  the  trigeminal  cord  then  enters  the 
mandibular  arch,  and  the  facial  the  hyoid  arch,  and  in  the  stages 
between  20  and  27  somites  form  at  least  part  of  the  mesenchyme 
of  these  arches.  The  axial  mesoblast  likewise  contributes  to  the 
mesenchyme  of  these  arches,  and  it  becomes  impossible  in  later 
stages  to  separate  these  two  mesenchymal  components.  The 
ganglia  proper  differentiate  from  the  upper  portions  of  the  cords. 
The  trigeminal  periaxial  cord  divides  over  the  angle  of  the  mouth 
and  sends  out  a  process  into  the  rudimentary  maxillary  process. 
A  third  projection  of  the  same  cord  towards  the  eye  forms  the 
path  of  the  ophthalmic  division  of  the  trigeminus  (Fig.  117). 

At  the  stage  of  about  27  s  the  trigeminus  forms  a  connection 
with  a  thickening  of  the  ectoderm  (placode  of  the  trigeminus) 
situated  in  front  of  and  above  the  first  visceral  cleft;  and  the 
facial  connects  similarly  with  a  larger  ectodermal  thickening 
(placode  of  the  facialis)  situated  on  the  posterior  margin  of  the 
uppermost  part  of  the  first  visceral  furrow.  These  ectodermal 
thickenings  are  rudimentary  structures  of  very  brief  duration, 
representing  parts  of  the  sensory  canal  system  of  the  head  of 
aquatic  vertebrates.  Their  occurrence  in  the  chick  is  an  interest- 
ing example  of  phylogenetic  recurrence.  A  third  and  fourth 
like  organ  arises  in  connection  with  the  post-otic  ganglia. 

At  the  stage  of  72  hours  there  are  two  ectodermal  thicken- 
ings (placodes)  in  connection  with  the  trigeminus,  one  in  front 
of  the  other,  derived  probably  by  division  of  the  original  first. 
The  facialis  placode  is  more  fully  developed. 

(2)  The  post-otic  ganglionic  crest  is  a  direct  continuation  of 
the  pre-otic  behind  the  ear,  and  it  is  at  first  difficult  to  make  an 
exact  boundarv  between  them.  At  the  stage  of  13  s  the  pre-otic 
crest  extends  beneath  the  auditory  epithelium  nearly  to  its  middle 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES  161 

in  the  form  of  a  thick  mass  of  cells  in  the  roof  of  the  neural  tube. 
Towards  the  posterior  end  of  the  auditory  epithelium  the  crest 
becomes  smaller,  and  this  is  the  beginning  of  the  post-otic  crest. 
Behind  the  ear  the  crest  becomes  larger  again  and  extends  later- 
ally so  as  to  form  a  periaxial  layer  between  the  ectoderm  and 
the  axial  mesoblast  which  extends  back,  above  the  first,  second, 
and  third  somites  to  the  middle  of  the  fourth.  The  part  between 
the  ear  and  the  first  somite  is,  however,  by  far  the  best  developed, 
the  continuation  behind  being  a  relatively  slight  cord  of  cells. 

At  about  the  stage  of  17  somites  the  anterior  part  of  the  crest 
condenses  to  form  a  well-defined  periaxial  cord,  which  arises 
from  the  neural  tube  above  the  middle  of  the  auditory  pit,  arches 
back  behind  its  posterior  margin  and  extends  down  into  the 
third  visceral  arch,  where  it  enlarges.  This  is  the  glossopharyn- 
geal periaxial  cord.  There  is  an  enlarged  jwrtion  of  the  crest 
just  behind  this  overlying  the  site  of  the  future  fourth  and  fifth 
arches,  but  its  substance  is  not  yet  condensed  to  form  a  distinct 
periaxial  cord. 

At  the  stage  of  20  somites  the  anterior  cardinal  vein  and  the 
duct  of  Cuvier  form  the  posterior  boundary  of  the  enlarged  por- 
tion of  the  post-otic  crest  (Fig.  73).  The  part  of  the  periaxial 
layer  immediately  in  front  of  this  is  somewhat  condensed  to 
form  the  periaxial  cord  of  the  vagus,  and  this  is  only  indistinctly 
separated  from  that  of  the  glossopharyngeus. 

The  formation  of  the  third  visceral  cleft  definitely  splits  the 
periaxial  layer  into  the  periaxial  cords  of  the  glossopharyngeus 
and  vagus  (25  s).  This  division  is  carried  up  indistinctly,  at 
first,  into  the  roots  which  occupy  the  space  between  the  auditory 
sac  and  the  first  somite.  The  formation  of  the  fourth  visceral 
pouch  similarly  divides  the  distal  portion  of  the  vagus  cord, 
so  that  part  of  it  lies  in  front  of  the  pouch  and  part  behind. 

At  the  stage  of  seventy-two  hours  the  ganglion  petrosum 
(glossopharyngeus)  is  definitely  formed  by  an  enlargement  of 
the  cord  just  above  the  third  visceral  arch,  and  the  ganglion 
nodosum  (vagus),  similarly  formed  from  the  vagus  cord,  lies 
above  the  fourth  visceral  pouch,  thus  extending  over  the  fourth 
and  fifth  arches.  Branchial  sense  organs  are  formed  at  the  dorsal 
angles  of  the  second  and  third  visceral  furrows  in  connection 
with  the  IX  and  X  nerves  respectively. 

It  would   appear  that   the   neural   crest  in  the   head  is   the 


162  THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

source  of  much  of  the  mesenchyme,  and  it  is  an  interesting  ques- 
tion whether  or  not  such  mesenchyme  has  a  different  fate  from 
that  of  different  origin.  Nothing  definite,  however,  is  known  in 
regard  to  this,  owing  to  the  impossibihty  of  separating  the  various 
kinds  after  they  have  once  merged. 

The  Neural  Crest  in  the  Region  of  the  Somites.     The  neural 
crest  is  very  sUghtly  developed  in  the  region  of  the  first  five  so- 
mites, which  is  correlated  with  the  fact  that  these  somites  are 
devoid  of  ganglia.     But  the  mode  of  origin  is  the  same  through- 
out the  somitic  region.     Shortly  after  the  closure  of  the  neural 
tube  in  any  region  the  neural  crest  forms  an  aggregation  of  cells 
in  the  roof,  more  or  less  sharply  separated  from  the  remainder 
of  the  tube  both  by  the  arrangement  of  the  cells  and  also  by  their 
lighter  stain  (Figs.  107,  109,  112,  113).     The  early  history  may  be 
followed  in  a  single  embryo,  by  comparing  the  conditions  opposite 
the  last  somite  with  that  of  more  anterior  somites  where  develop- 
ment   is    more    advanced.     Figs.    107,    108,    109,    110    represent 
transverse    sections    through    the    twenty-ninth,    twenty-sixth, 
twentieth,  and  seventeenth  somites  of  a  29  s  embryo.     In  Fig. 
107  the  cells  of  the  crest  are  extending  towards  the  upper  angle 
of  the  somite,  with  which  they  are  connected  by  protoplasmic 
strands.     The  aggregation  in  the  roof  of  the  neural  tube  is  thus 
decidedly  diminished;  the  lateral  wings  of  the  crest  lie  in  the  angle 
between  the  neural  tube  and  the  ectoderm.     In  the  twenty-sixth 
somite  (Fig.  108)  the  lateral  wings  extend  farther  from  their  point 
of  origin,  and  appear  to  have  a  more  intimate  connection  with 
the  myotome.     In  the  more  anterior  and  older  somites,  twenty 
and  seventeen    (Figs.   109  and  110),  the  process  has  progressed 
much  farther  and  the  neural  crest  cells  are  completely  expelled 
from  the  neural  tube,  which  closes  after  them  (Fig.  110).     A  j-et 
later  stage  is  shown  in  Fig.  Ill,  through  the  twenty-third  somite 
of  a  35  s  embryo. 

The  dorsal  commissure  uniting  the  right  and  left  sides  of  the 
crest  ruptures,  and  the  cells  of  the  crest  aggregate  so  as  to  form 
a  pair  of  ganglia  in  each  somite.  Thus,  although  the  neural  crest 
is  primarily  a  median  structure,  it  becomes  divided  into  two 
lateral  halves,  and  although  it  is  primarily  a  continuous  structure 
it  becomes  divided  into  a  series  of  pairs  of  metameric  ganglia. 
The  fate  of  the  interganglionic  commissures  is  conjectural.  The 
ganglia  are  ill-defined  from  the  mesenchyme  when  they  are  first 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES 


163 


V. 

Md. 

V.C.f 

■^•^-l 

Ot. 

'i^~ 

V.C.2^ 

h 

S.2. 



D.C. 



';-,_!^DJenc. 


3.J0. 


— ' — •'^-'^^^SsSt--  '■■--■ 


v5.2C 


^.27 


■— i/?//: 


^/77. 


r^.^y^ 


-■ , 

...  :^: 

L. 

.•^r^-rff  !ili. 

v-iJiC— -L 

ii^L  ■-■ 

;       Tv, 

^^i 

Fig.  93. — Entire  embryo  of  27  s  viewed  as  a 

transparent  object  from  above. 

a.  a.  1,  a.  a.  2,  a.  a.  3,  First,  second,  and  third 
aortic  arches.  Car.,  Carotid  loop.  Ret.,  Retina. 
V.  C.  1,  V.  C.  2,  First  and  second  visceral  clefts. 
Other  abbreviations  as  before,     x  20. 


164  THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 

formed,  but  they  rapidly  become  well  differentiated. 

IV.    The  Organs  of  Special  Sense  (Eye,  Ear,  Nose) 

Embryologically  a  sharp  distinction  must  be  drawn  between 
the  essential  percipient  part  of  the  organs  of  sense  (retina  of  the 
eye,  olfactory  epithelium,  and  epithelium  of  the  membranous  laby- 
rinth) and  the  parts  formed  for  protection  and  for  the  elaboration 
of  function.  The  sensory  part  proper  is  the  first  to  arise  in  the 
embryo,  and  is  protected  later  by  modifications  of  surrounding 
tissues  or  parts.  We  may  thus  distinguish  between  primary  and 
secondary  parts  in  the  case  of  all  organs  of  sense.  Only  the  early 
history  of  the  primary  parts  falls  within  the  period  covered  by 
this  chapter,  except  the  formation  of  the  lens  in  the  case  of  the 
eye. 

The  Eye.  The  primary  optic  vesicles  arise,  as  we  have  seen, 
as  lateral  expansions  of  the  anterior  end  of  the  neural  tube; 
their  position  is  indicated  by  an  enlargement  of  the  neural  tube 
even  before  the  meeting  of  the  medullary  folds  in  this  region. 
The  shape  and  relations  of  the  early  optic  vesicles  have  already 
been  described  and  figured.  The  cavity  may  be  called  the  Ven- 
triculus  opticus.  The  origin  of  the  optic  stalk  by  constriction 
of  the  base  of  the  vesicle  was  described  in  a  preceding  section 
of  this  chapter  (p.  149).  The  stalks  remain  attached  to  the 
ventral  end  of  the  lateral  walls  of  the  diencephalon  in  the  region 
of  the  recessus  opticus,  and  constitute  tubular  connections  between 
the  vesicles  and  the  brain,  in  the  walls  of  which  the  optic  nerve 
develops  later  (Fig.  84). 

Locy  found  six  pairs  of  "  accessory  optic  vesicles  "  occurring  in  series 
immediately  behind  the  true  optic  vesicles;  they  form  low  rounded 
swellings  of  the  side-walls  of  the  neural  folds  before  the  true  brain 
vesicles  are  indicated,  and  last  only  about  three  hours  in  the  chick 
(twenty-fourth  to  twenty-seventh  hours  of  incubation).  "Their  exist- 
ence supports  the  hypothesis  that  the  vertebrate  eyes  are  segmental,  and 
that  the  ancestors  of  vertebrates  were  primitive)}'  multiple-e3'ed.''  (Locy.) 

The  external  surface  of  the  optic  vesicle  early  reaches  the 
ectoderm,  to  which  it  appears  to  be  cemented  at  the  10  s  stage. 
In  the  17-18  s  stage,  the  optic  vesicles  project  decidedly  behind 
the  attachment  of  the  optic  stalk,  and  the  external  wall  is  slightly 
thicker  than  that  next  the  brain.  .  The  ectoderm  then  becomes 
thickened  over  a  circular  area  in  contact  with  the  optic  vesicle 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES 


165 


and  this  constitutes  the  primordium  of  the  lens  (Fig  94).  The 
thickening  of  the  external  wall  of  the  optic  vesicle  and  of  the 
lens  primordium  now  proceed  rapidly,  and  soon  an  invagination 
is  formed  in  each  (Fig.  95). 


Fig.  94.  —  Section  through 

the  primordium  of  the  eye 

of  a  chick  embryo  of  21  s. 

(After  Froriep.) 

d.,  Distal  wall  of  optic 
vesicle,  p.,  Proximal  wall 
of  optic  vesicle. 


Fig.  95.  —  Section  through  the 
primordium  of  the  eye  of  a 
chick  embryo  at  the  end  of 
the  second  day  of  incubation. 
(After  Froriep.) 


It  is  probable  that  a  stimulus  is  exerted  by  the  optic  vesicle  on  the 
ectoderm  with  which  it  is  in  contact,  causing  it  to  thicken  and  become 
the  primordium  of  the  lens.  This  has  been  demonstrated  experimentally 
to  be  the  case  in  the  embryo  of  the  frog,  and  the  morphological  rela- 
tions are  the  same  in  the  chick.  The  invagination  of  the  primary  optic 
vesicle  to  form  the  secondary  optic  vesicle  is  not  mechanically  produced 
by  the  growth  of  the  lens,  as  some  have  supposed,  for  it  has  been  shown 
(see  Fol  and  Warynsky)  that  the  secondary  optic  vesicle  is  formed  in 
the  absence  of  the  lens. 

We  may  now  consider  the  formation  of  the  optic  cup  and  of 
the  lens  separately. 

The  Optic  Cup.  The  invagination  of  the  outer  wall  of  the 
primary  optic  vesicle  gradually  brings  this  wall  into  contact 
with  the  inner  wall  and  obliterates  the  primary  cavity.     Thus 


166  THE    DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE    CHICK 

is  established  the  secondary  optic  vesicle  or  optic  cup  (aipula 
optica).  Special  attention  must  be  given  to  the  form  of  the  in- 
vagination, for  this  determines  relations  of  fundamental  impor- 
tance. The  invagination  may  be  stated  to  consist  of  two  parts. 
The  first  is  directly  internal  to  the  lens  primordium,  and  the  second, 
which  is  continuous  with  the  first,  involves  the  ventral  wall  of 
the  primary  optic  vesicle  as  far  as  the  optic  stalk.  Two  parts 
may  thus  be  distinguished  in  the  mouth  of  the  optic  cup  —  (1)  an 
external  part,  which  becomes  the  pupil  of  the  eye,  and  (2)  a  ventral 
part,  continuous  with  the  pupil,  which  is  known  as  the  choroid 
fissure.  Figs.  96  A,  B,  and  C  exhibit  these  relations  better  than 
a  detailed  description. 

The  choroid  fissure  is  a  transitory  embryonic  structure,  sub- 
sequently closing  by  fusion  of  its  lips.  However,  it  establishes 
a  relation  of  fundamental  importance  in  that  the  ventral  wall 
of  the  optic-stalk  is  kept  continuous  in  this  way  with  the  inner 
or  retinal  layer  of  the  secondary  optic  vesicle  (Figs.  96  B,  and  97), 
and  thus  a  path  is  provided  for  the  development  of  the  optic 
nerve  (see  Chap.  IX).  It  also  provides  an  aperture  in  the  wall 
of  the  optic  cup  for  the  entrance  of  the  arteria  centralis  retinae. 

The  optic  primordium  at  the  36  s  stage,  with  the  omission  of 
the  lens,  is  composed  as  follows: 

(1)  Optic-stalk  attached  to  the  floor  of  the  brain;  this  is 
still  tubular. 

(2)  The  optic  cup  or  secondary  optic  vesicle  consisting  of 
two  layers,  viz.,  (a)  a  thick  internal  or  retinal  layer  continuous 
at  the  pupil  and  choroid  fissure  with  {b)  the  thin  external  laj^er. 
The  cavity  of  the  cup  is  the  future  posterior  chamber  of  the  eye; 
it  has  two  openings,  viz.,  the  pupil  filled  by  the  primordium  of 
the  lens,  and  the  slit-like  choroid  fissure  extending  from  the  pupil 
to  the  optic  stalk  along  the  ventral  surface.  The  retinal  layer 
is  continuous  with  the  floor  of  the  optic-stalk,  and  thus  with  the 
diencephalon. 

The  optic  cup  expands  with  extreme  rapidity  between  the 
stages  of  26  and  36  somites,  as  may  be  seen  from  the  figures  by 
comparing  the  relative  size  of  the  lens  and  optic  cup  at  different 
stages. 

The  Lens.  The  invagination  of  the  thickened  ectoderm 
external  to  the  optic  vesicle  soon  leads  to  the  formation  of  a  deep, 
thick-walled  pit  which  rapidly  closes   (26-28  somites)   and  thus 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES  ]67 

forms  an  epithelial  sac,  which  at  first  practically  fills  the  cavity 
of  the  optic  cup.  However,  it  very  soon  becomes  detached  from 
the  posterior  wall  of  the  optic  cup,  which  expands  with  great 
rapidity,  and  the  lens  is  left  at  the  mouth  of  the  cup.     The  walls 


§■ 


5o 


;/ 


5 


^ 


^  v 


•to 

~>5 


< 


O 
CO 

I 


O   o3 
to 

O    O 
O 


^       '^  ' 

"5     .'o 


o 

73 


>5      P      O 

^  'IS  -^^ 

-^  o 


d  ~^ 

r-*    O    t^ 

c  o  " 

S     S     fcn 

C   ;^    O 

^      -  <^ 

C  •"    CO 

Is     .  ^ 

_  o  _a 

-M      O     til 

1^   S   Oi 

M    2      . 


U2 


tC  r/":. 


a; 


be  bi^.  c  g^ 
c  o  ^  ^  +^ 


I 


£    e3.3i       Si  a^  2 


O      fH 


c3 


•-  o 

I  «& 


5  =^  xa  5^ 


cs  c:  .1 


O   ci   3 


X 


.0  o  t^ 


o  o 


o 


O    M 


P^ 


of  the  lens  sac  are  at  first  of  practically  even  thickness  (28  s), 
but  by  the  35  s  stage  a  great  difference  has  arisen  by  the  elonga- 
tion of  the  cells  of  the  inner  wall,  which  are  destined  to  form 
lens  fibers:  the  cells  of  the  anterior  (outer)  wall  elongate  much 


168 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


less  during  this  period,  and  are  destined  to  form  the  ei^ithelium 
of  the  lens  (Fig.  97).  Intermediate  conditions  are  found  around 
the  equator  of  the  lens.  The  subsequent  history  is  given  in 
chapter  IX. 

The  Auditory  Sac.  At  about  the  12  s  stage  the  first  evidence 
of  the  auditory  sacs  is  found  in  the  form  of  a  pair  of  circular 
23atches  of  thickened  ectoderm  situated  on  the  dorsal  surface  of 
the  head  opposite  to  the  ninth,  tenth,  and  eleventh  neuromeres, 
and  thus  a  short  distance  in  front  of  the  first  mesoblastic  somite; 
it  lies  between  the  rudiments  of  the  acustico-facialial  and  glosso- 
pharyngeal ganglia.     In  the   14  s  stage  the  auditory  epithelium 


/fiw.  p.C/i 


Lens  . 


Fig.  97.  —  Transverse  section  through  the  eyes  and  heart  of  an  embryo  of 
about  35  s.  The  plane  of  the  section  will  be  readily  understood  by  com- 
parison of  Fig.  117. 

ch.  Fis.,  Choroid  fissure.  D.  C,  Duct  of  Cuvier.  Lg.,  Lung.  pi.  gr., 
Pleural  groove.  V.  c,  Posterior  cardinal  vein.  Y.  S.,  Yolk-sac.  Other 
abbreviations  as  before. 

is  slightly  depressed,  and  in  the  16  s  stage  it  forms  a  wide-open 
pit.  At  about  the  20  s  stage  the  mouth  of  the  pit  narrows  slightly, 
and  gradually  closes  (28-30  s),  thus  forming  the  auditory  sac  or 
vesicle  (otocyst)  (cf.  Figs.  71,  73,  89,  and  93). 

The  method  of  closure  of  the  pit,  which  is  of  interest,  may 
readily  be  observed  in  mounts  of  entire  embryos;  at  first  the 
lips  fold  over  most  rapidly  from  the  anterior  and  posterior  mar- 
gins; thus  the  mouth  of  the  pit  becomes  elliptical  with  the  long 
axis  vertical  (stage  of  22  somites)  and  extending  from  the  apex 
nearly  to  the  base.  The  ventral  lip  then  begins  to  ascend  (stage 
of  24  somites)  and  the  closure  gradually  proceeds  towards  the 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES 


169 


^-    D. 


B.end'l. 


M. 


<;a 


rf§^ 


'<*". 


apex,  so  that  by  the  stage  of  29  somites  the  opening  is  reduced 
to  a  minute  eUipse  situated  on  the  external  side  of  the  dorsalmost 
portion  of  the  otocyst  (see  Fig.  93).  This  portion  of  the  otocyst 
now  begins  to  form  a  small  conical 
elevation,  and  the  final  closure  takes 
place  on  the  external  side  of  this 
elevation,  which  is  destined  to 
form  the  endolymphatic  duct.  The 
latter  remains  united  to  the  epi- 
dermis at  this  point  for  a  consid- 
erable period  of  time  by  a  strand 
of  cells  which  may  preserve  a 
lumen  up  to  104  hours  (Fig.  98). 
The  final  point  of  closure  of  the  oto- 
cyst is  thus  very  definitely  placed, 
and  it  coincides  with  the  middle  of 
the  endolymphatic  duct,  that  is, 
with  the  junction  of  the  later  formed 
saccus  and  ductus  endolymphaticus. 
In  the  Selachia  this  duct  remains 
in  open  communication  with  the 
exterior  throughout  life;  the  rela- 
tively long  persistence  of  its  con- 
nection with  the  epidermis  in  the 
chick  may  thus  be  interpreted  as  a  Fig.  98.  —  Section  of  the  otocyst 
phylogenic  reminiscence  of  the  an-  of  an  embryo  of  104  hours.  The 
,  i-^.  original  opening  of  the  otocyst 

cestral  condition.  .^  ^^^^^^^  ^^^^  .^^^  ^  ^^^^^^  ^^_ 

The   Nose    (Olfactory  Pits).     At       ^^.^j  ...^j^h  connects  with  the 

about  the  28  s  stage,  the  ectoderm        endolymphatic   duct   (recessus 

on  the  sides  of  the  head  a  short  dis-       labyrinthi). 

i^noP'   in    front   of  the  eves   aDDears  ^•'  ^^^^  ^^  ^^^^^  ^^  ^^^^  otocyst 

tance  m  iiom  oi  ine  eyes  appeaib     (.^^^jj^^.,)^   b.,  Canalleading from 

thickened.     Two  circular  patches  of    the  surface  to  the    otocyst.    D. 

ppfnrlprm    nrp  thus   marked   off    the     end'l.,  Endolymphatic  duct.     D., 
ectoderm  are  tnus  maiKea  on,^  me     j^^^^^^j     ^^^^  Ectoderm  of  the 

beginning  of   the   olfactory  epithe-  surface  of  the  head.    Gn.,  Audi- 

lium;  at  first  this  grades  almost  im-  tory  ganglion.    L    Lateral.    M., 

'  '^  .    ,  ,       .  Median.     V.,  ventral, 

perceptibly    into     the     neighboring 

ectoderm.     In    the   stages  immediately    following   the   olfactory 

plates  appear  to  sink  down  towards  the  ventral   surface   of  the 

head,  due  no  doubt  to  more  rapid  growth  of  the  dorsal  portion 

of  the  head.     Thus  they  appear  at  the  ventro-lateral   angles   of 


if-'- 


V. 


170  THE  DEVELOPMENT   OF  THE  CHICK 

the  anterior  part  of  the  head  at  the  stage  of  36  somites.  During 
the  displacement  a  depression  appears  in  the  center  of  each  olfac- 
tory plate,  and  as  this  becomes  deeper,  the  olfactory  pits  are 
formed  (Figs.  99  and  117).  At  the  stage  of  36  somites  each  is 
a  deep  pit  situated  at  the  junction  of  the  sides  and  ventral  sur- 
face of  the  anterior  portion  of  the  head,  with  the  wide  mouth 
opening  outwards  and  ventrally. 

The  olfactory  epithelium  now  becomes  sharply  differentiated 
from  the  ectoderm  of  the  head,  owing  to  the  formation  of  a  super- 
ficial la3^er  of  cells  (teloderm,  see  p.  285)  above  the  columnar  cells 
in  the  ectoderm,  but  not  in  the  region  of  the  sensory  epithelium, 
where  the  cells  still  form  a  single  layer.  In  the  center  of  the 
olfactory  pit  the  epithelium  is  very  much  thickened  owing  to 
elongation  of  the  cells,  and  the  nuclei  lie  in  five  or  six  layers; 
there  is  a  gradual  thinning  of  the  epithelium  to  the  lips  of  the 
pit  and  then  a  sudden,  but  graduated,  decrease  to  the  general 
ectoderm.  The  line  of  junction  of  olfactory  epithelium  and 
indifferent  ectoderm  of  the  head  is  a  little  distance  beyond  the 
margin  of  the  pit,  as  may  be  determined  by  the  edge  of  the  telo- 
dermic  layer;  in  other  words,  all  of  the  olfactory  epithelium  is 
not  yet  invaginatecl. 

It  is  probable  that  the  invagination  of  the  olfactory  plates  is 
due  mostly,  up  to  this  time,  to  the  processes  of  growth  within 
the  plates  themselves,  although  there  has  been  considerable 
accumulation  of  mesenchyme  in  this  region.  But  the  subsequent 
deepening  of  the  pits  appears  to  be  due  largely  to  the  formation 
of  processes  around  the  mouths  of  the  primary  pits.  (See 
Chap.  IX.) 

V.  The  Alimentary  Tract  and  Its  Appendages 
We  have  already  learned  that  the  main  portion  of  the  alimen- 
tary tract  arises  from  the  splanchnopleure;  a  portion  of  the  mouth 
cavity  is,  however,  lined  with  ectoderm  and  arises  from  an  inde- 
pendent ectodermal  pit,  the  stomodceum,  which  communicates 
only  secondarily  with  the  entodermal  portion;  similarly  the  last 
portion,  external  to  the  cloaca,  arises  from  an  ectodermal  pit, 
the  proctodceum,  which  communicates  only  secondarily  with  the 
entodermal  part.  We  shall  thus  have  to  consider  the  origin  of 
the  stomodseum  and  the  proctodeum  in  connection  with  the 
alimentary  tract. 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES 


171 


Of     l/ll-V/l/      jV'm     V.  Mef-er/c.  ^^'^• 


\cr.Ff. 


cerv.FJ. 


■'A 


5 JO 


•  Jens. 
■   -c/i.F/s. 


:C^pcM 


S20r 


5JCK^- 


M 


.V. 


;  i^ 


^d  / 


/^S 


5* 


-^.K 


-r-om. 


Umb. 


•■=*:' 


/ 


Fig.  99.  —  Entire  embryo  of  31  somites  viewed  as  a 
transparent  object, 
am.  Umb.,  Amniotic  umbilicus.  B.  a.,  Bulbus 
arteriosus,  cerv.  Fl.,  Cervical  flexure,  ch.  Fis.,  Cho- 
roid fissure,  cr.  Fl.,  Cranial  flexure.  D.  C,  Duct  of 
Cuvier.  ex.  o.  c,  External  layer  of  the  optic  cup. 
int.  o.  c,  Internal  layer  of  the  optic  cup  (retina.) 
N'm.,  Neuromere  of  myelencephalon.  olf.,  Olfactory 
pit.  pc.  W.,  Line  of  attachment  of  amnion  to  peri- 
cardial wall.  V.  C.  1,  2,  3,  First,  second,  and  third 
visceral  clefts.     Other  abbreviations  as  before. 


172  THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 

From  the  embryological  point  of  view  the  aUmentary  tract 
may  be  divided  into  fore-,  mid-,  and  hind-gut.  The  fore-gut 
inchides  the  anterior  portion  as  far  back  as  the  hver  diverticula, 
the  mid-gut  extends  from  here  to  the  coecal  appendages,  and  the 
hind-gut  inchides  the  remainder.  From  each  division  there 
arise  certain  outgrowths  which  may  be  termed  collectively 
appendages  of  the  alimentary  tract,  and  these  will  also  be 
considered  here,  so  far  as  they  arise  within  the  period  covered 
by  this  chapter.  Thus  from  the  fore-gut  there  arise  the  visceral 
pouches,  the  thyroid  and  thymus  glands,  the  postbranchial 
bodies,  the  respiratory  tract,  and  the  liver  and  pancreas;  from 
the  mid-gut  the  3^olk-sac,  and  from  the  hind-gut  the  ccecal 
appendages  and  allantois. 

The  enlargement  of  the  body-cavity  towards  the  middle  line 
gradually  reduces  the  broad  mesodermal  septum  situated  between 
its  inner  angles  to  a  relatively  narrow  plate,  which  forms  the  dor- 
sal mesentery  of  the  intestine  (Figs.  107,  109,  110,  and  111).  This 
elongates  in  the  course  of  development  and  forms  a  sheet  of  tissue 
suspending  the  intestinal  tube  to  the  mid-dorsal  line  of  the  body- 
cavity.  It  is  composed  of  two  layers  of  mesothelium  (peritoneum) 
continuous  with  the  lining  of  the  body-cavity  and  enclosing  a 
certain  amount  of  mesenchyme;  the  dorsal  mesentery  extends 
along  the  entire  length  of  the  intestinal  canal. 

A  ventral  mesentery  uniting  gut  and  yolk-sac  is  also  estab- 
lished by  the  meeting  of  the  limiting  sulci  in  the  splanchnopleure. 
When  the  body-wall  closes,  the  ventral  mesentery  consists  of 
two  layers  of  mesothelium  attaching  the  intestinal  canal  to  the 
mid-ventral  line  of  the  body-wall.  The  dorsal  and  ventral  mesen- 
teries, together  with  the  alimentary  canal,  thus  constitute  a 
complete  partition  between  the  right  and  left  halves  of  the  body- 
cavity.  However,  the  ventral  mesentery  is  a  very  transient 
structure  except  in  the  region  of  the  fore-gut  and  liver,  and  in 
the  extreme  end  of  the  hind-gut.  In  these  places  it  is  persistent 
and  is  the  seat  of  formation  of  important  organs. 

The  wall  of  the  intestine  contains  three  embrvonic  lavers: 
viz.,  entoderm,  mesenchyme,  and  mesothelium.  The  first  forms 
the  lining  epithelium  of  the  intestine,  and  of  all  glandular  attach- 
ments, as  well  as  of  the  respiratory  tract  and  allantois;  the  last 
forms  the  serosa;  and  the  mesenchyme  the  intermediate  layers. 

We  shall  now  consider  the  development  of  each  region  of  the 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES  173 

alimentary  tract  and  the  appendages  proper  to  each  in  the  follow- 
ing order:  (1)  Stomodseum,  (2)  Pharynx,  (3)  CEsophagus,  (4) 
Stomach,  (5)  Hepato-pancreatic  division  of  the  fore-gut,  (6)  Mid- 
gut, (7)  Hind-gut. 

The  stomodaeum  owes  its  origin  to  an  expansion  of  the  em- 
bryonic parts  surrounding  the  oral  plate,  and  it  gives  rise  to  a 
large  part  of  the  buccal  cavity,  which  is  therefore  lined  by  ecto- 
derm. (See  Chap.  X.)  It  will  be  remembered  that  at  the  12  s 
stage  the  oral  plate  lies  between  the  pericardium  and  the  fore- 
brain  (Fig.  67),  and  that  it  consists  of  a  fusion  between  the 
ectoderm  of  the  ventral  surface  of  the  head  and  the  entoderm 
composing  the  floor  of  the  anterior  end  of  the  fore-gut.  It  lies 
in  a  slight  depression  on  the  under  surface  of  the  head  which 
is  the  beginning  of  the  oral  cavity.  This  small  beginning  owes 
its  enlargement  (1)  to  the  cranial  flexure,  by  which  the  ventral 
surface  of  the  head  becomes  bent  at  right  angles  to  the  oral 
plate  instead  of  forming  a  direct  continuation  of  it,  and  (2)  to 
the  formation  and  protrusion  of  the  mandibular  arches  and 
maxillary  processes  at  the  sides  and  behind.  (See  fuller  account 
in  Chap.  VII.)  In  this  waj'  it  becomes  a  deep  cavity  closed 
internally  by  the  oral  plate.  The  series  of  figures  of  sagittal 
sections  through  the  head  illustrates  very  well  the  gradual  deep- 
ening of  the  stomodseum  by  these  processes  (Figs.  75,  85,  87,  88). 

The  oral  plate  thins  gradually  from  the  12  to  the  30  s  stage 
when  it  breaks  through  (Figs  87  and  88),  thus  establishing  an 
opening  into  the  alimentary  tract.  The  remnants  of  the  oral 
membrane  then  gradually  disappear  and  leave  no  trace.  The 
subsequent  extension  of  the  maxillary  region  to  form  the  upper 
jaw  greatly  enlarges  the  extent  of  the  ectodermal  portion  of  the 
buccal  cavity.  It  will  have  been  noted  (Figs.  85  and  87)  that 
the  hypophysis  opens  in  front  of  the  oral  plate  on  the  ectodermal 
side,  and  this  constitutes  a  most  important  landmark  for  deter- 
mining the  limit  of  the  ectodermal  portion  of  the  buccal  cavity 
in  later  stages. 

The  Pharynx  and  Visceral  Arches.  The  pharynx  may  be  briefly 
defined  as  the  alimentary  canal  of  the  head.  It  is  the  most 
variable  part  of  the  alimentary  canal  in  the  series  of  vertebrates. 
]\Iodified,  as  it  is  in  all  vertebrates,  for  purposes  of  respiration, 
the  transition  from  the  aquatic  to  the  terrestrial  mode  of  respira- 
tion brought  about  great  changes  in  it.     It  is  thus  marked  em- 


174  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

bryologically  first  by  the  development  of  structures,  the  visceral 
arches  and  clefts,  whose  primary  function  was  aquatic  respira- 
tion, and  second  by  the  development  of  the  air-breathing 
lungs.  Such  fundamental  changes  in  function  have  left  a  deep 
impression,  not  only  on  the  embryonic  history  of  the  pharynx 
itself,  but  also  on  the  development  of  the  nervous  and  vascular 
systems. 

The  extreme  anterior  end  of  the  pharynx  extends  at  first 
some  distance  in  front  of  the  oral  plate,  and  may  hence  be  called 
the  pre-oral  gut  (Figs.  75,  85,  etc.).  After  the  rupture  of  the 
oral  plate,  the  pre-oral  gut  appears  like  an  evagination  of  the 
pharynx  immediately  behind  the  hypophysis  and  is  now  known 
as  Seessel's  pocket  (Fig.  87),  but  it  gradually  flattens  out  and 
disappears  (Fig.  88). 

The  form  of  the  pharynx  at  thirty-three  hours  has  l^een 
already  described; briefly, it  is  much  expanded  lateralh^, exhibiting 
a  crescentic  form  in  cross-section  (Fig.  54  A).  The  horns  of  the 
crescent  are  in  contact  with  the  ectoderm  in  front  of  the  auditory 
pit,  marking  the  site  of  the  future  hyomandibular  cleft,  which 
arises  by  perforation  in  the  fused  area  at  about  forty-six  hours. 
A  second  pair  of  lateral  expansions  brings  about  a  second  fusion 
of  the  lateral  wings  of  the  pharynx  just  behind  the  auditory  pit 
at  about  the  stage  of  19-20  somites.  This  is  followed  b}^  the 
formation  of  a  third  and  a  fourth  pair  of  lateral  evaginations  of 
the  pharynx  which  reach  the  ectoderm  at  about  23  s  and  35  s 
respectively.  The  walls  of  the  pharynx  appear  considerably 
constricted  between  the  evaginations  which  are  known  as  vis- 
ceral pouches  (Figs.  100  and  101). 

Corresponding  to  each  visceral  pouch  there  is  formed  an 
ectodermal  invagination  of  much  lesser  extent,  which  may  be 
known  as  the  visceral  furrow.  The  furrows  do  not  form  directly 
opposite  the  pouches,  but  slightly  behind  them  so  as  to  overlap 
the  margins  of  the  latter  (Fig.  101).  The  ectoderm  of  the  visceral 
furrows  forms  a  close  union  with  the  entoderm  of  the  pouches, 
and  openings  arise  within  these  areas,  excepting  the  fourth, 
forming  transitory  visceral  clefts. 

There  are  thus  four  pairs  of  visceral  pouches  and  furrows, 
known  as  the  first,  second,  third,  and  fourth;  the  first  is  some- 
times called  the  hyomandibular. 

According  to   Kastschenko,   there   are   evidences  of  three   pairs   of 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES 


>3 


175 


visceral  furrows  in  front  of  the  first  at  the  14-16  s  stage.  These  he  in- 
terprets as  phyletic  rudiments.  It  is  certain  that  the  lower  vertebrates 
had  pouches  posterior  to  the  fourth.  The  post-branchial  bodies  (see 
p.  309)  are  probably  rudiments  of  a  fifth  pair  of  pouches. 

The  tissue  between  the  visceral  pouches  thickens,  by  accumu- 
lation of  mesenchyme,  to  form  the  visceral  arches,  of  which  there 
are  five,  viz.:  (1)  the  tnandibular  in  front  of  the  first  pouch,  form- 
ing also  the  posterior  boundary  of  the  oral  cavity,  (2)  the  hyoid 
between  the  first  and  second  pouches,  (3)  the  third  visceral  arch 
between  the  second  and  third  pouches,  (4)  the  fourth  visceral 
arch  between  the  third  and  fourth  pouches,   and   (5)   the  fifth 


vP2  vC..a2 


Fig.  100.  —  Reconstruction  of   the  fore-gut  of  a  chick  of   72  hours. 

(After  Kastschenko.) 

Hyp.,  Hypophysis,  lar-tr.  Gr.,  Laryngotracheal  groove.  Lg., 
Lung.  Md.  a.,  Mandibular  arch.  Oes.,  Oesophagus,  pr'o.  G.,  Preoral 
gut.  Stom.,  Stomach.  Th.,  Thyroid,  v.  C.  d,  1,  2,  Dorsal  division  of 
the  first  and  second  visceral  clefts,  v.  C.  v.  2,  Ventral  division  of  the 
second  visceral  cleft,  v.  P.  1,  2,  3,  4,  First,  second,  third,  and  fourth 
visceral  pouches. 

visceral  arch  behind  the  fourth  pouch.  Each  arch  is  bounded 
internally  by  entoderm,  externally  by  ectoderm.  The  main  portion 
of  its  substance  is  formed  of  mesenchyme;  each  contains  also  a 
branch  of  the  ventral  aorta  (aortic  arch)  and  a  branch  of  a  cranial 
nerve.  TTnderstanding  of  their  relations  is  therefore  essential  to 
knowledge  of  the  development  of  the  nervous  system,  vascular 
system,  and  skull. 

We  shall  now  consider  the  history  of  each  visceral  pouch 
and  arch  separately: 

The  first  visceral  pouch  becomes  adherent  to  the  ectoderm 
of  the  first  visceral  furrow  at  its  dorsal  and  ventral  ends,  leaving 


176 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


an  intermediate  free  portion.  At  about  the  26  s  stage  an  opening 
(cleft)  forms  at  the  dorsal  adhesion,  but  none  at  the  ventral; 
thus  the  first  visceral  cleft  is  confined  to  the  dorsalmost  portion 
of  the  pouch  (Fig.  100).  This  opening  closes  about  the  end  of 
the  fourth  day;  the  ventral  portion  of  the  pouch  then  flattens 
out,  and  the  dorsal  portion  expands  upwards  towards  the  otocyst 

(Fig.  102). 

The  first  visceral  (mandibular)  arch  thickens  greatly  between 
the  14  and  35  s  stages,  the  ventral  ends  project  a  little  behind 
the  oral  invagination,  and  subsequently  meet  to  form  the  primor- 
dium  of  the  lower  jaw  (Figs.  125  and  126,  Chap.  VII).     A  pro- 


C.oor. 


yim.    ///  ^ 


VAIJA2  „^.j      ^_^^ 


VS. 


<?c?./.    '■'■■   -'-■■■  ^, 


~  ^ 


Fig.  101.  — Frontal  section  through  the  pharynx  of  a  35  s  embryo. 

a.  a.  1,  2,  3,  4,  First,  second,  third,  and  fourth  aortic  arches.    Hj-p.,  An- 


terior lobe  of  the  Hypophysis.    J.,  Jugular  vein, 
branchial   portion   of   pharynx.     Ph.,  Pharj-nx 
3,   First,   second,    and   third   visceral   arches. 
F.  2,  3,  Second  and  third  visceral  furrows. 


V 


or.,  Oral  cavitv.  p.  br.,  Post- 
Th.,  Thyroid,     v.  A.  1,  2, 

v.  C.  1,  First  visceral  cleft. 
V.  P.  2,  3,  4,  Second,  third. 


and  fourth  visceral  pouches. 
HI,  Third  cranial  nerve. 


jection  of  the  upper  anterior  border  just  behind  the  eye  is 
the  beginning  of  the  maxillary  process,  or  primordium  of  the 
maxillary  portion  of  the  upper  jaw. 

The  second  visceral  pouch  likewise  becomes  adherent  to  the 
ectoderm  of  the  second  visceral  furrow  at  its  dorsal  and  ventral 
ends,  and  openings  are  formed  in  each  adhesion  by  the  35  s  stage 
(Fig.  100) ;  the  dorsal  opening  is  small  and  oval  (later  becoming 
more  elongated)  while  the  ventral  one  is  a  long,  narrow  fissure; 
they  are  separated  only  by  a  narrow  bridge  of  tissue,  and  close 
during  the  fourth  day. 

The  third  visceral  pouch  behaves  like  the  second,  forming  a 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX  SOMITES 


177 


small  round  dorsal,  and  long  fissure-like  ventral   cleft  at  about 
the  40  s  stage  (Fig.  102).     These  close  during  the  fifth  day. 

The  significance  of  the  separate  dorsal  and  ventral  divisions  of  the 
visceral  clefts  is  an  interesting  question.  It  is  probable  that  the  dorsal 
division  had  a  special  function,  as  they  have  a  special  connection  with 
the  branchial  sense  organs. 


Cdr./. 


KPa 


—  y.Pd. 


Fig.  102.  —  Reconstruction  of  the  pharyngeal  organs  of  the  chick 
at  the  end  of  the  fourth  day  of  incubation.     (After  Kastsch- 
enko.) 
a.  a.  3,  a.  a.  4,  a.  a.  6,  Third,  fourth,  and  sixth  aortic  arches. 
Car.  e.,  External  carotid.     Car.  i..  Internal  carotid.     G.  Gn.,  Ge- 
niculate  ganglion.      G.  n.  X.,  Ganglion   nodosum.     G.  pr..  Gan- 
glion petrosum.     ot.,   Otocyst.     p.  A.,  pulmonary  artery.     Th., 
Thyroid,     v.  P.  1,  2,  3,  4,  First,  second,  third,  and  fourth  visceral 
pouches. 

V,  VH,  VIII,  IX,  X,  XII,  Cranial  nerves  and  ganglia. 

The  fourth  visceral  pouch  connects  with  the  ectoderm  at  its 
dorsal  end,  about  the  35  s  stage,  but  no  cleft  develops.  Its  pos- 
terior wall  develops  an  evagination  (postbranchial  body)  which 
by  some  is  considered  to  be  a  rudimentary  fifth  pouch,  and 
which  contributes  to  the  formation  of  the  thymus.  (See 
Chap.  X.) 


178  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

The  second  visceral  arch  is  the  largest  of  the  arches  and  over- 
laps both  the  first  and  third.  See  Figs.  117  and  125  in  place  of 
description.  All  of  the  arches  are  wedge-shaped,  corresponding 
to  the  wedge-like  form  of  the  hind-brain  region.  The  fourth 
arch  is  small  and  incomplete  ventrally;  the  fifth  a  mere  transitory 
rudiment.  The  greatest  development  of  the  arches  is  at  about 
the  end  of  the  fourth  day. 

According  to  Kastschenko  the  closure  of  the  visceral  clefts  takes 
place  external  to  the  meeting-place  of  the  visceral  furrows  and  clefts, 
and  in  this  way  some  of  the  ectoderm  of  the  furrows  remains  attached 
to  the  visceral  pouches. 

The  thyroid  arises  as  a  small,  spherical  evagination  of  the 
epithelium  of  the  floor  of  the  pharynx  situated  between,  and  a 
little  in  front  of,  the  ventral  ends  of  the  second  pair  of  visceral 
pouches  (Figs.  85,  87,  88,  101).  In  the  18-20  s  stage,  it  is  repre- 
sented by  a  sharply  defined  plate  of  high,  columnar  cells  in  the 
same  situation,  which  may  be  recognized  even  at  the  stage  of 
12  s.  At  the  stage  of  26  s  this  plate  forms  a  deep,  saucer-shaped 
depression,  and  at  the  30  s  stage  it  is  a  well-developed  sac  with 
wide-open  mouth  which  gradually  closes,  thus  transforming  the 
sac  into  a  small  spherical  vesicle  lying  beneath  the  floor  of  the 
pharynx  (Fig.  102). 

The  Pulmonary  Tract.  The  portion  of  the  pharynx  that 
includes  the  visceral  pouches  may  be  called  the  branchial  portion, 
because  it  is  homologous  to  the  gill-bearing  portion  in  fishes  and 
amphibia,  and  because  the  visceral  pouches  are  phylogenetic 
rudiments  of  branchial  clefts.  The  larnyx,  trachea,  and  lungs 
develop  from  the  ventral  division  of  the  postbranchial  portion 
of  the  pharynx.  At  about  the  23  s  stage  a  reconstruction  shows 
this  respiratory  division  of  the  pharynx  slightly  constricted  from 
the  broader  branchial  portion,  enlarged  on  each  side  at  its  pos- 
terior end  and  with  a  ventral  depression;  the  latter  rapidly 
deepens  to  form  a  narrow  groove,  the  primordium  of  the  larynx 
and  trachea,  while  the  posterior  lateral  expansion  begins  to  form 
outgrowths,  the  primordia  of  the  lungs  and  air-sacs.  By  the 
stage  of  35  s  (Fig.  100)  the  postbranchial  portion  of  the  pharynx 
has  become  narrow  transversely  and  its  ventral  half  is  a  deep 
groove  (laryngotracheal  groove)  leading  back  to  the  lung  pri- 
mordia.    A  true  median  sagittal  section  at  this  time  shows  the 


FRO:\I   TWELA^E   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SO:\IITES 


179 


floor  of  the  laryngotracheal  groove  directly  continuous  with  the 
floor  of  the  branchial  portion  of  the  pharynx  at  its  hind  end;  the 
former  bends  up  at  about  right  angles  to  enter  the  narrow 
oesophagus  (Figs.  87  and  88). 

Thus  the  whole  pulmonary  tract  communicates  widely  with 
the  pharynx  at  the  35  s  stage.  Its  complete  delimination  falls 
within  the  period  covered  by  Chapter  X.  The  continuity  of 
the  expansions  that  form  the  lung  primordia,  with  the  series  of 
visceral  pouches  as  shown  in  Fig.  100,  is  especially  noteworthy 
^s  suggesting  a  theory  of  the  phylogenetic  derivation  of  the  lungs. 


||f7 

a.i.p. 

A. 

I.ddAcr) 
Ld.v.(cduc/) 


Fig.    103.  —  Reconstructions  of   the  liver  diverticula   of  the   chick. 
(After  Hammar.) 

A.  On  the  third  day  of  incubation;  from  the  left  side;  the  divertic- 
ula arise  from  the  anterior  intestinal  portal. 

B.  Beginning  of  the  fourth  day;  from  the  left  side. 

a.  i.  p.,  Anterior  intestinal  portal.  D.  V.,  Indicates  position  of 
ductus  venosus.  g.  b.,  Gall  bladder.  1.  d.  d.  (cr.).,  Dorsal  or  cra- 
nial liver  diverticulum.  1.  d.  v.  (caud.),  Ventral  or  caudal  liver 
diverticulum,  pc.  d.,  Dorsal  pancreas.  X.,  Marks  the  depression  in 
the  floor  of  the  duodenum  from  which  the  common  bile  duct  is 
formed. 


(Esophagus  and  Stomach.  Immediately  behind  the  pharynx, 
at  the  stage  of  36  s,  the  intestine  narrows  suddenly  (primordium 
of  oesophagus)  and  enters  a  small,  spindle-shaped  enlargement, 
the  primordium  of  the  stomach  (Figs.  87,  88,  100). 

The  liver  arises  in  the  chick  as  two  diverticula  of  the  entoderm 
of  the  anterior  intestinal  portal,  one  situated  immediately  above 
and  the  other  below  the  posterior  end  of  the  ductus  venosus,  or 
fork  of  the  omphalomesenteric  veins  (Fig.  103  A).     This  portion 


180  THE  DEVELOPMENT   OF  THE  CHICK 

of  the  anterior  intestinal  portal  becomes  incorporated  in  the 
floor  of  the  intestine  as  the  anterior  intestinal  portal  retreats 
backwards,  and  the  original  dorsal  liver  diverticulum  therefore 
becomes  anterior  or  cephalic  and  the  ventral  becomes  posterior 
or  caudal  (Fig.  103  B).  Before  this  transposition  occurs,  how- 
ever, the  diverticula  have  grown  forward  towards  the  sinus 
venosus  in  the  ventral  mesentery  of  the  stomach,  the  anterior 
diverticulum  above  and  the  posterior  diverticulum  below  the 
ductus  venosus.  The  stretch  of  entoderm  between  the  two  liver 
diverticula  thus  lies  in  the  angle  made  by  the  union  of  the  two 
omphalomesenteric  veins.  At  the  stage  of  26  somites,  the  anterior 
diverticulum  has  grown  forward  above  the  ductus  venosus 
to  the  level  of  the  Cuvierian  veins  and  is  large  and  flattened 
laterally.  The  posterior  diverticulum  is  barely  indicated  at  this 
time. 

The  anterior  diverticulum  was  originally  described  as  left  and  the 
posterior  as  right  (Goette,  1867),  and  this  description  was  taken  up 
by  Foster  and  Balfour.  This  was  corrected  by  Felix  (1892).  Subse- 
quent writers  do  not  agree  exactly  as  to  the  time  or  precise  relations 
of  the  diverticula;  however,  it  is  generally  agreed  that  the  two  diver- 
ticula are  subdivisions  of  a  common  hepatic  furrow,  inasmuch  as  the 
entoderm  between  them  lies  below  the  level  of  the  entoderm  in  front 
and  behind  (Fig.  103  B).  Brouha  maintains  that  at  first  the  hepatic 
furrow  lies  in  front  of  the  anterior  intestinal  portal,  and  that  the  latter 
secondarily  moves  forward  so  as  to  include  the  hepatic  furrow,  which 
later  again  comes  into  the  floor  of  the  intestine  with  the  definitive  retreat 
of  the  anterior  intestinal  portal.  This  view  does  not  rest  on  very  secure 
evidence,  and  is  probably  based  on  interpretation  of  slight  individual 
variations  as  successive  stages  of  development.  Choronschitzky  places  the 
time  of  appearance  of  the  hepatic  diverticula  at  about  the  thirty-sixth 
hour.  It  is  probable,  however,  that  this  is  too  early.  I  have  found  the 
first  unmistakable  diverticulum  at  a  stage  of  22  somites,  a  slight  rudi- 
ment of  the  anterior  diverticulum  in  the  anterior  intestinal  portal. 

At  the  30  s  stage  the  anterior  or  dorsal  diverticulum  has  ex- 
panded much  more,  mainly  to  the  left  of  the  middle  line,  as  though 
to  embrace  the  ductus  venosus,  and  the  posterior  or  ventral 
diverticulum  has  an  even  greater  development  and  embraces 
the  right  side  of  the  ductus  venosus,  but  it  does  not  extend  as 
far  forward  as  the  anterior  diverticulum.  Both  diverticula 
now  branch  rapidly  and  profusely,   forming  secondary  anasto- 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES 


181 


^■d.d.fcr.) 


moses  where  branches  meet,  so  that  a  complete  ring  of  anas- 
tomosing columns  of  hepatic  cylinders  is  rapidly  formed  around 
the  center  of  the  ductus  venosus 
(Figs.  103  B  and  104,  cf.  also  Figs. 
119  and  120).  But  the  anterior 
and  posterior  ends  of  the  ductus 
venosus  are  not  yet  completely 
surrounded  by  the  basket-work  of 
liver  substance,  owing  to  the  ab- 
sence of  any  part  of  the  posterior 
diverticulum  in  its  anterior  por- 
tion, and  of  the  anterior  divertic- 
ulum in  its  posterior  portion. 

The  floor  of  the  intestine  be- 
tween the  anterior  and  posterior 
liver  diverticula  is  depressed;  later 
it  becomes  separated  from  the 
intestinal  cavity  to  form  a  tem- 
porary common  bile-duct;  which 
then  receives  the  tw^o  primary  di- 
verticula (Figs.  103  B,  104  and 
187). 

The  pa7icreas  arises  from  a  dor- 
sal and  a  pair  of  ventral  primordia. 
The  former  is  an  outgrowth  of 
the  dorsal  wall  of  the  intestine 
immediately  above  the  posterior 
liver  diverticulum  (Figs.  103  B 
and  104).  At  the  35  s  stage  it  is 
a  solid  thickening  of  the  dorsal 
wall  of  the  intestine  of  consider- 
able extent;  a  little  later  the  base 
of  the  thickening  is  hollowed  out, 
and  the  free  margin  sends  off  solid 
buds  into  the  dorsal  mesentery 
just  behind  the  stomach.  The  ventral  primordia  arise  from  the 
posterior  liver  diverticulum  in  a  manner  to  be  described  later 
(Chap.  X). 

Mid-gut.     At  the  35  s  stage  the  mid-gut  is  still  open  to  the 
yolk-sac.     Its  subsequent  history  is  given  in  Chapter  X. 


Fig.  104.  —  Reconstruction  of  the 
liver  of  the  chick  at  the  end  of 
the  fourth  day  of  incubation. 
(After  Hammar.) 

du.,  Duodenum.  L.,  Substance 
of  liver.  Other  abbreviations  as 
before. 


182  THE  DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE  CHICK 

Anal  Plate,  Hind-gut,  Post-anal  Gut,  and  Allantois.  At  about 
the  14  s  stage  a  thickening  of  the  ectoderm  in  the  middle  line 
just  behind  the  primitive  streak  extends  towards  the  entoderm 
which  is  folded  up  so  as  to  nearly  meet  it,  thus  cutting  off  the 
extra-embryonic  mesoblast  from  the  primitive  streak.  The  ecto- 
derm and  the  entoderm  then  come  into  contact  here,  and  form 
a  firm  union,  the  anal  plate  (Fig.  70),  which  is  subsequently 
perforated  to  form  the  anus.  At  first,  however,  the  anal  plate  lies 
entirely  behind  the  embryo,  and  the  post-anal  portion  of  the 
embryo  arises  from  the  thickened  remnant  of  the  primitive  streak 
(tail-bud)  which  grows  backwards  over  the  blastoderm  beyond 
the  anal  plate.  Even  before  this,  however,  the  hind-gut  begins 
to  be  formed  by  a  fold  of  the  splanchnopleure  directed  forwards 
beneath  the  tail-bud,  and  the  hind  end  of  the  tube  thus  formed 
ends  at  the  anal  plate  (Fig.  70).  The  entoderm  in  front  of  the 
anal  tube  is  fused  with  the  substance  of  the  tail-bud,  and  as  the 
latter  grows  backwards  beyond  the  anal  plate  it  carries  with  it 
a  pocket  of  the  hind-gut,  and  this  forms  the  post-anal  gut  (Fig. 
80). 

The  formation  of  the  tail  brings  the  anal  plate  on  to  the  ven- 
tral surface  of  the  embr3^o  at  the  junction  of  tail  and  trunk,  and 
the  post-anal  gut  then  appears  as  a  broad  continuation  of  the 
hind-gut  extending  behind  the  anal  plate,  and  ending  in  the  tail 
at  the  hind  end  of  the  notochord  (Fig.  80).  The  further  elonga- 
tion of  the  tail  draws  out  the  post-anal  gut  into  a  narrow  tube 
lying  beneath  the  notochord  in  the  substance  of  the  tail;  it 
then  gradually  disappears  and  leaves  no  trace. 

The  formation  of  the  hind-gut  takes  place  prior  to  the  for- 
mation of  the  embryonic  body-cavity  at  this  place.  It  thus 
happens  that  the  splanchnic  mesoderm,  forming  the  floor  of  the 
hind-gut,  is  directly  continuous  with  the  somatic  mesoderm. 
When  the  body-cavity  does  penetrate  this  region  it  is  without 
direct  lateral  connections  with  the  extra-embryonic  body-cavity, 
so  that  the  connection  of  the  splanchnic  and  somatic  mesoderm 
persists,  forming  the  ventral  mesentery  of  the  hind-gut  (Fig.  81). 
This  is  a  thick  mass  of  mesoblast  binding  the  hind-gut  to  the 
somatopleure.  The  hind-gut  is  deep  from  the  first,  and  its  ven- 
tral division  soon  begins  to  extend  into  the  ventral  mesentery 
as  a  broad  evagination,  the  allantois  (see  p.  143). 


FROM    TWELVE    TO    THIRTY-SIX    SOMITES 


183 


VI.   History  of  the  ^Mesoderm 

The  history  of  the  extra-embryonic  mesoderm  is  considered 
sufficiently  in  the  first  part  of  this  chapter.  The  history  of  the 
embryonic  mesoderm  will  be  considered  under  the  following 
heads:  (1)  Somites,  (2)  Intermediate  Cell-mass,  (3)  Vascular 
System,  (4)  Lateral  Plate  and  Body-Cavity,  (5)  Mesoblast  of 
the  Head. 


-"-■'f^^'  tr.Am 


Fig.  lOo.  —  Embryo  of  about  27  somites  drawn  in  alcohol  by  re- 
flected light;  upper  side,     x  10. 
Am.,  Amnion,     ot.,  Otocyst.     t.  F.  Am.,  Tail  fold  of  amnion. 

(1)  Somites.  The  rate  of  formation  of  the  somites  from  the 
segmental  plate  and  their  number  at  different  times  is  given  in 
the  normal  table  of  embryos  (p.  68),  and  may  be  seen  in  various 
figures  of  entire  embryos.  The  formation  of  new  somites  con- 
tinues after  the  end  of  the  period  discussed  in  this  chapter,  up 
to  about  the  sixth  day.  Each  somite  has  a  definite  value  in  the 
developmental    history. 


184  THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


Fig.  106.  —  The  same  embryo  Irom  beiieatli.     x  lU. 

a.  i.  p.,  Anterior  intestinal  portal.     A.  V.,  Vitelline  artery. 
Int.,  Intestinal  groove. 

In  an  embryo  of  42  somites  (about  ninety-six  hours),  the  value  of 
the  somites  as  determined  by  their  relations  and  subsequent  history 
is  as  follows: 
1  to    4.     Cephalic;  entering  into  the  composition  of  the  occipital  region 

of  the  skull. 
5  to  16.     Prebrachial;  i.e.,  entering  into  the  region  between  the  wing 

and  the  skull. 
17  to  19.     Brachial. 
20  to  25.     Between  wing  and  leg. 
26  to  32.     Leg  somites. 
33  to  35.     Region  of  cloaca. 
36  to  42.     Caudal. 

IMore  somites  are  fonned  later,  the  maximum  number  recorded  being 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX  SOMITES 


185 


52,  (see  Keibel  and  Abraham,  Xormaltafeln).  In  an  eight-day  chick 
the  number  of  somites  is  again  about  42,  including  the  four  fused  with 
the  skull.  Thus  the  ten  somites  formed  last  are  again  lost.  This  points 
towards  a  long-tailed  ancestr}-  for  birds. 

''Although  the  somites  have  the  same  fundamental  structure 
in  all  parts  of  the  body,  they  differ  greatly  in  many  respects" 
(Williams).  It  is  not,  however,  our  purpose  to  consider  the  indi- 
vidual characters  of  each  pair  of  somites,  but  rather  the  relations 
common  to  all. 

Each  somite  is  composed  of  an  epithelial  wall  of  high,  columnar 
cells,  enclosing  a  core  of  cells  that  nearly  fills  the  cavity  (Figs. 
112,  113,  etc.).  From  each  somite  there  arise  three  parts  of 
fundamental  significance,  viz.,  the  sclerotome,  the  muscle  plate, 
and  the  cutis  plate   (dermatome),  the  primordium  of  the  axial 


Fig.  107.  —  Transverse  section  through  the  last  somite  of  a  29  s  embryo. 

n.  Cr.,  Neural  crest.     Neph.,  Nephrotome.     W.  D.,  Wolffian  duct.     Other 
abbreviations  as  before. 

skeleton,  the  voluntary  muscles  (excepting  those  of  the  head), 
and  derma  respectively.  The  manner  of  origin  of  these  parts 
may  be  studied  fully  in  an  embryo  of  25  to  30  somites,  by  com- 
paring the  most  posterior  somites,  in  which  the  process  is  begin- 
ning, with  somites  of  intermediate  and  anterior  positions  in  the 
series,  which  show"  successively  later  stages. 

Figs.  107,  108,  109,  and  110  represent  transverse  sections 
through  the  tw'enty-ninth,  tw^enty-sixth,  twentieth,  and  seven- 
teenth somites  of  a  29  s  embrvo.     In  the  twentv-ninth  somite 


186    .  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

(Fig.  107)  the  primitive  relations  of  the  parts  are  still  preserved. 
In  the  twenty-sixth  somite  (Fig.  108)  it  will  be  seen  that  the 
cells  of  the  core  and  of  the  ventral  and  median  wall  of  the  somite 
extending  from  the  nephrotome  to  about  the  center  of  the  neural 
tube  are  becoming  mesenchymal;  they  spread  out  towards  the 
notochord  and  the  space  between  the  latter  and  the  dorsal  aorta. 
These  cells  constitute  the  sclerotome.  The  muscle  plate  extends 
from  the  dorsal  edge  of  the  sclerotome  to  the  dorso-median  angle 
of  the  w^all  of  the  somite,  and  the  dermatome  from  this  point 
to  the  nephrotome. 


/y  Cr 

■L.  /B^Si^"''     "*"'■■" 

^h9H^ 

...    S26. 

Der/n- 

",.#    -                - '" 

g|^^^ 

:3i  ^:.        -^c/er 

Scler. 

_^Bi^ 

Pfcp. 

'-^m^-m$: 

'  .      m 

^^^    ^ 
-1%. 

\  %:  .    ^^.^ 

Coe.\ 

'•^^^jBIo  : :. v^  ^ 

Xc. 

Coel. 

:\^S:^^ 

^1 
Nep/i. 

IV.D.    '^ 

Fig.   108.  —  Transverse  section  through  the  twenty-sixth  somite    of    a    29  s 
embryo.      (Same  embryo  as  Fig.  107.) 
Derm.,  Dermatome.     My.,  Myotome.     Scler.,  Sclerotome.     V.  c.  p.,  Pos- 
terior cardinal  vein.     Other  abbreviations  as  before. 

Fig.  109  is  a  section  through  the  twentieth  somite  of  the  same 
embryo.  The  sclerotome  is  entirely  mesenchymal,  and  its  cells 
are  extending  between  the  notochord  and  aorta,  and  along  the 
sides  of  the  neural  tube.  The  muscle-plate  has  now  bent  over 
so  that  its  inner  surface  is  being  applied  against  the  dermatome, 
but  there  is  still  a  considerable  cavity  (myocoele)  between  the 
two,  at  the  lateral  angle  of  the  dermo-myotomic  plate.  The 
lateral  edge  of  the  dermatome  is  freed  from  the  nephrotome,  and 
turns  in  to  a  slight  extent.  Other  details  are  readily  understood 
from  the  figure. 

The  growth  of  the  free  edge  of  the  muscle-plate  towards  the 
free  lateral  edge  of  the  dermatome  continues  as  illustrated  in 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX  SOMITES 


187 


Vvf- 


o 

Xs^ii 

-^ 

PI 

^ 

» ,  .•'-'■''„ 

- 

\\ 

Ci 

^ 

^ 

kj,     :^ 

"S: 

C-'^^'- 
&^-'.^ 


-c 


s 


K^ 


^  ;       '   -,   -■ 


* 


-li. 


O' 

6 

1—1 

o 

^■•-H 

bl. 

^»> 

F—H 

r/) 

rt 

V) 

o 

r^ 

>^ 

o 

•  p-H 

c 

c3 

> 

o 

>- 

^ 

,-^ 

c3 

X 

^ 

o 

l-*-H 

, 

-i^ 

c 

O 

p_l 

^^ 

a;) 

f— ' 

3 

o 

V) 

'J} 

w 

-i-^ 

^1 

■Ji 

— ' 

r; 

o 

r* 

^^H 

a 

w 

bf) 

o 

C 

u 

-^ 

-r3 

.^  -^ 

o  >> 

o 
o 
a; 

'^  '^ 

m  O 

C  O 

I  < 


S     f=H 


-< 


188 


THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 


Figs.  109  and  110,  until  complete  union  of  the  two  takes 
place  (Fig.  Ill)  and  there  is  established  a  complete  dermo- 
myotomic  plate  in  each  somite,  which  therefore  includes  two 
layers:  the  external  cutis-plate  or  dermatome,  and  the  internal 
muscle-plate  or  myotome.  With  the  elevation  of  the  axis  of 
the  body,  the  dermo-myotome  gradually  assumes  a  nearly  vertical 
position. 


S-A/7?. 


G/7        CAo/:  ^, 


U.S. 


Fig.    110. — Transverse  section  through  the    seventeenth   somite   of  a  29  s 
embryo.     (Same  embryo  as  Fig.  107.) 
am.  Cav.,  Amniotic  cavity.     E.  E.  B.  C,  Extra-embryonic  body-cavity. 
Gn.,  Ganghon.     mes'n.  V.,  Mesonephric  vesicle.     S.-Am.,  Sero-amniotic  con- 
nection.    Other  abbreviations  as  before. 

Other  details  concerning  the  early  history  of  the  sclerotome 
are  given  in  Chapter  XIII,  and  it  remains  to  add  here  only  a  short 
description  of  certain  changes  in  the  cells  of  the  myotome  (mj^o- 
blasts).  In  longitudinal  sections  the  cells  of  the  myotome  are 
seen  to  become  spindle-shaped  soon  after  the  folding  towards 
the  dermatome  begins.  The  nuclei  of  the  myoblasts  are  large 
and  stain  less  deeply  than  those  of  adjoining  tissues.  They 
become  elliptical  in  correspondence  with  the  form  of  the  cell- 
bodies.  Each  myoblast  soon  stretches  from  anterior  to  pos- 
terior faces  of  the  somite,  and  this  represents  the  first  stage  in 
the  differentiation  of  the  voluntary  muscles. 

In  later  stages  the  myotomes  send  outgrowths  into  the  limb- 
buds  and  ventral  body-wall  for  the  formation  of  the  voluntary 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES 


189 


ill 


/-S, 


o 


11 

•  *  • 

o 

^    t» 

—      IB 

.2 


2  > 


o 
> 

73 


o 


l> 


O 


190  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

muscles  of  these  parts.  The  voluntary  muscles  of  the  head,  on 
the  other  hand  (excepting  the  hypoglossus  musculature),  arise 
in  front  of  the  somites;  the  mesoblast  from  which  they  arise  is, 
however,  part  of  the  original  paraxial  mesoblast,  in  large  part 
at  least.  It  is  important  to  note  that  the  voluntary  muscles 
are  epithelial  in  origin.  The  involuntary,  or  smooth,  muscle 
fibers,  on  the  other  hand,  are  mesenchymal  in  origin. 

The  dermatome  remains  epithelial  in  all  the  somites  well 
into  the  third  day;  the  cells  then  begin  to  separate  and  form 
mesenchyme;  this  process  begins  at  the  anterior  somites  and 
proceeds  backwards.  The  mesenchyme  thus  formed  is  the 
foundation  of  the  derma. 

The  Intermediate  Cell-mass  or  Nephrotome.  This  is  the 
cord  of  cells  uniting  somite  and  lateral  plate;  it  reaches  its  typical 
development  only  from  the  fifth  to  the  thirty-third  somites,  in 
which  it  contributes  to  the  development  of  the  excretory  system. 
Behind  the  cloaca,  that  is  in  the  region  of  the  tail,  there  is  no  lateral 
plate  and  no  nephrotome. 

Origin  of  the  Excretory  System.  The  history  of  the  excretory 
system  in  Amniota  is  of  particular  interest,  because  it  shows  a 
succession  of  three  separate  organs  of  excretion  or  kidneys,  the 
first  of  which  is  a  mere  functionless  rudiment,  the  second  is  the 
principal  organ  of  excretion  during  embryonic  life  (at  least  in 
reptiles  and  birds),  and  the  third  finally  becomes  substituted 
for  the  second,  which  degenerates  and  is  mostly  absorbed; 
however,  parts  of  the  second  remain  and  contribute  to  the 
formation  of  the  organs  of  reproduction.  The  first,  known  as 
the  head  kidney  or  pronephros,  is  probably  homologous  to  the 
permanent  kidney  of  Amphioxus;  the  second  or  mesonephros, 
is  the  homologue,  in  part,  of  the  permanent  kidney  of  Anamnia, 
and  the  third  or  metanephros  is  the  permanent  kidney.  The 
secreting  parts  of  all  arise  from  the  intermediate  cell-mass,  though 
not  in  the  same  manner.  The  development  of  the  metanephros 
does  not  begin  until  the  fourth  day;  it  is  therefore  not  considered 
in  this  chapter. 

Pronephros  and  Wolffian  Duct.  The  pronephros  extends 
over  only  eleven  or  twelve  somites,  viz.,  from  the  fifth  to  the 
fifteenth  or  sixteenth  inclusive;  it  consists  originally  of  as  many 
parts  or  tubules  as  the  somites  concerned.  Each  tubule  arises 
as  a  thickening  of  the  somatic  layer  of  the  intermediate  cell- 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES 


191 


mass,  which  grows  out  towards  the  ectoderm  in  the  form  of  a 
bUnd,  soUd  sprout.  The  distal  end  of  each  turns  backwards 
and  unites  with  the  one  behind  so  as  to  form  a  continuous  cord 
of  cells,  which  is  thus  united  with  the  intermediate  cell-mass  in 
successive  somites  by  the  original  outgrowths.  This  cord  of 
cells  is  the  beginning  of  the  Wolffian  duct.  Behind  the  sixteenth 
somite,  the  latter  grows  freely  backwards  just  above  the  inter- 
mediate cell-mass  until  it  reaches  the  cloaca  with  which  it  unites 
about  the  31  s  stage. 


nT.     /?C/:    cC. 


**•-. 


5oW 


'oel^^^' 


jsprpi 


Fig.  112.  —  A.  Transverse  section  through  the  twelfth  somite  of  a  16  s  em- 
bryo. 

B.  Three  sections  behind  A  to  show  the  nephrostome  of  the  same  pro- 
nephric  tubule. 

V.  c.  p.,  Posterior  cardinal  vein.  c.  C,  Central  canal.  Ms'ch.,  mesen- 
chyme, n.  Cr.,  Neural  crest.  N'st.  Nephrostome.  n.  T.,  Neural  tube, 
pr'n.  1,  2,  Distal  and  proximal  divisions  of  the  pronephric  tubule. 

The  primary  pronephric  tubules  are  originally  attached  to 
the  nephrotome  opposite  the  posterior  portion  of  the  somite, 
about  half-way  between  the  somite  and  the  lateral  plate  (Figs. 
112  and  113).  The  part  of  the  nephrotome  between  the  attach- 
ment of  the  primary  tubule  and  the  lateral  plate  is  continuous 
with  the  primary  tubule  and  forms  a  supplementary  part  of  the 
complete  pronephric  tubule;  the  remainder  of  the  nephrotome 
then  becomes  converted  into  mesenchyme  and  the  connection 
with  the  somites  is  lost  (Figs.  112  and  113).  Thus  each  pro- 
tiephric   tubule   forms  a  connection  between  the   Wolffian  duct 


192  THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF   THE  CHICK 

and  the  angle  of  the  body-cavity;  it  consists  of  two  parts,  viz., 
the  primary  tubule  and  the  supplementary  part.  It  never  pos- 
sesses a  continuous  lumen,  though  there  is  often  a  cavity  in  the 
supplementary  part,  which  opens  into  the  body-cavity  through 
the  nephrostome  (Fig.  112  B). 

The  pronephros  of  the  chick  is  a  purely  vestigial  organ,  of 
no  apparent  functional  significance.  Its  development  is  accord- 
ingly highly  variable,  and  it  often  happens  that  the  right  and 
left  sides  of  the  same  embryo  do  not  correspond.  It  is  also  of 
very  short  duration  and  is  usually  completely  lost  on  the  fourth 
day.     The  tubules  in  the  fifth  to  the  tenth  somites,  moreover. 


fi.Gr. 

Afj'cA  prnJ/SJ 
Drhf/4) 


Jopl 


■:   Coe/.    \ 


^"^""^^"^^"^^'^  ^>/ 

Fig.    113. — Transverse   section  tlii'ough  the  fifteenth  somite   of   the  same 
embryo, 
pr'n.  (14),  (15),  Pronephric  tubules  of  the  fourteenth  and  fifteenth  somites, 
respectively. 

hardly  pass  the  first  stage  when  they  appear  as  thickenings  of  the 
somatic  layer  of  the  somitic  stalk;  thus  the  Wolffian  duct  does 
not  extend  into  this  region,  and  the  best  developed  pronephric 
tubules  are  confined  to  the  tenth  to  the  fifteenth  somites. 

The  pronephric  tubules  do  not  form  Malpighian  corjDuscles; 
but  glomeruli  develop  as  cellular  buds  at  the  peritoneal  orifices 
of  the  posterior  tubules,  projecting  into  the  coelome  near  the 
mesentery.  Curiously  enough  these  do  not  form  at  the  time  of 
greatest  development  of  the  tubules,  but  subsequently  to  this 
when  the  tubules  themselves  are  in  process  of  degeneration. 
Moreover,  they  are  extremely  variable  as  to  number,  and  degree 
of  development.  They  appear  to  be  best  developed  on  the  third 
and  fourth  clays.  They  agree  in  many  respects  with  the  so-called 
external  glomeruli  of  the  pronephros  of  Anamnia,  and  should  be 


FROM   TWELVE  TO   THIRTY-SIX  SOMITES  193 

homologized  with  these.  On  the  other  hand,  they  appear  at  the 
same  time  as  the  first  glomeruH  of  the  mesonephros  (q.  v.)  and 
possess,  by  way  of  the  intermediate  tubules,  undeniable  resem- 
blance to  the  latter. 

At  the  stage  of  10  somites  the  pronephros  is  represented  by  a  series 
of  thickenings  of  the  somatic  layer  of  the  intermediate  cell-mass  extend- 
ing from  the  fifth  somite  backward  to  the  segmental  plate.  In  an  embryo 
of  13  somites  the  connection  between  the  somite  and  nephrotome  is  lost, 
and  the  pronephric  tubules  from  the  ninth  to  the  thirteenth  somites 
have  united  to  form  the  beginning  of  the  Wolffian  duct. 

In  an  embryo  of  16  somites  a  single  pronephric  tubule  was  found 
at  the  level  of  the  hind  end  of  the  fifth  somite,  and  was  very  distinct 
on  one  side  but  hardly  discernible  on  the  other.  Its  posterior  continua- 
tion was  soon  lost,  and  the  next  distinct  tubules  were  between  the  ninth 
and  tenth  somites ;  from  here  back  there  was  a  tubule  opposite  the  hind 
end  of  each  somite  to  the  fifteenth,  which  was  the  last,  and  the  duct  was 

continuous. 

In  an  embryo  of  21  somites,  one  finds  only  isolated  remnants  of  the 
pronephros  in  front  of  the  eleventh  somite;  from  here  to  the  fifteenth 
the  tubules  are  well  developed  and  retain  their  connection  both  with 
the  Wolffian  duct  and  the  lateral  plate.  The  Wolffian  duct  extends 
back  of  this  place  to  the  region  of  the  posterior  half  of  the  segmental 

plate. 

At  the  35  s  stage  the  pronephric  tubules  are  much  degenerated, 
but  the  nephrostomes  usuafiy  remain.  In  one  embryo  there  was  found  a 
well-developed  pronephric  tubule  on  each  side  in  the  thirteenth  somite. 
That  of  the  left  side  had  a  wide  nephrostome,  the  lumen  of  which  stopped 
short  of  the  tubule;  the  nephrostome  of  the  right  side  was  rudimentary. 
On  the  right  side  the  Wolffian  duct  extended  no  farther  forward,  but 
on  the  left  side  it  was  continued  to  the  eleventh  somite,  and  rudimentary 
pronephric  strands  uniting  it  to  the  coelomic  epithelium  existed  in  both 
eleventh  and  twelfth  somites.  Here  the  Wolffian  duct  stopped.  But 
isolated  pronephric  rudiments  and  minute  nephrostomes  were  found  on 
both  sides  as  far  forward  as  the  tenth  somite. 

The  Wolffian  Duct.  The  Wolffian  duct  consists  according  to 
the  foregoing  account  of  two  parts,  (1)  an  anterior  division  formed 
by  the  union  of  the  pronephric  tubules,  and  (2)  a  posterior  divi- 
sion that  arises  as  an  outgrowth  of  the  anterior  part.  The  latter 
grows  backward  above  the  intermediate  cell-mass  as  a  solid 
cord  (Fig.  107),  apparently  by  active  multiplication  of  its  own 
cells,   without    participation    of    the    neighboring    mesoderm   or 


194  THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 

ectoderm,  until  it  reaches  the  level  of  the  cloaca  at  about  the 
sixtieth  hour  (30-31  s).  It  acquires  a  narrow  lumen  anteriorly 
at  about  the  25  s  stage;  but  the  remainder  is  solid.  At  about 
the  sixtieth  hour  the  ends  of  the  ducts  fuse  with  broad  lateral 
diverticula  of  the  cloaca,  and  the  lumen  extends  backwards 
until  the  duct  becomes  viable  all  the  way  into  the  cloaca  (at 
about  seventy-two  hours,  35  s  stage). 

The  Mesonephros  or  Wolffian  Body.  The  mesonephros  de- 
velops from  the  substance  of  the  intermediate  cell-mass  between 
the  thirteenth  or  fourteenth  somites  and  the  thirtieth  somite. 
There  are  slight  local  differences  in  the  relations  of  the  tubules 
in  front  and  those  behind  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  somites, 
but  in  general  the  tubules  may  be  stated  to  arise  as  epithelial 
vesicles  derived  from  the  intermediate  cell-mass,  which  become 
transformed  into  tubules,  one  end  of  w^hich  unites  with  the  Wolffian 
duct  and  the  other  forms  a  Malpighian  corpuscle  in  the  manner 
described  below.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  anterior  mesonephric 
tubules  which  are  relatively  rudimentary  and  of  brief  duration 
overlap  the  posterior  pronephric  tubules;  they  may  possess  neph- 
rostomes,  whereas  the  typical  mesonephric  tubules  formed  behind 
them,  which  constitute  the  main  bulk  of  the  mesonephros,  never 
possess  peritoneal  connections. 

An  embryo  with  29-30  somites  is  in  a  good  stage  for  consid- 
ering the  early  development  of  the  mesonephric  tubules.  If 
one  examines  a  section  a  short  distance  behind  the  last  somite, 
one  finds  that  the  intermediate  cell-mass  is  a  narrow  neck  of 
cells  uniting  the  segmental  plate  and  the  lateral  plate,  and  that 
the  cells  composing  it  are  arranged  more  or  less  definitely  in  a 
dorsal  and  ventral  layer,  though  some  occur  l^etween.  The 
primordium  of  the  Wolffian  duct  occurs  in  the  angle  between 
the  somatic  mesoblast  and  the  intermediate  cell-mass,  and  the 
aorta  lies  in  the  corresponding  angle  of  the  splanchnic  mesoblast. 
In  the  last  somite  (Fig.  107)  one  finds  two  important  changes: 
(1)  the  intermediate  cell-mass  is  much  broader  owing  to  multi- 
plication of  its  cells,  and  as  a  consequence  the  two-layered  arrange- 
ment is  lost;  (2)  whereas  the  cells  of  the  intermediate  cell-mass 
in  the  region  of  the  segmental  plate  could  not  be  delimited  accu- 
rately from  either  the  segmental  or  lateral  plate,  it  is  now  easy 
in  most  sections  to  mark  its  boundary  on  both  sides.  It  now 
constitutes,  therefore^  a  rather  well-defined  but  unorganized  mass 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX  SOMITES  195 

of  cells  between  the  somite  and  lateral  plate,  aorta  and  Wolffian 
duct;  the  posterior  cardinal  vein  appears  above  the  Wolffian  duct. 

The  next  change,  found  to  begin  in  about  the  twenty-sixth 
somite,  is  a  condensation  of  a  portion  of  the  cell-mass  lying 
median  to  and  below  the  Wolffian  duct  (Fig.  108),  rendered  evi- 
dent by  the  deeper  stain  in  this  region;  the  condensed  portion 
of  the  original  intermediate  cell-mass  is  not,  however,  sharply 
separated  from  the  remainder,  but  shades  gradually  into  it  both 
dorsally  and  ventrally,  so  that  it  can  be  seen  to  represent 
approximately  the  central  part  of  the  original  middle  plate.  In 
view  of  its  prospective  function  it  may  be  called  the  nephrogenous 
tissue.  Following  it  yet  farther  forward  one  finds  that  it  is  a 
continuous  cord  of  cells  with  alternating  denser  and  less  dense 
portions,  until  in  the  twentieth  somite  (Fig.  109),  the  denser 
portions  become  discrete  balls  of  radially  arranged  cells.  In 
the  eighteenth  and  seventeenth  somites  (Fig.  110)  these  become 
small  thick-walled  vesicles,  which  are  situated  median  and  ventral 
to  the  duct.  Each  vesicle  is  the  primordium  of  a  complete 
mesonephric  tubule.  Farther  developed  tubules  are  found  in  the 
fifteenth  and  sixteenth  somites,  and  it  is  probable  that  the 
nephrogenous  tissue  forms  mesonephric  tubules  in  the  four- 
teenth, thirteenth,  and  perhaps  yet  more  anterior  segments. 

The  formation  of  the  tubules  proper  from  the  vesicles  may 
be  studied  satisfactorily  in  a  35  s  embryo  (seventy-two  hours). 
In  the  twenty-third  somite  of  such  an  embryo  the  nephrogenous 
tissue  and  the  nascent  tubules  lie  median  to  the  Wolffian  duct 
and  below  the  median  margin  of  the  cardinal  vein  (Fig.  111). 
The  Wolffian  duct  is  triangular  in  cross-section  w^ith  its  longest 
and  thinnest  side  next  the  coelome.  The  most  advanced  vesicle 
in  this  region  possesses  a  hollow  sprout  extending  laterally  to  the 
Wolffian  duct  with  which  it  is  in  close  contact;  this  is  the  pri- 
mordium of  the  tubular  part  of  the  mesonephric  tubule  (cf.  Fig. 
114  A  and  B).  In  more  anterior  somites  it  is  found  that  such 
sprouts  have  fused  with  the  wall  of  the  duct  in  such  a  manner  that 
the  lumen  of  the  tubule  now  communicates  with  that  of  the  duct. 

Simultaneously  the  median  portion  of  the  original  vesicle 
has  been  transformed  into  a  small  Malpighian  corpuscle  in  the 
following  manner:  it  has  first  become  flattened  so  that  the  lumen 
is  reduced  to  a  narrow  slit;  then  this  double-layered  disc  becomes 
concave  with  the  shallow  cavity  directed  posteriorly  and  dorsally; 


196 


THF   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


at  the  same  time  the  convex  wall  becomes  thin,  and  the  concave 
thick.  The  entire  tubule  thus  becomes  S-shaped.  Figs.  114  A, 
B,  C,  D  illustrate  the  corresponding  processes  in  the  duck,  which 
are  similar  in  all  essential  respects  to  the  chick. 


B 


•  r 


C  D 

Fig.  114.  —  From  a  transverse  series  through  a  duck  embryo  of  45  s,  to 
show  the  formation  of    the  mesonephric    tubules.     (After   Schreiner.) 
Fig.  218  shows  the  position  of  the  sections  A,  B,  and  C. 
V.  c.  p.,  Posterior  cardinal  vein.     W.  D.,  Wolffian  duct. 
A.  and  B.  represent  tubules  of  the  twenty-ninth  segment. 

C.  of  the  twenty-seventh  segment. 

D.  of  the  twenty-fourth  segment. 

In  the  chick  embryo  of  35  somites  the  only  differentiated 
tubules  are  in  front  of  the  twentieth  somite,  a  region  of  the 
mesonephros  that  never  develops  far,  and  such  tubules  do  not 
appear  ever  to  become  functional.  In  the  region  of  the  subse- 
quent functional  mesonephros  (twentieth  to  thirtieth  somites)  the 
development  has  not  progressed  beyond  the  stage  of  the  vesicles 
showing  the  first  indications  of  budding. 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES  197 

The  main  part  of  the  mesonephros  is  thus  between  the  twen- 
tieth and  thirtieth  somites.  In  the  anterior  half  of  this  region 
three  or  four  rudiments  of  tubules  are  formed  in  each  somite  by 
the  seventy-second  hour.  Subsequently  five  or  six  tubules  are 
formed  in  each  segment  between  the  twentieth  and  thirtieth. 
Tubules  are  formed  first  from  the  ventral  portions  of  the  neph- 
rogenous tissue  (see  Fig.  Ill);  those  formed  later  arise  from 
the  unused  portions.  There  is  no  evidence  that  they  ever  arise 
in  any  other  way.  The  tubules  may  thus  be  divided  according 
to  the  time  of  origin  into  primary,  secondary  and  tertiary  sets, 
but  there  is  no  morphological  or  functional  distinction  between 
the  successive  sets.     (See  Chap.  XII.) 

The  collection  of  tubules  causes  a  projection  or  fold  on  each 
side  of  the  mesentery  into  the  body-cavity,  known  as  the  Wolffian 
body,  the  detailed  history  of  which  is  given  in  Chapter  XII. 

In  conclusion  it  should  be  noted  that  the  most  anterior  tubules 
of  the  Wolffian  body  possess  peritoneal  funnels  like  the  pronejDhric 
tubules.  Thus  in  an  embryo  of  30  somites  I  have  noticed  open  perito- 
neal funnels  in  the  eighth,  ninth,  twelfth,  thirteenth,  fourteenth,  fifteenth, 
sixteenth,  and  seventeenth  somites.  It  seems  quite  certain  that  the 
last  of  these  belong  to  the  mesonephros,  though  the  most  anterior  are 
undoubtedly  pronephric  rudiments.  In  the  eighteenth,  nineteenth, 
twentieth,  and  twenty-first  somites,  small  depressions  of  the  peritoneum 
were  noticed  opposite  tubules,  but  not  communicating  with  them. 

The  Vascular  System.  Soon  after  the  thirty-third  hour  the 
heart  begins  to  twitch  at  irregular  intervals,  and  by  the  forty- 
fourth  hour  its  beatings  have  become  regular  and  continue  unin- 
terruptedly. The  contraction  proceeds  in  the  form  of  a  rapid 
peristaltic  wave  from  the  posterior  to  the  anterior  end  of  the 
cardiac  tube,  and  the  blood,  already  present,  is  forced  out  in 
front.  Through  the  aortic  arches  it  reaches  the  dorsal  aorta 
which  distributes  part  to  the  body  of  the  embryo,  but  most  of 
the  blood  enters  the  vascular  netv/ork  of  the  yolk-sac.  It  is 
returned  to  the  heart  by  various  veins  in  the  yolk-sac  and  em- 
bryo, and  recommences  the  circuit. 

The  development  of  the  vascular  system  will  be  more  readily 
understood  if  we  preface  the  account  with  a  brief  description  of 
the  anatomy  of  the  system  early  in  the  fourth  day  (Fig.  115, 
cf.  also  Figs.  135  and  136). 

The  heart  consists  of  four  chambers,  viz.,  the  sinus  venosus, 


198 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


the  atrium^  the  ventricular  loop,  and  the  bulbus  arteriosus  (Fig. 
116). 

The  truncus  arteriosus  lies  in  the  floor  of  the  pharynx  and 
gives  off  the  following  vessels:  (1)  a  short  branch,  the  external 
carotid,  extending  into  the  mandibular  arch;  (2)  complete  arches 
in  the  second,  third,  and  fourth  visceral  arches  which  join  the 


Fig.  115.  —  The  circulation  in  the  embryo  and  yolk-sac  between  the  eightieth 
and  ninetieth  hours  of  incubation,  drawn  from  a  photograph  by  A.  H.  Cole. 
The  arteries  are  represented  in  solid  black;  the  veins  in  neutral  tint.     A 
fold  of  the  yolk-sac  covers  the  fore  part  of  the  head, 
a.  a.  2,  .3,  4,  Second,  third,  and  fourth  aortic  arches.     Ao.,  Aorta.     Atr., 
Atrium.     B.  a.,   Bulbus  arteriosus.     Car.  ext.,  External  carotid.     Car.  int., 
Internal  carotid.     D.  C,  Duct 'of  Cuvier.     D.  V.,  Ductus  venosus.     J.,  Jugu- 
lar vein   (anterior  cardinal).     1.  a.   V.,  Left  anterior  vitelHne  vein.     p.   V., 
Posterior  vitelHne  vein.     S.  V.,  Sinus  venosus.     V.  c.  p..  Posterior  cardinal 
vein.     Ven.,  Ventricle.     V.  O.  M.  L.,  Left  omphalomesenteric  vein. 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES  199 

dorsal  aorta;  these  are  known  as  the  second,  third,  and  fourth 
aortic  arches;  the  third  arch  is  the  largest. 

The  original  mandibular  aortic  arches  unite  with  the  anterior  ends 
of  the  dorsal  aortse,  forming  a  loop  on  each  side  at  the  base  of  the  fore- 
brain  (Fig.  93),  and  they  have,  therefore,  a  different  relation  from  the 
other  aortic  arches;  it  seems  probable  also  that  they  have  a  different 
morphological  value.  The  ventral  limb  of  this  loop  disappears  in  its 
pre-oral  part  after  this  stage  and  a  new  vessel  is  formed  entirely  within 
the  mandibular  arch,  bearing  the  same  relation  to  the  visceral  arch  as 
the  other  aortic  arches.  At  the  stage  of  35  somites  it  is  a  complete  arch,  in 
some  embryos  at  least  (Fig.  117),  though  of  very  small  caliber  and  very 
transitory,  possibly  sporadic,  in  its  occurrence.  It  is  possible  that  this 
is  the  true  mandibular  arch,  and  the  pre-oral  portion  of  the  original 
mandibular  arch  should  have  another  interpretation.  Kastschenko 
suggests  that  it  may  have  been  related  to  lost  pre-mandibular  gill- 
clefts. 

The  roots  of  the  dorsal  aorta  above  the  pharynx  receive  the 
aortic  arches  and  are  continued  forward  as  the  internal  carotid 
arteries,  branching  in  the  fore  part  of  the  head.  Posteriorly  the 
right  and  left  aortic  roots  unite  just  behind  the  fourth  visceral 
pouch  to  form  the  dorsal  aorta,  and  this  continues  as  an  undi- 
vided vessel  to  about  the  level  of  the  twenty-second  somite, 
where  it  divides  into  right  and  left  dorsal  aortse,  and  at  the 
same  time  sends  out  a  large  omphalomesenteric  artery  into  the 
yolk-sac  on  each  side,  and  these  branch  as  shown  in  Figure  115  into 
the  capillary  network  of  the  yolk-sac.  The  dorsal  aortse,  now 
much  diminished  in  size,  continue  back  into  the  tail  where  they 
are  known  as  the  caudal  arteries.  The  dorsal  aorta  also  sends  off 
a  pair  of  segmental  arteries  into  each  intersomitic  septum,  and  a 
pair  of  small  allantoic  (umbilical)  arteries  into  the  primordium  of 

the  allantois. 

The  veins  enter  the  heart  through  three  main  trunks:  (1)  the 
ductus  venosus,  (2  and  3)  the  paired  ducts  of  Cuvier.  These 
are  made  up  as  follows:  (1)  the  ductus  venosus  is  formed  at  the 
level  of  the  posterior  liver  diverticulum  by  the  right  and  left 
omphalomesenteric  veins,  which  arise  in  the  yolk-sac  by  union 
of  the  capillaries  of  the  vascular  area;  the  right  vitelline  vein 
also  receives  two  veins  coming  directly  from  the  anterior  and 
posterior  ends  respectively  of  the  sinus  terminalis,  the  anterior 
of  these  is  frequently  partly  double  owing  to  its  mode  of  origin. 
(See  beyond.  Chap.  VII.)     The  vascular  area  in  the  yolk-sac  thus 


200  THE  DEVELOPMENT   OF  THE  CHICK 

appears  strikingly  bilateral  at  this  time.  (2  and  3)  The  ducts  of 
Ciivier  are  made  up  by  the  union  of  all  the  somatic  veins.  Each 
is  formed  primarily  by  the  union  of  the  anterior  and  posterior 
cardinal  veins.  The  anterior  cardinal  vein  receives  all  the  blood 
of  the  head,  and  thus  includes  the  first  three  segmental  veins. 
It  also  receives  at  its  point  of  junction  with  the  posterior  cardinal 
vein  a  branch  from  the  floor  of  the  pharynx,  the  external  jugular 
vein.  The  posterior  cardinal  vein  receives  (1)  all  the  segmental 
veins  of  the  trunk,  of  which  there  are  twenty-nine  pairs,  running 
in  the  intersomitic  septa  between  the  fourth  and  thirty-third 
somites,  and  the  veins  of  the  Wolffian  body  of  which  there  are 
several  to  each  somite  concerned,  as  described  in  the  account 
of  that  organ. 

The  development  of  the  vascular  system  up  to  the  stage  just 
described  will  now  be  taken  up. 

Developmeiit  of  the  Heart,  (a)  Changes  in  the  External  Form. 
In  the  last  chapter  we  traced  the  origin  of  the  heart  up  to  the 
time  when  it  is  a  practically  straight,  undivided,  somewhat 
spindle-shaped  tube  lying  below  the  floor  of  the  pharynx,  to  which 
it  is  attached  by  its  dorsal  mesentery  (mesocardium).  Posteriorly 
its  cavity  divides  into  the  omphalomesenteric  veins  which  run 
in  the  side-walls  of  the  anterior  intestinal  portal.  The  heart  is 
lengthened  backwards  by  the  concrescence  of  the  omphalo- 
mesenteric veins  and  the  most  posterior  division  of  the  heart 
(the  sinus  venosus)  is  established  in  this  way  between  the  stages 
of  12  and  18  somites;  it  is  marked  by  a  broad  fusion  with  the 
somatopleure  (mesocardia  lateralia)  through  which  the  ducts  of 
Cuvier  enter  the  heart. 

At  the  stage  of  sixteen  somites  the  duct  of  Cuvier  lies  opposite 
the  hind  end  of  the  second  somite  on  the  right  side,  and  a  little  farther 
back  on  the  left  side;  and  the  somato-cardiac  fusion  (mesocardium 
laterale)  in  which  it  lies  is  of  the  width  of  about  one  and  a  half  somites. 
On  the  right  side  the  duct  of  Cuvier  lies  a  little  in  front  of,  and  on  the 
left  side  a  little  behind,  the  point  of  union  of  the  omphalomesenteric 
veins;  thus  the  posterior  end  of  the  heart  is  not  fully  formed  at  the 
stage  of  16  s,  but  is  at  the  stage  of  18  s.  The  subsequent  fusion  of  the 
omphalomesenteric  veins  produces  the  so-called  ductus  venosus,  or 
main  splanchnic  vein,  which  is  therefore  a  posterior  continuation  of  the 
sinus  venosus. 

The  cardiac  tube  proper  lies  between  the  origin  of  the  aortic 


FROM    TWELVE    TO    THIRTY-SIX    SOMITES         201 

arches  at  the  anterior  end  and  a  point  a  Uttle  behind  the  entrance 
of  the  ducts  of  Cuvier  into  the  heart  at  the  posterior  end. 

Two  main  changes  characterize  the  development  of  the  heart 
in  the  period  under  consideration:  (1)  folding  of  the  cardiac  tube 
and  (2)  differentiation  of  its  walls  in  successive  regions  to  form 
the  four  primary  chambers  of  the  heart,  viz.  (from  behind  for- 
wards), the  sinus  venosus,  the  auricular  division  (atrium),  the 
ventricular  division  and  the  bulbus  arteriosus. 

The  folding  of  the  heart  is  caused  by  the  rapid  growth  between 
its  anterior  and  posterior  fixed  ends,  and  the  places  of  folding 
are  determined  largely  by  differences  in  the  structure  of  the  walls 
at  various  places.  The  folding  begins  by  a  curvature  to  the 
right,  and  this  proceeds  until  the  tube  has  an  approximately 
semicircular  curvature  (Fig.  72).  At  a  certain  place  in  the 
curved  tube  a  very  pronounced  posterior  projection  takes  place 
(Figs.  73  and  74),  and  at  the  same  time  this  bent  portion  turns 
ventrally;  the  apex  of  the  bend  represents  the  future  apex  of  the 
ventricles.  The  continuation  of  these  two  directions  of  folding 
then  brings  the  ventricular  division  of  the  heart  immediately 
beneath  the  sinu-auricular  division  which  is  attached  dorsally 
by  the  somato-cardiac  connections;  further  continuation  brings 
the  apex  of  the  heart  a  little  behind  the  auricular  portion  (Figs. 
85,  87,  88,  93,  99).  During  all  this  period  the  distance  between 
the  two  fixed  ends  has  remained  practically  constant. 

During  the  process  of  folding,  constrictions  have  arisen 
between  successive  portions  of  the  cardiac  tube,  owing  to  expan- 
sion of  intervening  portions,  and  thus  at  the  stage  of  seventy-two 
hours  the  heart  shows  the  following  divisions  and  form.  From 
the  dorsal  surface  (in  a  dissection,  Fig.  116)  one  sees  (1)  the  sinus 
venosus,  broad  behind  and  narrow  in  front  where  it  joins  the 
auricular  division;  it  receives  three  veins:  (a)  the  large  ductus 
venosus,  appearing  as  a  direct  posterior  continuation  of  the  sinus, 
and  separated  from  it  by  only  a  slight  constriction;  and  (6  and  c) 
the  right  and  left  ducts  of  Cuvier  entering  the  sinus  laterally 
and  dorsally  near  its  enlarged  posterior  end;  (2)  the  sinus  enters 
the  atrium  through  the  dorsal  wall;  the  atrium  shows  two  lateral 
expansions,  the  future  auricles,  of  which  the  left  is  much  the 
more  expanded  at  this  time;  the  sinus  appears  partly  sunk  in 
the  right  auricle.  (3)  Only  the  right  limb  of  the  ventricular 
loop  is  visible  from  the  dorsal  surface  at  this  time,  and  is  separated 


202 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


from  (4)  the  bulbus  arteriosus  by  a  slight  constriction.  The 
biilbus  thus  Hes  on  the  right  side;  it  sweeps  around  the  atrium 
anteriorly  to  the  middle  line  and  then  bends  up  to  enter  the  floor 
of  the  pharynx. 

From  the  ventral  side  one  sees  the  looped  ventricular  division 

behind,  in  which  we  distinguish 
right  and  left  limbs,  the  former 
of  which  enters  the  bulbus  in 
front,  and  the  latter  the  auricles. 
These  two  limbs  represent  ap- 
proximately the  future  right 
and  left  ventricles  (Fig.  198, 
Chap.  XII). 

In  an  ordinary  entire  mount 
of  this  stage  the  heart  is  seen 
from  the  right  side,  and  the  dis- 
position of  the  parts  may  be 
readily  understood  by  reference 
to  Fig.  117,  and  the  preceding 
description. 

Another  change  that  should 
be  noted  here  is  the  disappear- 
ance of  the  mesocardium  during 
the  folding  of  the  cardiac  tube, 
except  in  the  region  of  the 
sinus  venosus  where  it  remains 
permanently  and  becomes  much 
broadened  (seventy-two  hours). 

(6)  Changes  in  the  Internal  Structure  of  the  Heart.  We  have 
already  seen  that  the  heart  consists  of  two  primary  layers,  viz., 
the  endocardium,  which  is  endothelial  in  nature,  and  the  myo- 
cardium, which  is  derived  from  the  splanchnic  mesoblast.  The 
distinction  between  the  sinu-auricular  and  the  bulbo-ventricular 
divisions  of  the  heart  is  indicated  internally  at  about  the  time 
the  first  external  evidence  is  seen,  by  the  fact  that  the  endocar- 
dium is  more  closely  applied  to  the  myocardium  in  the  former 
than  in  the  latter  division.  In  the  sinus  and  atrium  but  little 
change  takes  place  in  the  period  under  consideration.  In  the 
ventricle,  on  the  other  hand,  and  especially  in  the  right  limb, 
the    wide    space   originally   existing   between   endocardium   and 


Fig.  116  . —  Heart  of  a  chick  embryo 

of  72  hours,  dissected  out  and  drawn 

from  the  dorsal  surface. 

Aur.  1.,  Left  auricle.  Aur.  r.,  Right 
auricle.  B.  a.,  Bulbus  arteriosus. 
D.  C.  r.  1.,  Right  and  left  ducts  of 
Cuvier.  D.V.,  Ductus  venosus.  S.V., 
Sinus  venosus.  Tr.  a.,  Truncus  arte- 
riosus.    V.  r.,  Right  limb  of  ventricle. 


FROM   TWELVE  TO  THIRTY-SIX  SOMITES  203 

myocardium  becomes  more  or  less  filled  by  multiplication  of 
the  endocardial  cells.  On  the  side  of  the  myocardium  there  is 
first  a  thickening,  and  then  anastomosing  processes  are  sent  out 
towards  the  endocardium.  Cavities  also  arise  within  the  thick- 
ened myocardium  and  all  communicate.  The  endocardial  cells 
then  form  a  covering  to  all  myocardial  processes  and  cavities, 
and  the  cavities  thus  lined  communicate  with  the  main  endo- 
cardial cavity.  Thus  the  wall  of  the  ventricles  becomes  spongy 
and  all  the  cavities  in  it  are  lined  by  a  layer  of  endocardium 
and  communicate  with  the  endocardial  cavity.  In  the  bulbus 
finally  there  is  a  great  thickening  of  the  endocardium  produced 
by  multiplication  of  its  cells,  but  no  corresponcUng  change  in 
the  myocardium;  thus  the  bulbus  at  seventy-two  hours  shows 
a  thin  myocardial  and  a  thick  endocardial  wall.  The  later 
development  is  described  in  Chapter  XII. 

The  Arterial  System.  The  description  of  the  development  of 
the  arterial  system  proceeds  from  the  stage  of  12  somites  described 
in  the  last  chapter. 

The  primitive  vascular  system  of  vertebrate  embryos  is  a 
capillary  netw^ork  in  all  parts  of  the  blastoderm  and  of  the 
embryo.  Main  trunks  arise  by  development  of  parts  of  the 
network  corresponding  to  the  rate  and  direction  of  embryonic 
growth  and  thus  answering  to  the  vascular  needs  of  growth. 
The  vascular  system  forms  at  all  stages  a  continuous  endothelial 
tree  whose  primitive  form  in  all  parts  is  a  capillary  network. 
This  idea,  which  we  owe  originally  to  Aeby,  has  been  worked  out 
in  a  masterly  way  by  H.  M.  Evans.     (See  lit.  Chap.  V.) 

The  Aortic  Arches.  An  arch  of  the  aorta  is  formed  in  each  vis- 
ceral arch;  they  arise  successively  as  buds  from  the  roots  of  the  dor- 
sal aorta  in  the  order  and  time  of  formation  of  the  visceral  arches. 
Thus  the  first  or  mandibular  aortic  arch  is  formed  at  the  stage  of 
9-10  somites;  the  second  or  hyoicl  aortic  arch  arises  from  the  dor- 
sal aorta  at  about  the  stage  of  19  s  and  joins  the  ventral  aorta  at 
about  the  24  s  stage.  The  third  is  completely  formed  at  the  stage 
of  26  somites.  The  fourth  is  completely  formed  at  the  stage  of  36 
somites;  and  the  fifth  and  sixth  arise  during  the  fourth  and  fifth 
days.     (See  Chap.  XII  for  account  of  the  fifth  and  sixth  arches.) 


204  THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF   THE   CHICK 

The  first  aortic  arch  loses  its  connection  with  the  dorsal  aorta 
at  about  the  stage  of  30  somites,  and  the  second  arch  similarly 
during  the  fourth  clay;  the  ventral  ends  of  these  arches  retain 
their  connection  with  the  ventral  aorta  and  constitute  the  begin- 
ning of  the  external  carotid.  Thus  the  third,  fourth,  fifth  and 
sixth  aortic  arches  remain.  Their  transformation  belongs  to  the 
subject-matter  of  Chapter  XII. 

The  ^pulmonary  artery  appears  as  a  posterior  prolongation  of 
the  ventral  aorta  on  each  side  at  about  the  35  s  stage.  It  thus 
appears  successively  in  later  stages  as  a  branch  from  the  base  of 
the  fourth  and  sixth  aortic  arches. 

The  Internal  Carotids.  The  loop  where  the  mandibular  arch 
joins  the  dorsal  aorta  may  be  called  the  carotid  loop;  it  is  situated 
in  front  of  the  oral  plate  at  the  base  of  the  fore-brain  on  each 
side  (Fig.  93).  It  enlarges  to  form  a  sac,  and  when  the  connec- 
tion with  the  mandibular  arch  is  lost,  sends  out  branches  into 
the  tissue  surrounding  the  brain.  These  are  of  course  a  direct 
continuation  of  the  dorsal  aorta  on  each  side. 

The  segmental  arteries  are  paired  branches  of  the  dorsal  aorta 
in  each  intersomitic  septum.  They  pass  dorsally  to  about  the 
center  of  the  neural  tube  and  arch  over  laterally  to  enter  the 
segmental  veins,  and  thus  unite  with  the  cardinal  veins. 

The  Development  of  the  Venous  System.  The  main  outlines 
of  the  development  of  the  venous  system  have  been  already 
considered. 

The  somatic  veins,  i.e.,  the  anterior  and  posterior  cardinal 
veins  and  their  branches,  enter  the  sinus  venosus  through  the 
ducts  of  Cuvier.  The  original  position  of  this  duct  as  we  have 
seen  is  about  the  level  of  the  second  somite.  The  formation  of 
the  cervical  flexure,  however,  carries  a  number  of  somites  forward 
above  the  heart,  so  that  at  about  the  stage  of  32  s  it  comes  to 
lie  in  the  region  of  the  eighth  and  ninth  somites.  The  relation 
betw^een  the  somatopleure  and  the  heart  in  this  region  has  been 
already  described. 

The  anterior  cardinal  veins  are  the  great  blood-vessels  of  the 
head,  and  become  the  internal  jugulars  in  the  course  of  develop- 
ment. Owing  to  the  order  of  development  of  the  body,  the 
anterior  cardinals  are  formed  before  the  posterior  cardinals.  At 
the  15-16  s  stage  they  lie  at  the  base  of  the  brain,  dorsal  and 
lateral  to  the  dorsal  aortse,  and  extend  forward  to  the  region  of 


FROM   TWELVE   TO   THIRTY-SIX   SOMITES  205 

the  diencephalon.     They  he  internal  to  the  cranial  nerves  and 
pass  just  beneath  the  auditory  pits. 

As  the  brain  develops  many  branches  of  the  anterior  cardinal 
veins  arise,  the  most  conspicuous  of  which  at  seventy-two  hours 
are  a  large  branch  just  behind  the  auditory  sac,  one  between  the 
auditory  sac  and  the  trigeminal  ganglion,  an  ophthalmic  branch 
extending  along  the  base  of  the  brain  to  the  region  of  the  optic 
stalks  and  a  network  of  vessels  on  the  lateral  surfaces  of  the 
fore-brain.  The  other  branches  of  the  anterior  cardinal  vein 
are  the  three  anterior  intersomitic  veins  (Fig.  115);  the  external 
jugular  from  the  floor  of  the  pharynx  enters  the  duct  of-  Cuvier 
just  beyond  the  union  of  the  anterior  and  posterior  cardinal  veins. 

Up  to  about  forty-eight  hours  the  anterior  cardinal  veins  lie 
median  to  the  cranial  nerves,  but  between  this  time  and  seventy- 
two  hours  the  facial  and  glossopharyngeal  nerves  cut  completely 
through  the  vessel  and  thus  come  to  lie  median  to  it;  the  trigem- 
inus and  vagus  continue  to  lie  lateral  to  it. 

The  posterior  cardinal  arises  as  a  posterior  prolongation  from 
the  duct  of  Cuvier  and  grows  backward  above  the  Wolffian  duct, 
keeping  pace  with  the  differentiation  of  the  intermediate  cell- 
mass,  as  far  as  the  thirtv-third  somite.  It  does  not  enter  the 
caudal  region  of  the  body.  As  already  described  it  receives 
twenty-nine  intersomitic  veins  and  the  veins  of  the  Wolffian 
bodv.  At  first  its  connection  with  the  duct  of  Cuvier  is  by 
means  of  a  network  of  vessels,  which  gradually  gives  place  to  a 
single  trunk  (cf.  Fig.  117). 

The  Splanchnic  Veins.  The  ductus  venosus  is  the  unpaired 
vein  immediately  behind  the  sinus  venosus,  formed  by  fusion  of 
the  two  omphalomesenteric  veins.  It  is  fully  formed  at  the  stage 
of  27  somites.  Its  relations  to  the  liver  have  already  been  de- 
scribed in  connection  with  that  organ.  Its  subsequent  changes 
are  described  in  Chapter  XII. 

The  vitelline  veins  are  united  at  about  the  stage  of  seventy- 
two  hours  by  a  loop  passing  over  the  intestine  immediately 
behind  the  pancreas.     (See  Chap.  XII.) 

YII.    The  Body-cavity  and  Mesenteries 

The  origin  of  the  dorsal  and  ventral  mesenteries  was  con- 
sidered in  the  section  of  this  chapter  dealing  with  the  ali- 
mentarv  canal.     As  noted   there,  the  dorsal  mesentery  extends 


206 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 


IZS-M   G>?V      ~~ 
IZ        \  MM  \  OpA/j^Jc/f       /s/A 


y.umi. 


Fig.  117.  — Entire  embryo  of  35  s,  drawn  as  a  transparent  object. 
a.  a.  1,  2,  3,  4,  First,  second,  third,  and  fourth  aortic  arches.  Ar., 
Artery.  A.  V.,  ViteUine  artery,  cerv.  FL,  Cervical  flexure,  cr.  Fl., 
Cranial  flexure.  D.  C,  Duct  of  Cuvier.  D.  V.,  Ductus  venosus. 
Ep.,  Epiphysis.  Gn.  V.,  Gantrlion  of  trigeminus.  Isth.,  Isthmus. 
Jug.  ex..  External  jugular  vein.  Md.,  Mandibular  arch.  M.  M., 
Maxillo-mandibular  branch  of  the  trigeminus,  olf.  P.,  Olfactory  pit. 
Ophth.,  Ophthalmic  branch  of  the  trigeminus.  Ot.,  otocyst.  V., 
vein.  W.  B.,  Wing  bud.  V.  c.  p.,  Posterior  cardinal  vein.  V. 
umb..  Umbilical  vein.  V.  V.,  Vitelline  vein.  V.  V.  p.,  Posterior  vitel- 
line vein. 


FROM  TWELVE  TO  THIRTY-SIX  SOMITES  207 

the  entire  length  of  the  ahmentaiy  canal,  while  the  ventral 
mesentery  persists  only  in  the  region  of  the  fore-gut  and  the 
cloaca. 

The  embryonic  body-ca\dty  shows  two  divisions  from  a  Yery 
early  stage,  viz.,  (1)  the  large  cephalic  or  parietal  cavity  situated 
in  the  pharyngeal  region  of  the  head  and  containing  the  heart, 
and  (2)  the  general  pleuroperitoneal  cavity  of  the  trunk.  After 
the  heart  is  established  in  the  middle  line  the  parietal  cavity 
is  bounded  posteriorly  by  the  wall  of  the  anterior  intestinal  portal 
(Figs.  75,  85,  etc.),  but  it  communicates  with  the  pleuroperi- 
toneal cavity  around  the  sides  of  the  portal,  in  which  the  vitelline 
veins  run.  Laterally  the  parietal  cavity  communicates  with  the 
extra-embryonic  body-cavity. 

The  mesocardia  lateralia  are  also  an  important  landmark  in 
the  embryonic  body-cavity  because  from  them  proceed  the  par- 
titions that  subsequently  separate  the  pericardial  and  pleural 
cavities  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  pleural  and  peritoneal  body- 
cavities  on  the  other.  (See  Chap.  XI.)  The  primordium  of  the 
lateral  mesocardia  may  be  recognized  in  the  10  s  stage :  just  behind 
the  heart  the  median  portion  of  the  body-cavity  is  thick-walled, 
the  peritoneal  cells  being  actually  columnar.  At  this  place,  a 
short  distance  lateral  to  the  median  angle  of  the  body-cavity, 
and  at  the  junction  of  the  cylindrical  and  flat  mesothelium,  a 
fusion  of  considerable  longitudinal  extent  is  formed  between 
the  somatopleure  and  the  proximal  portion  of  the  vitelline  veins, 
projecting  up  from  the  splanchnopleure;  this  fusion  is  the  begin- 
ning of  the  lateral  mesocardiam.  It  separates  a  more  median 
portion  of  the  body-cavity  from  a  more  lateral,  and  in  it  the 
duct  of  Cuvier  soon  develops. 

When  this  portion  of  the  body  of  the  embryo  becomes  ele- 
vated (forty  to  fifty  hours)  the  portion  of  the  body-cavity  lateral 
to  the  mesocardia  lateralia  comes  to  lie  ventrally  to  the  median 
portion  (cf.  Fig.  69),  and  at  the  same  time  the  lateral  mesocardia 
rotate  around  a  longitudinal  axis  through  an  angle  of  about 
90°,  so  that  the  original  median  border  becomes  dorsal,  and  the 
original  lateral  border  becomes  ventral.  The  dorsal  divisions, 
right  and  left,  of  the  pleuroperitoneal  cavity  may  now  be  called 
the  pleural  grooves.  Inasmuch  as  the  parietal  cavit}^  has  receded 
considerably  at  the  same  time  into  the  trunk  with  the  elongation 
of   the    fore-gut,   it   comes    to    lie    beneath   the   pleural  grooves 


208 


THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 


instead  of  in  front  of  them  as  before.  Therefore  in  cross-sections,  in 
front  of  the  lateral  mesocardia,  the  pleural  grooves  appear  as  dorsal 
projections  of  the  parietal  (later  pericardial)  cavity,  separated  from 
one  another  in  the  middle  line  by  the  oesophagus  (Fig.  118). 

The  relations  of  the  three  divisions  of  the  embryonic  body- 
cavity  thus  established  may  be  described  as  follows:  the  parietal 
cavity  contains  the  heart,  and  is  therefore  the  prospective  peri- 


CA 


yof- 


m. 


1^ 


^■t.dors- 


Fig.  118.  —  Transverse  section  of  an  embryo  of  35  s,  imme- 
diately in  front  of  the  lateral  mesocardia. 
Ao.,  Aorta.  Atr.,  Atrium.  B.  a.,  Bulbiis  arteriosus.  D.C. 
r  ,  and'l.,  Ri^ht  and  left  ducts  of  Cuvier.  Lg.,  Lung,  m's'c. 
dors.,  Dorsal'  mesocardium.  m's't.  dors.,  Dorsal  mesentery. 
P.  C,  Pericardial  cavity,  pi.  gr.,  Pleural  groove.  Rec.  pul. 
ent.,  Recessus  pulmo-entericus.     S.  V.,  Sinus  venosus. 

cardial  cavity.  It  is  not,  however,  a  closed  cavity,  but  communi- 
cates in  front  of  the  lateral  mesocardia  with  the  pleural  grooves 
(Fig.  118),  and  by  way  of  the  latter  above  the  lateral  mesocardia 
with  the  peritoneal  cavity  (Figs.  119  and  120);  a  second  communi- 
cation of  the  parietal  cavity  with  the  peritoneal  cavity  is  beneath 
the  lateral  mesocardia  around  the  sides  of  the  anterior  intestinal 
portal,   now  being  converted  into  the  septum  transversum   (cf. 


FROM  TWELVE  TO  THIRTY-SIX  SOMITES 


209 


Fig.  120).     A  more  complete  description  of  the  cavities  is  given 
in  Chapter  XI. 

The  median  wall  of  the  pleural  grooves  forms  much  mesoblast 
during  the  formation  of  the  lung  diverticula,  and  thus  initiates 
the  formation  of  lobes  enclosing  the  lungs  (Figs.  118  and  119). 
These  lobes  descend  ventrally  and  unite  with  the  septum  trans- 
versum   (see   below),  thus  producing  blind  bays  of  the  coelome 


yri6-tdor6'- 


\ 


\ 


'rv'st.irQTl. 


v5.K 


/ 


Fig.  119.  —  Transverse  section  of  the  same  embryo  through  the 
lateral  mesocardia. 

Liv.,  Liver,     m's'c.  lat.,  Lateral  mesocardium.     m's't.  access 
Accessory  mesentery,     m's't.   ven.,   Ventral  mesentery.     Other 
abbreviations  as  before. 

at  the  sides  of  the  oesophagus,  known  as  the  superior  recesses 
of  the  peritoneal  cavity  or  pulmo-enteric  recesses. 

The  ventral  mesentery  extends  from  the  anterior  end  of  the 
sinus  venosus  to  the  hind  end  of  the  fore-gut,  where  it  unites 
with  the  ventral  body-wall.  It  includes  the  sinus  venosus  and 
the  ductus  venosus,  together  with  the  hepatic  diverticula.  The 
median  and  lateral  mesocardia,  together  with  the  ventral  mesen- 
tery of  the  fore-gut,  form  a  mass  known  as  the  septum  transversum. 


210 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


At  the  stage  of  seventy-two  hours,  then,  the  pleural,  pericar- 
dial and  peritoneal  divisions  of  the  body-cavity  are  indicated, 
but  all  are  in  communication.  The  pleural  cavities  connect 
with  the  peritoneal  cavity  posteriorly,  and  with  the  pericardial 
cavity  anteriorly  in  front  of  the  lateral  mesocardia  (Figs.  118,  119, 
120);    and  the   pericardial   cavity   communicates   also   with  the 


.-r^ffS 


m'6'c'.d. 


i~Mjrc 


4%./, 


SACJ,.'4-,>Vv.»''^'^:~-=rj 


Fig.  120.  — Transverse  section  of  the  same  embryo  immediately 
behind  the  lateral  mesocardia. 
ant.  hep.  Div.,  Anterior  hepatic  diverticulum.  Duod.,  Duo- 
denum. End'c,  Endocardium.  D.  V.,  Ductus  venosus.  My'c, 
Myocardium.  PI.  m's'^.,  PHca  mesogastrica.  S-am.,  Sero-am- 
niotic  connection,  ven.  r.,  1.,  Right  and  left  limbs  of  the  ven- 
tricle.    V.  umb.,  Umbilical  vein. 


peritoneal  cavity  beneath  the  lateral  mesocardia  around  the 
roots  of  the  vitelline  veins  (sides  of  the  anterior  intestinal  portal). 
Thus  the  ducts  of  Cuvier  and  the  vitelline  veins  are  the  agencies 
that  introduce  the  separation  of  the  body-cavities. 

The  tail-fold  forms  blind  coelomic  pockets  in  the  region  of 
the  hind-gut,  which  end  in  the  region  of  the  thirty-third  somite. 
(Of.  Fig.  81.) 


PART  II 

THE  FOURTH  DAY  TO  HATCHING 
ORGANOGENY,  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  ORGANS 


CHAPTER  VH 

THE  EXTERNAL  FORM  OF  THE  EMBRYO  AND  THE 

EMBRY^ONIC  MEMBRANES 

L     The  External  Form 

General.  The  development  of  the  external  form  of  the  em- 
bryo is  conditioned  by  the  order  of  development  of  the  organs. 
The  early  form  is   thus  given  by  the  nervous  system,  somites 


A  B 

Fig.  121.  —  A.    Embryo  of  3  days' and  16  hours'  incubation,      x  5. 

B.  Embryo  of  5  days'  incubation,     x  5.     (After  Keibel  and  Abra- 
ham.) 

and  viscera.  The  development  of  muscles,  bones,  limbs,  etc.,  that 
define  the  form  of  the  fowl,  begins  relatively  late,  and  only  gradu- 
.ally  conceals  the  outlines  of  the  internal  parts. 

Figs.   121  to   124  illustrate  the  development  of  the  external 

211 


212 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


form  from  three  days  sixteen  hours  to  ten  days, 
(three  days  sixteen  hours)  the  form  of  the   head 
the  brain,   eyes,   and   visceral   arches.      The   cerv 
strongly  marked.     There  is  no  neck.     The  heart 
protuberance  immediately  behind  the  head.     The 
rounded  swellings.     In  Fig.  121  B  (five  days  one 
vical  flexure  is  less  marked;   the  enlargement  of 


In  Fig.  121  A 
is  defined  by 
ical  flexure  is 
makes  a  large 
limb-buds  are 
hour)  the  cer- 
the  mid-brain 


Fig.  122.  —  Embryo  of  7  days'  and  7  hours' 
incubation  x  5.  (After  Keibel  and  Abra- 
ham.) 

makes  a  more  pronounced  protuberance  of  the  head  in  this  region; 
the  heart  has  retreated  farther  back  into  the  thorax,  and  the 
neck  is  thus  indicated.  The  main  divisions  of  the  limbs  are 
beginning  to  appear.  In  Fig.  122  (seven  days  seven  hours) 
there  are  marked  changes:  The  cervical  flexure  is  practically 
lost.  The  elevation  of  the  head  and  retreat  of  the  heart  into 
the    thorax    have    produced    a    well-marked    neck.     The    upper 


EMBRYO    AND    EMBRYONIC    MEMBRANES 


213 


portion  of  the  first  visceral  cleft  alone  is  visible  as  the  external 
auditory  meatus;  the  other  visceral  arches  and  clefts  have  prac- 
tically disappeared,  excepting  the  mandibular  arch,  forming  the 
lower  jaw.  The  abdominal  viscera  begin  to  protrude.  Feather 
germs  have  appeared  in  definite  tracts.  In  the  next  stage,  Fig. 
123  (eight  days),  the  contours  of  the  body  are  decidedly  bird- 


FiG.  123.  —  Embryo  of  8  days  x  5.      (After  Keibel  and  Abraham.) 

like;  the  fore-limbs  are  wing-like.  The  contours  of  the  head 
are  much  smoother,  and  determined  more  by  the  development 
of  the  facial  region  and  skull  than  by  the  brain.  The  protuber- 
ance of  the  ventral  surface  caused  by  the  viscera  is  strongly 
marked.     Fig.  124  finally  shows  a  ten-day  embryo. 

Head.     The  embryonic  development  of  the  head  depends  on 
the  changes  in  three  important  classes  of  organs,  together  with 


214  THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 

their  supporting  and  skeletal  structures  and  accessory  parts: 
(a)  the  central  nervous  system,  (6)  the  organs  of  special  sense, 
and  (c)  the  visceral  organs,  mouth  and  pharynx.  The  origin  of 
all  these  parts  has  been  considered,  and  it  is  proposed  to  take 


/ 


y 


^^■i 


// 


^- 


\ 
•^ 


<^ 


Fig.  124.  —  Embryo  of  10  days  and  2  hours  x  5.      (After  Keibel  and  Abraham.) 

up  here  only  the  development  of  the  external  form  of  the  head. 
The  preceding  section  gives  an  account  sufficient  for  our  present 
purposes,  except  in  the  case  of  the  facial  region.  At  four  days 
this  region  appears  as  follows  (Fig.  125):  the  mouth  is  a  large, 
ill-defined  opening,  bounded  behind  by  the  mandibular  arches, 


EMBRYO  AND  EMBRYONIC  MEMBRANES 


215 


at  the  side  by  the  maxillary  processes,  and  in  front  by  the  naso- 
frontal process,  which  is  a  broad  projection  below  the  cerebral 
hemispheres  overhanging  the  mouth.  On  each  side  of  the  naso- 
frontal process  are  the  olfactory  pits,  the  cavities  of  which  are 
continuous  with  the  oral  cavity.  Lateral  to  the  olfactory  pits 
are  the  external  nasal  processes,  abutting  against  the  eye  and 
separated  from  the  maxillary  process  by  the  lachrymal  groove. 
The  portion  of  the  naso-frontal  process  bounding  the  olfactory 
pits  on  the  median  sides  may  be  called  the  internal  nasal  process. 


E.p. 

na5:Fr.  / 
Olf. 

/Hem. 

■     A 

/ 

Im.jjr.- — ^-<f^-  .  ""x^^ 

—Or. 

y^^     '^:::^^ 

^i^-^-Ph. 

Md.   -^— ^C^ 

.J 

'     ^^'     "'    Z 

\ 

vA.d  ■    "^ 

Fig.  125.  —  Head  of  an  embryo  of  4  days'  in- 
cubation, from  the  oral  surface  (N.  L.  6 
mm.) 

Ep.,  Epiphysis.  Hem.,  Cerebral  hemi- 
sphere. Hy.,  Hyoidarch.  1.  nas.  pr.,  Lateral 
nasal  process.  Md.,  Mandibular  arch.  Mx., 
Maxillary  process,  nas.fr.,  Naso-frontal  pro- 
cess. Olf.,  Olfactory  pit.  Or.,  Oral  cavity. 
Ph.,  Pharynx,     v.  A.  3,  Third  visceral  arch. 

During  the  fourth  and  fifth  days  a  fusion  is  graduall}'  formed 
between  the  internal  nasal  process  on  the  one  hand,  and  the 
external  nasal  and  maxillary  processes  on  the  other  (Fig.  126), 
thus  forming  a  bridge  across  the  open  mouth  of  the  olfactory 
pits  and  dividing  the  openings  in  two  parts,  one  within  the  oral 
cavity,  which  becomes  the  internal  nares  or  choanae,  and  one 
without,  which  becomes  the  external  nares  or  nostrils.  During 
the  same  time  ihe  whole  naso-frontal  process  begins  to  project 


216  THE  DEVELOPMExXT   OF  THE  CHICK 

forward  to  form  the  tip  of  the  upper  jaw.  The  two  mandibular 
arches  have  also  fused  in  the  middle  line  and  begin  to  project 
forward  to  form  the  lower  jaw.  This  projection  of  upper  and 
lower  jaw  causes  a  great  increase  in  the  depth  of  the  oral  cavity 
(Fig.  148). 

The  upper  jaw  is  thus  composed  of  three  independent  parts: 
vdz.,  the  median  part  formed  from  the  naso-frontal  process  and 


■ — .-^.*>»** 


\ 

Fig.  126.  —  Head  of  an  embryo  of  about  5  days 

from  the  oral  surface.     (N.  L.  8  mm.) 

ch.  F.,  Choroid  fissure.  E.  L.,  Eye-lid  (nic- 
titating membrane),  ex.  nar.,  External  nares. 
1.  Gr.,  Lachrymal  groove.  Other  abbreviations 
as  before. 

the  two  lateral  parts  formed  from  the  maxillary  processes.     The 
former  becomes  the  intermaxillary  and  the  latter  the  maxillary 

region. 

II.     Embryonic  Membranes 

General.  The  extension  of  the  blastoderm  over  the  surface 
of  the  yolk  goes  on  very  rapidly  up  to  the  end  of  the  fourth  day 
of  incubation  (Fig.  33),  at  which  time  there  is  left  a  small  cir- 
cumscribed area  of  uncovered  yolk,  that  may  be  called  the 
umbilicus  of  the  yolk-sac,  which  remains  uncovered  for  a  long 
time.  Its  final  closure  is  associated  with  the  formation  of  the 
albumen-sac. 


EMBRYO    AND    EMBRYONIC    MEMBRANES  217 

The  splitting  of  the  mesoblast  of  the  blastoderm  is  never  com- 
plete ;  but  on  the  contrary  the  undivided  margin  begins  to  thicken 
after  the  fourth  day,  and  gradually  forms  a  ring  of  connective 
tissue  that  surrounds  the  umbilicus  of  the  yolk-sac  (Figs.  128  and 
129).  When  this  ring  closes,  about  the  seventeenth  day,  it  forms 
a  mass  of  connective  tissue  uniting  the  yolk-sac  and  albmnen-sac. 
(See  below.) 

During  the  first  few  days  of  incubation  the  all^umen  loses 
water  rapidly,  and  becomes  more  viscid,  settling,  as  this  takes 
place,  towards  the  yolk-sac  umbilicus.  Thus  the  amniotic  sac 
containing  the  embryo  lies  above;  beneath  the  amniotic  sac  comes 
the  volk,  and  the  main  mass  of  the  albumen  lies  towards  the 
caudal  end  of  the  embryo  (Figs.  128  and  129). 

The  allantois  expands  very  rapidly  in  the  extra-embryonic 
body-cavity,  and  the  latter  extends  by  splitting  of  the  mesoblast 
into  the  neighborhood  of  the  yolk-sac  umbilicus.  When  the 
allantois  in  its  expansion  approaches  the  lower  pole  of  the  egg, 
it  begins  to  wrap  itself  around  the  viscid  mass  of  the  albumen 
accumulated  there.  In  so  doing,  it  carries  with  it  a  fold  of  the 
chorion,  as  it  must  do  in  the  nature  of  the  case,  and  thus  the 
albumen  mass  begins  to  be  surrounded  by  folds  of  the  allantois 
with  an  intervening  layer  of  the  duplicated  chorion.  These 
relations  will  be  readily  understood  by  an  examination  of  the 
accompanying  diagrams  (Figs.  128  and  129).  In  this  way  an 
albumen-sac,  which  rapidly  becomes  closed,  is  established  out- 
side of  the  yolk-sac,  and  the  two  are  united  by  the  undivided 
portion  of  the  mesoblast  around  the  yolk-sac  umbilicus.  This 
connection  is  never  severed,  and  in  consequence  the  remains  of 
the  albumen-sac  is  drawn  with  the  yolk-sac  into  the  body-cavity 
towards  the  end  of  incubation. 

The  sero-amniotic  connection,  which  persists  throughout  incu- 
bation, has  an  important  effect  on  the  general  disposition  of  the 
embryonic  membranes.  It  is  formed,  as  we  have  seen,  in  the 
closure  of  the  amnion,  by  the  thickened  ectoderm  of  the  suture; 
this  ectodermal  connection  is,  however,  absorbed  and  replaced 
on  the  fifth  to  the  seventh  days  by  a  broad  mesodermal  fu- 
sion, which  maintains  a  permanent  connection  between  amnion 
and  chorion.  One  important  result  of  this  relation  is  that  the 
albumen-sac,  which  is  formed  by  the  duplication  of  the  chorion, 
is    prolonged   by   a    tubular   diverticulum    to    the    sero-amniotic 


218  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

plate  (see  Figs.  128  and  129).  The  latter  becomes  perforated 
after  the  eleventh  day,  and  there  is  thus  direct  communication 
between    the    albumen-sac    and    the    amniotic    cavity.     Hirota 


Figs.  127,  128,  and  129.  —  Diagrams  of  the  relations  of  the  embryonic  mem- 
branes of  the  chick,  constructed  from  preparations,  and  from  figures  and 
descriptions  of  Duval,  Hans  Virchow,  Hirota  and  Fulleborn.  In  these 
figures  the  ectoderm  and  entoderm  are  represented  by  plain  lines:  The 
mesoderm  by  a  cross-hatched  line  or  band.  The  yolk-sac  is  represented 
by  broken  parallel  lines.  In  Fig.  127  the  allantois  is  represented  as  a  sac. 
In  Figs.  128  and  129,  where  it  is  supposed  to  be  seen  in  section,  its  cavity 
is  represented  by  unbroken  parallel  lines.  The  stalk  of  the  allantois  is 
exaggerated  in  all  the  diagrams  to  bring  out  its  connection  with  the  em- 
bryo. The  actual  relations  of  the  stalk  are  shown  in  Figures  33  and  82. 
Alb.,   Albumen.     Alb.   S.,   Albumen-sac.     All.,  Allantois.     All.   1.,   Inner 

wall  of  the  allantois.     All.  C,  Cavity  of  allantois.     All.  S.,  Stalk  of  allantois. 

All.  4-  Am.,    Fusion    of    allantois    and    amnion.      Am.,    Amnion.      Am.    C, 

Amniotic  cavity.     Chor.,  Chorion.     C.  T.  R.,  Connective  tissue  ring.     Ect., 

Ectoderm.     E.   E.   B.   C,   Extra-embryonic  body-cavity.     Ent.,   Entoderm. 

Mes.,   Mesoderm.     S.-Am.,   Sero-amniotic  connection.     8.   Y.   S.   U.,   Sac  of 

the    yolk-sac    umbilicus.     Umb.,    Umbilicus.     V.    M.,    Vitelline    membrane. 

Y.  S.  S.,  Septa  of  the  yolk-sac. 

Fig.  127.  —  Fourth  day  of  incubation.  The  embryo  is  surrounded  by  the 
amnion  which  arises  from  the  somatic  umbilicus  in  front  and  behind;  the 
sero-amniotic  connection  is  represented  above  the  tail  of  the  embryo;  it 
consists  at  this  time  of  a  fusion  of  the  ectoderm  of  the  amnion  and  chorion. 
The  allantois  is  represented  as  a  sac,  the  stalk  of  which  enters  the  umbilicus 
behind  the  yolk-stalk;  the  allantois  lies  in  the  extra-embryonic  body-cavity, 
and  its  mesoblastic  layer  is  fused  with  the  corresponding  layer  of  the  chorion 
above  the  embryo.  The  septa  of  the  yolk-sac  are  represented  at  an  early 
stage.  The  splitting  of  the  mesoderm  has  progressed  beyond  the  equator 
of  the  yolk-sac,  and  the  undivided  portion  is  slightly  thickened  to  form 
the  beginning  of  the  connective  tissue  ring  that  surrounds  the  yolk-sac 
umbilicus.  The  ectoderm  and  entoderm  meet  in  the  zone  of  junction, 
beyond  which  the  ectoderm  is  continued  a  short  distance.  The  vitelline 
membrane  is  ruptured,  but  still  covers  the  yolk  in  the  neighborhood  of 
the  yolk-sac  umbilicus.     The  albumen  is  not  represented  in  this  figure. 

Fig.  128.  —  Ninth  day  of  incubation.  The  yolk-sac  umbilicus  has  become 
much  narrowed;  it  is  surrounded  by  the  mesodermal  connective  tissue 
ring,  and  by  the  free  edges  of  the  ectoderm  and  entoderm.  The  vitelline 
membrane  still  covers  the  yolk-sac  umbilicus  and  is  folded  into  the  albumen. 
The  allantois  has  expanded  around  the  amnion  and  yolk-sac  and  its  outer 
wall  is  fused  with  the  chorion.  It  has  pushed  a  fold  of  the  chorion  over 
the  sero-amniotic  connection,  into  which  the  mesoderm  has  penetrated, 
and  thus  forms  the  upper  fold  of  the  albumen-sac.  The  lower  fold  of  the 
albumen-sac  is  likewise  formed  by  a  duplication  of  the  chorion  and  allan- 
tois; it  must  be  understood  that  lateral  folds  are  forming  also,  so  that  the 
albumen  is  being  surrounded  from  all  sides. 

The  stalk  of  the  allantois  is  exaggerated  so  as  to  show  the  connection  of 
the  allantois  with  the  embryo;  it  is  supposed  to  pass  over  the  amnion, 
and  not  through  the  cavity  of  the  latter,  of  course. 


EMBRYO  A^D  EMBRYONIC  MEMBRANES 


219 


All.}        Am-.^        Ch 


Fig.  127 


Fig.  128 


220 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


states  that,  after  this  connection  is  estabUshed,  the  amniotic 
fluid  coagulates  in  alcohol,  "just  like  the  fluid  in  the  albumen- 
sac;  owing,  presumably,  to  the  presence  of  albumen  which  has 
found  its  way  through  the  perforations  into  the  amniotic  fluid." 
This  observation  is  confirmed  by  Fiilleborn. 

The  Allantois.  The  part  of  the  wall  of  the  allantois  that 
fuses  with  the  chorion  may  be  called  the  outer  wall;  the  remainder 
of  the  sac  of  the  allantois  constitutes  the  inner  wall.  The  distal 
intermediate  part  of  the  allantois  is  specialized  with  the  chorion 
as  the  wall  of  the  albumen-sac. 


All^Am. 


A/J.C. 


Fig.  129.  —  Twelfth  day  of  incubation.  The  conditions 
represented  in  Fig.  128  are  more  advanced.  The  albu- 
men-sac is  closing;  its  connection  with  the  cavity  of 
the  amnion  by  w^ay  of  the  sero-amniotic  connection 
will  be  obvious.  The  inner  wall  of  the  allantois  has 
fused  extensively  with  the  amnion.  The  umbilicus  of 
the  yolk-sac  is  much  reduced,  and  some  yolk  protrudes 
into  the  albumen  (sac  of  the  yolk-sac  umbilicus). 

In  the  outer  wall  there  are  three  layers,  viz.,  an  internal  epi- 
thelial laA^er,  formed  by  the  entoderm  of  the  allantois;  a  thick 
very  vascular  middle  or  mesodermal  laver,  formed  bv  fusion  of 
the  mesoblast  of  allantois  and  chorion;  and  a  thin,  outer,  ecto- 
dermal layer  derived  from  the  chorion. 


EMBRYO  AND  EMBRYONIC  MEMBRANES 


221 


Rate  of  Growth  of  the  Allantois.  As  the  embryo  lies  on  its 
left  side,  the  allantois  grows  out  on  the  right  side  of  the  embryo 
(Figs.  127  and  130  A)  and  unites  with  the  chorion  about  the 
one  hundredth  hour.  It  then  spreads  rapidly  as  a  flattened  sac 
over  the  embryo,  increasing  the  extent  of  the  fusion  with  the 


Fig.  130.  —  Diagrams  showing  the  relations  of  the  allantois, 
represented  by  the  tinted   area,  at   different   ages.     (After 

Hirota.) 
Alb.,  Albumen.     Alb.  S.,  Edge  of  albumen-sac.^    All.  V., 
Allantoic  vein.     am.  C,  Amniotic  cavity.     S.-Am.,  Sero-amm- 
otic  connection.     Y.  8.,  Yolk-sac.  . 

A.  At  120  hours  showing  only  the  amniotic  cavity  and  al- 
lantois X  2.  .     •  -x  ]    1 

B.  At  144  hours,  showing  only  the  amniotic  cavity  and  al- 
lantois X  1.2.  ^        n^i  1    ii     ]  4- 

C.  At  192  hours;  the  entire  yolk  x  .66.  Ihe  dotted  out- 
line represents  the  amniotic  cavity.  ,    .    i.     i,  ii 

D.  At  214  hours.  The  entire  egg  after  removal  ot  the  shell, 
X  .66.  The  allximen  mass  is  at  the  left ;  the  albumen-sac  is  be- 
ginning to  form. 

chorion,  hence  of  its  outer  wall  pari  passu.  At  the  end  of  the 
fifth  day  it  covers  more  than  half  of  the  embryo  (Fig.  130  A); 
at  the  end  of  the  sixth  day  the  embryo  is  entirely  covered  by 


222  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF   THE  CHICK 

the  allantois  (Fig.  130  B) ;  at  the  end  of  the  eighth  day  the  alhm- 
tois  has  covered  half  of  the  yolk-sac  (Fig.  130  C).  At  the  end 
of  the  ninth  day,  the  formation  of  the  albumen-sac  is  begun 
(Fig.  130  D).  At  the  end  of  the  eleventh  day,  the  albumen-sac 
is  practically  closed  at  the  lower  pole.  On  the  twelfth  day,  the 
albumen-sac  is  closed,  and  on  the  sixteenth  day  the  contents 
are  practically  entirely  absorbed. 

Blood-supply  of  the  Allantois.  There  are  two  allantoic  (um- 
bilical) arteries  and  one  allantoic  vein.  (See  Chap.  XII.)  Both 
arteries  persist  throughout  the  period  of  incubation,  but  the 
left  is  much  the  better  developed.  It  passes  out  along  the  stalk  of 
the  allantois  to  the  inner  wall  of  the  allantoic  sac,  where  it  divides 
in  two  strong  branches,  one  running  cephalad  and  the  other  caudad 
to  the  margins  of  the  sac  where  they  pass  over  to  the  outer  wall; 
The  allantoic  vein  runs  in  the  inner  wall  and  passes  over  to  the 
outer  wall  near  the  sero-amniotic  connection.  Both  arteries  and 
veins  inhibit  the  expansion  of  the  allantoic  sac  where  they  sur- 
round the  margin;  but  the  vein  has  by  far  the  greatest  effect, 
as  its  action  is  supplemented  by  the  sero-amniotic  connection. 
Thus  indentations,  gradually  growing  deeper,  are  established 
along  the  margins  of  the  allantoic  sac,  and  the  outgrowth  of  the 
latter  on  each  side  of  the  indentations  produce  overlapping  lobes 
(Figs.  130  C  and  D). 

The  arrangement  of  the  smaller  vessels  and  capillaries  is 
very  different  in  the  outer  and  inner  walls.  In  the  outer  wall 
the  arteries  and  veins  branch  and  interdigitate  in  the  deeper 
portions  of  the  mesoblast,  and  end  in  an  extraordinarily  fine- 
meshed  capillary  netw^ork  situated  immediately  beneath  the  thin 
ectoderm.  "The  capillaries  form  such  narrow  meshes,  and  have 
relatively  so  wide  a  lumen,  that  they  can  be  compared  only  with 
those  of  the  lungs  of  higher  animals,  and  of  the  choroidea  of 
the  eye;  indeed,  instead  of  describing  it  as  a  vascular  network 
embedded  in  tissue,  one  could  as  well  describe  it  as  a  great 
blood-sinus  interrupted  by  strands  of  tissue"  (FiiUeborn.)  This 
capillary  network  of  the  outer  wall  constitutes  the  respiratory 
area  of  the  allantois.  At  the  margins  it  passes  gradually  into 
the  incomparably  wider  meshed  capillary  network  of  the  inner 
wall.  An  extensive  system  of  lymphatics  is  developed,  l^oth 
in  the  outer  and  inner  walls  of  the  allantois,  accompanying  all 
the  blood-vessels,  even  to  their  ultimate  terminations. 


EMBRYO  AND  EMBRYOXIC  MEMBRANES     223 

Structure  of  the  Allantois.  (1)  Inner  wall.  The  inner  wall 
of  the  allantois  consists  primarily  of  two  layers,  an  inner  ento- 
dermal  and  outer  mesodermal  layer.  The  latter  soon  becomes 
differentiated  into  two  layers,  an  external,  delicate,  limiting  layer 
of  flat  polygonal  cells,  with  interlocking  margins,  and  an  inter- 
mediate layer  of  star-shaped  cells  embedded  in  a  homogenous 
mucous  ground  substance.  Parts  of  the  inner  wall  become 
extremely  thin,  and  in  these  regions  the  intermediate  layer  may 
become  entirely  absent.  Elsewhere,  particularly  around  the 
larger  arteries  and  veins,  the  intermediate  layer  may  attain 
considerable  thickness.  The  entoderm  becomes  reduced  to  a 
layer  of  flat,  interlocking  cells.  On  the  eighth  day,  spindle- 
shaped  muscle  cells  begin  to  appear  in  the  mesoderm  of  the 
inner  wall,  and  undergo  rapid  increase  in  numbers.  Their  dis- 
tribution is  somewhat  irregular;  in  certain  places  they  may  even 
form  several  layers,  and  in  others  are  practically  wanting. 

On  the  seventh  day  the  inner  wall  of  the  allantois  begins 
to  fuse  Avith  the  amnion  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  sero-amniotic 
connection,  and  this  fusion  rapidly  extends  over  the  area  of 
contact  between  the  two  membranes.  Within  the  area  of  fusion 
the  muscle  lavers  of  the  allantois  and  amnion  mutuallv  reinforce 
each  other,  and  in  places  no  boundary  can  be  found  between 
them  (Fiilleborn).  But  during  the  latter  half  of  incubation  the 
musculature  of  the  fused  area  of  allantois  and  amnion  degener- 
ates almost  completely. 

Towards  the  end  of  incubation,  part  of  the  inner  wall  of  the 
allantois  fuses  also  with  the  yolk-sac,  and  is  therefore  carried 
with  the  latter  into  the  body-cavity  of  the  chick. 

(2)  The  Outer  Wall  of  the  Allantois.  As  already  noted,  the 
outer  wail  of  the  allantois  fuses  with  the  chorion.  The  compound 
membrane,  which  is  respiratory  in  function,  must  be  considered, 
therefore,  as  one.  Over  the  entire  respiratory  area  the  ectoderm, 
belonging  primarily  to  the  chorion,  which  is  elsewhere  two  layers 
of  cells  in  thickness,  becomes  reduced  to  an  exceedingly  thin 
layer  in  direct  contact  with  the  walls  of  the  capillaries  internally 
and  the  shell  membrane  externally.  According  to  Fiilleborn, 
the  ectoderm  cannot  be  distinguished  as  a  separate  layer  in  the 
latter  half  of  incubation,  and  the  capillaries  appear  to  be  in 
immediate  contact  with  the  shell-membrane.  No  muscular 
tissue  appears  to  develop  in  the  outer  wall  of  the  allantois. 


224  THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

(3)  The  Albumen-sac.  The  allantois  in  the  course  of  its 
expansion  over  the  embryo,  between  amnion  and  chorion,  reaches 
the  sero-amniotic  connection;  it  must  then  either  divide  and 
ffrow  round  on  eacli  side  of  tlie  connection,  or  evaginate  the 
chorion  above  the  connection  and  carry  it  as  an  overlapping 
fold  on  bej'Ond.  The  latter  is  what  actually  happens,  and  there 
is  established  as  a  consequence  an  overlapping  fold  of  the  chorion 
containing  an  extension  of  the  allantois  (Fig.  128);  the  space 
beneath  this  fold  terminates,  naturally,  at  the  sero-amniotic 
connection.  In  the  meantime  the  cleavage  of  the  mesoblast 
has  separated  chorion  and  yolk-sac  as  far  as  the  neighborhood 
of  the  volk-sac  umbilicus,  where  the  viscid  albumen  has  accumu- 
iated.  The  latter  is  situated  not  opposite  to  the  yolk-stalk, 
but  near  the  posterior  pole  of  the  yolk-sac,  with  reference  to 
the  embryo,  i.e.,  usually  towards  the  narrow  end  of  the  shell. 
Now  the  allantois  growing  around  the  yolk-sac  from  all  sides 
reaches  the  neighborhood  of  the  albumen  and  enters  an  evagina- 
tion  of  the  chorion  that  wraps  itself  around  the  albumen,  thus 
initiating  the  formation  of  a  double  sac  of  the  chorion  enfolding 
the  albumen  and  containing  between  its  two  layers  an  extension 
of  the  allantois.  The  latter  is  therefore  separated  everywhere 
from  the  albumen  by  the  thickness  of  the  chorion.  The  suj^erior 
fold  of  the  albumen-sac  is  the  same  fold  that  overgrows  the 
sero-amniotic  connection,  and  the  albumen-sac  is  therefore  pro- 
longed beneath  this  fold  to  the  sero-amniotic  connection  itself, 
which,  as  we  have  seen,  becomes  perforated,  thus  admitting 
albumen  into  the  amniotic  cavitv. 

The  ectoderm  lining  the  albumen-sac  is  two-layered,  and  the 
cells  next  the  albumen  tend  to  be  cubical  or  swollen,  and  fre- 
quently vesicular,  owing  apparently  to  absorption  of  albumen. 
In  the  neighborhood  of  the  yolk-sac  umbilicus,  papilla-like  pro- 
jections of  the  ectoderm  into  the  albumen  are  common  (Fig.  129). 
But  these  do  not  occur  over  the  remainder  of  the  albumen-sac 
of  the  chick,  as  described  by  Duval  for  the  linnet;  nor  do  they 
possess  a  mesodermal  core. 

Prior  to  the  union  of  the  mesoderm  over  the  yolk-sac  umbili- 
cus, the  yolk  forms  a  hernia-like  protrusion  into  the  albumen- 
sac  (sac  of  the  yolk-sac  umbilicus,  see  Fig.  129),  which  is,  hoAvever, 
retracted  as  the  mesoderm  ring  closes  over  the  yolk-sac  umbilicus. 
The  vitelline  membrane  ruptures  at  an  early  period  of  the  incu- 


EMBRYO  AND  EMBRYONIC  MEMBRANES      225 

bation  over  the  embryonic  pole  and  gradually  slips  down  over 
the  yolk,  and  is  finally  gathered  together  in  the  albumen-sac. 

(4)  The  allantois  also  serves  as  a  reservoir  for  the  secretions 
of  the  mesonephros,  and  subsequently  the  permanent  kidney, 
which  reach  it  by  way  of  the  cloaca  and  neck  of  the  allantois. 
The  fluid  part  of  the  embryonic  urine  is  absorbed,  but  the  con- 
tained salts  are  deposited  in  the  walls  and  cavity  of  the  allantois. 
If  the  connection  between  the  Wolffian  ducts  and  cloaca  be  inter- 
rupted, the  former  become  enormously  extended  by  the  secre- 
tions of  the  mesonephros. 

The  Yolk-sac.  The  yolk-sac  is  established  in  the  manner 
already  described;  it  is  constituted  by  the  extra-embryonic 
splanchnopleure,  and  is  permanently  united  to  the  intestine  by 
the  yolk-stalk.  A  narrow  lumen  remains  in  the  stalk  of  the 
yolk-sac  throughout,  and  even  after,  incubation,  but  the  yolk 
does  not  seem  to  pass  through  it  into  the  intestinal  cavity.  The 
walls  of  the  yolk-sac,  excepting  the  part  derived  from  the  pellucid 
area,  are  lined  with  a  special  glandular  and  absorbing  epithelium, 
which  digests  and  absorbs  the  yolk  and  passes  it  into  the  vitel- 
line circulation,  through  which  it  enters  the  hepatic  portal  circu- 
lation and  comes  under  the  influence  of  the  hepatic  cells.  The 
yolk-sac  is  thus  the  primary  organ  of  nutrition  of  the  embryo, 
and  it  becomes  highly  elaborated  for  the  performance  of  this 
function.  Contrary  to  the  statements  found  in  many  text-books, 
it  does  not  reach  its  maximum  development  until  the  end  of 
incubation.  Throughout  incubation  it  steadily  increases  in 
complexity  and  efficiency  so  as  to  provide  for  the  extremely 
rapid  growth  of  the  embryo. 

The  functions  of  the  yolk-sac  manifestly  require  a  large  sur- 
face area,  which  is  provided  for  by  foldings  of  the  wall  projecting 
into  the  yolk.  At  the  height  of  its  development  the  inner  surface 
of  the  yolk-sac  is  covered  with  numerous  folds  or  septa  projecting 
into  the  yolk,  which  are  highest  at  the  equator  and  decrease  in 
both  directions  away  from  the  equator.  In  general,  these  folds 
follow  the  direction  of  the  main  arteries,  i.e.,  they  run  in  a 
meridional  direction,  repeatedly  bifurcating  distally  (Fig.  132). 
Moreover,  each  one  is  perforated  by  numerous  stomata,  and  the 
yolk-sac  epithelium  covers  all  free  surfaces,  and  a  capillary  net- 
work is  found  in  every  part.  So  far  do  they  project  into  the 
interior  towards  the  close  of  incubation,  that  those  of  opposite 


226 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


sides  may  be  approximately  in  contact,  and  the  cavity  of  the 
yolk-sac  is  thus  broken  up  into  numerous  connecting  compart- 
ments filled  with  yolk.  The  outer  wall  of  the  yolk-sac  is  smooth 
and  not  involved  in  the  folds.  The  beginning  of  the  folds  of  the 
yolk-sac  may  be  found  at  the  time  of  appearance  of  the  vascular 
area  of  the  blastoderm,  and  they  develop  pari  passu,  with  the 
vessels  of  the  yolk-sac  (Fig.  131). 

Fig.  131  shows   the  appearance   of  the  folds  at  the  stage  of 
twelve  somites.      It  is   a   view  of   the   blastoderm   from  below, 


^■^4^1 


Fig.  131.  —  Septa  of  the  yolk-sac  as  seen  on 

the  lower  surface  of  the  blastoderm  at  the 

stage  of  12  s.     (After  Hans  Virchow.) 

m.  R.,  Marginal  ridge  of  entoderm  overly- 
ing the  sinus  terminalis. 

drawn  as  an  opaque  object,  and  it  shows  the  incipient  folds  of 
the  yolk-sac  in  an  arrangement  that  corresponds  roughly,  but 
not  accurately,  with  that  of  the  blood-islands,  which  lie  in  large 
part  in  the  bases  of  the  folds.  The  site  of  the  vena  terminalis 
is  marked  bv  a  circular  fold  of  the  entoderm.  The  folds  of  the 
volk-sac  thus  coincide  in  their  distribution  with  the  vascular  area 
and  are  so  limited  at  all  times,  being  absent  in  the  vitelline  area. 
There   is   thus   a  close   connection  between  the   vitelline  blood- 


EMBRYO  AND  EMBRYONIC  MEMBRANES 


227 


vessels  and  the  folds  of  the  yolk-sac,  which  will  be  considered 
more  fully  beyond. 

The  interior  of  the  yolk-sac  is  lined  with  entoderm  which 
differs  in  its  structure  in  different  regions:  In  the  area  pellucida 
the  cells  are  flattened;  in  the  vascular  zone  of  the  area  opaca 
are  found  the  columnar  cells  with  swollen  ends  described  pre- 
viously. After  the  third  or  fourth  day  these  are  found  filled 
with  yellow  fatty  droplets,  which  give  a  yellow  tone  to  the  interior 
of  the  living  yolk-sac,  and  which  are  so  abundant  in  later  stages 
as  to  render  the  layer  perfectly  opaque.     These  cells  do  not  con- 


FiG.  132.  —  Part  of  the  interior  of  the  yolk-sac  of  a 
duck  at  the  time  of  hatchng.  In  the  upper  part  of 
the  figure  the  septa  are  seen  from  the  side  showing 
the  stomata.  In  the  lower  part  they  are  seen  on 
edge.  Note  the  sinuous  course  of  the  arteries  along 
the  free  edges  of  some  of  the  septa.  (After  H. 
Virchow.) 

tain  entire  yolk-granules;  apparently,  then,  the  yolk-granules  are 
digested  before  absorption  in  this  region.  In  the  region  of  the 
inner  zone  of  the  vitelline  area,  the  entoderm  is  composed  of 
several  layers  of  large  cells  containing  yolk-granules,  constituting 
the  germ-wall,  and  in  the  outer  vitelline  zone  we  come  to  the 
periblast.  The  germinal  wall  and  inner  zone  of  the  vitelline  area 
represent  the  formative  region  of  the  yolk-sac  epithelium  in  the 
manner  already  described  (Chap.  \). 

Blood-vessels  of  the  Yolk-sac.     The  development  of  the  circu- 


228  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

lation  in  the  yolk-sac  may  be  divided  into  the  following  stages 
(following  Popoff) : 

1.  Indifferent  network  bounded  peripherally  by  the  vena 
terminalis,  connected  by  two  anterior  vitelline  veins  with  the 
heart;  no  arterial  trunks. 

2.  Origin  of  an  arterial  path  in  the  network;  the  right  anterior 
vitelline  vein  begins  to  degenerate. 

3.  Origin  of  intermediate  veins;  the  (left)  posterior  vein 
begins  to  develop. 

4.  Development  of  collateral  veins;  further  degeneration  of 
the  right  anterior  vein;  complete  formation  of  the  posterior  vein. 

5.  Further  branching;  development  of  a  rich  venous  network; 
the  vena  terminalis  begins  to  degenerate. 

6.  Definitive  condition;  development  of  a  rich  venous  net- 
work in  the  folds  or  septa  of  the  yolk-sac;  anastomosis  of  vessels 
of  the  yolk-sac  and  allantois. 

The  changes  can  be  followed  only  in  outline.  The  earliest 
condition  has  been  described  in  Chapters  IV  and  V.  Fig.  133 
show^s  a  condition  intermediate  between  stages  1  and  2  above. 
The  network  is  entirely  arterial,  except  towards  the  anterior 
end,  i.e.,  the  blood  flows  outwards  away  from  the  heart.  It 
enters  the  vena  terminalis  and  is  returned  by  right  and  left  an- 
terior vitelline  veins  to  the  heart.  The  beginning  of  arterial 
trunks  in  the  network  is  indicated  particularly  on  the  left  side 
(right  side  of  the  figure).  The  connection  of  the  arterial  network 
with  the  dorsal  aorta  is  still  net-like. 

Fig.  134  shows  an  advance  of  the  same  processes.  The  trunks 
of  the  vitelline  arteries  are  better  differentiated  from  the  network, 
and  the  blood  is  still  returned  to  the  heart  entirely  by  way  of 
the  vena  terminalis  and  the  right  and  left  anterior  vitelline  veins, 
which  have  come  in  contact  distally,  circumscribing  in  their 
proximal  parts  the  mesoderm-free  area  of  the  blastoderm.  The 
beginning  of  the  lateral  vitelline  veins  is  indicated,  particularly 
on  the  right  side  (left  of  the  figure). 

Fig.  135  represents  a  great  advance.  The  vitelline  arteries 
arise  from  the  dorsal  aortse  as  single  trunks,  and  branch  in  the 
vascular  network,  some  of  them  reaching  as  far  as  the  vena 
terminalis.  The  two  anterior  vitelline  veins  have  fused  in  front, 
and  the  right  anterior  vein  is  reduced  in  size  so  that  most  of  the 
blood  reaches  the  heart  through  the  left  anterior  vein.     But  the 


Fig.    133.  —  Circulation   in   the  embryo  and  the  yolk-sac.     Stage  of  about 

16  s;  from  below.     The  vitelline  arteries  are  beginning  to  differentiate  out 

of  the  vascular  network  particularly  on  the  loft  side.      (Observer's  right.) 

Injected.     (After  PopolT.; 

1,   Marginal   vein.      2,    Region   (jf   venous  network.     3,    First   and  second 

aortic    arches.     4  r,    4 1,    Right   and    left  anterior  vitelline   veins.     5,  Heart. 

6,  Anterior  intestinal  portal.     1,   Aorta?.      8,  Vitelline    arteries  in  process  of 

differentiation.     9,    Blood   islands. 


Fig.  134.  —  Circulation  in  the  embryo  and  the  yolk-sac  at  the  stage  of  about 
22  s,  drawn  from  below.     Note  differentiation  of  branches  of  the  vitelline 
arteries.     Injected.     (After  Popoff.) 
1    Marginal  vein.     2,  Region   of  venous  network.     3,  Carotid   loop.     4  r, 
4  1     iiitrht   and    left   anterior    vitelline   veins.      5,  Heart.      6,   Anterior   intes- 
tinal portal.     7,  Dorsal  aorta.     S,   Branches  of  vitelline  arteries. 


EMBRYO  AND  EMBRYONIC  MEMBRANES      229 

most  striking  change  is  the  transformation  of  part  of  the  vascular 
network  into  channels  in  which  the  blood  flows  towards  the  heart. 
Of  these  there  may  be  recognized  the  following:  1.  Intermediate 
veins  arising  from  the  vena  terminalis  at  various  places  and 
gradually  losing  themselves  centrally  in  the  vascular  network. 
2.  The  vascular  network  immediatelv  behind  the  embrvo  has 
assumed  a  venous  character  and  likewise  a  large  part  of  the 
network  immediately  surrouncUng  the  embryo.  3.  Lateral  vitel- 
line veins  are  beginning  to  develop  from  the  anterior  intestinal 
portal  backwards. 

Fig.  136,  representing  the  circulation  at  a  stage  of  about  40 
somites,  shows  the  completion  of  the  primary  circulation  in  the 
yolk-sac.  The  vitelline  arteries  branch  richly,  and  end  in  a 
capillary  network;  very  few  arterial  branches  reach  the  vena 
terminalis  as  such,  and  then  only  very  fine  ones.  The  vena 
terminalis  itself  is  relatively  reduced;  the  lateral  vitelline  veins 
have  absorbed  the  network  between  themselves  and  the  inter- 
mediate veins,  which  now  appear  as  prolongations  of  the  lateral 
veins.  The  right  anterior  vitelline  vein  has  disappeared  almost 
entirely  and  the  posterior  vitelline  vein  is  well  developed,  empty- 
ing into  the  left  lateral  vein. 

The  lateral  vitelline  arteries  and  veins  are  superposed  as 
far  peripherally  as  the  original  intermediate  veins,  which  lie 
between  the  arterial  trunks.  Wherever  there  is  superposition 
of  arteries  and  veins,  the  latter  are  superficial  and  the  former 
deep  in  position  as  seen  from  above.  The  figure  also  shows  the 
vascular  network  in  the  budding  allantois,  and  some  of  the  em- 
bryonic blood-vessels. 

In  the  later  stages  of  development  the  arteries  are  carried  in 
by  the  septa  of  the  yolk-sac  and  lie  near  their  free  edges;  the 
veins,  on  the  other  hand,  remain  superficial  in  position.  The 
terminal  vein  becomes  progressively  reduced  in  importance  up 
to  about  the  tenth  day,  and  then  gradually  disappears  as  such, 
being  taken  into  the  terminal  capillaries.  After  the  tenth  day 
the  anterior  and  posterior  vitelline  veins  decrease  in  importance 
and  finally  become  almost  unrecognizable.  The  lateral  veins, 
on  the  other  hand,  increase  in  importance  and  return  all  of  the 
blood  to  the  embryo. 

The  rich  network  of  venous  capillaries  in  the  septa  of  the 
yolk-sac  is  shown  in  Fig.  137.     It  lies  immediately  beneath  tliQ 


230  THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

epithelium  over  the  entire  extent  of  the  septa  and  forms  loops 
along  the  free  border.  The  arteries  do  not  communicate  directly 
with  this  network  according  to  Popoff ,  and  the  course  of  the 
circulation  from  arteries  to  veins  is  not  clearly  described  by  this 
author. 

The  allantois  fuses  with  the  yolk-sac  in  the  region  of  the 
yolk-sac  umbilicus,  and  anastomoses  arise  between  the  veins  of 
the  allantois  and  those  of  the  yolk-sac. 

Ultimate  Fate  of  the  Yolk-sac.  On  the  nineteenth  day  of 
incubation,  the  yolk-sac  slips  into  the  body-cavity  through  the 
umbilicus;  which  thereupon  closes.  The  mechanism  of  this 
process  is  of  considerable  interest.  The  yolk-sac  is  still  a  volu- 
minous organ,  and  equal  to  about  one  sixth  the  weight  of  the 
embryo.  It  is  therefore  inconceivable  that  it  could  be  "drawn 
into"  the  body-cavity  by  means  of  its  stalk,  which  has  only  the 
intestine  for  attachment.  The  process  is  much  more  complex 
and  may  be  briefly  described  as  follows:  We  have  already  seen 
that  the  inner  wall  of  the  allantois  fuses  with  the  amnion  on  the 
one  hand;  distally  it  is  connected  with  the  yolk-sac.  Now  this 
wall  of  the  allantois  is  muscular,  and  it  is  probable  that  its  con- 
traction is  the  first  act  in  the  inclusion  of  the  yolk-sac  within  the 
body-wall.  It  is  aided  in  this,  however,  by  the  inner  wall  of 
the  amnion,  i.e.,  that  part  of  the  amnion  arising  from  the  umbili- 
cus and  not  fused  with  the  allantois.  This  part  of  the  amnion 
surrounds  the  yolk-stalk,  and  is  itself  richly  provided  with  muscle 
cells,  forming  a  crossing  and  interlacing  system.  It  is  carried 
down  and  over  the  yolk-sac  to  about  its  equator  by  the  allantois, 
and  when  the  yolk-sac  is  half  taken  into  the  body-cavity,  it  reaches 
its  distal  pole  and  fuses  there.  Now  if  the  egg  be  opened  at 
this  stage  in  the  process  and  this  wall  of  the  amnion  cut  through, 
it  contracts  rapidly  to  a  fraction  of  its  former  area  (Virchow). 
It  is  apparent,  then,  that  the  tension  of  this  membrane  on  the 
yolk-sac  must  exert  a  continuous  pressure  that  tends  to  force  it 
into  the  body-cavity.  It  is  in  this  way,  then,  by  contraction 
of  the  inner  walls  of  the  allantois  and  of  the  amnion,  that  the 
yolk-sac  is  pressed  into  the  body-cavity. 

The  umbilicus  is  therefore  closed  b}-  the  mere  act  of  inclusion 
of  the  yolk-sac,  for  the  inner  amniotic  wall  is  attached  on  the 
one  hand  to  the  body-wall,  and  on  the  other  to  the  distal  pole 
of  the  yolk-sac.     A  minute  opening  is  left  in  the  center  of  the 


Fig.  135.  —  Circulation  in  the  embryo  and  yolk-sac  after  74  hours'  incuba- 
tion.    Stage  of  about  27  s  from  below.     Injected.      (After  Popoff.) 

1,  Marginal  vein.  2  r,  2 1,  Right  and  left  anterior  vitelline  veins  sur- 
rounding the  mesoderm-free  area.  8,  Anterior  intestinal  ]:)ortal.  4,  In- 
termediate veins  connecting  with  the  venous  network  centrally.  5,  Right 
dorsal  aorta.  6,  Posterior  \itelline  vein  in  j)rocess  of  formation.  7,  Vitel- 
line arteries. 

Note  that  the  right  anterior  vitelline  vein  (2  r)  is  much  atrophied. 


Fig.  136.  —  Circulation  in  the  embryo  and  yolk-sac  of  an  embryo  of  about 
40  s,  showing  the  later  development  of  the  lateral  and  intermediate  vitel- 
line veins.  Reduction  of  vena  terminalis  (marginal  vein).  Almost  com- 
plete atrophy  of  the  right  anterior  vein.     Injected.      (After  Popoff.) 

1,  Marginal  vein.  2  r,  21,  Right  and  left  anterior  vitelline  veins.  3, 
Arch  of  aorta.  4,  Left  posterior  cardinal  vein.  or,  51,  Right  and 
left  omphalomesenteric  veins.  6,  Aorta.  6  a,  Left  dorsal  aorta.  7, 
Vitelline  artery.  8,  Posterior  vitelline  vein.  9,  Vascular  network  in  the 
allantois. 


EMBRYO  AND  EMBRYONIC  MEMBRANES  231 

umbilical  field,  through  which  dried  remnants  of  the  inner  wall 
of  the  allantois,  w^hich  is  likewise  attached  to  the  distal  pole  of 
the  yolk-sac,  protrude  for  a  short  time.  On  the  inner  side  the 
yolk-sac  is  attached  to  the  umbilicus  by  its  distal  pole,  and  by 
its  stalk  to  the  intestine.  The  absorption  of  the  yolk-sac  then 
goes  on  with  great  rapidity,  being  reduced  from  a  weight  of 
5.34  gr.  twelve  hours  after  hatching  to  0.05  gr.  on  the  sixth  day 
after  hatching,  according  to  a  series  of  observations  of  Virchow. 

The  Amnion.  The  amnion  invests  the  embryo  closely  at  the 
time  of  its  formation,  but  soon  after,  fluid  begins  to  accumulate 
w^ithin  the  amniotic  cavity,  which  gradually  enlarges  so  that  the 
embryo  lies  within  a  considerable  fluid-filled  space,  which  in- 
creases gradually  up  to  the  latter  part  of  the  incubation,  and 
then  diminishes  again,  so  that  the  embryo  finally  occupies  most 
of  the  cavitv.  The  connections  of  the  amnion  with  the  chorion, 
and  later  with  the  allantois,  albumen-sac,  and  yolk-sac,  have 
been  already  described. 

Muscle  fibers  appear  in  the  w^alls  of  the  amnion  on  the  fifth 
or  sixth  day  and  gradually  increase  in  number;  though  they 
subsequently  degenerate  over  the  area  of  fusion  with,  the  allan- 
tois. They  persist  elsewhere,  how^ever,  and  are  active  in  the 
inclusion  of  the  yolk-sac  in  the  manner  already  described.  Shortly 
after  the  appearance  of  the  muscle  fibers  slow  vermicular  or 
peristaltic  contractions  of  the  amnion  begin,  and  the  embryo  is 
rocked  within  the  amniotic  cavity.  Apparently,  adhesions  are 
thus  prevented,  but  they  are  sometimes  formed  and  lead  to  various 
malformations  of  the  embryo.  In  some  cases  the  amnion  fails 
to  develop;  in  such  cases,  the  embryo  usually  dies  at  a  relatively 
early  stage,  though  Dareste  records  an  anamniotic  embryo  of 
thirteen  days,  apparently  full  of  life  and  vigor. 

The  amnion  apparently  acts  first  as  a  protection  against  all 
mechanical  shocks  and  jars  which  are  taken  up  by  the  fluid; 
second,  by  protecting  the  embryo  against  the  danger  of  desicca- 
tion; third,  by  protecting  it  against  adhesions  with  the  shell- 
membrane  and  embryonic  membranes,  and  lastly  by  providing 
space  for  the  expansion  of  the  allantois  and  consequent  increase 
of  the  respiratory  surface.  It  also  has  secondary  functions  in 
the  chick  in  connection  with  the  absorption  of  the  albumen  and 
the  inclusion  of  the  yolk-sac.  It  will  be  readily  understood, 
then,  why  anamniotic  embryos  usually  do  not  develop  far. 


232  THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF  THE   CHICK 

Hatching   (after  von  Baer).     About    the    fourteenth  day  the 
growing  embryo  accommodates  itself  to  the  form  of  the  egg  so 
as  to  he  parallel  to  the  long  axis  with  its  head  usually  towards 
the  broad  end  near  to  the  air-chamber.     Sometimes,  however, 
the  embryo  is  turned  in  the  reverse  position  (von  Baer).     The 
head  is  bent  towards  the  breast,  and  is  usually  tucked  under 
the    right   wing.     Important    changes    preparatory    to    hatching 
take    place   on   the   seventeenth   to   the   nineteenth   days.     The 
fluid  decreases  in  the  amnion.     The  neck  acquires  a  double  bend 
so  that  the  head  is  turned  forward,  and,  in  consequence,  the  beak 
is  towards  that  part  of  the  membranes  next  to  the  air-chamber. 
The  intestine  is  retracted  completely  into  the  body-cavity,  and 
on  the  nineteenth  day  the  yolk-sac  begins  to  enter  the  body- 
cavity.     On  the  twentieth  day  the  yolk-sac  is  completely  included, 
and    practically    all    the    amniotic    fluid    has    disappeared.     The 
chick   now   occupies   practically  all    the  space   within   the    egg, 
outside  of  the  air-chamber.     The  umbilicus  is  closing  over.     The 
ductus   arteriosi   begin   to   contract,   so   that   more   blood   flows 
through  the  lungs.     The  external  w^all  of  the  allantois  fused  with 
the  chorion  still  remains  very  vascular. 

Now,  if  the  chick  raises  its  head,  the  beak  readily  pierces 
the  membranes  and  enters  the  air-chamber.  It  then  begins  to 
breath  slowly  the  contained  air;  the  chick  may  be  heard,  in  some 
cases,  to  peep  within  the  shell  two  days  before  hatching,  a  sure 
sign  that  breathing  has  begun.  But  the  circulation  in  the  allan- 
tois is  still  maintained  and  it  still  preserves  its  respiratory  func- 
tion. When  the  chick  makes  the  first  small  opening  in  the  shell, 
which  usually  takes  place  on  the  twentieth  day,  it  begins  to 
breathe  normally,  and  then  the  allantois  begins  to  dry  up  and 
the  circulation  in  it  rapidly  ceases.  It  then  becomes  separated 
from  the  umbilicus,  and  the  remainder  of  the  act  of  hatching  is 
completed,  usually  on  the  twenty-first  day. 


Fig.  137.  —  Part  of  a  septum  of  the  yolk-sac.     Injected.     20  days'  incuba- 
tion.    The  free  edge  is  above.     (After  Popoff.) 
Ar.,  Artery.     St.,  Stomata.     V.  an.,  Longitudinal  anastomoses  of  venous 
network.     V.,  vein. 


■  «< 


vV 


^GicT^ 


CHAPTER   VIII 
THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM 

I.   The  Neuroblasts 

The  account  given  in  Chapters  V  and  VI  outlines  the  origin 
of  the  larger  divisions  of  the  central  nervous  system  and  ganglia. 
The  subsequent  growth  and  differentiation  is  due  to  multiplica- 
tion of  cells,  aggregation  of  embryonic  nerve-cells,  or  neuro- 
blasts, in  particular  regions  or  centers,  the  formation  and  growth 
of  nerve-fibers  which  combine  to  form  nerves  and  tracts,  and 
the  origin  and  differentiation  of  nerve-sheaths,  and  the  support- 
ing cells,  neuroglia,  of  the  central  system.  The  most  important 
factors  are  the  origin  of  the  neuroblasts  and  of  nerve-fibers  in 
connection  with  them;  these  fibers  form  the  various  nerve-tracts 
and  commissures  within  the  central  nervous  system  and  the 
system  of  peripheral  nerves.  The  origin  of  neuroblasts  and  the 
development  of  fibers  is  the  clue  to  differentiation  in  all  parts 
of  the  nervous  system. 

Neuroblasts  are  found  in  two  primary  locations  in  the  embryo; 
(1)  in  the  neural  tube,  and  (2)  in  the  series  of  ganglia  derived 
from  the  neural  crest;  these  are  known  as  medullary  and  gang- 
lionic neuroblasts  respectively.^ 

The  Medullary  Neuroblasts.  In  the  neural  tube  of  the  chick, 
up  to  about  the  third  day,  there  are  present  only  two  kinds  of 
ceils,  the  epithelial  cells  and  the  germinal  cells  (Fig.  138). 

The  epithelial  cells  constitute  the  main  bulk  of  the  walls, 
and  extend  from  the  central  canal  to  the  exterior;  their  inner 
ends  unite  to  form  an  internal  limiting  membrane  lining  the 
central  canal,  and  their  outer  ends  to  form  an  external  limiting 
membrane.  Each  cell  in  the  lateral  walls  of  the  tube  is  much 
elongated  and  usually  shows  three  enlargements,  viz.,  at  each 
end  and  in  the  region  of  the  nucleus,  the  cell  being  somewhat 
constricted    between    the    nucleus    and   each   end.     In    different 

1  Neuroblasts  arise  also  in  the  olfactory  epithelium.     (See  Chap.  IX.) 

233 


234 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


cells  the  nuclei  are  at  different  levels;  thus  in  a  section  several 
layers  of  nuclei  appear.  These  cells  are  not  closely  packed 
together,  except  at  their  outer  ends,  but  are  more  or  less  separated 
by  intercellular  spaces  that  form  a  communicating  system  of 
narrow  channels. 


Jm.&K 

277.  V 


Ira.'m 


Fig.  138.  —  Section  of  the  neural  tube,  29  s  embryo. 

c.  C,  Central  canal,  ep.  C,  Epithelial  cells,  g.  C,  Ger- 
minal cells.  1.  m.  ex.,  External  limiting  membrane.  1.  m.  in., 
Internal  limiting  membrane.  Ms'ch.,  Mesenchyme,  m.  v., 
Marginal  velum. 

The  germinal  cells  are  rounded  cells  situated  next  the  central 
canal  between  the  inner  ends  of  the  epithelial  cells;  karyokinetic 
figures  are  very  common  in  them.  According  to  His  the  germinal 
cells  are  the  parent  cells  of  the  neuroblasts  alone;  it  is  probable, 
however,  that  they  are  not  so  limited  in  function,  and  that  they 
represent  primitive  cells  from  which  proceed  other  epithelial 
cells  and  embryonic  neuroglia  cells  as  well  as  neuroblasts. 


THE   NERVOUS   SYSTEM 


235 


A  narrow  non-nucleated  margin^  known  as  the  marginal 
velum,  appears  in  the  lateral  walls  of  the  neural  tube  external 
to  the  nuclei  (Fig,  138).  This  is  occupied  by  the  outer  ends  of 
the  epithelial  cells.  At  this  time,  therefore,  three  zones  may 
be  distinctly  recognized  in  the  walls  of  the  neural  tube,  viz., 
(1)  the  zone  of  the  germinal  cells,  including  also  the  inner  ends 
of  the  epithelial  cells,  (2)  the  zone  of  the  nuclei  of  the  epithelial 
cells,  (3)  the  marginal  velum.  No  chstinctly  nervous  elements 
are  yet  differentiated. 

Such  elements,  however,  soon  begin  to  appear:  Fig.  139  repre- 
sents a  section  through  the 
cord  of  a  chick  embryo  of 
about  the  end  of  the  third  day; 
it  is  from  a  Golgi  preparation 
in  which  the  distinctly  nervous 
elements  are  stained  black,  and 
the  epithelial  and  germinal 
cells  are  seen  only  very  indis- 
tinctly. The  stained  elements 
are  the  neuroblasts,  and  it  will 
be  observed  that  they  form  a 
layer  roughly  intermediate  in 
position  between  the  marginal 
velum  and  the  nuclei  of  the 
epithelial  cells.  They  are 
usually  regarded  as  derived 
from  germinal  cells  that  have 
migrated  from  their  central 
position    outwards;   but   it   is 


m/Jr~, 


MMf 


mi.4. 

Fig.  139. — Transverse  section  through 

the  spinal  cord  and   ganglion   of   a 

chick   about   the   end   of    the    third 

day;    prepared    by    the    method    of 

Golgi.     (After  Ramon  y  Cajal.) 

C,  Cones  of  growth.  Nbl.  1,  2,  3,  4, 
Neuroblasts  of  the  lateral  wall  (1  and 
2);  of  the  spinal  ganglion  (3);  of  the 
ventral  horn  (motor  neuroblasts)  (4). 


possible  that  some  of  them  may  have  been  derived  from  epithelial 
cells.  However  this  may  be  in  such  an  early  stage,  it  is  certain 
that  the  neuroblasts  formed  later  are  derived  from  germinal  cells. 
It  will  be  observed  that  each  neuroblast  consists  of  a  cell- 
body  and  a  process  ending  in  an  enlargement.  The  process 
arises  as  an  outgrowth  of  the  cell-body,  and  forms  the  axis  cylin- 
der or  axone  of  a  nerve-fiber;  the  terminal  enlargement  is  known 
as  the  cone  of  growth,  because  the  growth  processes  by  which 
the  axone  increases  in  length  are  presumably  located  here.  It 
may  be  stated  as  an  invariable  rule  that  each  axone  process  of  a 
medullary  neuroblast  arises  as  an  outgrowth,  and  grows  to  its 


236 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


final  termination  without  addition  on  the  part  of  other  cells. 
The  body  of  the  neuroblast  forms  the  nerve-cell,  from  which, 
later  on,  secondary  processes  arise  constituting  the  dendrites. 

The  view  that  each  nerve-cell  with  its  axone  process  and 
dendrites  is  an  original  cellular  individual,  is  known  as  the  neurone 
theory.  For  the  central  nervous  system  this  view  is  generally 
held,  but  its  extension  to  the  peripheral  system  is  opposed  by 
some  on  the  ground  that  the  axone  in  peripheral  nerves  is  formed 
within  chains  of  cells,  and  is  thus  strictly  speaking  not  an  original 
product  of  the  neuroblast,  though  it  may  be  continuous  with  the 
axis  cylinder  process  of  a  neuroblast.  This  view  is  discussed 
under  the  peripheral  nervous  system. 

Each    medullary    neuroblast   is    primarily   unipolar   and   the 

axone  is    the    original    outgrowth. 
Soon,    however,    secondary    proto- 
plasmic   processes    arise    from    the 
body  of  the  nerve-cell  and  form  the 
dendrites.     These    appear    first    in 
motor  neuroblasts   of   the  ventro- 
lateral  portion   of    the   embryonic 
cord,  whose  axones  enter  into  the 
ventral  roots  of  spinal  nerves  (Fig. 
140).     The  extent  and  kind  of  de- 
velopment  of   these  dendritic  pro- 
FiG.    140.  —  Transverse    section     cesses     of    the     nerve-cells     varies 
through  the  spinal  cord  of  a     extraordinarily  in  different  regions; 
chick   on   the   fourth  day  of     Y\g^.  139,  140,  and  141  give  an  idea 

of  their  rapid  development  in  the 
motor  neuroblasts  up  to  the  eighth 

dav. 

The  Ganglionic  Neuroblasts,  The 

ganglionic  neuroblasts  are  located, 

as  the  name  implies,  in  the  series  of 

ganglia    derived    from    the    neural 

It  must  not  be  supposed,  however,  that  all  of  the   cells 


incubation;  prepared  by  the 
method  of  Golgi.  (After  Ra- 
mon y  CajaL) 

C.  a.,  Anterior  commissure. 
D.,  Dendrite,  d.  R.,  Dorsal  root. 
Ep.  Z.,  Ependymal  zone.  W., 
White  matter  (marginal  velum). 
Nbl.  4,  Neuroblast  of  the  ventral 
horn  (motor). 


crest. 


of  the  ganglia  are  neuroblasts,  for  the  ganglia  contain,  in  all 
probability,  large  numbers  of  cells  of  entirely  different  function. 
(Sheath-cells,  see  peripheral  nervous  system.)  It  is  probable 
also  that  the  neuroblasts  of  the  spinal  ganglia  and  some  cranial 
ganglia,  at  least,  are  of  two  original  kinds,  viz.,  the  neuroblasts  of 


THE   NERVOUS   SYSTEM 


237 


the  dorsal  root  and  of  the  sympathetic  system.  The  first  kind 
only  is  considered  here,  and  they  are  usually  called  the  gan- 
glionic neuroblasts  s.s.,  because  they  alone  remain  in  the  spinal 
ganglia.  Like  the  medullary  neuroblasts  these  neuroblasts  form 
outgrowths  that  become  axis  cylinder  processes;  but  they  differ 
from  the  latter  in  that  each  ganglionic  neuroblast  forms  two 
outgrowths,  one  from  each  end  of  the  spindle-shaped  cells,  which 
are  arranged  with  their  long  axes  parallel  to  the  long  axis  of  the 
ganglion  (Fig.  139).  Thus  we  may  distinguish  a  central  process 
and  a  peripheral  process  from  each  neuroblast  (Fig.  139) ;  the 
former  corresponds  to  the  axone  and  the  latter  to  the  dendrites 
of  the  medullary  neuroblast.  The  central  axone  enters  the  dorsal 
zone  of  the  neural  tube,  and  the  peripheral  process  grows  out  into 
the  surrounding  mesenchyme. 


Fig.  141.  —  Transverse  section  through  the  spinal 
cord  of  a  9-day  chick,  prepared  by  the  method 
of  Golgi.     (After  Ramon  y  Cajal.) 
Col.,  Collaterals,     d.  R.,  Dorsal  root.     G.,  Gray 

matter.     Gn.,  Ganglion.     Nbl.  4,  Neuroblast  of  the 

ventral  horn  (motor),  v.  R.,  Ventral  root.     W., 

White  matter. 

In  the  course  of  the  later  development  the  cell-body  moves 
to  one  side  so  that  the  central  and  peripheral  branches  appear 
nearly  continuous  (Fig.  141).  Farther  shifting  of  the  cell-body 
produces  the  characteristic  form  of  the  ganglionic  nerve-cell  with 
rounded  body  provided  with  stem  from  which  the  central  and 
peripheral  branches  pass  off  in  opposite  directions.  .  The  central 
process  enters  the  marginal  velum  near  its  dorsal  boundary  and 


238 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


there  bifurcates,   producing  two  branches,  one  of  which  grows 
towards  the  head  and  the  other  towards  the  tail  in  the  dorsal 


CoJ. 


Fig.  142.  —  Six  centripetal  axones  of  the  dorsal 

root,  rigorously  copied  from  a  good  preparation 

prepared    according   to   the    method  of   Golgi. 

From  a  longitudinal  and  tangential  section  of 

the  dorsal  column  of  the  spinal  cord  of  an  8- 

day  chick.     (After  Ramon  y  Cajal.) 

Col.,  Collaterals.     1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  the  axones 
entering  the  cord. 

column  of  the  white  matter.  The  ascending  and  descending 
branches  send  off  lateral  branches,  collaterals,  which  pass  deeper 
into  the  cord,  and  ramify  in  the  gray  matter  of  the  dorsal  horn. 


THE   NERVOUS   SYSTEM  239 

Fig.  142  represents  six  central  processes  of  ganglionic  neuroblasts 
entering  the  cord  and  branching  as  described. 

After  this  preliminary  account  of  the  neuroblasts  we  may 
take  up  the  development  of  the  spinal  cord,  brain,  and  peripheral 
nervous  system. 

II.   The  Development  of  the  Spinal  Cord 

We  have  seen  that  the  epithelial  cells  of  the  neural  tube 
stretch  from  the  lumen  of  the  central  canal  to  the  exterior,  and 
that  the  nuclei  are  arranged  so  as  to  leave  the  outer  ends  free, 
thus  forming  the  marginal  velum. 

In  the  roof  and  floor  the  epithelial  cells  are  relatively  low, 
and  in  the  lateral  zones  much  elongated.  The  epithelial  cells 
are  added  to  at  first  by  transformation  of  some  of  the  germinal 
cells;  but  they  do  not  appear  to  multiply  by  division,  and  as 
development  proceeds  they  become  more  and  more  wideh^  sep- 
arated, the  interstices  being  filled  up  by  neuroblasts,  embryonic 
glia  cells,  and  fiber  tracts.  As  the  wall  of  the  neural  tube  grows 
in  thickness,  the  epithelial  cells  become  more  and  more  elongated, 
seeing  that  both  external  and  internal  connections  are  retained; 
and,  as  the  growth  takes  place  mainly  external  to  their  nuclear 
layer,  the  latter  becomes  reduced,  relative  to  the  entire  thickness 
of  the  neural  tube,  to  a  comparatively  narrow  zone  surrounding 
the  central  canal,  and  is  now  known  as  the  ependyma  (Fig.  143). 
Cilia  develop  on  the  central  ends  of  the  ependymal  cells  in  the 
central  canal,  and  from  the  outer  end  of  each  a  branching  process 
extends  to  the  periphery  anastomosing  with  neighboring  epen- 
dymal processes  so  as  to  form  a  skeleton  or  framework  enclosing 
the  other  cellular  elements  and  fibers  of  the  central  system. 

Beginning  with  the  third  day  a  new  layer  appears  between 
the  nuclei  of  the  epithelial  cells  and  the  marginal  velum.  This 
layer,  known  as  the  mantle  layer,  is  composed  of  neuroblasts 
and  embryonic  glia  cells,  and  represents  the  gray  matter  (Figs. 
140  and  144).  The  white  matter  of  the  cord  is  laid  down  in 
the  marginal  velum.  The  sources  of  the  cells  composing  the 
mantle  layer  may  be  twofold,  viz.,  from  the  young  epithelial 
cells  or  from  the  germinal  cells.  According  to  some  authors 
young  epithelial  cells  may  be  transformed  into  either  neuroblasts 
or  neuroglia  cells.  Thus  the  form  of  the  youngest  neuroblasts 
in  Fig.    139   indicates   derivation   from  epithelial   cells,  but  this 


240 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


cannot  be  regarded  as  proved.  Similarly  intermediate  stages 
between  epithelial  and  true  glia  cells  are  apparently  shown  in 
Fig.  143.  However,  there  can  be  but  little  doubt  that  the  prin- 
cipal source  of  the  neuroblasts  of  the  mantle  layer  is  the  germinal 
cells,  that  migrate  outwards  between  the  bodies  of  the  epithelial 
cells.  The  germinal  cells  continue  in  active  division  up  to  at 
least  the  eleventh  day,  and  their  activity  seems  sufficient  to 
provide  for  all  the  cellular  elements  of  the  mantle  layer,  whereas 
the  epithelial  cells  apparently  do  not  divide  at  all.  Moreover, 
mitoses  are  not  infrequent  in  some  cells  of  the  mantle  layer  itself. 


Fig.  143.  —  Transverse  section  of  the  cord  of  a 

nine-day  chick  to  show  neuroglia  and  ependymal 

cells;  prepared  by  the  method  of  Golgi.     (After 

Ramon  y  Cajal.) 

D.,  Dorsal.    Ep.,  Ependymal  cells.    N'gl.,  Neu- 
roglia cells,     v.,  Ventral. 

The  form  of  the  gray  matter  in  the  cord  in  successive 
stages  is  shown  in  Figs.  144,  145,  and  146,  representing  sections 
of  the  cord  at  five,  eight,  and  twelve  days.  It  will  be  seen  that 
the  gray  matter  gains  very  rapidly  in  importance  between  the 
fifth  and  the  eighth  days. 

Attention  should  be  directed  to  a  group  of  neuroblasts  situated  at 
the  external  margin  of  the  white  matter  just  above  the  ventral  roots. 
This  is  known  as  Hoffmann's  nucleus;  it  extends  the  entire  length  of  the 
cord  (Fig.  146,  twelve  days). 

The  white  matter  of  the  cord  gains  in  importance  at  an  equal 
rate  (Figs.   144,   145,   146).     Its  production  is  due  to  ascending 


THE   XERVOUS   SYSTEM 


241 


and  descending  tracts  of  fibers  derived  from  medullary  and 
ganglionic  neuroblasts.  The  dorsal  and  ventral  roots  of  the 
spinal  nerves  divide  it  on  each  side  into  three  main  columns, 
viz.,  dorsal  situated  above  the  dorsal  root,  lateral  situated  be- 
tween dorsal  and  ventral  roots,  and  ventral  situated  below  the 


.-*?" 


■'^.^^■^A^^'^r^^-^ 


¥ 


iX 


Nil 


C. 


£P 


W. 


M'll. 


:!?:-> 


.>iii- 


■^%^- 


C.d. 


blV 


d/.    y 


Fig.  144.  —  Transverse  section  through  the  cervical  swelHng 
of  the  spinal  cord  of  a  chick,  middle  of  the  fifth  day.    (After 
V.  Kupffer.) 
bl.  v.,  Blood  vessel.    C.  a.,  Anterior  commissure.     C,  Cen- 
tral canal,     d.,  Group  of  axones  at  the  levelof  the  dorsal  root^ 
Ep.,  Ependyma.     N'bl.,  Neuroblasts, 
white  matter. 


V.  Ventral  column  of 


ventral  roots.  The  dorsal  column  begins  first  as  a  bundle  of 
fibers  at  the  entrance  of  the  fibers  of  the  dorsal  root  (Fig.  144). 
Subsequently,  other  fibers  come  in  this  region  and  gradually 
extend  towards  the  dorsal  middle  line,  displacing  the  ependyma 


242 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


and  gray  matter  (Fig.  145,  eight  days),  but  the  dorsal  columns 
of  the  two  sides  are  still  separated  in  the  median  line  by  a  broad 
septum  of  ependymal  cells.  Later  (Fig.  146,  twelve  da\^s)  this 
septum  becomes  very  narrow,  and  the  accumulation  of  fibers  in 
the  dorsal  columns  causes  the  latter  to  project  on  each  side  of 
the  middle  line,  thus  forming  an  actual  fissure  between  them. 


Fig.  145.  —  Transverse  section  through  the  spinal  cord,  and  the  eighteenth 
spinal  ganglion  of  an  eight-day  chick. 
Centr.,  Centrum  of  vertebra,  d.  R.,  Dorsal  root.  Ep.,  Ependyma.  Gn., 
Spinal  Ganglion.  Gn.  symp.,  Sympathetic  ganglion.  Gr.  M.,  Gray  matter, 
m.  N.,  Motor  nucleus.  R.  com.,  Ramus  communicans.  R.  d.,  Ramus  dor- 
salis.  R.  v.,  Ramus  ventralis.  Sp.,  Spinous  process  of  vertebra,  v.  R., 
Ventral  root.     Wh.  M.,  White  matter. 


Central  Canal  and  Fissures  of  the  Cord.  The  central  canal 
passes  through  a  series  of  changes  of  form  in  becoming  the  prac- 
tically circular  central  canal  of  the  fully  formed  cord.  L'p  to 
the  sixth  day  it  is  elongated  dorso-ventrally,  usually  narrowest 
in  the  middle  with  both  dorsal  and  ventral  enlargements.    About 


THE   NERVOUS   SYSTEM 


243 


the  seventh  day  the  dorsal  portion  begins  to  be  ol^hterated  by 
fusion  of  the  ependymal  cells,  and  is  thus  reduced  to  an  epen- 
dymal  septum.  On  the  eighth  day  this  process  has  involved  the 
upper  third  of  the  canal;  the  form  of  the  canal  is  roughly  wedge- 
shaped,  pointed  dorsally  and  broad  ventrally  (Fig.  145).  The 
continuation  of  this  i^rocess  leaves  only  the  ventral  division  as 
the  permanent  canal. 

At  the  extreme  hind  end  of  the  cord  the  central  canal  becomes 
dilated  to  form  a  relatively  large  pear-shaped  chamber  with  thin 
undifferentiated  walls  (Fig.  148);  the  terminal  wall  is  still  fused 
with  the  ectoderm  at  eight  days,  and  the  chamber  appears  to 
have  a  maximum  size  at  this  time.  At  eleven  days  the  fusion 
with  the  ectoderm  still  exists,  and  the  cavitv  is  smaller. 


s.d- 

'       ♦.•.'•.•-••:•.'.  '.••.:•::••/.■:.    ■% 


'i  '■  ■. 


'4tJ^^- 


Fig.  146.  —  Transverse  section  through  the 

cervical  swelling  of  the  spinal  cord  of  a 

12-day  chick.     (After  v.  Kupffer.) 

C,  Central  canal,  d.  H.,  Dorsal  horn  of 
the  gray  matter.  Ep.,  Ej^endyma.  N.  H., 
Nucleus  of  Hoffmann,  s.  d.,  Dorsal  fissure, 
s.  v.,  Ventral  fissure,  v.  H.,  Ventral  horn 
of  the  gray  matter. 

The  development  of  the  so-called  dorsal  and  ventral  fissures 
is  essentially  different.  The  entire  ventral  longitudinal  fissure 
of  the  cord  owes  its  origin  to  growth  of  the  ventral  columns  of 
gray  and  white  matter  which  protrude  below  the  level  of  the 
original  floor  (Figs.  145  and  146),  and  the  latter  is  thus  left  be- 
tween the  inner  end  of  the  fissure  and  the  central  canal.  The 
•dorsal  longitudinal  fissure  on  the  other  hand  is  for  the  most  part 


244  THE  DEVELOPMENT   OF  THE  CHICK 

a  septum  produced  by  fusion  of  the  walls  of  the  intermediate 
and  dorsal  portions  of  the  central  canal;  there  is,  however,  a  true 
fissure  produced  by  protrusion  of  the  dorsal  columns  of  white 
matter  (Fig.  146).  This  is,  however,  of  relatively  slight  extent. 
The  original  roof  of  the  canal  is  therefore  found  between  the 
dorsal  septum  and  the  fissure. 

Neuroblasts,  Commissures,  and  Fiber  Tracts  of  the  Cord.  The 
medullary  neuroblasts  may  be  divided  into  four  groups:  (1)  The 
first  group,  or  motor  neuroblasts,  form  the  fibers  of  the  ventral 
roots  of  the  spinal  nerves.  These  are  situated  originally  in  the 
ventro-lateral  zone  of  the  gray  matter  (Figs.  144,  145,  146); 
they  are  relatively  large  and  form  a  profusion  of  dendrites  (Figs. 
140,  141).  As  they  increase  in  number  and  size  they  come  to 
form  a  very  important  component  of  the  ventral  horn  of  the  gray 
matter  and  contribute  to  its  protrusion.  (2)  The  second  group 
may  be  called  the  commissural  neuroblasts.  These  are  situated 
originally  mainly  in  the  lateral  and  dorsal  portions  of  the  mantle 
layer,  but  are  scattered  throughout  the  gray  matter,  and  their 
axis  cylinders  grow  ventrally  and  cross  over  to  the  opposite  side 
of  the  cord  through  the  floor  (Figs.  139  and  140),  and  thus  form 
the  anterior  or  white  commissure  of  the  cord.  (3)  The  cells  of  the 
fiber  tracts  are  scattered  throughout  the  gray  matter,  and  are 
characterized  by  the  fact  that  their  axis  cylinders  enter  the  white 
matter  of  the  same  side;  here  they  may  bifurcate,  furnishing 
both  an  ascending  and  a  descending  branch,  or  may  simply  turn 
in  a  longitudinal  direction.  (4)  Finally  there  are  found  certain 
neuroblasts  with  a  short  axis  cylinder,  ramifying  in  the  gray 
matter  on  the  same  side  of  the  cord.  These  are  found  in  the 
dorsal  horn  of  the  gray  matter  and  develop  relatively  late  (about 
sixteen  days,  Ramon  y  Cajal). 

III.    The   Development  of  the  Brain 

Unfortunately  the  later  development  of  the  brain  of  birds 
has  not  been  fully  studied.  The  following  account  is  therefore 
fragmentary.  It  is  based  mainly  on  a  dissection  and  sections  of 
the  brain  of  chicks  of  eight  days'  incubation. 

Fig.  147  is  a  drawing  of  a  dissection  of  the  brain  of  an  eight- 
day  embryo.  The  left  half  of  the  brain  has  been  removed,  and 
the  median  wall  of  the  right  cerebral  hemisphere  also.  The 
details  of  the  cut  surfaces  are  drawn  in  from  sections.     Figs.  148 


THE   NERVOUS   SYSTEM 


245 


and  150  show  median  and  lateral  sagittal  sections  of  the  same 
stage. 

The  flexures  of  the  brain  at  this  stage  are:  (1)  the  cranial 
flexure  marked  by  the  'plica  encephali  ventralis  on  the  ventral 
surface,  (2)  the  cervical  flexure  at  the  junction  of  myelencephalon 
and  cord,  somewhat  reduced  in  this  stage,  and  (3)  the  pontine 
flexure,  a  ventral  projection  of  the  floor  of  the  myelencephalon. 


c/^.Pi       ^-    /J 


U 


Com.dnt.  figc.op. 


^  ■ — o/A 


Fig.  147.  —  Dissection  of  the  brain  of  an  8-day  chick.  For  description  see 
text.  The  arrows  shown  in  the  figure  lie  near  the  dorsal  and  ventral  boun- 
daries of  the  foramen  of  Monro. 

ch.  PL,  Choroid  plexus.  Com.  ant.,  Anterior  commissure.  Com.  post., 
Posterior  commissure.  C.  str..  Corpus  striatum.  Ep.,  Epiphysis.  H., 
Hemisphere.  Hyp.,  Hypophysis.  L.  t.,  Lamina  terminalis.  Myeh,  Myel- 
encephalon. olf.,  Olfactory  nerve,  op.  N.,  Optic  chiasma.  op.  L.,  Optic 
lobe.  Par.,  Paraphysis.  Paren.,  Parencephalon.  pi.  enc.  v.,  Phca  en- 
cephali ventralis.  pont.  Fl.,  Pontine  flexure.  Rec.  op.,  Recessus  opticus. 
S.  Inf.,  Saccus  infundibuli.  Tel.  med.,  Telencephalon  medium.  Th.,  Tha- 
lamus.    T.  tr.,  Torus  transversus.     Tr.,  Commissura  trochlearis. 

The  lines  a-a,  b-b,  c-c,  d-d,  e-e,  f-f,  represent  the  planes  of  section  A, 
B,  C,  D,  E,  and  F  of  Fig.  151. 


Telencephalon.  The  telencephalon  is  bounded  posteriorly, 
as  noted  in  Chapter  VI,  by  the  line  drawn  from  the  velum  trans- 
versum  to  the  recessus  opticus.  The  telencephalon  medium  has 
grown    but    little    since    the    fourth    day,    but   the   hemispheres 


246 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


i.p. 


y.7- 


c.G 


y?j.a. 


TeJ.wed 

■     CA 
Nem. 
Lt. 

fiec.  op. 
C/j.op. 

'    S./nf. 

i    DJ/yp. 
Vas. 


l^/O. 


Aom 


Fig.  148.  —  Median  sagittal  section  of  an  embryo  of  eight  days. 

a.  A.,  Aortic  arch.  AIL,  Allantois.  An.,  Anus.  A.  o.  m.,  Om- 
phalomesenteric artery.  B.  F.,  Bursa  Fabricii.  b.  P.,  Basilar  plate. 
C.  A.,  Anterior  commissure,  c.  C,  Central  canal.  Ch.  op.,  Optic 
chiasma.  C.  p.,  posterior  Commissure.  CI.,  Cloaca.  Cr.,  Crop, 
d.  Ao.,  Dorsal  aorta.  D.  Hyp.,  Duct  of  the  hypophysis.  Ep.,  Epi- 
physis. Fis.  Eus.,  Fissura  Eustachii.  Hem.,  Surface  of  hemisphere 
barely  touched  by  section.  Hyp.,  Hypophysis.  L.  t.,  Lamina  ter- 
minalis.     n.  A.  8,  neural   arch   of   the   eighth   vertebra.      Nas.,    Nasal 


THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM  247 

have  expanded  enormously,  particularly  anteriorly  and  dorsally, 
and  their  median  surfaces  are  flattened  against  one  another  in 
front  of  the  lamina  terminalis,  which  forms  the  anterior  boundary 
of  the  telencephalon  medium  (Figs.  148,  149).  Posteriorly  the 
cerebral  hemispheres  extend  to  about  the  middle  of  the  dien- 
cephalon  and  their  lateral  faces  are  rounded.  The  lateral  walls 
of  the  hemispheres  have  become  enormously  thickened  to  form 
the  corpora  striata  (Figs.  147  and  151  A),  and  the  superior  and 
lateral  walls  have  remained  relatively  thin,  forming  the  mantle 
of  the  cerebral  hemispheres  (pallium).  Thus  the  cavity  of  the 
lateral  ventricle  is  greatly  narrowed. 

The  dissection  (Fig.  147)  shows  the  corpus  striatum  of  the 
right  side  forming  the  lateral  wall  of  the  hemisphere,  and  extend- 
ing past  the  aperture  (foramen  of  Monro)  between  the  lateral 
and  third  ventricles  tow^ards  the  recessus  opticus,  where  it  comes 
to  an  end. 

The  olfactory  part  of  the  hemispheres  is  not  well  differen- 
tiated from  the  remainder  in  the  chick  embryo  of  eight  days. 
There  is,  however,  a  slight  constriction  on  the  median  and  ventral 
face  (Fig.  147)  which  may  be  interpreted  as  the  boundary  of  the 
olfactory  lobe. 

The  telencephalon  medium  is  crowded  in  between  the  hemi- 
spheres and  the  diencephalon;  its  cavity  forms  the  anterior  end 
of  the  third  ventricle,  and  communicates  anteriorly  through  two 
slits,  the  foramina  of  Monro,  with  the  lateral  ventricles  in  the 
hemisphere.  In  Fig.  147,  the  upper  and  lower  boundaries  of 
the  foramen  of  Monro,  are  indicated  by  the  grooves  on  either 
side  of  the  posterior  end  of  the  corpus  striatum.  A  hair  intro- 
duced from  the  third  ventricle  into  the  lateral  ventricle  through 
the  foramen  of  Monro  in  the  position  of  the  arrow  in  Fig.  147, 
can  be  moved  up  and  down  over  the  whole  width  of  the  striatum. 
The  lateral  walls  of  the  telencephalon  medium  are  formed  by 
the  posterior  ends  of  the  corpora  striata  and  are  therefore  very 
thick. 

The  lamina  terminalis  passes  obliquely  upwards  and  forwards 

cavity.  Oes.,  Oesophagus,  p.  A.,  Pulmonary  arch,  par.,  Paraphysis.  P.  C, 
Pericardial  cavity.  Rec.  op.,  Recessus  opticus.  R.,  Rectum.  S.  Inf.,  Saccus 
infundibuli.  T.,  Tongue.  Tel.,  Med.  Telencephalon  medium.  Tr.,  Trachea. 
V.  1,  10,  20,  30,  First,  tenth,  twentieth  and  thirtieth  vertebral  centra,  r.  A.. 
right  auricle.  Vel.  tr.,  Velum  transversum.  V.  o.  m.,  Omphalomesenteric 
vein.     V.  umb.,  Umbilical  vein. 


248 


THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 


from  the  recessus  opticus  to  the  region  between  the  foramina  of 
Monro.  It  is  very  thin,  excepting  near  its  center,  where  it  is 
thickened  to  form  the  torus  transversus,  containing  the  anterior 
commissure.  At  its  dorsal  summit  it  is  continuous  with  the 
roof  of  the  telencephalon  medium,  which  has  formed  a  pouch- 
like  evagination,    the    paraphysis.     Just   behind    the    paraphysis 


Fig.  149.  —  Median  sagittal  section  of  the  brain  of  a  chick  embryo  of  7 

days.     (After  v.  Kupffer.) 

c.,  Cerebellum,  ca.,  Anterior  commissure,  cd.,  Notochord.  ch..  Pro- 
jection of  the  optic  chiasma.  cp.,  Posterior  commissure,  e.,  Epiphysis, 
e'.,  Paraphysis.  hy.,  Hypophysis.  I.,  Infundibulum.  It.,  Lamina  termi- 
nalis.  Lop.,  Optic  lobe.  M.,  Mesencephalon.  Mt.,  Metencephalon. 
opt.,  Chiasma  of  the  optic  nerves,  p.,  Parencephalon.  ro.,  Recessus 
opticus,  s.,  Saccus  infundibuli.  se.,  Synencephalon.  tp.,  Mammillary 
tubercle,  tp.,  Tuberculum  posterius.  tr.,  Torus  transversus.  Tr.,  De- 
cussation of  the  trochlear  nerves.  Va.,  Velum  medullare  anterius.  Vi., 
Ventriculus   impar   telencephali.     vp.,  Velum  medullare  posterius. 

is  the  velum  transversum,  where  the  roof  bends  upwards  sharply 
into  the  roof  of  the  diencephalon.  The  epithelial  wall  around 
the  bend  is  folded  to  form  the  choroid  plexus  of  the  third  ven- 
tricle, which  is  continued  forward  into  the  lateral  ventricle  along 


THE   XERVOUS   SYSTEM  249 

the  median  wall  of  the  hemisphere,  ending  anteriorly  in  a  free 
branched  tip  (Fig.  147,  ch.  PI.) 

The  principal  changes  in  the  telencephalon  since  the  third 
day  comprise:  (1)  great  expansion  of  the  hemispheres  and 
thickening  of  the  ventro-lateral  wall  to  form  the  corpora  striata; 
(2)  origin  of  the  paraphysis  which  arises  as  an  evagination  of  the 
roof  just  in  front  of  the  velum  transversum  about  the  middle  of 
the  fifth  day;  (3)  formation  of  the  choroid  plexus;  (4)  origin  of 
the  anterior  commissure  within  the  lamina  terminalis;  (5)  develop- 
ment of  the  olfactory  region.  The  general  morphology  of  the 
adult  telencephalon  is  thus  well  expressed  at  this  time. 

The  Diencephalon  has  undergone  marked  changes  since  the 
third  day.  The  roof  of  the  parencephalic  division  has  remained 
very  thin,  and  has  expanded  into  a  large  irregular  sac  (Figs. 
147  and  148),  situated  between  the  hinder  ends  of  the  hemispheres. 
The  attachment  of  the  epiphysis  has  shifted  back  to  the  indenta- 
tion between  parencephalic  and  synencephalic  divisions,  and  the 
epiphysis  itself  has  grown  out  into  a  long,  narrow  tube,  dilated 
distally,  and  provided  with  numerous  hollow  buds.  In  the  roof 
of  the  synencephalic  division  the  posterior  commissure  has  de- 
veloped (Fig.  147).  In  the  floor  the  chiasma  has  become  a  thick 
bundle  of  fibers,  and  the  infundibulum  a  deep  pocket,  from  the 
bottom  of  which  a  secondary  pocket  (saccus  infundibuli)  is  grow- 
ing out  in  contact  with  the  posterior  face  of  the  hypophysis. 
Following  the  posterior  wall  of  the  infundibulum  in  its  rise,  we 
come  to  a  slight  elevation,  the  rudiment  of  the  mammillary 
tubercles;  just  beyond  this  is  a  transverse  commissure  (the  in- 
ferior commissure) ;  and  the  diencephalon  ends  at  the  tuberculum 

posterius. 

The  hypophysis  has  become  metamorphosed  into  a  mass  of 
tubules  enclosed  within  a  mesenchymatous  sheath;  the  stalk  is 
continuous  with  a  central  tubule  representing  the  original  cavity 
from  which  the  other  tubules  have  branched  out  (Fig.  148),  and 
it  may  be  followed  to  the  oral  epithelium  from  which  the  whole 
structure  originally  arose.     (See  note  at  end  of  this  chapter.) 

The  lateral  walls  of  the  diencephalon  have  become  immensely 
thickened,  both  dorsally  and  ventrally,  and  a  deep  fissure  (Fig. 
147)  is  found  on  the  inner  face  at  the  anterior  end,  between  the 
dorsal  and  ventral  thickenings.  The  deepest  part  of  the  fissure 
is  a  short  distance  behind  the  velum  transversum;  from  this  a 


250 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


'""W^:  K. 


tf 


Bth^  \    -'^  ^  r  -  "    ^'^^^^.  Go// 


/ . 

f    y'' 


.i^ 


AIJ/^. 


/ 


^30 


Fig.  150.  —  Lateral  sagittal  section  of  an  embryo  of  8  days.     Right  side  of 
the  body. 
All.  N.,  Neck  of  the  allantois.     Cbl.,  cerebellum.     Cr.,  Crop.     E.  T.,  Egg 


THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM  251 

short  spur  runs  forward,  a  still  shorter  one  ventrally,  and  the 
longest  arm  extends  backwards,  gradually  fading  out  beyond 
the  middle  of  the  diencephalon.  This  fissure  is  not  a  continuation 
of  the  sulcus  Monroi,  or  backward  prolongation  of  the  foramen 
of  Monro,  but  is,  on  the  contrary,  entirely  independent. 

The  lateral  thickenings  of  the  diencephalon  constitute  the 
thalami  optici,  each  of  which  may  be  divided  into  epithalamic, 
mesothalamic,  and  hypothalamic  subdivisions.  In  the  chick  at 
eight  days  there  is  a  deep  fissure  between  the  epi-  and  meso- 
thalamic divisions  (the  thalamic  fissure.  Fig.  147).  The  substance 
of  the  epithalamus  forms  the  ganglion  habenulse.  The  meso- 
thalamic and  hypothalamic  divisions  are  not  clearly  separated. 
The  transition  zone  between  the  diencephalon  and  mesencephalon 
is  sometimes  called  the  metathalamus. 

The  mesencephalon  has  undergone  considerable  changes  since 
the  third  day.  The  dorso-lateral  zones  have  grown  greatly  in 
extent,  at  the  same  time  becoming  thicker,  and  have  evaginated 
in  the  form  of  the  two  large  optic  lobes.  Hence  the  median 
portion  of  the  roof  is  sunk  in  between  the  lobes  (Fig.  147),  and  is 
much  thinner  than  the  walls  of  the  lobes.  The  dorso-lateral 
zones  and  roof  thus  form  a  very  distinct  division  of  the  mesen- 
cephalon, known  as  the  tectum  lohi  optici.  The  ventro-lateral 
zones  and  floor  have  thickened  greatly  and  form  the  basal  divi- 
sion of  the  mesencephalon.  The  ventricle  of  the  mesencephalon 
thus  becomes  converted  into  a  canal  (aqueduct  of  Sylvius),  from 
which  the  cavities  of  the  optic  lobes  open  off. 

In  the  metencephalon  likewise  there  is  a  sharp  distinction 
between  the  development  of  the  dorso-lateral  zones  and  roof, 
on  the  one  hand,  and  the  ventro-lateral  zones  and  floor  on  the 
other.  From  the  former  the  cerebellum  develops  in  the  form 
of  a  thickening  overhanging  the  fourth  ventricle.  This  thick- 
ening is  relatively  inconsiderable  in  the  middle  line  (cf.  Figs.  148 
and   150).     Thus  the  future  hemispheres  of  the  cerebellum  are 

tooth.  Eust.,  Eustachian  tube.  Gn.  1,  13,  First  and  thirteenth  spinal 
granglia.  Gon.,  Gonad.  Hem.,  Hemisphere.  Lag.,  Lagena.  Lg.,  Lung.  M., 
Mantle  of  Hemisphere.  Msn.,  Mesonephros.  Olf.  L.,  Olfactory  lobe.  Olf. 
N.,  Olfactory  nerve.  P.  C,  Pericardial  cavity.  Pz.  5,  The  fifth  post-zyga- 
pophysis.  R.  C.  1,  2,  Last  two  cervical  ribs.  R.  th.  1,  5,  First  and  fifth  tho- 
racic ribs.  S.  pc-per.,  Septum  pericardiaco-peritoneale.  S'r.,  Suprarenal. 
Symp.,  Main  trunk  of  the  sympathetic.  Str.,  Corpus  striatum.  V.  1,  10, 
20,  30,  First,  tenth,  twentieth  and  thirtieth  vertebral  arches.  V.  C.  I.,  Vena 
cava  inferior.     V.  L.  L.,  Ventral  ligament  of  the  liver. 


252  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

indicated.  The  surface  is  still  smooth  at  the  eighth  day,  but 
on  the  tenth  and  eleventh  days  folds  of  the  external  surface 
begin  to  extend  into  its  substance,  without,  however,  invaginat- 
ing  its  entire  thickness.  These  are  the  beginnings  of  the  cere- 
bellar fissures. 

The  floor  and  ventro-lateral  zones  of  the  metencephalon  enter 
into  the  formation  of  the  pons. 

In  the  roof  of  the  isthmus,  or  constricted  region  between 
cerebellum  and  mesencephalon,  is  found  a  small  commissure 
produced  by  decussation  of  the  fibers  of  the  trochlearis  (Fig.  147). 

In  the  wall  of  the  myelencephalon  the  neuromeres  have  dis- 
appeared. The  thin  epithelial  roof  has  become  more  expanded 
in  the  anterior  part  (Figs.  147  and  148).  Floor  and  sides  have 
become  greatly  thickened. 

Commissures.  The  brain  commissures  existing  at  eight  days 
are  the  anterior,  posterior,  inferior,  and  trochlearis  (Fig.  149). 
In  the  next  four  or  five  days  two  more  appear,  viz.,  the  com- 
missura  pallii  anterior  (Kupffer),  corresponding  to  the  corpus 
callosum  of  mammalia  and  the  commissura  habenularis. 

The  development  of  the  various  nuclei  and  fiber  tracts  of 
the  bird's  brain  is  entirely  unknown  and  affords  an  interesting 
topic  for  research. 

IV.    The  Peripheral  Nervous  System 

The  peripheral  nervous  system  comprises  the  nerves  which 
span  between  peripheral  organs  and  the  central  nervous  system. 
There  are  fifty  pairs  in  a  chick  embryo  of  eight  days,  of  which 
twelve  innervate  the  head,  and  thirty-eight  the  trunk,  distin- 
guished respectively  as  cranial  and  spinal  nerves.  It  is  con- 
venient for  purposes  of  description  to  consider  cranial  and  spinal 
nerves  separately,  and  to  take  up  the  spinal  nerves  first  because 
they  are  much  more  uniform  in  their  mode  of  development 
than  the  cranial  nerves,  and  also  exhibit  a  more  primitive  or 
typical  condition,  on  the  basis  of  which  the  development  of  the 
cranial  nerves  must  be,  in  part,  at  least,  explained. 

The  Spinal  Nerves.  Ear-h  spinal  nerve  may  be  divided  into 
a  somatic  portion  related  primarily  to  the  somatopleure  and  axis  of 
the  embryo,  and  a  splanchnic  portion  related  primarily  to  the 
splanchnopleure  and  its  derivatives.  In  each  of  these  again  a 
motor  and  sensory  component  may  be  distinguished.     Thus  each 


THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM 


253 


y&/./f 


'S.S^r. 


D 


-  '/f. 


str 


l'JeJ./7]^o'.) 


W^^ 


,op.L. 


Tr  ^ 


# 


B 


^//.if^-' 


Fig.   1.51.  —  Six  transverse  sections  through  the  brain  of  an  8-day  chick  in 
the  planes  represented  in  Fig.   147. 
Cbl.,  Cerebelhim.     F.  M.,  Foramen  of  Monro.     Gn.  V.,  Ganghon  of  the 
trigeminus.     Isth.,    Isthmus.     It.    d.,    Diverticuhmi    of    the    iter.     lat.    V., 
Lateral  ventricle.     Other  abbreviations  as  before  (Fig.  147). 


254  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

spinal  nerve  has  four  components,  viz.,  somatic  motor,  somatic 
sensor}^,  splanchnic  motor,  and  splanchnic  sensory,  the  two  latter 
constituting  the  so-called  sympathetic  nervous  system.  It  is 
obvious,  of  course,  that  the  splanchnic  components  must  be 
missing  in  the  caudal  nerves.  The  somatic  and  splanchnic  com- 
ponents will  be  considered  separately. 

Somatic  Components.  Each  spinal  nerve  arises  from  two  roots, 
dorsal  and  ventral  (Fig.  145).  The  fibers  of  the  former  arise  from 
the  bipolar  neuroblasts  of  the  spinal  ganglia;  the  fibers  of  the  ven- 
tral root,  on  the  other  hand,  arise  from  a  group  of  neuroblasts  in 
the  ventral  portion  of  the  cord.  The  roots  unite  in  the  interver- 
tebral foramen  to  form  the  spinal  nerve.  Typically,  each  spinal 
nerve  divides  almost  immediately  into  three  branches,  viz.,  a  dor- 
sal branch,  a  ventral  branch,  and  a  splanchnic  branch  to  the  sym- 
pathetic cord;  the  last  is  known  as  the  ramus  communicans. 

Fig.  145  represents  a  section  passing  through  the  twentieth 
spinal  nerve  of  an  eight-day  chick.  The  dorsal  and  ventral  roots 
unite  just  beneath  the  spinal  ganglion;  fibers  are  seen  entering 
the  sympathetic  ganglion  (ramus  communicans);  the  ventral 
branch  passes  laterally  a  short  distance  where  it  is  cut  off; 
beyond  this  point  it  can  be  traced  in  other  sections  in  the 
next  posterior  intercostal  space  more  than  half-way  round  the 
body-wall;  that  is,  as  far  as  the  myotome  has  extended  in  its 
ventral  growth.  The  dorsal  branch  arises  at  the  root  of  the 
ventral  and  passes  dorsally  in  contact  with  the  ganglion  to 
branch  in  the  dorsal  musculature  and  epidermis.  This  nerve  may 
be  regarded  as  typical  of  the  spinal  nerves  generally. 

There  are  thirty-eight  spinal  nerves  in  an  embryo  of  eight 
days.     The  first  two  are  represented  only  by  small  ventral  roots. 

The  first  two  spinal  ganglia  are  rudimentary  in  the  embryo  and 
absent  in  the  adult,  hence  the  ganglion  illustrated  in  Fig.  145  is  the 
eighteenth  of  the  functional  series  (see  Fig.  149) ;  it  lies  between  the 
nineteenth  and  twentieth  vertebra?. 

The  fourteenth,  fifteenth,  and  sixteenth  are  the  principal 
nerves  of  the  brachial  plexus,  and  have  unusually  large  ganglia. 
The  twenty-third  to  the  twenty-ninth  are  the  nerves  of  the  leg 
plexus,  the  thirtieth  to  the  thirty-second  innervate  the  region 
of  the  cloaca  and  the  remainder  are  caudal.  The  special  mor- 
phology of  the  spinal  nerves  does  not  belong  in  this  description. 


THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM  255 

There  are  one  or  two  vestigial  ganglia  behind  the  thirty-eighth  nerve, 
evidently  in  process  of  disappearance  at  eight  days. 

The  early  history  of  the  spinal  nerves  is  as  follows:  The  axis 
cylinder  processes  of  the  fibers  begin  to  grow^  out  from  the  neuro- 
blasts about  the  third  day  (cf.  p.  235).  At  this  time  the  myo- 
tomes are  in  almost  immediate  contact  with  the  ganglia;  thus 
the  fibers  have  to  cross  only  a  very  short  space  before  they  enter 
the  myotome.  The  further  growth  is  associated  with  the  growth 
and  differentiation  of  the  myotome  between  which  and  the 
embryonic  nerve  there  is  a  very  intimate  relation  of  such  a  sort 
that  the  nerve  follows  the  myotome  and  its  derivatives  in  all 
changes  of  position.  Thus  nerves  do  not  need  to  grow  long 
distances  to  establish  their  connections,  but  these  are  formed 
at  a  very  early  period.  This  accounts  for  the  motor  fibers;  the 
way  in  which  the  sensory  fibers,  that  arise  from  the  spinal  ganglia, 
reach  their  termination  is  not  known. 

Sheath-cells  and  Cell-chain  Hypothesis.  No  embryonic  nerve 
consists  entirely  of  axones,  but,  from  the  start,  each  nerve  trunk 
contains  numerous  nuclei.  The  latter  belong  to  cells  which  have 
been  given  two  radically  different  interpretations,  corresponding 
to  two  distinct  theories  concerning  the  neuraxone. 

(1)  The  first  theory,  knowm  as  the  neurone  theory,  is  the  one 
tacitly  followed  in  the  preceding  description  and  may  be  stated 
as  follows:  the  nerve-cell,  dendrites  and  axone,  including  the 
terminal  arborization,  constitute  a  single  cellular  individual  or 
unit,  differentiated  from  the  neuroblast  alone.  The  nuclei  in 
the  embryonic  nerves  therefore  belong  to  cells  that  are  foreign 
to  the  primary  nerve.  Their  function  is  to  form  the  various 
sheaths  of  the  nerves,  viz.,  the  sheaths  of  the  individual  axones 
and  the  endo-,  peri-,  and  epineurium.  The  sheath  of  Schwann 
arises  from  such  cells  that  envelop  the  individual  fibers  at  suitable 
distances  and  spread  longitudinally  until  neighboring  sheath  cells 
meet;  each  such  place  of  meeting  constitutes  a  node  of  Ranvier. 
Until  recently  it  has  been  universally  believed  that  the  sheath 
cells  arose  from  the  mesenchvme;  but  recent  observations  on  Am- 
phibia  and  Selachia  have  shown  that  they  arise  from  the  ganglia 
in  these  forms;  their  original  source  is  therefore  the  ectoderm.  It 
is  probable  that  they  have  the  same  origin  in  the  chick,  though  this 
has  not  been  demonstrated  by  direct  observation  or  experiment. 

(2)  The  second  theory  is  known  as  the  cell-chain  hypothesis. 


256  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

According  to  this  the  axones  of  peripheral  nerves  arise  as  differ- 
entiations of  the  sheath-cells  in  situ;  continuity  of  the  axone  is 
established  by  arrangement  of  these  cells  in  rows,  and  union 
with  the  neuroblast  is  essentially  secondary.  The  entire  axone 
is  thus  by  no  means  an  outgrowth  of  the  neuroblast;  at  most  its 
proximal  portion  is. 

Bethe  (1903)  expresses  the  idea  thus:  "Between  the  cord  of 
the  embryo  and  the  part  to  be  innervated  there  is  formed  primarily 
a  chain  of  nuclei  around  which  the  protoplasm  is  condensed. 
This  is  fundamentally  an  extended  syncytium  in  which  the  nuclei 
of  the  neuroblasts  and  of  the  nerve-primordium  lie.  Within 
the  denser  protoplasm  which  appears  as  the  body  of  the  nerve- 
cells,  axones  differentiate  by  condensation,  and  these  extend 
from  one  cell  to  the  next,  and  so  on  to  the  condensations  which 
are  called  neuroblasts.  The  differentiated  axones  tend  more 
and  more  to  occupy  the  center  of  the  embryonic  nerve,  where 
they  appear  to  lie  free,  though  as  a  matter  of  fact  they  are  still 
embedded  in  the  general  plasma  which  is  no  longer  distinctly 
visible  on  account  of  its  lesser  density.  Since  the  axones  remain 
in  firm  connection  with  the  neuroblasts,  it  appears  in  later  stages 
as  if  they  were  processes  of  these  and  had  nothing  to  do  with 
their  original  formative  cells." 

This  view  is  essentially  that  of  Balfour,  Beard,  and  Dohrn; 
the  neurone  hypothesis  was  first  clearly  formulated  in  embryo- 
logical  terms  by  His,  and  has  been  supported  by  the  investiga- 
tions of  a  considerable  number  of  observers,  notably  Ramon  y 
Cajal,  Lenhossek  and  Harrison. 

The  neurone  hypothesis  has  far  stronger  embryological  sup- 
port than  the  cell-chain  hypothesis;  moreover,  it  is  the  only 
possible  hypothesis  of  the  development  of  nerve  tracts  in  the 
central  system,  because  cell-chains  are  entirely  lacking  here  dur- 
ing the  formation  of  these  tracts.  In  recent  years  it  has  been 
demonstrated  that  isolated  neuroblasts  in  culture  media  produce 
complete  axones,  sheath  cells  being  entirely  absent.  Thus  the 
cell-chain  hypothesis  has  received  its  final  quietus,  and  is  now  of 
historical  interest  only.  (Burrows  1911,  Lewis  and  Lewis  1911.) 
Splanchnic  Components  (Sympathetic  Nervous  System).  Two 
views  have  been  held  concerning  the  origin  of  the  sympathetic 
nervous  system:  (a)  that  it  is  of  mesenchymal  origin,  its  elements 
arising  in  situ;   (b)  that  it  is  of  ectodermal  origin,  its  elements 


THE    NERVOUS   SYSTEM  257 

migrating  from  the  cerebro-spinal  ganglia  to  their  definitive 
positions.  The  first  view  was  held  by  the  earlier  investigators 
and  was  originally  associated  with  the  extinct  idea  that  the  spinal 
ganglia  were  mesenchymal  in  origin;  the  view  has  been  entirely 
abandoned.  The  second  view  was  partly  established  with  the 
discovery  that  the  spinal  ganglia  are  of  ectodermal  origin,  and 
that  the  ganglia  of  the  main  sympathetic  trunk  arise  from  the 
spinal  ganglia;  but  there  is  some  difference  of  opinion  yet  in 
regard  to  the  peripheral  ganglia  of  the  symphathetic  system, 
and  especially  the  plexuses  of  Meissner  and  Auerbach  in  the  walls 
of  the  intestine.  However,  the  preponderance  of  evidence  and 
logic  favors  the  view  of  the  ectodermal  origin  of  the  entire  sym- 
pathetic nervous  system. 

The  first  clear  evidences  of  the  sympathetic  nervous  system 
of  the  chick  are  found  at  about  the  end  of  the  third  or  the  begin- 
ning of  the  fourth  day;  at  each  side  of  the  dorsal  surface  of  the 
aorta  there  is  found  in  cross-section  a  small  group  of  cells  massed 
more  densely  than  the  mesenchyme  and  staining  more  deeply. 
Study  of  a  series  of  sections  shows  these  to  be  a  pair  of  longi- 
tudinal cords  of  cells  beginning  in  the  region  of  the  vagus,  where 
they  lie  above  the  carotids,  and  extending  back  to  the  beginning 
of  the  tail;  the  cords  are  strongest  in  the  region  of  the  thorax, 
and  slightly  larger  opposite  each  spinal  ganglion.  Cells  similar 
to  those  composing  the  cords  are  found  along  the  course  of  the 
nerves  up  to  the  spinal  ganglia,  and  careful  study  of  earlier  stages 
indicates  that  the  cells  composing  the  cords  have  migrated  from 
the  spinal  ganglia.  The  two  cords  constitute  the  primary  sym- 
pathetic trunks. 

Fig.  152  is  a  reconstruction  of  the  anterior  spinal  and  sym- 
pathetic ganglia  of  a  chick  embryo  of  four  days.  The  primary 
sympathetic  trunk  is  represented  by  a  cord  of  cells  enlarged 
opposite  each  ganglion  and  united  to  the  spinal  nerve  by  a  cellu- 
lar process,  the  primordium  of  the  ramus  communicans.  In  the 
region  of  the  head  the  segmental  enlargements  are  lacking. 

No  other  part  of  the  sympathetic  nervous  system  is  formed 
at  this  time  with  the  exception  of  a  group  of  cells  situated  in  the 
dorsal  mesentery  above  the  yolk-stalk;  these  are  destined  to 
form  the  ganglion  and  intestinal  nerves  of  Remak.  They  have 
not  been  traced  back  to  the  spinal  ganglia,  but  it  is  probable 
that  such  is  their  origin. 


258  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

In  the  course  of  the  fourth  and  fifth  days  aggregations  of 
sympathetic  gangUon  cells  begin  to  appear  ventral  to  the  aorta, 
and  in  the  mesentery  near  the  intestine.  The  connection  of  these 
with  the  primary  cord  is  usually  rendered  evident  by  agreement 
in  structure,  and  by  the  presence  of  intervening  strands  of  cells; 
moreover,  in  point  of  time  they  always  succeed  the  primary  cord, 
so  that  their  origin  from  it  can  hardly  be  doubted. 

About  the  sixth  day  the  secondary  or  permanent  sympathetic 
trunk  begins  to  appear  as  a  series  of  groups  of  neuroblasts  situ- 
ated just  median  to  the  ventral  roots  of  the  spinal  nerves.     They 


r~ 


Fig.  152. —  Reconstruction  in  the  sagittal  plane 
of  the  anterior  spinal  and  sympathetic  gan- 
glia of  a  chick  embryo  of  4  days.     (After 
Neumayer.) 
Ceph.  S.,  Cephalic  continuation  of  the  sym- 
pathetic trunk.     S.  C,  Sympathetic  cord.    Sg., 
Sympathetic  ganghon.    sp.,  Spinal  nerve,   spg., 
Spinal  ganglion.     R.  C,  Ramus  communicans. 

are  thus  separated  from  the  spinal  ganglia  only  by  the  fibers 
of  the  ventral  roots  between  which  neuroblasts  may  be  found, 
caught  apparently  in  migration  from  the  spinal  to  the  sympa- 
thetic ganglion.  The  number  of  these  secondary  sympathetic 
ganglia  is  originally  30,  one  opposite  the  main  vagus  ganglion, 
and  each  spinal  ganglion  to  the  twenty-ninth  (Fig.  150).  Soon 
after  their  origin  they  acquire  three  connections  by  means  of 
axones,   viz.,   (a)   central,   with  the  corresponding  spinal  nerve- 


THE   NERVOUS  SYSTEM  259 

root  by  means  of  strong  bundles  of  fibers;  (b)  peripheral,  with 
certain  parts  of  the  original  primary  sympathetic  cord;  (c)  longi- 
tudinal, the  entire  series  being  joined  together  by  two  longitudinal 
bundles  of  fibers  uniting  them  in  a  chain.  The  central  connec- 
tions constitute  the  rami  communicantes ,  and  are  as  numerous  as 
the  sympathetic  ganglia  themselves;  but  so  close  is  the  approxi- 
mation of  the  sympathetic  ganglion  to  the  roots  of  the  spinal 
nerves  that  they  are  not  visible  externally,  the  ganglion  appear- 
ing to  be  sessile  on  the  root  (Fig.  145);  sections,  however,  show 
the  fibers.  The  peripheral  connections  constitute  the  various 
nerves  of  the  abdominal  viscera;  these  are  not  metameric; 
their  number  and  arrangement  is  shown  in  Figure  153. 

In  the  period  between  the  fourth  and  the  eighth  da}^  the  pri- 
mary sympathetic  cord  becomes  resolved  into  the  various  ganglia 
and  nerves  constituting  the  aortic  plexus,  the  splanchnic  plexus, 
and  the  various  ganglia  and  nerves  of  the  wall  of  the  intestine. 
Remak's  ganglion  has  grown  and  formed  connections  with  the 
splanchnic  plexus,  and  other  parts  of  the  primary  sympathetic 
cord.  The  details  of  these  various  processes  are  too  complex 
for  full  description;  they  are  included  in  part  in  Figs.  153  and  154. 

Ganglia  and  Nerves  of  the  Heart.  The  development  of  the 
cardiac  nerves  is  of  special  interest  on  account  of  its  bearing  on  the 
physiological  problem  of  the  origin  of  the  heart-beat.  The  heart 
of  the  chick  begins  to  beat  long  before  any  nervous  connections 
with  the  central  system  can  have  been  established;  indeed,  the 
rhythmical  pulsation  begins  at  about  the  stage  of  10  somites 
when  the  neural  crest  is  yet  undifferentiated,  and  no  neuroblasts 
are  to  be  found  anywhere.  Either,  then,  the  heart-beat  is  of  mus- 
cular origin  (myogenic),  or,  if  of  nervous  origin,  the  nerve-cells 
concerned  must  exist  in  the  wall  of  the  cardiac  tube  ah  initio. 

The  first  trace  of  nerve-cells  is  found  in  the  heart  of  the  chick 
about  the  sixth  day.  These  cells  are  at  the  distal  ends  of  branches 
of  the  vagus,  with  which  they  have  grown  into  the  heart.  Pre- 
vious to  this  time  these  neuroblasts  are  found  nearer  to  the  vagus 
along  the  course  of  the  arteries.  There  can  be  but  little  doubt 
that  they  have  arisen  from  the  vagus  ganglion  and  that  they 
reach  the  heart  by  migration.  Such  an  origin  has  been  demon- 
strated with  great  probability  for  all  the  known  nervous  elements 
of  the  heart  of  the  chick.  (See  Wilhelm  His,  Jr.,  Die  Entwickelung 
des  Herznervensystems  bei  Wirbelthieren.) 


260 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 


CO 


CO 

-(-3 


O)         o 


o 

Si 


o 


u 


o 

O    ^  r:  c^ 

■■^    5=:  ^  =5 

rt   c3  t^i  X 


n   T3 


IB 


Cj 


CO 


■^  o 


+^        fc£__; 


i:x 


5 
o 


3  S"^ 


o    M 


"tS    !>.  ^    "    2 
•  -^    o    S  'n  '•+J 


OQ 


fc£ 


o 

I— I 


:S  -  g  ^^s 

-tJ  ^  o    > 

c  -i^  ?-  :j  s 

„.    o   S   ^^ 

1^  ^  c  ^  c 

2^    •  o  c  o 
^  .  o  ' 

-<  <J    3   -H  ^ 

2;     £ 


THE   NERVOUS   SYSTEM 


261 


If  any  cardiac  nervous  elements  arise  in  situ,  they  certainly 
remain  undifferentiated  until  those  that  have  a  ganglionic  origin 
have  already  entered  the  heart. 

The  Cranial  Nerves.  Tlie  nerves  of  the  head  exhibit  a  much 
greater  degree  of  heteronomy  than  the  spinal  nerves,  and,  in 
spite  of  much  study,  knowledge  of  their  embryonic  development 
is  still  in  a  very  unsatisfactory  condition.  The  same  principles, 
however,  apply  to  the  development  of  both  cranial  and  spinal 
nerves;  the  axones  of  the  former  like  those  of  the  latter  arise 
either  from  medullary  or  ganglionic  neuroblasts  which  are  re- 
spectively unipolar  and  bipolar;  but  the  cranial  ganglionic  and 


Fig.  154.  —  Diagram  of  the  relations  of  the 

parts  of  the  sympathetic  nervous  system 

as  seen  in  the  cross-section.     (After  His, 

Jr.) 

M.,     mesentery.      Msn.,  Mesonephros. 

Other  abbreviations  same  as  Fig.  153. 


medullary  nerve-nuclei  are  not  similarly  segmented,  as  in  the 
case  of  the  spinal  nerves,  and  hence  the  axones  are  not  related 
as  dorsal  and  ventral  roots  of  single  nerve  trunks;  nor  has  the 
attempt  to  interpret  the  cranial  nerves  as  homologues  of  dorsal 
and  ventral  roots  respectively  been  successful  in  the  case  of  the 
most  important  nerves.  Moreover,  the  olfactory  and  optic  nerves 
differ  from  the  spinal  type  even  more  fundamentally.  The  olfac- 
tory is  a  sensory  nerve  that  arises  apparently  from  the  olfactory 


262  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

epithelium,  and  the  optic  is  really  comparable  to  an  intramedul- 
lary nerve  tract,  seeing  that  its  termination  lies  in  a  part  of  the 
original  wall  of  the  neural  tube,  viz.,  the  retina. 

Groups  of  medullary  neuroblasts  giving  rise  to  axones  of 
motor  cranial  nerves  are  located  in  the  brain  as  follows,  according 

to  His: 

Oculo-motor  nucleus  in  the  mid-brain. 

Trochlearis  nucleus  in  the  isthmus. 

Motor  trigeminus  nucleus  in  the  zone  of  the  cerebellum,  including 

the  descending  root. 
Abducens    and    facialis    nuclei,  beyond    zone  of   greatest  width 

of  the  fourth  ventricle  (auditory  sac  zone). 
Glossopharyngeus,   vagus,   in   the    region  of  the   calamus  scrip- 

torius. 
Accessorius   and   hypoglossus,  in    the    region   extending    to  the 

cervical  flexure. 

These  constitute  the  cranial  motor  nerve  nuclei,  and  are  more 
or  less  discontinuous. 

The  ganglionic  nerves  or  nerve-components  of  the  head  arise 
from  the  following  primitive  embryonic  ganglion-complexes: 

1.  Complex  of  the  trigeminus  ganglia. 

2.  Complex  of  the  acustico-facialis  ganglia. 

3.  Complex  of  the  glossopharyngeus  ganglia. 

4.  Complex  of  the  vagus  ganglia. 

The  early  history  of  these  ganglion-complexes  has  already  been 
considered;  they  are  called  complexes  because  each  forms  more 
than  one  definitive  ganglion.  It  is  probable  also  that  each  con- 
tains sympathetic  neuroblasts,  which  may  separate  out  later  as  dis- 
tinct ganglia,  thus  reseml)ling  the  spinal  sympathetic  neuroblasts. 

There  is  no  close  agreement  in  the  segmentation  of  the  motor 
neuroblasts  within  the  brain  and  that  of  the  ganglion  complexes. 
For  instance,  in  the  region  of  the  trigeminal  ganglionic  complex, 
the  motor  nuclei  of  the  oculo-motor,  trochlearis,  and  trigeminus 
are  found,  and  in  the  region  of  the  vagus  ganglionic  complex, 
the  motor  nuclei  of  vagus,  accessorius,  and  hypoglossus.  Thus 
the  medullary  and  ganglionic  nerves  of  the  head  are  primitively 
separate  by  virtue  of  their  separate  origins.  They  may  remain 
entirelv  so,  as  in  the  case  of  the  olfactory,  trochlearis,  and  abdu- 
cens,  or  they  may  unite  in  the  most  varied  manners  to  form 
mixed  nerves. 


THE  NERVOUS   SYSTEM  263 

The  motor  nuclei  of  the  oculo-motor,  trochlearis,  abducens, 
and  hypoglossus  nerves  He  in  the  same  plane  as  the  motor  nuclei 
of  the  spinal  nerves,  i.e.,  in  the  line  of  prolongation  of  the  ventral 
horns  of  the  gray  matter.  The  motor  nuclei  of  the  trigeminus, 
facialis,  glossopharyngeus,  vagus,  and  spinal  accessory  on  the 
other  hand  lie  at  a  more  dorsal  level,  and  the  roots  emerge  there- 
fore above  the  level  of  origin  of  the  others.  It  will  be  noted  that 
these  are  the  nerves  of  the  visceral  arches,  whereas  those  cranial 
nerves  that  continue  the  series  of  spinal  ventral  roots  innervate 
myotomic  muscles,  like  the  latter.  Similarly  the  ganglia  of  the 
pharyngeal  nerves  (V,  VII,  IX,  and  X)  differ  from  spinal  ganglia 
in  certain  important  respects:  the  latter  are  derived  entirely 
from  the  neural  crest,  whereas  a  certain  portion  of  each  of  the 
primary  cranial  ganglia  is  derived  from  the  lateral  ectoderm  of 
the  head,  as  noted  in  the  preceding  chapter.  Thus  the  pharyn- 
geal nerves  form  embryologically  a  class  by  themselves,  both 
as  regards  the  medullary  and  also  the  ganglionic  components. 

1.  The  Olfactory  Nerve.  The  embr3'onic  origin  of  the  olfactory 
nerve  has  been  a  subject  of  much  difference  of  opinion:  thus  it 
has  been  maintained  by  a  considerable  number  of  w^orkers  that 
it  arises  from  a  group  of  cells  on  each  side  situated  between  the 
fore-brain  and  olfactory  pits;  some  of  these  maintained  that 
these  cells  arose  as  an  outgrowth  from  the  fore-brain,  others 
that  they  came  from  the  epithelium  of  the  olfactory  pit,  and 
yet  others  that  this  group  of  cells,  or  olfactory  ganglion,  was 
derived  from  both  sources.  This  group  of  cells  was  supposed 
by  some  to  include  a  large  number  of  bipolar  neuroblasts,  one 
process  of  which  grew  towards  the  olfactory  epithelium  and 
the  other  towards  the  fore-brain,  entering  the  olfactory  lobe 
and  ending  there  in  terminal  arborization.  This  view  is,  however, 
in  conflict  with  the  ascertained  fact  that  the  fibers  of  the  fully 
formed  olfactory  nerve  are  centripetal  processes  of  olfactory 
sensory  cells  situated  in  the  olfactory  epithelium. 

The  most  satisfactory  account  of  the  origin  of  the  olfactory 
nerve  in  the  chick  is  that  of  Disse.  This  author  finds  two  kinds 
of  cells  in  the  olfactory  epithelium  of  a  three-day  chick,  viz., 
epithelial  cells,  and  germinal  cells  which  become  embryonic 
nerve-cells  or  neuroblasts.  At  this  time  the  olfactory  epithelium 
is  separated  from  the  w^all  of  the  fore-brain  by  only  a  very  thin 
layer  of  mesenchyme.     Early  on  the   fourth   day  axones   arise 


264 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


from  the  central  ends  of  the  neuroblasts  and  grow  into  the 
mesenchyme  towards  the  fore-brain.  At  the  same  time  groups 
of  epithelial  cells  free  themselves  from  the  inner  face  of  the 
olfactory  epithelium,  and  come  to  lie  between  this  and  the  fore- 
brain.  The  axones  of  the  neuroblasts  grow  between  these  cells 
until  they  reach  the  base  of  the  fore-brain  over  which  they  spread 
out,  entering  the  olfactory  lobe  about  the  sixth  day  (Figs.  155 
and  156).  In  the  meantime  the  peripheral  ends  of  the  olfactory 
neuroblasts  have  extended  out  as  broad  protoplasmic  processes 
to  the  surface  of  the  olfactory  epithelium,  and  thus  form  the  per- 
cipient part  of  the  olfactory  sense-cells. 


Fig.  155.  —  Olfactory  epithelium  of  a  chick  embryo  of  5 
days,  prepared  by  the  method  of  Golgi.  (After  Disse.) 
a,  b,  and  c  indicate  different  forms  of  neuroblasts  in  the 
olfactory  epithelium. 

The  epithelial  cells  between  fore-brain  and  olfactory  pit,  through 
which  the  axones  of  the  olfactory  neuroblasts  grow,  are  for  the 
most  part  supporting  and  sheath-cells  of  the  nerve,  but  they  in- 
clude a  few  bipolar  neuroblasts  (Fig.  156).  The  latter  are  to 
be  considered  as  olfactory  neuroblasts  with  elongated  protoplas- 
mic processes. 

Rubaschkin  finds  a  ganglion,  which  he  calls  ganglion  olfactorium 
nervi  trigemini,  situated  beneath  the  olfactory  epithelium  in  a  nine- 
day  chick.  The  bipolar  cells  send  out  processes  peripherally  which  end 
in  fine  branches  between  the  cells  of  the  olfactory  mucous  membrane, 
and  centrally,  which  go  by  way  of  the  ramus  olfactorius  nervi 
trigemini  towards  the  Gasserian  ganglion. 

2.  The  Second  Cranial  or  Optic    Nerve.     The  course  of  this 


THE   NERVOUS   SYSTEM 


265 


nerve  is  entirely  intramedullary,  the  retina  being  part  of  the 
wall  of  the  embryonic  brain;  its  development  will  therefore  be 
considered  in  connection  with  the  development  of  the  eye. 


Fig.  156.  —  Sagittal  section  through  the  head  of  a  chick  embryo  of  5  days, 

showing  the  floor  of  fore-brain,   olfactory  pit,   and  developing  olfactory 

nerve  between.     (After  Disse.) 

a.,  Unipolar  neuroblasts  near  the  olfactory  epithelium,  b.,  Bipolar  cell 
in  the  olfactory  nerve,  c,  Unipolar  cell  near  the  brain.  F.  B.,  Floor  of 
fore-brain.  N'bl.,  Neuroblast  in  the  olfactory  epithelium,  olf.  Ep.,  Olfac- 
tory epithelium,     olf.  N.,  Olfactory  nerve,     olf.  P.,  Cavity  of  olfactory  pit. 

3.  The  third  cranial  or  oculo-motor  nerve  arises  from  a  group 
of  neuroblasts  in  the  ventral  zone  of  the  mid-brain  near  the  median 
line,  and  appears  external  to  the  wall  of  the  brain  at  about  sixty 
hours  (about  28-30  somites).  At  this  time  it  appears  as  a  small 
group  of  axones  emerging  from  the  region  of  the  plica  encephali 


266  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF   THE  CHICK 

ventralis,  and  ending  in  the  mesenchyme  a  short  distance  from 
its  point  of  origin.  At  seventy-two  hours  the  root  is  much 
stronger,  interpenetrated  with  mesenchyme  and  ends  between 
the  optic  cup  and  floor  of  the  brain  behind  the  optic  stalk  (cf. 
Fig.  101).  At  ninety-six  hours  the  root  is  broad  and  fan-shaped, 
the  nerve  itself  is  comparatively  slender,  and  passes  downwards 
and  backwards  behind  the  optic-stalk  where  it  enters  a  well- 
defined  ganglion  situated  just  median  to  the  ophthalmic  branch 
of  the  trigeminus;  this  is  the  ciliary  ganglion;  beyond  it  the 
fibers  of  the  oculo-motor  turn  forward  again  to  enter  the  region 
of  the  future  orbit. 

According  to  Carpenter  (1906)  the  ciliary  ganglion  arises 
from  two  sources:  (a)  migrant  medullary  neuroblasts  that  pass 
out  into  the  root  of  the  oculo-motor,  and  follow  its  course  to 
the  definitive  situation  of  the  ciliary  ganglion,  and  (b)  a  much 
smaller  group  of  neuroblasts  that  migrate  from  the  ganglion  of 
the  trigeminus  along  the  ophthalmic  branch,  and  by  way  of  a 
ramus  communicans  to  the  ciliary  ganglion.  The  adult  ciliary 
ganglion  show\s  correspondingly  two  component  parts:  (a)  a 
larger  ventral  region  composed  of  large  bipolar  ganglion  cells, 
and  (6)  a  smaller  dorsal  region  containing  small  ganglion  cells 
with  many  sympathetic  characters.  It  is  probable  that  the 
medullary  fibers  of  the  oculo-motor  nerve  are  distributed  entirely 
to  the  muscles  innervated  by  it,  viz.,  the  superior,  inferior,  and 
internal  rectus  and  inferior  oblique  muscles  of  the  eye.  The 
fibers  arising  from  the  neuroblasts  of  the  ciliary  ganglion  ter- 
minate peripherally  in  the  intrinsic  muscles  of  the  eye-ball,  and 
centrally  (in  the  case  of  the  bipolar  cells)  in  the  brain,  which 
they  reach  by  way  of  the  medullary  nerve.  The  motor  branches 
leave  the  trunk  of  the  nerve  a  short  distance  centrally  to  the 
ciliary  ganglion. 

4.  The  trochlearis  or  fourth  cranial  nerve  is  peculiar  inas- 
much as  it  arises  from  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  brain  in  the 
region  of  the  isthmus.  It  arises  entirely  from  medullary  neuro- 
blasts and  innervates  the  superior  oblique  muscle  of  the  eye. 
Marshall  states  that  it  may  be  readily  seen  in  a  five-day  embryo; 
in  an  embryo  of  eight  davs  it  is  a  slender  nerve  arising  from  the 
dorsal  surface  of  the  isthmus  immediately  in  front  of  the  cere- 
bellum ;  the  fibers  of  the  two  sides  form  a  commissure  in  the  roof 
of  the  isthmus  (Fig.  148). 


THE  NERVOUS   SYSTEM  267 

5.  The  trigeminus  or  fifth  cranial  nerve  consists  of  motor 
and  sensory  portions.  The  latter  arises  from  the  trigeminal 
ganglion,  the  origin  of  which  has  already  been  described.  The 
ganglionic  rudiment  appears  roughly  Y-shaped  even  at  an  early 
stage  (cf.  Figs.  105  and  117),  the  short  stem  lying  against  the 
wall  of  the  brain  and  the  two  branches  diverging  one  in  the  direc- 
tion of  the  upper  surface  of  the  optic  cup  (ophthalmic  branch) 
and  the  other  towards  the  mandibular  arch.  The  original  con- 
nection of  the  ganglion  with  the  roof  of  the  neural  tube  is  lost 
during  the  second  day  and  permanent  connection  is  established 
during  the  third  day,  presumably  by  growth  of  axones  into  the 
wall  of  the  brain.  The  new  connection  or  sensory  root  of  the 
trigeminus  is  attached  to  the  myelencephalon  in  the  region  of 
greatest  width  of  the  fourth  ventricle  near  the  ventral  portion 
of  the  lateral  zone. 

During  the  fourth  day  the  peripheral  axones  follow  the  direc- 
tion of  the  ophthalmic  and  mandibular  branches  of  the  ganglion 
and  grow  out  farther  as  the  ophthalmic  and  mandibular  nerves; 
the  former  passes  forward  between  the  optic  vesicle  and  the  wall 
of  the  brain;  the  latter  runs  ventrally  towards  the  angle  of  the 
mouth,  over  which  it  divides,  a  smaller  maxillary  branch  entering 
the  maxillary  process  of  the  mandibular  arch,  and  a  larger  one, 
the  mandibular  nerve,  runs  into  the  mandibular  arch.  (For  an 
account  of  the  branchial  sense  organ  of  the  trigeminus,  see  Chap. 

VI.) 

A  medullary  component  of  the  trigeminal  nerve  arises  from 
the  wall  of  the  brain  just  median  to  the  ganglionic  root  during 
the  fourth  day;  it  runs  forward  parallel  to  the  ganglionic  ophthal- 
mic branch,  and  sends  a  twig  to  the  ciliary  ganglion.  Beyond 
this  point  it  unites  with  the  ganglionic  branch. 

A  connection  of  the  trigeminus  with  the  olfactory  sensory 
epithelium  is  described  under  the  olfactory  nerve. 

6.  The  sixth  cranial  or  abducens  nerve  is  stated  to  arise  about 
the  end  of  the  fourth  day.  It  is  a  purely  motor  nerve,  and  has 
no  ganglion  connected  with  it;  it  innervates  the  external  rectus 
muscle  of  the  eye.  At  122  hours  it  arises  by  a  number  of  slender 
roots  attached  to  the  myelencephalon  near  the  mid- ventral  line, 
beneath  the  seventh  nerve.  Its  roots  unite  into  a  slender  trunk 
that  runs  directly  forward  beneath  the  base  of  the  brain  to  the 
region   of   the   orbit.     The   sixth   nerve   thus   corresponds    more 


268  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

nearly  than  any  other  cranial  nerve  to  a  ventral  spinal  nerve- 
root. 

7  and  8.  The  Facial  and  Auditory  Nerves.  The  ganglia  of 
these  nerves  at  first  form  a  common  mass,  the  acustico-facialis. 
But  during  the  course  of  the  fourth  day  the  anterior  and  ventral 
portion  becomes  distinctly  separated  from  the  remainder  and 
forms  the  geniculate  ganglion;  the  remainder  then  forming  the 
auditory  ganglia  (cf.  Fig.  102).  The  acustico-facialis  ganglion 
complex  moves  from  its  original  attachment  to  the  dorsal  surface 
of  the  brain  and  acquires  a  permanent  root  during  the  third  day, 
attached  ventrally  just  in  front  of  the  auditory  sac. 

(a)  The  seventh  cranial  or  facialis  nerve  arises  during  the 
fourth  day  from  the  geniculate  ganglion  which  is  situated  just 
above  the  second  or  hyomandibular  branchial  cleft.  It  grows 
first  into  the  hyoid  arch  (posttrematic  branch),  but  towards 
the  end  of  the  fourth  day  a  small  branch  arises  just  above  the 
cleft  and  arches  over  in  front  of  it  and  runs  down  the  posterior 
face  of  the  mandibular  arch  (pretrematic  branch).  The  origin  of 
the  motor  components  is  not  known. 

(h)  The  further  history  of  the  auditory  nerve  is  considered 
with  the  development  of  the  ear. 

9.  The  ganglion  of  the  ninth  cranial  or  glossopharyngeal  nerve 
(ganglion  petrosum  cf.  Fig.  102)  arises  from  the  anterior  part  of 
the  postotic  cranial  neural  crest  as  already  described.  Early  on 
the  fourth  day  the  ganglionic  axones  enter  the  base  of  the  brain 
just  behind  the  auditory  sac  and  establish  the  root,  which  con- 
sists of  four  or  five  parts  on  each  side.  From  the  ganglion  which 
is  situated  at  the  summit  of  the  third  visceral  arch  a  strong 
peripheral  branch  develops  on  the  fourth  day,  and  extends  into 
the  same  arch;  a  smaller  anterior  branch  develops  a  little  later 
which  passes  over  the  second  visceral  pouch  and  enters  the 
second  visceral  arch.  About  the  same  time  an  anastomosis  is 
formed  with  the  ganglion  of  the  vagus. 

10.  The  tenth  cranial  or  vagus  (pneumogastric)  nerve  is  very 
large  and  complex.  Its  ganglion  very  early  shows  two  divisions, 
one  near  the  roots  (ganglion  jugulare)  and  the  other  above  the 
fourth  and  fifth  visceral  arches  (ganglion  nodosum  cf.  Fig.  102). 
It  arises  by  a  large  number  ot  fine  rootlets  on  each  side  of  the 
hind-brain  behind  the  glossopharyngeus,  and  the  roots  converge  in 
a  fan-like  manner  into  the  proximal  ganglion;  from  here  a  stout 


THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM  269 

nerve  passes  ventrally  and  enters  the  ganglion  nodosum  situated 
above  the  fourth  and  fifth  visceral  arches.  Branches  pass  from 
here  into  the  fourth  and  fifth  arches,  and  the  main  stem  is  con- 
tinued backward  as  the  pneumogastric  nerve  s.s.  From  the  hinder 
portion  of  the  spreading  roots  a  strong  commissure  is  continued 
backward  parallel  to  and  near  the  base  of  the  neural  tube  as  far 
as  the  fifth  somite;  this  is  provided  with  three  small  ganglion-like 
swellings.  This  condition  is  found  about  the  end  of  the  fourth 
day.  Later  this  commissure  unites  with  the  main  sympathetic 
trunk,  and  part  of  the  vagus  ganglion  separates  from  the  remain- 
der as  the  ganglion  cervicale  primum  of  the  sympathetic  trunk. 

During  the  fifth  and  sixth  days  the  main  stem  of  the  vagus 
grows  farther  back  and  innervates  the  heart,  lungs,  and  stomach. 
Neuroblasts  of  the  sympathetic  system  accompany  the  vagus 
in  its  growth,  and  form  the  various  ganglion  cells  of  the  heart, 
and  other  organs  innervated  by  the  vagus. 

During  the  fifth  and  sixth  days  the  ganglion  nodosum,  which 
originally  lay  at  the  hind  end  of  the  pharynx,  is  carried  down 
with  the  retreat  of  the  heart  into  the  thorax,  and  on  the  eighth 
day  it  is  situated  at  the  base  of  the  neck  in  close  contact  with 
the  thymus  gland. 

11.  The  Eleventh  Cranial  or  Spinal  Accessory  Nerve.  No  ob- 
servations on  the  development  of  this  nerve  in  the  chick  are 
known  to  me. 

12.  The  twelfth  cranial  or  hypoglossus  nerve  appears  on  the 
fourth  day  as  two  pairs  of  ventral  roots  opposite  the  third  and 
fourth  mesoblastic  somites;  each  root  is  formed,  like  the  ventral 
roots  of  the  spinal  nerves,  of  several  bundles  that  unite  in  a  com- 
mon slender  trunk;  ganglia  are  lacking,  as  in  the  first  and  second 
cervical  nerves.  The  roots  of  the  hypoglossus  are  a  direct  con- 
tinuation of  the  series  of  ventral  spinal  roots,  and  as  they  are 
related  to  somitic  muscle  plates  in  the  same  way  as  the  latter, 
there  can  be  no  doubt  of  their  serial  homology  with  ventral  roots 
of  spinal  nerves.  The  first  four  mesoblastic  somites  are  subse- 
quently incorporated  in  the  occipital  region  of  the  skull,  and 
thus  the  hypoglossus  nerve  becomes  a  cranial  nerve.  No  nerves 
are  formed  in  connection  with  the  first  and  second  mesoblastic 
somites.  As  the  occipital  region  of  the  skull  forms  in  the  region 
of  the  occipital  somites,  two  foramina  are  left  on  each  side  for 
exit  of  the  roots  of  the  hypoglossus  (Figs.  150  and  244). 


270  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

During  the  fourth  and  fifth  days  the  nerve  grows  back  above 
the  roof  of  the  pharynx,  then  turns  ventrally  behind  the  last 
visceral  pouch  and  forward  in  the  floor  of  the  pharynx. 

According  to  Chiarugi  minute  ganglia  are  formed  in  the  second, 
third,  and  fourth  somites:  but  they  soon  degenerate  (fourth  day)  without 
forming  nerves. 

Note:  The  structure  called  "hypophysis"  on  p.  249,  sometimes  called 
Rathke's  pouch,  forms  only  the  anterior  lobe  or  glandular  part  of  the  hy- 
pophysis of  adult  anatomy;  the  posterior  lobe  of  the  hypophysis  is  derived 
from  the  structure  called  "  saccus  infundibuli  "  in  this  chapter,  which  is  a  deri- 
vation of  the  floor  of  the  brain. 


CHAPTER  IX 
ORGANS  OF  SPECIAL  SENSE 

I.  The  Eye 

The  development  of  the  eye  up  to  the  stage  of  36  somites  has 
been  already  described.  We  shall  now  consider  the  subsequent 
changes  in  the  following  order:  (1)  optic  cup,  (2)  vitreous  body, 
(3)  lens,  (4)  anterior  chamber,  cornea,  iris,  etc.,  (5)  choroid  and 
sclerotic,  (6)  the  conjunctival  sac  and  eyelids,  (7)  the  choroid  fis- 
sure and  the  optic  nerve. 

1.  The  optic  cup  at  the  stage  of  36  somites  is  composed  of 
two  layers,  an  inner,  thicker  layer,  known  as  the  retinal  layer, 
and  an  outer,  thinner  layer,  known  as  the  pigment  layer;  these 
are  continuous  with  one  another  at  the  pupil  and  choroid  fissure. 
The  inner  and  outer  layers  come  into  contact  first  in  the  region 
of  the  fundus,  and  the  cavity  of  the  original  optic  vesicle  is  gradu- 
ally obliterated.  The  choroid  fissure  is  in  the  ventral  face  of 
the  optic  cup;  it  is  very  narrow  at  this  time,  and  opens  distally 
into  the  pupil;  centrally  it  ends  at  the  junction  of  optic  stalk 
and  cup,  not  being  continued  on  the  stalk  as  it  is  in  mammals  (Fig. 
157). 

The  walls  of  the  optic  cup  may  be  divided  into  a  lenticular 
zone  {pars  lenticularis  or  pars  cceca)  and  a  retinal  zone;  the  former 
includes  the  zone  adjacent  to  the  pupil,  not  sharply  demarcated 
at  first  from  the  remainder  or  retinal  zone,  but  later  bounded  dis- 
tinctly by  the  ora  serrata.  The  retinal  zone  alone  becomes  the 
sensitive  portion  of  the  eye;  the  lenticular  zone  develops  into  the 
epithelium  of  the  iris  and  ciliary  processes. 

In  the  lenticular  zone  the  inner  and  outer  layers  become  actu- 
ally fused,  but  in  the  retinal  zone  they  may  always  be  separated; 
indeed,  in  most  preparations  they  are  separated  by  an  actual 
space  produced  by  unequal  shrinkage. 

The  differentiation  of  the  lenticular  from  the  retinal  zone 
begins  about  the  seventh  day,  when  a  marked  difference  in  thick- 

271 


272 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


ness  appears.  The  transition  from  the  thinner  lenticular  to  the 
thicker  retinal  zone  soon  becomes  rather  sudden  in  the  region  of 
the  future  ora  serrata.  About  the  eighth  or  ninth  day  a  further 
differentiation  arises  within  the  lenticular  zone,  marking  off  the 
regions  of  the  iris  and  ciliary  processes  (Fig.   159).     The  region 


ep   ^es   p    r 


157  ■  158 

Fig.  157.  —  Section  through  the  eye  of  a  chick   embryo   at   the 

beginning;  of  the  fourth  day  of  incubation.     (After  Froriep.) 

ch.  Fis.  I.,  Lip  of  the  choroid  fissure.  Di.,  Lateral  wall  of  the 
diencephalon.  V,  \",  Distal  and  proximal  walls  of  the  lens,  st., 
Optic  stalk. 

Fig.  158.  —  Section  of  the  distal  portion  of  the  eye  of  a  chick, 

second  half  of  the  fifth  day  of  incubation.     (After  Froriep.) 

c.  ep.  int.,  Internal  epithelium  of  the  cornea.  Corn,  pr.,  Cornea 
propria.  Ect.,  Ectoderm,  ep..  Epidermis.  ir.,Iris.  mes..  Meso- 
derm, p.,  Pigment  layer  of  the  optic  cup.  r.,  Retinal  layer  of 
the  optic  cup. 

of  the  iris  is  a  narrow  zone  bounding  the  pupil  in  which  the  two 
la3'ers  of  the  optic  cup  become  blended  so  that  pigment  from 
the  outer  layer  invades  the  inner  layer;  the  epithelia  are  decidedly 


ORGANS   OF   SPECIAL   SENSE 


273 


u.e.  /. 


C/2. 

cj7. 


irjs  - 


ant.  (•/?. 
Corri. 


ITj^ 


^ — op.n . 


■olf. 


/i  .m 


Fig.  159.  —  Frontal  section  of  the  eye  of  an  eight  day  chick.     Shrinking  in 
the  process  of  preparation  has  caused  a  separation  between  the  retinal  and 
pigment  layers, 
ant.  ch.,  Anterior  chamber  of   the  eye.     ch.,  Choroid  coat,     cil.,  Ciliary 
processes.     Corn.,  Cornea.     1.  e.  1.,  Lower  eyelid,     n.  m.,  Nictitating  mem- 
brane,    olf.,    Olfactory   sac.     op.   n.,    Optic   nerve,     o.    s.,    Ora   serrata.   p., 
Pigment  layer  of  the  optic  cup.     post,  ch.,  Posterior  chamber  of  the  eye. 
ret..  Retina,     scl.,  Sclerotic  coat.     scl.  C,  Sclerotic  cartilage,     u.  e.  1.,  Upper 
eyelid. 

thinner  than  in  the  ciliary  region.     The  mesenchyme  overlying 
the  iris  early  becomes  condensed  to  form  the  stroma  of  the  iris; 
the  epithelia  form  the  uvea  of  the  developed  iris  (Fig.  159). 
The   muscles   of  the   iris   (sphincter   pupillse)    are   stated   by 


274 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


Nussbaum,  Szily,  and  Lewis  to  arise  from  epithelial  buds  of  the 
pupillary  margin  and  the  adjacent  portion  of  the  pigment  layer 
of  the  iris.  The  marginal  buds  (Fig.  160)  begin  to  form  during 
the  seventh  day,  the  more  peripheral  ones  somewhat  later;  the 
former  are  less  numerous  and  larger  than  the  latter.  The 
observations  are  well  supported,  and  appear  to  leave  no  doubt 
that  the  specificity  of  the  ectoderm  cells  of  the  iris  is  not  fixed. 
According  to  Lewis  the  wandering  pigmented  cells  of  the  ante- 
rior portion,  at  least,  of  the  choroid  also  arise  from  the  pigment 
layer  of  the  optic  cup. 

The  ciliary  processes  begin  to  form  from  the  ciliary  region 
of  the  lenticular  zone  on  the  eighth  day  (Fig.  159) ;  the  epithelium 

^M"  Sph. 
Sfih.      ^-" 


ES. 


3pM 


B. 


Fig.  160. — Two  sections  of  the  pupillary  margin  of  the  eye  of  a  chick  of  13 
days'  incubation.  A.,  X  260.  B.,  130.  (After  Lewis.) 
c.  P.,  Ciliary  process.  E.  B.,  Epithelial  bud.  P.,  Margin  of  pupil,  p.  1., 
Pigment  layer  of  Iris.  r.  1.,  Retinal  layer  of  iris.  Sph.,  Bud  for  the  forma- 
tion of  the  sphincter  muscle  of  the  iris,  derived  from  the  margin.  Sph.', 
Sph.",  Submarginal  buds  of  the  sphincter. 

becomes  thrown  into  folds  projecting  towards  the  posterior  cham- 
ber, the  cavity  of  the  folds  being  filled  by  the  mesenchyme  of  the 
developing  choroid  coat.  The  muscles  of  the  ciliary  body  de- 
velop from  the  mesenchyme  of  the  processes,  which  acquire  a 
connection  with  the  lens  through  a  special  differentiation  of  the 
vitreous  body,  the  zonula  ciliaris  (zonula  Zinnii). 

In  the  retinal  portion  of  the  optic  cup  the  inner  la3^er  forms 
the  entire  retina  proper  from  the  internal  limiting  membrane 
to  the  rods  and  cones  inclusive.     The  outer  layer  forms  the  pig- 


ORGANS   OF   SPECIAL  SENSE  275 

ment  layer  of  the  retina.  About  the  middle  of  the  fourth  day 
pigment  begins  to  develop  in  the  outer  layer  and  extends  through- 
out it,  even  to  the  distal  portion  of  the  optic-stalk  at  first  (Ucke, 
'91).  The  histogenesis  of  the  retina  of  the  chick  has  been  de- 
scribed by  Weysse  (1906). 

2.  The  Vitreous  Humor  (Corpus  Vitreum).  Until  compara- 
tively recently  embryologists  have  adhered  to  the  view  stated 
by  Schoeler  (1848)  and  Kolliker  (1861)  that  the  vitreous  body 
arises  from  mesenchymal  cells  that  enter  the  e3^eball  through 
the  choroid  fissure.  The  fact  that  the  embryonic  vitreous  humor 
of  birds  is  almost  entirely  devoid  of  cells  was  a  serious  difficulty. 
The  cells  are  in  fact  so  scanty  as  to  be  absent  in  many  entire 
sections.  Moreover,  in  character  they  resemble  embryonic 
blood-cells  and  not  mesenchyme,  and  disappear  entirely  by  the 
eighth  day.  It  seems  impossible  that  they  should  play  any 
important  part  in  the  origin  of  the  massive  vitreous  body.  Re- 
searches of  the  last  few  years  have  demonstrated  that  the  vitreous 
body  is  primarily  of  ectodermal  origin,  its  fibers  arising  as  processes 
of  cells  of  the  inner  layer  of  the  optic  cup  and  the  matrix  as 
secretion.  According  to  some  the  cells  of  the  lens  are  responsible 
wholly  (Lenhossek)  or  in  part  (S/ili)  for  the  fibers;  this  view, 
however,  has  been  strongly  combatted  (Kolliker  and  Rabl)  and 
requires  further  evidence  to  substantiate  it. 

Both  retinal  and  csecal  parts  of  the  cup  take  part  in  the  forma- 
tion of  the  fibers  of  the  vitreous  body;  the  retinal  part  is  at  first 
the  most  important,  and  the  primary  vitreous  body  is  almost 
entirely  retinal  in  its  origin.  But  after  the  caecal  part  is  differ- 
entiated the  activity  of  the  retinal  part  becomes  less,  and  the 
greater  part  of  the  fillers  of  the  vitreous  body  appears  to  be 
formed  from  cells  of  the  csecal  part,  that  send  out  branching 
and  anastomosing  processes  into  the  posterior  chamber.  There 
is  no  sharp  boundary  between  the  fibers  that  form  the  vitreous 
body  and  those  that  form  the  zonula;  and  the  fibers  of  the  latter 
may  be  regarded  as  homologous  to  those  of  the  former.  The 
matrix  of  the  embryonic  vitreous  body  may  be  regarded  as  a 
secretion  of  the  walls  of  the  optic  cup.  Later,  the  secretion 
appears  to  be  confined  to  the  ciliary  processes.  It  is  possible 
that  the  mesenchyme  plays  some  part  in  the  formation  of  the 
vitreous  body  after  the  formation  of  the  pecten  begins;  but  there 
is  no  evidence  that  it  does  so  at  first. 


276  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

3.  The  Lens.  The  account  of  the  development  of  the  lens  is 
mainly  after  Rabl.  The  wall  of  the  lens-sac  is  everywhere  a  sin- 
gle-layered epithelium,  though  the  nuclei  are  at  different  levels  in 

the  cells. 

Shortly  after  the  lens-sac  has  become  separated  from  the  ecto- 
derm the  proximal  wall  (that  next  the  cavity  of  the  optic  cup) 
begins  to  thicken  by  elongation  of  the  constituent  epithelial  cells 
(Figs.  157  and  158).  During  the  fourth  day  the  elongation  of  the 
cells  increases  greatly  as  the  first  step  in  the  formation  of  the  lens 
fibers,  while  those  of  the  distal  wall  remain  practically  unchanged, 
being  destined  to  form  the  epithelium  of  the  lens.  Between  the 
cells  of  the  proximal  and  distal  walls  are  found  ceUs  of  an  inter- 
mediate character,  bounding  the  equator  of  the  lens  (Fig.  158). 

During  the  fifth  day  the  elongation  of  the  cells  of  the  proximal 
waU  proceeds  apace;  those  in  the  center  of  the  wall  are  most 
elongated  and  there  is  a  gradual  decrease  towards  the  equator 
of  the  lens.  In  this  way  the  face  of  the  proximal  wall  gradually 
approaches  the  distal  wall  and  meets  it  on  the  fifth  day,  thus 
obliterating  the  central  part  of  the  lens  ca\ity,  though  the  periph- 
eral part  remains  open  for  a  considerably  longer  time  (Fig.  158). 
The  nuclei  of  the  lens  fibers  occupy  approximately  their  center, 
and  thus  form  a  fairly  broad  curved  band,  concave  towards  the 
optic  cup.     At  the  same  time  the  lens  is  increasing  very  rapidly 

in  size. 

During  the  sixth,  seventh,  and  eighth  days  the  same  processes 
continue  and  the  elongation  of  the  lens  fibers  makes  itself  felt 
on  the  inner  face  of  the  lens  which  becomes  convex.  The  form 
and  arrangement  of  the  parts  is  shown  in  Figure  159.  The  fibers 
already  present  are  destined  to  form  only  the  core  of  the  adult 
lens;  and  a  new  process  begins  at  this  time,  leading  to  the  forma- 
tion of  fibers  that  wrap  themselves  around  this  core  in  a  merid- 
ional direction  and  form  many  concentric  layers  (666  according 
to  Rabl).  These  new  concentric  fibers  proceed  from  cells  situated 
between  the  core  fibers  and  the  lens  epithelium,  that  is,  around 
the  equator  of  the  lens.  There  is  a  very  rapid  multiplication  of 
cells  here;  those  next  the  core  transform  into  fibers  arranged 
meridionally  on  the  surface  of  the  core;  others  develop  over  these 
and  thus  the  original  fibers  come  to  be  surrounded  by  more  and 
more  concentric  layers.  At  first  these  are  disposed  rather  irregu- 
larly, but  soon  the  arrangement  becomes  extraordinarily  regular. 


ORGANS   OF   SPECIAL  SENSE 


277 


This  process  is  kept  up  not  only 
during  embryonic  life,  but  dur- 
ing the  entire  growth  of  the 
fowl;  thus  the  thickness  of  the 
superimposed  lamellae  is  only 
0.60  mm.  at  hatching,  but  is 
2.345  mm.  in  the  adult  (Rabl). 

In  the  fowl  the  lens  includes 
three  concentric  layers  of  fibers: 
(1)  the  central  mass  or  core 
formed  by  the  proximal  wall  of 
the  original  lens-sac;  this  has 
the  same  diameter  (0.80  mm.) 
as  the  entire  fiber  mass  at  eight 
days.  Nuclei  are  entirely  ab- 
sent. (2)  An  intermediate  layer 
of  meridional  rows  of  fibers 
rather  irregularly  arranged, 
which  shade  gradually  into  the 
fibers  of  the  core  and  into  those 
of  (3)  the  radial  lamellae,  which 
form  the  greater  part  of  the 
substance  of  the  adult  lens. 
The  meridional  rows  and  the 
radial  lamellae  proceed  from  the 
cells  of  the  intermediate  zone 
of  the  original  lens-sac.  Fig. 
161  shows  a  sector  of  an  equa- 
torial section  through  the  lens 
of  a  chick.  The  three  zones 
are  well  marked;  the  extraordi- 
nary regularity  of  the  super- 
imposed layers  of  the  radial 
lamellae  is  well  shown. 

The  lens  epithelium  of  birds 
and  reptiles  also  produces  a 
peculiar  structure  which  may  be 
called  the  equatorial  ring  (Ring- 
wulst,  Rabl). 

It  will  be  seen  in  the  figures 


^ 


f&^  #' 


Fig.  161. —  Equatorial  section  through 
the  lens  of  a  chick  embryo  of  eight 
days.  The  main  mass  of  the  entire 
lens  is  represented  by  irregularly 
arranged  central  fibers.  Towards 
the  surface  (above)  the  fibers  are 
arranged  in  rows  and  are  quite 
regularly  six  sided.     (After  Rabl.) 


278  THE  DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 

that  the  epithelium  is  originally  thinnest  distally  and  thickens 
towards  the  equator.  This  condition  increases  up  to  the  eighth 
day,  at  which  time  the  thickening  increases  more  a  short  distance 
from  the  equator,  so  that  there  is  a  broad  ring-shaped  thickening 
of  the  anterior  epithelium  separated  by  a  narrow  thinner  zone 
from  the  cells  of  the  equatorial  zone  (cf.  Fig.  159).  This  ring 
increases  in  thickness  during  the  greater  part  of  the  period  of 
incubation,  and  its  cells  become  fibers  arranged  in  a  radial  direc- 
tion. The  meaning  of  this  curious  structure  is  somewhat  obscure, 
but  from  the  fact  that  it  shows  on  its  surface  the  impression  of 
the  ciliary  processes,  Rabl  w^as  of  the  opinion  that  it  served  in 
accommodation  of  the  eye  as  an  intermediary  between  the  ciliary 
processes  and  the  true  lens-fibers. 

4.  Anterior  Chamber  and  Cornea,  etc.  When  the  optic  vesicle 
is  first  formed  it  is  in  immediate  contact  with  the  ectoderm. 
After  its  invagination  the  lips  of  the  optic  cup  withdraw  a  short 
distance  from  the  surface.  At  the  same  time  the  lens  invagi- 
nates  and  is  cut  off  from  the  ectoderm,  but  rem.ains  in  contact 
with  it  during  the  third  day.  There  is  thus  a  ring-shaped  space 
between  the  lens  and  optic  cup  on  the  one  hand  and  the  ectoderm 
on  the  other,  which  is  the  beginning  of  the  anterior  chamber  of 
the  eye  (cf.  Fig.  96  C).  With  the  formation  of  the  cornea  the 
lens  withdraws  somewhat  from  the  surface  and  the  space  spreads 
over  the  whole  external  surface  of  the  lens;  at  first  it  is  very 
narrow,  but  increases  in  size  by  the  formation  of  the  iris  and 
the  bulging  of  the  cornea. 

The  cornea  itself  develops  from  two  sources:  (1)  the  external 
epithelium  is  derived  from  the  ectoderm  overlying  the  anterior 
chamber,  (2)  the  cornea  propria  and  the  internal  epithelium 
lining  the  anterior  chamber  develop  from  the  surrounding  mesen- 
chyme but  in  somewhat  different  ways. 

The  cornea  propria  appears  on  the  fourth  day  as  a  deli- 
cate structureless  membrane  beneath  the  corneal  epithelium. 
During  the  fifth  day  it  increases  to  about  the  thickness  of 
the  overlying  ectoderm  (Fig.  158).  About  this  time  mesen- 
chyme cells  from  the  margin  of  the  optic  cup  begin  to  migrate 
between  the  cornea  propria  and  lens,  and  soon  form  a  single 
complete  layer  of  cells  on  the  inner  face  of  the  cornea  propria; 
this  layer  becomes  the  inner  epithelium  of  the  cornea  (Fig.  158). 
The  cornea  propria  is  still  devoid  of  cells,  but  on  the  sixth  and 


ORGANS   OF   SPECIAL  SENSE  279 

seventh  days  the  mesenchyme  surroimding  the  eyeball  begins 
to  penetrate  it  from  all  sides  in  the  form  of  a  compact  wedge, 
which,  advancing  in  the  substance  of  the  cornea  propria,  soon 
meets  in  the  center.  These  cells  form  the  so-called  corpuscles 
of  the  cornea.  They  appear  arranged  in  strata  from  a  very 
early  period. 

The  anterior  chamber  is  bounded  by  the  cornea  externally; 
its  margins,  which  are  at  first  coincident  with  the  lips  of  the  optic 
cup,  soon  extend  peripherally  over  the  iris  (Fig.  159).  The  inner 
epithelium  ceases  at  the  margin  of  the  cavity  or  is  continuous 
with  the  cells  of  the  sclerotic;  it  does  not  appear,  in  an  eight-day 
chick  at  any  rate,  to  be  reflected  over  the  iris,  but  the  epithelium 
of  this  structure  next  the  anterior  chamber  appears  to  be  simply 
a  special  differentiation  of  its  own  superficial  cells.  The  anterior 
chamber  is  closed  centrally  by  the  lens,  but  communicates  more 
or  less  for  a  considerable  period  around  its  margin  with  the  pos- 
terior chamber.  This  is  at  least  the  appearance  in  good  sections; 
it  seems  probable,  though,  that  in  life  there  is  contact  between 
the  optic  cup  and  lens. 

The  stroma  of  the  iris  proceeds  from  that  portion  of  the 
mesenchyme  left  in  association  with  the  pars  iridis  retinae  after 
the  peripheral  extension  of  the  anterior  chamber.  It  becomes 
very  vascular  at  an  early  stage.  The  canal  of  Schlemm  arises 
as  a  series  of  vacuoles  just  peripheral  to  the  margin  of  the  ante- 
rior chamber  about  the  eighth  day.  These  soon  run  together 
to  form  a  ring,  which  is  separated  from  the  anterior  chamber 
by  the  ligamentum  pectinatum  iridis. 

5.  The  choroid  and  sclerotic  coats  are  differentiations  of  the 
mesenchyme  surrounding  the  optic  cup.  But  little  is  known 
concerning  the  details  of  their  development  in  the  chick.  A 
figure  of  Kessler's  shows  chromatophores  developed  in  the  choroid 
coat  at  twelve  days;  I  find  a  very  few  already  formed  at  eight 
days.  Cartilage  begins  to  appear  in  the  sclerotic  at  eight  days, 
the  forerunner  of  the  sclerotic  ossicles  (Fig.   159). 

6.  The  Eyelids  and  Conjunctival  Sac.  The  integument  over 
the  embrvonic  eveball  remains  unmodified  until  about  the 
seventh  day.  At  this  time  a  circular  fold  of  the  integument 
forms  around  the  eyeball  with  the  pupil  as  its  center.  At  the 
same  time  a  semi-lunar  fold  develops  within  the  first  on  the  side 
of  the  eyeball  next  the  beak.     (See  Figs.   122-124.)     From  the 


280  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

first  fold  the  upper  and  lower  eyelids  are  developed,  and  from  the 
second  the  third  eyelid  or  nictitating  membrane.  The  area  bounded 
by  the  outer  ring-shaped  fold  becomes  the  conjunctival  sac. 

From  their  place  of  origin  the  free  edges  of  these  folds  then 
grow  towards  the  center,  and  thus  a  cavity,  the  conjunctival 
sac,  is  formed  between  the  folds  and  the  integument  over  the  eye- 
ball (conjunctiva  sclerse).  The  outer  fold  grows  more  rapidly 
above  and  below  than  at  the  sides  and  the  opening  narrows, 
becoming,  therefore,  gradually  elhptical  and  finally  somewhat 
spindle-shaped.  Thus  the  upper  and  lower  eyelids  are  established. 
The  semi-lunar  fold  of  the  embryonic  nictitating  membrane  also 
grows  towards  the  pupil,  most  rapidly  in  its  center.  The  con- 
junctival sac  also  expands  peripherally,  especially  at  the  inner 
angle  of  the  eye,  and  thus  accommodates  itself  to  the  increasing 
size  of  the  eyeball  (Fig.  159). 

The  Harderian  gland  is  visible  on  the  eighth  day  as  a  solid 
ingrowth  of  ectodermal  cells  of  the  conjunctival  sac  at  the  inner- 
most angle  of  the  nictitating  membrane. 

Feather  germs  develop  on  the  outer  surface  of  both  upper 
and  lower  lids  especially  at  their  edges.  The  ectoderm  covering 
the  inner  faces  of  the  upper  and  lower  lids,  both  faces  of  the  nic- 
titating membrane  and  the  remainder  of  the  conjunctival  sac 
becomes  modified  into  a  moist  mucous  membrane.  Over  the 
cornea  the  ectoderm  is  especially  modified  as  already  noted. 

Papillce  Conjunctiva  Sclerce.  On  the  seventh  day  of  incubation 
papillae  begin  to  appear  on  the  surface  of  the  conjunctiva  sclerse 
and  soon  form  a  ring  surrounding  the  iris  at  some  distance  periph- 
eral to  its  margin  (Figs.  122,  123  and  124).  The  number  of  these 
papillae  appears  to  be  quite  constantly  fourteen.  They  are  at  first 
fully  exposed  owing  to  the  undeveloped  condition  of  the  eyelids, 
but  the  latter  overgrow  them  about  the  eleventh  or  twelfth  days. 
Degeneration  of  the  papillae  begins  about  this  time,  and  on  the 
thirteenth  day  they  have  entirely  disappeared.  In  section  they 
are  found  to  be  thickenings  of  the  ectoderm,  produced  by  multi- 
plication of  the  cells.  They  may  rise  above  the  surface;  but  more 
frequently  project  inwards  towards  the  connective  tissue.  There 
is  apparently  no  accompanying  hypertrophy  of  the  latter.  Thus 
they  differ  quite  essentially  from  feather  germs  with  which  it 
seems  natural  to  compare  them;  and  their  significance  is  entirely 
problematical  (see  Xussbaum). 


ORGANS   OF   SPECIAL   SENSE  281 

7.  Choroid  Fissure,  Pecten,  and  Optic  Nerve.  The  pecten  of 
the  hen's  eye  is  a  pigmented  vascular  plate  inserted  in  the  depres- 
sion occupying  the  center  of  the  elongated  blind  spot,  or  entrance 
of  the  optic  nerve,  which  extends  meridionally  from  the  fundus 
nearly  to  the  ora  serrata.  The  pecten  projects  a  considerable 
distance  into  the  posterior  chamber  and  its  free  edge  is  much 
longer  than  its  base,  being  consequently  folded  like  a  fan;  hence 
the  name.  The  optic  nerve  runs  along  the  base  of  the  pecten, 
its  fibers  passing  off  on  either  side  into  the  retina;  thus  it  con- 
tinually diminishes  in  size  until  it  disappears.  The  pecten  is 
consequently  separated  from  the  choroid  coat  by  the  optic  nerve. 
It  is  supposed  to  function  as  a  nutrient  organ  for  the  layers  of 
the  retina,  by  means  of  lymph  channels  that  pass  off  from  its 
base  into  the  retina.     There  is  no  arteria  centralis  retinae  in  the 

bird's  eye. 

These  structures  develop  in  connection  with  the  choroid 
fissure  as  follows:  On  the  fourth  day  the  choroid  fissure  has  be- 
come a  very  narrow  slit,  and  by  the  middle  of  the  day  its  edges 
are  in  apposition  in  the  pars  cceca  of  the  bulbus.  Proximally, 
however,  the  meeting  of  the  lips  of  the  fissure  is  prevented  by  the 
mesoblast,  in  which  the  basal  blood-vessel  runs  along  the  entire 
length  of  the  open  portion  of  the  fissure.  During  the  fourth 
day  this  blood-vessel  enters  the  posterior  chamber  Avith  its  en- 
veloping mesenchyme  along  the  entire  length  of  the  open  portion 
of  the  choroid  fissure,  and  forms  a  low  mesenchymal  ridge  con- 
nected by  a  narrow  neck  of  mesenchyme  in  the  fissure  with  the 
mesenchyme  outside.  During  the  fifth  day  the  ridge  becomes 
higher  and  keel-shaped,  and  a  thickening  appears  along  part  of 
its  free  edge  above  the  blood-vessel.  During  this  day  also  fusion 
of  the  lips  of  the  choroid  fissure  has  taken  place  in  the  pars  caeca. 
At  the  same  time  an  important  change  begins  in  the  proximal 
portion  of  the  choroid  fissure  that  leads  to  the  formation  of  the 
pecten  proper.  This  is  an  involution  of  the  lips  of  the  optic  cup 
bounding  the  choroid  fissure  on  each  side  of  the  mesodermal 
keel,  and  their  continuous  ingrowth  until  they  meet  over  the 
keel  and  fuse  above  it  in  a  mass  in  which  the  outer  and  inner 
layers  of  the  retina  are  indistinguishably  fused.  Thus  the  proxi- 
mal portion  of  the  mesodermal  keel  is  enclosed  in  a  kind  of  tunnel 
composed  of  the  involuted  edges  of  the  optic  cup.  The  forma- 
tion of  this  tunnel  progresses  gradually  from  the  fundus  towards 


282 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


the  ora  serrata  by  the  same  process  of  involution,  until   on   the 
eighth  day  the  mesodermal  keel  is  completely  covered  up. 

Fig.  162  gives  a  diagrammatic  view  of  the  condition  of  the 
pecten  in  the  middle  of  the  seventh  day  of  incubation.  Figs. 
163  and  164  show  sections  through  this  at  the  points  a,  h,  c,  d,  e, 
indicated  in  the  figure.  The  formation  of  the  tunnel  will  be 
readily  understood  by  study  of  the  figures.  It  will  be  seen  that 
the  major  portion  of  the  embryonic  pecten  is  of  ectodermal  origin, 
and  that  the  mesoderm  forms  a  relatively  inconspicuous  part 
of  it.     Later,  on  the  same  day,  it  becomes  increasingly  difficult 


CAfi^^- 


P. 


i     PB. 


H^ 


Fig.  162.  —  Diagrammatic  reconstruction  of  the  pecten  of  the 
eye  of  a  chick  embryo  of  1\  days'  incubation.     (After  Bernd.) 

Ch.  fis.  1.,  Lip  of  the  choroid  fissure.  Ch.  fiss.,  Choroid  fis- 
sure. Mes.,  Mesoblast.  Mes.  b.,  Boundary  of  the  mesoblast 
within  the  choroid  fissure.  Mes.  K.,  Thickening  of  the  meso- 
blastic  keel.  op.  C,  Optic  cup.  O.  St.,  Optic  stalk.  P.,  Pec- 
ten.    P.  B.,  Base  of  the  pecten. 

The  arrow  indicates  the  direction  of  growth  of  the  ecto- 
dermal tunnel. 

The  lines  a,  b,  c,  d,  e  show  the  planes  of  the  sections  re- 
produced in  Fig.  163  (a,  b,  c,  e)  and  in  Fig.  164  (d). 

to  distinguish  ectodermal  and  mesodermal  portions  of  the  pecten, 
and  thereafter  it  is  quite  impossible  to  say  which  parts  of  it  are 
of  ectodermal  and  which  are  of  mesodermal  origin.  During  the 
eighth  and  ninth  days  the  pecten  increases  greatly  in  height, 
and  becomes  relatively  very  much  narrower. 

The  folds  of  the  pecten  now  begin  to  develop  and,  b}^  the 
seventeenth  day  their  number  is  17-18,  the  same  as  in  the  adult. 
The  pigment  does  not  begin  to  appear  until  about  the  twelfth  day. 
The  details  of  the  development  of  the  blood-vessels  are  not  known. 


ORGANS  OF   SPECIAL  SENSE 


283 


The  Optic  Nerve.  Owing  to  the  relations  established  by  the 
choroid  fissure,  the  floor  of  the  optic  stalk  is  continuous  from  the 
first  with  the  inner  layer  of  the  retina  (Fig.  96  B),  and  it  furnishes 
the  path  along  which  the  optic  nerve  grows.  The  axones  of  the 
optic  nerve  originate,  for  the  most  part,  from  the  retinal  neuro- 
blasts, composing  the  layer  next  to  the  cavity  of  the  optic  cup, 
and  their  growth  is  thus  centripetal.  They  are  first  formed  in 
the  fundus  part  of  the  retina,  and  grow  in  the  direction  of  the 


Mes  ft 


Fig.  163.  —  Outlines  of  sections  in  the  planes  a,  b,  c,  e,  of 

Fig.  163.    (After  Bernd.) 

bl.  v.,  Blood  vessel,  i.  1.,  Inner  or  retinal  layer  of  the 
optic  cup.  o.  1.,  Outer  or  pigment  layer  of  the  optic  cup. 
P.  inv.,  Angle  of  invagination  of  the  pecten.  Other  ab- 
breviations as  before.     (Fig.  162.) 


optic  stalk  between  the  internal  limiting  membrane  and  the  neu- 
roblast layer  (ganglion  cell  layer),  thus  forming  a  superficial  layer 
of  axones;  their  formation  begins  on  the  fourth  day,  and  there  is 
a  period  about  the  end  of  this  day  when  axones  are  found  in  the 
distal  part  of  the  optic  stalk,  next  to  the  bulbus  oculi,  but  not 
in  the  proximal  part,  next  to  the  brain.  This  observation  affords 
conclusive  proof  of  the  retinal  origin  of  the  fibers  of  the  optic 


284 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


nerve;  moreover,  at  an  early  stage  of  their  differentiation  it  is 
possible  to  trace  their  connection  with  retinal  neuroblasts. 

The  first  fibers  of  the  optic  nerve  are  formed,  as  already 
stated,  from  the  fundus  part  of  the  retina;  the  fibers,  therefore, 
pass  directly  to  the  floor  of  the  optic  stalk;  but  on  the  fifth  day 
the  formation  of  fibers  begins  from  more  distal  portions  of  the 
retina  and  these  do  not  grow  towards  the  insertion  of  the  optic 
stalk,  l3ut  towards  the  choroid  fissure;  arrived  there,  they  bend 
centrally  and  run  in  a  bundle  on  each  side  along  the  floor  of  the 
bulbus  oculi  to  the  optic  stalk,  where  they  join  with  the  fibers  first 
formed.     The  later  formed  fibers  pass  to  still  more  distal  portions 


■   Mes/I 


P., 


t-«*''f; 


«^:Mfe^2^ 


Fig.  164.  —  Section  in  the  plane  of  d  of  Fig.  162,  to 
show  the  histological  structure.  (After  Bernd.) 
Abbreviations  as  before. 


of  the  choroid  fissure,  and,  as  the  pecten  forms  in  the  manner 
already  described,  the  fibers  of  the  optic  nerve  all  unite  beneath 
it  on  their  way  to  the  original  optic  stalk.  Thus,  the  optic  nerve 
obtains  an  insertion  coincident  in  length  with  the  base  of  the 
pecten,  and  its  fibers,  radiating  off  into  the  retina  on  each  side 
of  the  pecten,  separate  the  latter  completely  from  the  choroid 
coat  of  the  eyeball. 

The  optic  stalk  is  at  first  a  tubular  communication  between 
the  optic  vesicle  and  the  fore-brain,  and  its  walls  are  an  epithelial 
layer  of  the  same  thickness  throughout.     The  fibers  of  the  optic 


ORGANS   OF   SPECIAL  SENSE  285 

nerve  grow  into  its  ventral  wall  exclusively,  between  its  epithelial 
cells,  which  gradually  become  disarranged  and  irregular.  Thus 
the  ventral  wall  becomes  increasingly  thick  and  the  lumen  excen- 
tric.  By  the  sixth  day  the  lumen  appears  in  cross-section  as  a 
narrow  lenticular  space  with  an  epithelial  roof,  above  the  large 
optic  nerve.  Soon  after,  the  lumen  disappears  entirely;  no  trace 
of  its  former  existence  is  to  be  found  on  the  eighth  day. 

II.    The  Development  of  the  Olfactory  Organ 

The  origin  of  the  olfactory  pit,  external  and  internal  nares,  and 
olfactory  nerve,  has  already  been  considered  (pp.  169, 215, and  263). 
Before  the  formation  of  the  internal  and  external  nares,  not  only 
has  the  entire  olfactory  epithelium  become  invaginated,  but,  owing 
to  the  elevation  of  internal  and  external  nasal  processes,  the  pit 
has  become  so  deepened  that  the  margin  of  the  olfactory  epithe- 
lium proper  now  lies  a  considerable  distance  within  the  cavity. 
That  part  of  the  nasal  cavity  thus  lined  with  indifferent  epithelium 
is  known  as  the  olfactory  vestibule.  After  the  fusion  of  the 
internal  nasal  process  with  the  external  nasal  and  maxillary 
processes,  the  cavity  deepens  still  more. 

The  choanse  lie  at  first  just  within  the  oral  cavity,  but  the 
palatine  processes  of  the  maxillary  process,  growing  inwards 
across  the  primitive  oral  cavity  (pp.  298,  299),  unite  on  the  sixth 
or  seventh  day  at  their  anterior  ends  with  the  internal  nasal 
processes,  and  thus  cut  off  an  upper  division  of  the  primitive 
oral  cavity  at  its  anterior  end  from  the  remainder;  in  this  way 
the  internal  openings  of  the  nasal  cavities  into  the  oral  cavity 
are  carried  back  of  the  primitive  choanae;  they  are  henceforward 
known  as  the  secondary  choanse.  Further  growth  of  the  palatine 
processes  brings  them  nearly  together  in  the  middle  line  along 
the  remainder  of  their  length,  about  the  eleventh  day;  but  fusion 
does  not  take  place,  the  birds  possessing  a  split  palate.  Thus 
the  superior  division  of  the  primitive  oral  cavity  is  added  to  the 
respiratory  part  of  the  nasal  passages. 

The  nasal  cavity  is  further  elaborated  between  the  fourth 
and  eighth  days  by  ingrowths  from  the  lateral  wall  (turljinals) 
and  by  the  formation  of  the  supraorbital  sinus  as  an  evagination 
that  grows  outwards  above  the  orbit.  Three  turbinals  are  formed 
in  the  nasal  cavities,  viz.,  the  superior,  middle,  and  inferior  tur- 
binals.    These  arise  as  folds  of  the  lateral  wall  projecting  into 


286  THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

the  lumen,  the  superior  and  middle  from  the  olfactory  division 
proper,  and  the  inferior  from  the  vestibulum;  on  the  middle 
turbinal,  however,  the  sensory  epithelium  gradually  flattens  out 
to  the  indifferent  type.  The  middle  turbinal  appears  first  in 
the  ventral  part  of  the  olfactory  division,  about  the  beginning 
of  the  fifth  day,  and  the  superior  somewhat  later,  immediately 
above  the  former,  the  two  being  separated  by  a  deep  groove 
(Fig.  165).  The  vestibular  turbinal  arises  still  later,  and  is  well 
formed  on  the  eighth  day. 

Fig.  166  shows  a  reconstruction  of  the  nasal  cavity,  seen  from 
the  lateral  side,  of  an  embryo  of  about  seven  days.  It  is  a  re- 
construction of  the  epithelium,  and  thus  practically  a  mold  of  the 
cavity;  therefore  projections  into  the  cavity  appear  as  depressions 
in  the  model,  and  the  grooves  and  outgrowths  of  the  external 
wall  as  projections.  The  superior  turbinal  has  an  oval  shape  with 
the  long  axis  in  an  apical  direction;  it  is  bounded  by  a  fairly  deep 
depression,  the  elevated  margin  of  the  model,  from  the  lower  end 
of  which  the  supra-orbital  sinus  (S.  s'o.)  passes  off  ventrally  and 
externally.  The  deep  depression  immediately  below  the  superior 
turbinal  lodges  the  median  turbinal.  A  fairly  long  passage  leads 
off  from  its  neighborhood  to  the  choanse  and  a  shorter  one,  the 
vestibulum,  to  the  external  nares.  The  depression  in  the  wall  of 
the  vestibulum  is  caused  by  the  vestibular  or  inferior  turbinal. 
The  palatine  and  maxillary  sinuses  are  not  yet  formed. 

The  external  nares  are  closed  during  the  greater  part  of  the 
period  of  incubation  by  apposition  of  their  walls.  The  form 
and  dimensions  of  the  nasal  cavities  change  greatly  during  incu- 
bation, owing  to  shifting  in  the  original  positions  of  the  turbinals, 
outgrowth  of  the  facial  region,  and  development  of  sinuses.  The 
details  are  not  very  well  investigated,  and  an  examination  of 
them  would  lead  too   far. 

There  has  been  a  good  deal  of  discussion  as  to  the  existence 
of  an  organ  of  Jacobson  in  the  nose  of  birds;  it  has  usually  been 
assumed  that  it  is  entirely  absent  even  in  the  embryo.  Others 
have  identified  the  ducts  of  nasal  glands  as  a  modification  of  this 
organ.  Recently,  however,  Cohn  has  described  a  slight  evagi- 
nation  in  the  median  wall  of  the  primary  olfactory  pit,  that 
agrees  precisely  in  its  form  and  relationship  with  the  first  rudi- 
ment of  the  organ  of  Jacobson  in  reptiles.  Although  it  persists 
only  from  the   stage  of   about    5.3    mm.  to    about   the   stage  of 


ORGANS   OF   SPECIAL   SENSE 


287 


5.9  mm.  head-length,  he  identifies  it  positively  as  a  rudimentary 
organ  of  Jacobson. 

The   septal   gland   arises   on   the   eighth   day   from   the   inner 
wall  of  the  vestibulum,  opposite  the  base  of  the  vestibular  tur- 


FiG.  165.  —  Transverse  section  of  the  olfactory  organ  of  a 
chick  embryo,  of  7.5  mm.  head  length.      (After  Cohn.) 
f.,  Line  of  fusion,     e.  n.,  External  nasal  process,     i.  n., 
Internal  nasal  process.     T.  1,  T.  2,  Intermediate  and  supe- 
rior turbinals. 

binal,  as  a  solid  cord  of  cells.     This  grows  backwards  in  the  nasal 
septum  and  passes  to  the  outer  side  and  branches,  subsequentlyj 
acquiring  a  lumen. 


288 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


III.    The  Developmext  of  the  Ear 

The  ear  develops  from  two  entirely  different  primary  sources, 
viz.,  the  otocyst,and  the  first  visceral  or  hyomandibular  cleft :  The 
former  furnishes  the  epithelium  of  the  membranous  lab^-rinth;  the 
entodermal  pouch  of  the  latter  becomes  the  tympano-eustachian 
cavity;  and  part  of  the  external  furrow  forms  the  external  audi- 
tory meatus;  the  tissue  between  the  internal  pouch  and  the  ex- 
ternal furrow  develops  into  the  tympanum.  The  mesenchyme  in 
the  neighborhood  of  each  of  these  primordia  becomes  modified, 


S.3h. 

^..x*""^ 

T.2 

r.]. 

^    ^ 

W^4^m 

/^ 

^ 

flM 

■ 

r^ 

y 

ch. 

^^Hi 

R 

M 

,/^ 

\^^^^                ■III  MHiOF* ' 

W^P- 

i 

\ 

T3.- 

i-  •  \'- 

\ 

1 

^mF 

■ 

...^ 

^\ 

^WPCTf^^iifif  •h'liT'iit'vif- 

elN. 

^H' 

^ 

/ 

Fig.  166.  —  Reconstruction  of  the  nasal  cavity  of  a  chick 

embryo  of  about  7  days;  lateral  view.     (After  Cohn.) 

Ch.,  Choanal,  e.  N.,  External  nares.  S.  s'o.,  Supraor- 
bital sinus.  T.  1,  T.  2,  T.  3,  Intermediate,  superior  and  in- 
ferior (vestibular)  turbinals. 

(1)  to  form  the  bony  labyrinth,  perilymph,  and  other  mesenchymal 
parts  of  the  internal  ear,  and  (2)  to  form  the  auditory  ossicles  of 
the  middle  ear.  Thus  the  ear  furnishes  a  striking  example  of  the 
combination  of  originally  diverse  components  in  the  formation 
of  a  single  organ.  The  course  of  evolution  of  this  complex  sense- 
organ  is  thus  illustrated  in  the  embryonic  development;  in  the 
Selachia  the  hyomandibular  cleft  is  a  communication  between 
pharynx  and  exterior,  like  the  branchial  clefts,  and  still  preserves 
to  a  certain  extent  the  respiratory  function.  The  embryonic 
history  furnishes  a  summary  of  the  way  in  which  it  was  gradually 


ORGANS    OF    SPECIAL    SENSE 


289 


drawn  into  the  service  of  the  otocyst   in  the   course  of   evohi- 
tion. 

Development  of  the  Otocyst  and  Associated  Parts.  In 
Chapter  VI  we  took  up  the  formation  of  the  otocyst  and  the 
origin  of  the  endolymphatic  duct.  The  Letter  is  at  first  an  apical 
outgrowth  from  the  otocyst,  but  its  attachment  soon  becomes 
shifted  to  the  median  side  of  the  otocyst,  owing  to  the  expansion 
of  the  dorsal  external  wall  of  the 
latter  (Fig.  167).  Three  divisions 
of  the  otocyst  may  now  be  distin- 
guished: (a)  ductus  endolymphaticus 
or  recessus  labyrinthi;  (6)  pars  su- 
perior labyrinthi;  (c)  pars  inferior 
labvrinthi.  The  boundarv  between 
the  two  latter  is  rather  indistinctly 
indicated  at  this  stage  by  a  shallow 
groove  on  the  median  face  of  the 
otocyst.  The  development  of  these 
parts  may  now  be  followed  separately. 

(a)  The  Development  of  the  Ductus 
Endolymphaticus.  It  was  noted  in 
Chapter  VI  that  the  ductus  endolym- 
phaticus is  united  to  the  epidermis 
by  a  strand  of  cells  that  preserves  a 
lumen  up  to  the  stage  of  104  hours 
at  least  (Fig.  98).  Shortly  after,  this 
connection  is  entirely  lost. 

The  opening  of  the  endolymphatic  duct  into  the  otocyst 
appears  to  be  shifted  more  and  more  ventrally  along  the  median 
surface,  with  the  progress  of  differentiation  of  the  other  parts 
of  the  otocyst,  until  it  lies  in  the  region  of  communication  of 
the  utriculus,  sacculus  and  lagena  (Figs.  168  and  171).  This  is 
brought  about  by  the  various  foldings  and  expansions  of  the 
wall  of  the  otocyst  described  in  b  and  c.  In  the  meantime  the 
endolymphatic  duct  has  increased  in  length  with  the  growth  of 
the  surrounding  parts,  and  on  the  sixth  day  the  distal  half  begins 
to  expand  to  form  the  saccus  endolymphaticus,  lying  between 
the  utriculus  and  the  hind-brain.  The  elongation  of  the  entire 
endolymphatic  duct  and  the  enlargement  of  the  saccus  continue 
during  the  seventh  day,  and  on  the  eighth  day  the  saccus  overtops 


Fig.  167.  —  Model  of  the  otocyst 
of  a  chick  embryo  shortly  be- 
fore its  separation  from  the 
ectoderm.     (After  Krause.) 

D.  e.,  Endolymphatic  duct. 
Ect.,  Ectoderm,  p.  v.,  Pocket 
for  formation  of  vertical  semicir- 
cular canals.  X  indicates  the 
strand  of  cells  uniting  the  endo- 
lymphatic duct  to  the  ectoderm. 


290 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


the  hind-brain  and  bends  in  above  it  towards  the  middle  line  (Fig. 
168).  The  right  and  left  sacci  are,  however,  still  separated  by 
a  considerable  space.  The  walls  of  the  saccus  already  form  a 
large  number  of  low  folds,  presumably  glandular,  the  first  begin- 


FiG.  168.  —  Transverse  section  through  the  head  of  a  chick  embryo  of  eight 

days  in  the  region  of  the  ear  (photograph). 

C.  a.,  Anterior  semicircular  canal.  C.  h.,  Horizontal  semicircular  canal. 
Caps,  and.,  Auditory  capsule.  Cav.  Tymp.,  Tympanic  cavity.  Col.,  Colu- 
mella. Duct  end.,  Endolymphatic  duct.  ex.  au.  M.,  External  auditory 
meatus.  Fis.  Tub.,  Tubal  fissure.  Lag.,  Lagena.  M.  C,  Meckel's  cartilage. 
Myel.,  Myelencephalon.  N'ch.,  Notochord.  p'l..  Perilymph.  Sac,  Saccu- 
lus.  Sac.  end..  Endolymphatic  sac.  Tub.  Eust.,  Eustachian  tube.  Tymp., 
Tympanum.  L^tr.,  Utriculus.  X.,  Sac  derived  from  the  inner  extremity 
of  the  tympanic  cavity. 


nings  of  which  were  visible  on  the  sixth  day.  The  form  of  the 
saccus  and  ductus  endolymphaticus  at  a  somewhat  later  stage 
is  shown  in  the  reconstruction  (Fig.  173). 


ORGANS    OF   SPECIAL   SENSE 


291 


It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  epidermic  attachment  to  the  endo- 
lymphatic duct  is  about  at  the  junction  of  the  saccus  endolymphaticus 
and  ductus  endolymphaticus  s.s.  If  this  may  bear  a  phylogenetic  inter- 
pretation, it  would  seem  that  the  saccus  should  be  regarded  as  an  addi- 
tion to  the  primitive  ductus  of  Selachii,  which  opens  on  the  surface. 

(b)  Development  of  the  Pars  Superior  Lahyrintki;  Origin  of  the 
Se7nicircular  Canals.  We  have  already  seen  that  the  shifting 
of  the  ductus  endolymphaticus  to  the  median  surface  of  the 
otocyst  is  brought  about  by  a  vertical  extension  of  the  superior 
lateral  wall  of  the  otocyst,  w'hich  forms  a  shallow  pocket  opening 
widely  into  the  otocyst  (Fig.  167).  Slightly 
later  a  second  pocket  is  formed  by  a  horizon- 
tally extended  evagination  of  the  lateral  w^all 
of  the  pars  superior  directed  towards  the 
epidermis.  These  two  pockets,  known  as  the 
vertical  and  horizontal  pockets,  are  the  fore- 
runners of  the  semicircular  canals :  the  vertical 
of  both  anterior  and  posterior,  and  the  hori- 
zontal of  the  horizontal  semicircular  canal. 
The  horizontal  pocket  forms  at  about  the  mid- 
dle of  the  external  surface  on  the  fifth  day; 
immediately  above  it  is  a  roughly  triangular, 
pear-shaped  depression  in  the  wall  of  the  oto- 
cyst, bounded  by  the  vertical  pocket  on  the 
other  tw^o  sides.  Thus  the  vertical  pocket  con- 
sists of  two  divisions,  anterior  and  posterior, 
meeting  at  the  apex  of  the  otocyst  (Fig.  169) « 

The  pockets  gradually  deepen;  and  the 
semicircular  canals  arise  from  them  by  the  fu- 
sion of  the  walls  of  the  central  part  of  each 
pocket,  thus  occluding  the  lumen  except  at 
the  periphery  (Fig.  170).  The  fused  areas 
subsequently  break  through.  The  peripheries 
thus  form  semicircular  tubes  communicating  at  each  end  with 
the  remainder  of  the  superior  portion  of  the  otocyst,  or  ntriculus, 
as  it  may  now  be  called.  Three  semicircular  canals  are  thus 
formed,  one  from  each  division  of  the  original  vertical  pocket 
and  one  from  the  horizontal  pocket.  The  upper  ends  of  the  an- 
terior and  posterior  semicircular  canals,  formed  from  the  anterior 
and  posterior  divisions  of  the  vertical  pocket,  open  together  into 


Fig.  169.  — Model  of 
the  auditory  laby- 
rinth (otocyst)  of 
a  chick  embryo  of 
undetermined  age ; 
view  from  behind. 
(After  Rothig  and 
Brugsch.) 

C.  1.,  Pocket  for 
the  formation  of  the 
lateral  (horizontal) 
semicircular     canal. 

C.  v.,  pocket  for  for- 
mation of  vertical 
semicircular    canals. 

D.  C,  PrimonHum 
of  ductus  cochlearis 
and  lagena.  D.  e., 
endolymphatic  duct. 


292 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


the  apex  of  the  utricukis;  and  the  horizontal  canal  formed  from 
the  external  pocket  extends  between  the  separated  lower  ends 
of  the  other  two. 

We  must  now  proceed  to  a  more  detailed  examination.     In 

point  of  time  the  anterior  (sagittal) 
semicircular  canal  is  the  first  to  be 
formed  (Fig.  171) ;  the  external  (hori- 
zontal or  lateral)  canal  comes  next, 
and  considerably  later  the  posterior 
(frontal).  Thus  the  anterior  canal 
is  at  first  the  largest,  the  external 
next,  and  the  posterior  the  smallest. 
These  differences  are,  however, 
largely  compensated  in  the  course 
of  the  embryonic  development.  The 
ampullae  appear  as  dilations  in  the 
pockets  even  before  the  canals  are 
Pig.  170.  — Model  of  the  auditory  formed,  and  are  conspicuous  dila- 
labyrinth  of  a  chick  embryo  of  6  tions  by  the  time  that  the  central 
days  and  17  hours;  external  view,  parts  of  the  pockets  have  broken 
(After  Rothig  and  Brugsch.)  throuo'h  (Fig.   172). 

C.  a.,  Pocket  for  formation  of  „.         ^^^    ^^„     ,  ,,       _^^u^+^ 

anterior  semicircular  canal.     C.I.,  FlgS.  1/0-1/3  show  the   pocketS 

Pocket  for  formation  of  lateral    ^Tid  canals   at  six  days  seventeen 
semicircular  canal.     C.  p.,  Pocket    ,  ,  _+^^„  u^tt,.^ 

for  formation  of  posteriir  semicir-   hours,  seven  days  seventeen  houis, 

cular  canal.    D.  c,  Ductus  coch-    eight   days    seventeen    hours,    and 

learis.    D.  e.,  Endolymphatic  duct.       .  ^  ,  ■> ,^       j- 

La.,    LagenL  eleven    days    seventeen    hours.     It 

will  be  seen  that,  whereas  the  an- 
terior and  lateral  canals  are  formed  from  the  start  in  planes  at 
right  angles  to  one  another,  viz.,  the  sagittal  and  horizontal,  the 
posterior  canal  is  not  at  first  in  the  third  or  transverse  plane,  but 
gradually  assumes  it. 

The  form  of  the  utriculus  is  gradually  assumed  during  the 
formation  of  the  semicircular  canals;  it  becomes  drawn  out  into 
a  roughly  triradiate  form,  so  that  it  consists  of  a  central  cavity 
and  three  sinuses,  viz.,  the  median  sinus  which  receives  the  end 
of  the  anterior  and  posterior  semicircular  canals,  the  posterior 
sinus  situated  above  the  ampulla  of  the  external  semicircular 
canal,  and  the  anterior  sinus  in  the  region  of  the  ampullae  of  the 
horizontal  and  sagittal  semicircular  canals  (cf.  Fig.  173).  A  short 
distance  in  front  of  the  posterior  sinus  on  the  median  face  of 


ORGANS   OF   SPECIAL   SENSE 


293 


the  utriculus  occur  the  openings  of  the  ductus  endolymphaticus, 
sacculus,  and  ductus  cochlearis;  the  two  latter  derived  from  the 
pars  inferior  of  the  otocyst,  to  the  development  of  which  we 
now  turn. 

(c)  Development  of  the  Pars  Inferior  Lahyrinthi;  Lagena, 
Ductus  Cochlearis,  and  Sacculus.  During  the  changes  described 
in  the  pars  superior  labyrinthi,  the  pars  inferior  has  developed 
into  the  ductus  cochlearis  and  lagena  on  the  one  hand,  and  the 
sacculus  on  the  other.     Throughout  the  series  of  the  vertebrates 


Fig.  171.  — Model  of  the  auditory  labyrinth  of  the  left  side  of  a  chick 
of  7  days  and    17   hours.     A.  Median  view.     B.  External   view. 
(After  Rothig  and  Brugsch.) 
A.  a.,  Ampulla  of  the  anterior  semicircular  canal.     A.  p.,  Ampulla 

of  the    posterior    semicircular    canal.     C.  a.,  Anterior    semicircular 

canal.     C.  1.,  Pocket  for  formation  of  the  lateral  semicircular  canal. 

C.  p.,  Pocket  for  formation  of  the  posterior  semicircular  canal.     Sa., 

Sacculus.     Other  abbreviations  as  before. 

the  structure  of  the  pars  superior  is  very  uniform;  the  pars  inferior, 
on  the  other  hand,  has  a  characteristic  structure  in  each  class 
and  exhibits  in  general  a  progressive  evolution.  The  condition 
in  the  chick  is  characteristic  on  the  whole  for  the  class  of  birds. 
At  six  days  the  lower  division  of  the  otocyst  has  grown  out 
ventralward  into  a  deep  pouch  which  is  curved  posteriorly  and 
towards  the  middle  line  (Fig.  170);  the  terminal  portion  is  the 
nicUment  of  the  lagena,  and  the  intermediate  portion  of  the  ductus 


294 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


cochlearis;  the  tip  of  the  lagena  in  its  growth  ventralward  has 
reached  the  horizontal  level  of  the  notochord.  The  sacculus  is 
barely  indicated  yet,  but  is  clearly  seen  on  the  seventh  day  as 
a  slight  protuberance  on  the  median  surface  of  the  uppermost 
part  of  the  pars  inferior;  it  lies  in  front  of  the  lower  end  of  the 
endolymphatic  duct  at  a  slightly  lower  level  and  is  separated  by 
two  depressions  above  and  below,  from  the  anterior  ampulla 
and  the  ductus  cochlearis  respectively.  The  furrows  above  the 
sacculus  and  below  the  ampulla  of  the  frontal  semicircular  canal 
mark  the  boundary  between  the  pars  superior  and  inferior. 


S 

C.d. 

^ 

WAd. 

a 

V 

^""^^^w 

^^^  "\  U 

p- 

^./. 

5....^ 

D.e. 

i 

,^H 

D.c. 

Fig.  172.  —  Model  of  the  auditory  labyrinth  of  the 

right  side  of   a  chick  embryo  of  8  days  and  17 

hours ;  external  view.   (After  Rothig  and  Brugsch.) 

A.  a.,  Ampulla  of  the  anterior  semicircular  canal. 
A.  1.,  Ampulla  of  the  lateral  semicircular  canal.  A. 
p.,  Ampulla  of  the  posterior  semicircular  canal.  C. 
a.,  Anterior  semicircular  canah  C.  1.,  Lateral  semi- 
circular canal.  C.  p.,  Posterior  semicircular  canal. 
Sa.  e.,  Endolymphatic  sac.  U.,  Utriculus.  Other 
abbreviations  as  before. 


A  day  later  (Fig.  172),  these  furrows  have  cut  in  deeper  and 
have  become  continuous  on  the  median  surface;  the  lagena  has 
enlarged  distally,  and  the  sacculus  is  a  hemispherical  protuber- 
ance.    The  tip  of  the  lagena  lies  beneath  the  hind-brain   (Fig. 


ORGANS   OF   SPECIAL   SENSE 


295 


168).     The  condition  shown  in  Fig.  173,  at  eleven  days  seven- 
teen hours  is  substantially  the  same  as  in  the  adult. 

(d)  Development  of  the  Auditory  Nerve  and  Sensory  Areas  of  the 
Labyrinth.  During  the  changes  in  the  form  of  the  labyrinth 
described  in  the  preceding  section,  the  lining  epithelium  has 
become  thin  and  flattened  except  in  eight  restricted  areas:  viz., 
the  three  cristce  acusticce,  one  in  each  of  the  ampullae  of  the  semi- 
circular canals,  the  macula  utriculi,  the  macula  sacculi,  the  'papilla 


Fig.  173.  —  Model  of  the  auditory  labyrinth  of 
the  right  side  of  a  chick  embryo  of  11  days 
and  17  hours;  external  view.  (After  Rothig 
and  Brugsch.)     Abbreviations  as  before. 

lagenoe,  the  papilla  hasilaris  and  the  macula  neglecta.  Each  of 
these  contains  sensory  cells  ending  in  fine  sensory  hairs  project- 
ing into  the  endolymph,  or  fluid  of  the  labyrinth,  and  receives  a 
branch  of  the  auditory  nerve  proceeding  from  the  acustic  ganglia. 
Returning  to  an  early  stage  to  follow  the  development  of  sen- 
sory areas  and  nerves,  we  note  first  that  the  acustic  ganglion  from 
w^hich  the  auditory  nerve  arises  takes  its  origin  from  the  acustico- 


296  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE   CHICK 

facialis  ganglion  which  lies  in  front  of  and  below  the  center 
of  the  auditory  pit.  During  the  closure  of  the  latter,  the  acustic 
ganglion  becomes  fused  with  part  of  the  wall  of  the  otocyst  in 
such  a  way  that  it  becomes  impossible  to  tell  in  ordinary  sec- 
tions where  the  epithelial  cells  leave  off  and  the  ganglionic  cells 
begin.  This  fused  area  may  be  called  the  auditory  neuro-epi- 
thelium.  At  the  36  somite  stage  the  neuro-epithelium  is  confined 
to  the  lower  (ventral)  fourth  of  the  otocyst,  covering  the  entire 
tip,  the  anterior  face,  and  a  small  portion  of  the  median  face 
(cf.  Fig  98).  The  neuro-epithelium  is  the  source  of  all  the  sen- 
sory areas,  which  arise  from  it  by  growth  and  subdivision.  The 
branching  of  the  auditory  nerve  follows  the  subdivision  of  the 
neuro-epithelium. 

The  exact  manner  in  which  the  changes  take  place  has  not 
been  made  a  subject  of  special  investigation  in  the  chick,  so  far 
as  the  author  knows.  However,  it  can  be  said  in  general  that 
there  is  first  a  partial  division  of  the  neuro-epithelium  into  a 
pars  superior  and  a  pars  inferior,  and  that  the  former  divides 
into  the  cristse  acusticse  (sensory  areas  of  the  three  ampullae) 
and  the  macula  utriculi,  while  the  latter  furnishes  the  macula 
sacculi,  papilla  basilaris  and  papilla  lagense. 

The  sensory  cells  differentiate  from  the  epithelium  of  the 
labyrinth,  and  the  nerve  fibers  from  the  bipolar  neuroblasts  of 
the  acustic  ganglion,  the  peripheral  process  growing  into  the 
epithelium  and  branching  between  the  sensory  cells,  while  the 
central  process  grows  into  the  brain. 

(e)  Bony  Labyrinth,  Perihjmph,  etc.  The  loose  mesenchyme 
that  entirely  surrounds  the  otocyst,  differentiates  in  the  course 
of  development  into  the  membrana  propria  and  perilymphatic 
tissue  of  the  membranous  labyrinth,  the  perilymph  and  the  bony 
labyrinth  in  the  following  manner;  on  the  sixth  day  a  single  layer 
of  mesenchyme  cells  in  contact  with  the  cells  of  the  otocyst  are 
arranged  with  their  long  axes  parallel  to  the  wall,  and  show 
already  in  places  a  slight  fibrous  differentiation.  These  gradually 
form  the  membrana  propria,  which  appears  on  the  eighth  day 
as  an  extremely  thin  adherent  layer  with  protruding  nuclei  at 
intervals.  The  mesenchyme  external  to  this  delicate  layer  is 
already  differentiated  on  the  sixth  day  into  a  perilymphatic 
and  a  procartilaginous  zone;  in  the  former  the  mesenchyme  is 
of  loose  consistency,  and  in  the  latter  zone  it  has  become  dense 


ORGANS   OF   SPECIAL  SEXSE  297 

as  a  precursor  to  chondrification.  The  distinction  between  the 
perilymphatic  and  cartilaginous  zones  is  most  distinct  (on  the 
sixth  day)  on  the  median  surface  of  the  ductus  cochlearis  and 
lagena.  The  differentiation  proceeds  rapidly,  however,  and  on 
the  eighth  day  the  entire  membranous  labyrinth  is  surrounded 
by  a  mass  of  embryonic  cartilage,  the  foundation  of  the  bony 
labyrinth,  excepting  around  the  endolymphatic  duct  (Fig.  168). 
Between  the  bony  and  membranous  labyrinths  is  a  thick  layer 
of  perih'mphatic  tissue  composed  of  very  loose-meshed  mesen- 
chyme, which  in  the  course  of  the  subsequent  development 
breaks  down  to  form  the  perilymphatic  space.  Portions  of  the 
perilymphatic  tissue,  however,  remain  attached  to  the  mem- 
branous labyrinth  and  form  a  support  for  its  blood-vessels  and 
nerves. 

The  Development  of  the  Tubo-tympanic  Cavity,  External 
Auditory  Meatus  and  Tympanum.  These  structures  develop 
directly  or  indirectly  from  the  first  or  hyomandibular  visceral 
cleft  and  the  adjacent  wall  of  the  pharynx.  In  a  preceding 
chapter  the  early  development  of  this  cleft  was  described;  we 
saw  that  the  pharyngeal  pouch  forms  two  connections  with  the 
ectoderm,  a  dorsal  one  corresponding  to  a  pit-like  depression  of 
the  ectoderm,  and  a  ventral  one  corresponding  to  an  ectodermal 
furrow.  The  latter  connection  is  soon  lost,  the  ectodermal  fur- 
row slowly  disappears,  and  the  ventral  portion  of  the  pouch 
flattens  out.  In  the  dorsal  connection,  however,  an  opening  is 
formed  which  closes  on  the  fourth  day,  and  the  dorsal  division 
of  the  pouch  then  frees  itself  from  the  ectoderm  and  expands 
dorsally  and  posteriorly  until  it  lies  between  the  otocyst  and  the 
ectoderm,  still  preserving  its  connection  with  the  pharynx  (Fig. 
102). 

(a)  The  Tuho-tympanic  Space.  The  dorsal  portion  of  the 
first  visceral  pouch  forms  the  lateral  part  of  the  tubo-tympanic 
space,  but  the  greater  portion  of  the  latter  is  derived  from  the 
lateral  wall  of  the  pharynx  itself,  immediately  adjacent  to  the 
entrance  into  the  first  visceral  pouch;  the  region  concerned 
extends  from  near  the  anterior  edge  of  the  second  visceral  pouch 
forwards,  and  ends  a  short  distance  in  front  of  the  first  pouch. 
The  original  transverse  diameter  of  the  pharynx  in  this  region 
increases  in  the  course  of  development,  and  a  frontal  partition 
grows  across  the  pharynx  forming  a  dorsal  median  chamber  into 


298 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


which  the  two  tubo-tympanic  cavities  open.     The  median  cham- 
ber communicates  by  a  longitudinal  slit   (tubal  fissure)   in  the 

roof  of  the  pharynx  with  the 
oral  cavity  (Figs.  168  and 
175). 

The  frontal  partition  in 
question  is  a  posterior  pro- 
longation of  the  palatine 
processes  of  the  maxillary 
arch,  and  forms  as  follows: 
If  the  head  of  a  four-day 
chick  be  halved  by  a  sagit- 
tal plane,  and  the  interior 
of  the  pharynx  and  mouth 
cavity  be  then  viewed  by 
reflected  light,  an  elongated 
lobe  will  be  seen  on  the  me- 
dian surface  of  the  mandib- 
ular arch  and  maxillary 
process  (Fig.  174  A).  This 
lobe  begins  far  forward  on 
the  median  surface  of  the 
maxillary  process  and  may 
be  followed  posteriorly  over 
the  median  surface  of  the 
mandibular  arch  to  the  first 
visceral  pouch,  where  it 
ends  with  a  free  rounded 
extremity.  The  lobe  itself 
is  called  by  Moldenhauer 
the    colliculus    palato-phar- 


O.PhT 


GoDjJ.p. 


Fig.  174.  —  A.  Head  of  a  chick  embryo  of 
4  days,  halved  by  median  section  and 
viewed  from  the  cut  surface.  (After 
Moldenhauer.) 

B.  Internal  view  of  the  pharynx  of  a 
pigeon  embryo,  corresponding  in  develop- 
ment to  a  chick  of  10  days.  (After  Mol- 
denhauer.) 

Col.  1.,  Colliculus  lingualis.  Col.  p.  p., 
Colliculus  palato-pharyngeus.  Cr.  i.,  Crus 
inferior.  Cr.  s.,  Crus  superius.  Hyp., 
Hypophysis.  Mx.,  Maxilla.  N'ch.,  No- 
tochord.  O.  Ph.  T.,  Ostium  tubse  phar- 
yngae.  S.  P.,  Seessell's  pocket.  2,  3,  4, 
Second,  third,  and  fourth  visceral  arches. 


yngeus;  it  is  bounded  above 
and  below  by  depressions, 
viz.,  the  sulcus  tubo-tym- 
panicus  dorsally  and  the 
sulcus  lingualis  ventrally, 
both  of  which  end  behind 


in  the  first  visceral  pouch; 
anteriorly  the  ventral  furrow  disappears  at  the  margin  of  the 
mouth,  and  the  dorsal  furrow  near  SeessePs  pocket.     The  maxil- 


ORGANS  OF   SPECIAL   SENSE  299 

lary  portion  of  the  colliculus  palato-pharyngeus  corresponds  to 
the  palatine  processes  of  mammals;  the  mandibular  portion  is 
peculiar  to  Saiiropsida. 

If  the  interior  of  the  pharynx  and  oral  cavity  of  a  ten-day 
chick  be  examined  (Fig.  174  B),  it  will  be  found  that  the  col- 
liculus has  undergone  important  changes.  Its  maxillary  or  an- 
terior division  divides  in  two  limbs,  crura  superior  and  inferior^ 
diverging  anteriorly  and  separated  by  a  depression  which  con- 
tinues the  nasal  cavity  backward;  its  free  posterior  end  extends 
farther  backwards  than  before,  and  is  more  elevated.  The 
bounding  sulci  are  both  deeper  than  before.  The  sulcus  tubo- 
tympanicus,  with  which  we  are  specially  concerned,  now  extends 
on  to  the  median  surface  of  the  hyoid  arch.  Subsequently,  the 
crura  superiores  of  the  opposite  side  meet  in  the  middle  line  and 
fuse  together;  in  a  similar  fashion  the  posterior  ends  of  the  col- 
liculi  fuse;  thus  the  sulci  tubo-tympanici  open  into  a  dorsal 
chamber  common  to  both,  which  communicates  with  the  ventral 
division  of  the  pharynx  by  a  slit  remaining  between  the  two 
fused  areas.  The  crura  inferiores  also  approach  one  another 
in  the  middle  line  but  do  not  fuse,  thus  leaving  the  typical  split 
palate  of  birds  in  front  of  the  fused  lower  ends  of  the  crura  super- 
iores. In  this  way  the  typical  adult  condition  of  the  bird's 
palate  is  established. 

From  this  description  it  will  be  seen  that  only  the  most  lateral 
portion  of  the  tubo-tympanic  cavity  is  directly  derived  from 
the  first  visceral  pouch.  In  later  stages  it  is  quite  impossible 
to  say  exactly  what  part,  but  it  is  quite  certain  that  it  lies  within 
the  tympanic  part  of  the  cavity.  About  the  end  of  the  fifth 
or  the  beginning  of  the  sixth  day  the  tubo-tympanic  canal  begins 
to  enlarge  distally  to  form  the  tympanic  cavity  proper  (cf.  Fig. 
168);  the  auditory  ossicles  (see  chapter  on  skull)  are  beginning 
to  form  just  above  its  dorsal  extremity,  and  as  the  tympanic 
cavity  enlarges  it  expands  around  them,  displacing  the  mesen- 
chyme, and  finally  meets  above  the  auditory  ossicles,  so  that 
these  appear  to  lie  within  it,  though  as  a  matter  of  fact  the  rela- 
tion is  analogous  to  that  of  the  entodermal  alimentary  tube  to 
the  body-cavity.  The  process  of  inclusion  of  the  auditory  ossicles 
is  not,  however,  concluded  until  about  the  twelfth  day.  The 
blind  end  of  the  tympanic  cavity  attains  a  level  dorsal  to  the 
external  auditory  meatus.     (See  below.) 


300  THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

During  the  seventh  and  eighth  days  the  enlarging  cartilaginous 
labyrinth  presses  down  on  the  Eustachian  tube  and  hinders  its  further 
enlargement.  On  the  eighth  day  the  tube  is  a  wide  but  narrow  slit 
which  appears  crescentic  in  a  sagittal  section  of  the  head  (Fig.  150). 

Some  rather  obscure  details  about  the  formation  of  the  tubo-tym- 
panic  canal  are  mentioned  here  as  suggestions  for  further  work  on  the 
subject.  On  the  sixth  day  almost  the  entire  roof  is  composed  of  flat- 
tened cells  similar  to  the  roof  of  the  pharynx;  the  floor,  however,  is  lined 
with  a  columnar  epithelium  which  extends  out  to  and  surrounds  the 
distal  extremity;  it  seems  probable  that  this  terminal  chamber  lined 
on  all  sides  by  columnar  epithelium  represents  the  first  visceral  pouch 
proper.  On  the  eighth  day  the  cavity  of  this  distal  chamber  is  com- 
pletely constricted  off  from  the  main  tympanic  cavity,  though  it  is  still 
connected  with  the  latter  by  a  solid  rod  of  cells,  which  gives  unequivocal 
evidence  of  its  origin.  I  do  not  know  what  becomes  of  this  separated 
cavity  later.     (See  Fig.  168  X.) 

(5)  The  External  Auditory  Meatus  and  the  Tympanum.  We 
have  already  seen  that  on  the  ectodermal  side  there  are  originally 
two  depressions  corresponding  to  the  first  visceral  pouch,  viz., 
a  dorsal  round  one  in  which  a  temporary  perforation  is  formed, 
and  an  elongated  ventral  furrow.  Between  these  is  a  bridge  of 
tissue  within  which  the  external  auditory  meatus  arises  as  a  new 
depression,  first  clearly  visible  on  the  sixth  day,  when  it  is  sur- 
rounded by  four  slight  elevations,  tw^o  on  the  mandibular  and 
t'wo  on  the  hyoid  arch.  The  meatus  gradually  becomes  deeper 
and  tubular,  mainly  owdng,  I  think,  to  the  elevation  of  the  sur- 
rounding tissue,  the  bottom  of  the  meatus,  or  tympanic  plate, 
being  held  in  position  by  the  forming  stapes.  The  meatus  is 
directed  in  a  general  median  direction  Avith  a  slight  slant  dorsally 
and  posteriorly,  and  the  tympanic  plate  is  placed  obliquely,  not 
opposite  the  lateral  extremity  of  the  tympanic  cavity,  but  ven- 
trally  to  this  (cf.  Fig.  168). 

Even  on  the  sixth  day  the  position  of  the  head  of  the  stapes 
may  be  recognized  by  the  density  of  the  mesenchyme  internal  to 
the  bottom  of  the  meatus.  During  the  seventh  and  eighth  days 
the  stapes  becomes  sharply  differentiated,  and  the  internal  face 
of  the  tympanum  is  established  in  proportion  as  the  tympanic 
cavity  expands  around  the  cartilage  (cf.  Fig.  168).  Thus  the 
tympanum  is  faced  by  ectoderm  externally,  by  entoderm  inter- 
nally, and  includes  an  intermediate  mass  of  mesenchyme,  which 
differentiates  by  degrees  into  the  proper  tympanic  substances. 


CHAPTER  X 

THE   ALIMENTARY  TRACT  AND   ITS   APPENDAGES 

The  origin  of  the  alimentary  canal  and  of  its  various  main 
divisions  and  appendages  has  been  considered  in  preceding  chap- 
ters. The  subsequent  history  will  now  be  taken  up  in  the  fol- 
lowing order: 

1.  The  mouth  and  oral  cavity. 

2.  The  pharynx  and  its  derivatives. 

3.  The  oesophagus,  stomach  and  intestine. 

4.  The  liver  and  pancreas. 

5.  The  respiratory  tract. 

The  history  of  the  yolk-sac  and  allantois  was  considered  with  the 
embryonic  membranes  (Chap.  VH);  the  detailed  history  of  the 
mesenteries  will  be  taken  up  in  connection  with  the  body  cavities 
(Chap.  XI). 

I.    Mouth  and  Oral  Cavity 

The  oral  cavity  may  be  defined  embryologically  as  that  part 
of  the  alimentary  canal  formed  on  the  outer  side  of  the  oral  plate. 
Anatomically,  however,  such  a  definition  is  unsatisfactory  both 
because  it  is  impossible  to  determine  the  exact  location  of  the 
oral  plate  in  late  stages,  and  also  because  of  the  difference  in 
extent  of  the  ectodermal  component  in  roof  and  floor  of  the 
mouth;  the  definitive  mouth  cavity  includes  part  of  the  floor  of 
the  embryonic  pharynx.  It  is,  however,  of  interest  to  determine 
as  nearly  as  possible  the  limits  of  the  ectodermal  component 
of  the  oral  cavity.  In  the  roof  this  is  not  difficult  because  the 
hypophysis,  which  arises  just  in  front  of  the  oral  plate,  retains 
its  connection  with  the  mouth  cavity  until  definitive  landmarks 
are  formed.  The  median  sagittal  section  of  an  eight-day  chick 
(Fig.  148)  shows  that  this  point  is  situated  almost  immediately 
opposite  to  the  glottis,  that  is,  between  the  palatine  and  tubal 
fissures  in  the  roof  (cf.  Fig.  175).  In  the  floor  the  extent  of 
the  ectodermal  component  is  much  less.     If  the  tongue  is  entirely 

301 


302 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


a  pharyngeal  structure  (in  the  embryological  sense)  the  limit 
of  the  ectoderm  would  lie  near  the  angle  between  the  tongue 
and  the  floor  of  the  mouth.  In  the  side  walls  the  boundary  must 
be  near  the  lines  uniting  the  dorsal  and  ventral  points  as  thus 
determined. 


V, 


^     . 


To/7^//e 


H1.V.H 


.»v 


\ 

'■  i 

1 

\ 

/' 

-'  -    . 

w 


S 


-Trdc/fed. 


Cor77.//r 


Fig.  175.  —  Floor  and  roof  of  the  mouth  of  the  hen.     The  jaw  muscles  were 
cut  through  on  one  side,  the  lower  jaw  disarticulated  and  the  entire  floor 
drawn  back. 
Corn.   H.,  Cornu  of  the  hyoid.     Fis.   pal.,   Palatine  fissure.     Fis.   Tub., 

Tubal  fissure.     Mu.,  cut  surface  of  jaw  muscles. 

We  have  already  considered  the  formation  of  the  boundaries 
of  the  mouth  (Chap.  VI  and  Chap.  VII),  and  of  the  palate  (Chap. 
IX,  page  299).  These  data  need  not  be  repeated,  so  we  have 
left  to  consider  only  the  development  of  the  beak,  egg-tooth, 
tongue,  and  oral  glands. 

Beak  and  Egg-tooth.  The  beak  is  a  horny  structure  formed 
by  cornification  of  the  epidermal   cells   around  the   margins  of 


ALIMENTARY   TRACT  AND   ITS   APPENDAGES 


303 


l£.T 


the  mouth:  the  egg-tooth  is  a  mammiform  hard  structure  with 
pointed  nipple  (Figs.  176  and  177)  situated  on  the  dorsum  of  the 
upper  jaw  near  its  tip  (cf.  Fig.  150). 
Its  function  is  to  aid  in  breaking 
the  shell-membrane  and  the  shell  it- 
self at  the  time  of  hatching;  shortly 
afterwards  it  is  lost.  It  is,  there- 
fore, an  organ  concerned  with  a  sin- 
gle critical  event  in  the  life  of  the 
individual;  nevertheless  fully  de- 
veloped like  the  instinct  of  its  use, 
needed  only  for  the  same  critical 
event.  Though  its  structure  is  dif- 
ferent from  that  of  the  beak,  it  de- 
velops in  connection  with  the  latter, 
and  the  two  will,  therefore,  be  con- 


■s^- 


Fig.  176.  —  Outline  of  the  up- 
per jaw  of  a  chick  embryo 
of  18  days'  incubation.  (After 
Gardiner.) 

E.  T.,  Egg  tooth.     L.  gr.,  Lip 
groove. 


sidered  together. 

The  formation  of  the  egg-tooth  begins  on  the  sixth  day  from 
an  area  situated  in  the  middle  line  near  the  tip  of  the  upper  jaw, 
distinguishable  in  the  living  embryo  by  its  opacity,  which  con- 
trasts with  the  translucency  of 
the  surrounding  parts;  in  pro- 
file view,  the  area  is  seen  to  be 
slightly  elevated.  In  sections 
the  appearance  is  found  to  be 
due  to  an  accumulation  of 
rounded  ectodermal  cells  lying 
between  a  superficial  layer  of 
periderm  of  several  layers  of 
cells,  and  the  subjacent  mucous 
layer  of  the  epidermis  (Fig. 
177).  Without  losing  their 
rounded  shapes  this  mass  of 
cells  gradually  assumes  the 
form  of  the  egg-tooth  by  the 
fourteenth  day.  The  overlying 
layer  of  periderm  is  lost  during 
the  act  of  hatching.  During  their  differentiation  the  cells  of  the 
egg-tooth  secrete  an  intercellular  substance  of  horny  consistency 
in  which  intercellular  protoplasmic  connections  are  found.     The 


Fig.  177. —  Transverse  section  through 

the  upper  jaw  of  a  chick  embryo  of 

11  days.     (After  Gardiner.) 

E.  T.,  Egg  tooth.  H.  Horn.  L.  gr., 
Lip  groove.  Pd.,  Periderm.  T.  R., 
Tooth  ridge. 


304  THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF  THE  CHICK 

protoplasm  of  the  cell-bodies  themselves  becomes  densely  packed 
with  granules,  apparently  also  of  a  horny  nature,  and  the  boun- 
daries of  the  cells  and  outlines  of  the  nuclei  become  indistinct. 

Reptiles  with  a  horny  egg-shell  are  provided  with  a  true  dentinal 
tooth  on  the  premaxilla,  which  has  the  same  function  as  the  egg-tooth 
of  birds  and  of  those  reptiles  that  have  a  calcareous  shell  (crocodiles, 
turtles,  and  Trachydosaurus).  The  latter  is,  however,  as  we  have 
seen,  a  horny  structure,  and  therefore  not  a  tooth  morphologically. 
Rose  therefore  proposes  the  term  '' Eischwiele"  for  the  horny  tooth- 
like structure,  to  distinguish  it  sharply  from  the  real  egg-tooth. 

The  formation  of  the  upper  beak  begins  in  the  neighborhood 
of  the  egg-tooth  and  spreads  towards  the  tip  and  the  angle  of 
the  mouth.  Similarly,  in  the  lower  jaw  the  differentiation  begins 
near  the  tip.  It  is  a  true  process  of  cornification,  that  takes 
place  beneath  the  periderm  and  involves  many  layers  of  cells. 
It  is  therefore  preceded  by  a  rapid  multiplication  of  cells  of  the 
mucous  layer  of  the  epidermis.  Soon  after  the  appearance  of 
the  horn  a  groove  appears  a  little  distance  above  and  parallel  to 
the  margin  of  the  upper  beak,  extending  from  the  anterior  end  a 
short  distance  backwards  (Fig.  176).  In  sections,  this  appears 
as  an  invagination  of  the  epidermis;  a  similar  but  shallower 
invagination  appears  on  the  lower  beak.  In  the  upper  beak  the 
lips  of  the  invagination  fuse  together  and  thus  close  the  groove; 
in  the  lower  beak  the  groove  flattens  out  and  disappears.  These 
grooves  correspond  in  many  respects  to  the  grooves  that  form 
the  lips  of  other  vertebrates,  and  they  may  be  interpreted  as  a 
phylogenic  reminiscence  of  lip-formation. 

Teeth.  All  existing  species  of  birds  are  toothless,  but  some 
of  the  most  ancient  fossil  birds  possessed  well-developed  teeth; 
it  is  natural,  therefore,  to  expect  that  rudiments  of  teeth  might 
be  found  in  the  embryos  of  some  existing  birds.  In  the  early 
part  of  the  nineteenth  century  some  observers  interpreted  papillae 
on  the  margin  of  the  jaws  of  certain  young  birds  as  rudimen- 
tary teeth;  these  were,  however,  shown  to  be  horny  formations, 
and  therefore  not  even  remotely  related  to  teeth.  Gardiner  was 
one  of  the  first  to  call  attention  to  a  thickening  of  the  ecto- 
derm forming  a  ridge  projecting  slightly  into  the  mesenchyme, 
just  inside  the  margin  of  the  jaw  of  chick  embryos  about  six 
days  old  (Fig.  177).  The  ridge  disappears  shortly  after  cornifica- 
tion sets  in.     Gardiner  discussed  the  possibility  of  this  represent- 


ALIMENTARY   TRACT  AND   ITS  APPENDAGES        305 

ing  a  stage  in  tooth  formation,  and  rejected  the  interpretation. 
Rose,  however,  has  found  the  same  ridge  still  better  developed 
in  embryos  of  the  tern  and  ostrich,  and  identifies  it  very  posi- 
tively with  the  tooth-ridge  or  first  step  in  the  formation  of  the 
enamel  organ  of  other  vertebrates.  It  seems  probable  that  this 
is  the  case,  and  that  in  this  ridge  we  have  the  very  last  stage 
of  the  disappearance  of  teeth. 

The  Tongue.  The  tongue  develops  from  two  primordia  in 
the  floor  of  the  embryonic  pharynx,  one  situated  in  front  of,  and 
the  other  behind  the  thyroid  diverticulum.  The  former,  or 
tuberculum  impar,  becomes  manifest  on  the  fourth  day  as  a 
slight  rounded  swelling  situated  between  the  lower  ends  of  the 
first  and  second  visceral  arches.  The  swelling  is  bounded  behind 
by  a  groove  that  has  the  ductus  thyreoglossus  for  its  center,  and 
in  front  by  a  shallow  groove,  that  represents  the  frenulum,  on 
the  posterior  margin  of  the  mandibular  arches.  The  second 
primordium,  or  jjars  copularis,  arises  just  behind  the  thyroid 
and  includes  the  lower  ends  of  the  second  visceral  arches,  a  small 
part  of  the  lower  ends  of  the  third,  and  the  region  between  these 
arches.  According  to  Kallius  the  tuberculum  impar  forms  only 
the  center  of  the  fore  part  of  the  tongue,  and  the  lateral  parts 
arise  from  two  folds  that  form  right  and  left  of  it  (lateral  tongue- 
folds).  The  tuberculum  impar  thus  expanded  and  the  pars  copu- 
laris constitute  two  very  distinct  components  in  the  development 
of  the  tongue. 

Soon  after  the  closure  of  the  thyroid  duct  the  two  tongue 
components  become  confluent,  but  the  zone  of  junction  remains 
visible  for  a  long  time  as  a  groove  (cf.  Fig.  148).  Moreover 
the  epithelium  of  the  forward  component  soon  becomes  thick- 
ened and  stratified,  while  in  the  pars  copularis  the  epithelium 
remains  thin  and  simple  for  a  long  time.  With  the  elongation  of 
the  jaws  the  tip  of  the  tongue  grows  forward  above  the  frenulum 
(Fig.  148)  and  the  shape  of  the  entire  organ  conforms  itself  to 
the  shape  of  the  mouth  cavity. 

Figure  175  shows  the  tongue  of  the  adult  fowl.  The  anterior 
half  is  pointed  and  horny  and  is  bounded  from  the  posterior  half 
by  a  double  crescent  whose  posterior  convexity  is  beset  with  horny 
spines.  It  seems  probable  that  the  anterior  portion  is  derived 
from  the  precopular  part,  though  this  has  not  been  demonstrated 
by  continuous  observation.     Cornification  of  the  precopular  part 


306  THE   DEVELOPMEXT   OF   THE   CHICK 

sets  in  about  the  eighth  day,  and  the  early  thickening  of  the 
epitheUum  of  this  part  already  referred  to  is  undoubtedly  the 
first  stage  in  the  process. 

The  development  of  the  musculature  of  the  tongue  has  not 
been  followed.  The  development  of  the  skeletal  parts  is  con- 
sidered under  the  head  of  the  skeleton. 

Oral  Glands.  The  following  oral  glands  occur  in  the  hen: 
1,  lingual  glands;  2,  mandibular  glands;  3,  glands  opening  at 
the  angle  of  the  mouth;  4,  palatine  glands  in  the  neighborhood 
of  the  choanse.  The  only  account  of  their  development  known 
to  me  is  the  brief  one  of  Reichel.  All  the  glands  begin  as  solid 
ingrowths  of  the  mucosa,  which  may  branch  more  or  less,  and 
secondarily  acquire  a  lumen.  Their  development  begins  relatively 
late.  The  mandibular  glands  appear  first  on  the  eighth  day  as 
a  series  of  solid  ingrow^ths  of  the  mucosa  extending  on  both  sides 
of  the  base  of  the  tongue  forward  to  near  the  mandibular  sym- 
physis. They  are  still  mostly  solid  on  the  eleventh  clay,  and 
very  slightly  branched,  if  at  all.  The  lingual  glands  arise  beneath 
the  lateral  margin  of  the  tongue  and  grow  up  on  each  side  of  the 
lingual  cartilage  towards  the  upper  surface  where  they  branch 
out.  They  begin  to  form  on  the  eleventh  day.  No  glands  form 
on  the  upper  surface  of  the  tongue.  The  glands  of  the  angle  of 
the  mouth  appear  on  the  eleventh  day,  in  situ,  as  slight  epithelial 
ingrowths.  Their  further  history  has  not  been  followed.  An- 
terior and  posterior  palatine  glands  can  be  distinguished;  the 
first  in  front  of  the  choanse,  the  latter  at  the  sides  of  and  behind 
the  choanse.     They  begin  to  appear  after  the  eleventh  day. 

II.    Derivatives  of  the  Embryonic   Pharynx 

The  pharynx,  which  is  such  an  extensive  and  important  region 
of  the  early  embryo  owing  to  the  development  of  the  visceral 
arches  and  clefts,  becomes  relatively  much  reduced  in  the  process 
of  development,  though  of  course  it  becomes  much  larger  abso- 
lutely. In  the  adult  it  is  a  somewhat  ill-defined  cavity  from 
which  the  oesophagus  leads  away  posteriorly,  and  which  is  con- 
fluent with  the  mouth  anteriorly.  The  tubal  fissure  opens  in 
its  roof  and  the  glottis  in  its  floor.  During  the  course  of  develop- 
ment, however,  certain  more  or  less  persistent  structures  form 
from  its  walls,  or  from  the  epithelium  of  the  pouches.  Although 
these  are  relatively  inconspicuovis  organs  in  the  adult,  they  are  of 


ALIMENTARY   TRACT   AXD   ITS   APPENDAGES  307 

considerable  morphological  importance,  being  of  very  ancient 
origin  and  common  to  the  whole  series  of  vertebrates.  They  are 
the  thyroid  body  or  gland,  the  thymus,  the  postbranchial  or 
suprapericardial  bodies,  and  certain  epithelial  vestiges. 

Fate  of  the  Visceral  Clefts.  The  times  of  opening  and  closing 
of  the  visceral  clefts  have  been  already  given  (pp.  176  and  177). 
The  later  history  of  the  first  visceral  pouch  has  been  described 
(p.  297).  The  second,  third,  and  fourth  pouches  retain  their 
connections  with  the  corresponding  ectodermal  grooves  for  a 
long  time  during  the  thickening  of  the  visceral  arches.  The  con- 
sequence is,  that  not  only  the  pouches,  but  also  the  ectodermal 
furrows,  are  drawn  out  into  long  epithelial  tubes,  and  the  original 
closing  plate  is  thus  deeply  invaginated.  In  the  case  of  the 
second  cleft  the  tube  ruptures  and  begins  to  degenerate  on  the 
sixth  day,  leaving  no  remnants.  In  the  case  of  the  third  and 
fourth  clefts  the  ectodermal  components  become  solid  on  the 
sixth  day,  and  form  strands  (funiculi  prcecervicales)  connecting 
the  entodermal  pouches  with  the  sinus  cervicalis.  These  strands 
are  subsequently  broken  through  and  disappear.  Parts  of  the 
entodermal  pouches,  however,  persist  in  the  thymus,  supraperi- 
cardial bodies  and  other  epithelial  remains.     (See  below.) 

Thyroid.  The  thyroid  sac  (median  thyroid  of  authors)  loses 
all  connection  with  the  pharyngeal  epithelium  on  the  fourth  day, 
and  on  the  seventh  day  it  becomes  divided  in  two  massive  lobes 
placed  bilaterally  (see  Fig.  178).  These  then  migrate  backwards 
on  each  side  of  the  trachea  towards  the  hinder  end  of  the  deriva- 
tives of  the  third  visceral  pouch  (Verdun)  and  become  lodged 
in  the  junction  of  the  subclavian  and  common  carotid  arteries, 
where  they  are  found  in  the  adult  just  internal  to  the  jugular  vein. 

The  so-called  lateral  rudiments  of  the  thyroid,  or  postbranchial 
bodies,  are  histologically  entirely  different  from  the  thyroid  proper. 
They  are  described  below. 

Visceral  Pouches.  The  second  visceral  pouch  leaves  no 
derivatives  in  the  adult;  during  the  fourth  day,  however,  a  con- 
siderable thickening  of  the  epithelium  appears  on  its  dorsal  and 
posterior  aspect,  near  its  opening  into  the  pharynx;  though  this 
disappears  very  soon,  it  may  be  considered  to  represent  the 
thymus  II  of  Selachia  and  Anura. 

The  third  visceral  pouch  loses  its  connection  with  the  pharynx 
by  atrophy  of  its  internal  portion  between  the  seventh  and  eighth 


308 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


days,  and  its  intermediate  portion  persists  as  an  epithelial  pocket 
on  the  ventral  face  of  the  jugular  vein  (Fig.  178).  This  pocket 
soon  divides  into  dorsal  and  ventral  moities  of  which  the  former 
develops  into  the  chief  part  of  the  thymus  (thymus  III)  and  the 
latter  into  the  so-called  epithelial  vestige  III.     (See  below.) 

The  fourth  visceral  pouch  likewise  separates  from  the  pharynx 
on  the  seventh  day,  and  furnishes  from  its  dorsal  portion  the 
thymus  IV,  and  from  its  ventral  portion  epithelial  vestige  IV. 
(See  below.) 


Fig.  178.  —  The  derivatives  of  the  embryonic  pharynx  of  the  chick.     (After 
Verdun  from  Maurer.) 

A.  Of  7  days'  incubation. 

B.  Of  8  days'  incubation. 

Ep.  3,  Ep.  4,  Epithelial  bodies  derived  from  the  third  and  fourth  visceral 
pouches.  J.,  Jugular  vein,  p'br  (V).,  Postbranchial  bodies  derived  from 
the  fifth  visceral  pouch.  Ph.,  Pharynx.  Th.  3,  Th.  4,  Parts  of  the  thymus 
derived  from  the  third  and  fourth  visceral  pouches  respectively.  T'r.,  Thy- 
roid.    Ill,  IV,  third  and  fourth  visceral  clefts. 

The  fifth  pouch  (postbranchial  body)  likewise  becomes  iso- 
lated on  the  seventh  day  as  a  closed  vesicle;  its  differentiation  is 
considered  below. 

The  Thymus.  According  to  the  above,  the  thymus  of  the 
chick  has  a  double  origin  on  each  side;  the  main  portion  (thymus 
III)  is  derived  from  the  dorsal  wall  of  the  intermediate  part  of 
the  third  visceral  pouch.  This  soon  elongates  to  form  an  epi- 
thelial cord  extending  along  the  jugular  vein;  a  smaller  portion 
(thymus  IV)  of  the  thymus  is  derived  from  a  corresponding  part 
of  the  fourth  visceral  pouch,  and  fuses  with  thymus  III  (Fig.  178). 


ALIMENTARY  TRACT  AND   ITS   APPENDAGES         309 

In  the  young  chick  the  thymus  forms  a  voluminous  tract  of  lobu- 
lated  aspect,  extending  the  entire  length  of  the  neck;  later  it 
atrophies  and  in  old  subjects  one  finds  only  traces  of  it.     (Verdun.) 

Epithelial  vestiges  are  formed  from  the  ventral  wall  of  the 
intermediate  portions  of  the  third  and  fourth  visceral  pouches; 
these  come  to  lie  together  at  the  hinder  end  of  the  thymus  in  the 
base  of  the  neck.  They  are  found  in  the  adult  near  the  lower 
pole  of  the  thyroid  (Fig.  178). 

The  postbranchial  bodies  have  been  called  lateral  rudiments 
of  the  thyroid;  in  their  differentiation,  however,  they  do  not  form 
thyroid  tissue,  but  two  main  kinds  of  epithelial  tissues  similar 
to  the  tissues  of  the  thymus  and  epithelial  vestiges  respectively. 
They  are  to  be  regarded,  therefore,  as  a  fifth  pair  of  visceral 
pouches,  for  which  there  are  other  reasons,  as  we  have  seen  before. 
The  constituent  elements,  however,  do  not  separate  as  in  the  case 
of  the  third  and  fourth  visceral  pouches,  but  form  a  rather  ill- 
defined  mass  situated  a  short  distance  behind  the  thyroid  (Fig. 
178). 

The  epithelial  derivatives  of  the  embryonic  pharynx  in  the 
chick  are,  therefore;  1.  thyroid;  2.  thymus  (from  III,  IV); 
3.  epithelial  vestiges  (from  III,  IV);  4.  postbranchial  bodies, 
including  thymus  V  and  epithelial  vestiges  V.  The  thyroid 
develops  in  essentially  the  same  manner  in  all  vertebrates.  In 
the  case  of  the  thymus  it  may  be  said  in  general  that  more  visceral 
pouches  are  concerned  in  the  lower  than  in  the  higher  vertebrates. 

III.  The  GEsophagus,  Stomach  and  Intestine 

During  the  third  and  fourth  days  a  very  pronounced  lateral 
curvature  of  the  alimentary  canal  develops,  the  convexity  being 
turned  to  the  left  and  the  concavity  therefore  to  the  right.  The 
part  involved  extends  from  the  posterior  portion  of  the  oesopha- 
gus to  the  end  of  the  duodenum.  As  the  duodenum  is  at  first 
very  short,  the  stomach  is  the  part  principally  affected  at  the 
start.  The  depth  of  the  mesogastrium  (dorsal  mesentery  of 
the  stomach)  is  considerably  increased  by  the  displacement ;  in  the 
region  of  the  greatest  curvature  it  descends  directly  in  the  middle 
line,  then  bends  sharply  to  the  left  and  is  attached  to  the  dorsal 
wall  of  the  stomach;  the  accessory  mesentery  arises  at  the  bend. 
(See  Chap.  XL)  The  stomach  does  not  rotate  on  its  long  axis  so 
as  to  carry  the  attachment  of  the  mesogastrium  to  the  extreme 


310 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


left,  as  in  mammals;  in  the  chick  the  lateral  bending  of  the 
stomach  appears  to  be  uncomplicated  by  any  such  rotation.  The 
curvature  leaves  a  large  space  within  it  to  the  right  containing 
the  meatus  venosus  and  liver,  in  short,  the  entire  median  mass 
of  the  septum  transversum. 

The  main  divisions  of  the  intestine  are  marked  out  by  their 
position,  size-relations  and  structure  before  the  closure  of  the 
yolk-stalk;  thus  on  the  third  day  the  oesophagus  appears  as  a 
constricted  portion  immediately  behind  the  pharynx,  and  the 
stomach  as  a  spindle-shaped  enlargement  behind  the  oesophagus; 
the  duodenum  is  indicated  at  the  same  time  by  the  hepatic  and 


Fig.  179.  —  Viscera  of  a  chick  embryo  of  6 

days,  seen  from  the  right   side.     (After 

Duval.) 

All.,  Allantois.  Au.  r.,  Right  auricle. 
B.a.,  Bulbus  arteriosus,  c.  pr.,  Csecal  pro- 
cesses. D.  L.,  Loop  of  the  duodenum.  Giz., 
Gizzard.  Lg.  r.,  Right  lung.  Li.,  Liver. 
R.,  Rectum,  t.  R.,  Tubal  ridge.  V.,  Ven- 
tricle. W.  B.,  Wolffian  body.  Y.  St.,  Yolk 
stalk.     X.,  Duodcno-jejunal  flexure. 


pancreatic  outgrowths.  The  form  of  the  intestine  on  the  sixth 
day  is  illustrated  in  Figure  179.  Behind  the  stomach,  the  intes- 
tine forms  two  loops  descending  ventrally.  The  first  or  duodenal 
loop  is  relatively  slightly  developed  at  this  time,  and  forms  an 
open  curve  just  beneath  the  right  lobe  of  the  liver.  Its  ascend- 
ing limb  rises  to  a  high  dorsal  position  just  behind  the  liver,  and 


ALIMEXTARY  TRACT  AND   ITS  APPENDAGES 


311 


bends  sharph^  to  enter  the  descending  limb  of  the  second  loop. 
This  bend  or  duodeno-jejunal  flexure  (X,  Fig.  179)  is  a  relatively 
fixed  point  in  the  growth  of  the  intestine,  and  marks  the  bound- 
ary between  the  duodenum  and  succeeding  parts  of  the  small 
intestine.  The  second  loop  descends  deep  into  the  umbilical 
cord,  and  the  yolk-stalk  is  attached  to  its  lowermost  portion. 
A  bilateral  swelling  at  the  upper  end  of  its  ascending  limb  is  the 
primordium  of  the  caecal  processes,  and  marks  the  anterior  end  of 
the  large  intestine,  which  passes  in  a  slight  curve  to  the  cloaca. 
In  the  subsequent  growth  of  the  intestine  the  fixed  point 
referred  to  above  at  the  hinder  end  of  the  duodenum  is  held  in  its 
place,  and  the  duodenal  loop  in  front  of  it  simply  becomes  longer 


Fig.  180.  —  Viscera  of  a  chick  embryo  of  17  days' 

incubation  from  the  right  side.     (After  Duval.) 

Am.,  Attachment  of  amnion  to  umbilical  stalk. 
Li.  r.,  1.,  Right  and  left  lobes  of  the  liver.  Pc,  Pan- 
creas. U.  St.,  UmbiHcal  stalk.  Other  abbreviations 
same  as  Fig.  179. 

without  forming  secondary  convolutions;  the  pancreas  comes  to 
lie  in  this  loop.  The  second  loop,  on  the  other  hand,  forms 
numerous  secondary  convolutions  (Fig.  180)  which  lie  at  first  in 
the  umbilical  cord,  but  which  are  gradually  retracted  (seven- 
teenth to  eighteenth  day)  into  the  abdominal  cavity. 

The  two  intestinal  caeca  begin  to  grow  out  as  finger-shaped 
processes  from  the  swelling  already  referred  to,  about  the  seventh 
day,  and  rapidly  attain  considerable  length.  The  large  intestine 
elongates  only  about  in  proportion  to  the  growth  of  the  entire 
embryo. 

Having  thus  noted  the  general  gross  anatomy  of  the  embry- 


312 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


onic  intestine,  we  may  next  note  a  few  details  concerning  some 
of  its  divisions.  The  history  of  the  mesenteries  is  considered  in 
Chapter  XI). 

(Esophagus.  Owing  to  the  rapid  elongation  of  the  neck  the 
oesophagus  quickly  becomes  a  long  tube.  On  the  sixth  day  its 
lumen  becomes  very  narrow,  and  on  the  seventh  day  completely 
occluded  immediately  behind  the  glottis,  owing  to  proliferation 
of   the   lining   cells.     On   the   eighth   day  the   occluded   portion 


\ 


■^ 


-y 


•-'^?': 


Fig.  181.  —  Photograph  of  a  transverse  section  through  the  oesopha- 
gus and  trachea  of  an  8-day  chick. 
Cop.  H.,  Copula  of  the  hyoid.     (Es.,  (Esophagus.     Tr.,  Trachea. 
Ven.  jug.,  Jugular  vein. 


extends  only  a  short  distance  behind  the  glottis:  it  is  com- 
pressed dorso- vent  rally  and  extended  laterally  throughout  the 
occluded  region  (Fig.  181).  On  the  eleventh  day  it  is  open  again 
along  its  entire  length.  The  crop  arises  as  a  spindle-shaped  dila- 
tation of  the  fx^sophagus  at  the  base  of  the  neck;  on  the  eighth 
day  it   is  about  double  the  diameter  of  the  parts  immediately 


ALIMENTARY  TRACT  AND   ITS   APPENDAGES         313 

in  front  of  and  behind  it  (Fig.  150).     No  detailed  account  of  its 
development  exists. 

Stomach.  It  is  well  known  that  the  stomach  of  birds  exhibits 
two  successive  divisions,  the  pro  vent  riculus  and  the  gizzard, 
the  former  of  which  has  a  digestive  function  and  is  richl}^  pro- 
vided with  glands,  while  the  latter  has  a  purely  mechanical  func- 
tion, being  provided  with  thick  muscular  walls,  within  which  is 
the  compressed  cavity  lined  on  each  side  by  tendinous  plates. 

On  the  third  day  of  incubation,  the  divisions  of  the  stomach 
are  not  recognizable,  either  by  the  form  of  the  entire  organ  or  by 
the  structure  of  the  walls.  On  the  fifth  day,  however,  the  first 
indications  of  the  formation  of  the  compound  glands  of  the 
pro  vent  riculus  may  be  seen  in  the  cardiac  end;  the  posterior  or 
pyloric  end  occupies  the  extreme  left  of  the  gastric  curve  and 
forms  the  rudiment  of  a  blind  pouch  projecting  posteriorly,  that 
develops  into  the  gizzard.  On  the  sixth  and  seventh  days  this 
pouch  expands  farther  in  the  same  direction  (cf.  Fig.  179),  and  a 
constriction  forms  between  the  anterior  portion  of  the  stomach, 
or  pro  vent  riculus,  and  the  gizzard,  as  thus  marked  out.  The 
gizzard  grows  out  farther,  to  the  left  and  posteriorly,  at  the  same 
time  undergoing  a  dorso-ventral  flattening,  owing  to  the  forma- 
tion of  the  large  muscle-masses.  According  to  this  account, 
therefore,  the. greater  curvature  of  the  gizzard  would  represent 
the  original  left  side  of  the  portion  of  the  embryonic  stomach 
from  which  it  is  derived,  and  the  original  right  side  would  be 
represented  by  the  lesser  curvature. 

The  large  compound  glands  of  the  proventriculus  are  indi- 
cated on  the  fifth  or  sixth  days  as  slight  depressions  of  the  ento- 
derm towards  the  mesenchyme;  on  the  seventh  day  these  become 
converted  into  saccular  glands  with  narrow  necks  (Fig.  182). 
Each  sacculus  becomes  multilobed  about  the  twelfth  or  thirteenth 
days,  and  each  lobulus  includes  a  small  number  of  culs-de-sac, 
lined  with  a  simple  epithelium.  The  last  subsequently  become 
tul)ular,  and  the  original  sacculus  then  represents  the  common 
duct  of  a  large  compound  gland.     (See  Cazin.) 

The  simple,  tubular  glands  of  the  gizzard  begin  to  form  about 
the  thirteenth  or  fourteenth  day,  and  the  lining  of  the  gizzard 
is  simply  the  hardened  secretion  of  these  glands;  it  is  thus  essen- 
tially different  from  cuticular  and  corneous  structures  of  the  sur- 
face of  the  body.     According  to  Cazin,  the  glands  of  the  gizzard 


314 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


are  formed  as  folds  and  culs-de-sac  excavated  in  the  thickness  of 
the  original  epithelial  wall,  by  elevations  of  the  subjacent  con- 
nective tissue.  It  should  be  noted  finallv,  that  from  the  eie:hth 
day  on,  the  surface  of  the  mucosa,  both  in  the  proventriculus  and 
in  the  gizzard,  is  covered  with  a  thick  layer  of  secretion;  subse- 
quently replaced  in  the  gizzard  by  the  corneous  lining. 


Fig.  182.  —  Photograph  of  a  transverse  section  of  an  8-day  chick  through 
the  region  of  the  proventriculus  and  tip  of  the  heart. 
A.  coel.,  Coeliac  artery.  A.  o.  m.,  Omphalomesenteric  artery.  Cav.  om., 
Cavum  omenti.  Cav.  pc,  Pericardial  cavity.  Coel.,  Coelome.  Gon.,  Gonad. 
Lig.  g-h.,  Gastro-hepatic  ligament.  M.  D.,  Miillerian  duct.  Mtn.,  Metaneph- 
ros.  p'c,  Membranous  pericardium.  Pr'v.,  Proventriculus.  S'r.,  Supra- 
renal. V.  c.  i.,  Vena  cava  inferior.  Ven.,  Ventricle  of  heart.  V.  h.  1.,  Left 
hepatic  vem.     V.  s'c,  Subcardinal  vein.     V.  umb.,  Umbihcal  vein. 

Large  Intestine,  Cloaca,  and  Anus.  The  cloaca  of  the  adult 
is  a  large  chamber  opening  to  the  exterior  by  the  anus;  it  consists 
of  three  divisions:  the  proctodseum  or  terminal  chamber  is  capable 
of  being  clo.sed  by  the  sphincter  muscle,  the  bursa  Fabricii  opens 
into  its  dorsal  wall,  and  it  is  separated  by  a  strong  circular  fold 


ALIMENTARY  TRACT  AND  ITS  APPENDAGES 


315 


from  the  intermediate  section  of  the  cloaca  or  iirodaeum;  this  is 
a  relatively  short  division  of  the  cloaca  which  receives  the  renal 
and  reproductive  ducts  in  its  dorsal  wall  by  two  pairs  of  openings; 
it  is  bounded  from  the  larger  anterior  division,  coprodseum,  by 
a  rather  low  circular  fold;  the  coprodaeum  passes  gradually,  with- 
out a  sharp  line  of  division,  into  the  rectum. 

The  early  embryological  history  of  these  parts  has  been  con- 
sidered in  the  preceding  chapters.  The  condition  on  the  fourth 
day  is  shown  in  the  accompanying  figure  (Fig.  183)  representing  a 


mMMMmmNhh 


Fig.  183.  —  Median  sagittal  section  of  the  hind  end  of  a  chick  embryo 

on  the  fourth  day  of  incubation.     (After  Gasser  from  Maurer.) 

All.,  Allantois.  Am.,  Tail  fold  of  amnion,  cl.  M.,  Cloacal  mem- 
brane. CI.,  Cloaca.  N'ch.,  Notochord.  n.  T.,  Neural  tube.  R.,  Rec- 
tum.     Y.  S .,  Wall  of  yolk-sac. 


sagittal  section  of  the  hind  end  of  the  embryo.  The  cloaca  is  the 
large  terminal  cavity  of  the  intestine,  closed  from  the  exterior 
by  the  cloacal  membrane,  in  which  the  entoderm  of  the  floor  of 
the  cloaca  is  fused  to  the  superficial  ectoderm  at  the  base  of  the 
tail.  The  line  of  fusion  is  a  long,  narrow  median  strip,  extending 
from  just  below  the  neck  of  the  allantois  to  the  hinder  end  of  the 
cloaca.     Leading  out  from  the  cloaca  ventrally,  in  front  of  the 


316 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


cloacal  membrane,  is  the  neck  of  the  allantois,  and  dorsal  to  this, 
the  large  intestine.  Though  not  shown  in  the  figure,  it  may  be 
noted  that  the  Wolffian  ducts  open  into  the  cloaca  behind  and 
dorsal  to  the  opening  of  the  rectum. 

The  appearance  of  the  cloaca  in  a  longitudinal  section  does 
not,  however,  give  an  adequate  idea  of  its  form.  The  anterior 
portion  of  the  cloaca  which  receives  the  rectum,  stalk  of  the 
allantois  and  Wolffian  ducts  is  expanded  considerably  in  the 
lateral  plane,  and  thus  possesses  a  large  cavity.     The  posterior 


■  -T,»T7i 


ffecl. 


i«^,|A 


-'I 


^- 


■,'f' 


d/?./:- 


*'-y. 


;^S^Ii 


-^Z- 


Fig.   184.  —  Frontal  section  through  the  region  of  the 

cloaca  of  a  5Way  chick  embryo. 

an.  F.,  Anal  fold.  B.  F.,  Bursa  Fabricii.  CI.,  Cloaca. 
Coel.,  Coelome.  Rect.,  Rectum.  W.  D.,  Wolffian  duct. 
X.,  Posterior  angle  of  the  body-cavity;  the  epithelium 
is  invaginated  and  folded  so  as  to  simulate  a  glandular 
structure. 


portion,  on  the  other  hand,  is  greatly  compressed  laterally  and 
the  cavity  is  extremely  narrow.  During  the  fifth  day  the  walls 
of  this  part  of  the  cloaca  become  actually  fused  together,  and 
its  cavity  obliterated,  or  rendered  virtual  only  (Fig.  184).  Thus 
the  anterior  part   of   the    cloaca    is   prolonged    backwards    by  a 


ALIMENTARY  TRACT  AXD   ITS   APPENDAGES         317 

median  plate  which  is  continuous  ventrally  with  the  cloacal  mem- 
brane. 

This  plate  was  interpreted  by  all  the  earlier  observers  (up  to  Wenck- 
ebach) as  the  hypertrophied  cloacal  membrane.  It  is,  however,  not 
difficult  to  demonstrate  in  good  series  of  sections,  that  this  is  not  the 
case;  the  cloacal  membrane  forms  only  a  small  part  of  this  plate,  and 
its  ectodermal  component  is  thin. 

During  the  fifth  and  sixth  days,  vacuoles  appear  in  the  pos- 
terior and  dorsal  part  of  the  fused  portion  of  the  cloaca,  and 
these  soon  run  together  in  the  uppermost  part,  but  remain  as  a 
chain  of  vacuoles  ventrally  (Fig.  184).  The  vacuolated  portion 
is  the  primordium  of  the  bursa  Fabricii  and  its  duct.  Its  cavity, 
which  is  extremely  narrow  and  ill-defined  at  this  time,  may  be 
regarded  as  a  re-establishment  of  the  cavity  of  the  posterior 
division  of  the  embryonic  cloaca;  its  communication  with  the 
anterior  portion  of  the  cloacal  cavity  is  soon  closed. 

At  this  stage  the  lining  epithelium  of  the  rectum  is  much 
thickened,  and  the  lumen  has  therefore  become  narrow  (Fig.  184). 

During  the  seventh  day  the  conditions  change  very  rapidly 
and  on  the  eighth  day  the  relations  are  as  shown  in  Figure  185. 
The  anterior  portion  of  the  original  cloaca,  or  urodseum,  has 
become  compressed  in  an  antero-posterior  direction;  the  allantois 
leads  off  from  it  anteriorly  and  ventrally,  and  the  rectum  with 
its  cavity  now  obliterated  is  attached  to  its  anterior  face;  the  dor- 
sal extension,  above  the  rectum  (see  Fig.  185),  is  related  to  the 
urinogenital  ducts.  The  bursa  Fabricii  has  now  a  well-defined 
cavity  that  no  longer  communicates  with  the  urodseum.  The 
tissues  surrounding  the  cloacal  membrane  have  grown  out  to 
form  a  large  perianal  papilla,  and  the  cloacal  membrane  is 
therefore  invaginated;  its  direction  also  is  so  altered  that  the 
invaginated  cavity  or  proctodseum  now  lies  behind  it;  the  bursa 
Fabricii  is  on  the  point  of  opening  into  the  highest  point  of  the 
proctodseum.  Vacuolization  of  the  tissue  between  the  cloacal 
membrane  and  the  urodasum  indicates  its  subsequent  dis- 
appearance. 

At  eleven  days  (Fig.  186)  the  general  arrangement  is  essen- 
tially the  same,  but  there  are  important  differences  in  detail. 
The  bursa  Fabricii  has  now  become  a  long-stalked  sac,  opening 
into  the  proctodseum  at  the  level  of  the  urodseal  membrane. 
The  latter  is  still  quite  a  thick  plate,  but  the  vacuoles  in  it  fore- 


318 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


shadow  its  final  rupture.  The  lower  end  of  the  large  intestine 
is  perfectly  solid,  and  higher  up,  somewhat  vacuolated.  (The 
solid  stage  begins  on  the  seventh  day.)  The  urinogenital  ducts 
open  into  the  urodseum  above  the  solid  end  of  the  large  intestine. 
It  will  be  seen,  therefore,  that  the  urodseum  is  transformed  into 
a  passageway  between  the  urinogenital  ducts  and  the  allantois, 
being  closed  anteriorly  by  the  solid  large  intestine  and  posteriorly 
by  the  urodseal  (cloacal)  membrane. 


Fig.    185.  —  Photograph  of  the  region  of  the  cloaca  in  a  median  sagittal 

section  of  an  8-day  chick. 

All.,  Allantois.  An.,  Anus.  B.  F.,  Bursa  Fabricii.  caud.  A.,  Caudal 
artery.  Int.,  Intestine.  N'ch.,  Notochord.  p.  P.,  Perianal  papilla.  Rect., 
Rectum.     Ur'd.,  Urodseum. 


During  the  twelfth  and  thirteenth  days,  the  vacuoles  in  the 
upper  part  of  the  large  intestine  flow  together  and  re-establish 
the  cavity,  but  the  lower  end  still  remains  closed  by  a  solid  plug 
of  cells;  immediately  anterior  to  the  latter  the  large  intestine  is 
dilated,  and  this  apparently  corresponds  to  the  coprodaeum  of 


ALIMENTARY  TRACT  AXD   ITS  APPENDAGES 


319 


the  adult  cloaca.  Even  on  the  seventeenth  day  the  large  intes- 
tine appears  to  be  still  closed  at  its  lower  end,  and  the  urodseal 
membrane  still  persists  as  a  plug  of  vacuolated  cells.  (Gasser.) 
Both  plugs  must,  however,  disappear  soon  after. 

It  would  thus  appear  that  the  urodgeum  only  of  the  adult 
cloaca  corresponds  to  the  embryonic  cloaca;  the  proctodjeum  is 
certainly  derived  from  an  ectodermal  pit,  and  it  is  probable  that 


Fig.  186.  —  Chick  embryo  of   11  days,  sagittal  section 

through  the  region  of  the  cloaca.     Reconstructed  from 

several  sections.     (After  Minot.) 

All'.,  Ascending  limb  of  the  allantois.  AH".,  Descend- 
ing limb  of  the  allantois.  An.,  Anal  invagination.  An.pl., 
Urodeal  membrane.  Art.,  Umbihcal  artery.  B.  F., 
Bursa  Fabricii.  b.  f.,  Duct  of  the  bursa.  Clo.,  Cloaca. 
Ec,  Ectoderm.  Ent.,  Entoderm  of  the  rectum.  Ly., 
Nodules  of  crowded  cells,  probably  primordia  of  lym- 
phoid structures  in  the  wall  of  the  large  intestine.  W.  D., 
Wolffian  duct. 

the  coprodseum  represents  the  enlarged  lower  extremity  of  the 
embryonic  large  intestine.  The  bursa  Fabricii  is  an  entodermal 
structure  derived  from  the  posterior  portion  of  the  embryonic 
cloaca. 


IV.     The  Development  of  the  Liver  axd  Paxcreas 

The  Liver.     The  anterior  and  posterior   liver  diverticula,  de- 
scribed in  Chapter  VI,  constitute  the  rudiments  from  which  the 


320 


THE  DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE  CHICK 


substance  of  the  liver  is  derived.  A  third  diverticulum  is  dis- 
tinguished by  Brouha  as  the  right  posterior  diverticulum;  this  is 
an  early  outgrowth  of  the  posterior  diverticulum.  Hepatic  cylin- 
ders arise  from  both  primary  diverticula  at  an  early  stage,  and 
these,  branching  and  anastomosing,  soon  form  a  basket-work  of 
liver  tissue  around  the  intermediate  portion  of  the  meatus  venosus. 
The  anterior  diverticulum  alone  extends  forward  to  the  anterior 


'M. 


Fig.  187.  —  Reconstruction  of  gizzard,  duodenum, 

and  hepato-pancreatic  ducts  of  a  chick  embryo 

^      of  124  hours.     (After  Brouha.) 

D.  ch.,  Ductus  choledochus.  D.  cy.,  Ductus  cys- 
ticus.  D.  h.  cy.,  Ductus  hepato-cysticus.  D.  h.  d., 
Dorsal  or  hepato-enteric  duct.  Du.,  Duodenum. 
G.  bl.,  Gall  bladder.  Giz.,  Gizzard.  Pa.  d.,  Dor- 
sal pancreas.  Pa.  v.  d..  Right  ventral  pancreas. 
Pa.  V.  s.,  Left  ventral  pancreas. 


end  of  the  meatus,  and  it  even  encroaches  on  the  sinus  venosus,  as 
we  have  already  seen;  in  the  posterior  part  of  the  meatus  venosus, 
on  the  other  hand,  the  liver  tissue  is  derived  entirely  from  the 
posterior  diverticulum.  The  mesenchyme  in  the  interstices  of 
the  hepatic  framework   is  replaced  almost  immediately  by  blood- 


ALIMENTARY  TRACT  AND   ITS  APPENDAGES         321 

vessels  that  empty  into  the  meatus,  and  thus  appear  as  branches 
of  the  latter. 

The  gall-bladder  is  a  very  early  formation,  arising  from  the 
hindermost  portion  of  the  posterior  hepatic  diverticulum,  as  a 
distinct  bud  about  the  stage  of  68  hours  (Fig.  103),  and  forming 
a  pyriform  appendage  at  84  hours.  It  may  reasonably  be  re- 
garded as  derived  from  the  most  posterior  portion  of  the  prim- 
itive hepatic  gutter,  an  interpretation  that  agrees  with  the 
condition  found  in  more  primitive  vertebrates. 

At  the  stage  of  68  hours  (cf.  Fig.  103B),  the  anterior  and 
posterior  diverticula  proceed  from  a  common  depression  of  the 
ventral  wall  of  the  duodenum,  the  ductus  choledochus.  By 
means  of  an  antero-posterior  constriction,  the  latter  becomes 
much  more  clearly  defined  as  development  proceeds  (Fig.  187); 
there  arise  from  it  also  the  right  and  left  ventral  primordia  of 
the  pancreas  (see  below),  so  that  it  receives  at  this  stage  four 
main  ducts,  viz.:  the  right  and  left  ventral  pancreatic  diverticula 
and  the  cephalic  and  caudal  hepatic  diverticula.  On  the  sixth 
day  these  four  ducts  obtain  independent  openings  into  the  duo- 
denum and  the  common  bile  duct  thus  ceases  to  exist.  The 
relations  thus  established  are  practically  the  same  as  in  the 
adult. 

As  the  caudal  hepatic  diverticulum  grows  out  it  carries  the 
attachment  of  the  gall-bladder  with  it,  so  that  the  latter  is  then 
attached  to  the  caudal  diverticulum,  which  is  thus  divided  in 
two  parts,  a  distal  or  ductus  hepato-cysticus,  and  a  proximal  or 
ductus  cystico-entericus.  That  portion  of  the  liver  arising  from 
the  cephalic  diverticulum  is  thus  without  any  connection  with 
the  gall-bladder.  There  seem,  however,  to  be  anastomoses 
between  the  ductus  hepato-cysticus  and  the  original  cephalic 
duct  (ductus  hepato-entericus)  in  the  adult,  lying  in  the  com- 
missure of  the  liver;  the  embryological  origin  of  these  appears, 
however,  to  be  unknown.  In  the  course  of  the  development, 
the  openings  of  the  two  original  ducts  into  the  duodenum  come 
to  lie  side  by  side  instead  of  one  behind  the  other,  and  the  original 
cephalic  duct  (ductus  hepato-entericus)  appears  to  be  derived 
mainly  from  the  left  lobe,  and  the  ductus  cystico-entericus  mainly 
from  the  right  lobe  of  the  liver.  The  actual  distribution  is,  how- 
ever, by  no  means  so  simple;  the  mode  of  development  of  the 
lobes  of  the  liver  (see  below)  would  explain  a  preponderant  dis- 


322  THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF  THE  CHICK 

tribution  of  the  cephalic  duct  to  the  left,  and  the  caudal  duct  to 
the  right  lobe. 

The  liver  is  primarily  an  unpaired  median  organ.  Its  division 
into  right  and  left  lobes  is  therefore  secondary  and  has  no  funda- 
mental embryological  significance.  The  factors  that  determine 
its  definitive  external  form  are  the  following:  (a)  the  relative 
power  of  growth  of  its  various  parts;  (6)  limitation  of  its  exten- 
sion to  the  septum  transversum  and  its  connections;  (c)  the  limi- 
tations of  space  in  the  coelome. 

Bearing  these  principles  in  mind,  the  growth  of  the  liver 
may  be  described  as  follows:  three  primary  divisions  succeed- 
ing one  another  in  a  cranio-caudal  direction,  may  be  distinguished 
at  an  early  stage,  viz.,  an  antero-dorsal  division,  abutting  on  the 
postero-dorsal  part  of  the  sinus  venosus,  formed  by  the  anterior 
end  of  the  cephalic  hepatic  diverticulum;  an  intermediate  division, 
surrounding  the  meatus  venosus  in  which  both  cephalic  and 
caudal  hepatic  diverticula  are  concerned;  and  a  postero- ventral 
division,  beneath  the  posterior  end  of  the  meatus  venosus  and  the 
right  omphalomesenteric  vein,  formed  exclusively  by  the  caudal 
diverticulum. 

The  growth  of  the  liver  causes  expansion  of  the  median  mass 
of  the  septum  transversum  in  all  directions,  excepting  anteriorly, 
and  the  substance  of  the  liver  extends  more  or  less  into  all  the 
connections  of  the  latter,  viz.,  the  lateral  mesocardia,  the  lateral 
closing  plates  associated  with  the  umbilical  veins,  the  primary 
ventral  ligament,  the  mesentery  of  the  vena  cava,  the  gastro- 
hepatic  ligament,  and  that  part  of  the  hepatic  portal  vein  formed 
by  the  right  omphalomesenteric  vein. 

At  the  stage  of  96  hours  the  anterior  division  spreads 
out  in  the  lateral  mesocardia  behind  the  Cuvierian  ducts  nearly 
to  the  lateral  body-wall  on  each  side.  The  intermediate  division, 
on  the  other  hand,  lies  largely  on  the  right  side  of  the  middle 
line,  owing  to  the  displacement  of  the  stomach  to  the  left  and  the 
meatus  venosus  to  the  right.  A  small  lobe  is,  however,  pushing 
itself  to  the  left  beneath  the  gastro-hepatic  ligament.  The  pos- 
terior division  lies  entirely  on  the  right  ventral  side  of  the  hinder 
end  of  the  meatus  venosus  and  right  omphalomesenteric  vein, 
as  far  back  as  the  dorsal  anastomosis.  There  are,  of  course, 
no  sharp  lines  of  demarcation  between  the  divisions,  so  that  in 
general  it  may  be  said  that  the  liver  substance  tends  more  and 


ALIMENTARY  TRACT  AND   ITS  APPENDAGES         323 

more  to  the  right  side  of  the  body  from  its  fairly  symmetrical 
anterior  end  backwards. 

The  lines  of  development  of  the  liver  are  thus  marked  out. 
On  the  sixth  day  the  anterior  division  is  larger  on  the  left  than 
on  the  right  side,  owing  no  doubt  to  the  incorporation  of  the  sinus 
venosus  into  the  right  auricle,  thus  leaving  more  room  for  the 
liver  on  the  left  side.  Passing  backwards  in  a  series  of  sections 
to  the  region  of  the  center  of  the  meatus  venosus,  we  find  the  liver 
larger  on  the  right  than  on  the  left  side,  being  centered  around 
the  meatus,  but  a  small  lobe  extends  over  to  the  left  side  A^entral 
to  the  stomach.  The  posterior  division,  again,  is  confined  to 
the  right  side  and  ends  in  a  free  right  lobe  projecting  caudally  to 
the  region  of  the  umbilicus.  The  division  of  the  liver  into  right 
and  left  lobes  thus  takes  place  on  each  side  of  its  primary  median 
ligaments,  dorsal  or  gastrohepatic,  and  primary  ventral;  expan- 
sion being  inhibited  in  the  median  line  by  the  stomach  above  and 
heart  below,  it  takes  place  on  both  sides,  but  particularly  on  the 
right  side  where  there  is  more  space. 

The  reader  is  referred  to  Chapter  XI  for  description  of  the 
origin  of  the  ligaments  of  the  liver  and  the  relations  of  the  liver 
to  the  pericardium  and  other  structures;  also  to  Chapter  XII  for 
description  of  its  blood-vessels. 

The  histogenesis  of  the  liver  should  be  finally  referred  to. 
This  organ  is  remarkable  in  possessing  no  mesenchyme  in  the 
embryonic  stages  (Minot,  1900);  but  from  the  start  the  hepatic 
cylinders  are  directly  clothed  with  the  endothelium  of  the  blood- 
vessels, so  that  only  the  thickness  of  the  endothelial  wall  separates 
the  hepatic  cells  from  the  blood  in  the  sinusoids.  The  hepatic 
cylinders  have  been  described  as  arising  in  the  form  of  solid  buds 
from  the  primary  diverticula;  the  buds  first  formed  branch 
repeatedly,  forming  solid  buds  of  the  second,  third,  etc.,  orders, 
and  wherever  buds  come  in  contact  they  unite,  forming  thus  a 
network  of  solid  cylinders  of  hepatic  cells.  The  solid  stage  does 
not,  however,  last  very  long,  for  on  the  fifth  day  it  can  be  seen 
that  many  of  them  have  developed  a  small  central  lumen  by  dis- 
placement of  the  cells.  Thus  there  gradually  arises  a  network 
of  thick-walled  tubes  instead  of  solid  cylinders,  and  the  whole 
system  opens  into  the  primary  diverticula  from  which  it  arose. 

The  Pancreas.  The  pancreas  arises  as  three  distinct  entodermal 
diverticula,  the  origin  of  which  has  been  already  described,  and 


324 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


has  correspondingly  in  the  adult  three  separate  ducts  oj^ening 
into  the  duodenum.  (Two  pancreatic  ducts  is  the  rule  in  Gallus, 
according  to  Gadow  in  Bronn's  Thierreich.)  Of  the  three  pan- 
creatic diverticula,  the  dorsal  one  arises  first  (about  72  hours) 
then  the  right  ventral  slightly  earlier  than  the  left  ventral 
(about    96    hours).      The   two   latter   arise    from    the    common 


cav./^. 


■Pe.d. 


Coel. 


Goel. 


^Jie/>.2d 


D-Jiej)  2. 


V.o.m.s. 


Fig.  188.  —  Transverse  section  through  the  duodenum  and  hepato- 
pancreatic  ducts  of  a  chick  embryo  of  5  days.  (After  Choronschitzky.) 
Ao.,  Aorta,  cav.  F.,  Caval  fold.  Coel.,  Coelome.  D.  hep.  2,  2  a, 
2  b,  Posterior  hepatic  diverticulvun  and  branches  of  same.  Du.,  Du- 
odenum. Li.,  Substance  of  Hver.  M'st.,  Dorsal  mesentery.  Pa.  d., 
Dorsal  pancreas.  Pa.  v.  d..  Right  ventral  pancreas.  Pa.  v.  s.,  Left 
ventral  pancreas.  Spl.,  Spleen.  V.  c.  p.,  Postcardinal  vein.  V.  H., 
Vena  lienalis.  V.  o.  m.  d..  Right  omphalomesenteric  vein.  V.  o.  m.  s., 
Left  omphalomesenteric  vein. 

hepatic  diverticulum  near  its  jimction  with  the  duodenum  (Fig. 
188).  The  differentiation  of  the  three  parts  is  essentially  similar, 
and  proceeds  naturally  in  the  order  of  their  origin.  Solid  buds 
arise  from  the  ends  of  the  diverticula,  and  these  branch  repeatedly 
in  the   surrounding   mesenchyme,   but   do   not   anastomose;   the 


ALIMENTARY  TRACT  AND   ITS   APPENDAGES         325 

final  terminations  of  the  buds  form  the  secreting  and  the  inter- 
mediate portions  the  various  intercalated  and  excretory  ducts 
that  form  a  branching  system  opening  into  the  main  ducts. 

The  successive  stages  in  the  development  of  the  pancreas 
may  be  stated  thus  (following  Brouha):  At  124  hours  the  two 
ventral  pancreatic  ducts  pass  anteriorly  and  a  little  to  the  left, 
crossing  the  cephalic  hepatic  duct  which  lies  between  them. 
They  are  continued  into  ramified  pancreatic  tubes  which  already 
form  two  considera])le  glandular  masses.  The  right  ventral 
pancreas  is  united  by  a  very  narrow  bridge  to  the  dorsal  pancreas, 
and  the  latter  is  moulded  on  the  left  wall  of  the  portal  vein, 
while  its  excretory  duct  has  shifted  on  the  left  side  of  the  duo- 
denum nearer  the  ductus  choledochus.  At  154  hours  the  duct  of 
the  dorsal  pancreas  is  still  nearer  to  the  others,  and  the  three  pan- 
creatic ducts  enter  a  single  glandular  mass,  the  dorsal  portion  of 
which,  derived  from  the  primitive  dorsal  pancreas,  is  moulded  on 
the  left  wall  of  the  portal  vein,  and  is  continued  into  a  smaller  ven- 
tral portion  formed  by  the  fusion  of  the  two  ventral  pancreases.. 

Subsequently,  the  pancreatic  lobes  fill  up  the  duodenal  loop 
(Figs.  179  and  180),  and  elongate  with  this  so  as  to  extend  from 
one  end  of  it  to  the  other  in  the  adult;  the  three  ducts  open 
near  the  termination  of  the  duodenum  (end  of  distal  limb) 
beside  the  two  bile  ducts. 

V.     The  Respiratory  Tract 

The  origin  of  the  laryngotracheal  groove  and  the  paired 
primordia  of  the  lungs  w^as  described  in  Chapter  VI.  At  the  stage 
of  36  somites  the  laryngotracheal  groove  includes  the  ventral 
division  of  the  post  branchial  portion  of  the  pharynx,  which  is 
much  contracted  laterally  so  as  to  convert  its  cavity  into  a  deep 
and  narrow  groove.  This  communicates  posteriorly  with  right 
and  left  finger-shaped  entodermal  diverticula  (the  entodermal 
lung-primordia)  extending  into  the  base  of  the  massive  pear- 
shaped  mesodermal  lung-primordia  attached  to  the  lateral  walls 
of  the  oesophagus.  The  mesodermal  lung-primordia  are  con- 
tinuous with  the  accessory  mesenteries,  as  described  in  Chapter  XI; 
and  by  them  attached  to  the  septum  transversum. 

Bronchi.  Lungs  and  Air-sacs.  The  primitive  entodermal 
tubes  form  the  primary  bronchi,  in  which  two  divisions  may  be 
distinguished  on  each  side,  viz:  a  part  leading  from  the  end  of 


326  THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 

the  trachea  to  the  hilum  of  the  lung  (extra-puhiionary  bronchus), 
and  its  continuation  within  the  lung,  extending  its  entire  length 
(mesobronchus) .  All  the  air  passages  of  the  lung,  and  the  air- 
sacs,  arise  from  the  mesobronchi  by  processes  of  budding  and 
branching,  enlargement  of  buds  to  form  air-sacs,  and  by  various 
secondary  anastomoses  of  branches.  The  mesobronchi  are  sur- 
rounded from  the  first  by  a  thick  mass  of  mesenchyme,  covered 
of  course  towards  the  body  cavity  by  a  layer  of  mesot helium. 
In  the  early  development  the  mesenchyme  of  the  lung-primordia 
grows  so  rapidly  as  to  provide  adequate  space  for  the  branch- 
ing of  the  mesobronchi  entirely  within  the  mesenchymal 
tissue. 

Although  the  development  of  the  lungs  of  the  chick  was 
studied  by  several  earlier  investigators,  our  principal  reliance  in 
this  subject  rests  on  the  beautiful  and  complete  study  by  Locy 
and  his  students. 

We  may  note  the  general  topographical  development  as 
follows:  The  expansion  of  the  lungs  takes  place  into  the  pleural 
cavities;  they  therefore  raise  themselves  from  their  surfaces  of 
attachment,  oesophagus  and  pleuroperitoneal  membrane,  and 
project  in  all  directions,  but  especially  dorsally  and  anteriorly 
(Fig.  189).  We  may  thus  distinguish  free  and  attached  surfaces; 
the  latter  is  nearly  a  plane  surface  and  on  the  whole  ventral  in 
position,  and  the  free  arched  surfaces  are  dorsal.  However,  it 
should  be  remembered  that  the  pleuroperitoneal  membrane 
which  forms  the  attached  surface,  lies  at  first  in  a  sagittal  plane, 
and  only  secondarily  becomes  frontal.  In  successive  stages,  the 
attached  surface  of  the  lung  (pleuroperitoneal  membrane) 
rotates  from  a  sagittal  to  an  approximately  frontal  plane  (Chap. 
XI).  An  anterior  lung  lobe  grows  out  in  front  and  dorsal  to  the 
mesobronchus,  beginning  at  six  days,  and  the  extra-pulmonary 
bronchus  thus  acquires  a  ventral  insertion  into  the  lung. 

Stages  in  the  development  may  be  described  as  follows: 
At  96  hours,  the  bronchi  arise  from  the  end  of  the  trachea,  ven- 
tral to  the  oesophagus  and  pass  back  on  either  side  of  the  latter, 
describing  near  their  centers  a  rather  sharp  curve  that  brings 
the  dorsal  ends  to  a  higher  level  than  the  oesophagus.  A  very 
slight  dilatation  at  the  extreme  end  of  the  mesobronchus  is  usually 
interpreted  as  the  beginning  of  the  abdominal  air-sac. 


ALIMENTARY    TRACT    AND    ITS    APPENDAGES 


327 


At  six  days  the  mesobronchus  within  the  hmg  describes  a 
course  nearly  parallel  to  the  oesophagus  as  far  as  the  middle  of 
the  lung;  in  this  part  of  its  course  it  lies  near  the  median  sur- 
face and  ascends  very  slightly.  About  the  middle  of  the  lung 
it  makes  a  sharp  bend,  and  passes  toward  the  lateral  and  dorsal 
surface  of  the  lung;  here  it  enters  a  considerable  thin-walled 
dilatation  from  which  it  is  continued  straight  backwards  by  means 


-. '  m\J^!^ 


^^^'A/ 


■Nes-b.dX    ^^;;^ 


Y.ca. 


F-'\^'it 


M' 


vf- 


P6- 


Fig.  189.  —  Photograph  of  transverse  section  through  the  lungs  of  an  8-day 
chick  embryo. 
A.  A.  d.,  Right  aortic  (systemic)  arch.  D.  art.  d.,  s.,  Right  and  left  ductus 
arteriosi.  Ent'b.l.,  Branches  of  first  entobronchus.  M.  ph  pc,  Pleurope- 
ricardial  membrane.  Mes'b.  d.,  s.,  Right  and  left  mesobronchia.  (Es., 
(Esophagus.  Pc,  Pericardial  cavity,  pi.  Cav.,  Pleural  cavity.  Rec.  p.  e.  s., 
Left  pneumato-enteric  recess.     V.  c.  a.,  Anterior  vense  cavse. 

of  a  second  curve,  and  ends  in  the  same  slight  thick-walled  dila- 
tation that  we  noted  on  the  fourth  day.  There  are  thus  three  very 
distinct  divisions  of  the  mesobronchus  which  we  may  name  the 
anterior,  the  middle,  and  the  posterior. 

Four   evaginations   arise  on  the   sixth  day  from  the  mesial 


328  THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 

wall  of  the  anterior  division  of  the  mesobronchus,  which  is  other- 
wise unbranched.  These  represent  the  entobronchi;  they  arise 
in  antero-posterior  order,  and  the  first  is  therefore  the  largest. 
The  part  of  the  mesobronchus  from  which  they  arise  will  form 
the  vestibulum  of  the  adult  lung. 

Later  on  the  same  day  the  ectobronchi,  six  in  number,  begin 
to  arise  from  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  dilated  portion  of  the 
middle  division  of  the  mesobronchus.  Other  independent  out- 
growths of  the  same  division  of  the  mesobronchus  are  the 
so-called  laterobronchi  and  dorsobronchi  (Locy).  These  four 
groups  of  out-growths  may  be  classed  as  secondary  bronchi  (Fig. 
191). 

On  the  ninth  day  (Fig.  191)  the  first  entobronchus  has  formed 
a  number  of  branches  in  the  anterior  lobe  of  the  lung,  and  two  of 
its  terminal  twigs,  one  in  the  antero-dorsal,  the  other  in  the  antero- 
ventral  tip  of  the  lung,  are  slightly  dilated  and  project  as  primordia 
of  the  cervical  and  interclavicular  air-sacs  respectively.  The 
second  entobronchus  is  also  subdivided  several  times;  its  terminal 
branches  extending  to  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  lung.  The  third 
entobronchus  bends  ventrally,  and  from  its  base  a  narrow  canal 
extends  into  the  pleuroperitoneal  membrane,  where  it  expands 
into  the  anterior  thoracic  air-sac,  which  is  much  the  largest  of 
the  air-sacs  at  this  time. 

Between  the  eighth  and  eleventh  days,  numerous  tertiary 
bronchi  (parabronchi)  arise  from  the  secondary  bronchi  (Fig. 
190).  These  are  considerably  smaller  than  the  tubes  from  which 
they  arise,  and  are  extremely  numerous,  radiating  from  all  parts 
of  the  secondary  bronchi  towards  the  free  surfaces  and  interior 
of  the  lungs.  They  are  embedded  in  the  mesenchyme  of  the  lung, 
which  is  already  marked  out  into  areas  hexagonal  in  cross-section, 
with  the  parabronchi  in  the  centers,  by  the  developing  pulmonary 
blood-vessels. 

From  the  twelfth  to  the  eighteenth  days  parabronchi  of  dif- 
ferent origin  meet  and  fuse  in  a  most  extensive  fashion,  thus  form- 
ing an  intercommunicating  net-work  of  tubes  throughout  the 
lung.  Air-capillaries  finally  arise  from  the  parabronchi  in  the 
centers  of  the  hexagonal  areas  and  form  an  anastomotic  net-work 
arising  from  and  surrounding  the  parabronchi.  This  completes 
the  system  of  tubes  arising   from   the   secondary  bronchi;    but 


ALIMENTARY  TRACT  AND   ITS  APPENDAGES 


329 


another  system,  that  of  the  recurrent  bronchi,  develops  from  the 
air-sacs  which  we  now  go  on  to  consider. 


Ft.C. 


Li  Pt.C. 


Fig.  190.  — Transverse  section  through  the  lungs  of  a  chick  embryo  of  11 

a.  til.  A.  S.,  Anterior  thoracic  air-sac.  Ao.,  Aorta.  Aur.  d.,  s.,  Right  and 
left  auricles.  B.  d.,  s.,  Right  and  left  ducts  of  Botallus.  F.,  Feather  germs. 
Li.,  Liver.  P.  C,  Pericardial  cavity,  p.  p.  M.,  Pleuroperitoneal  membrane. 
P  V  ,  Pulmonary  vein.  Par'b.,  Parabronchi.  PI.  C,  Pleural  cavity.  Pt.  C, 
Peritoneal  cavity.  R.,  Rib.  Sc,  Scapula.  V.  d.,  s.,  Right  and  left  ventri- 
cles. 

The  expanding  hmgs  nearly  fill  the  pleural  cavities  on  the 
eleventh  day.  Subsequently,  the  pleural  cavity  is  obliterated 
by  fusion  of  the  free  surfaces  of  the  lungs  with  the  wall  of  the 
pleural  cavities.     Thus  it  happens  that  the  dorsal  surfaces  of  the 


330 


THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 


lungs  of  the  adult  ''have  no  peritoneal  covering,"  although  this 
is  denied  by  other  authors. 

The  air-sacs  are  terminal  expansions  of  entobronchi  or  of  the 
mesobronchus  (Fig.  191).  From  all  of  them  with  the  exception 
of  the  cervical  sac  there  grow  bronchial  tubes  which  connect  with 
parabronchi  secondarily  within  the  lung  proper.  Owing  to  their 
method  of  origin,  and  also  to  the  fact  that  the  current  of  air  through 
them  in  the  functional  lung  is  from  the  air-sacs,  these  tubes  are 
known  as  recurrent  bronchi.     The  lungs  of  birds  thus  differ  from 


Cerir.S. 
-Br. 


.I-CLt.TnoC- 

-Mes.moi 
^Bixt.  l- 
~Ent.2- 

-EntA. 


BcU4--^ 


Dors. 


---i.at.3--' 
— HccBr.-- 


-Abd,S. 


Fig.  191.  —  The  air  passages  of  the  limg  of  the  chick  early  on  the  ninth  day 
of  incubation.  A  Lateral  view;  B.  Mesial  view.  (After  Locy  and  Larsell.) 
Abd.  S.,  Abdominal  Air-sac.  Ant.  Th.  S.,  Anterior  thoracic  air-sac.  Br., 
Bronchi.  Cerv.  S.,  Cervical  air-sac.  Dors.,  Dorsibronchi.  Ect.  1,  Ect.  2, 
etc.,  First  to  fourth  Ectobronchi.  Ent.  1,  Ent.  2,  etc.,  First  to  fourth  Ento- 
bronchi. Lat.  3,  Third  laterobronchus.  Lat.  moi.;  Mes.  moi..  Lateral  and 
mesial  moieties  of  the  interclavicular  air-sac.    Rec.  Br.,  Recurrent  bronchi. 

those  of  other  vertebrates  in  having  no  terminal  alveoli,  contain- 
ing residual  air;  there  is  instead  a  system  of  communicating  tubes 
through  which  the  air  flows. 

The  abdominal  air-sacs  do  not  undergo  any  considerable 
expansion  until  after  the  eighth  day  (cf.  Fig.  191).  Then  they 
push  through  the  hinder  end  of  the  pleuroperitoneal  membrane, 
now  fused  with  the  lateral  body- wall,  and  penetrate  the  latter 
just  beneath  the  peritoneum.  About  the  tenth  day  they  begin 
to  expand  into  the  abdominal  cavity  just  behind  the  liver,  thus 
evaginating  the  peritoneum.     The  left  sac  is  somewhat  larger 


ALIMENTARY    TRACT    AND    ITS    \PPENDAGES  331 

than  the  right.  The  expansion  goes  on  lapidly  and  by  the 
thirteenth  to  the  fifteenth  day  they  have  reached  the  hinder  end 
of  the  body  cavity,  and  have  akeady  expanded  into  it  so  far  as 
to  form  fusions  with  the  mesentery.  Recurrent  bronchi  begin 
to  develop  from  their  base  about  the  ninth  day. 

The  cervical  sacs  appear  early  from  an  anterior  branch  of  the  first 
entobronchus  (Fig.  191).     They  form  no  recurrent  bronchi  (Locy). 

The  interclavicular  sac,  which  is  single  in  the  adult,  arises 
from  two  sacs  on  each  side,  a  lateral  moiety  from  the  first  ento- 
bronchus, and  a  mesial  moiety  from  the  third.  These  four  parts 
fuse  to  form  the  single  sac  of  the  adult  (Locy).  These  sacs  form 
recurrent  entobranchi. 

The  anterior  thoracic  sac  forms  about  the  seventh  day  as  a 
dilatation  of  the  ventral  wall  of  the  third  entobronchus  pro- 
jecting into  the  pleuroperitoneal  membrane  near  its  median 
edge;  it  thus  lies  just  lateral  to  the  pneumato-enteric  recesses. 
From  this  position  it  expands  laterally  and  posteriorly  in  the 
pleuroperitoneal  membrane  and  thus  gradually  splits  it  in  two 
layers  (Fig.  190,  11  days). 

The  posterior  thoracic  air-sac  arises  from  the  third  latero- 
bronchus  somewhat  later  than  the  others,  and  grows  at  first 
through  the  hinder  portion  of  the  pleuroperitoneal  membrane  to 
enter  the  lateral  body  wall.  In  its  subsequent  expansion,  it  splits 
the  posterior  portion  of  the  pleuroperitoneal  membrane,  as  the 
anterior  thoracic  air-sac  does  the  anterior  portion  of  the  same 
membrane.  Anterior  and  posterior  thoracic  air-sacs  then  come 
into  contact,  forming  a  septum.    Both  form  recurrent  bronchi. 

The  lower  layer  of  the  pleuroperitoneal  membrane,  split  off 
from  the  upper  layer  by  expansion  of  anterior  and  posterior 
thoracic  air-sacs,  constitutes  the  oblique  septmn.  The  most 
posterior  portion  of  the  oblique  septum,  however,  is  derived  from 
the  peritoneum  of  the  lateral  body  wall  by  expansion  of  the  pos- 
terior thoracic  air-sacs  behind  the  pleuroperitoneal  membrane. 

Like  the  abdominal  air-sacs,  ''the  remainder  expand  rapidly, 
particularly  from  the  fourteenth  day  on,  among  the  thoracic 
viscera,  and  fuse  intimately  with  these  and  the  walls  of  the  body 
cavity  in  a  few  days,  the  coelomatic  fluid  being  in  the  meantime 
absorbed.  The  interclavicular  air-sac  grows  out  to  form  the 
subscapular  air-sac  and  at  the  time  of  hatching  has  approached 
close  to  the  humerus."     (Selenka.) 


332  THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 

The  Laryngotracheal  Groove..  The  embryonic  primordium 
of  the  larynx  and  trachea  communicates  at  first  along  its  entire 
length  with  the  postbranchial  division  of  the  pharynx  (72  hours). 
At  96  hours  the  hinder  portion  of  the  groove  is  already  converted 
into  a  tube  lying  beneath  the  anterior  end  of  the  oesophagus;  this 
is  the  beginning  of  the  trachea;  the  anterior  part  of  the  original 
groove  represents  the  larynx,  and  its  opening  into  the  pharynx 
the  glottis.  It  is  not  clear  whether  the  trachea  arises  as  an  out- 
growth of  the  hinder  end  of  the  laryngotracheal  groove,  or  from 
the  hinder  portion  of  the  groove  itself,  by  constriction  from  the 
pharynx.  At  96  hours  the  lumen  of  the  lower  end  of  the  trachea 
and  adjoining  portion  of  the  two  bronchi  is  obliterated  by  thicken- 
ing of  the  walls;   this  is,  however,  a  very  transitory  condition. 

The  growth  of  the  trachea  in  length  is  extremely  rapid,  keep- 
ing pace,  of  course,  with  the  elongation  of  the  neck.  At  six  days 
the  trachea  is  a  long  epithelial  tube  with  thick  wahs  branch- 
ing into  the  two  bronchi  at  its  lower  end.  At  its  cephahc 
end  the  lumen  opens  into  a  considerable  cavity,  representing 
the  larnyx;  the  glottis  appears  to  be  closed  by  a  plug  of 
epithelial  cells  continuous  with  the  sohd  wall  of  the  oesophagus. 
At  eight  days  the  lumen  of  both  larynx  and  glottis  is  completely 
closed  by  the  thickened  epithehum;  at  eleven  days  the  cavity 
of  the  lower  end  of  the  larynx  is  re-established,  and  the  cell 
mass  at  the  upper  end  is  converted  into  a  mesh-work  by  vacuoU- 
zation;  the  lips  of  the  glottis  still  show  a  complete  epithelial 
fusion.  Thus  it  is  apparent  that  the  cavity  of  the  larynx  is  es- 
tabhshed  by  the  formation  of  vacuoles  within  the  soUd  cell-mass, 
and  by  their  expansion  and  fusion.  I  cannot  say  how  soon  the 
glottis  becomes  open. 

The  development  of  the  laryngotracheal  apparatus,  including 
the  cartilages  and  muscles,  has  not  been  specially  investigated  in 
the  chick.  In  general,  it  can  be  said  that  the  parts  external  to  the 
epithehum  arise  from  the  mesenchyme,  which  begins  to  condense 
around  the  epithelial  tube  on  the  fifth  day.  On  the  eighth  day 
the  glottis  forms  a  decided  projection  into  the  pharynx.  Distinct 
cartilaginous  rings  in  the  trachea  are  not  visible  on  the  eighth  day, 
but  are  well  formed  on  the  eleventh  day.  As  regards  the  syrinx 
it  has  been  established  by  Wunderhch  for  Fringilla  domestica  that 
the  tympanic  cartilage  arises  from  the  lower  tracheal  rings.  The 
origin  of  the  musculature  of  the  syrinx  is  not  known. 


CHAPTER   XI 

THE    BODY-CAVITIES,   MESENTERIES    AND    SEPTUM 

TRANSVERSUM 

The  development  of  these  parts  is  one  of  the  most  difficult 
subjects  in  embryologA^  involving,  as  it  does,  complex  relations 
between  the  viscera,  vascular  system,  and  primitive  body-cavity, 
on  which  the  definitive  relations  of  the  bodv-cavities  and  mesen- 
teries  depend. 

The  pericardial  and  pleuro peritoneal  cavities  are  completely 
separated  in  all  vertebrates  excepting  Amphioxus,  cyclostomes 
and  some  Selachii  and  ganoids,  in  which  narrow  apertures  exist 
between  the  two.  The  pleural  and  peritoneal  divisions  of  the 
coelome  of  the  trunk  communicate  widely  in  amphibia;  among 
reptiles  completely  closed  pleural  cavities  are  found  apparently 
only  in  Crococlilia;  in  birds  and  mammals  they  are  completely 
closed. 

As  we  have  seen,  in  the  early  embryo  of  the  chick  there  is 
free  communication  between  all  parts  of  the  body-cavity.  We 
have  to  consider,  therefore,  (1)  the  separation  of  the  pericardial 
and  pleuro  peritoneal  cavities,  (2)  the  separation  of  pleural  and 
peritoneal  cavities,  and  (3)  development  of  the  mesenteries. 

I.    The    Separation   of    the    Pericardial   and    Pleuroperi- 

TONEAL  Cavities 

The  pericardial  cavity  proceeds  from  the  cephalic  division  of 
the  primitive  coelome  (parietal  cavity  of  His).  We  may  review 
its  primitive  relations  as  follows  (stage  of  10  somites;  see  Chap. 
V) :  it  contains  the  heart  which  divides  it  into  right  and  left 
parts  so  long  as  the  dorsal  and  ventral  mesocardia  persist;  these, 
however,  disappear  very  early.  Laterally,  the  parietal  cavity 
communicates  with  the  extra-embryonic  body-cavity  (Figs.  53 
and  54) ;  posteriorly  it  is  bounded  by  the  wall  of  the  anterior 
intestinal  portal   (Fig.  67),  on  which  the  heart  is  seated  like  a 

333 


334  THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE  CHICK 

rider  in  his  saddle,  the  body  of  the  rider  being  represented  by 
the  heart,  and  his  legs  by  the  omphalomesenteric  veins.  On 
each  side  of  this  posterior  wall  the  parietal  cavity  communicates 
with  the  coelome  of  the  trunk.  The  floor  of  the  parietal  cavity 
comprises  two  parts  meeting  at  the  head-fold,  the  anterior  part 
being  composed  of  somatopleure,  and  the  posterior  part  of 
splanchnopleure;  the  former  is  part  of  the  definitive  pericardial 
wall,   the   latter,  known   as   the   precardial   plate,   is   provisional 

(Fig!  67). 

The  lateral  mesocardia  also  take  part  in  boundmg  the  parietal 
cavity.  It  will  be  remembered  that  these  arise  as  a  fusion  on 
each  side  between  the  somatopleure  and  the  primitive  omphalo- 
mesenteric veins,  and  that  the  ducts  of  Cuvier  develop  in  them. 
As  the  blastoderm  is  spread  out  flat  at  the  time  that  they  form, 
they  constitute  at  first  a  lateral  boundary  to  the  posterior  part 
of  the  parietal  cavity;  but  as  the  embryo  becomes  separated  from 
the  blastoderm  they  assume  a  frontal  position  between  the  sinus 
venosus  and  body-wall,  tne  original  median  face  becoming  dorsal 
and  the  lateral  face  ventral.  Thus  they  come  to  form  a  dorsal 
wall  for  the  posterior  part  of  the  parietal  cavity  (Fig.  119).  The 
communication  of  the  parietal  cavity  with  the  ccelome  of  the 
trunk  is  thus  divided  into  two,  known  respectively  as  the  dorsal 
parietal  recess  and  the  ventral  parietal  recess.  The  former  is 
a  passageway  above  the  lateral  mesocardia,  communicating  in 
front  with  the  parietal  (pericardial)  cavity  and  behind  with  the 
trunk  cavity;  the  latter  is  a  communication  on  each  side  of  the 
wall  of  the  anterior  intestinal  portal  ventral  to  the  lateral  meso- 
cardia. 

The  completion  of  the  posterior  wall  of  the  pericardium  is 
brought  about  by  the  formation  and  development  of  the  septum 
transversum. 

Septum  Transversum.  The  septum  transversum  arises  from 
three  originally  distinct  parts,  viz.,  (1)  a  median  mass,  (2)  the 
lateral  mesocardia,  and  (3)  lateral  closing  folds  arising  from 
the  body-wall  between  the  uml:)ilicus  and  the  lateral  mesocardia. 

1.  The  median  mass  proceeds  from  the  ventral  mesentery 
of  the  fore-gut.  The  location  of  the  heart  and  liver  in  the  ventral 
mesentery  divides  it  in  three  parts,  viz.,  (a)  a  superior  part, 
comprising  the  mesocardium  and  dorsal  ligament  of  the  liver 
(gastrohepatic  ligament),  uniting  the  floor  of  the   fore-gut  and 


THE    BODY-CAVITIES 


335 


the  heart  and  Uver,  (h)  a  median  portion  comprising  the  sinus 
venosus,  ductus  venosus  and  Hver,  and  (c)  an  inferior  portion. 
Tlie  superior  part  persists  in  the  region  of  the  sinus  venosus  and 
liver,  and  the  inferior  part  only  as  the  primary  ventral  ligament 
of  the  liver. 

The  median  mass  of  the  septum  transversum  thus  includes 
the  sinus  venosus,  liver,  and  dorsal  and  ventral  ligaments  of  the 
liver. 

At  sixty  hours  the  median  mass  includes  chiefly  the  sinus 
and  ductus  venosus  and  their  mesenteries.  At  eighty  hours 
(Fig.    192)   a  constriction  begins   to   appear  between  sinus  and 


Fig.  192.  —  Reconstruction  of  the  septum  transversum  and 
associated  mesenteries  of  a  chick  embryo  of  80  hours.  (After 
Ravn.) 
Ao.,  Aorta.     Int.,  Intestine.     Liv.,  Liver.     PI.  m'g.,  Plica 


mesogastrica. 


S.V.,  Sinus  venosus. 


ductus  venosus,  and  the  walls  of  the  latter  are  expanded  by  the 
formation  of  liver  tissue,  so  that  the  cylindrical  form  charac- 
teristic of  sixty  hours  is  lost,  and  the  lateral  walls  of  the  ductus 
venosus  bulge  considerably.  The  continued  growth  of  the  liver 
causes  a  rapid  lateral  expansion  of  this  portion  of  the  septum 
transversum  (Fig.  193  A). 

The  primary  ventral  ligament  of  the  liver  is  included  within 
the  wall  of  the  anterior  intestinal  portal  up  to  al)out  eighty  hours. 
But,  as  the  volk-sac  shifts  farther  back,  this  ligament  appears 
as  a  separate   membrane    (inferior  part  of  the   primary   ventral 


336 


THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 


Fig.  193.  —  Reconstruction    of    the   septum   transversum   and 
associated  mesenteries  of  a  chick  embryo  of  5  to  6  days.     (After 

Ravn.) 

A.  Entire. 

B.  After  removal  of  the  liver  and  sinus  venosus. 

A.,  Aorta,  ac.  M.,  Accessory  mesentery.  cav.  F.,  Caval 
fold.  coel.  F.,  Coeliac  fold.  Her.,  Hiatus  communis  reces- 
sum.  Int.,  Intestine.  Lg.,  Lung.  Liv.,  Liver,  m.  p.,  Pleuro- 
pericardial  membrane,  pvl.,  Primary  ventral  ligament  of  the 
hver.  Sv.,  Sinus  venosus. 

mesentery),  uniting  the  ventral  and  posterior  face  of  the  liver 

to  the  body-wall  just  in  front  of  the  umbilicus  (Fig.  193  A,  pvl.). 

For  the  purposes  of  these  figures  the  body-wall  is  cut  away. 

Nevertheless,  it  can  be  seen  that  the  pericardial  cavity  commiuii- 


THE    BODY-CAVITIES  337 

cates  with  the  peritoneal  cavity  around  the  median  mass  of  the 
septum  transversum  beneath  the  kiteral  mesocardia. 

2.  The  lateral  mesocardia  constitute  the  second  component 
of  the  septum  transversum.  At  the  stage  of  sixty  hours  they 
are  nearly  round  in  section.  At  eighty-six  hours  the  substance 
posterior  to  the  duct  of  Cuvier  begins  to  thicken  (Fig.  192)  so 
that  the  section  is  no  longer  round  but  elongated  towards  the 
umbilicus.  They  still  extend  almost  transversely  to  the  lateral 
body-wall.  However,  the  retreat  of  the  heart  backwards  soon 
changes  their  direction  (Fig.  193  A)  so  as  to  form  a  long  oblique 
partition  between  the  pericardium  and  the  dorsal  parietal  recess, 
the  direction  of  the  ducts  of  Cuvier  being  changed  at  the  same 
time.  The  lateral  mesocardia  are  directly  continuous  with  the 
anterior  portion  of  the  median  mass  of  the  septum  transversum. 

3.  The  lateral  closing  folds  arise  as  ridges  of  the  lateral  body- 
wall  extending  obliquely  from  the  primary  ventral  ligament  of 
the  liver  upwards  and  forwards  to  the  lateral  mesocardia.  They 
arise  along  the  course  of  the  umbilical  veins  which  open  at  first 
into  the  ducts  of  Cuvier.  As  the  lateral  closing  folds  develop 
first  at  their  anterior  ends,  they  appear  as  direct  backward 
prolongations  of  the  lateral  mesocardia.  They  fuse  with  the 
lateral  ventral  surface  of  the  liver  (median  mass  of  the  septum 
transversum),  and  when  they  are  completed  back  to  the  primary 
ventral  ligament  of  the  liver,  they  completely  close  the  ventral 
communication  of  the  pericardium  with  the  peritoneal  cavity. 
They  mark  out  a  triangular  area  on  the  cephalic  face  of  the  liver 
with  postero-ventral  apex  and  antero-dorsal  base,  which  forms 
the  median  portion  of  the  posterior  wall  of  the  pericardium  (cf. 
Fig.  193  A).  At  six  days  the  ventral  communication  of  the 
pericardium  is  reduced  to  a  very  small  opening,  and  at  eight  days 
it  is  entirely  closed. 

Closure  of  the  Dorsal  Opening  of  the  Pericardium.  As  already 
noted  the  pericardial  cavity  communicates  with  the  peritoneal 
cavity  above  the  lateral  mesocardia  by  way  of  the  dorsal 
parietal  recesses,  which  are  destined  to  form  a  large  part  of  the 
pleural  cavities.  We  have,  therefore,  to  consider  next  the  closure 
of  the  aperture  between  the  pleural  and  pericardial  cavities. 
We  have  already  seen  that  the  heart  shifts  backwards  very  rapidly 
between  the  third  and  sixth  days,  and  this  draws  out  the  lateral 
mesocardia  in  an  oblique  plane  directed  from  dorsal  anterior  to 


338  THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF  THE  CHICK 

ventral  posterior  (Fig.  193);  the  ducts  of  Ciivier  thus  become 
oblique  also,  and  the  lateral  mesocardia  become  converted  into 
an  oblique  septum  between  the  posterior  parts  of  the  incipient 
pleural  cavities  and  the  pericardial  cavity  (pleuro-pericardial 
membrane).  In  front  of  the  sinus  venosus,  however,  the  pleural 
and  pericardial  cavities  communicate  with  one  another  between 
the  ducts  of  Cuvier,  which  form  a  projection  from  the  lateral 
body-wall,  and  the  bronchi  which  project  laterally  beneath  the 
oesophagus.  These  apertures  are  gradually  closed  by  fusion  of 
the  walls  of  the  bronchi  with  the  projecting  duct  of  Cuvier,  begin- 
ning in  front  and  extending  back  to  the  sinus  venosus.  Thus  the 
incipient  pleural  cavities  come  to  end  blindly  in  front,  though 
they  still  communicate  widely  behind  with  the  peritoneal  cavity. 
The  membrane  thus  established  between  pleural  and  pericardial 
cavities  is  know^n  as  the  pleuro-pericardial  membrane. 

Establishment  of  Independent  Pericardial  Walls.  With  the 
formation  of  the  ventral  body-wall  the  precardial  plate  (a  portion 
of  the  splanchnopleure,  which  at  first  forms  part  of  the  floor  of 
the  pericardial  cavity)  is  gradually  replaced  by  the  ventral  body- 
wall.  The  pericardial  cavity  is  thus  bounded  ventrally  and 
laterally  by  the  body-wall  and  posteriorly  by  the  median  mass 
of  the  septum  transversum.  It  has  no  independent  walls  at 
first.  The  definitive  pericardium  is,  however,  a  membranous 
sac,  and  this  is  formed  by  two  main  processes:  in  the  first  place 
the  membrane  of  the  anterior  face  of  the  liver  (median  mass  of 
the  septum  transversum)  which  forms  the  posterior  boundary 
of  the  pericardium  becomes  much  thickened,  and  gradually 
splits  off  from  the  liver  (cf.  Figs.  148  and  150),  the  peritoneal 
cavity  extending  pari  passu  between  the  liver  and  the  membrana 
pericardiaco-peritoneale  thus  formed.  The  suspensory  ligament 
of  the  liver,  however,  remains  in  the  middle  line,  and  the  mem- 
brane is  also  directly  continuous  w^ith  the  liver  dorsally  around 
the  roots  of  the  great  veins.  Thus  a  membranous  wall  is  estab- 
lished for  the  posterior  part  of  the  pericardium.  In  the  second 
place  the  peritoneal  cavity  extends  secondarily  into  the  body- 
wall  bounding  the  pericardium  ventrally  and  laterally,  and  thus 
splits  a  membranous  pericardial  sac  oE  from  the  body-wall.  In 
this  process  the  liver  appears  to  play  an  active  role.  At  least 
its  anterior  lobes  occupy  the  peritoneal  spaces  thus  established 
(Fig.  194).     In  the  mammals,  on   the  other  hand,  it  is  the  ex- 


THE    BODY-CAVITIES 


339 


tension   of  the   pleural  cavities   ventrally  that  splits   the   mem- 
branous pericardium  from  the  body-wall. 

Derivatives  of  the  Septum  Transversum.  From  the  preceding 
account  it  will  be  seen  that  the  following  are  derivatives  of  the 
septum  transversum:  (1)  The  posterior  part  of  the  pericardial 
membrane.  (2)  The  pleuro-pericardial  membrane.  (3)  The  liver 
with  its  vessels  and  gastro-hepatic  and  primary  ventral  ligaments. 


Fig.  194.  —  Photot;raph  of  a  transverse  section  of  an  8-day  chick. 

abd.  A.  S.,  Abdominal  air-sac.  A.  coel.,  Coeliac  artery.  Ao.,  Aorta. 
A.  o.  m.,  Omphalomesenteric  artery.  Aiir.  d.,  Right  auricle.  Cav.  pc, 
Pericardial  cavity.  M.  D.,  Miillerian  duct.  M.  pc,  Membranous  pericar- 
dium. Msn.,  Mesonephros.  Pr'v.,  Proventriculus.  S.,  Septum  ventricu- 
lorum.  V.  c.  i.,  Vena  cava  inferior.  V.  h.  d.,  Right  hepatic  vein.  V.  d., 
Right  ventricle.     V.  s.,  Left  ventricle. 

(4)  A  small  part  of  the  heart  (the  sinus  venosus).  As  regards 
the  last,  it  should  be  noted  that  the  anterior  portion  of  the  original 
septum  transversum  is  gradually  constricted  from  the  major 
posterior  portion  and  becomes  established  as  the  sinus  venosus; 


340  THE  DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE  CHICK 

this  subsequently  becomes  incorporated  in  the  right  auricle  of 
the  heart.     (See  Chap.  XII). 

II.     Separation  of  Pleural  and  Peritoneal  Cavities;  Origin 
OF  THE  Septum  Pleuro-peritoneale 

The  pleuro-peritoneal  septum  arises  from  the  so-called  acces- 
sory mesenteries,  the  origin  of  which  must  now  be  described. 
At  first  the  septum  transversum  has  only  a  median  dorsal  mesen- 
tery, viz.,  the  superior  part  of  the  primary  ventral  mesentery 
that  unites  the  septum  transversum  to  the  floor  of  the  fore-gut, 
and  so  by  way  of  the  dorsal  mesentery  of  the  latter  to  the  dorsal 
body-wall.     Subsequently,  however,  there  arises  a  pair  of  mesen- 
teries extending  from  the  lateral  wall  of  the  cesophagus   to  the 
septum  transversum.     These  are  the  accessory  mesenteries,  and 
they  arise  as  follows:  about  the  sixtieth  hour  they  appear  as 
mesenchymatous  outgrowths,  forming  elongated  lobes,  projecting 
from  the  side  walls  of  the   oesophagus  opposite  the  hind  end  of 
the   lung   rudiments.     The   right   and   left   lobes   are   practically 
the  same  size  at  first  and  they  bend  over  ventrally  and  soon  fuse 
with  the  median  mass  of  the  septum  transversum,  represented 
at  this  time  by  the  sinus  and  meatus  venosus  (cf.  Figs.  118-120, 
Chap.  VI).     Thus  are  produced  a  pair  of  bays  of  the  peritoneal 
cavity  ending  blindly  in  front,  bounded  laterally  by  the  accessory 
mesenteries,  and  in  the  median  direction  by  the  intestine  and 
its  mesenteries.     These  are  the  pneumato-enteric  recesses. 

These  bays  have  received  different  names  from  the  various  authors: 
thus  His  named  only  the  right  one  as  recessus  superior  sacci  omenti; 
the  left  one  being  practically  absent  in  mammals;  Stoss  called  both  re- 
cessus pleuro-peritoneales ;  :\Iall  called  them  gastric  diverticula;  Hoch- 
stetter,  recessus  pulmo-hepatici ;  Maurer,  bursa  hepatico-enterica ;  Ravn, 
recessus  superior  for  the  right  one  and  recessus  sinister  for  the  left.  We 
may  call  them  the  pneumato-enteric  recesses  (recessus  pneumato-enterici) , 
following  Broman. 

At  seventy-two  hours  the  entodermal  lung-sacs  extend  to 
the  base  of  the  accessory  mesenteries,  ending  at  the  anterior 
end  of  the  pneumato-enteric  recesses.  On  the  left  side  at  this 
time  the  recess  is  fully  formed  back  to  near  the  anterior  end  of 
the  cephalic  hepatic  diverticulum,  on  the  right  side  considerably 
farther  back;  that  is,  the  accessory  mesentery  is  already  longer 
on  the  right  than  on  the  left  side,  and  the  mesenchymatous  lobe 


THE   BODY-CAVITIES  341 

from  which  it  arises  (pUca  mesogastrica,  Broman)  can  be  traced 
back,  shifting  its  attachment  to  the  dorsal  mesentery,  as  far  as 
the  anterior  intestinal  portal  and  a  little  farther  (Fig.  192,  cf. 
also  Fig.  120). 

At  ninety-six  hours  the  entodermal  lung-sacs  extend  far  into 
the  accessory  mesenteries,  and  thus  lie  laterally  to  the  pneumato- 
enteric  recesses.  On  the  left  side  the  accessory  mesentery  ceases 
opposite  the  tip  of  the  lung,  but  on  the  right  side  it  is  continued 
back  by  the  mesentery  of  the  vena  cava  as  far  as  the  middle  of 
the  stomach,  and  in  this  region  its  ventral  attachment  is  to  the 
superior  lateral  angle  of  the  liver. 

The  growth  of  the  lung-sacs  into  the  accessory  mesenteries 
divides  the  latter  into  three  parts,  viz.,  a  superior  portion  uniting 
the  lung  to  the  dorsal  mesentery,  a  median  portion  enclosing  the 
lung,  and  an  inferior  portion  uniting  the  lung-sacs  to  the  median 
mass  of  the  septum  trans versum.  Now,  as  the  liver  expands 
laterally  the  ventral  attachment  of  the  accessory  mesentery  is 
carried  out  towards  the  lateral  body-wall,  inasmuch  as  its  attach- 
ment is  to  the  lateral  superior  face  of  the  liver  (cf.  Fig.  231,  Chap. 
XIII).  Thus  the  accessory  mesenteries  are  gradually  shifted 
from  their  original  almost  sagittal  plane  to  a  plane  that  is  approxi- 
mately frontal.  The  developing  lungs  project  dorsally  from  the 
accessory  mesenteries,  which  may  now  be  called  the  pleuro- 
peritoneal  membranes,  into  the  pleural  cavities  (Fig.  189);  and 
the  latter  communicate  with  the  peritoneal  cavity  onl}^  laterally 
to  the  liver.  These  communications  are  then  soon  closed  by  a 
fusion  betw^een  the  lateral  edges  of  the  pleuro-peritoneal  mem- 
brane and  the  lateral  body-wall;  this  fusion  is  not  completely 
established  on  the  eighth  day,  but  it  is  on  the  eleventh  day. 

In  reptiles  and  mammals  the  so-called  mesonephric  mesentery  plays 
an  important  part  in  the  closure  of  the  pleural  cavities.  It  arises  from 
the  apex  of  the  mesonephros  at  its  cephalic  end,  and  fuses  with  the  septum 
transversum.  It  thus  forms  a  partition  between  the  hinder  portion 
of  the  pleural  cavity  and  the  cranio-lateral  recesses  of  the  peritoneal 
cavity.  Subsequently,  in  mammals,  its  posterior  free  border  fuses  with 
the  caudal  bounding  folds  of  the  pleural  cavity  that  arise  as  forwardly 
directed  projections  from  the  accessory  mesentery  on  the  right  side 
and  the  wall  of  the  stomach  on  the  left.  Hochstetter  states  that  such 
a  mesonephric  fold  is  found  in  the  chick  but  that  it  does  not  appear  to 
play  any  essential  part  in  the  formation  of  the  septum  pleuro-peritoneale. 


342  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF   THE  CHICK 

I  find  it  in  the  chick  as  a  very  minute  vestige  at  the  cranial  end  of  the 
mesonephros  associated  with  the  funnel  of  the  Miillerian  duct.  It  aids 
in  the  final  closure  of  the  pleural  cavity  by  bridging  over  the  narrow- 
chink  between  the  lateral  angle  of  the  pleuro-peritoneal  membrane  and 
the  lateral  body-wall.     (See  Bertelli,  1898.) 

The  oblique  septum  of  birds  arises  as  a  layer  split  off  from 
the  septum  pleuro-peritoneale  (pulmonary  aponeurosis  or  pul- 
monary diaphragm  of  adult  anatomy)  by  the  expansion  of  the 
anterior  and  posterior  thoracic  air-sacs  within  it.  This  mode 
of  formation  is  clearly  seen,  particularly  on  the  right  side,  in  a 
series  of  transverse  sections  of  a  chick  embryo  of  eleven  days 
(Fig.  190).  Thus  the  cavity  between  the  oblique  septum  and  the 
pulmonary  diaphragm  (cavum  sub-pulmonale  of  Huxley)  is  not 
a  portion  of  the  bodv-cavitv  and  bears  no  relation  to  it.  The 
ingrowth  of  muscles  into  the  pulmonary  diaphragm  can  be 
observed  in  the  same  series  of  sections.  It  begins  on  the  tenth 
day  according  to  Bertelli. 

HI.     The  Mesenteries 

The  dorsal  mesentery  is  originally  a  vertical  membrane 
formed  by  reduplication  of  the  peritoneum  from  the  mid-dorsal 
line  of  the  body-cavity  to  the  intestine;  mesenchyme  is  contained 
from  the  outset  between  its  peritoneal  layers,  and  serves  as  the 
pathway  for  the  development  of  the  nerves  and  blood-vessels 
of  the  intestine.  In  the  course  of  development,  its  lower  edge 
elongates  with  the  growth  of  the  intestine,  and  is  thrown  into 
folds,  or  twisted  and  turned  with  the  various  folds  and  turnings 
of  the  intestine.  Detailed  studies  of  its  later  development  in  the 
chick  have  not  been  published,  but  the  principal  events  in  its 
history  are  as  follows:  For  convenience  of  description  the  dorsal 
mesentery  may  be  divided  into  three  portions  corresponding  to 
the  main  divisions  of  the  alimentary  tract,  viz.,  an  anterior 
division  belonging  to  the  stomach  and  duodenum,  sometimes 
known  as  the  mesogastrium;  an  intestinal  division  belonging  to 
the  second  loop  of  the  embryonic  intestine  that  descends  into 
the  umbilicus;  and  a  posterior  division  belonging  to  the  large 
intestine  and  rectum.  Inasmuch  as  the  duodeno-jejunal  flexure 
(Figs.  179  and  180,  X)  retains  from  an  early  stage  a  short 
mesenterial  attachment,  there  is  quite  a  sharp  boundary  in  the 
chick    between    the    first    and   second    divisions    of    the    dorsal 


THE   BODY-CAVITIES  343 

mesentery.  The  mesogastriiim  becomes  modified  b}-  the  dis- 
placement of  the  stomach,  the  outgrowth  of  the  duodenal  loop, 
the  formation  of  the  omentum,  and  by  the  development  of  the 
pancreas  and  spleen  in  it.     (See  below.) 

The  second  division  of  the  mesentery  is  related  to  the  longest 
division  of  the  intestine,  but  as  this  arises  from  a  relatively  very 
small  part  of  the  embryonic  intestine,  its  dorsal  attachment  is 
short  and  the  roots  of  the  mesenteric  arteries  are  grouped 
together.  The  third  division  is  relatively  long  and  not  very 
deep;  at  its  base  it  approaches  near  to  the  mesogastrium,  to 
which  it  is  attached  by  the  root  of  the  intermediate  division. 

The  Origin  of  the  Omentum  (mainly  after  Broman).  In  a 
preceding  section  we  saw  that  the  accessory  mesentery  is  con- 
tinued back  on  the  right  side  (at  the  stage  of  seventy-two  hours) 
by  a  fold  of  the  dorsal  mesentery  of  the  stomach  known  as  the 
plica  mesogastrica  (Fig.  120).  The  stomach  is  already  displaced 
somewhat  to  the  left,  hence  the  dorsal  mesentery  is  bent  also, 
and  the  plica  mesogastrica  arises  from  the  angle  of  the  bend 
(Fig.  120).  The  ventral  mesentery  of  the  stomach,  including 
the  meatus  venosus  and  liver,  remains  in  the  middle  line.  Thus 
the  bodv-cavitv  on  the  right  of  the  stomach  is  divided  into  two 
main  divisions,  viz.,  the  general  peritoneal  cavity  lateral  to  the 
plica  mesogastrica  and  liver,  and  another  cavity  between  the 
plica  mesogastrica  and  liver  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  stomach 
on  the  other;  the  latter  cavity  has  two  divisions,  a  dorsal  one 
between  the  plica  mesogastrica  and  upper  half  of  the  stomach 
(recessus  mesenterico-entericus)  and  a  ventral  one  between  the 
liver  (meatus  venosus)  and  stomach  (recessus  hepatico-entericus), 
which  are  continued  anteriorly  into  the  pneumato-enteric  recesses. 
Subsequently,  they  Ijecome  entirely  shut  off  from  the  peritoneal 
cavity,  but  at  present  (stage  of  Fig.  120)  they  communicate 
with  it  by  a  long  fissure  bounded  by  the  accessory  mesentery  in 
front,  by  the  plica  mesogastrica  above,  and  the  meatus  venosus 
below;  this  opening  may  be  called  the  hiatus  communis  recessum; 
it  corresponds  to  the  foramen  of  Winslow  of  mammals  (cf.  Fig. 
193  A). 

As  development  proceeds,  a  progressive  fusion  of  the  right 
dorsal  border  of  the  liver  with  the  plica  mesogastrica  takes  place 
in  a  cranio-caudal  direction,  thus  lessening  the  extent  of  the^ 
hiatus. 


344  THE   DEVEL0P:\IEXT  OF  THE  CHICK 

At  about  ninety-six  hours,  the  pUca  mesogastrica  divides  to 
form  two  longitudinal  folds,  in  the  lateral  one  of  which  the  vena 
cava  inferior  develops  (cf.  Fig.  193  B) ;  it  is  hence  known  as  the 
caval  fold;  the  more  median  division  is  the  coeliac  fold  including 
the  coeliac  arter}^  Between  them  is  a  subdivision  of  the  recesses 
known  as  the  cavo-coeliac  recess,  which  corresponds  to  the  atrium 
burs£e  omentalis  of  mammals.  The  fusion  of  the  right  lateral 
border  of  the  liver  continues  along  the  course  of  the  caval  fold, 
and  the  vena  cava  inferior  is  soon  completely  enveloped  in  liver 
tissue.  Behind  the  point  where  the  vena  cava  inferior  enters 
the  liver,  the  latter  fuses  with  the  ventral  edge  of  the  right  meso- 
nephros,  thus  progressively  diminishing  the  opening  of  the  collec- 
tive recesses  into  the  peritoneal  cavity.  At  about  the  one  hun- 
dred and  sixtieth  hour,  the  fusion  reaches  the  portal  vein,  and  the 
recesses  are  thus  completely  shut  off  from  the  peritoneal  cavity. 
Thus  a  lesser  peritoneal  cavity  is  completely  separated  on  the 
right  side  of  the  body  from  the  main  cavity;  and  from  the  former 
both  lesser  and  greater  omental  spaces  develop  on  the  right  and 
left  sides  respectively  of  the  coeliac  fold.  (Bursa  omenti  minoris 
and  bursa  omenti  majoris  of  the  bursa  omentalis  dextra.) 

The  communication  of  the  lesser  and  greater  omental  spaces 
in  front  of  the  coeliac  fold  is  closed  by  fusion  of  the  latter  with 
the  right  side  of  the  proventriculus  at  about  the  one  hundred 
and  sixtieth  hour,  though  it  remains  open  throughout  life  in  some 
birds.  The  two  omental  spaces  are  also  elongated  in  a  posterior 
direction  by  the  caudal  prolongation  of  the  right  lobe  of  the  liver 
and  of  the  gizzard  respectively  (Fig.  195).  The  lateral  wall  of 
the  omentum  minus  is  attached  to  the  lateral  dorsal  border  of 
the  right  lobe  of  the  liver  as  already  described,  and  it  is  therefore 
carried  back  by  the  elongation  of  this  lobe;  but  as  the  vena  cava 
inferior  is  inserted  about  the  middle  of  this  wall  and  cannot  be 
drawn  back,  it  results  that  there  is  a  deep  median  indentation 
of  the  lateral  wall  of  the  omentum  minus,  at  the  bottom  of  which 
lies  the  vena  cava  inferior. 

The  condition  of  both  right  and  left  omental  spaces  at  154 
hours  is  shown  in  Figures  195  and  196.  Subsequently,  about  the 
eleventh  day,  the  mesogastrium  behind  the  spleen  becomes  per- 
forated, and  the  greater  omental  space  thus  opens  secondarily 
into  the  left  side  of  the  body-cavity.  A  true  omental  fold  exists 
only  for  a  short  time  in  the  development  of  the  chick,  and  is 


THE   BODY-CAVITIES 


345 


soon  taken  up  by  the  caudal  elongation  of  the  stomach.  Oblitera- 
tion of  the  cavity  of  the  omentum  by  fusion  of  its  walls  takes 
place  at  its  caudal  end.     (Broman.) 

Spaces  corresponding  to  the  omental  cavities  are  also  formed 
on  the  left  side  of  the  body,  but  they  are  of  much  less  extent. 
(See  Fig.  196.)  The  communication  of  these  spaces  with  the 
greater  peritoneal  cavity  is  not,  however,  shut  ofT  as  on  the  right 
side.  However,  a  secondary  and  later  fusion  of  the  left  lobe 
of  the  liver  with  the  lateral  body-wall,  and  of  the  gizzard  with 


-rBr 


Doniin 


Her-- 


Du 


-Giz 


-Bomd/' 


Fig.  195.  —  Recon.struction  of  the  omental  space  of  a  chick  embryo  of  154 

hours  from  the  right  side.      (After  Broman.) 

Bomaj.,  Bursa  omenti  majoris.  Bomin.,  Bursa  omenti  minoris.  Du., 
Duodenum.  Giz.,  Gizzard.  Her.,  Hiatus  communis  recessum.  oe.,  (Esoph- 
agus,    rBr.,  Right  bronchus.     Rpedx.,  Right  pneumato-enteric  recess. 


the  ventral  body-wall  does  isolate  a  portion  of  the  peritoneal 
cavity  from  the  remainder  on  the  left  side.  Into  this  the  pneu- 
mato-  and  hepato-enteric  cavities  of  the  left  side  open;  however, 
it  is  obvious  that  this  space  is  not  analogous  to  the  omental 
spaces  on  the  right. 

Origin  of  the  Spleen.  The  spleen  arises  as  a  proliferation  from 
the  peritoneum  clothing  the  left  side  of  the  dorsal  mesentery 
just  above  the  extremity  of  the  dorsal  pancreas.  This  prolifera- 
tion forms  the  angle  of  a  cranio-caudal  fold  of  the  dorsal  mesen- 
tery which  is  caused  by  the  displacement  of  stomach  and  intestine 


346 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


to  the  left  side  of  the  body-cavity  (Fig.  188),  and  which  is 
exaggerated  by  the  rapid  growth  of  the  dorsal  pancreas  (Choron- 
schitzky).  The  spleen  is  thus  genetically  related  to  the  wall  of 
the  great  omentum,  and  lies  outside  the  cavity  of  the  latter. 
The  cells  of  the  spleen  are  proliferated  from  a  peritoneal  thicken- 
ing, which  may  be  compared  in  this  respect  to  the  germinal 
epithelium.  It  is  recognizable  at  ninety-six  hours,  and  the  mass 
formed  by  its  proliferation  grows  rapidly,  forming  a  very  consid- 
erable projection  into  the  left  side  of  the  body-cavity  above 
the  stomach,  at  six  days  (cf.  Fig.  197). 


Rpesi)i 


Du-^^_ 


R/ie>-iii 


—  Bomaj 


Fig.  196. — The  same  model  from  the  left  side.     (After  Broman.) 
Hrpesin.,    Hiatus   recessus   pneumato-entericus    sinister.     1.   Br., 
Left   bronchus.     Pr'v.,  Proventriculus.     Rhesin.,    Recessus  hepato- 
entericus  sinister.     Rpesin.,  Right  pneumato-enteric  recess.     Other 
abbreviations  as  in  Fig.  195. 

According  to  Choronschitzky,  the  peritoneal  cells  invade  the 
neighboring  mesenchyme,  and,  spreading  through  it,  form  an  ill- 
defined  denser  area,  the  fundamental  tissue  of  which  is  therefore 
mesenchymal.  The  meshes  of  the  latter  are  in  immediate  con- 
tinuity with  the  vena  lienalis,  but  the  vascular  endothelium  is 


THE    BODY-CAVITIES 


347 


not  continued  into  these  meshes.  Thus  free  embryonic  cells 
of  the  primordium  of  the  spleen  enter  the  venous  circulation 
directly,  and  become  transformed  into  blood-corpuscles. 

On  account  of  the  intimate  relation  between  the  pancreas  and  spleen 
in  early  embryonic  stages,  certain  authors  (see  esp.  Woit)  have  asserted 
a  genetic  connection,  deriving  the  spleen  from  the  pancreas.  There 
is,  however,  no  good  evidence  that  the  relation  is  other  than  that  of 
propinquity. 


'  Gon. 


A.o.fn. 


Fig.   197.  —  Photograph  of  transverse  section  through  a  chick  embryo  of 
8  days. 
A.  o.  m.,  Omphalomesenteric  artery.     Du.,  Duodenum.     Giz.,  Gizzard. 
Gon.,  Gonad.     II.,  Ihum.     M.  D.,  Miillerian  duct.     Pc,  Pancreas.     V.  umb., 
Umbilical  vein. 

It  should  also  be  noted  that  the  absence  of  rotation  of  the 
chick's  stomach  (as  contrasted  with  mammals)  and  the  lesser 
development  of  the  great  omentum  appear  to  be  the  causes  of 
the  more  primitive  position  of  the  spleen  in  birds  as  contrasted 
with  mammals. 


CHAPTER  XII 

THE    LATER    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    VASCULAR 

SYSTEM 


I.    The  Heart.     (For   an  account  of  the  earlier  development, 

see  Chapters  V  and  VI.) 

At  the  stage  of  seventy-two  hours  (Fig.  198),  the  ventricle 
consists  of  a  posterior  transverse  portion  and  two  short  parallel 
limbs;  the   right  limb  is   continuous  with  the  bulbus  arteriosus 

from  which  it  may  be  distinguished  by 
a  slight  constriction,  and  the  left  limb 
with  the  atrium.  The  constriction  be- 
tween the  latter  is  the  auricular  canal. 
Between  the  two  limbs  in  the  interior 
of  the  ventricle  is  a  short  bulbo-auricu- 
lar  septum  separating  the  openings  of 
bulbus  and  atrium  into  the  ventricle.  A 
slight  groove,  the  interventricular  sulcus, 
that  extends  backwards  and  to  the  right 
from  the  bulbo-auricular  angle,  marks 
the  line  of  formation  of  the  future  inter- 
ventricular septum  (Fig.  199). 

The  Development  of  the  External 
Form  of  the  Heart.  We  have  seen  that 
in  the  process  of  development  the  heart 
shifts  backwards  into  the  thorax.  The  ventricle  undergoes  the 
greatest  displacement,  owing  to  its  relative  freedom  of  move- 
ment, and  thus  comes  to  lie  successively  to  the  right  of,  and  then 
behind  the  atrium.  A  gradual  rotation  of  the  ventricular  division 
on  its  antero-posterior  axis  accompanies  its  posterior  displacement; 
and  this  takes  place  in  such  a  way  that  the  bulbus  is  transferred 
to  the  mid-ventral  line,  where  it  lies  between  the  auricles  (Figs. 

199  and  200). 

The  auricles  arise  as  lateral  expansions  of  the  atrium,  the 

348 


Fig.  198.  —  Ventral  view  of 
the  heart  of  a  chick  em- 
bryo of  2.1  mm.  head 
length.  (After  Greil  from 
Hochstetter.) 

Atr.,  Atrium.  B.  co., 
Bulbus  cordis,  b.  V.,  The 
constriction  between  bulbus 
and  ventricle.  C.  au.  v.,  Au- 
riculo-ventricular  canal.  V., 
Ventricle. 


LATER   DEVELOPMENT   OF   VASCULAR   SYSTEM 


349 


left  one  first  at  an  early  stage  and  the  right  one  later.  The  left 
auricle  is  thus  larger  than  the  right  for  a  considerable  period  of 
time  in  the  early  development.  When  the  right  auricle  grows 
out  it  passes  above  the  bulbus,  which  is  already  in  process  of 
rotation,  and  the  two  auricles  then  expand  ventrally  on  each 
side  of  the  bulbus.  The  apex  of  the  ventricle  belongs  primarily 
to  the  left  side  and  this  remains  obvious  as  long  as  the  external 
interventricular  groove  exists.  In  the  adult  the  apex  of  the 
heart  belongs  to  the  left  ventricle. 


Fig.  199.  — Ventral  view  of  the  heart  of  a 

chick  embryo  of    5    mm.    head-length. 

(After  Masius.) 

Atr.  d.,  s.,  Right    and    left    auricles. 
B.  Co.  Bulbus  cordis.     V.  Ventricle. 


The  varying  positions  occupied  by  the  chambers  of  the  heart  in  rela- 
tion to  the  body  axes  constitute  a  serious  difficulty  in  describing  the 
development.  For  instance,  the  auricular  canal  is  at  first  in  front  of 
the  atrium  (before  any  bending  of  the  heart  takes  place).  As  the  ven- 
tricular loop  turns  backward  and  beneath  the  atrium,  the  auricular 
canal  is  ventral  to  the  atrium ;  and  finally,  as  the  ventricles  assume  their 
definitive  position  behind  the  auricles,  the  derivatives  of  the  auricular 
canal  (auriculo-ventricular  openings)  come  to  lie  behind  the  atrium.  In 
other  words,  the  atrium  rotates  around  a  transverse  axis  through  nearly 
180  degrees  in  such  a  way  that  its  original  anterior  end  becomes  succes- 


350 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


sively  ventral  and  posterior.  The  definitive  ventral  surface  of  the  heart 
is  a  cranial  rather  than  a  ventral  surface  during  the  critical  period  of 
development  described  below,  up  to  eight  days  (cf.  Figs.  148  and  150). 
In  other  words,  the  apex  of  the  heart  is  directed  ventrally  rather  than 
posteriorly,  though  it  has  a  posterior  inclination.  For  simplicity  of  de- 
scription, however,  it  seems  better  to  use  the  definitive  orientation  in  the 
following  account;  that  is,  to  regard  the  apex  of  the  heart  as  posterior 
instead  of  ventral,  and  the  bulbus  face  of  the  heart  as  ventral  instead 
of  cranial,  in  position. 


Fig.    200.  —  Ventral   view   of    the   heart   of  a 
chick  embryo  of  7.5  mm.  head-length.     (After 

Masius.) 

Atr.  d.,  s.,  Right  and  left  auricles.     B.  Co., 
Bulbus  cordis.     V.,  Ventricle. 


Division  of  the  Cavities  of  the  Heart.  The  embryonic 
heart  is  primarily  a  single  continuous  tube;  during  development 
a  complex  series  of  changes  brings  about  its  complete  division 
into  right  and  left  sides,  corresponding  to  the  pulmonary  and 
systemic  circulations.  Partitions  or  septa  arise  independently 
in  each  primary  division  of  the  cardiac  tube,  excepting  the  sinus 
venosus,  and  subsequently  these  unite  in  such  a  way  as  to  make 
two    independent    circulatory    systems.     During    this    time    the 


LATER   DEVELOPMENT   OF   VASCULAR   SYSTE:\r         351 

appropriate  valves  are  formed.  We  have  thus  to  describe  the 
origin  of  three  primary  septa,  viz.,  the  interauricular  septum, 
the  interventricular  septum,  and  the  septum  of  the  truncus  and 
bulbus  arteriosus.  These  do  not,  however,  themselves  unite 
directly,  but  are  joined  together  by  the  intermediation  of  a  fourth, 
large,  cushion-like  septum  formed  in  the  auricular  canal,  i.e.,  in 
the  opening  between  the  primitive  atrium  and  ventricle. 

In  general  it  may  be  said  that  the  development  of  the  three 
primary  septa  takes  place  from  the  periphery  towards  the  center, 
i.e.,  towards  the  cushion-septum  of  the  auricular  canal,  and  that 
it  is  practically  synchronous  in  all  three,  though  there  is  a  slight 
precedence  of  the  interauricular  septum.  During  the  same  time 
the  cushion-septum  of  the  auricular  canal  is  formed.  We  may 
then  consider  first  the  origin  of  these  septa  separately,  and  second 
their  union. 

(o)  The  Septum  Trunci  et  Bulbi  Arteriosi  (Septum  Aortico- 
Pulmonale).  This  septum  divides  the  truncus  and  bulbus  arte- 
riosus into  two  arteries,  the  aorta  and  pulmonary  artery.  Three 
divisions  may  be  distinguished,  viz.,  a  part  in  the  truncus  arte- 
riosus, a  part  in  the  distal  division  of  the  bulbus  extending  to 
the  place  of  formation  of  the  semilunar  valves,  and  a  part  in  the 
proximal  portion  of  the  bulbus,  which  subsequently  becomes 
incorporated  in  the  ventricles.  In  mode  of  formation  these  are 
more  or  less  independent,  though  they  unite  to  form  a  continuous 
septum. 

The  septum  of  the  truncus  arteriosus  arises  on  the  fifth  day 
as  a  complete  partition  extending  from  the  cephalic  border  of 
the  two  pulmonary  arches  into  the  upper  portion  of  the  bulbus 
arteriosus;  the  blood  current  flowing  through  the  bulbus  that 
passes  behind  this  partition  enters  the  pulmonary  arches  exclu- 
sively, that  passing  in  front  enters  the  two  remaining  pairs  of  aortic 
arches.  During  the  latter  half  of  the  fifth  day  and  on  the  sixth 
day  the  septum  of  the  truncus  is  continued  into  the  proximal  por- 
tion of  the  bulbus  and  divides  it  in  two  stems.  Here,  however, 
it  co-operates  with  three  longitudinal  ridges  of  the  endocardium 
of  the  bulbus,  one  of  which  is  in  the  direct  line  of  prolonga- 
tion of  the  septum  of  the  truncus,  which  therefore  is  continued 
along  this  one  and  between  the  other  two  as  far  as  the  place  of 
formation  of  the  semilunar  valves  (Fig.  201).  The  entire  septum 
thus  formed  has  a  slightly  spiral  course,  of  such  a  nature  that 


352 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


, 

.  AS. So  p. 

/ 

/^ 

(^S) 

1 

w 

A.Sao.p. 

Fig.   201.  —  A.    Section  through   the 
truneus  arteriosus  of  an  embryo  of  5 
mm.  head-length. 
B.  Section  through  the  distal  por- 
tion of  the  bulbus  arteriosus  of  the 
same  embryo.     (After  Greil.) 

A.,  Aorta.  P.,  PulmonaHs.  A.  S.  ao 


the  pulmonalis,  which  lies  dorsal  to  the  aorta  distally,  is  gradually 
transposed  to  its  left  side.  The  third  division  of  the  aortic- 
pulmonary  septum  arises  near  the  opening  of  the  bulbus  into 
the  ventricle  in  the  form  of  two  ridges  of  the  endocardium  on 
the  right  and  left  sides  respectively  of  the  bulbus,  the  pulmonary 

division  lying  ventral  and  the 
aortic  division  dorsal  to  the 
incipient  partition.  A  third 
slight  endocardial  ridge  of  the 
proximal  part  of  the  bulbus  is 
described  (Hochstetter,  Greil) 
at  this  stage,  but  it  soon  dis- 
appears. The  proximal  bulbus 
ridges  may  be  seen  on  the  fifth 
day;  on  the  sixth  day  they  are 
well  formed;  on  the  seventh  day 
they  have  united  to  form  a  par- 
tition w^hich  becomes  continu- 
p.,  Plane  of  the  septum  aortico-pulmo-      qus   with    the    partition    in    the 

nale.     1,  2,  and  3,  Ridges  prolonging  DOrtion    of    the    bulbus. 

the  septum  aortico-pulmonale.  ^tlStai     poition    oi     ine     u.uuus. 

■    Thus  the  separation  of  the  aor- 
tic and  pulmonary  trunk  is  completed  down  to  the  ventricle. 

The  semilunar  valves  arise  by  excavation  of  three  endocar- 
dial thickenings  in  each  trunk  formed  at  the  caudal  end  of  the 
distal  division  of  the  bulbus  (Hochstetter,  Greil).  The  origin 
of  these  thickenings  is  as  follows.  Both  the  aortic  and  pulmonary 
trunks  receive  one  each  of  the  original  endocardial  ridges  of  the 
distal  portion  of  the  bulbus  owing  to  the  course  of  the  aortic- 
pulmonary  septum.  Each  also  receives  half  of  the  ridge  along 
which  the  septum  of  the  truneus  is  prolonged.  A  third  ridge 
arises  subsequently  in  each  between  these  two.  A  cavity  then 
arises  in  each  ridge  and  opens  distally  into  the  aorta  and  pul- 
monary artery  respectively,  thus  forming  pockets  open  in  front. 
These  valves  are  fully  formed  at  eight  days. 

The  aortic-pulmonary  septum  becomes  thick  early  in  its 
history  and  the  muscular  layers  of  the  vascular  trunks,  which 
at  first  form  a  common  sheath  for  both,  gradually  constrict  into 
the  septum,  and  separate  when  the  constriction  brings  them 
together,  so  that  each  vessel  obtains  an  independent  muscular 
wall.     Subsequently,  a  constriction  extends  from  the  outer  layer 


LATER   DEVELOPMENT   OF   VASCULAR   SYSTEM         353 

of  the  truncus  and  bulbus  along  the  entire  length  of  the  septum, 
and  thus  completely  separates  the  aorta  and  pulmonary  arteries 
from  each  other.  On  the  eighth  day  each  vessel  has  independent 
muscular  walls,  and  the  external  constriction  has  made  some 
progress. 

(6)  The  Interventricular  Septum.  As  noted  before,  the  inter- 
ventricular sulcus  that  extends  from  the  bulbo-auricular  angle 
towards  the  apex  of  the  heart  marks  the  line  of  development  of 
the  interventricular  septum.  The  right  division  of  the  primitive 
ventricle  is  therefore  continuous  with  the  bulbus  and  the  left 
with  the  atrium.  However,  the  partition,  bulbo-auricular  sep- 
tum, which  at  first  separates  the  primitive  right  and  left  limbs 
of  the  ventricle,  undergoes  rapid  reduction  and  becomes  a  mere 
ridge  by  the  stage  of  ninety-six  hours.  Thus  the  opening  of  the 
bulbus  and  the  auricular  canal  lie  side  by  side,  separated  only 
by  this  slight  ridge.  The  rotation  of  the  ventricle  brings  the 
bulbus  from  the  right  side  into  the  mid-ventral  line  so  that  the 
opening  of  the  bulbus  comes  to  lie  ventral  to  the  auricular  canal 
on  its  right  side  (cf.  Figs.  199  and  200). 

In  the  interior  of  the  heart  the  development  of  the  inter- 
ventricular septum  is  associated  with  the  formation  of  the  tra- 
beculse  or  ramified  and  anastomosing  processes  of  the  myocardium 
that  convert  the  peripheral  part  of  the  ventricular  cavity  into  a 
spongy  mass  at  an  early  stage.  Along  the  line  of  the  interven- 
tricular sulcus  these  trabeculse  extend  farther  into  the  cavity 
than  elsewhere,  and  become  united  together  at  their  apices  by  a 
slight  thickening  of  the  endocardium,  which  clothes  them  all, 
thus  originating  the  interventricular  septum  (Fig.  202).  This 
process  begins  at  the  apex  of  the  ventricle,  and  extends  towards 
the  base,  the  fleshy  septum  becoming  gradually  higher  and  thicker 
and  better  organized.  It  thus  has  a  concave  free  border,  directed 
towards  the  bulbo-auricular  ridge  and  continued  along  both  the 
ventral  and  dorsal  surfaces  of  the  ventricle.  The  septum  develops 
more  rapidly  along  the  dorsal  than  the  ventral  wall  and  on  the  fifth 
day  reaches  the  neighborhood  of  the  auricular  canal  on  this  side, 
and  unites  with  the  right  side  of  the  fused  endocardial  cushions 
which  have  in  the  meantime  developed  in  the  latter.  (See  below.) 
Thus  the  interventricular  foramen,  or  communication  between 
the  ventricles,  is  gradually  reduced  in  extent  and  limited  to  the 
ventral  anterior  portion  of  the  septum.     It  is  never  completely 


354 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


closed,  but,  as  we  shall  see  later,  the  interventricular  foramen 
is  iitilized  in  connecting  up  the  aorta  with  the  left  ventricle. 

It  will  be  seen  that  if  the  original  direction  of  this  septum, 
as  indicated  by  the  interventricular  groove  on  the  surface,  were 
preserved  (Fig.  199),  the  interventricular  septum  would  fuse 
with  the  bulbo-auricular  ridge  and  the  right  ventricle  would  then 
be  continuous  with  the  bulbus  only,  and  the  left  ventricle  with 
the  atrium,  and  circulation  of  the  blood  would  be  impossible. 
The  avoidance  of  this  condition  is  due  to  the  rotation  of  the  bul- 
bus by  which  it  is  brought  beneath  the  auricular  canal,  and  by 
widening  of  the  auricular  canal  to  the  right.     Thus  the  inter- 


FiG.  202.  —  Frontal  section  of  the  heart  of  a  chick 
embryo  of  9  mm.  head-length.     (After  Hochstet- 
ter.) 
E.  C,  Median  endothelial  cushion.     1.  E.  C,  Lat- 
eral endothelial  cushion.     S.  Atr.,  Septum  atriorum. 
S.  v.,  Septum  ventriculorum. 


ventricular  septum  meets  the  right  side  of  the  cushion-septum 
and  divides  the  auricular  canal,  though  the  opening  of  the  bulbus 
remains  on  its  right. 

(c)  The  inter  auricular  septum  forms  at  the  same  time  as  the 
septum  between  the  ventricles,  as  a  thin  myocardial  partition 
arising  from  the  vault  of  the  atrium  between  the  openings  of  the 
sinus  venosus  and  pulmonary  vein;  it  extends  rapidly  with  con- 
cave  free   border  towards   the   auricular  canal,   and  soon   fuses 


LATER   DEVELOPMENT   OF   VASCULAR   SYSTEM 


355 


completely  along  its  entire  free  border  with  the  endothelial 
cushions  of  the  latter.  It  would  thus  establish  a  complete  par- 
tition between  the  two  auricles  were  it  not  for  the  fact  that 
secondary  perforations  arise  in  it  before  its  free  edge  meets  the 
endothelial  cushions  (Fig.  203).  These  have  the  same  ph^^sio- 
logical  significance  as  the  fora- 
men ovale  in  the  mammalian 
heart,  and  persist  through  the 
period  of  incubation,  closing 
soon  after  hatching. 

(d)  TheCushion-septum  (Sep- 
tum of  the  Auricular  Canal). 
This  septum  completes  the  en- 
tire system  by  uniting  together 
the  three  septa  already  consid- 
ered. It  forms  as  two  cushion- 
like thickenings  of  the  endothe- 
lium in  the  floor  and  roof  re- 
spectively of  the  auricular  canal 
(cf.  Figs.  202,  203  and  204). 
These  cushions  rapidly  thicken 
so  as  to  restrict  the  center  of 
the  atrioventricular  aperture, 
and  finally,  fusing  together,  di- 
vide the  latter  into  two  verti- 
cally-elongated apertures,  right 
and  left  respectively.  The  time 
of  formation  of  this  large  endo- 
cardial cushion  dividing  the  au- 
ricular canal  is  coincident  with 
the  formation  of  the  other  septa. 

(e)  Completion  of  the  Septa. 


Fig.    203.  —  Reconstruction    of    the 

heart  of  a  chick  embryo  of  5.7  mm. 

head-length,  seen  from  right  side. 

Part  of  the  wall  of  the  right  auricle 

is  cut  away.     (After  Masius.) 

B.  Co.,  Bulbus  cordis.  D.  C.  Duct 
of  Cuvier.  E.  C.  d.,  v.,  Dorsal  and 
ventral  endothelial  cushions.  O.S.v., 
Opening  of  the  sinus  venosus  into  the 
right  auricle.  0. 1,0. 2,  Primary  and 
secondary  ostia  or  inter-auricular  con- 
nections. 

Thus  bv  the  end  of  the  fifth 


or  the  beginning  of  the  sixth  day  of  incubation,  the  heart  is 
prepared  for  the  rapid  completion  of  a  double  circulation.  The 
embryonic  circulation  is  never  completely  double,  however,  for 
the  reason  that  the  embryonic  respiratory  organ  (allantois) 
belongs  to  the  aortic  system,  and  full  pulmonary  circulation  does 
not  begin  until  after  hatching.  However,  between  the  sixth 
and  eighth  days  the  right  and  left  chambers  of  the  heart  become 
completely  separated,  except   that    the   interauricular    foramina 


356 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 


remain  until  hatching,  and  serve  as  a  passageway  of  blood  from 
the  right  side  to  the  left  side. 

The  completion  of  the  cardiac  septa  takes  place  in  such  a 
way  that  the  aorta  becomes  connected  with  the  left  ventricle, 
the  pulmonary  artery  remaining  in  connection  with  the  right. 
To  understand  how  this  occurs  it  is  necessary  to  remember  that, 
although  the  bulbus  arteriosus  is  primitively  connected  with  the 
right  side  of  the  ventricle,  the  revolution  of  the  latter  has  trans- 
ferred the  bulbus  to  the  middle  line  where  it  lies  to  the  right  of 


Fig.  204.  —  Reconstruction  of  the  heart  of  a 
chick  embryo  of  5.7  mm.  head-length.  Ven- 
tral face  removed;  interior  of  the  dorsal 
half.     (After  Masius.) 
Atr.  d.,  s.,  Right  and  left  auricles.    D.  C. 
d.,  s.,  Right  and  left  ducts  of  Cuvier.     E.  C, 
Endothelial    cushion,     i.  A.  S.,    Interauricu- 
lar  septum.     M.  V.,  Opening  of  the  meatus 
venosus  into  the  sinus.     S.  V.,  Sinus  venosus. 
V.  d.,  s.,  Right  and  left  ventricles. 

the  interventricular  septum,  and  ventral  to  the  right  division  of 
the  auricular  canal.  The  bulbo-auricular  ridge  thus  forms  the 
floor  of  this  side  of  the  auricular  canal.  The  interventricular 
septum  is  attached  to  the  right  side  of  the  cushion-septum  and 
its  foramen  and  the  aperture  of  the  bulbus  lie  side  by  side.  It 
will  also  be  remembered  that  the  proximal  portion  of  the  bulbus 
is  divided  by  a  partition  formed  by  right  and  left  endocardial 


LATER  DEVELOPMENT  OF  VASCULAR  SYSTEM         357 

ridges,  and  that  the  aortic  division  of  the  bulbus  hes  above  the 
pulmonary  division,  that  is,  next  the  bulbo-aiiriciilar  ridge. 
The  left  bulbus  ridge  is  thus  continuous  with  the  interventricular 
septum  immediately  beneath  the  foramen  of  the  latter,  and  the 
right  bulbus  ridge  lies  on  the  opposite  side. 

The  bulbus  septum  now  becomes  complete  by  fusion  of  the 
right  and  left  sides.  The  blood  from  the  left  ventricle  is  then 
forced  in  each  systole  through  the  interventricular  foramen  and 
along  a  groove  in  the  right  side  of  the  cushion-septum  into  the 
aortic  trunk.  This  groove,  how^ever,  is  open  to  the  right  ven- 
tricle also  above  the  septum  of  the  bulbus;  but  it  is  soon  bridged 
over  by  an  extension  of  the  cushion-septum  along  the  bulbo- 
auricular  ridge  as  far  as  the  right  side  of  the  septum  of  the  bulbus; 
in  this  way  the  space  existing  between  the  interventricular  sep- 
tum and  the  opening  of  the  aorta  is  converted  into  a  tube,  and 
thus  the  aorta  is  prolonged  through  the  cushion-septum,  and 
by  way  of  the  interventricular  foramen  into  the  left  ventricle. 

Fate  of  the  Bulbus.  The  distal  portion  of  the  bulbus  is  con- 
verted into  the  proximal  parts  of  the  aorta  and  pulmonary  artery. 
The  part  proximal  to  the  semilunar  valves  is  gradually  incor- 
porated into  the  ventricles,  owing  to  extension  of  the  ventricular 
cavities  into  its  wall,  and  subsequent  disappearance  of  the  inner 
wall  of  the  undermined  part. 

The  Sinus  Venosus.  (For  earlier  development  see  Chap.  VI; 
relation  to  septum  trans versum.  Chap.  XI.) 

In  the  course  of  development,  the  sinus  venosus  gradually 
separates  from  the  septum  trans  versum,  though  always  connected 
with  the  latter  by  the  vena  cava  inferior.  In  early  stages  (up  to 
about  24  somites)  it  is  placed  quite  symmetrically  behind  the 
atrium,  and  extends  transversely  to  the  entrance  of  the  ducts  of 
Cuvier  on  each  side.  The  sinu-auricular  aperture  is  approximately 
in  the  median  line  at  first,  so  that  the  right  and  left  divisions  of 
the  sinus  are  nearly  symmetrical.  The  condition  of  approximate 
bilateral  symmetry  of  the  sinus  is,  however,  rapidly  changed 
by  shifting  of  the  sinu-auricalar  aperture  to  the  right  side  with 
the  outgrowth  of  the  right  auricle  (24-36  somites);  thus  the  left 
horn  of  the  sinus  becomes  elongated;  moreover,  the  main  expan- 
sion of  the  sinus  takes  place  in  the  region  of  the  sinu-auricular 
aperture,  and  thus  the  left  horn  appears  relatively  narrow  in  diam- 
eter.    The  interauricular  septum  forms  to  the  left  of  the  sinu- 


358  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

auricular  aperture  (Fig.  204).  At  the  stage  of  ninety-six  hours  the 
o-eneral  form  of  the  sinus  is  that  of  a  horseshoe  situated  between 
the  atrium  and  the  septum  trans versum;  the  ends  of  the  horse- 
shoe, or  horns  of  the  sinus  venosus,  are  continued  into  the  ducts 
of  Cuvier.  The  sinu-auricular  aperture  Ues  on  the  right,  and 
here  the  cavity  of  the  sinus  is  largest;  the  right  horn  of  the  sinus 
is  relatively  short  and  the  left  horn  forms  a  transverse  piece  on 
the  anterior  face  of  the  septum  transversum,  which  gradually 
curves  dorsally  and  enters  the  left  duct  of  Cuvier. 

The  right  and  left  boundaries  of  the  sinu-auricular  aperture 
project  into  the  cavity  of  the  right  auricle  as  folds  that  meet 
below  the  aperture  and  diverge  dorsally  (Fig.  204),  thus  forming 
sinu-auricular  valves;  a  special  development  of  the  muscular 
trabecule  running  along  the  roof  of  the  right  auricle  from  the 
angle  of  these  valves  corresponds  to  the  septum  spurium  of  mam- 
malia. The  sinus  septum  arises  as  a  fold  of  the  roof  of  the  sinus 
between  the  entrance  of  the  left  horn  and  the  vena  cava  inferior; 
it  grows  across  the  sinus  into  the  sinu-auricular  aperture  and 
thus  divides  the  latter  (cf.  Fig.  231).  Subsequently,  the  sinus 
becomes  incorporated  in  the  right  auricle,  and  the  systemic 
veins  thus  obtain  independent  openings  into  the  latter  (see  account 
of  development  of  the  venous  system).  The  sinu-auricular 
valves  disappear  during  this  process. 

II.    The  Arterial  System 

The  Aortic  Arches.  In  the  Amniota  six  aortic  arches  are 
formed  connecting  the  truncus  arteriosus  with  the  roots  of  the 
dorsal  aorta.  The  first  four  lie  in  the  corresponding  visceral 
arches;  the  fifth  and  sixth  are  situated  behind  the  fourth  visceral 
pouch;  the  fifth  is  a  very  small  and  transitory  vessel,  the  exist- 
ence of  which  was  not  suspected  until  comparatively  recently 
(v.  Bemmelen,  Boas),  and  the  sixth  or  pulmonary  arch  was  pre- 
viously interpreted  as  the  fifth.  The  discovery  of  the  fifth  arch 
has  brought  the  Amniota  into  agreement  with  the  Amphibia 
as  regards  the  number  and  significance  of  the  various  aortic  arches. 

The  fate  of  the  aortic  arches  in  the  chick  is  as  follows  (see 
Figs.  205,  206) :  the  first  and  second  arches  disappear  as  already 
described  (Chap.  VI),  and  the  anterior  prolongation  of  the  dorsal 
aort2e  in  front  of  the  third  arch  constitutes  the  internal  carotid; 
the  ventral  ends  of  the  first  and  second  arches   form  the  external 


LATER   DEVELOPMENT   OF   VASCULAR   SYSTEM 


359 


carotid.  The  third  arch  on  each  side  persists  as  the  proximal 
portion  of  the  internal  carotids;  and  the  dorsal  aorta  ruptures 
on  each  side  between  the  dorsal  ends  of  the  third  and  fourth 
arches.  The  fourth  arch  and  the  root  of  the  dorsal  aorta  dis- 
appear on  the  left  side,  but  remain  on  the 
right  as  the  permanent  arch  of  the  aorta. 
The  fifth  arch  disappears  on  both  sides; 
the  sixth  arch  persists  throughout  the 
period  of  incubation  and  forms  an  im- 
portant arterial  channel  of  the  systemic 
circulation  until  hatching.  Then  the 
dorsal  portion  (duct  of  Botallus  or  duc- 
tus arteriosus)  becomes  occluded,  and 
the  remainder  of  the  sixth  arch  becomes 
the  proximal  portion  of  the  pulmonary 
arteries. 

The  details  of  these  changes  are  as 
follows:  On  the  third  and  fourth  days  of 
incubation  the  first  and  second  aortic 
arches  disappear  (Fig.  102).  The  lower 
ends  of  these  arches  then  appear  as  a 
branch  from  the  base  of  the  third  arch 
on  each  side,  extending  into  the  mandi- 
ble and  forming  the  external  carotid  ar- 
tery. The  dorsal  aorta  in  front  of  the 
third  arch  constitutes  the  beginning  of 
the  internal  carotid.  During  the  fourth 
day  the  sixth  pair  of  aortic  arches  is 
formed  behind  the  fourth  cleft,  and  the 
origin  of  the  pulmonary  arteries  is  trans- 
ferred to  them  (Fig.  102).  The  fifth  pair 
of  aortic  arches  is  also  formed  during  the  fourth  day  (Fig.  206.) 
It  is  a  slender  vessel  passing  from  near  the  base  to  near  the 
summit  of  the  sixth  arch.  As  it  has  been  entirely  overlooked 
by  most  investigators,  it  is  certain  that  it  is  of  very  brief  duration, 
and  it  may  even  be  entirely  absent  in  some  embryos.  Apparently 
it  has  no  physiological  importance,  and  it  can  be  interpreted  only 
as  a  phylogenic  rudiment. 

Thus  at  the  beginning  of  the  fifth  day  the  entire  series  of 
aortic  arches  has  been  formed,  and  the  first,  second,  and  fifth 


Fig.    205.  —  Diagram    of 

the  aortic  arches  of  birds 

and    their   fate.      (After 

Boas.) 

Car.  com.,  Common  ca- 
rotid. Car.  ext.,  External 
carotid.  Car.  int.,  Internal 
carotid.  D.  a.,  Ductus  ar- 
teriosus. L.,  Left.  p.  A., 
Pulmonary  artery.  P., 
Right. 

1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  and  6,  First, 
second,  third,  fourth,  fifth, 
and  sixth  aortic  arches. 


360  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE   CHICK 

have  entirely  disappeared.  The  surviving  arches  are  the  third 
or  carotid  arch,  the  fourth  or  aortic  arch,  and  the  sixth  or  pul- 
monar}^  arch.     Up  to  this  time  the  development  is  symmetrical 

on   both   sides    of    the    body. 

During    the    fifth    and    sixth 

days    the    two    sides    become 

asymmetrical,  the  fourth  arch 

becoming  reduced  on  the  left 

side  of  the  body  and  enlarged 

on  the  right.      Fig.  207  shows 

the  condition  on  the  two  sides 

Fig.  206. — Camera  sketch  of  the  aortic      of  the  body  on  the  sixth  day. 

arches  of  the  left  side  of  a  chick  em-      Jf  the  fourth  arch  of  the  two 

bryo  U  days  old.     From  an  injected      ^-^^^  ^^  compared    it    will    be 

specimen.     (After  Locy.)  ,i     .    ,i        ^    r. 

Au  1       •  +•  •    T?-     one  seen  that  the    leit  one  is   re- 

Abbreviations  as  m  h  ig.  205. 

duced  to  a  very  narrow  rudi- 
ment which  has  lost  its  connection  with  the  bulbus  arteriosus, 
while  on  the  right  side  it  is  well  developed.  Another  important 
change  illustrated  in  the  same  figure  is  the  reduction  of  the  dorsal 
aorta  between  the  upper  ends  of  the  carotid  and  aortic  arches  to 
a  narrow  connection.     Two  factors  co-operate  in  the  diminution 


Fig.  207.  —  Reconstruction  of  the  aortic  arches  of  a  6-day 
chick  embryo  from  a  series  of  sagittal  sections. 

A.  Left  side. 

B.  Right  side. 

Car.  com.,  Common  carotid.     Car.  ext.,  External  carotid. 
Car.  int.,  Internal  carotid.     D.  a.,  Ductus  arteriosus. 
3,  4,  and  6,  Third,  fourth,  and  sixth  aortic  arches. 

and  gradual  disappearance  of  this  part  of  the  primitive  dorsal 
aorta,  viz.,  the  elongation  of  the  neck  and  the  reduction  of  the 
blood  current.  It  will  be  seen  that  relatively  little  circulation 
is  possible  in  this  section,  because  the  current  up  the  carotid 


LATER   DEVEL0P:\IEXT   OF   VASCULAR   SYSTEM         361 

arch  turns  forward  and  that  up  the  aortic  arch  turns  backward, 
hence  there  is  an  intermediate  region  of  stagnation,  and  here 
the  obUteration  occurs. 

On  the  eighth  day  the  changes  indicated  on  the  sixth  day 
are  completed.  The  left  aortic  arch  has  entirely  disappeared, 
and  the  connection  between  the  upper  ends  of  the  carotid  and 
aortic  arches  is  entirely  lost  on  both  sides  (Fig.  208),  though  lines 
of  apparently  degenerating  cells  can  be  seen  between  the  two. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  upper  end  of  the  pulmonary  arch  (duct 
of  Botallus)  is  as  strongly  developed  on  both  sides  as  the 
right  aortic  arch  itself.  The  pulmonary  artery  proper  is  rela- 
tively very  minute  (Fig.  208),  and  it  can  transmit  only  a  small 


<^M 


A  B. 

Fig.  208.  —  Reconstruction  of  the  aortic  arches  of  an  8-day  embryo  from 
a  series  of  sagittal  sections. 

A.  Left  side. 

B.  Right  side.  .  -si 
A.  o.  m.,    Omphalomesenteric    artery.     Ao.  A.,  Aortic   (systemic)  arch. 

Car.,  Carotid.  D.  a.,  Ductus  arteriosus,  d.  Ao.,  Dorsal  aorta,  p.  A.,  Pul- 
monary artery.  S'cl.,  Subclavian  artery.  V.,  Valves  of  the  puhnonary 
a,rtery. 

quantity  of  blood;  the  principal  function  of  the  pulmonary  arch 
is  obviously  in  connection  with  the  systemic  circulation.  In 
other  words,  both  sides  of  the  heart  pump  blood  into  the  aorta 
during  embryonic  life;  after  hatching,  the  duct  of  Botallus  be- 
comes occluded  as  already  noted,  and  the  pulmonary  circulation 
is  then  fully  established. 

The  Carotid  Arch.  With  the  retreat  of  the  heart  into  the 
thorax,  the  internal  and  external  carotids  become  drawn  out  into 
long  vessels  extending  through  the  neck  region.  The  internal 
carotids  then  become  approximated  beneath  the  vertebral  centra. 
The  stem  of  the  external  carotid  forms  an  anastomosis  with  the 
internal  carotid  in  the  mandibular  region,  and  then  disappears, 


362 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


Car.  cow 


s.cl.s 


so  that  its  branches  appear  secondarily  as  branches  of  the  inter- 
nal carotid.  The  common  carotid  (car.  communis)  of  adult 
anatomy  is  derived  entirely  from  the  proximal  part  of  the  inter- 
nal carotid. 

The     Subclavian    Artery.     The     primary    subclavian    artery 
arises  on  the  fourth  day  from  the  fifteenth  (eighteenth  of  entire 

series)  segmental  artery  of 
the  body-wall  when  the 
wing-bud  forms,  and  grad- 
ually increases  in  import- 
ance with  the  growth  of  the 
wdng.  During  the  fifth  day 
a  small  artery  that  arises 
from  the  base  of  the  carotid 
arch  grows  backwards  and 
unites  with  the  primary  sub- 
clavian at  the  root  of  the 
wing.  Thus  the  subclavian 
artery  obtains  two  roots,  a 
primary  one  from  the  dorsal 
aorta  and  a  secondary  one 
from  the  carotid  arch  (Fig. 
209).  As  the  latter  grov/s 
in  importance  the  primary 
root  dwindles  and  finally 
disappears  (about  the  ninth 
day).  Apparently  the  Cro- 
codilia  and  Chelonia  agree 
with  the  birds  in  this  re- 
spect, while  the  other  ver- 
tebrates retain  the  primary 
root. 

The  Aortic  System  in- 
cludes the  aortic  arch  and 
the    primitive   dorsal    aorta 


Fig.  209.  —  Dissection  of  the  heart  and 
aortic  arches  of  a  chick  embryo  in  the 
latter  part  of  the  sixth  day  of  incuba- 
tion.    (After  Sabin.) 

All.,  Auricle.  Car.  com.,  Common  car- 
otid. S'cl.  d.,  s.,  primary  and  secondary 
subclavian  artery. 

3,  4,  6,  Third  (carotid),  fourth  (system- 
ic), and  sixth  (puhnonary)  arches. 


with  its  branches  (Fig.  216). 

The  segmental  arteries  belong  to  the  primitive  dorsal  aorta; 
originally  there  is  a  pair  in  each  intersomitic  septum,  but  their 
fate  has  not  been  thoroughly  worked  out  in  the  chick.  At  six 
days  the  cervical  segmental  arteries  are  united  on  each  side  by 


LATER  DEVELOPMENT  OF   VASCULAR  SYSTEM         363 

a  longitudinal  anastomosis  communicating  with  the  internal 
carotid  in  front. 

The  two  omphalomesenteric  arteries  are  originally  independent 
(Chap.  Y),  but  as  the  dorsal  mesentery  forms,  they  fuse  in  a 
common  stem  extending  to  the  umbilicus.  The  anterior  mesen- 
teric artery  arises  from  this.  The  coeliac  and  posterior  mesen- 
teric arteries  arise  independently  from  the  dorsal  aorta  (Fig.  216). 

Mesonephric  arteries  arise  from  the  ventro-lateral  face  of  the 
dorsal  aorta  and  originally  supply  the  glomeruli;  they  are  very 
numerous  at  ninety-six  hours,  but  become  much  reduced  in 
number  as  the  renal  portal  circulation  develops;  some  of  them 
persist  as  the  definitive  renal  and  genital  arteries. 

The  umbilical  arteries  arise  from  the  same  pair  of  segmental 
arteries  that  furnishes  the  primitive  artery  of  the  leg.  Thus 
on  the  fourth  day  the  umbilical  arteries  appear  as  branches  of 
the  sciatic  arteries;  but  later  the  umbilical  arteries  become  much 
larger  than  the  sciatic  (Fig.  216).  The  right  umbilical  artery  is, 
from  the  first,  smaller  than  the  left.  On  the  eighth  day  its  inter- 
mediate portion  in  the  region  of  the  neck  of  the  allantois  is  much 
constricted,  and  it  gradually  disappears.  The  caudal  artery  is 
the  narrow  posterior  extremity  of  the  dorsal  aorta  behind  the 
umbilical  arteries. 

I  do  not  find  a  stage  in  the  chick  when  the  umbilical  arteries  unite 
directly  with  the  dorsal  aorta  by  way  of  the  intestine  and  dorsal  mesen- 
tery, though  no  doubt  indirect  connections  exist  at  an  early  stage.  In 
mammals  (Hochstetter)  the  primitive  umbilical  artery  has  such  a 
splanchnic  course,  but  a  secondary  connection  in  the  somatopleure  soon 
replaces  the  primary  splanchnic  path. 

III.    The  Venous  System.     (See  Chapter  VI  for  origin  of  the 

first  venous  trunks) 

We  shall  take  up  the  development  of  the  venous  system  in 
the  following  order:  (a)  the  system  of  the  anterior  venae  cavse 
(venae  cavse  superiores) ;  (5)  the  omphalomesenteric  and  um- 
bilical veins  and  the  hepatic  portal  system;  (c)  the  system  of  the 
inferior  vena  cava. 

The  anterior  venae  cavae  are  formed  on  each  side  b}'  the 
union  of  the  jugular,  vertebral,  and  subclavian  veins.  The  jugular 
is  derived  from  the  anterior  cardinal  veins,  which  extend  down 
the  neck  in  close  proximity  to  the  vagus  nerves.     The  embryonic 


364  THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE   CHICK 

history  of  its  branches  is  not  known  in  detail  (see  Chap.  VI  and 
Fig.  162  for  the  first  branches).  The  history  of  the  vertebral 
veins,  which  open  into  the  jugular  veins  near  the  base  of  the 
neck,  formed  by  union  of  anterior  and  posterior  branches,  is 
likewise  unknown.  Presumably  they  are  formed  in  part  by 
anastomoses  between  segmental  veins.  The  subclavian  vein 
arises  primitively  as  a  branch  of  the  posterior  cardinal  vein; 
it  receives  the  blood  from  the  wing  and  walls  of  the  thorax.  The 
part  of  the  posterior  cardinal  behind  the  entrance  of  the  sub- 
clavian vein  disappears  on  the  sixth  day,  and  its  most  proximal 
part  represents  then  the  anterior  continuation  of  the  subclavian 
vein  (Fig.  216).  The  part  of  the  superior  vena  cava  proximal 
to  the  union  of  jugular  and  subclavian  veins  is  derived  from  the 
duct  of  Cuvier,  and  on  the  left  side  also  from  the  left  horn  of 

the  sinus  venosus. 

The  primitive  omphalomesenteric  veins  unite  behind  the 
sinus  venosus  to  form  the  meatus  venosus,  around  which  the 
substance  of  the  liver  develops  as  described  in  Chapters  VI  and 
X;  the  union  extends  back  to  the  space  between  the  anterior 
and  posterior  liver  diverticula,  where  the  omphalomesenteric 
veins  diverge  and  pass  out  to  the  yolk-sac  along  the  margins 
of  the  anterior  intestinal  portal  (Fig.  210  A).  In  the  latter  part 
of  the  third  day  (34-36  somites)  an  anastomosis  forms  between 
the  right  and  left  omphalomesenteric  veins  above  the  intestine 
just  behind  the  dorsal  pancreas,  and  thus  establishes  a  venous 
ring  around  the  intestine,  the  upper  portion  of  which  is  formee*. 
by  the  anastomosis,  the  lower  portion  by  the  meatus  venosus, 
and  the  sides  by  the  right  and  left  omphalomesenteric  veins 
respectively  (Fig.  210  B).  Even  during  the  formation  of  this 
first  venous  ring  it  can  be  seen  that  its  left  side  is  becoming  nar- 
rower than  the  right  side,  and  in  less  than  a  day  it  disappears 
completely  (Fig.  210  C).  Thus  the  blood  brought  in  by  the 
left  omphalomesenteric  vein  now  passes  through  the  dorsal 
anastomosis  to  the  right  omphalomesenteric  vein,  and  the  latter 
alone  connects  with  the  meatus  venosus. 

While  this  is  taking  place  (seventy-two  to  ninety-six  hours) 
the  intestine  has  elongated,  the  anterior  intestinal  portal  has 
shifted  backwards,  and  a  second  anastomosis  is  formed  between 
the  two  omphalomesenteric  veins  ventral  to  the  intestine  and 
immediately  in  front  of  the  intestinal  portal  (Fig.  210  D).     Thus 


LATER   DEVELOPMENT   OF   VASCULAR   SYSTEM 


365 


a  second  venous  ring  is  established  around  the  ahmentary  canal, 
the  lower  portion  of  which  is  formed  by  the  second  anastomosis, 


M^ 


//it. 


'  ■  \      Af.y. 


A 


Kr./  [  ^, 


Ko/nX'- 


X  ^'i/.s. 


D.C.    --      ' 


m. 


n) 


jy. 


^     D 


/r/-/ 


y.o..7? 


/^:c.r. 


Y. 


Fig.  210.  —  Diagrams  illustrating  the  development  of  the  hepatic 
portal  circulation.     (After  Hochstetter.) 

A.  About  the  fifty-eighth  hour. 

B.  About  the  sixty-fifth  hour;  first  venous  ring  formed  around 
the  intestine. 

C.  About  the  seventy-fifth  hour;  the  left  limb  of  the  first  ve- 
nous ring  has  disappeared. 

D.  About  the  eightieth  hour;  the  second  venous  ring  is  estab- 
lished. 

E.  About  the  one  hundredth  hour;  the  right  limb  of  the  second 
venous  ring  has  disappeared. 

F.  Hepatic  circulation  about  the  one  hundred  and  thirtieth 
hour,  immediately  before  the  disappearance  of  the  intermediate 
portion  of  the  meatus  venosus. 

a.  i.  p.,  Anterior  intestinal  portal.  D.  C,  Duct  of  Cuvier.  int., 
Intestine.  M.  V.,  Meatus  venosus.  (Es.,  OEsophagus.  Pc,  Pan- 
creas. St.,  Stomach.  S.  v..  Sinus  venosus.  V.  c.  i.,  Vena  cava 
inferior.  V.  h..  Hepatic  veins.  V.  o.  m..  Omphalomesenteric  vein. 
V.  r.  1,  First  venous  ring.  v.  r.  2,  Second  venous  ring.  V.  u.  d., 
Right  umbilical  vein.     V.  u.  s.,  Left  umbilical  vein. 


366  THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

the  upper  portion  by  the  first  anastomosis,  and  the  sides  by  the 
right  and  left  omphalomesenteric  veins  respectively.  This  ring 
is^lso  soon  destroyed,  this  time  by  the  narrowing  and  disappear- 
ance of  its  right  side  (Fig.  210  E). 

Thus  at  about  100  hours  the  condition  is  as  follows  (Fig.  210 
E) :  the  two  omphalomesenteric  veins  unite  to  form  a  single  trunk 
in  front  of  the  anterior  intestinal  portal  and  ventral  to  the  intes- 
tine (second  anastomosis),  the  single  trunk  then  turns  to  the  left 
(left  side  of  second  ring),  passes  forward  and  above  the  intestine 
to  the  right  side  (first  or  dorsal  anastomosis),  and  then  farther 
forward  on  the  right  side  of  the  intestine  (right  side  of  first  venous 
ring)  to  enter  the  liver,  where  it  becomes  continuous  with  the 

meatus  venosus. 

The  Hepatic  Portal  Circulation  becomes  established  in  the 
following  manner:  The  meatus  venosus  is  primarily  a  direct 
passageway  through  the  liver  to  the  sinus  venosus  (Fig.  210  C); 
but,  as  the  liver  trabecule  increase,  more  and  more  of  the  blood 
entering  the  meatus  venosus  is  diverted  into  the  vascular  chan- 
nels or  sinusoids  that  occupy  the  spaces  between  the  trabeculse. 
By  degrees  these  secondary  channels  through  the  liver  substance 
form  two  sets  of  vessels,  an  afferent  one,  branching  out  from 
the  caudal  portion  of  the  meatus  venosus,  in  which  the  blood 
is  flowing  into  the  hepatic  sinusoids,  and  an  efferent  set  branch- 
ing from  the  cephalic  portion  of  the  meatus  venosus  in  which 
the  blood  is  flowing  from  the  hepatic  sinusoids  into  the  meatus 
(210  D  and  E).  By  degrees  the  circulation  through  the  liver 
substance  gains  in  importance,  and  liver  trabeculse  grow  across 
the  intermediate  portion  of  the  meatus  venosus  (six  to  seven 
days  cf.  Fig.  216),  thus  gradually  occluding  it  as  a  direct  path 
through  the  liver  (Fig.  210  F). 

In  this  way  there  arises  a  set  of  afferent  veins  of  the  liver, 
branches  of  the  omphalomesenteric  or  hepatic  portal  vein,  and 
a  set  of  efferent  vessels  which  unite  into  right  and  left  hepatic 
veins  opening  into  the  cephalic  portion  of  the  original  meatus 
venosus.  These  veins  begin  to  be  differentiated  after  the  one 
hundredth  hour  of  incubation,  and  the  disappearance  of  the 
intermediate  portion  of  the  meatus  venosus  as  a  direct  route 
through  the  liver  is  completed  on  the  seventh  day. 

The  original  hepatic  portal  circulation  is  thus  supplied  mainly 
with  blood  from  the  yolk-sac.     But  on  the  fifth  day  the  mesen- 


LATER   DEVELOPMEXT   OF   VASCULAR   SYSTEM      '  367 

teric  vein  begins  to  form  as  a  small  vessel  situated  in  the  dorsal 
mesentery  and  opening  into  the  omphalomesenteric  vein  behind 
the  dorsal  pancreas.  This  vein  increases  in  importance  as  the 
development  of  the  viscera  proceeds,  and  becomes  the  definitive 
hepatic  portal  vein;  it  receives  branches  from  the  stomach,  in- 
testine, pancreas,  and  spleen.  The  development  of  these  branches 
proceeds  "pari  passu  with  the  development  of  the  organs  from 
which  they  arise,  and  does  not  require  detailed  description.  It 
should  be  noted,  however,  that  part  of  the  veins  from  the  giz- 
zard and  proventriculus  form  an  independent  vena  porta  sinistra 
which  enters  the  left  lobe  of  the  liver. 

A  distinct  subintestinal  vein  extends  forward  from  the  root  of  the 
tail  at  the  stage  of  ninety-six  hours  to  the  posterior  intestinal  portal, 
where  it  opens  into  the  branch  of  the  left  omphalomesenteric  vein, 
that  extends  forward  from  the  posterior  end  of  the  sinus  terminalis. 
This  vein  appears  to  take  up  blood  from  the  allantois  at  an  early  stage. 
However,  it  disappears  at  about  the  time  when  the  umbilical  vein  be- 
comes the  functional  vein  of  the  allantois.  Originally  it  appears  to 
open  into  s\Tnmetrical  right  and  left  branches  of  the  omphalomesen- 
teric vein  that  encircles  the  splanchnic  umbilicus.  The  right  branch 
is,  however,  much  reduced  at  ninety-six  hours  (cf.  Hochstetter,  1888). 

The  Umbilical  Veins.  The  umbilical  veins  appear  as  vessels 
of  the  lateral  body-wall  opening  into  the  ducts  of  Cuvier  (Fig. 
210  C;  cf.  Fig.  117);  at  first  they  show  anastomoses  with  the 
latter,  which,  however,  soon  disappear.  They  are  subsequently 
prolonged  backwards  in  the  somatopleure  along  the  lateral  closing 
folds  of  the  septum  transversum  (Chap.  XI).  Up  to  the  end  of 
the  third  day  of  incubation  they  have  no  direct  connection  with 
the  blood-vessels  of  the  allantois, and  function  only  as  veins  of  the 
body-wall. 

However,  they  obtain  connection  with  the  efferent  vessels 
of  the  allantois  during  the  fourth  day,  apparently  by  widening 
of  parts  of  an  intervening  vascular  network,  and  then  the  allan- 
toic l)lood  streams  through  them  to  the  heart.  The  right  um- 
bilical vein  disappears  on  the  fourth  day,  and  the  left  one  alone 
persists. 

In  the  meantime  the  central  ends  of  the  umbilical  veins  have 
acquired  new  connections.  (Middle  of  third  day.  Fig.  210  D.) 
This  takes  place  through  the  formation  of  anastomoses,  especially 
on   the   left  side,   between   the   umbilical   vein   and   the   hepatic 


368  THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

vessels.  (On  the  right  side  similar  connections  appear,  according 
to  Brouha,  but  as  the  entire  right  umbilical  vein  soon  degenerates 
thev  need  not  be  considered  farther.)  The  blood  of  the  left  um- 
bilical  vein  thus  divides  and  part  flows  into  the  duct  of  Cuvier  by 
way  of  the  original  termination,  and  part  flows  through  the  liver 
into  the  meatus  venosus.  The  original  connection  is  then  lost 
and  all  of  the  blood  of  the  umbilical  vein  flows  through  the  liver 
into  the  meatus  venosus.  Although  the  intrahepatic  part  is 
at  first  composed  of  several  channels,  yet  the  blood  of  the  um- 
bilical vein  flows  fairly  directly  into  the  meatus  venosus,  and 
thus  takes  no  part  in  the  hepatic  portal  circulation.  On  the 
eighth  day  the  entrance  of  the  umbilical  vein  into  the  cephalic 
part  of  the  meatus  venosus  is  still  broken  into  several  channels 
by  liver  trabeculae  (Fig.  182) ;  these,  however,  soon  disappear, 
and  the  vein  then  empties  directly  into  the  meatus  venosus,  which 
has  in  the  meantime  become  the  terminal  part  of  the  inferior 
vena  cava.  As  the  ventral  body-wall  closes,  the  umbilical  vein 
comes  to  lie  in  the  mid-ventral  line,  and  in  its  course  forward  it 
passes  from  the  body-wall  in  between  the  right  and  left  lobes 
of  the  liver.  The  stem  of  the  umbilical  vein  persists  in  the  adult, 
as  a  vein  of  the  ventral  body-wall  opening  into  the  left  hepatic 
vein. 

The  System  of  the  Inferior  Vena  Cava  (Post-cava).  The 
post-cava  appears  as  a  branch  of  the  cephalic  portion  cf  the  meatus 
venosus,  and  in  its  definitive  condition  the  latter  becomes  its 
cephalic  segment;  thus  the  hepatic  and  umbilical  veins  appear 
secondarily  as  branches  of  the  post-cava.  The  portion  of  the 
post-cava  behind  the  liver  arises  from  parts  of  the  postcardinal 
and  subcardinal  veins,  and  receives  all  the  blood  of  the  posterior 
portion  of  the  body  and  viscera,  that  does  not  flow  through  the 
hepatic  portal  system.  The  history  of  the  development  of  this 
vein,  therefore,  involves  an  account  of  (1)  the  origin  of  its  proxi- 
mal portion  within  the  liver,  and  (2)  of  the  transformation  of  the 
postcardinals  and  subcardinals. 

The  proximal  portion  of  the  post-cava  arises  in  part  from 
certain  of  the  hepatic  sinusoids  in  the  dorsal  part  of  the  liver 
on  the  right  side  at  about  the  stage  of  ninety  hours,  and  in  part 
from  a  series  of  venous  islands  found  at  the  same  time  in  the 
caval  fold  of  the  plica  mesogastrica  (Figs.  211  and  212.  See 
Chap.  XI).     As  the  caval  fold  fuses  Avith  the  right  dorsal  lobe  of 


LATER   DEVELOPMENT   OF   VASCULAR   SYSTEM 


369 


the  liver,  the  venous  islands  flow  together  and  establish  a  venous 
trunk  extending  along  and  within  the  right  dorsal  lobe  of  the 
liver,  and  opening  anteriorly  into  the  meatus  venosus.  At  first 
the  connection  with  the  meatus  venosus  lies  near  the  sinus  veno- 
sus, but  in  later  stages  is  some  cUstance  behind  the  latter.  Behind 
the  liver  the  dorsal  attachment  of  the  caval  fold  is  to  the  ventral 
surface  of  the  right  mesonephros,  and  at  this  place  the  vena  cava 
enters  the  mesonephros  and  connects  with  the  subcardinal  veins 
(cf.  Fig.  182). 

The  latter  vessels  arise  as  a  series  of  venous  islands  on  the 
median  surface  of  the  mesonephros  and  lateral  to  the  aorta  on 
each    side.     Such    disconnected    primordia    are    first   evident    at 


l>.c.s. 
V.u.s 


^M--OCd. 


V.u.d 


U  ~~~'V.c.h 

Fig.  21L  —  A  drawing  of  a  wax  reconstruction  of 

the  veins  in  the  region  of  the  liver  of  a  sparrow 

embryo.     Outline  of  the  liver  represented   by 

broken  lines.     Dorsal  view.     (After  Miller.) 

D.  C.  d.,  s.,  Right   and  left  ducts  of  Cuyier. 

D.  v.,  Ductus    (meatus)    venosus.      S.  V.,  Sinus 

venosus.     V.c.  i.,  Vena  cava  inferior.     V.  u.  d.,s., 

Right  and  left  umbilical  veins. 

about  the  seventieth  hour,  and  soon  they  run  together  to  form 
a  longitudinal  vessel  on  each  side,  which  has  temporary  direct 
connections  with  the  postcardinals  (Fig.  212),  replaced  after- 
wards (fifth  day)  by  a  renal  portal  circulation  through  the  sub- 
stance of  the  mesonephros.  As  the  subcardinal  veins  enlarge, 
they  approach  one  another  just  behind  the  omphalomesenteric 
artery  beneath  the  aorta  and  fuse  together  (sixth  day.  Fig.  213). 
In  the  meantime,  the  post-cava  has  become  continuous  with  the 
anterior  end  of  the  right  subcardinal  (Fig.  213). 

The  venous  circulation  is  then  as  follows:     The  blood  from 


370 


THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 


Ucp.d. 


A-o.m. 


Vsc.d. 


LATER  DEVELOPMENT  OF   VASCULAR  SYSTEM         371 


C.  V.sc.d. 


V3C.S. 


V.c.i. 


A.OM 


V.c.fi.d. 


Vscd. 


Fig.  213.  —  Reconstruction  of  the  venous  system  of 
a  chick  of  5  days.    Ventral  view.     (After  Miller.) 
a.,  Mesonephric  veins.     Ao.,  Aorta.  A.  sc.  s.,  Left 
sciatic  vein.     Other  abbreviations  as  before. 

the  right  and  left  postcardinal  veins  passes  through  the  vas- 
cular network  of  the  mesonephros,  and  empties  into  the  sub- 
cardinal  veins,  from  which  it  flows  into  the  vena  cava  inferior, 
and  so  through  the  meatus  venosus  to  the  heart.  Prior  to  the 
sixth  day,  however,  the  greater  portion  of  the  blood  in  tlie  pos- 


FiG.  212.  —  Reconstruction  of  the  venous  system  of  a  chick  of  90  hours, 
ventral  view.  (After  Miller.) 
A.  o.  m.,  Omphalomesenteric  artery,  a.  sc.  s..  Left  sciatic  artery.  A. 
u.  s.,  Left  umbilical  artery,  b.,  Vessels  enclosed  within  ventral  side  of  meso- 
nephros.  V.  c.  p.  d.,  s.,  Ri^ht  and  left  posterior  cardinal  veins.  V.  c.  i., 
Vena  cava  inferior.     V.  sc.  d.,  s.,  Right  and  left  subcardinal  veins. 


372  THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE   CHICK 

terior  cardinals  passes  forward  to  the  ducts  of  Cuvier  without 
entering  the  mesonephric  circulation.  On  the  fifth  and  sixth 
days  the  cephalic  ends  of  the  postcardinals  gradually  dwindle 
and  disappear  (cf.  Fig.  216);  thus  all  of  the  blood  entering  the 
postcardinals  must  pass  through  the  mesonephros  to  the  sub- 
cardinals,  which  thus  become  efferent  vessels  of  the  mesonephros; 
and  a  complete  renal-portal  circulation  is  established. 

This  form  of  circulation  continues  during  the  period  of  func- 
tional activity  of  the  mesonephroi,  and  as  the  latter  gradually 
atrophy,  the  portions  of  the  subcardinals  posterior  to  the  anas- 
tomosis gradually  disappear.  A  direct  connection  between  the 
post-  and  subcardinals  is  then  established  on  each  side,  by  way 
of  the  great  renal  veins,  which  have  in  the  meantime  formed  in 
connection  with  the  development  of  the  kidney  (Fig.  214). 

The  crural  and  ischiadic  veins  have,  in  the  meantime,  developed 
in  connection  with  the  formation  of  the  hind  limbs,  as  branches 
of  the  postcardinals.  Thus  the  hinder  portion  of  the  latter  be- 
comes transformed  into  the  common  iliac  veins,  and  at  the  hinder 
end  the  postcardinals  form  an  anastomosis  (Fig.  214). 

IV.    The  Embryonic  Circulation 

On  the  fourth  day  the  blood  is  driven  into  the  roots  of  the 
dorsal  aorta  through  three  pairs  of  aortic  arches,  viz.,  the  third 
or  carotid,  the  fourth  or  aortic,  and  the  sixth  or  pulmonary.  The 
fifth  pair  of  aortic  arches  is  also  functional  for  a  time  during  this 
day,  but  soon  disappears.  The  blood  passing  ap  the  third  or 
carotid  arch  is  directed  forward  through  the  internal  and  external 
carotid  arteries  to  the  head;  that  passing  up  the  fourth  and 
sixth  arches  turns  backwards  to  enter  the  dorsal  aorta,  so  that 
there  is  an  intermediate  area  of  stagnation  in  the  roots  of  the 
dorsal  aorta  between  the  carotid  and  aortic  arches;  though  this 
is  more  or  less  problematical,  the  arrangement  of  the  vessels  ren- 
ders such  a  condition  very  probable.  A  very  small  proportion  of 
the  blood  enters  the  rudimentary  pulmonary  arteries  from  the 
sixth  arch.  The  blood  in  the  dorsal  aorta  passes  backwards  and 
enters  (1)  the  segmental  arteries,  (2)  the  omphalomesenteric 
arteries,  (3)  the  (rudimentary)  umbilical  arteries,  and  behind 
the  latter  passes  into  the  narrow  continuation  of  the  dorsal  aortse, 
still  separate  in  this  region,  known  as  the  caudal  arteries. 

The  blood  is  returned  to  the  heart  through  the  sinus  venosus 


LATER  DEVELOPMENT  OF  VASCULAR  SYSTEM         373 


Fig.   214.  —  Reconstruction  of    the    venous  system  of    a  sparrow  embryo, 
corresponding  to  a  chick  of  about  14  days.      (After  Miller.) 
V.  c.i.  H.,  Intra-hepatic  part  of  the    vena    cava    inferior.     V 
Part  of  the  vena  cava  inferior  derived  from  the  subcardinal  vein. 
Genital  veins.     V.  i.  e.  d.,  s.,  Riorht  and  left  vena  iliaca  externa 


d.,  s. 


c.  i.  SC, 

V.  V.  g., 

V.  i.  i., 

Right  and  left  vena  intervertebralis  lum- 


Vena  iliaca  interna.     V.  i.  1. 

balls.     V.  r.  m.  d.,  s.,  Right  and  left  great  renal  veins. 

almost  exclusively,  the  pulmonary  veins  being  very  rudimentary 
at  this  stage.  The  veins  entering  the  sinus  venosus  are  the  ducts 
of  Cuvier,  and  the  meatus  venosus.  The  former  are  made  up 
on  each  side  by  (1)  the  anterior  cardinal  vein,  returning  blood 
from  the  head,  (2)  the  posterior  cardinal  vein  returning  blood 
from  the  veins  of  the  Wolffian  bodv,  and  the  intersomitic  veins, 
(3)   the  umbilical  veins  returning  blood  mainly  from  the  body- 


374 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


wall,  inasmuch  as  direct  connection  with  the  veins  of  the  allantois 
is  not  yet  established.  The  meatus  venosus  receives  the  omphalo- 
mesenteric veins,  and  the  blood  of  the  allantois  by  way  of  the 
subintestinal  vein  (the  latter  arrangement  of  very  brief  duration). 
Thus   at   this  time  all  of  the  blood  is  mixed  together  in  the 

sinus  venosus,  viz.,  that  re- 


A  m^  CA.Q.rn.) 
Ao. 
I-!-  Vsrs. 


--  Vils. 


ceived  through  the  ducts  of 
Cuvier,  presumal)ly  venous, 
and  that  received  through 
the  meatus  venosus,  pre- 
sumably arterial,  owing  to  its 
circulation  in  the  superficial 
vascular  network  of  the  yolk- 
sac.  Apparently  there  is  no 
arrangement  for  separation 
or  discrimination  in  the  re- 
distribution of  the  blood. 
But  on  the  other  hand  it 
should  be  noted  that  most 
of  the  blood  comes  from  the 
yolk-sac,  owing  to  the  slight 


Vu.d. 
Fig.  215.  —  Region  of  the  bifurcation  of 
the  post-cava  in  the  adult  fowl.     Ven- 

tral  view     (After  Miller)  development    of    the    vessels 

A.m.  s.  (A.  o.m.),  Omphalomesenteric       ,    ,  ,  .   .1  •      x- 

artery.  A.  i.  s.,  Left  internal  iliac  artery,  ot  the  embryo  at  this  time; 
V.  c.  i.,  Vena  cava  inferior.  ^  V.  i.  c.  d., 
Right  common  iliac  vein.  V.  i.  e.  d.,  Right 
external  iliac  vein.  V.  i.  i.  d.,  Right  inter- 
nal iliac  vein.  V.  i.  1.  s.,  Left  vena  m- 
tervertebralis  lumbalis.  V.  sr.  s.,  Left 
suprarenal  vein.  Vv.  g.,  Genital  veins. 
Vv.  r.m.,  Great  renal  veins. 


and  that  the  blood  of  the 
embryo  itself  cannot  be 
highly  venous  owing  to  the 
shortness  of  the  circuit  and 
the  delicate  nature  of  the 
embryonic  tissues,  which,  no  doubt,  permit  direct  access  of  oxygen. 
On  the  sixth  day  the  embryonic  circulation  enters  on  a  second 
phase,  owing  to  the  changes  in  the  structure  of  the  heart  and 
arrangement  of  the  vessels  described  in  detail  in  the  preceding 
part  of  this  chapter. 

On  the  eighth  day  the  circulation  is  as  follows:  The  right 
and  left  ventricles  are  completely  separate,  and  the  former 
pumps  the  blood  into  the  pulmonary  trunk,  the  latter  into  the 
aortic  trunk.  The  carotid  arteries  arise  from  the  base  of  the 
aortic  arch  and  convey  the  blood  to  the  head,  and  also,  by  way 
of  the  sul:»clavians,  to  the  walls  of  the  thorax  and  to  the  wing. 
The  left  aortic  arch  has  disappeared,  and  the  right  arch  is  con- 


LATER   DE\  ELOPMEXT   OF   VASCULAR   SYSTEM         375 

tinuous  with  the  dorsal  aorta.  The  pulmonary  trunk  divides  into 
right  and  left  arches  from  which  the  small  pulmonary  artery  is 
given  off  on  each  side,  and  the  arch  is  continued  without  per- 
ceptible diminution  in  size  as  the  ductus  Botalli  (ductus  arteri- 
osus) to  the  dorsal  aorta.  Thus  the  greater  quantity  of  blood 
pumped  by  botli  sides  of  the  heart  passes  into  the  dorsal  aorta 
by  way  of  the  right  aortic  arch,  and  the  right  and  left  ductus 
Botalli;  but  part  of  the  blood  from  the  left  ventricle  passes  into 
the  carotids.  The  main  branches  of  the  dorsal  aorta  are  (1) 
coeliac,  distributed  to  stomach  and  liver  mainh%  (2)  omphalo- 
mesenteric to  the  3'Olk-sac  and  mesentery,  (3)  right  and  left 
umbilical  arteries  (of  which  the  left  is  much  more  important,  the 
right  soon  disappearing),  to  the  allantois  and  leg,  (4)  segmental 
arteries  to  the  body-wall,  (5)  the  caudal  arteries. 

The  anterior  venae  cavae  (former  ducts  of  Cuvier)  return  the 
blood  from  the  head,  wing,  and  walls  of  the  thorax  to  the  right 
auricle;  but  owing  to  the  formation  of  the  sinus  septum,  the  left 
vena  cava  opens  directly  into  the  right  auricle  to  the  left  of  the 
sinus  valves,  and  the  right  one,  also  independently,  to  the  right  of 
the  sinus  valves.  The  proximal  portion  of  the  vena  cava 
inferior  is  the  original  meatus  venosus,  and  it  receives  the 
right  and  left  hepatic  veins,  the  last  of  w^hich  receives  all  the 
blood  from  the  allantois  through  the  umbilical  vein  (original 
left). 

There  is  also  an  hepatic  portal  and  a  renal  portal  circulation. 
The  hepatic  portal  system  is  supplied  with  blood  mainly  from 
the  yolk-sac,  but  also  from  the  veins  of  the  alimentary  canal  by 
the  mesenteric  vein;  the  latter  is  a  relatively  unimportant  vessel 
at  eight  da3^s,  but  groW'S  in  importance  and  becomes  the  entire 
hepatic  portal  vein  after  absorption  of  the  yolk-sac.  The  hepatic 
portal  vein  branches  wdthin  the  liver  into  a  system  of  capillaries 
which  reunite  to  form  the  right  and  left  hepatic  veins.  Thus 
all  the  absorbed  nutrient  material  passes  through  the  capillaries 
of  the  liver,  where  certain  constituents  are  no  doubt  acted  on 
in  some  important,  but  little  understood,  way. 

The  renal  portal  circulation  persists  through  the  period  of 
functional  activity  of  the  mesonephros.  The  afferent  vein  is 
the  posterior  cardinal  which  is  supplied  by  the  segmental  veins 
and  the  veins  of  the  leg  and  tail.  The  blood  flows  through  the 
capillaries  of  the   mesonephros  into  the  subcardinal  veins,  and 


376  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

hence  to  the  vena  cava  inferior.  With  the  degeneration  of  the 
mesonephros,  the  subcardinals  disappear  in  large  part  and  the 
postcardinals  then  empty  directly  into  the  vena  cava  inferior 
by  way  of  the  renal  veins,  which  have  formed  in  the  meantime. 
The  embryonic  renal  portal  system  of  birds  is  similar  in  all  essen- 
tial respects  to  the  permanent  system  of  amphibia  and  consti- 
tutes a  striking  example  of  recapitulation.  The  left  auricle  of 
the  heart  receives  the  small  pulmonary  veins. 

Thus  practically  all  of  the  blood  is  returned  to  the  right  auricle 
of  the  heart;  a  considerable  part  of  it  is  diverted  into  the  left 
auricle  through  the  foramina  in  the  septum  atriorum,  and  thus 
the  blood  reaches  both  ventricles.  Complete  systems  of  valves 
prevent  its  regurgitation  in  any  direction. 

It  is  an  interesting  question  to  what  extent  the  different  kinds 
of  blood  received  by  the  right  auricle  remain  separate  and  receive 
special  distribution  through  the  body.     The  blood  poured  in  by 
the  anterior  venae  cavse  is  purely  venous,  and  it  seems  probable 
from  the  arrangement  of  the  sinus  valves  that  it  passes  into  the 
ventricle  of  the  same  side,  and  so  into  the  pulmonary  arch  and 
through  the  ductus  Botalli  into  the  dorsal  aorta,  and  thus  in  part 
at  least  to  the  allantois  where  it  is  oxygenated.   The  blood  coming 
in  through  the  posterior  vena  cava  is  purified  and  rich  in  nutrition, 
for  part  of  it  comes  from  the  allantois,  where  it  has  been  oxygen- 
ated, and  part  has  passed  through  the  renal  portal  circulation, 
where,  no  doubt,  it  has  been  purified  of  nitrogenous  excretory 
matter,  and  the  remainder  is  mostly  from  the  yolk-sac  and  hence 
laden  with  nutrition.     This  blood  appears  to  be  diverted  through 
the  foramen  of  the  septum  atriorum  into  the  left  auricle,  and 
thence  to  the  left  ventricle,   and  so  out  into  the  carotids  and 
aortic  arch.     It  would  seem,  therefore,  to  be  reasonably  certain 
that  the  carotids  receive  the  purest  and  most  nutritious  blood, 
for  the  blood  in  the  dorsal  aorta  is  mixed  with  the  blood  from 
the  right  ventricle.     There  can  be  no  reasonable  doubt  that  the 
heart  is  a  more  effective  organ  for  separate  and  effective  distribu- 
tion of  the  various  kinds  of  blood  received  by  it  than  this  account 
would  indicate.     But  further  investigation  is  necessary  to  deter- 
mine in  what  ways  and  to  what  extent  this  takes  place. 

At  the  time  of  hatching  the  following  changes  take  place: 
the  umbilical  arteries  and  vein  are  obliterated  in  the  allantois, 
owing  to  drying  up  of  the  latter;  their  stems  remaining  as  relatively 


Fig.  216. — Diagram  of  the  relations  of  the  main  splanchnic  blood  vessels 

on  the  sixth  day  of  incubation. 

A.  c,  CoeHac  artery.  Adv.,  Vena  advehens.  All.,  Allantois.  A.  m..  Mes- 
enteric artery.  Ao.,  Aorta.  A.  o.  m.,  Omphalomesenteric  artery.  A.  p., 
Pulmonary  artery.  A.  sc.  Sciatic  artery.  A.  u.  d..  Right  umbilical  artery. 
A.  u.  s.,  Left  umbilical  artery.  A.  V.,  Vitelline  arteries.  Car.  int.,  Internal 
carotid.  Car.  ext..  External  carotid.  CI.,  Cloaca.  D.  a.,  Ductus  arteriosus. 
D.  v.,  Ductus  (meatus)  venosus.  Int.,  Intestine.  J.  e.,  External  jugular 
vein.  J.  i..  Internal  jugular  vein.  Li.,  Liver.  Scl.,  Subclavian  artery.  V. 
c.  a..  Anterior  vena  cava.  V.  c.  i..  Inferior  Vena  cava.  V.  c.  p..  Posterior 
cardinal  vein.  V.  m.,  Mesenteric  vein.  V.  o.  m.,  Omphalomesenteric  vein. 
Vp.,  Pulmonary  vein.  V.  s'c,  Subcardinal  vein.  V.  s'cl.,  Subclavian  vein. 
V.  u.  (s.).  Umbilical  vein  (left).  V.  V.,  Vitelline  vein.  W.  B.,  Wolffian 
body.     Y.  S.,  Yolk-sac.     Y.  St.,  Yolk-stalk. 


LATER  DEVELOPMENT  OF  VASCULAR  SYSTEM       377 

insignificant  vessels.  The  veins  of  the  yolk-sac  likewise  disap- 
pear. The  ductus  arteriosus  (Botalli)  is  obliterated  on  both 
sides,  and  becomes  a  solid  cord  uniting  the  pulmonary  arteries 
and  arch  of  the  aorta.  Thus  the  blood  from  the  right  ventricle 
is  driven  into  the  lungs,  and  the  pulmonary  artery  enlarges. 
The  foramina  in  the  septum  atriorum  gradually  close,  and  so  a 
complete  double  circulation  is  established.  The  right  auricle 
receives  all  the  systemic  (venous  blood),  which  is  then  driven 
through  the  lungs  by  way  of  the  pulmonary  artery,  and  returned 
in  an  oxygenated  condition  through  the  pulmonary  veins  to 
the  left  auricle;  thence  to  the  left  ventricle  and  out  through  the 
aorta  into  the  systemic  circulation  again. 


CHAPTER  XIII 

THE  URINOGENITAL  SYSTEM 

The  history  of  the  pronephros  and  the  origin  of  the  meso- 
nephros  have  been  ah'eady  described  (Chap.  VI).  We  have  now 
to  consider  (1)  the  later  history  of  the  mesonephros,  (2)  the 
development  of  the  metanephros  or  permanent  kidney,  (3)  the 
development  of  the  reproductive  organs  and  their  ducts,  and 
(4)  the  development  of  the  suprarenals.  All  these  organs  form 
an  embryological  unit,  by  virtue  of  their  mode  of  origin  and  their 
interrelations.  Thus  we  find  that  the  intermediate  cell-mass  is 
significant  for  the  development  of  all:  its  growth  causes  the  forma- 
tion of  the  Wolffian  body,  on  the  median  face  of  which  the  gonads 
arise.  The  secreting  tubules  and  renal  corpuscles  of  the  perma- 
nent kidney  are  also  derivatives  of  the  intermediate  cell-mass. 
The  Wolffian  duct  is  derived  from  the  same  source,  and  by  change 
of  function  becomes  the  vas  deferens,  after  functioning  for  a  while 
as  the  excretory  duct  of  the  mesonephros.  Certain  parts  of  the 
mesonephros  also  enter  into  the  construction  of  the  testis.  And 
the  Miillerian  duct,  which  forms  the  oviduct  of  the  female,  is 
derived  from  the  epithelium  covering  the  Wolffian  body. 

I.  The  Later  History  of  the  Mesonephros 
In  Chapter  VI  we  traced  the  origin  of  the  nephrogenous 
tissue,  and  the  differentiation  of  the  first  mesonephric  tubules 
within  it.  We  saw  that  in  each  of  the  segments  concerned  a 
number  of  balls  of  cells  arises  by  condensation  within  the  neph- 
rogenous tissue,  and  that  these  become  converted  into  vesicles. 
We  saw  also  that  each  vesicle  sends  out  a  tubular  sprout  from 
its  lateral  side  to  the  Wolffian  duct,  with  which  it  unites;  and 
that  its  median  face  becomes  converted  into  a  renal  corpuscle. 
These  processes  take  place  sucessively  in  antero-posterior  order 
within  the  somites  concerned,  so  that  a  series  of  stages  in  the 
development  of  the  tubules  may  be  studied  in  the  same  embryo. 
Moreover,  all  the  tubules  of  a  given  somite  do  not  develop  simul- 

.378 


THE   URIXOGEXITAL   SYSTEM 


379 


taneously:  primary  tubules  are  formed  in  each  somite  from  the 
most  ventral  portion  of  the  nephrogenous  tissue;  then  secondar}- 
tubules  later  from  an  intermediate  portion,  and  tertiary  tubules 
later  yet  from  the  dorsal  portion. 

Fig.  217  represents  a  transverse  section  through  the  middle 


^»f^^5^°  v'"'it>f  ^i:^j#^^' 


Fig.  217. — Transverse  section  through  the  middle   of  the 

Wolffian  body  of  a  chick  embryo  of  96  hours. 

Ao.,  Aorta.  Coel.,  Coelome.  Col.  T.,  Collecting  tubule. 
Glom.,  Glomerulus,  germ.  Ep.,  Germinal  epithelium.  M's't., 
Mesentery,  n.  t.,  Nephrogenous  tissue.  T.  1,2,  3,  Primary, 
secondary,  and  tertiary  mesonephric  tubules.  V.  c.  p.,  Pos- 
terior cardinal  vein.     W.  D.,  Wolffian  duct. 

of  the  Wolffian  body  at  the  stage  of  ninety-six  hours,  showing  a 
primary,  secondary,  and  tertiary  tubule.  The  primary  tubule 
is  typically  differentiated;  the  secondary  has  formed  the  secreting 
tubule  and  the  rudiment  of  the  renal  corpuscle,  but  the  tubule 
does  not  yet  open  into  the  Wolffian  duct,  though  it  is  connected 
with  it;  the  tertiary  tubule  is  still  in  the  vesicular  stage.  Some 
undifferentiated  nephrogenous  tissue  remains  above  the  rudi- 
ment of  the  tertiary  tubule,  which  makes  it  possible  that  quar- 
ternarv  tubules  mav  be  formed  later. 

Referring  still  to  the  same  figure,  it  will  be  noted  that  the 
Wolffian  duct  itself  has  formed  a  considerable  evagination  dorso- 
medially  (collecting  tubule),  with  which  both  secondary  and 
tertiary  tubules  are  associated  as  well  as  the  undifferentiated 
nephrogenous  tissue.  Similar  evaginations  are  formed  along 
the  entire  length  of  the  functional  portion  of  the  mesonephros. 


380 


THE   DEVELOPxAIEXT   OF   THE   CHICK 


0(, 


ov 


o 


Q>( 


o 


OO, 


o 


o 


o 


o  r 


o 


xoz 


X22- 


-2ZIC 


22YII 


Fig.  114.  A. 


Figs.  218  and  219  illustrate  the  form  of  these  evaginations  in 
duck  embr3^os  of  40  and  50  somites  respectively,  as  they  appear 
in  reconstructions  of  the  posterior  portion  of  the  mesonephros. 

It  will  be  seen  that  they  gradually 
form  sacs  opening  into  the  Wolffian 
duct.  Subsequently,  by  elongating, 
these  sacs  form  collecting  tubules 
that  gather  up  the  secretions  of  the 
mesonephric  tubules  proper  and  con- 
duct them  to  the  Wolffian  duct. 
These  conducting  tubules  are  stated 
to  branch  more  or  less;  it  is  also 
said  that  they  are  more  highly  de- 
veloped in  the  duck  than  in  the  chick. 
Felix  proposes  to  call  them  meso- 
nephric ureters. 

In  the  case  of  the  secondary  and 
tertiary  tubules,  three  parts  may  be 
distinguished :  parts  one  and  two  (de- 
rived from  the  nephrogenous  tissue) 
I;.     o\C  ^rc  the  renal  corpuscle  and  secreting 

tubule  respectively;  the  third  part  is 
the  collecting  tubule  derived  by 
evagination  from  the  Wolffian  duct. 
In  the  case  of  the  primary  tubules, 
a  conducting  part  appears  to  be 
formed  secondarily,  though  in  what 
way  is  not  clear. 

The  formation  of  new  tubules 
ceases  on  the  fifth  day,  all  the  ne- 
phrogenous tissue  being  then  used 
up.  Up  to  the  eighth  day  at  least 
the  tubules  grow  rapidly  in  length 
and  become  more  differentiated.  The 
result  is  a  relatively  enormous  pro- 
trusion into  the  bodv-cavity  on  each 
side  of  the  dorsal  mesentery.  De- 
generation of  the  tubules  sets  in 
about  the  tenth  or  eleventh  days, 
and  the  tissue  is  gradually  absorbed; 


2Mir 


'XSKT 


THE   URIXOGEXITAL   SYSTEM 


381 


this  process  extends  over  the  whole  of  the  latter  period  of  incu- 
bation, and  is  completed  at  hatching.  Parts,  however,  remain 
in  the  male  in  connection  with  the  testis;  non-functional  remnants 


O        ^      °o     o 
O 

O.'l 


'  ."fi.T  •-. 


yxxiii 


n.T. 


Fig.  219.  —  Profile  reconstruction  of  part  of  the 

mesonephros  and  diverticulum  of  the  ureter  of 

a  duck  embryo  of  50  somites.  (After  Schreiner.) 

CI.,  Cloaca.     Int.,  Intestine.     Mn.  T.,  Meso- 

nephric   tubules,     n.  T.,  Nephrogenous   tissue. 

Ur    Ureter      W.  D..  Wolffian  duct. 

XXXII,  XXXIII,  XXXIV,  Somites  of  the 
same  number. 

may  also  be  detected  in  the  female  (p.  401).  It  is  difficult  to 
state  the  exact  period  of  beginning  and  cessation  of  function  of 
the  mesonephric  tubules.      Judging  from  the  histological  appear- 


PiG   918  —  Profile  reconstruction  of  part  of  the  Wolffian  duct  and  primordia 
of  mesonephric  tubules   (represented  by  circles)  of  a  duck  embryo  of  45 
somites.     (After  Schreiner.) 
YXTV    XXV    etc.,  position  of  the  correspondmg  somites.     Lines  114  A, 

114  B    114  C  ^represent  the  positions  of  the  sections  shown  in  these  figures. 


382 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


ances,  however,  it  is  probable  that  secretion  begins  in  the  tubules 
on  the  fifth  day  and  increases  in  amount  up  to  the  eleventh  day 
at  least,  when  signs  of  degeneration  become  numerous.  Presuma- 
bly the  functional  activity  diminishes  from  this  stage  on,  being 
replaced  by  the  secretion  of  the  permanent  kidney. 


SrC:^ 


Gq/?.-% 


Fig.  220.  —  Transverse  section   through   the   mesonephros 

and  neighboring  parts  of  a  6-day  chick,  in  the  region  of 

the  spleen. 

Ao.,  Aorta,  bl.  V.,  Blood  vessels  (sinusoids).  Caps.,  Cap- 
sule of  renal  corpuscle.  Coel.,  Coelome.  col.  T.,  Collecting 
tubule.  D.,  Dorsal.  Giz.,  Gizzard.  Glom.,  Glomerulus. 
Gon.,  Gonad.  L.,  Left.  Spl.,  Spleen.  Sr.  C,  Cortical  sub- 
stance of  the  suprarenal,  s.  t.,  Secreting  tubule.  T.  R., 
Tubal  rid^e.  V.,  Ventral.  V.  c.  p.,  Posterior  cardinal  vein 
V.  s'c.  1.,  Left  subcardinal  vein.     W.  D.,  Wolffian  duct. 

Figs.  220  and  221  represent  sections  through  the  mesonephros 
on  the  sixth  and  eighth  days  respectively  (see  also  Fig.  222, 
eleven  days).  The  renal  corpuscles  show  the  typical  capsule 
and  glomerulus,  and  relation  to  the  secreting  tubules.  The  latter 
are  considerably  convoluted  on  the  sixth  day,  much  more  so  on 
the  eighth  day.  The  conducting  tubules  can  usually  be  distin- 
guished by  their  smaller  caliber  and  thinner  walls.     The  Wolffian 


THE  URIXOGEXITAL   SYSTEM 


383 


duct  is  situated  near  the  dorso-lateral  edge  of  the  mesonephros, 
and  the  opening  of  a  collecting  tubule  into  it  is  shown  in  Figure 
220.  The  renal  corpuscles  are  situated  next  the  median  face  of 
the  Wolffian  body.     The  space  between  the  tubules  is  occupied 


';7.f.o.z. 


Mh'tr 


-3.?V 
iVJ). 


apmm 


Gon.l 


Fig.  221. — Transverse  section  through  the  metanephros,  mesonephros, 
gonads  and  neighboring  parts  of  an  8-day  chick, 
bl.  v.,  Blood  vessels  (sinusoids).  B.  W.,  Body-wall.  col.  T.  M't'n., 
Collecting  tubules  of  the  metanephros.  M.  D.,  Miillerian  duct.  M's't.,  Mesen- 
tery, n.  t.  i.  z.,  Inner  zone  of  nephrogenous  tissue  (metanephric).  n.  t.  o. 
z.,  Outer  zone  of  the  nephrogenous  tissue.  Symp.  Gn.,  Sympathetic  o^ang- 
hon  of  the  twenty-first  spinal  ganglion.  V.  C,  Centrum  of  vertebra.  Other 
abbreviations  as  before. 

almost  entirely  by  a  wide  vascular  network  of  sinusoidal  char- 
acter; that  is,  the  endothelial  walls  of  the  vessels  are  moulded 
directly  on  the  basement  membrane  of  the  tubules  without  any 
intervening  connective  tissue.  The  circulation  is  described  in  the 
chapter  on  the  vascular  system. 


384  THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

II.     The  Development  of  the  Metaxephros  or  Permanent 

Kidney 

The  metanephros  or  permanent  kidney  supplants  the  meso- 
nephros  in  the  course  of  development.  It  is  derived  from  two 
distinct  embryonic  primordial  (1)  the  nephrogenous  tissue  of 
the  two  or  three  posterior  somites  of  the  trunk  (31  or  32  to  33), 
which  furnish  the  material  out  of  which  the  renal  corjxiscles 
and  secreting  tubules  develop;  and  (2)  a  diverticulum  of  the 
posterior  portion  of  the  Wolffian  duct  (Fig.  219),  which  develops 
by  branching  into  the  collecting  tubules  and  definitive  ureter. 
The  development  of  the  kidney  takes  place  in  a  mass  of  mesen- 
chyme, known  as  the  outer  zone  of  the  metanephrogenous  tissue, 
that  furnishes  the  capsule  and  connective  tissue  elements  of 
the  definitive  kidney,  in  which  also  the  vascular  supply  is  developed 
(Figs.  221  and  222).  The  cortical  tubules  of  the  kidney  are 
thus  derived  mainly  from  the  nephrogenous  tissue,  and  the  medul- 
lary tubules  and  ureter  from  the  metanephric  diverticulum. 

Thus  the  definitive  kidney  is  analogous  in  mode  of  develop- 
ment to  the  mesonephros,  and  is  best  interpreted  as  its  serial 
homologue.  This  point  of  view  may  be  regarded  as  definitely 
established  by  the  work  of  Schreiner,  to  which  the  reader  is  re- 
ferred for  a  full  account  of  the  history  of  the  subject. 

The  metanephric  diverticulum,  or  primordium  of  the  ureter 
and  collecting  tubules,  arises  about  the  end  of  the  fourth  da}^  as 
a  rather  broad  diverticulum  of  the  Wolffian  duct  at  the  convexity 
of  its  terminal  bend  to  the  cloaca  (Fig.  219).  It  grows  out 
dorsally,  forming  a  little  sac,  which,  however,  soon  begins  to  grow 
forward  median  to  the  posterior  cardinal  vein  and  dorsal  to  the 
mesonephros  (Fig.  224);  by  the  end  of  the  fifth  day  its  anterior 
end  has  reached  the  level  of  the  csecal  appendages  of  the  intes- 
tine, and  on  the  eighth  day  its  anterior  end  has  reached  its  defin- 
itive position  at  the  level  of  the  vena  cava  inferior,  near  to  the 
anterior  end  of  the  mesonephros  (twenty-first  definitive  somite  or 
twenty-fifth  of  the  entire  series;  cf.  Fig.  150). 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  metanephric  diverticulum  is  similar 
in  its  mode  of  origin  to  the  so-called  mesonephric  ureters.  It 
may  in  fact  be  regarded  as  the  posterior  member  of  this  series, 
but  it  is  separated  from  those  that  form  the  collecting  tubules  of 
the  mesonephros  by  at  least  two  somites  in  which  no  diverticula 


THE   URINOGEXITAL   SYSTEM 


385 


of  the  mesonephros  are  formed  (Fig.  219).  During  its  growth 
forward  a  series  of  small  diverticula  arise  from  its  wall  and  extend 
dorsally  (Fig.  223);  these  branch  secondarily  in  a  generally  dichot- 


,'-''^i,<  ■•'>"!■'■-■<- ■■■■---■:  .      - 


Af^Y. 


^y^ 


Fig.    222. -Transverse    section    through    the    metanephros,    mesonephros 
gonads  and  neighboring  structures  of  an  11-day  male  chick, 
a.  A.  S.,  Abdominal  air-.sac.     Ao.,  Aorta      B   W    Rndv  wall      r^^i     n 

duct.     Mst.,  .Mesentery.     M't'n.,  Metanephros.     Sp.,  Spine  of  neural  areh 

W  D^'woMandScrotr'  '\t  """.'^'  "*'.  J   e.^.,  Vna  ca"™  Meri*: 
vv  .  u.,  \^  oiman  duct.     Other  abbreviations  as  before. 


386 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


Fig.  223.  —  Profile  reconstruction  of  the  Wolffian 
duct  and  primordium  of  the  metanephros  of  a 
chick  embryo  of  6  days  and  8  hours.  (After 
Schreiner.) 

XXV  to  XXXIH,  twentv-fifth  to  thirty-third 
somites.  Al.  N.,  Neck  of  allantois.  CI.,  Cloaca. 
Int.,  Intestine.  M's'n.,  Mesonephros.  n.  T., 
Nephroojenous  tissue  of  the  metanephros  included 
within  the  dotted  lines.  W.  D.,  Wolffian  duct. 
Ur.,  Ureter. 


THE   URIXOGEXITAL   SYSTEM  387 

omoiis  manner,  and  it  is  from  them  that  the  collecting  tubules 
of  the  kidney  arise;  the  posterior  unbranched  portion  of  the  meta- 
nephric  diverticulum  represents  the  definitive  ureter. 

The  following  data  concerning  these  branches  should  be  noted: 

(1)  the  first  ones  are  formed  from  the  posterior  portion  of  the 
metanephric  diverticulum,  and  the  process  progresses  in  an 
anterior  direction.  This  is  the  reverse  direction  of  the  usual  order 
of  embryonic  differentiation,  but  the  reason  for  the  order  is  the 
same,  viz.,  that  differentiation  begins  in  the  first  formed  parts. 

(2)  A  posterior,  smaller  group  of  collecting  tubules  is  separated 
at  first  by  an  unbranched  portion  of  the  ureter  from  an  anterior 
larger  group  (Fig.  223).  The  unbranched  region  corresponds  to 
the  position  of  the  umbilical  arteries  which  cross  here.  (3)  During 
the  fifth  and  sixth  days  the  terminal  portion  of  the  Wolffian 
duct  common  to  both  mesonephros  and  metanephros  is  gradually 
drawn  into  the  cloaca,  and  thus  the  ureter  obtains  an  opening 
into  the  cloaca  independent  of  the  Wolffian  duct  and  posterior 
to  it  (Fig.  223). 

The  Nephrogenous  Tissue  of  the  Metanephros.  The  nephro- 
genous tissue  of  the  thirty-first,  thirty-second,  and  thirty-third 
somites  is  at  first  continuous  with  the  mesonephros  (Figs.  218 
and  219),  but  on  the  fourth  and  fifth  da3^s  that  portion  situated 
immediately  behind  the  mesonephros  degenerates,  thus  leading 
to  a  complete  separation  of  the  most  posterior  portion  situated 
in  the  neighborhood  of  the  metanephric  diverticulum.  This  con- 
stitutes the  metanephrogenous  tissue  proper  (inner  zone).  It  is 
important  to  understand  thoroughly  its  relations  to  the  metane- 
phric diverticulum.  This  is  indicated  in  Fig.  219,  which  repre- 
sents a  graphic  reconstruction  of  these  parts  in  a  duck  embryo 
of  50  somites.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  metanephrogenous  tissue 
covers  nearly  the  entire  metanephric  diverticulum;  a  transverse 
section  (Fig.  224)  shows  that  it  lies  on  its  median  side.  The 
outer  dotted  line  (Fig.  219)  gives  the  contour  of  a  dense  portion 
of  mesenchyme  related  to  the  diverticulum  and  nephrogenous 
tissue  proper.  In  section  this  forms  a  rather  ill-defined  area 
shading  into  the  nephrogenous  tissue  on  the  one  hand  and  into 
the  surrounding  mesenchyme  on  the  other. 

Fig.  224  shows  the  relations  of  the  three  constituent  elements 
of  the  kidney  at  the  end  of  the  fifth  day,  as  seen  in  a  transverse 
section.     The  metanephric  diverticulum  lies  on  the  median  side 


388 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


of  the  cardinal  vein,  and  is  in  contact,  on  its  median  face,  with 
the  proper  nephrogenous  tissue  (inner  zone);  the  latter  shades 
into  the  outer  zone,  the  cells  of  which  are  arranged  concentrically 
with  reference  to  the  other  parts.  The  relations  subsequently 
established  may  be  summarized  in  a  few  Avords;  the  inner  zone 
of  tissue  grows  and  branches  pari  passu  with  the  growth  and 
branching  of  the  metanephric  diverticulum,  so  that  the  termina- 
tion of  every  collecting  tubule  is  accompanied  by  a  portion  of 


Fig.    224.  —  Transverse    section   through  the 

ureter  and   metanephrogenous    tissue  of  a 

5-day  chick. 

A.  umb.,  Umbilical  artery.     Coel.,  Coelome. 

M's't.,  Mesentery,     n.  t.  i.  z.,  Inner  zone  of  the 

nephrogenous  tissue,     n.  t.  o.  z.,  Outer  zone  of 

the  nephrogenous  tissue.    Ur.,  Ureter.    V.  c.p., 

Posterior  cardinal  vein.     W.  D.,  Wolffian  duct. 

the  inner  zone,  which  is,  however,  always  distinct  from  it.  This 
conclusion  is  established  by  the  fact  that  from  the  start  the  two 
elements,  collecting  tubules  and  inner  zone,  are  distinct  and 
may  be  traced  continuously  through  every  stage.  The  outer 
zone  differentiates  in  advance  of  the  two  more  essential  con- 
stituents at  all  stages,  and  thus  forms  a  rather  thick  investment 

for  them. 

The  formation  of  the  secreting  tubules  from  the  inner  zone 


THE   URIXOGEXITAL   SYSTEM 


389 


Fig.  225.  —  Sections  of  the  embryonic  metanephros  of  the  chick 
to  show  developing  tubules.     (After  Schreiner.) 

A.  Nephric  vesicle  or  primordium  of  secreting  tubule  (ur.  t  ) 
and  collecting  tubule  (col.  T.);  9  days  and  4  hours. 

B.  Elongation  of  nephric  vesicle;  same  embryo. 

C.  Indication   of  renal  corpuscle  at  the  distal  end  of  the 
forming  tubule. 

D.  The  secreting  tubule  appears  S-shaped. 

E.  Secreting  tubule  well  formed;  9  davs  and  21  hours. 

F.  Secreting  tubule  opening  into  collecting  tubule;  11  days. 


390  THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE   CHICK 

of  the  metanephrogenous  tissue  takes  place  in  essentially  the 
same  manner  as  the  formation  of  the  mesonephric  tubules.  The 
first  stages  may  be  found  in  seven  and  eight-day  chicks  in  the 
portion  of  the  kidney  behind  the  umbilical  arteries.  The  inner 
zone  tissue  begins  to  arrange  itself  in  the  form  of  minute  balls 
of  cells  in  immediate  contact  with  the  secreting  tubules;  a  small 
lumen  then  arises  within  the  ball,  transforming  it  into  a  thick- 
walled  epithelial  vesicle  with  radially  arranged  cells.  The  vesicle 
then  elongates  away  from  the  collecting  tubule  and  gradually 
takes  on  an  S-shape.  The  distal  end  of  the  S  becomes  con- 
verted into  a  renal  corpuscle  as  illustrated  in  Figure  225 
and  the  proximal  end  fuses  with  the  wall  of  the  collecting  tubule; 
an  opening  is  then  formed  between  the  two. 

On  the  eleventh  day  of  incubation,  secreting  tubules  are  thus 
formed  throughout  the  entire  length  of  the  kidney;  but  the  histo- 
logical structure  does  not  yet  give  the  effect  of  an  actively  secret- 
ing gland,  although  degeneration  of  the  mesonephros  has  already 
begun.  The  full  development  of  the  nephric  tubules  in  the 
chick  has  not  been  studied. 

At  all  stages  in  its  develojDment  the  kidney  substance  is 
separated  from  the  mesonephros  by  a  distinct  layer  of  undiffer- 
entiated mesenchyme,  which  is,  however,  at  certain  times  ex- 
tremely thin.  But  there  is  no  evidence  that  at  any  time  elements 
of  the  mesonephros,  e.g.,  undifferentiated  nephrogenous  tissue, 
extend  up  into  the  metanephric  primordium  which  so  closely 
overlies  it  (cf.  Figs.  221  and  222). 

The  kidney  is  entirely  retroperitoneal  in  its  formation,  and 
its  primary  capsule  is  established  by  differentiation  of  the  periph- 
ery of  the  outer  zone.  This  may  be  seen  in  process  at  eleven 
days  (Fig.  222) :  the  primary  capsule  is  definitely  estal^lished  on 
its  median  and  lateral  sides;  but  is  defective  dorsally  and  at  the 
angle  next  the  aorta.  With  the  subsequent  degeneration  of  the 
mesonephros,  and  projection  of  the  kidney  into  the  coelome, 
its  ventral  surface  acquires  a  secondary  peritoneal  capsule. 

III.     The  Organs  of  Reproduction 

The  gonads  are  laid  down  on  the  median  surface,  and  the 
ducts  on  the  lateral  surface  of  the  Wolffian  body,  which  thus 
becomes  converted  into  a  urinogenital  ridge.  The  composition 
of  the  urinogenital  ridge  is  at  first  the  same  in  all  embryos,  whether 


THE  URIXOGENITAL  SYSTEM  391 

destined  to  become  male  or  female.  It  has  three  divisions: 
(1)  the  anterior  or  sexual  division,  containing  the  gonad,  involves 
about  the  anterior  half  of  the  Wolffian  body;  (2)  a  non-sexual 
region  of  the  Wolffian  body  occurs  behind  the  gonad,  and 
(3)  behind  the  Wolffian  body  itself  the  urinogenital  ridge  con- 
tains only  the  Wolffian  and  Mullerian  ducts.  A  transverse  sec- 
tion through  the  anterior  division  shows  the  following  relations 
(Fig.  221):  on  the  mecUan  surface  the  gonad,  on  the  lateral  sur- 
face near  the  dorsal  angle  of  the  body-cavity  the  Wolffian  and 
Mullerian  ducts,  the  latter  external  and  dorsal  to  the  former: 
between  the  gonad  and  ducts  lie  the  tubules  of  the  Wolffian 
body  destined  to  degenerate  for  the  most  part. 

There  is  an  incUfferent  stage  of  the  reproductive  system 
during  which  the  sex  of  the  embryo  cannot  be  determined,  either 
bv  the  structure  of  the  gonad  or  the  degree  or  mode  of  develop- 
ment  of  the  ducts.  In  those  embryos  that  become  males  the 
gonad  develops  into  a  testis,  the  Wolffian  duct  becomes  the  vas 
deferens,  the  tubules  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  Wolffian  body 
become  the  epididymis,  those  of  the  non-sexual  part  degenerate, 
leaving  a  rudiment  known  as  the  paradidymis,  and  the  Mullerian 
duct  becomes  rudimentary  or  disappears.  In  embryos  that  be- 
come females,  the  gonad  develops  into  an  ovary;  the  Wolffian  duct 
disappears  or  becomes  rudimentary,  the  Mullerian  duct  develops 
into  the  oviduct  on  the  left  side  and  disappears  on  the  right  side, 
and  the  tubules  of  the  Wolffian  body  degenerate,  excepting  that 
functionless  homologues  of  the  epididymis  and  paradidymis  per- 
sist, known  as  the  epoophoron  and  paroophoron  respectively. 

It  is  not  correct  to  state,  as  is  sometimes  done,  that  the 
embryo  is  primitively  hermaphrodite,  for,  though  the  ducts  char- 
acteristic of  both  sexes  develop  equally  in  all  embryos,  the  primi- 
tive gonad  is,  typically,  only  indifferent.  Nevertheless,  if  the 
gonad  be  physiologically  as  well  as  morphologically  indifferent 
in  its  primitive  condition,  the  possibility  of  an  hermaphrodite 
development  is  given.  The  primitive  embryonic  conditions 
appear  to  furnish  a  basis  for  any  degree  of  development  of  the 
organs  of  both  sexes. 

Development  of  Ovary  and  Testis.  Indifferent  Period.  The 
reproductive  cells  of  ovary  and  testis  alike  arise  from  a  strip 
of  peritoneal  epithelium,  known  as  the  germinal  epithelium, 
which  is  differentiated  on  the  fourth  day  by  its  greater  thickness 


392  THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 

from  the  adjacent  peritoneum  (Fig.  217).  The  germinal  epithe- 
lium lies  between  the  base  of  the  mesentery  and  the  mesonephros 
at  first,  but  as  the  latter  grows  and  projects  into  the  body-cavity 
the  germinal  epithelium  is  drawn  on  to  its  median  surface.  It  is 
difficult  to  determine  its  antero-posterior  extent  in  early  stages; 
it  begins  near  the  point  of  origin  of  the  omphalomesenteric  arteries, 
and  its  posterior  termination  is  indefinite,  but  it  certainly  extends 
over  seven  or  eight  somites. 

Two  kinds  of  cells  are  found  in  the  germinal  epithelium,  viz., 
the  ordinary  peritoneal  cells  and  the  primordial  germ-cells.  The 
latter  are  typically  round,  and  several  times  as  large  as  the 
peritoneal  cells  (Figs.  226  and  227);  the  cytoplasm  is  clear 
but  contains  persistent  yolk  granules  and  a  large  attraction 
sphere,  and  the  nucleus  contains  one  or  two  nucleoli;  they 
are  sharply  distinguishable  from  the  peritoneal  cells,  and  they 
may  be  traced  through  a  continuous  series  of  later  develop- 
mental stages  into  the  ova  and  spermatozoa.  The  origin  of 
these  primordial  germ-cells  is  therefore  a  matter  of  considerable 
interest. 

Two  views  have  been  held:  (1)  that  they  are  derived  from 
the  peritoneal  cells,  and  (2)  that  they  have  an  independent  history 
antecedent  to  the  differentiation  of  a  germinal  epithelium,  repre- 
senting in  fact  undifferentiated  embryonic  cells  that  reach  the 
germinal  epithelium  by  migration  from  their  original  source. 
The  former  view  was  due  to  Waldeyer,  and  was  supported  by 
observations  of  cells  intermediate  in  structure  between  the  pri- 
mordial germ-cells  and  cells  of  the  peritoneum  (e.g.  by  Semon). 
These  observations  have,  however,  been  shown  to  be  erroneous. 
The  second  view  has  been  demonstrated  for  a  considerable  number 
of  vertebrates;  and  quite  recently  Swift  has  shown  that  the 
primordial  germ-cells  of  the  chick  arise  from  the  germ-wall  at  the 
anterior  margin  of  the  pellucid  area  in  a  late  stage  of  the  primitive 
streak;  that  they  later  enter  the  blood  stream  and  are  carried 
into  the  embryo;  some,  which  reach  various  inappropriate  posi- 
tions, degenerate;  but  others  leaving  the  blood  near  the  base  of 
the  mesentery  reach  the  germinal  epithelium  by  migration.  The 
independent  and  early  origin  of  germ-cells  has  an  obvious 
bearing  on  the  theory  of  the  continuity  of  the  germ-plasm  of 
Weismann. 


THE    URINOGENITAL    SYSTEM 


393 


Two  other  epithelial  constituents  enter  into  the  composition  of 
the  indifferent  gonad,  viz.:  the  rete  tissue  or  cords  of  the  urino- 
genital  union,  and  the  sexual  cords.  These  lie  between  the  ger- 
minal epithelium  and  the  glomeruli  of  the  Wolffian  body.  Between 
these  elements  is  a  sparse  mesenchyme  continuous  with  the  sur- 
rounding  mesenchyme,    constituting   the   stroma   of   the   gonad. 


.*,^ 


V 


ty.b 


•  V^ 


^V^.-_ 


;* 


m 


w  -*■•«    '  *  ' 


'A~s  t. 


Fig.  226.  —  Cross-section  through  the  genital  primordium  of  Limosa  sego- 
cephala.     (After  Hoffmann,  from  Fehx  and  Biihler.) 

The  stage  is  similar  to  that  of  a  chick  embryo  of  4|  days. 

Germ.,  Germinal  epithelium.  Mst.,  Mesentery.  S.  C.,  Rete  cords. 
v.,  Posterior  cardinal  vein.     W.  D.,  Wolffian  duct. 


Some  primordial  germ-cells  occur  in  the  stroma,  though  most  are 
in  the  germinal  epithelium. 

The  rete  cords  appear  within  the  gonad  on  the  fifth  day; 
they  are  solid  cords  of  epithelial  cells  that  fill  up  the  interior 


394  THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 

of  the  gonad  and  cause  it  to  protrude  from  the  surface  of  the 
Wolffian  body  (Fig.  226);  the  cords  extend  from  the  germinal 
epithelium  towards  the  hilum  of  the  gonad  (represented  at  this 
time  by  the  broad  surface  opposed  to  the  Wolffian  body),  and 
into  the  Wolffian  body  where  they  enter  into  close  connection 
with  the  renal  corpuscles.  In  the  Wolffian  body  and  intermediate 
zone  they  are  very  irregular  in  their  course  and  connected  by 
numerous  anastomoses,  corresponding  to  the  rete  region  of  the 
future  testis.  Strands  of  these  cells  pass  dorsally,  and,  according 
to  some  authors,  form  the  cortical  cords  of  the  suprarenal  capsules 
(Fig.  226). 

The  following  views  of  the  origin  of  the  rete  cords  in  birds 
have  been  held:  (1)  That  they  arise  as  outgrowths  of  the  capsules 
of  renal  corpuscles  (Hoffmann,  Semon)  and  the  neck  of  the 
Wolffian  tubules  also  (Semon);  (2)  that  they  are  ingrowths  of 
the  germinal  epithelium  (Janosik);  (3)  that  they  differentiate 
from  the  stroma  (Prenant,  Firket).  The  subject  is  a  somewhat 
difficult  and  complicated  one,  but  the  view  that  the  rete  cords 
arise  as  outgrowths  of  the  capsules  of  renal  corpuscles  brings  the 
birds  into  line,  in  this  respect,  with  the  reptiles  and  amphibia. 
Hoffmann's  observation  that  the  rete  cords  lie  at  first  on  the 
lateral  side  of  the  blood-vessels  intervening  between  the  germinal 
epithelium  and  the  Wolffian  body,  and  that  the  cells  of  the  cords 
are  directly  continuous  with  those  of  the  capsules,  should  be 
conclusive. 

The  sexual  cords  arise  as  proliferations  of  the  germinal  epi- 
thelium which  appear  as  buds  projecting  into  the  stroma  (Fig. 
227).  They  are  definitely  limited  in  time  of  origin  between  the 
middle  of  the  fifth  and  sixth  days  of  incubation  (Swift).  They 
carry  with  them  numerous  primordial  germ-cells  from  the  germinal 
epithelium.  About  the  end  of  the  sixth  day  all  free  themselves 
from  the  germinal  epithelium,  and  a  layer  of  stroma  begins  to 
separate  them  sharply  from  the  latter.  They  are  destined  to 
form  the  seminiferous  tubules  in  the  male,  and  the  so-called 
medullary  cords  in  the  female. 

Sexual  Differentiation.  The  period  of  morphological  indiffer- 
ence of  the  gonad  is  relatively  long  and  the  actual  sexual  differ- 
entiation appears  slowly.  It  manifests  itself  (1)  in  differences  in 
the  behavior  of  the  germinal  epithelium;    (2)  of  the  sexual  cords; 


THE    URINOGENITAL    SYSTEM 


395 


(3)  larger  size  of  the  left  ovary  and  ultimate  disappearance  of  the 
right  one;  (4)  behavior  of  the  stroma,  particularly  the  albuginea. 
The  sex  of  the  embryo  can  first  be  definitely  determined  about 
the  156th  hour,  by  the  relative  sizes  of  the  two  gonads,  by  the  be- 
havior of  the  germinal  epithelium  and  by  the  presence  of  a  larger 


K,'-^ 


germ.  ep. 


pro. 


m. 


y^''^/. 


4 


coelom 


.fSf- 


Fig.  227.  —  Portion  of  a  transverse  section  through  an 
ovary  of  a  6^  day  chick  embryo  (after  Swift),  germ, 
ep.,  germinal  epitheHum.  m.  c,  sexual  cord.  pr.  o., 
primordial  germ-cells. 

number  of  primordial  germ-cells  in  the  germinal  epithelium  of 

the  female.     (Swift.) 

As  already  stated,  the  sexual  cords  form  the  seminiferous 
tubules  of  the  testis;  they  are  made  up  of  two  kinds  of  cells,  viz.: 
the  primordial  germ-cells  and  the  ordinary  peritoneal  cells  derived 
from  the  germinal  epithelium.  After  the  seventh  day  they  con- 
stitute most  of  the  bulk  of  the  testis,  and  the  rete  cords  are  pressed 
towards  the  hilum  by  the  sexual  cords  which  radiate  in  that  direc- 


396 


THE    DEVELOPIMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 


tion.  The  sexual  cords  now  begin  to  branch  and  anastomose, 
and  soon  form  a  reticulmn  with  mesenchyme  in  the  meshes.  About 
the  thirteenth  day  the  primordial  germ-cells,  which  have  been 
inactive,  begin  to  divide,  and  a  rapid  increase  in  numbers  ensues. 


Intc.       sir. 


>  -*= 


m^f 


'^:y/: 


•% 


vSJ*;* 


?^: 


.?*' 


?,i' 


Fig.   228.  —  Portion  of  a  transverse  section  through  the  right  testis  of  a 
20  day  chick  embryo.     The  section  shows  a  seminiferous  cord  in  which  a 
lumen  is  beginning  to  develop.     Note  the  position  and  polarization  of  the 
spermatogonia  (after  Swift). 
Int.  c,  interstitial  cells.     L.,  beginning  of  lumen.     M.  C,  Mitochondrial 
granules  within   a   spermatogonium,     p.  c,  supporting  cells,  derivatives  of 
peritoneal  cells  of  the  sexual  cords,    s.  c,  seminiferous  cord,     sp.,  spermato- 
gonia,    str.,  stroma. 

The  sexual  cords  are  solid  up  to  about  the  twentieth  day  of  incu- 
bation; a  lumen  then  begins  to  appear  and  they  become  trans- 
formed into  tubules  (Fig.  228).  The  primordial  germ-cells  form 
the  spermatogonia,  and  the  peritoneal  cells  form  the  supporting 
cells  of  the  seminiferous  tubules  (Swift). 

After   the   sixth   day   the   germinal   epithelium   of   the   testis 
rapidly  retrogresses  and  becomes  reduced  to  a  thin  peritoneal 


THE   URIXOGENITAL   SYSTEM  397 

endothelium.  The  stroma  of  the  primitive  testis  remains  scanty 
up  to  the  eleventh  day.  It  then  increases  rapidly  between  the 
sexual  cords  and  also  forms  a  layer  between  germinal  epithelium 
and  seminiferous  tubules,  which  becomes  the  albuginea.  Inter- 
stitial cells  appear  in  the  stroma  of  the  testis  about  the  thirteenth 
day  and  increase  so  rapidly  as  to  form  an  immense  amount  by  the 
twentieth  day  (Swift). 

As  the  testis  increases  in  size  it  projects  more  from  the  sur- 
face of  the  Wolffian  body,  and  folds  arise  above  and  below  it 
as  well  as  in  front  and  behind,  that  progressively  narrow  the 
surface  of  apposition,  which  in  this  way  becomes  gradually 
reduced  to  form  the  hilum  of  the  testis,  through  which  the  rete 
cords  pass  to  the  neighboring  renal  corpuscles  (cf.  Figs.  221  and 

222). 

As  the  testis  is  attached  to  the  anterior  portion  of  the  Wolffian 
body,  the  latter  may  be  divided  in  two  portions,  an  anterior 
sexual  and  a  posterior  non-sexual  portion.  In  the  latter  part  of 
the  period  of  incubation  the  non-sexual  portion  undergoes  ab- 
sorption while  the  anterior  portion  becomes  converted  into  the 

epididymis. 

The  irregularly  anastomosing  rete  cords  in  the  region  of  the 
hilum  are  united  to  the  neighboring  renal  corpuscles  by  the  original 
strands  and  these  form  the  vasa  efferentia.  In  order  to  complete 
the  urinogenital  union  it  is  necessary  that  the  rete  cords  unite 
with  the  seminiferous  tubules.  The  exact  manner  in  which  this 
takes  place  has  not  been  worked  out  for  the  chick;  but  there  is 
no  doubt  that  this  union  does  take  place  so  that  the  seminiferous 
tubules  connect  by  way  of  the  rete  with  the  mesonephric  tubules 
and  thus  with  the  Wolffian  duct. 

As  regards  the  formation  of  the  epididymis:  the  renal  corpuscles 
of  the  Wolffian  tubules  concerned  diminish  in  size,  the  glom- 
erulus disappears  and  the  cells  of  the  capsule  become  cylindrical. 
These  changes  progress  from  the  lateral  side  of  the  Wolffian 
body  towards  the  testis;  that  is  to  say,  the  more  lateral  corpuscles 
are  first  affected.  A  rudiment  of  the  non-sexual  part  of  the 
Wolffian  body  persists  in  the .  mesorchium  of  the  male,  between 
testis  and  kidney.     It  is  known  as  the  paradidymis. 

The  development  of  the  ovary  in  the  chick  has  been  studied 
in  recent  years  by  Firket  and  by  Swift. 

The  right  ovary  never   undergoes   much  development   after 


398 


THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 


the  indifferent  stage;   it  is  destined  to  retrogress,  and  finally  it 
disappears. 

In  the  indifferent  gonad  the  sexual  cords  are  formed  in  the 
same  way  whether  the  organ  is  to  become  ovary  or  testis;  but, 
whereas  in  the  case  of  the  testis  these  cords  are  destined  to  form 
the  functional  seminiferous  tubules,  in  the  case  of  the  ovary  they 
form  only  the  cords  of  the  medulla.  The  cortex  of  the  ovary 
which  includes  the  functional  follicles  develops  from  a  second 


Fig.   229.  —  Cross-section  of  the  ovary  of  a  young  embryo  of  Numenius 
arcuatus.     (After  Hoffmann.) 
bl.  v.,  Blood-vessel,     germ.  Ep.,  Germinal  epithelium,     r.,  rete  ovarii. 
s.  c,  Sexual  cord. 

proHferation  of  the  germinal  epithelium.  The  sexual  cords  cease 
to  grow,  and  become  converted  into  tubes  with  a  wide  lumen, 
and  low  epithehum;  shortly  after  hatching  they  entirely  dis- 
appear. 

The  characteristic  feature  of  the  development  of  the  ovary  is 
a  second  period  of  intensive  growth  of  the  germinal  epithelium 
accompanied  by  a  rapid  increase  of  the  primordial  germ-cells 
contained  in  it.  This  goes  on  very  rapidly  during  the  eighth  to 
the  eleventh  days  of  incubation.  The  inner  surface  of  the  ger- 
minal epithelium,  or  ovigerous  layer  of  the  ovary,  begins  to  form 


THE    URIXOGEXITAL    SYSTEM 


399 


low  irregular  projections  into  the  stroma,  or  the  latter  begins  to 
penetrate  the  ovigerous  layer  at  irregular  distances  so  as  to 
produce  elevations.  This  condition  is  well  illustrated  in  Fig. 
229. 

In  the  course  of  development  the  ovigerous  layer  continually 
increases  in  thickness,  and  the  projections  into  the  stroma  form 
veritable    cords   of   ovigerous   tissue,    which    correspond    to    the 


i^s^^iS: 


^^ 


Fig.  230.  —  Cross-section  of  the  ovary  of  a  fledgling  of  Numenius  ar- 
cuatus  3-4  days  old.     The  germinal  epithelium  is  below.     (After 
Hoffmann.) 
s.  c,  Sexual  cords. 

cords  of  Pfltiger  in  the  mammalian  ovary.  The  cords  carry 
the  primitive  ova  with  them.  The  surface  of  the  ovary  also 
begins  to  become  lobulated  by  the  extension  of  the  stroma  tra- 
beculae.  Successive  stages  in  the  growth  and  differentiation  of 
the  primitive  ova  occur  from  the  surface  towards  the  inner  ends 
of  the  ovigerous  strands.     Fig.  230  represents  a  section  through 


400  THE    DEVELOPIMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 

the  ovary  of  a  fledgling  of  Numenius  arcuatus  three  or  four  days 
old.  The  germinal  epithelium  covers  the  surface  and  is  continu- 
ous with  the  ovigerous  strands  projecting  far  into  the  stroma. 
The  strands  are  broken  up  in  the  stroma  into  nests  of  cells; 
next  the  germinal  epithelium  are  found  characteristic  primi- 
tive ova,  but  in  deeper  situations  the  primitive  ova  are  larger 
and  each  is  accompanied  by  a  group  of  epithelial  cells,  which  are 
distinctly  differentiated  as  granulosa  cells  of  young  follicles  in 
the  deepest.  Thus  the  young  follicles  arise  by  separation  of 
nests  of  cells  from  the  ovigerous  strands  within  the  stroma; 
each  nest  includes  a  young  ovocyte  and  a  group  of  epithelial 
cells  which  arrange  themselves  in  a  single  layer  of  cuboidal  cells 
around  the  ovocyte.  On  each  side  of  the  free  border  of  the  ovary 
the  embryonic  state  persists,  and  it  is  not  known  whether  this 
condition  is  maintained  permanently,  as  in  some  reptiles,  or 
not. 

The  atrophy  of  the  Wolffian  body  is  much  more  complete  in 
the  female  than  in  the  male;  no  part  of  it  remains  in  a  functional 
condition,  but  the  part  corresponding  to  the  epididymis  of  the 
male  remains  as  a  rudiment,  known  as  the  epoophoron.  It  has 
almost  the  same  structure  in  young  females  as  in  young  males, 
but  the  rete  cords  uniting  it  with  the  ovary  do  not  become  tubular. 
A  rudiment  of  the  non-sexual  part  of  the  Wolffian  body  is  also 
found  in  the  hen  between  ovary  and  Iddney  in  the  lateral  part  of 
the  mesovarium;   it  has  been  named  the  paroophoron. 

Development  of  the  Genital  Ducts.  The  Wolffian  Duct.  The 
origin  and  connections  of  the  Wolffian  ducts  have  been  already 
sufficiently  described.  In  the  male  they  are  connected  with  the 
seminiferous  tubules  by  way  of  the  epididymis,  vasa  efferentia, 
and  rete,  and  function  as  vasa  deferentia  exclusively,  after  de- 
generation of  the  mesonephros.  Subsequently  they  become 
somewhat  convoluted,  acquire  muscular  walls  and  a  slight  ter- 
minal dilatation.  The  details  of  these  changes  are  not  described 
in  the  literature.  In  the  female  the  Wolffian  duct  degenerates; 
at  what  time  is  not  stated  in  the  literature,  but  presumably  along 
with  the  Wolffian  body. 

The  Mullerian  Duct.  The  Miillerian  duct,  or  oviduct,  is  laid 
down  symmetrically  on  both  sides  in  both  male  and  female  em- 
bryos; subsequently  both  right  and  left  ]\Iiillerian  ducts  degen- 
erate in  the  male;   in  the  female  the  right  duct  degenerates,  the 


THE  URIXOGEXITAL  SYSTEM  401 

left  only  remaining  as  the  functional  oviduct.  We  have  now  to 
consider,  therefore,  (1)  the  origin  of  the  ducts  during  the  in- 
different stage,  and  (2)  their  subsequent  history  in  the  male 
and  in  the  female. 

The  origin  of  the  IMlillerian  duct  is  preceded  by  the  formation 
of  a  strip  of  thickened  peritoneum  on  the  lateral  and  superior 
face  of  the  Wolffian  body  extending  all  the  way  to  the  cloaca 
(cf.  Fig.  220).  This  strip,  which  may  be  called  the  tubal  ridge, 
appears  first  at  the  anterior  end  of  the  Wolffian  body  on  the 
fourth  da}",  and  rapidly  differentiates  backwards;  it  lies  imme- 
diately external  to  the  Wolffian  duct.  The  anterior  part  of  the 
Miillerian  duct  arises  as  a  groove-like  invagination  of  the  tubal 
ridge  at  the  cephalic  end  of  the  Wolffian  body  immediately 
behind  the  external  glomeruli  of  the  pronephros.  The  hps  of 
this  groove  then  approach  and  fuse  on  the  fifth  day,  so  as  to  form 
a  tube  which  soon  separates  from  the  ridge.  This  process,  how- 
ever, takes  place  in  such  a  way  as  to  leave  the  anterior  end  of 
the  tube  open  and  this  constitutes  the  coelomic  aperture  of  the 
oviduct,  or  ostium  tuh(£  abdominale.  Moreover,  the  closure  of 
the  groove  does  not  take  place  uniformly,  and  one  or  two  open- 
ings into  the  Miillerian  duct  usually  occur  near  the  ostium  on 
the  fifth  clay.  Typically,  however,  these  soon  close  up,  though 
persistence  of  one  of  them  may  lead,  as  a  rather  rare  abnormality, 
to  the  occurrence  of  two  ostia  in  the  adult.  There  is  no  ground 
for  the  view  (see  Balfour  and  Sedgwick)  that  the  two  or  three 
openings  into  the  anterior  end  of  the  Miillerian  duct  correspond 
to  nephrostomes  of  the  pronephros;  they  are  situated  too  far 
posteriorly  and  laterally  to  bear  such  an  interpretation. 

The  anterior  part  of  the  Miillerian  duct  is  thus  formed  by 
folding  from  the  epithelium  of  the  tubal  ridge;  it  constitutes  a 
short  epithelial  tube  situated  between  the  Wolffian  duct  and  the 
tubal  ridge,  ending  blindly  behind.  The  part  thus  formed  is  rela- 
tively short;  the  major  portion  is  formed  by  elongation  of  the 
anterior  part,  which  slowly  grows  backwards  between  the  Wolffian 
duct  and  the  tubal  ridge,  reaching  the  cloaca  on  the  seventh  day. 
The  growing  point  is  solid  and  appears  to  act  like  a  wedge  sepa- 
rating the  Wolffian  duct  and  the  tubal  ridge,  being  thus  closely 
pressed  against  both,  but  apparently  without  receiving  cells  from 
either.  Balfour's  view,  that  it  grows  by  splitting  off  from  the 
Wolffian  duct  or  at  the  expense  of  cells  contributed  by  the  latter, 


402  THE  DEVELOPAiEXT  OF  THE  CHICK 

has  not  been  supported  by  subsequent  investigators.  A  short 
distance  in  front  of  the  growing  point  the  Mullerian  duct  receives 
a  kuiien,  and  mesenchyme  presses  in  from  above  and  below, 
and   forms   a   tunic   of   concentrically   arranged   cells   around   it 

(Fig.  221). 

The  ]Mullerian  duct  thus  begins  to  project  above  the  surface 
of  the  Wolffian  body,  and,  as  it  does  so,  the  thickened  epithelium 
of  the  tubal  ridge  becomes  flat  and  similar  to  the  adjacent  peri- 
toneum; whether  it  is  used  up  in  the  formation  of  the  mesen- 
chymatous  tunic  of  the  epithelial  Mullerian  duct  is  not  known. 
Up  to  this  time  the  development  is  similar  in  both  sexes  and  on 
both  sides  of  the  body. 

In  the  male  development  of  these  ducts  ceases  on  the  eighth 
day;  retrogression  begins  immediately  and  is  completed,  or  at 
any  rate  far  advanced,  on  the  eleventh  day.  In  this  process  the 
epithelial  wall  disappears  first,  and  its  place  is  taken  by  cells 
of  mesenchymatous  appearance,  though  it  is  not  known  that 
transformation  of  one  kind  into  the  other  takes  place.  Retro- 
gression begins  posteriorly  and  proceeds  in  the  direction  of  the 
head;  the  ostium  is  the  last  to  disappear.  The  mesenchymatous 
tunic  shares  in  the  process,  so  that  the  ridge  is  no  longer  found 
(see  Fig.  222).     In  the  male  the  IMullerian  ducts  never  open  into 

the  cloaca. 

In  the  female  the  development  of  the  right  Mullerian  duct 
ceases  after  the  eighth  day,  and  it  soon  begins  to  degenerate.  Its 
lumen  disappears  and  it  becomes  relatively  shorter,  so  that  its 
anterior  end  appears  to  slip  back  along  the  Wolffian  body.  On 
the  fifteenth  day  slight  traces  remain  along  its  former  course  and 
a  small  cavity  in  the  region  of  the  cloaca.  It  never  obtains  an 
opening  into  the  cloaca  (Gasser). 

With  the  degeneration  of  the  anterior  end  of  the  Wolffian 
body  the  ostium  tubse  abdominale  comes  to  be  attached  by  a 
Ugament  to  the  body-wall  (Fig.  231);  farther  back  the  ligamen- 
tous attachment  is  to  the  Wolffian  body. 

The  fimbriae  begin  to  develop  on  the  eighth  day  on  both 
sides  in  both  sexes.  It  is  only  in  the  left  oviduct  of  the  fe- 
male, however,  that  development  proceeds  farther,  and  differ- 
entiation into  ostium,  glandular  part,  and  shell  gland  takes 
place.  This  appears  distinctly  about  the  twelfth  day.  The 
lower     end     expands    to    form    the    primordium    of    the    shell- 


THE  URIXOGEXITAL  SYSTEM 


403 


gland  at  this  time,  but  does  not  open  into  the  cloaca.  Indeed, 
the  opening  is  not  established  until  after  the  hen  is  six  months 
old  (Gasser.) 


Aom 


M'cj2 


pl.C.r 


/iec.p/j.e/iii' 


o.r.a 


Vcd.l. 


Aar.v.c 


Fig.  231.  —  Photograph  of  a  cross-section  of  an  embryo  of  8  clays  through  the 

ostia  tubae  abdominaha. 

a.  A.  S.,  Xeck  of  abdominal  air-sac.  O.  T.  a.,  Ostium  tubae  abdominale. 
M's't.ac,  Accessory  mesentery,  pi.  C.  r.,  1.,  Right  and  left  pleural  cavities. 
Rec.  pn.  ent.  r.,  Right  pneumato-enteric  recess.  V.  c.  a.  1.,  Left  anterior 
vena  cava.     R.,  rib.     Other  abbreviations  as  before. 


IV.   The  Suprarenal  Capsules 

The  suprarenals  of  the  hen  are  situated  medial  to  the  anterior 
lobe  of  the  kidney,  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  gonad  and  vena 
cava  inferior.  They  have  a  length  of  about  8-10  mm.  The 
substance  consists  of  two  kinds  of  cords  of  cells,  known  respec- 
tively as  cortical  and  medullary  cords,  irregularly  intermingled: 
the  so-called  cortical  cords  make  up  the  bulk  of  the  substance, 
and  the  medullary  cords  occur  in  the  meshes  of  the  cortical  cords. 


404  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

The  terminology  does  not,  therefore,  describe  well  the  topo- 
graphical arrangement  of  the  components;  it  was  derived  from 
the  condition  found  in  many  mammals,  the  cortical  cords  of  the 
birds  corresponding  to  the  cortical  substance,  and  the  medullary 
cords  to  the  medullary  substance  of  mammals.  The  medullary 
cords  are  often  called  phseochrome  or  chromaffin  tissue  on  account 
of  the  specific  reaction  of  the  constituent  cells  to  chromic  acid, 
and  their  supposed  genetic  relation  to  tissue  of  similar  composition 
and  reaction  found  in  the  carotid  glands  and  other  organs  asso- 
ciated with  the  sympathetic  system. 

The  embryonic  history  has  been  the  subject  of  numerous 
investigations,  and  has  proved  a  particularly  difficult  topic,  if 
we  are  to  judge  from  the  variety  of  views  propounded.  Thus 
for  instance  it  has  been  maintained  at  various  times:  (1)  that 
cortical  and  medullary  cords  have  a  common  origin  from  the 
mesenchyme;  (2)  that  they  have  a  common  origin  from  the 
peritoneal  epithehum;  (3)  that  the  origin  of  the  cortical  and 
medullary  cords  is  absolutely  distinct,  the  former  being  derived 
from  the  sexual  cords  by  way  of  the  capsules  of  the  renal  cor- 
puscles and  the  latter  from  the  sympathetic  ganglia;  (4)  that 
their  origin  is  distinct,  but  that  the  cortical  cords  are  derived 
from  ingrowths  of  the  peritoneum,  and  the  medullary  cords  from 
sympathetic  ganglia.  The  first  view  may  be  said  now  to  be 
definitely  abandoned,  and  no  one  has  definitely  advocated  a 
common  epithehal  origin  since  Janosik  (1883).  Thus  it  may 
be  regarded  as  well  estabUshed  that  the  two  components  have 
diverse  origins,  and  it  seems  to  the  writer  that  the  fourth  view 
above  is  the  best  supported.  (See  Poll  and  Soulie.)  The  com- 
parative embryological  investigations  strongly  support  this 
view. 

Origin  of  the  Cortical  Cords.  According  to  Soulie,  the 
cortical  cords  arise  as  proliferations  of  a  special  suprarenal  zone 
of  the  peritoneum  adjacent  to  the  anterior  and  dorsal  part  of 
the  germinal  epithehum.  This  zone  is  distinguishable  early  on 
the  fourth  day,  and  begins  about  half  a  millimeter  behind  the 
glomeruH  of  the  pronephros,  extending  about  a  millimeter  in  a 
caudal  direction.  Proliferations  of  the  peritoneal  epithelium  are 
formed  in  this  zone,  and  soon  become  detached  as  groups  of 
epithelial  cells  lying  in  the  mesenchyme  between  the  anterior 
end  of  the  Wolffian  body  and  the  aorta.     Such  proliferation  con- 


THE  URINOGEXITAL  SYSTEM  405 

tinues  up  to  about  the  one  hundredth  hour  or  a  httle  later,  and 
a  second  stage  in  the  development  of  the  cortical  cords  then 
begins:  The  cords  grow  rapidly  and  fill  the  space  on  the  medio- 
dorsal  aspect  of  the  AVolffian  body,  and  then  come  secondarily 
into  relation  with  the  renal  corpuscles  of  the  latter  and  the  sexual 
cords. 

According  to  Semon  and  Hoffmann  the  relation  thus  estab- 
lished is  a  primary  one,  that  is  to  say,  that  the  cortical  cords 
arise  from  the  same  outgrowths  of  the  capsules  of  the  renal  cor- 
puscles that  furnish  the  sexual  cords.  Rabl  agrees  essentially 
with  Soulie,  and  it  seems  probable  that  Semon  and  Hoffmann 
have  overlooked  the  first  stages  in  the  origin  of  the  cortical  cords 
of  the  suprarenal  corpuscles. 

During  the  fifth,  sixth,  and  seventh  days  there  is  a  very 
rapid  increase  of  the  cortical  cords  accompanied  by  a  definite 
circumscription  of  the  organ  from  the  surrounding  mesenchyme; 
however,  no  capsule  is  formed  yet.  The  topography  of  the  organ 
on  the  eighth  day  is  shown  in  Figs.  150  and  182.  Whereas  during 
the  fourth,  fifth,  and  sixth  days  the  arrangement  of  the  cortical 
cells  is  in  masses  rather  than  in  cords,  on  the  eighth  day  the 
cords  are  well  developed,  in  form  cylindrical  with  radiating  cells, 
but  no  central  lumen.  The  organ  has  become  vascular,  and  the 
vessels  have  the  form  of  sinusoids,  i.e.,  they  are  moulded  on  the 
surface  of  the  cords  with  no  intervening  mesenchyme. 

Origin  of  the  Medullary  Cords.  The  medullary  cords  take 
their  origin  unquestionably  from  cells  of  the  sympathetic  ner- 
vous system.  During  the  growth  of  the  latter  towards  the  mesen- 
tery, groups  of  sympathetic  cells  are  early  established  on  or  near 
the  dorso-median  surface  of  the  cortical  cords  (Fig.  226).  The 
ingrowth  of  the  sympathetic  medullary  cords  does  not,  however, 
begin  until  about  the  eighth  day.  At  this  time  there  is  a  large 
sympathetic  ganglionic  mass  on  the  dorso-median  surface  of  the 
anterior  end  of  the  suprarenal,  and  strands  of  cells  characterized 
sharply  by  their  large  vesicular  nuclei  and  granular  contents 
can  be  traced  from  the  ganglion  into  the  superficial  part  of  the 
suprarenal.  These  cells  are  precisely  like  the  specific  cells  of 
the  ganglion,  perhaps  a  little  smaller,  and  without  axones.  On 
the  eleventh  day  these  strands  have  penetrated  through  a  full 
third  of  the  thickness  of  the  suprarenal,  and  are  still  sharply 
characterized,    on   the   one   hand   by   their   resemblance   to   the 


406  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

sympathetic  ganglion  cells,  and  on  the  other  by  their  clear 
differentiation  from  the  cells  of  the  cortical  cords.  These 
occupy  the  relations  characteristic  of  the  differentiated  medul- 
lary cords,  and  there  can  be  httle  doubt  that  they  develop  into 
them. 


CHAPTER   XIV 
THE  SKELETON 

I.    General 

From  an  embryological  point  of  view,  tlie  bones  of  the  body, 
their  associated  cartilages,  the  ligaments  that  unite  them  together 
in  various  ways,  and  the  joints  should  be  considered  together, 
as  they  have  a  common  origin  from  certain  aggregations  of 
mesenchyme.  The  main  source  of  the  latter  is  the  series  of 
sclerotomes,  but  most  of  the  bones  of  the  skull  are  derived  from 
the  unsegmented  cephalic  mesenchyme. 

Most  of  the  bones  of  the  body  pass  through  three  stages  in 
their  embryonic  development:  (1)  a  membranous  or  prechondral 
stage,  (2)  a  cartilaginous  stage,  (3)  the  stage  of  ossification. 
Such  bones  are  known  as  cartilage  bones,  for  the  reason  that 
they  are  preformed  in  cartilage.  Many  (see  p.  433  for  list)  of 
the  bones  of  the  skull,  the  clavicles  and  the  uncinate  processes  of 
the  ribs  do  not  pass  through  the  stage  of  cartilage,  but  ossifica- 
tion takes  place  directly  in  the  membrane;  these  are  known  as 
membrane  or  covering  bones.  The  ontogenetic  stages  of  bone 
formation  parallel  the  phylogenetic  stages,  membrane  preceding 
cartilage,  and  the  latter  preceding  bone  in  the  taxonomic  series. 
Thus,  in  Amphioxus,  the  skeleton  (excluding  the  notochord) 
is  membranous;  in  the  lamprey  eel  it  is  partly  membranous  and 
partly  cartilaginous;  in  the  selachia  it  is  mainly  cartilaginous;  in 
higher  forms  bone  replaces  cartilage  to  a  greater  or  less  degree. 
The  comparative  study  of  membrane  bones  indicates  that  they 
were  primitively  of  dermal  origin,  and  only  secondarily  grafted 
on  to  the  underlying  cartilage  to  strengthen  it.  Thus  the  car- 
tilage bones  belong  to  an  older  category  than  the  membrane 
bones. 

The  so-called  membranous  or  prechondral  stage  of  the  skeleton 
is  characterized  simply  by  condensation  of  the  mesenchyme. 
Such  condensations  arise  at  various  times  and  places  described 

407 


408  THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF  THE  CHICK 

beyond,  and  they  often  represent  the  primordia  of  several  future 
bony  elements.  In  such  an  area  the  cells  are  more  closely  aggre- 
gated, the  intercellular  spaces  are  therefore  smaller,  and  the 
area  stains  more  deeply  than  the  surrounding  mesenchyme. 
There  are,  of  course,  stages  of  condensation  in  each  case,  from 
the  first  vague  and  undefined  areas  shading  off  into  the  indifferent 
mesenchyme,  up  to  the  time  of  cartilage  or  bone  formation, 
when  the  area  is  usually  well  defined.  In  most  of  the  bones, 
however,  the  process  is  not  uniform  in  all  parts;  the  growing 
extremities  may  be  in  a  membranous  condition  while  cartilage 
formation  is  found  in  intermediate  locations  and  ossification  has 
begun  in  the  original  center  of  formation;  so  that  all  three  stages 
may  be  found  in  the  primordium  of  a  single  bone  {e.g.,  scapula). 
Usually,  however,  the  entire  element  is  converted  into  cartilage 
before  ossification  begins. 

The  formation  of  cartilage  (chondrification)  is  brought  about 
by  the  secretion  of  a  homogeneous  matrix  of  a  quite  special  char- 
acter, which  accumulates  in  the  intercellular  spaces,  and  thus 
gradually  separates  the  cells;  and  the  latter  become  enclosed  in 
separate  cavities  of  the  matrix;  when  they  multiply,  new  deposits 
of  matrix  form  between  the  daughter  cells  and  separate  them. 
As  the  original  membranous  primordium  becomes  converted  into 
cartilage,  the  superficial  cells  flatten  over  the  surface  of  the 
cartilage  and  form  a  membrane,  the  perichondrium,  which  be- 
comes the  periosteum  when  ossification  takes  place. 

The  process  of  ossification  in  the  long  bones  involves  the  fol- 
lowing stages  in  the  chick: 

(1)  Formation  of  Perichondral  Bone.  The  perichondrium 
deposits  a  layer  of  bone  on  the  surface  of  the  cartilage  near  its 
center,  thus  forming  a  bony  ring,  which  gradually  lengthens  into 
a  hollow  cylinder  by  extending  towards  the  ends  of  the  cartilage. 
This  stage  is  well  illustrated  in  Fig.  231  A  and  in  the  long  bones 
of  Fig.  242;  the  bones  of  the  wing  and  leg  furnish  particularly 
good  examples;  the  perichondral  bone  is  naturally  thickest  in 
the  center  of  the  shaft  and  thins  towards  the  extremity  of  the 

cartilages. 

(2)  Absorption  of  Cartilage.  The  matrix  softens  in  the 
center  of  the  shaft  and  becomes  mucous,  thus  liberating  the 
cartilage  cells  and  transforming  the  cartilage  into  the  funda- 
mental tissue  of  the  bone  marrow.     This  begins  about  the  tenth 


THE   SKELETON 


409 


day  in  the  femur  of  the  chick.  The  process  extends  towards  the 
ends,  and  faster  at  the  periphery  of  the  cartilage  {i.e.,  next  to 
the  perichondral  bone)  than  in  the  center.  In  this  way  there 
remain  two  terminal,  cone-shaped  cartilages,  and  the  ends  of  the 
cones  project  into  the  marrow  cavity  (Fig.  231  A). 

(3)  Calcification  of  Cartilage.  Salts  of  lime  are  deposited  in 
the  matrix  of  the  cartilage  at 

the  ends  of  the  marrow  cavity; 
such  cartilage  is  then  removed 
by  osteoclasts,  large  multinu- 
cleated cells,  of  vascular  en- 
dothelial origin,  according  to 
Brachet  (seventeenth  or  eigh- 
teenth day  of  incubation). 

(4)  Endochondral  Ossifica- 
tion. Osteoblasts  within  the 
marrow  cavity  deposit  bone  on 
the  surface  of  the  rays  of  cal- 
cified cartilage  that  remain 
between  the  places  eaten  out 
by  osteoclasts,  and  on  the 
irmer  surface  of  the  perichon- 
dral bone. 

These  processes  gradually 
extend  towards  the  ends  of 
the  bone,  and  there  is  never 
any  independent  epiphysial 
center  of  ossification  in  long 
bones  of  birds,  as  there  is  in 
mammals.  The  ends  of  the 
bones  remain  cartilaginous 
and  provide  for  growth  in  length.  Growth  in  diameter  of  the 
bones  takes  place  from  the  periosteum,  and  is  accompanied  by 
enlargement  of  the  marrow  cavity,  owing  to  simultaneous  ab- 
sorption of  the  bone  from  within.  It  is  thus  obvious  that  all  of 
the  endochondral  bone  is  removed  from  the  shaft  in  course  of 
time;  some  remains  in  the  spongy  ends. 

The  details  of  the  process  of  ossification  will  not  be  described 
here,  and  it  only  remains  to  emphasize  a  few  points.  At  a  stage 
shortly  after  the  beginning  of  absorption  of  the  cartilage  in  the 


Fig.  231  A.  —  Longitudinal  section  of 
the  femur  of  a  chick  of  196  hours'  in- 
cubation; semi-diagrammatic.  (After 
Brachet.) 

art.  Cart.,  Articular  cartilage.  C.  C, 
Calcified  cartilage,  end.  B.,  Endochon- 
dral bone.  M.,  Marrow  cavity.  P'ch., 
Perichondrium.  P'os.,  Periosteum, 
p'os.  B.,  Periosteal  bone.  Z.  Gr.,  Zone 
of  growth.  Z.  Pr.,  Zone  of  proliferation. 
Z.  R.,  Zone  of  resorption. 


410  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

center  of  the  shaft,  the  perichondral  bone  is  invaded  by  capillary 
vessels  and  connective  tissue  that  break  through  into  the  cavity 
formed  by  absorption;  it  is  supposed  by  many  that  osteoblasts 
from  the  periosteum  penetrate  at  the  same  time.  The  marrow 
of  birds  is  derived,  according  to  the  best  accounts,  from  the 
original  cartilage  cells,  which  form  the  fundamental  substance, 
together  with  the  intrusive  blood-vessels  and  mesenchyme.  The 
endochondral  osteoblasts  are  believed  by  some  to  be  of  endo- 
chondral origin  (i.e.,  derived  from  cartilage  cells),  by  others  of 
periosteal  origin.  For  birds,  the  former  view  seems  to  be  the 
best  supported. 

In  birds,  calcification  does  not  precede  absorption  of  the 
cartilage,  as  it  does  in  mammals,  until  the  greater  part  of  the 
marrow  cavity  is  formed.  The  cones  of  cartilage,  referred  to 
above,  that  are  continuous  with  the  articular  cartilages,  are 
absorbed  about  ten  days  after  hatching. 

On  the  whole,  perichondral  ossification  plays  a  more  extensive 
role  in  birds  than  in  mammals.  The  endochondral  bone  forma- 
tion begins  relatively  much  later  and  is  less  extensive.  The 
bodies  of  the  vertebrae,  which  ossify  almost  exclusively  in  an 
endochondral  fashion,  form  the  main  exception  to  this  rule. 

Ossification  in  membrane  proceeds  from  bony  spicules  de- 
posited between  the  cells  in  the  formative  center  of  any  given 
membrane  bone.  It  spreads  out  from  the  center,  the  bony 
spicules  forming  a  network  of  extreme  delicacy  and  beauty. 
After  a  certain  stage,  the  membrane  bounding  the  surface  becomes 
a  periosteum  which  deposits  bone  in  dense  layers.  Thus  a  mem- 
brane bone  consists  of  superficial  layers  of  dense  bone,  enclosing 
a  spongy  plate  that  represents  the  primitive  bone  before  the 
establishment  of  the  periosteum. 

The  formation  of  bones  proceeds  from  definite  centers  in  all 
three  stages  of  their  formation;  thus  we  have  centers  of  mem- 
brane formation,  centers  of  chondrification  and  centers  of  ossifi- 
cation. Membranous  centers  expand  by  peripheral  growth, 
cartilage  centers  expand  by  the  extension  of  cartilage  formation 
in  the  membrane  from  the  original  center  of  chondrification,  and 
bony  centers  expand  in  the  original  cartilage  or  membrane. 
Several  centers  of  chondrification  may  arise  in  a  single  primitive 
membranous  center;  for  instance,  in  the  membranous  stage,  the 
skeleton  of  the  fore-limb  and  pectoral  girdle  is  absolutely  con- 


THE  SKELETON  411 

tinuoiis;  cartilage  centers  then  arise  separately  in  different  parts 
for  each  of  the  bones:  similarly  for  the  hind-limbs  and  pelvic 
girdle,  etc.  Separate  centers  of  ossification  may  likewise  appear 
in  a  continuous  embryonic  cartilage,  as  for  instance,  in  the  base 
of  the  skull  or  in  the  cartilaginous  coraco-scapula,  or  ischio- 
ilium.  Such  centers  may  become  separate  bones  or  they  may 
subsequently  fuse  together.  In  the  latter  case,  they  may  repre- 
sent bones  that  were  phylogenetically  perfectly  distinct  elements, 
as  for  instance,  the  prootic,  epiotic,  and  opisthotic  centers  in 
the  cartilaginous  otic  capsule;  or  they  may  be  of  purely  func- 
tional significance,  as  for  instance,  the  separate  ossifications  in 
the  sternum  of  birds,  or  the  epiphysial  and  diaphysial  ossifica- 
tions of  the  long  bones  of  mammals.  It  is  usually  possible  on 
the  basis  of  comparative  anatomy  to  distinguish  these  two  cate- 
gories of  ossification  centers. 

Phylogenetic  reduction  of  the  skeleton  is  also  usually  indi- 
cated in  some  manner  in  the  embryonic  history.  Where  elements 
have  completely  disappeared  in  the  ph3dogenic  history,  as  for 
instance,  the  missing  digits  of  birds,  they  often  appear  as  mem- 
brane formations  in  the  embrvo,  which  then  fade  out  without 
reaching  the  stage  of  cartilage;  if  the  latter  stage  is  reached  the 
element  usually  fuses  with  some  other  and  is  therefore  not  really 
missing,  e.g.,  elements  of  the  carpus  and  tarsus  of  birds  (though 
not  all).  But  the  ontogenetic  reduction  may  go  so  far  that 
the  missing  elements  are  never  distinguishable  at  any  stage  of 
the  embryonic  history;  thus,  though  the  missing  digits  of  birds 
are  indicated  in  the  membranous  stage,  their  component  phalanges 
are  not  indicated  at  all. 

II.    The  Vertebral  Column 

The  primordia  of  the  vertebral  column  are  the  notochord 
and  sclerotomes.  The  former  is  the  primitive  axial  support  of 
the  body,  both  ontogenetically  and  phylogenetically.  In  both 
components,  notochord  and  sclerotomes,  we  may  recognize  a 
cephalic  and  trunk  portion.  The  notochord,  as  we  have  seen, 
extends  far  into  the  head,  and  the  sclerotomes  of  the  first  four 
somites  contribute  to  the  formation  of  the  occipital  portion  of 
the  skull.  The  cephalic  parts  are  dealt  with  in  the  development 
of  the  skull.  The  history  of  the  notochord  and  sclerotomes  will 
be  considered  together,  but  we  may  note  in  advance  that  the 


412  THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 

notochord  is  destined  to  be  completely  replaced  by  the  bodies  of 
the  vertebrae,  derived  from  the  sclerotomes. 

The  Sclerotomes  and  Vertebral  Segmentation.  The  vertebral 
segmentation  does  not  agree  with  the  primitive  divisions  of  the 
somites,  but  alternates  with  it;  or  in  other  words,  the  centers 
of  the  vertebrae  do  not  coincide  with  the  centers  of  the  original 
somites,  but  with  the  intersomitic  septa  in  which  the  segmental 
arteries  run.  Thus  each  myotome  extends  over  half  of  two 
vertebral  segments,  and  the  spinal  ganglia  and  nerves  tend  to 
alternate  with  the  vertebrae.  It  therefore  happens  that  each  myo- 
tome exerts  traction  on  two  vertebrae,  obviously  an  advantageous 
arrangement,  and  the  spinal  nerves  lie  opposite  the  intervertebral 
foramina. 

This  arrangement  is  brought  about  by  the  development  of 
each  vertebra  from  the  caudal  half  of  one  sclerotome  and  the 
cephalic  half  of  the  sclerotome  immediately  behind;  parts  of 
two  somites  enter  into  the  composition  of  each  vertebra,  as  is 
very  obvious  at  an  early  stage:  Fig.  232  represents  a  section 
through  the  base  of  the  tail  of  a  chick  embryo  of  ninety-six  hours; 
it  is  approximately  frontal,  but  is  inclined  ventro-dorsally  from 
behind  forwards.  The  original  somites  are  indicated  by  the 
myotomes  and  the  segmental  arteries.  In  the  region  of  the 
notochord  one  can  plainly  distinguish  three  parts  to  each 
sclerotome,  viz.,  (1)  a  narrow,  median,  or  perichordal  part 
abutting  on  the  notochord,  in  which  no  cUvisions  occur  either 
within  or  between  somites;  (2)  a  caudal  lateral  cUvision  distin- 
guished by  the  denser  aggregation  of  the  cells  from  (3)  the  cephalic 
division.  Between  the  caudal  and  cephalic  cUvisions  of  the  sclero- 
tome is  a  fissure  (intervertebral  fissure)  which  marks  the  boundary 
of  the  future  vertebrae.  Each  vertebra  in  fact  arises  from  the 
caudal  component  of  one  sclerotome  and  the  cephalic  component 
of  the  sclerotome  immediately  behind.  Between  adjacent  sclero- 
tomes is  the  intersomitic  septum  containing  the  segmental  artery. 
If  one  follows  these  conditions  back  into  successively  earlier  stages, 
one  finds  that  the  intervertebral  fissure  arises  from  the  primitive 
somitic  cavity,  and  that  the  distinction  between  caudal  and 
cephalic  divisions  of  the  sclerotome  is  marked  continuously  from  a 
very  early  stage  by  the  presence  of  the  intervertebral  fissure  and 
the  greater  density  of  the  caudal  division,  i.e.,  the  cephalic  com- 
ponent of  each  definitive  vertebra. 


THE   SKELETOX 


413 


TT — ^5 — a  «  "o-w 


'1   •^^•^-'o.ool 


^/7  — ^  ^ifflii' 


^ 


.«"» 


,  <  r.  ■,■ 


CdUd^C/ "^dl  "■'5-S:^; 


/y7/i:/^ 


7^^?l? 


'»2g.'  «>5.<' '•  ^- . 


..°SS-,. 


1  vs^-i.^-"^'":^^^-^^- 


5   'D    - 


o  v.- 


4^ 


■^s 


y;7/j.  /--^  XtCf"^  -fi-.sV^  -o.  o "  : 


■'-r-,'fc'-V'   •'»'£'';'■■'/<'  '?<^    Co"©     ^     -^  .li-a  -    -  S.Jo 


^  6- 


~    ^  Ask         '  S»Jo  -  ,  ^» 


TK^r^ 


.  .0^:^ 


^  «.  .  ',  >^.-".,^e 


«,,?rV.?: 


^!. 


"-J 


Fig.  232.— Frontal  section  through  the  base  of  the  tail  of  a  chick 
embryo  of  96  hours.     The  anterior  end  of  the  section  (above 
in  the  figure)  is  at  a  higher  plane  than  the  posterior  end. 
caud.  Scl.,  Caudal  division  of  the  sclerotome,     ceph    Scl    Ce- 
phalic division  of  the  sclerotome.     Derm.,  Dermatome.    Ep.,  Epi- 
dermis.    Gn.,  Ganglion,     int's.  F.,  Intersomitic  fissure  int'v  F 
Intervertebral  fissure.    My.,  Mvotome.    N'ch.,  Notochord     Nt' 
Neural  tube,     per'ch.  Sh.,  Perichordal  sheath,     s.  A.,  Segmental 
artery. 


414  THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

Now,  if  one  follows  these  components  as  they  appear  at  suc- 
cessively higher  levels  in  such  a  frontal  section  as  Fig.  232,  one 
finds  that  the  perichordal  layer  disappears  in  the  region  of  the 
neural  tube,  and  that  the  spinal  ganglia  appear  in  the  cephalic 
division  of  the  sclerotome,  and  almost  completely  replace  it. 
Thus  the  caudal  division  of  the  sclerotome  is  more  extensive,  as 
well  as  denser,  than  the  cephalic  division. 

In  transverse  sections  one  finds  that  the  sclerotomic  mesen- 
chyme spreads  towards  the  middle  line  and  tends  to  fill  all  the 
interspaces  between  the  notochord  and  neural  tube,  on  the  one 
hand,  and  the  myotomes  on  the  other.  But  there  is  no  time  at 
which  the  sclerotome  tissue  of  successive  somites  forms  a  con- 
tinuous unsegmented  mass  in  which  the  vertebral  segmentation 
appears  secondarily,  as  maintained  by  Froriep,  except  in  the  thin 
perichordal  layer;  on  the  contrary,  successive  sclerotomes  and 
vertebral  components  may  be  continuously  distinguished,  except 
in  the  perichordal  layer;  and  the  fusion  of  caudal  and  cephalic 
sclerotome  halves  to  form  single  vertebrae  may  be  continuously 
followed.  Thus,  although  the  segmentation  of  the  vertebrae  is 
with  reference  to  the  myotomes  and  ganglia,  it  is  dependent 
upon  separation  of  original  sclerotome  halves,  and  not  secondarily 
produced  in  a  continuous  mass. 

Summarizing  the  conditions  at  ninety-six  hours,  we  may  say 
that  the  vertebrae  are  represented  by  a  continuous  perichordal 
layer  of  rather  loose  mesenchvme  and  two  mesenchvmatous 
arches  in  each  segment,  that  ascend  from  the  perichordal  layer 
to  the  sides  of  the  neural  tube;  in  each  segment  the  upper  part 
of  the  cephalic  sclerotomic  arch  is  occupied  almost  completely 
by  the  spinal  ganglion,  but  the  caudal  arch  ascends  higher,  though 
not  to  the  dorsal  edge  of  the  neural  tube.  The  cranial  and  caudal 
arches  of  any  segment  represent  halves  of  contiguous,  not  of  the 
same,  definitive  vertebra. 

Membranous  Stage  of  the  Vertebrae.  In  the  following  or 
membranous  stage,  the  definitive  segmentation  of  the  vertebrae 
is  established,  and  the  principal  parts  are  laid  down  in  the 
membrane.  These  processes  are  essentially  the  same  in  all  the 
vertebrae,  and  the  order  of  development  is  in  the  usual  antero- 
posterior direction.  As  regards  the  establishment  of  the  verte- 
bral segments:  Figs.  233  and  234  represent  frontal  sections 
through  the  same  vertebral  primordia  at   different   levels    from 


THE   SKELETON 


415 


the  thoracic  region  of  a  five-day  chick.  The  notochord  is 
slightly  constricted  intervertebrally,  and  the  position  of  the 
intersegmental  artery,  of  the  myotomes  and  nerves,  shows  that 
each  vertebral  segment  is  made  up  of  two  components  repre- 
senting succeeding  sclerotomes.  In  the  region  of  the  neural 
arches  (Fig.  234)  the  line  of  union  of  cranial  and  caudal  vertebral 
components  is  indicated  by  a  slight  external  indentation  at  the 
place  of  union,  and  by  the  arrangement  of  the  nuclei  on  each 
side  of  the  plane  of  union. 


Cduc/.Sc/- 

ceph.Sc'. 

//- 


•  »  ."  '5',*'  'Ir  "-V^  ^i*^-^-*  -'. 


:^^V:. . 


Mj/-"^^^ 


ceph  Sci.-  ''^ 


^   \  .  0  o  c  - 


y^i-- 


.y.y^;{^^>  -jt^.>"  /^^.^ 


Fig.   233.  —  Frontal  section  through  the  notochord  and  pri- 

mordia  of  two  vertebrae  of  a  5-day  chick;  thoracic  region. 

Note  intervertebral  constrictions   of   the   notochord.     The 

anterior  end  of  the  section  is  above. 

N.,  Spinal  nerve.     Symp.,  Part  of  sympathetic  cord.    v.  C, 
Region  of  pleurocentrum,  in  which  the  formation  of  cartilage 


has  hegun. 


Other  abbreviations  as  in  Fig.  232. 


The  parts  of  the  vertebrae  formed  in  the  membranous  stage 
are  as  follows:  (1)  The  vertebral  body  is  formed  by  tissue  of 
both  vertebral  components  that  grows  around  the  perichordal 
sheath;  (2)  a  membranous  process  (neural  arch)  extends  from 
the  vertebral  body  dorsally  at  the  sides  of  the  neural  canal;  but 
the  right  and  left  arches  do  not  yet  unite  dorsally;  (3)  a  lateral 
or  costal  process  extends  out  laterally  and  caudally  (Fig.  233) 
from  the  vertebral  body  between  the  successive  myotomes. 

The  union  of  the  right  and  left  cephalic  vertebral  components 


416 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


(caudal  sclerotome  halves)  beneath  the  notochorcl  is  known  as 
the  subnotochordal  bar  (Froriep).  It  forms  earlier  than  the 
remainder  of  the  body  of  the  vertebra  and  during  the  membranous 
stage  is  thicker,  thus  forming  a  ventral  projection  at  the  cephalic 
end  of  the  vertebral  body  that  is  very  conspicuous  (Fig.  235). 


caud-Se/. 


caud  Se/ 

s.A 
cep/?.'5c/ 


cac/f^  ^C/ 


jtfy: 


i  A^.V 


to  ei\--^^ i-  - 


»",-^* 
•c,-^ 


>p. 


S-li 


Fig.  234.  —  Frontal  section  including  the  same  vertebral  pri- 
mordia  as  Fig.  233,  at  a  higher  level  through  the  neural  arches, 
a.  C,  Anterior  commissure  of  the  spinal  cord.     v.  R.,  Ven- 
tral root  of  spinal  nerve.     Other  abbreviations  as  before  (Fig;. 
232). 


It  chondrifies  separately  from  the  vertebral  body  and  earlier. 
Except  in  the  case  of  the  first  vertebra  it  fuses  subsequently 
with   the   remainder  of  the   vertebral   body,   and   disappears   as 


THE   SKELETOX 


417 


a  separate   component.     Schauinsland  has  interpreted  it  as   the 
homologue  of  the  haemal  arches  of  reptilia  {e.g.,  Sphenodon). 

The  membrane  represents  not  only  the  future  bony  parts 
but  the  ligaments  and  periosteum  as  well.  Hence  we  find  that 
the  successive  membranous  vertebrae  are  not  separate  structures 
but  are  united  by  membrane,  i.e.,  condensed  mesenchyme,  and 
are  distinguishable  from  the  future  ligaments  at  first  only  by 
greater  condensation.  In  the  stage  of  Fig.  233,  chondrification 
has  already  begun  in  the  vertebral  body,  hence  there  is  a  sharp 


/v'a- 


Fig.  235.  —  Median  sagittal  section  of  the  cervical  region  at 

the  end  of  the  sixth  day  of  incubation.  (After  Froriep.)  x  40. 

b.  C,  Basis  cranii.  iV.  L.  1,  2,  3,  First,  second,  and  third 
intervertebral  ligaments,  s.  n.  b.  1,  2,  3, 4,  First,  second,  third, 
and  fourth  subnotochordal  bars  (hypocentra).  v.  C.  3,  4, 
Pleurocentra  of  third  and  fourth  vertebrae. 


distinction  in  this  region  l^etween  the  vertebral  bod}^  and  inter- 
vertebral discs.  The  centers  of  chondrification,  however,  grade 
into  the  membranous  costal  processes  and  neural  arches. 

The  vertebral  segmentation  has  now  become  predominant  as 
contrasted  with  the  primitive  somitic. 

The  development  of  the  vertebrae  during  the  fifth  day  com- 
prises: (1)  Fusion  of  successive  caudal  and  cephalic  divisions  of 


418  THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 

the  sclerotomes  to  form  the  definitive  vertebrae;  (2)  union  of  the 
cephaUc  vertebral  components  beneath  the  notochord  to  form  the 
subnotochordal  bar;  (3)  origin  of  the  membranous  vertebral 
bodies  and  of  the  neural  arch  and  costal  processes. 

Chondrification,  or  development  of  cartilage,  sets  in  from  the 
following  centers  in  each  vertebra:  (1)  the  cephalic  neural  arches 
and  subnotochordal  bar,  forming  a  horseshoe-shaped  cartilage 
at  the  cephalic  end  of  each  vertebra;  (2)  and  (3)  right  and  left 
centers  in  the  body  of  each  vertebra  behind  the  subnotochordal 
bar,  which  soon  fuse  around  the  notochord;  (the  subnotochordal 
bar  probably  corresponds  to  the  hypocentrum,  and  the  lateral 
centers  (2  and  3)  to  the  pleurocentra  of  palaeontologists) ;  (4)  and 
(5)  centers  in  each  costal  process  (Figs.  235  and  236).  These 
centers  are  at  first  separated  by  membrane,  l)ut  except  in  the 
case  of  the  costal  processes,  which  form  the  ribs,  the  cartilage 
centers  flow  together.  The  neural  arches  end  in  membrane 
which  gradually  extends  dcrsally  around  the  upper  part  of  the 
neural  tube,  finally  uniting  above  with  the  corresponding  arches 
of  the  other  side  to  form  the  memhrana  reuniens.  The  chondri- 
fication follows  the  extension  of  the  membrane.  During  this 
time  the  transverse  processes  of  the  neural  arch  and  the  zygo- 
pophyses  are  likewise  formed  as  extensions  of  the  membrane. 

The  distinction  that  some  authors  make  between  a  primary 
vertebral  l^ody  formed  ]:)y  chondrification  within  the  perichordal 
sheath,  and  a  secondary  vertebral  body  formed  by  the  basal 
ends  of  the  arches  surrounding  the  primary,  is  not  a  clear  one 
in  the  case  of  the  chick. 

On  the  seventh  and  eighth  days  the  process  of  chondrifica- 
tion extends  into  all  parts  of  the  vertebra;  the  entire  vertebra 
is,  in  fact,  laid  down  in  cartilage  on  the  eighth  da}',  although  the 
neural  spine  is  somewhat  membranous.  Fig.  237  shows  the 
right  side  of  four  trunk  vertebrae  of  an  eight-day  chick,  prepared 
according    to    the    methylene  b,lue  method   of   Van  Wijhe.     The 


Fig.  236.  —  Frontal  section  of  the  vertebral  column  and  neighboring  struc- 
tures of  a  6-day  chick.     Upper  thoracic  region.     Note  separate  centers 
of  chondrification  of  the  neural  arch,  centrum,  and  costal  processes.     An- 
terior end  of  section  above. 
B.  n.  A.,  Base  of  neural  arch.     br.  N.  1,  2,  3,  First,  second,  and  third 
brachial    nerves.     Cp.    R.,    Capitulum   of   rib.     iv.    D.,    Intervertebral    disc. 
Mu.,  Muscles.     N.  A.,  Neural  arch.     T.  R.,  Tuberculum  of  rib.     V.  C,  Cen- 
trum of  vertebra.     Other  abbreviations  as  before. 


THE  SKELETON 


419 


--jV.D. 


420 


THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE    CHICK 


notochord  runs  continuously  through  the  centra  of  the  four 
vertebrae  shown.  It  is  constricted  intra vertebrally  and  expanded 
intervertebrally,  so  that  the  vertebral  bodies  are  amphicoelous. 
The  intervertebral  discs  are  not  shown.  A  pre-  and  postzygapo- 
physis  is  formed  on  each  arch.  It  is  by  no  means  certain  that  the 
parts  separated  by  the  clear  streak  shown  in  the  figure  extending 
through  centra  and  arches  correspond  to  the  sclerotomal  com- 
ponents of  the  primitive  vertebrae,  though  this  was  the  in- 
terpretation of  Schauinsland  as  shown  in  the  figure;  further 
study  seems  necessary  to  determine  the  exact  relations  of  the 
primitive  sclerotomal  components  to  the  parts  of  the  definitive 
vertebra.     The  successive  vertebrae  have  persistent  membranous 


Fig.  237.  —  The  right  side  of  four  bisected  vertebrse  of  the  trunk 

of  an  8-day  chick.     (After  Schauinsland.) 

caud.   V.  A.,  Caudal  division  of  vertebral  arch.     ceph.   v.  A., 
Cephalic  division  of  vertebral  arch.     N'ch.,  Xotochord. 

connections  in  the  regions  of  the  neural  spines,  zygapophyses 
and  centra.  These  are  shown  in  Figs.  238  and  239  (cf.  also 
Fig.  150) ;  they  are  continuous  with  the  perichondrium  and  all 
are  derived  from  unchondrified  parts  of  the  original  membran- 
ous vertebrae. 

Atlas  and  Axis  (epistropheus).  The  first  and  second  verte- 
brae agree  with  the  others  in  the  membranous  stage.  But,  when 
chondrification  sets  in,  the  hypochordal  bar  of  the  first  vertebra  does 
not  fuse  with  the  body,  but  remains  separate  and  forms  its  floor 
(Figs.  238  and  239).  The  body  of  the  first  vertebra  chondrifies 
separately  and  is  attached  by  membrane  to  the  anterior  end  of 
the  body  of  the  second  vertebra,  representing  in  fact  the  odon- 
toid process  of  the  latter.  It  has  later  a  separate  center  of  ossi- 
fication, but  fuses  subsequently  wdth  the  body  of  the  second 
vertebra,  forming  the  odondoid  process  (Fig.  240). 


THE   SKELETON 


421 


Formation  of  Vertebral  Articulations.  In  the  course  of  develop- 
ment the  intervertebral  discs  differentiate  into  a  peripheral  inter- 
vertebral ligament  and  a  central  suspensory  ligament  which  at  first 
contains  remains  of  the  notochord.  There  is  a  synovial  cavity 
between  the  intervertebral  and  suspensory  ligaments.  This  dif- 
ferentiation takes  place  by  a  process  of  loosening  and  resorption 


Fig.  238.  —  Median  sagittal  section  of  the  basis 

cranii  and  first  three  vertebral  centra  of  an 

8-day  chick. 

B.  C,  Basi-cranial  cartilage,     iv.  D.  1,  2,  3,  4, 

First,  second,  third,  and  fourth    intervertebral 

discs.     N.  T.,  Floor  of  neural  tube.     s.  n.  b.  1,  2, 

First  and   second   subnotochordal   bars.     V.  C. 

1,  2,  3,  First,  second,  and  third  pleurocentra. 

of  cells  just  external  to  the  perichordal  sheath  (Fig. 241).     The  in- 
tervertebral ligament  takes  the  form  of  paired,  fibrous  menisci,  or,  in 
other  words,  the  intervertebral  ligaments  are  incomplete  around 
the  bodies  of  the  vertebrae  dorsally  and  ventrally  (Schwarck). 
Ossification   is   well    advanced   in   the   clavicles,   long   bones, 


422 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


and  membrane  bones  of  the  skull  before  it  begins  in  the  vertebrae. 
It  takes  place  in  antero-posterior  order,  so  that  a  series  of  stages 
may  be  followed  in  a  single  embryo  (cf.  Fig.  242).  There  are 
three  main  centers  for  each  vertebra,  viz.,  one  in  the  body  and 
one  in  each  neural  arch.     The  ossification  of  the  centrum  is  almost 


—Medobl 


H'9^1112 


.f 


'."  "    ">•    '•'ti't-' 


oC-l.o 


-^mk 


T/ltl 
rceiMS. 


,  i:  f 'j'f' , .,  f ,  n  yc 


■yj 


.-^,4^V^J^/?^.^^ 


UJ: 


5p.G/i2-Fi 


^■>'i 


'RVd. 


-+,-' 


'-■'oi-.S'"'-     (,.'■>•,'■  I      ■ 


5i/mp.Cn 


-r/^V4 


PiQ   239.  —  Lateral  sagittal  section  of  the  same  vertebrse  (as  in  Fig. 

238). 
At  1,  2,  Floor  and  roof  of  atlas.     B.  C,  Basis  cranii.     Cerv.  n.  1,  2, 
First  and   second  cervical  nerves.     Med.   Obi.,  Medulla  oblongata. 
R.  V.  2,  3,  4,  Ribs  of  the  second,  third,  and  fourth  vertebrse.      V .  A. 
2,  3,  Arches  of  the  second  and  third  vertebrse. 
XII  2,  Second  root  of  hypoglossus. 

entirely  endochondral,  though  traces  of  perichondral  ossification 
may  be  found  on  the  ventral  and  dorsal  surfaces  of  each  centrum 
before  the  endochondral  ossification  sets  in.  The  perichondral 
centers  soon  cease  activity.  The  endochondral  centers  arise 
just  outside  the  perichordal  sheath  near  the  center  of  each  ver- 
tebra on  each  side  of  the  middle  line,  but  soon  fuse  around  the 


THE   SKELETON 


423 


notochord,  and  rapidly  spread  in  all  directions,  but  particularly 
towards  the  surface,  leaving  cartilaginous  ends  (Fig.  241).  The 
notochord  is  gradually   reduced   and  exhibits   two   constrictions 


Fig.  240.  —  The  first  cervical  vertebrae  of  a  young 

embryo  of  Haliplana  fuliginosa.     (After  Schauins- 

land.) 

s.n.b.  1,2,  First  and  second  subnotochordal  bars. 
R.  3,  4,  5,  6,  Ribs  of  the  third,  fourth,  fifth,  and  sixth 
cervical  vertebrae. 


and  three  enlargements  within  each  centrum.  The  main  en- 
largement occupies  the  center  and  the  two  smaller  swellings  the 
cartilaginous  ends,  the  constriction  occurring  at  the  junction  of 
the  ossified  areas  and  cartilaginous  ends  (Fig.  241). 


J 


Fig.  241.  —  Section  through  the  body  of  a  cer- 
vical vertebra  of  a  chick  embryo  of  about  12 
days.     (After  Schwarck.) 

1,  Endochondral  ossification.  2,  Articular 
cartilages.  3,  Notochord.  4,  Loosening  of  cells 
of  the  intervertebral  disc,  forming  a  synovial 
cavity.  5,  Periosteum.  6,  Ligamentum  sus- 
pensorium  surrounding  the  notochord. 


424  THE  DEVELOPMENT   OF  THE   CHICK 

The  centers  of  ossification  in  the  neural  arches  arise  from 
tlie  perichondrium  a  short  distance  above  the  body  of  the  ver- 
tebra, and  form  bony  rings  about  the  cartilaginous  arch.  They 
gradually  extend  into  all  the  processes  of  the  neural  arch.  Thus 
the  neural  arches  are  separated  from  the  vertebral  centra  by  a 
disc  of  cartilage  which  is,  however,  finally  ossified,  fusing  the 
arches  and  centra.  At  what  time  this  occurs,  and  at  what 
time  endochondral  ossification  begins  in  the  arches,  is  not 
known  exactly  for  the  chick. 

The  vertebral  column  of  birds  is  characterized  by  an  extensive 
secondary  process  of  coalescence  of  vertebrae.  Thus  the  two 
original  sacral  vertebra?  coalesce  with  a  considerable  number  of 
vertebrae,  both  in  front  and  behind,  to  form  an  extensive  basis 
of  support  for  the  long  iliac  bones.  The  definitive  sacrum  may 
be  divided  into  an  intermediate  primary  portion  composed  of 
two  vertebrge,  an  anterior  lumbar  portion,  and  a  posterior  caudal 
portion.  The  development  of  these  fusions  has  not  been,  appar- 
ently, worked  out  in  detail  for  the  chick.  The  bony  centers  are 
all  separate  on  the  sixteenth  day  of  incubation  (cf.  Fig.  249). 
Similarly,  the  terminal  caudal  vertebrae  fuse  to  form  the  so-called 
pygostyle,  which  furnishes  a  basis  of  support  for  the  tail  feathers. 

III.  Development  of  the  Ribs  and  Sternal  Apparatus 
In  the  membranous  stage  of  the  vertebral  column,  all  of  the 
trunk  vertebra?  possess  membranous  costal  processes  the  subse- 
quent history  of  which  is  different  in  different  regions.  In  the 
cervical  region  these  remain  relatively  short,  and  subsequently 
acquire  independent  centers  of  chondrification  and  ossification. 
The  last  two  cervical  ribs,  however,  acquire  considerable  length. 
In  the  region  of  the  thorax,  the  membranous  costal  processes 
grow  ventralward  between  the  successive  myotomes  and  finally 
unite  in  the  formation  of  the  sternum  (q.v.).  In  the  lumbar  and 
sacral  regions  the  membranous  costal  processes  remain  short. 
The  primary  costal  process  is  an  outgrowth  of  the  membranous 
centrum,  corresponding  in  position  to  the  capitulum  of  the 
definitive  ril).  The  tuberculum  arises  from  the  primary  costal 
process  while  the  latter  is  still  in  the  membranous  condition  and 
grows  dorsal  ward  to  unite  with  the  neural  arch  in  the  region  of 
the  transverse  process.     (See  Fig.  236.) 

The  centers  of  chondrification  and  ossification  of  the  typical 


THE   SKELETON  425 

ribs  (cervical  and  thoracic)  arise  a  short  distance  lateral  to  the 
vertebral  centers,  with  which  they  are  connected  only  by  the 
intervening  membrane,  which  forms  the  vertebro-costal  liga- 
ments.    Chondrification  then  proceeds  distally. 

The  cervical  ribs  chondrify  from  a  single  center.  The  thoracic 
ribs  have  two  centers  of  chondrification;  a  proximal  one,  corre- 
sponding to  the  vertebral  division  of  the  rib.  and  a  distal  one 
corresponding  to  the  sternal  division.  The  lumbar  and  sacral 
membranous  costal  processes  do  not  chondrify  separately  from 
the  vertebral  bodies;  if  they  persist  at  all,  therefore,  they  appear 
as  processes  of  the  vertebrae,  and  are  not  considered  further. 

In  the  fowl  the  atlas  does  not  bear  ribs,  and  in  the  embryo  the  primary 
costal  processes  of  this  vertebra  do  not  chondrify.  The  second  to  the 
fourteenth  vertebrae  bear  short  ribs,  with  capitulum  and  tuberculum 
bounding  the  vertebrarterial  canal.  The  fourteenth  is  the  shortest  of 
the  cervical  series.  The  fifteenth  and  sixteenth  vertebrae  bear  relatively 
long  ribs,  but,  as  these  do  not  reach  the  sternum,  they  are  classed  as 
cervical.  The  entire  embryonic  history,  however,  puts  them  in  the 
same  class  as  the  following  sternal  ribs;  on  an  embryological  basis  they 
should  be  classed  as  incomplete  thoracic  ribs.  They  possess  no  sternal 
division,  but  the  posterior  one  has  an  uncinate  process  like  the  true  tho- 
racal ribs.  The  following  five  pairs  of  ribs  (vertebrae  17-21)  possess 
vertebral  and  sternal  portions,  but  the  last  one  fails  to  reach  the  sternal 
rib  in  front  of  it. 

The  vertebral  and  sternal  portions  of  the  true  thoracal  ribs 
meet  at  about  a  right  angle  in  a  membranous  joint.  This  bend 
is  indicated  in  the  membranous  stage  of  the  ribs. 

The  membranous  ribs  growing  downwards  and  backwards 
in  the  wall  of  the  thorax  make  a  sudden  bend  forward,  and  their 
distal  extremities  fuse  (seven  and  eight  days)  in  a  common  mem- 
branous expansion  (primordium  of  the  sternum),  which,  however, 
is  separated  from  the  corresponding  expansion  of  the  opposite 
side  bv  a  considerable  area  of  the  body-wall. 

The  vertebral  and  sternal  portions  of  the  ribs  ossify  separately; 
the  ossification  of  the  ribs  is  exclusively  perichondral  up  to  at 
least  the  sixteenth  day  (cf.  Fig.  242). 

The  uncinate  processes  were  not  formed  in  any  of  the  embryos 
studied.  Apparently  they  arise  as  separate  membranous  ossi- 
fications after  hatching. 

The  sternum  takes  its  origin  from  a  pair  of  membranous  expan- 


426 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


sions  formed  by  the  fusion  of  the  distal  ends  of  the  first  four 
true  thoracal  ribs;  the  fifth  pair  of  thoracal  ribs  does  not  take 
part  in  the  formation  of  the  sternum.  The  sternum  thus  arises 
as  two  distinct  halves,  which  lie  at  first  in  the  wall  of  the  thorax 
at  the  posterior  end  of  the  pericardial  cavity  (eight  days).  The 
greatest  extension  of  the  sternal   primordia  is  do rso- ventral,  the 


Fig.  242.  —  Photograph  of  the  skeleton  of  a  13-day 
chick  embryo.     Prepared  by  the  potash  method. 
(Preparation  and  photograph  by  Roy  L.  Moodie.) 
1,  Premaxilla.    2,  NasaL    3,  lachrymaL    4,  Para- 
sphenoid.     5,  Frontal.     6,  Squamosal.     7,  Parietal. 
8,  Exoccipital.     9,  Cervical   rib.     10,  Coracoid.     11, 
Scapula.    12,  Humerus.    13,  Ilium.    14,  Ischium.    15, 
Pubis.     16,  Metatarsus.     17,  Tibiofibula.     18,  Pala- 
tine.    19,  Jugal.     20,  Maxilla.     21,  Clavicle. 

ventral  extremities  corresponding  to  the  anterior  end  of  the  defini- 
tive sternum,  which  is  formed  by  concrescence  of  the  lateral  halves 
in  the  middle  line  beginning  at  the  anterior  end.     The  concrescence 


THE   SKELETON  427 

then  proceeds  posteriorly,  as  the  dorsal  ends  of  the  priraordia 
rotate  backwards  and  downwards  towards  the  middle  line. 

Although  there  are  two  lateral  centers  of  chondrification, 
these  soon  fuse.  The  carina  arises  as  a  median  projection  very 
soon  after  concrescence  in  any  region,  and  progresses  backwards, 
rapidly  following  the  concrescence.  There  is,  therefore,  no  stage 
in  which  the  entire  sternum  of  the  chick  is  ratite,  though  this 
condition  exists  immediately  after  concrescence  in  any  region. 
The  various  outgrowths  of  the  sternum  (episternal  process,  antero- 
lateral and  abdominal  processes),  arise  as  processes  of  the  mem- 
branous sternum  and  do  not  appear  to  have  independent  centers 
of  chondrification. 

The  sternum  ossifies  from  five  centers,  viz.,  a  median  anterior 
center  and  paired  centers  in  the  antero-lateral  and  abdominal 
processes.  The  last  appear  about  the  seventeenth  day  of  incu- 
bation. On  the  nineteenth  day  a  point  of  ossification  appears 
at  the  base  of  the  anterior  end  of  the  keel.  At  hatching  centers 
also  appear  in  the  antero-lateral  processes.  The  centers  gradually 
extend,  but  do  not  completely  fuse  together  until  about  the  third 
month.  The  posterior  end  of  the  median  division  of  the  sternum 
remains  cartilaginous  for  a  much  longer  period.  In  the  duck 
and  many  other  birds  there  are  only  two  lateral  centers  of  ossifi- 
cation; the  existence  of  five  centers  in  the  chick  is,  therefore, 
probably  not  a  primitive  condition. 

IV.   Development  of  the  Skull 

The  skull  arises  in  adaptation  to  the  component  organs  of 
the  head,  viz.,  the  brain,  the  sense  organs  (nose,  eye,  and  ear) 
and  cephalic  visceral  organs  (oral  cavity  and  pharynx);  it  thus 
consists  primarily  of  a  case  for  the  brain,  capsules  for  the  sense 
organs,  and  skeletal  bars  developed  in  connection  with  the  mar- 
gins of  the  mouth  and  the  visceral  arches.  In  the  chick, 
the  primordia  of  the  auditory  and  olfactory  capsules  are  con- 
tinuous ab  initio  with  the  primordial  cranium;  the  protecting  coat 
of  the  eye  (sclera)  never  forms  part  of  the  skull.  Therefore,  we 
may  consider  the  development  of  the  skull  in  two  sections,  first 
the  dorsal  division  associated  with  brain  and  sense  organs  (neuro- 
cranium),  and  second,  the  visceral  division  or  splanchnocranium. 
Although  the  investment  of  the  eyes  forms  no  part  of  the  skull, 
yet  the  eyes  exert  an  immense  effect  on  the  form  of  the  skull. 


428  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

Development  of    the    Cartilaginous    or   Primordial    Cranium. 

(1)  The  Neurocranium.  The  neurocranium  is  derived  from  the 
mesenchyme  of  the  head,  the  origin  of  which  has  been  described 
previously.  The  mesenchyme  gradually  increases  in  amount  and 
forms  a  complete  investment  for  the  internal  organs  of  the  head. 
It  is  not  all  destined,  however,  to  take  part  in  the  formation  of 
the  skeleton,  for  the  most  external  portion  forms  the  derma  and 
subdermal  tissue;  and,  internal  to  the  skeletogenous  layer,  the 
membranes  of  the  brain  and  of  the  auditory  labyrinth,  etc.,  are 
formed  from  the  same  mesenchyme. 

The  notochord  extends  forward  in  the  head  to  the  hypophysis 
(Figs.  67,  88,  etc.),  and  furnishes  a  basis  for  division  of  the 
neurocranium  into  chordal  and  prechordal  regions.  Within  the 
chordal  division  again,  we  may  distinguish  pre-otic,  otic,  and 
post-otic  regions  according  as  they  are  placed  in  front  of,  around, 
or  behind  the  auditory  sac.  The  part  of  the  postotic  region 
behind  the  vagus  nerve  is  the  only  part  of  the  neurocranium 
that  is  primarily  segmental  in  origin.  The  sclerotomes  of  the 
first  four  somites  (Figs.  63  and  117)  form  this  part  of  the  skull; 
and  at  least  three  neural  arches,  homodynamous  with  the  verte- 
bral arches,  are  formed  in  an  early  stage,  but  fuse  together  while 
still  membranous,  leaving  only  the  two  pairs  of  foramina  of  the 
twelfth  cranial  nerve  as  evidence  of  the  former  segmentation.  It 
is  also  stated  that  membranous  costal  processes  are  found  in 
connection  with  these  arches,  but  they  soon  disappear  without 

chondrifying. 

The  primordial  neurocranium  is  performed  in  cartilage  and 
corresponds  morphologically  to  the  cranium  of  cartilaginous 
fishes.  However,  it  never  forms  a  complete  investment  of  the 
brain;  except  in  the  region  of  the  tectum  synoticum  it  is  wide 
open  dorsally  and  laterally.  It  is  subsequently  replaced  by 
bone  to  a  very  great  extent,  and  is  completed  and  reinforced 
by  numerous  membrane  bones. 

The  neurocranium  takes  its  origin  from  two  quite  distinct 
primordia  situated  below  the  brain,  viz.,  the  parachordals  and 
the  trabecular.  The  former  develop  on  each  side  of  and  around 
the  notochord,  being  situated,  therefore,  behind  the  cranial 
flexure  and  beneath  the  mid-  and  hind-brain;  the  trabeculae  are 
prechordal  in  position,  being  situated  beneath  the  twixt-brain 
and  cerebral  hemispheres,   and  extending  forward  through  the 


THE  SKELETON  429 

interorbital  region  to  the  olfactory  sacs.  It  is  obvious,  therefore, 
that  the  parachordals  and  trabeculse  must  form  with  relation  to 
one  another  the  angle  defined  by  the  cranial  flexure. 

The  parachordals  appear  in  fishes  as  paired  structures  on 
either  side  of  the  notochord,  uniting  secondarily  around  the 
latter;  but  in  the  chick  the  perichordal  portion  is  formed  at  the 
same  time  as  the  thicker  lateral  portions,  so  that  the  parachordals 
exist  in  the  form  of  an  unpaired  basilar  plate  from  the  first.  The 
trabeculae  are  at  first  paired  (in  the  earliest  membranous  condi- 
tion), but  soon  fuse  in  front,  while  the  posterior  ends  form  a  pair 
of  curved  limbs  (fenestra  hypophyseos)  that  surrounds  the  infun- 
dibulum  and  hypophysis,  and  joins  the  basilar  plate  behind  the 
latter.  At  the  same  time  that  the  parachordals  and  trabeculae 
are  formed  by  condensations  of  mesenchyme,  the  latter  con- 
denses also  around  the  auditory  sacs  and  olfactory  pits  in  direct 
continuity  with  the  parachordals  and  trabeculae  respectively;  so 
that  the  auditory  and  olfactory  capsules  are  in  direct  continuity 
with  the  base  of  the  neurocranium  from  the  beginning. 

Chondrification  begins  in  the  primordial  cranium  about  the 
sixth  day;  it  appears  first  near  the  middle  line  on  each  side,  and 
extends  out  laterally.  Somewhat  distinct  centers  corresponding 
to  the  occipital  sclerotomes  may  be  found  in  some  birds,  but 
they  soon  run  together,  and  the  entire  neurocranium  forms  a 
continuous  mass  of  cartilage  (sixth,  seventh,  and  eighth  days). 

During  this  process  the  trabecular  region  increases  greatly  in 
length  simultaneouslv  with  the  outgrowth  of  the  facial  region, 
and  the  angle  defined  by  the  cranial  flexure  becomes  thus  appar- 
ently reduced.  The  posterior  border  of  the  fenestra  hypophyseos 
marks  the  boundary  between  the  basilar  plate  and  trabecular 
region. 

In  the  region  of  the  basilar  plate  the  following  changes  take 
place:  (1)  in  the  post-otic  or  occipital  region  a  dorso-lateral 
extension  (Fig.  244)  fuses  with  the  hinder  portion  of  the  otic 
capsule,  thus  defining  an  opening  that  leads  from  the  region  of 
the  cavity  of  the  middle  ear  into  the  cranial  cavity  (fissure  met- 
otica).  This  expansion  is  pierced  by  the  foramina  of  the  ninth 
tenth  and  eleventh  nerves.  (2)  The  otic  region  becomes  greatly 
expanded  by  the  enlargement  of  the  membranous  labyrinth.  The 
cochlear  process  grows  ventrally  and  towards  the  middle  line  and 
thus   invades   the   original   parachordal   region   (Fig.   168).     The 


430  THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

posterior  region  of  the  otic  capsule  expands  dorsally  above  the 
hind-brain,  and  forms  a  bridge  of  cartilage  extending  from  one 
capsule  to  the  other,  known  as  the  tectum  synoticum  (Fig.  244, 
33).  (3)  The  preotic  region  expands  laterally  and  dorsally  in 
the  form  of  a  wide  plate  (alisphenoidal  plate)  which  is  expanded 
transversely,  and  thus  possesses  an  anterior  face  bounding  the 
orbit  posteriorly  and  a  posterior  face  forming  part  of  the  anterior 
wall  of  the  cranial  cavity.  This  plate  arises  first  between  the 
ophthalmic  and  maxillo-mandibular  branches  of  the  trigeminus, 
and  subsequently  sends  a  process  over  the  latter  that  fuses  with 
the  anterior  face  of  the  otic  capsule,  thus  establishing  the  foramen 
prooticum. 

For  an  account  of  numerous  lesser  changes,  the  student  is  referred 
to  Gaupp  (1905),  and  the  special  literature  (especially  Parker,  1869). 
The  various  foramina  for  the  fifth  to  the  twelfth  cranial  nerves  are 
defined  during  the  process  of  chondrification ;  the  majority  of  these  are 
shown  in  the  figures. 

The  trabecular  region  may  be  divided  into  interorbital  and 
ethmoidal  (nasal)  regions.  The  basis  of  the  skeleton  in  this 
region  is  formed  by  the  trabecule  alread}^  described.  The  median 
plate  formed  by  fusion  of  the  trabeculse  extends  from  the  pituitary 
space  (fenestra  hypophyseos)  to  the  tip  of  the  head;  a  high  median 
keel-like  plate  develops  in  the  interorbital  and  internasal  regions 

Fig.  243.  —  Skull  of  an  embryo  of  65  mm.  length;  right  side.  Membrane 
bones  in  yellow.  Cartilage  in  blue.  (Drawn  from  the  model  of  W.  Tonkoff ; 
made  by  Ziegler.) 

Fig.  244.  —  View  of  the  base  of  the  same  model. 

24.3-244.  —  1,  Squamosum.  2,  Parietale.  3,  Capsula  auditiva.  4,  Cap- 
sula  auditiva  (cochlear  part).  5,  Fissura  metotica.  6,  Epibranchial  cartilage. 
7,  Sphenolateral  plate.  8,  Foramen  prooticum.  9,  Columella.  10.  Otic  pro- 
cess of  quadratum.  11,  Basitemporal  (postero-lateral  part  of  the  parasphenoid). 
12,  Articular  end  of  Meckel's  cartilage.  13,  Angulare.  14,  Supra-angulare.  15, 
Dentale.  16,  Skeleton  of  tongue.  17, Pterygoid.  18,  Palatine.  19,  Rostrum 
of  parasphenoid.  20,  Quadrato-jugal.  21,  Jugal  (zygomaticum).  22,  Vomer. 
23,  Maxilla.  24,  Premaxilla.  25,  Anterior  turbinal.  26,  Posterior  turbinal. 
27,  Nasale.  28,  Prefrontal  (lachrymale).  29,  Antorbital  plate.  30,  Interor- 
bital foramen.  31,  Interorbital  septum.  32,Frontale.  33, Tectum  synoticum. 
34,  Foramen  magnum.  35,  Prenasal  cartilage.  36,  Orbital  process  of  quad- 
rate. 37,  Articular  process  of  Quadrate.  38.  Fenestra  basicranialis  posterior. 
39,  Chorda.  IX,  Foramen  glossopharyngei.  X,  Foramen  vagi.  XII,  Fora- 
mina hypoglossei. 

Fig.  245.  —  Visceral  skeleton  of  the  same  model. 

1,  Dentale.  2,  Operculare.  3,  Angulare.  4,  Supra-angulare.  5.  Meckel's 
cartilage.  6,  Entoglossum  (cerato-hyal).  7,  Copula  (1).  8,  Pharyngo- 
branchial   (1).     9,  Epibranchial.     10,  Copula  (2), 


3? 


30 


3^y 


f/g  243 


f/"g  t45 


T,^- 


a4^ 


THE   SKELETON  431 

and  fuses  with  the  trabeculse,  forming  the  septum  interorbitale 
and  septum  nasi  (Fig.  243).  The  free  posterior  border  of  this 
plate  hes  in  front  of  the  optic  nerves;  an  interorbital  aperture 
arises  in  tlie  plate  secondarily  (Fig.  243). 

In  the  ethmoidal  region  the  septum  nasi  arises  as  an  anterior 
continuation  of  the  interorbital  plate;  and  the  trabecular  plate 
is  continued  forward  as  a  prenasal  cartilage  in  front  of  the  olfac- 
tory sacs.  Curved,  or  more  or  less  rolled,  plates  of  cartilage 
develop  in  the  axis  of  the  superior,  middle,  and  inferior  turbinals 
(see  olfactory  organ),  and  these  are  continuous  with  the  lateral 
wall  of  the  olfactory  capsules,  which  in  its  turn  arises  from  the 
dorsal  border  of  the  septum  nasi  (Figs.  243  and  244). 

(2)  The  Origin  of  the  Visceral  Chondrocranium  (Cartilaginous 
Splanchnocranium) .  The  visceral  portion  of  the  cartilaginous 
skull  arises  primarily  in  connection  with  the  arches  that  bound 
the  cephalic  portion  of  the  alimentary  tract,  viz.,  oral  cavity 
and  pharynx.  In  the  chick,  cartilaginous  bars  are  formed  in 
the  mandibular  arch,  hyoid  arch,  and  third  visceral  arch.  In 
fishes,  the  posterior  visceral  arches  also  have  an  axial  skeleton, 
but  hi  the  chick  the  mesenchyme  of  these  arches  does  not  develop 
to  the  stage  of  cartilage  formation.  The  elements  of  these  arches 
are  primarily  quite  distinct.  The  upper  ends  of  the  mandibular 
and  hyoid  skeletal  arches  are  attached  to  the  skull;  and  the  lower 
ends  of  the  three  arches  concerned  meet  in  the  middle  line.  Two 
medial  elements  or  copulse  are  formed  in  the  floor  of  the  throat, 
one  behind  the  angle  of  the  hyoid  arch,  and  one  behind  the 
third  visceral  arch  (Fig.  245). 

Mandibular  Arch.  Two  skeletal  elements  arise  in  the  man- 
dibular arch  on  each  side,  a  proximal  one  (the  palato-quad- 
rate)  and  a  distal  one  (Meckel's  cartilage).  The  former  is 
relatively  compressed,  and  the  latter  an  elongated  element  (Fig. 
243,  10).  The  palato-quadrate  lies  external  to  the  antero-ver- 
tral  part  of  the  auchtory  capsule,  and  soon  develops  a  triradiate 
form.  The  processes  are:  the  processus  oticus,  which  applies 
itself  to  the  auditory  capsule,  the  processus  articidaris,  which 
furnishes  the  articulation  for  the  lower  jaw,  and  the  processus 
orhitalis,  Avhich  is  directed  anteromedially  towards  the  orbit. 
A  small  nodule  of  cartilage  of  unknown  significance  lies  above 
the  junction  of  the  processus  oticus  and  otic  labyrinth.  Meckel's 
cartilage  is  the  primary  skeleton  of  the  lower  jaw,  corresponding 


432  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

to  the  definitive  lower  jaw  of  selachians.  It  consists  of  two 
rods  of  cartilage  in  the  rami  of  the  mandibular  arch,  which  articu- 
late proximally  with  the  processus  articularis  of  the  palato- 
quadrate  cartilage,,  and  meet  distally  at  the  symphysis  of  the 
lower  jaw.  The  form  of  the  articulation  of  the  lower  jaw  is  early 
defined  in  the  cartilage  (seven  to  eight  days). 

Hyoid  Arch.  The  skeletal  elements  of  the  hyoid  arch  consist  of 
proximal  and  distal  pieces  (with  reference  to  the  neurocranium) 
which  have  no  connection  at  any  time.  The  former  are  destined  to 
form  the  columella,  and  the  latter  parts  of  the  hyoid  apparatus. 
The  columella  apparently  includes  two  elements  (in  Tinnunculus 
according  to  Suschkin,  quoted  from  Gaupp) :  a  dorsal  element, 
interpreted  as  hyomandibular,  in  contact  with  the  wall  of  the 
otic  capsule,  and  a  small  element  (stylohyal)  beneath  the  former. 
The  two  elements  fuse  to  form  the  columella,  the  upper  end  of 
which  is  shown  in  Fig.  168.  The  stapedial  plate  (operculum  of 
the  columella)  is  stated  to  arise  in  Tinnunculus  from  the  wall 
of  the  otic  capsule,  being  cut  out  by  circular  cartilage  resorption 
and  fused  to  the  columella. 

The  distal  elements  of  the  hyoid  arch  consist  of  (1)  a  pair 
of  ceratohyals,  which  subsequently  fuse  in  the  middle  line  to 
form  the  entoglossal  cartilage,  the  proximal  ends  remaining  free  as 
the  lesser  cornua  of  the  hyoid,  and  (2)  a  median  unpaired  piece 
(copula  I  or  basihyal)  behind  the  united  ceratohyals  (Fig.  245). 

First  Branchial  Arch.  The  skeletal  elements  of  the  third  visceral 
(first  branchial)  arch  are  much  more  extensive  than  those  of  the 
hyoid  arch.  They  are  laid  down  as  paired  cerato-  and  epi-branchial 
cartilages  on  each  side,  and  an  unpaired  copula  II  (basibranchial  I) 
in  the  floor  of  the  pharynx,  in  the  angle  of  the  other  elements 
(Fig.  245).  The  cerato-  and  epibranchials  increase  greatly  in 
length,  and  form  the  long  curved  elements  (greater  cornua)  of  the 
hyoid,  which  attain  an  extraordinary  development  in  many  birds. 

Ossification  of  the  Skull.  The  bones  of  the  skull  are  of  two 
kinds  as  to  origin:  (1)  those  that  arise  in  the  primordial  cranium, 
and  thus  replace  cartilage  (cartilage  bones  or  replacement  bones), 
and  (2)  those  that  arise  by  direct  ossification  of  membrane  (mem- 
brane or  covering  bones). 

The  cartilage  bones  of  the  bird's  skull  are:  (a)  in  the  occipital 
region;  the  basioccipital,  two  exoccipitals,  and  the  supraocci- 
pitals;    {h)  in  the   otic    region:    prootic,  epiotic,  and   opisthotic; 


THE  SKELETON  433 

(c)  in  the  orbital  region:  the  basisphenoid,  the  orbitosphenoids, 
the  ahsphenoids  and  ossifications  of  the  interorbital  septum;  (d)  in 
the  ethmoidal  region  the  bony  ethmoidal  skeleton;  (e)  the  palato- 
quadrate  cartilage  furnishes  the  quadrate  bone;  (/)  a  proximal 
ossification,  the  articulare,  arises  in  Meckel's  cartilage  and  fuses 
later  with  membrane  bones;  (g)  the  upper  part  of  the  hyoid  arch 
furnishes  the  columella,  and  the  ceratohyals  the  os  entoglossum; 
(h)  the  cerato-  and  epibranchials  ossify  independently,  as  also 
do  the  two  copulse.     (See  Figs.  243,  244  and  245.) 

The  membrane  bones  of  the  skull  are:  (a)  in  the  region  of  the 
cranium  proper:  parietals,  frontals,  squamosals;  (6)  in  the  facial 
region:  lachrymals,  nasals,  premaxillae,  maxillae,  jugals,  quad- 
rato-jugals,  pterygoids,  palatines,  parasphenoid,  and  vomer;  (c) 
surrounding  Meckel's' cartilage  and  forming  the  lower  jaw:  angu- 
lare,  supra-angulare,  operculare,  and  dentale.  (See  Figs.  243,  244 
and  245.) 

The  embryonic  bird's  skull  is  characterized  by  a  wealth  of 
distinct  bones  that  is  absolutely  reptilian;  but  in  the  course  of 
development  these  fuse  together  so  completely  that  it  is  only  in 
the  facial  and  visceral  regions  that  the  sutures  can  be  distinguished 
readily. 

In  order  of  development  the  membrane  bones  precede  the 
cartilage  bones,  though  the  latter  are  phylogenetically  the  older. 
Thus,  about  the  end  of  the  ninth  day,  the  following  bones  are 
present  in  the  form  of  delicate  reticulated  bars  and  plates:  all 
four  bones  of  the  mandible,  the  faint  outline  of  the  premaxillae, 
the  central  part  of  the  maxillae,  the  jugal  and  quadratojugal,  the 
nasals,  the  palatines  and  pterygoids.  The  base  of  the  squamosal 
is  also  indicated  by  a  small  triangular  plate  ending  superiorly  in 
branching  trabeculae,  delicate  as  frost-work.  A  faint  band  of 
perichondral  bone  is  beginning  to  appear  around  the  otic  process 
of  the  quadrate,  the  first  of  the  cartilage  bones  to  show  any 
trace  of  ossification.  These  ossifications  appear  practically 
simultaneously  as  shown  by  the  examination  of  the  earlier  stages. 

On  the  twelfth  day  these  areas  have  expanded  considerably, 
and  the  frontals  and  prefrontals  (lachrymals)  are  formed;  the 
rostrum  of  the  parasphenoid  is  also  laid  down,  and  the  exoccipi- 
tals  appear  in  the  cartilage  at  the  sides  of  the  foramen  magnum. 
The  parietals  appear  behind  the  squamosal  (Fig.  242)  about  the 
thirteenth    day;    the    basioccipitals    soon    after.      The   supraoc- 


434  THE   DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  CHICK 

cipital  appears  as  a  pair  of  ossifications  in  the  tectum  synoticum 
on  each  side  of  the  dorsal  middle  line,  subsequently  fusing 
together. 

A  detailed  history  of  the  mode  of  ossification  of  all  the  various 
bones  of  the  skull  would  be  out  of  place  in  this  book.  The  figures 
illustrate  some  points  not  described  in  the  text.  The  reader  is 
referred  to  W.  K.  Parker  (1869)  and  to  Gaupp  (1905). 

V.    Appendicular  Skeleton 

The  appendicular  skeleton  includes  the  skeleton  of  the  limbs 
and  of  the  girdles  that  unite  the  limbs  to  the  axial  skeleton.  The 
fore  and  hind-limbs,  being  essentially  homonymous  structures, 
exhibit  many  resemblances  in  their  development. 

The  Fore-limb.  The  pectoral  girdle  and  skeleton  of  the 
wing  develop  from  the  mesenchyme  that  occupies  the  axis  and 
base  of  the  w^ng-bud,  as  it  exists  on  the  fourth  day  of  incuba- 
tion. It  is  probably  of  sclerotomic  origin,  but  it  is  not  known 
exactly  how  many  somites  are  concerned  in  the  chick,  nor  which 
ones.  After  the  wing  has  gained  considerable  length  (fifth  day) 
it  can  be  seen  from  the  innervation  that  three  somites  are  prin- 
cipally involved  in  the  wing  proper,  viz.,  the  fourteenth,  fifteenth, 
and  sixteenth  of  the  trunk.  But  it  is  probable  that  the  mesen- 
chyme of  the  base  of  the  wing-bud,  from  which  the  pectoral 
girdle  is  formed,  is  derived  from  a  larger  number  of  somites. 

It  is  important,  then,  to  note  first  of  all  that  the  scapula, 
coracoid,  clavicle,  humerus,  and  distal  skeletal  elements  of  the 
wing  are  represented  on  the  fourth  day  by  a  single  condensation 
of  mesenchyme,  which  corresponds  essentially  to  the  glenoid 
region  of  the  definitive  skeleton.  From  this  common  mass  a 
projection  grows  out  distally  in  the  axis  of  the  wing-bud,  and 
three  projections  proximally  in  different  directions  in  the  body- 
wall.  These  projections  are  (1)  the  primordium  of  the  wing- 
skeleton,  (2)  of  the  scapula,  (3)  of  the  coracoid,  (4)  of  the 
clavicle. 

The  Pectoral  Girdle.  The  elements  of  the  pectoral  girdle  are 
thus  outgrowths  of  a  common  mass  of  mesenchyme.  The  scapula 
process  grows  backward  dorsal  to  the  ribs;  the  coracoid  process 
grows  ventralward  and  slightly  posterior  towards  the  primordium 
of  the  sternum,  thus  forming  an  angle  slightly  less  than  a  right 
angle  with  the  scapular  process;  and  the  clavicular  process  grows 


THE  SKELETON  435 

out  in  front  of  the  coracoid  process  ventrally  and  towards  the 
middle  hne.  ThevSe  processes  are  quite  well  developed  on  the 
fifth  day,  and  increase  considerably  in  length  on  the  sixth  day, 
when  the  hind  end  of  the  scapula  nearly  reaches  the  anterior  end 
of  the  ilium,  and  the  lower  end  of  the  coracoid  is  very  close  to 
the  sternum.  The  elements  are  still  continuous  in  the  glenoid 
region. 

About  the  end  of  the  sixth  day  independent  centers  of  chon- 
drification  appear  in  the  scapula  and  coracoid  respectively  near 
their  imion;  these  spread  distally  and  fuse  centrally,  so  that 
on  the  seventh  day  the  coraco-scapula  is  a  single  bent  cartilagi- 
nous element.  In  the  angle  of  the  bend,  however  (the  future 
coraco-scapular  joint),  the  cartilage  is  in  a  less  advanced  condi- 
tion than  in  the  bodies  of  the  two  elements.  The  clavicular 
process,  on  the  other  hand,  never  shows  any  trace  of  cartilage 
formation,  either  in  early  or  more  advanced  stages,  but  ossifies 
directly  from  the  membrane.  It  separates  from  the  other  ele- 
ments of  the  pectoral  girdle,  though  not  completel}',  on  the  eighth 
dav. 

The  scapula  and  coracoid  ossify  in  a  perichondral  fashion, 
beginning  on  the  twelfth  da}^,  from  independent  centers,  which 
approach  but  never  fuse,  leaving  a  permanent  cartilaginous 
connection  (Fig.  242).  The  clavicle,  on  the  other  hand,  is  a 
purely  membrane  bone;  bony  deposit  begins  in  the  axis  of  the 
membranous  rods  on  the  eighth  or  ninth  days,  soon  forming 
fretted  rods  that  approach  in  the  mid-ventral  line  by  enlarged 
ends,  which  fuse  directly  without  the  intervention  of  any  median 
element  about  the  twelfth  to  thirteenth  day,  thus  forming  the 
furcula  or  wish-bone  (Fig.  246). 

The  nature  of  the  clavicle  in  birds  has  been  the  subject  of  a  sharp 
difference  of  opinion.  On  the  one  hand,  it  has  been  maintained  that  it 
is  double  in  its  origin,  consisting  of  a  cartilaginous  axis  (procoracoid) 
on  which  a  true  membrane  bone  is  secondarily  grafted  (Gegenbaur,  Fiir- 
bringer,  Parker,  and  others) ;  on  the  other  hand,  all  cartilaginous  preforma- 
tion in  its  origin  has  been  denied  by  Rathke,  Goette,  and  Kulczycki.  After 
careful  examination  of  series  of  sections  in  all  critical  stages,  and  of 
preparations  made  by  the  potash  method,  I  feel  certain  that  in  the  chick 
at  least  there  is  no  cartilaginous  preformation.  It  is  still  possible  (in- 
deed probable  on  the  basis  of  comparative  anatomy)  that  the  theory 
of  its  double  origin  is  correct  phylogenetically;  but  it  is  certain  that  the 


436 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


procoracoid  component  does  not  develop  beyond  the  membranous  stage 
in  the  chick.  It  is  interesting  that  the  clavicle  is  the  first  center  of  ossi- 
fication in  the  body,  though  perichondral  ossification  of  some  of  the 
long  bones  begins  almost  as  soon. 

The  Wing-bones.  The  primordium  of  the  wing-bones  is 
found  in  the  axial  mesenchyme  of  the  wing-bud,  which  is  origi- 
nally continuous  with  the  primordium  of  the  pectoral  girdle,  and 
shows  no  trace  of  the  future  elements  of  the  skeleton.  The 
differentiation  of  the  elements  accompanies  in  general  the  external 
differentiation  of  the  wing  illustrated  in  Figs.  121  to  124,  Chapter 
VII.  The  humerus,  radius,  and  ulna  arise  by  membranous  differ- 
entiation in  the  mesenchyme  in  substantially  their  definitive 
relations;  they  pass  through  a  complete  cartilaginous  stage  and 


Fig.  246.  —  Photograph  of  the  pectoral 
girdle  of  a  chick  embryo  of  274  hours; 
prepared  by  the  potash  method.  (Prep- 
aration and  photograph  by  Roy  L. 
Moodie.) 

1,  Coracoid.     2,  Clavicle.      3,  Scapula. 
4,  Humerus. 


then  ossify  in  a  perichondral  fashion  (see  Fig.  242).  In  the 
carpus,  metacarpus,  and  phalanges,  more  elements  are  formed 
in  the  membrane  and  cartilage  than  persist  in  the  adult.  Elimi- 
nation as  well  as  fusion  takes  place.  These  parts  will  therefore 
require  separate  description. 

As  birds  have  descended  from  pentadactyl  ancestors  with 
subsequent  reduction  of  carpus,  metacarpus,  and  phalanges,  it 
is  naturally  of  considerable  interest  to  learn  how  much  of  the 
ancestral  history  is  preserved  in  the  embryology.  The  hand  is 
represented  in  the  embryo  of  six  days  by  the  spatulate  extremity 
of  the  fore-limb,  which  includes  the  elements  of  carpus,  meta- 
carpus, and  phalanges.  From  this  expansion  five  digital  rays 
grow    out    simultaneously,    the    first    and    fifth    being    relatively 


THE   SKELETOX 


437 


small;  the  second,  third,  and  fourth  represent  the  persistent  digits. 
In  each  ray  is  a  membranous  skeletal  element,  which,  however, 
soon  disappears  in  the  first  and  fifth.  Thus  there  are  distinct 
indications  of  a  i^entadactyl  stage  in  the  development  of  the 
bird's  wing. 

In  the  definitive  skeleton  there  are  but  two  carpal  bones, 
viz.,  a  radiale  at  the  extremity  of  the  radius,  and  an  ulnare  at 
the  extremity  of  the  ulna.  In  the  embryo  there  is  evidence  of 
seven  transitory  pieces  in  the  carpus  arranged  in  two  rows,  proxi- 
mal and  distal  (Fig.  247).     In  the  proximal  row  only  two  car- 


M.c.J 

M  c.  2 


^A*"?^ 


jPcA 


-U 


M'c.-?^ 


Cp.^    Cp3    ^•^■ 


P'c/). 


Fig.  247.  —  Skeleton  of  the  wing  of  a  chick  embryo  of  8  days.     (After  W. 

K.  Parker.) 

Cp.  2,  3,  and  4,  Second,  third,  and  fourth  carpalia.  C.  U.,  Centralo- 
iilnare.  H.,  Humerus.  I.  R.,  Intermedio-radiale.  M'c.  2,  3,  4,  Second, 
third,  and  fourth  metacarpalia.  P'ch.,  Perichondral  bone  R.,  Radius. 
U.,  Ulna. 

tilages  appear,  viz.,  the  radiale  and  ulnare;  but  in  earlier  stages 
each  appears  to  be  derived  from  two  centers:  the  radiale  from  a 
radiale  s.s.  and  an  intermedium,  the  ulnare  from  an  ulnare  s.s. 
and  a  centrale.  Evidence  of  such  double  origin  of  each  is  found 
also  in  the  cartilaginous  condition  {v.  Parker,  1888).  Four 
elements  in  all  enter  into  the  composition  of  this  proximal  row. 
In  the  distal  row  there  are  three  distinct  elements  corresponding 
to  the  three  persistent  digits,  and  representing,  therefore,  carpalia 
II,  III,  and  IV.  These  subsequently  fuse  with  one  another, 
and  with  the  heads  of  the  metacarpals  to  produce  the  carpo- 
metacarpus. 

On  the  seventh  day  the  metacarpus  is  represented  Ijy  three 
cartilages  corresponding  to  the  three  persistent  digits,  viz.,  II, 


438  THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF  THE   CHICK 

III,  IV.  Metacarpal  II  is  only  about  one  third  the  length  of  III. 
Metacarpal  IV  is  much  more  slender  than  III,  and  is  bowed  out 
in  the  middle,  meeting  III  at  both  ends.  The  elements  are  at 
first  distinct,  but  II  and  III  fuse  at  their  proximal  ends  in  the 
process  of  ossification.  Cartilaginous  rudiments  of  metacarpals 
I  and  V  have  also  been  found  by  Parker,  Rosenberg,  and  Leighton. 
As  to  the  phalanges,  Parker  finds  two  cartilages  in  II,  three 
in  III,  and  two  in  IV  on  the  seventh  day;  but  already  on  the 
eighth  day  the  distal  phalanges  of  III  and  I^'  have  fused  with 
the  next  proximal  one. 

As  regards  the  homology  of  the  digits  of  the  wing,  the  author  has 
adopted  the  views  of  Owen,  Mehnert,  Norsa,  and  Leighton,  that  they 
represent  numbers  II,  III,  and  IV,  which  seem  to  be  better  supported 
by  the  embryological  evidence  than  the  view  of  ^Meckel,  Gegenbauer, 
Parker,  and  others,  that  they  represent  I,  II,  and  HI. 

The  Skeleton  of  the  Hind-limb.  The  skeleton  of  the  hind- 
limb  and  pelvic  girdle  develops  from  a  continuous  mass  of  mesen- 
chyme situated  at  the  base  of  the  leg-bud.  The  original  center 
of  the  mass  represents  the  acetabular  region;  it  grows  out  in  four 
processes:  (1)  a  lateral  projection  in  the  axis  of  the  leg-bud,  the 
primordium  of  the  leg-skeleton  proper,  (2)  a  dorsal  process,  the 
primordium  of  the  ilium;  and  two  diverging  ventral  processes, 
one  in  front  of  the  acetabulum  (3)  the  pubis,  and  one  behind 
(4)  the  ischium.  In  the  membranous  condition  the  elements  are 
continuous.  The  definitive  elements  develop  either  as  separate 
cartilao-e  centers  in  the  common  mass  (usually),  or  as  separate 
centers   of  ossification  in    a   common   cartilaginous   mass    (ilium 

and  ischium). 

The  Pelvic  Girdle.  The  primitive  relations  of  the  elements  of 
the  pelvic  girdle  in  Larus  ridibundus  is  shown  in  Fig.  248,  which 
represents  a  section  in  the  sagittal  plane  of  the  body,  and  thus 
does  not  necessarily  show  the  full  extent  of  any  of  the  cartilagi- 
nous elements,  but  only  their  general  relations.  The  head  of  the 
femur  is  seen  in  the  acetabulum,  the  broad  plate  of  the  ilium 
above  and  the  pubis  and  ischium  as  cartilaginous  rods  of  almost 
equal  width  below,  the  pubis  in  front  and  the  ischiimi  behind 
the  acetabuhmi.  In  this  stage  the  pehdc  girdle,  in  this  and 
many  other  species  of  birds,  consists  of  three  separate  elements 
on  each  side  in  essentially  reptilian  relations. 


THE   SKELETOX 


439 


In  the  chick  at  a  corresponding  age  the  ihum  is  much  more 
extensive,  and  the  ischium  is  united  with  it  by  cartilage-  the 
pubis,  however,  has  only  a  membranous  connection  with  the 
ilium  (contra  Johnson).  In  the  course  of  development  the  distal 
ends  of  the  ischium  and  pubis  rotate  backwards  until  the  two 
elements  come  to  lie  substantially  parallel  to  the  ilium  (Figs. 
242  and  249).     The  displacement  of  the  ischium  and  pubis  may 


//. 


u^ 


'^lx'~^^'~^i''- 


/s.n. 


Is.  - 


Cr.N. 


oi.JV. 


Fig.  248.  —  Sagittal  section  of  the  right  half  of  the  body 
of  Lams  ridibundus,  to  show  the  composition  of  the  pel- 
vic girdle;  x  35.     Length  of  the  leg-bud  of  the  embryo, 
0.4  mm.     (After  Mehnert.) 
F.,  Femur,     cr.  N.,  Crural  nerve.     II.,  Ihum.      I.  s.,  Is- 
chium.    Is.  N.,  Ischial  nerve,     ob.  N.,   Obturator  nerve. 
P.,  Pubis. 

be  associated  wdth  the  upright  gait  of  birds;  it  is  fully  established 
on  the  eighth  day  in  the  chick.  The  mode  of  ossification,  which 
is  perichondral,  is  shown  in  Fig.  249. 

Later,  the  ilium  obtains  a  very  extensive  pre-  and  post- 
acetabular  union  with  the  vertebrae.  I  have  fomid  no  evidence 
in  a  complete  series  of  preparations  (potash)  of  attachment  by 
ribs  arising  as  indei^endent  ossifications.     The  ischium  also  fuses 


440 


THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF   THE   CHICK 


with  the  ventral  posterior  border  of  the  iUum,  and  the  pubis, 

except  at  its  anterior  and  posterior  ends,  with  the  free  border 

of  the  ischium. 

The  spina  iliaca,  a  pre-acetabular,  bony  process  of  the  ihum, 

requires  special  mention  in- 
asmuch as  it  has  been  inter- 
preted (by  Marsh)  as  the 
true  pubis  of  birds,  and  the 
element  ordinarily  named 
the  pubis  as  homologous  to 
the  post-pubis  of  some  rep- 
tiles. There  is  no  evidence 
for  this  in  the  development. 
The  spina  iliaca  develops  as 
a  cartilaginous  outgrowth  of 
the  ilium  and  ossifies  from 
the  latter,  not  from  an  inde- 
pendent center  (Mehnert). 

The  Leg-skeleton.  The 
skeleton  of  the  leg  develops 
from  the  axial  mesenchyme, 
which  is  at  first  continuous 
with  the  primordium  of  the 
pelvic  girdle.  In  the  process 
of  chondrification  it  seg- 
ments into  a  larger  number 
of  elements  than  found  in 
the  adult,  some  of  which  are 
suppressed  and  others  fuse 
together.  The  digits  grow 
out  from  the  palate-like  ex- 
pansion of  the  primitive 
limb  in  the  same  fashion  as 
in  the  wing.     In  general  the 

separate  elements  arise  in  the  proximo-distal  order  (Figs.  242  and 

249).. 

The  femur  requires  no  special  description;  ossification  begins 

on  the  ninth  day. 

The  primordium  of  the  fibula  is   from  the  first   more  slender 
than  that  of  the  tibia,  though  relatively  far  larger  than  the  adult 


Fig.  249.  —  Photograph  of  the  skeleton 

of  the  leg  of  a  chick  embryo  of  15  days' 

incubation.     Prepared    by  the   potash 

method.     (Preparation  and  photograph 

by  Roy  L.  Moodie.) 

1,  Tibia.  2,  Fibula.  3,  Patella.  4, 
Femur.  5,  Ilium.  6,  Pleurocentra  of 
sacral  vertebrae.  7,  Ischium.  8,  Pubis. 
9,  Tarsal  ossification.  10,  Second,  third, 
and  fourth  metatarsals.  11,  First  meta- 
tarsal. I,  II,  III,  IV,  First,  second,  third, 
and  fourth  digits. 


THE   SKELETON 


441 


fibula.  The  fibular  cartilage  extends  the  entire  length  of  the  crus, 
but  ossification  is  confined  largely  to  its  proximal  end;  on  the 
fourteenth  day  its  lower  half  is  represented  by  a  thread-like  fila- 
ment of  bone.  ' 

No  separate  tarsal  elements  are  found  in  the  adult;  but  in  the 
embryo  there  are  at  least  three  cartilages, 
viz.,  a  fibulare,  tibiale  and  a  large  distal 
element  opposite  the  three  main  metatar- 
sals. In  the  course  of  development,  the 
two  proximal  elements  fuse  with  one 
another,  and  with  the  distal  end  of  the 
tibia.  The  distal  element  fuses  with 
the  three  main  metatarsals,  first  with  the 
second,  then  with  the  fourth,  and  lastly 
with  the  third  (Johnson). 

Five  digits  are  formed  in  the  mem- 
branous stage  of  the  skeleton.  In  the 
case  of  the  fifth  chgit,  only  a  small  nodule 
of  cartilage  (fifth  metatarsal)  develops  and 
soon  disappears.  The  second,  third,  and 
fourth  are  the  chief  digits;  the  first  is 
relatively  small.  ^Metatarsals  2,  3,  and  4 
are  long  and  ossify  separately  in  a  peri- 
chondral fashion.  They  become  applied 
near  their  middle  and  fuse  with  one 
another  and  with  the  distal  tarsal  element 
to  form  the  tarso-metatarsus  of  the  adult 
(Fig.  250).  The  first  metatarsal  is  short, 
lying  on  the  preaxial  side  of  the  distal  end 
of  the  others  (Fig.  249);  it  ossifies  after 
the  first  phalanx.  The  number  of  pha- 
langes is  2,  3,  4,  and  5  in  the  first,  second,  third,  and  fourth  digits 
respectively  (Fig.  249). 

The  patella  is  clearly  seen  in  potash  preparations  of  thirteen-day 
chicks.  At  the  same  time  there  is  a  distinct,  though  iiiiiuite,  separate 
center  of  ossification  in  the  tarsal  region  (Fig.  249). 


Fig.  250.  —  Photograph 
of  the  skeleton  of  the 
foot  of  a  chick  embryo 
of  15  days'  incubation. 
(Preparation  and  pho- 
tograph by  Roy  L. 
Moodie) 

1, 2, 3, 4,  First,  second, 
third,  and  fourth  digits. 
M  2,  M  3,  M  4,  Second, 
third,  and  fourth  meta- 
tarsals. 


APPENDIX 


GENERAL   LITERATURE 

V.   Baer,  C.   E.,   L'eber  Entwickelurigsgeschichte  der  Tiere.      Beobachtung 

und  Reflexion.     Konigsbcrg,   1828  u.  1837. 

id.,  2.  Teil  —  Herausgegeben  von  Stieda.     Konigsberg,   1888. 
Duval,  Mathias,  Atlas  d'embryologie.     (With  40  plates.)     Paris,   1889. 
Foster,  M.,  and  Balfour,  F.  M.,  The  Elements  of  Embryology.      Second 

Edition  revised.     London,  1883. 
Gadow,  Hans,  Die  Vogel,  Bronn's  Klassen  und  Ordniingen  des  Thier-Reichs, 

Bd.  VI,  Abth.  4,  1898. 
Handbuch  der  vergleichenden  und  experimentellen  Entwickelimgslehre  der 

Wirbeltiere.      Edited  by  Dr.  Oskar  Hertwig  and  written  by  numerous 

collaborators.     Jena,   1901-1907. 
Hls,  W.,  LTntersuchungen  fiber  die  erste  Anlage  des  Wirbeltierleibes.     Die 

erste  Entwickelung  des  Hiihnchens  im  Ei.     Leipzig,  1868. 
Keibel,  F.,  and  Abraham,  K.,  Normaltafeln  zur  Entwickelungsgeschichte 

des  Huhnes  (Gallus  domesticus).     Jena,   1900. 
V.  KoLLiKER,  A.,  Entwickelungsgeschichte  des  Menschen  und   der  hoheren 

Thiere.     Zweite  Aufl.     Leipzig,  1879. 
Marshall,  A.  M.,  Vertebrate  Embryology.     A  Text-book  for  Students  and 

Practitioners.     (Ch.  IV,  The  Development  of  the  Chick.)     New  York 

and  London,  1893. 
MiNOT,  C.  S.,  Laboratory  Text-book   of    Embryology.     Philadelphia,   1903. 
Pander,  Beitrage  zur  Entwickelungsgeschichte  des  Hiihnchens  im  Ei.     Wiirz- 

burg,  1817. 
Prevost  et  Dumas,  Memoire  sur  le  developpement  du  poulet  dans  I'oeuf. 

Ann.  Sc.  Nat.,  Vol.  XII,  1827. 
Preyer,  W.,  Specielle  Physiologic  des  Embryo.     Leipzig,   1885. 
Remak,  R.,  Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Entwickelung  der  Wirbelthiere.     Ber- 
lin, 1855. 

LITERATURE  —  CHAPTER   I 

Bartelmez,  George  W.,  1912,  The  Bilaterality  of  the  Pigeon's  Egg.  A 
Study  in  Egg  Organization  from  the  First  Growth  Period  of  the  Oocyte 
to  the  Beginning  of  Cleavage.    Journ.  of  Morph.    Vol.  23.,  pp.  269-328. 

CoSTE,  M.,  Histoire  generale  et  particuliere  du  developpement  des  corps 
organises,  T.  I.  (Formation  of  Egg  in  Oviduct,  see  Chap.  VI).  Paris, 
1847-1849. 

D 'Hollander,  F.,  Recherches  sur  I'oogenese  et  sur  la  structure  et  la  signi- 
fication du  noyau  vitellin  de  Balbiani  chez  les  oiseaux.  Archiv.  d'anat. 
micr.,  T.  VII,  1905. 

Gegenbaur,  C,  Ueber  den  Bau  und  die  Entwickelung  der  Wirbeltiereier 
mit  partieller  Dottertheilung.     Archiv.  Anat.   u.   Phys.,    1861. 

443 


444  APPENDIX 

Glaser,  Otto,  1913,  On  the  Origin   of  Double-yolked   Eggs.     Biol.   Bull., 

Vol.  24,  pp.  175-186. 
HoLL,  M.,  Ueber  die  Reifung  der  Eizelle  des  Huhnes.     Sitzungsber.  Akad- 

Wiss.  Wien,  math.-nat.  KL,  Bd.  XCIX,  Abth.  Ill,  1890. 

V.  Nathusius,  W.,  Zur  Bildung  der  Eihiillen.     Zool.  Anz.  Bd.  XIX,  1896. 

Die  Entwickelung  von  Schale  und  Schalenhaut  des  Hiihnereies  im 

Ovidukt.     Zeitschr.  wiss.  Zool.,  Bd.  LV,  1893. 

Parker,  G.  H.,  Double  Hen's  Eggs.     American  Naturalist,  Vol.  XL.    1906. 

Pearl,  Raymond   and  Curtis,   M.  R,  1912,  Studies  on  the  Physiology  of 

Reproduction  in  the  Domestic  Fowl.    V.  Data  Regarding  the  Physiology 

of  the  Oviduct.     Journ.  of  Exp.  Zoology.     Vol.  12,  pp.  99-132. 
Riddle,  Oscar,   1911,  On  the    Formation,    Significance    and    Chemistry   of 

the  White  and  Yellow  Yolk  of  Ova.     Journ.  of  Morph.,  Vol.  22,  pp. 

455-490. 
SoNNENBRODT,  1908,     Die  Wachstunsperiode  der  Oocyte  des  Huhns.    Arch. 

f.  mikr.  Anat.  w.  Entw.  Bd.  72,  pp.  415-480. 
Waldeyer,    W.,    Die    Geschlechtszellen.      Handbuch   der   vergl.  und  exper. 

Entwickelungslehre  der  \Yirbeltiere.     Bd.  I,  T.  1,  1901. 

LITERATURE  —  CHAPTER   II 

Andrews,  E.  A.,  Some  Intercellular  Connections  in  an  Egg  of  a  Fowl.  The 
Johns  Hopkins  University  Circular.  Notes  from  the  Biological  Lab- 
oratory, March,  1907. 

Barfurth,  D.,  Versuche  iiber  die  parthenogenetische  Furchung  des  Hiihner- 
eies.    Arch.  Entw.-mech.,  Bd.  2,  1895. 

Blount,  Mary,  The  Early  Development  of  the  Pigeon's  Egg  with  Especial 
Reference  to  the  Supernumerary  Sperm-nuclei,  the  Periblast  and  the 
Germ-wall.     Biol.  Bull.,  Vol.  XIII,  1907. 

Duval,  M.,  De  la  formation  du  l^lastoderm  dans  Foeuf  d'oiseau.  Ann.  Sc. 
Nat.  Zool.,  Ser.  6,  T.  XVIII,  1884. 

Gasser,  E.,  Der  Parablast  und  der  Keimwall  der  Vogelkeimscheibe.     Sit- 
zungsber. der  Ges.  zur  Beford.  d.  ges.  Naturwiss.  zu  Marburg,  1883. 
Eierstocksei  und  Eileiterei  des  Vogels.     Ibid,  1884. 

Gotte,  a.,  Beitrage  zur  Entwickelungsgeschichte  der  Wirbeltiere,  II.  Die 
Bildung  der  Keimblatter  und  des  Blutes  im  Hiihnerei.  Archiv.  mikr. 
Anat.,  Bd.  X,  1874. 

Harper,  E.  H.,  The  Fertilization  and  Early  Development  of  the  Pigeon's 
Egg.     Am.  Jour.  Anat.,  Vol.  Ill,  1904. 

KiONKA,  H.,  Die  Furchung  des  Hiihnereies.     Anat.  Hefte,  Bd.  Ill,  1894. 

Lau,  H.,  Die  parthenogenetische  Furchung  des  Hiihnereies.  Inaug.  Dissert. 
Jurjew  —  Dorpat.,   1894. 

Oellacher,  J.,  Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Furchung  und  Blatterl)ildung  im 
Hiihnerei.     Studien  iiber  experimentelle   Pathologic  von  Strieker,  Bd 

I,  1869. 
Oellacher,  J.,  Die  Veranderungen  des  unbefruchteten  Keimes  des  Huhnereies 
im  Eileiter  und  bei   Bebriitungsversuchen.      Zeitschr.   wiss.   Zool.,   Bd. 
XXII,   1872. 


APPENDIX  445 

Patterson,  J.  Thomas,  Gastrulation  in  the  Pigeon's  Egg;   a  ^Morphological 

and  Experimental  Study.     The  Journ.  of  Morph.,  Vol.  29,  pp.  65-123, 

1909. 
Patterson,   J.  Thomas,   Studies  on  the   Early  Dev^elopment  of  the  Hen's 

Egg.     1.  History  of  the  Early  Cleavage  and  of  the  Accessory  Cleavage. 

The  Journ.  of  Morph.,  Vol.  21,  pp.  101-134,  1910. 
Rauber,    a.,    Ueber    die   Stellung   des    Hiihnchens    im    Entwicklungsplan. 

Leipzig,  1876. 
Sobotta,    J.,    Die    Reifung    und    Befruchtung    des    Wirbeltiereies.     Ergeb. 

Anat.  u.  Entwickelungsgesch.,  Bd.  V,  1895. 

LITERATURE  —  CHAPTER   III 

Edwards,  C.  L.,  The  Physiological  Zero  and  the  Index  of  Development  for 

the  Egg  of  the  Domestic  Fowl,  Gallus  Domesticus.     Am.  Journ.  Physiol., 

Vol.  VI,  1902. 
Eycleshymer,  a.  C,  Some  Observations  and  Experiments  on  the  Natural 

and  Artificial  Incubation  of  the  Egg  of  the  Common  Fowl.     Biol.  Bull., 

Vol.  XII,  1907. 
Fere,  Cm.,  Note  sur  I'influence  de  la  temperature  sur  I'incubation  de  I'oeuf 

de  poule.      Journ.  de  I'anatomie  et  de  la  physiologic,  Paris,  T.  XXX, 

1894. 

LITERATURE  —  CHAPTERS   IV   AND   V 

Assheton,  R.,  An  Experimental  Examination  into  the  Growth  of  the  Blasto- 
derm of  the  Chick.     Proc.  Roy.  Soc,  London,  Vol.  LX,  1896. 

Balfour,  F.  M.  The  Development  and  Growth  of  the  Layers  of  the  Blas- 
toderm.    Quar.  Jour.  Micr.  Sc,  Vol.  XIII,  1873. 

On  the  Disappearance  of  the  Primitive  Groove  in  the  Embryo  Chick. 
lUd. 

Balfour,  F.  M.,  and  Deighton,  A  Renewed  Study  of  the  Germinal  Layers 
of  the  Chick.     Quar.  Jour.  Micr.  Sc,  Vol.    XXII,   1882. 

DissE,  J.,  Die  Entwickelung  des  mittleren  Keimblattes  im  Hiihnerei.  Arch, 
mikr.  Anat.,  Bd.  XV,   1878. 

DuRSY,  Emil,  Der  Primitivstreif  des  Hiihnchens.     Lahr,  1866. 

Duval,  Mathias,  Etudes  sur  la  hgne  primitive  de  rembr3'on  du  poulet. 
Ann.  Sc.  Nat.  Zool.,  Ser.  6,  T.  VII,  1S7S. 

De  la  formation  du  blastoderm  dans  I'oiuf  d'oiseau.  Ann.  Sc.  Nat. 
Zool.,  Ser.  6,  T.  XVIII.     Paris,  1884. 

Evans,  Herbert  M.  On  the  Development  of  the  Aorta),  Cardinal  and 
UmbiUcal  Veins  and  other  Blood-vessels  of  Vertebrate  Embryos  from 
Capillaries.     Anatomical  Record.,  Vol.  3,  pp.  498-518,  1909. 

Fol,  H.,  Recherches  sur  le  developpement  des  protovertcbres  chez  I'embryon 
du  poulet.     Arch.  sc.  phys.  et  nat.  Geneve,  T.  II,  1884. 

Gasser,  Lieber  den  Primitivstreifen  bei  Vogelembryonen.  Sitz.-Ber.  d.  Gcs. 
z.  Beforcl.  d.  ges.  Naturw.  z.  Marburg,  1877. 

Der  Primitivestreif  bei  Vogelembryonen  (Huhn  w.  Gans).  Schriften 
d.  Ges.  z.  Beford.  d.  ges.  Naturw.  z.  Marburg,  Bd.  XI,  Suppl.  Heft  1, 
1879. 


446  APPENDIX 

Gasser,    Beitrage    zur    Kenntnis    der    Vogelkeimscheibe.     Arch.    Anat.    u 

Entw.,  1882. 

Der  Parablast  unci  der   Keimwall   der   Vogelkeimscheibe.     Sitz.-Ber. 

d.  Ges.  z.  Beford.  d.  ges.  Naturw.  z.  Marburg,  1883. 
GoETTE,    A.,    Beitrage    zur    Entwickelungsgeschichte    der    Wirbeltiere.     II. 

Die  Bildung  der  Keimblatter  und  des  Blutes  im  Hiihnerei.     Arch.  mikr. 

Anat.,   Bd.   X,   1874. 
Hertwig,  O.,  Die  Lehre  von  den  Keimblattern.     Handbuch  der  vergl.  und 

exper.   Entwickehuigslehre  der  Wirbeltiere.     Vol.   I.     Jena,    1903. 
His,    W.,    Der   Keimwall    des   Htihnereies   und    die    Entstehung   der   para- 

blastischen  Zellen.     Arch.  Anat.  und  Entw.,  Bd.  I,  1876. 

Neue    Untersuchung    liber  die    Bildung    des    Hiihnerembryo.     Arch. 

Anat.  und  Entw.,  1877. 

Lecithoblast     und     Angioblast     der     "Wirbelthiere.      Histogenetische 

Studien.      Abh.   der  math.-phys.  Klasse  der  Konigl.   Sachs.    Ges.   der 

Wissenschaften,  Bd.  XXVI.      Leipzig,  1900. 

Die   Bildung   der   Somatopleura   und   der   Gefasse    beim    Hiihnchen. 

Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  XXI,  1902. 
Hubbard,   M.  E.,   Some  Experiments  on  the  Order  of  Succession  of  the 

Somites  of  the  Chick.     Am.  Nat.,  Vol.  42,  pp.  466-471,  1908. 
Janosik,  J.,  Beitrag  zur  Kenntnis  des  Keimwulstes  bei  Vogeln.     Sitz-Ber- 

Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,   math.-phys.  KL,  Bd.  LXXXIV,   1882. 
Roller,  C,  Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  des  Hiihnerkeimes  im  Beginne  der  Be- 

briitung.     Sitzungsber.  Wien.  Akad.  Wiss.,  math.-nat.  KL,   1879. 
Untersuchungen    liber    die    Blatterbildung    im    Hlihnerkeim.      Arch. 

mikr.  Anat.,  Bd.  XX,   1881. 
V.  Kolliker,  a.,  Zur  Entwickelung  der  Keimblatter  im  Hiihnerei.     Verb. 

phys.-med.  Ges.  Wlirzburg,  Bd.  VIII,  1875. 
KopscH,FR.,Ueber  die  Bedeutung  des  Primitivstreifens  beim  Hiihnerembryo, 

und  liber  die  ihm  homologen  Theile  bei  den  Embryonen  der  niederen 

Wirbeltiere.     Intern.  Monatschr.  f.  Anat.  u.  Phys.,  Bd.  XIX,  1902. 
MiTROPHANOW,     P.     J.,     Teratogene    Studien.     II.     Experimentellen    Beo- 

bachtungen  liber  die  erste  Anlage  der  Primitivrinne  der  Vogel.     Arch. 

Entw.-mech.,  Bd.  VI,  1898. 

Beobachtungen    liber    die    erste     Entwickelung    der    Vogel.     Anat. 

Hefte,  Bd.  XII,  1899. 
Now^\cK,  K.,  Neue  Untersuchungen  liber  die  Bildung  der  beiden  primiiren 

Keimblatter   und   die   Entstehung   des   Primitivstreifen   beim   Hiihner- 
embryo.    Inaug.   Diss.     Berlin,    1902. 
Patterson,  J.  Thos.,  The  Order  of  Appearance  of  the  Anterior  Somites  in 

the  Chick.     Biol.  Bull.,  Vol.  XIII,  1907. 
Patterson,  J.  T.    An  experimental  Study  on  the  Development  of  the  Vascular 

Area  of  the  Chick  Blastoderm.     Biol.  Bull.  XVI,  pp.  83-90,  1909. 
Peebles,    Florence.     Some  Experiments  on  the  Primitive  Streak  of  the 

Chick.     Arch.  Entw.-mech.,  Bd.  VII,  1898. 

A  Prehminary  Note  on  the  Position  of  the  Primitive  Streak  and  its 

Relation  to  the  Embryo  of  the  Chick.     Biol.  Bull.,  Vol.  IV,  1903. 


APPENDIX  447 

Peebles,  Florence,  The  Location  of  the   Chick  Embryo  upon  the  Blasto- 
derm.    Journ.  Exp.  Zool.,  Vol.  I,  1904. 
Platt,  J.   B.,  Studies  on  the  Primitive  Axial  Segmentation  of  the  Chick. 

Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Harv.,  Vol.  17,  1889. 
Rabl,   C,    Theorie  des  Mesoderms.     Morph.    Jahrb.,    Bde.    XV  und   XIX, 

1889  and  1892. 
Rauber,   a.,   Primitivstreifen   und   Neurula  der  Wirbelthiere,   in   normaler 

und  pathologischer  Beziehung.     Leipzig,  1877. 

Ueber   die   embryonale   Anlage   des   Hiihnchens.     Centralb.   d.    med. 

Wiss.,  Bd.  XII,  1875. 

Ueber  die  erste  Entwickelung  der  Vogel  und  die  Bedeutung  der  Primi- 

tivrinne.     Sitz.-ber.  d.  naturf.  Ges.  zu  Leipzig,  1876. 
Rex,    Hugo,    Ueber   das   Mesoderm   des    Vorderkopfes  der   Ente.     Archiv. 

■    mikr.  Anat.,  Bd.  L.,  1897. 
RiiCKERT,  J.,  Entwickelung  der  extra-embryonalen  Gefasse  der  Vogel.     Hand- 

buch  der  vergl.  w.   exp.   Entw.-lehre   der   Wirbelthiere,    Bd.    I,    T.    1, 

1906. 

Ueber  die  Abstammung  der  bluthaltigen  Gefassanlagen  beim  Huhn, 

und  uber  die  Entstehung  des  Randsinus  beim  Huhn  und  bei  Torpedo. 

Sitzungsber.  der  Bay.  Akad.  Wiss.,   1903. 
ScHAUiNSLAND,   H.,   Bcitrage  zur  Biologie  und  Entwickelung  der  Hatteria 

nebst   Bemerkungen   uber   die    Entwickelung   der   Sauropsiden.     Anat. 

Anz.  XV,   1899. 
ViALLETOX,   Developpement  des  aortes  chez   I'embryon  de  poulet.     Journ. 

de  I'^nat.  T.  XXVIII,  1892.     See  also  Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  VII,  1892. 
ViRCHOW,    H.,    Der   Dottersack   des   Huhns.     Internat.    Beitrage   zur   wiss. 

Med.,  Bd.  I,   1891. 
Waldeyer,  W.,  Bemerkungen  uber  die  Keimblatter  und  den  Primitivstreifen 

bei  der  Entwickelung  des  Huhnerembryo.     Zeitschr.  rationeller  Medicin, 

1869. 
Whitman,  C.  O.,  A  Rare  Form  of  the  Blastoderm  of  the  Chick  and  its  Bearing 

on  the  Question  of  the  Formation  of  the  Vertebrate  Embryo.     Quar. 

Journ.  Micr.  Sc,  Vol.  XXIII,  1883. 
WiLLL\MS,  Leonard  W.     The  Somites  of  the  Chick.     Am.  Journ.  of  Anat., 

Vol.   11,  pp.  5.5-100,   1910. 

Literature  to  Chapter  VI  included  in  following  chapters. 

LITERATURE  —  CHAPTER   VII 

CHARBONNEiy-SALLE     ct     Phisalix,    De     I'evolution     postembryonnaire    du 

sac  vitellin  chez  les  oiseaux.     C.  R.  Acad.  Sc,  Paris,  1886. 
Dareste,  C,  Sur  I'absence  totale  de  I'amnios  dans  les  embryons  de  poule. 

C.  R.  Acad.  Sc,  Paris,  T.  LXXXVIII,  1879. 
Duval,   M.,    Etudes   histologiques   et   morphologiques   sur  les  annexes  des 

embryons  d'oiseau.     Journ.  de  I'anat,  et  de  la  phys.,  T.  XX,  1884. 
Etude   sur    I'origine   de   Tallantoide   chez    le   poulet.     Rev.   sc.    nat., 

Paris,  1877. 


448  APPENDIX 

Duval,  M.,  Sur  ime  organe  placentoide  chez  rembryon  des  oiseaux.     C.  R. 

Acad.  Sc,  Paris,  1884. 
Fromann,  C,  Ueber  die  Struktur  der  Dotterhaut  des   Huhnes.     Sitz.-ber. 

Jen.  Ges.  Medizin  u.  Naturw.,  1879. 
FuLLEBORN,  F.,  Beitrage  zur  Entwickelung  der  Allantois  der  Vogel.     Diss., 

Berlin,  1894. 
Gasser,  E.,  Beitrage  zur  Entwickelungsgeschichte  der  Allantois,  der  Miiller- 

schen  Gange  iind  des  Afters.      Frankfurt  a.  M.,  1874. 
GoTTE,  A.,  Beitrage  zur  Entwickelungsgeschichte  des  Darmkanals  im  Hiihn- 

chen.     Tubingen,  1867. 
HiROTA,  S.,  On  the  Sero-amniotic  Connection  and  the  Foetal  Membranes  in 

the  Chick.     Journ.  Coll.  Sc.  Imp.  Univ.  Japan,  Vol.  VI,  Part  IV,  1^94. 
LiLLiE,  Frank  R.,  Experimental  Studies  on  the  Development  of  the  Organs 

in  the  Embryo  of  the  Fowl  (Gallus  domesticus):  1.  Experiments  on  the 

Amnion  and  the  Production  of  Anamniote  Embryos  of  the  Chick.     Biol. 

Bull.,  Vol.  V,   1903.      2.   The  Development  of  Defective  Embryos  and 

the  Power  of  Regeneration.     Biol.  Bull.,  Vol.  VII,  1904. 
Mertens,  H.,  Beitrage  zur  Kenntniss  der  Fotushiillen  im  Vogelei.     Meckels 

Archiv,  1830. 
Mitrophanow,  p.  J.,  Note  sur  la  structure  et  la  formation  de  I'enveloppe 

du  jaune  de  I'ceuf  de  la  poule.     Bibliogr.  Anat.,  Paris,  1898. 
PopoFF,  Demetrius,  Die  Dottersackgefasse  des  Huhnes.     Wiesbaden,  1894. 
Pott,  R.,  and  Preyer,  W.,  Ueber  denGaswechsel  und  die  chemischen  Verander- 

ungen  des  Hiihnereies  wahrend  der  Bebriitung.     Archiv.  ges.  Phys.,  1882. 
Preyer,  W.,  Specielle  Physiologic  des  Embryo.     Leipzig,  1885. 
Ravn,  E.,  Ueber  die  mesodermfreie  Stelle  in  der  Keimscheibe  des  Huhner- 

embryo.     Arch.  Anat.  u.  Entw.,  1886. 

Ueber  den  Allantoisstiel  des  Hiihnerembryo.     Verh.  Anat.  Ges.,  1898. 
ScHAUiNSLAND,   H.,   Die  Entwickelung  der  Eihaute  der  Reptilien  und  der 

Vogel.     Handbuch  der  vergl.  und  exp.   Entw.-lehre  der  Wirbeltiere.   Bd. 

I,  T.  2,  1902. 

Beitrage  zur  Entwickelungsgeschichte  der  Wirbeltiere.  II.  Beitrage  zur 

Entwickelungsgeschichte    der    Eihaute    der    Sauropsiden.     Bibliotheca 

Zoologica,  1903. 
Schenk,  S.  L.,  Beitrage  zur  Lehre  vom  Amnion.     Archiv.  mikr.  Anat.,  Bd. 

VII,  1871. 

Ueber  die  Aufnahme  des  Nahrungsdotters  wahrend  des  Embryonal- 

lebens.     Sitz.-ber.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  math.-nat.  Kl.,  1897. 
Shore,  T.  W.,  and  Pickering,  J.  W.,  The  Proamnion  and  Amnion  in  the 

Chick.     Journ.  of  Anat.  and  Phys.,  Vol.  XXIV,  1889. 
Soboleff,  Die  Verletzung  des  Amnions  wahrend  der  Bebriitung.     Mittheil, 

embryolog.  Inst.,  Wien,  1883. 
Strahl,  H.,  Eihaute  und  Placenta  der  Sauropsiden.     Ergeb.  Anat.  u.  Entw.- 

gesch.,  Bd.  I,  1891. 
Stuart,  T.  P.  A.,  A  Mode  of  Demonstrating  the  Developing  Membranes  in 

the  Chick.     Journ.  Anat.  and  Phys.,  London,  Vol.  XXV,  1899. 
ViRCHOW,    H.,    Beobachtungen   am    Hiihnerei;   iiber   das    dritte    Keimblatt 

im  Bereiche  des  Dottersackes.     Virchow's  Arch.,  Bd.  LXII,  1874. 


APPENDIX  449 

ViRCHOW,  H.,  Ueber  das  Epithel  des  Dottersackes  im  Hiihnerei.    Diss.,  Berlin. 
1875. 

Der   Dottersack   des   Huhnes.      Internat.   Beitrage  zur  wissenschaft. 
Medizin,  Bd.  I,  1891. 

Das  Dotterorgan  der  Wirbeltiere.     Zeitschr.   wiss.    Zool.,    Bd.    LIII, 
Suppl.,  1892. 

Das  Dotterorgan  der  Wirbelthiere.     Arch.  mikr.  Anat.,  Bd.  XL,  1892. 
Dottersyncytium,  Keimhautrand  und  Beziehungen  zur  Koncrescenz- 
lehre.     Ergeb.  Anat.  u.  Entw.,  Bd.  VI,  1897. 

Ueber  Entwickelungsvorgange,  welche  sich  in   den   letzten   Bruttagen 
am  Hiihnerei  abspielen.     Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  IV,  BerHn,  1889. 
VuLPiAX,   La  physiologie   de  I'amnios  et   de  I'allantoide  chez    les    oiseaux. 

Mem.  soc.  biol.,  Paris,  1858. 
Weldox,  W.  F.  R.,  Prof,  de  Vries  on  the  Origin  of  Species.    (Includes  experi- 
ments on  amnion.)     Biometrica,  Vol.  I,  1902. 

LITERATURE  —  CHAPTER   VIII 

Beard,  J.,  Morphological  Studies,  II.     The  Development  of  the  Peripheral 

Nervous    System    of    Vertebrates.     Pt.    I.     Elasmobranchs    and    Aves. 

Quar.  Journ.  Micr.  Sc,  Vol.  XXIX,  1888. 
Beraneck,  E.,  Etudes  sur  les  replis  medullaires  du  poulet.     Recueil  Zool. 

Suisse,  Vol.  IV,  1887. 
Bethe,   Albrecht,   Allgemeine  Anatomic   und   Physiologie  des  Nervensys- 

tems.     Leipzig,  1903. 
Brandis,    F.,    Untersuchungen   iiber   das    Gehirn   der    Vogel.     Arch.    mikr. 

Anat.,  Bd.  XLI,  1893;  Bd.  XLIII,  1894;  Bd.  XLIV,  1895. 
Burrows,  Montrose   T.,   The   Growth  of  Tissues   of  the   Chick  Embryo 

Outside  the  Animal  Body,  with  Special  Reference  to  the  Nervous  System. 

Journ.  Exp.  Zoology,  Vol.  10,  pp.  63-83,  1911. 
Cajal,  S.  R.  y.,  Sur  I'origine  et  les  ramifications  des  fibres  nerveuses  de  la 

moelle  embryonnaire.     Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  V,  1890. 

A  quelle  epoque  aparaissent  les  expansions  des  cellules  nerveuses  de 

la  moelle  epiniere  du  poulet.     Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  V,  1890. 
Froriep,   a.,    Ueber  Anlagen   von   Sinnesorganen   am   Facialis,    Glossopha- 

ryngeus  und  Vagus,  iiber  die  genetische  Stellung  des  Vagus  zum  Hypo- 

glossus,  und  iiber  die   Herkunft  der  Zungenmuskulatur.     Arch.   Anat. 

u.  Entw.,  1885. 
Carpenter,  Frederick  Walton,  The  Development  of  the  Oculomotor  Nerve, 

the   Ciliary   Ganglion,    and   the   Abducent   Nerve   in   the   Chick.     Bull. 

Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Harv.  Vol.  XLVIII,  1906. 
DissE,  J.,  Die  erste  Entwickelung  des  Riechnerven.     Anat.  Hefte,  Abth.  I, 

Bd.  IX,  1897. 
GoLoviNE,  E.,  Sur  le  developpement  du  systeme  ganglionnaire  chez  le  poulet. 

Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  V,  1890. 
GoRONOwiTscH,  N.,  Die  axiale  und  die  laterale  (A.  Goette)  Kopfmetamerie 

der  Vogeleml^ryonen.      Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  VII,  1892. 

L'ntersuchungen  iiber  die  Entwickelung  der  Sogenannten  "  Ganglien- 

leisten  "  im  Kopfe  der  Vogelembryonen.      Morph.  Jahrb.,  Bd.  XX,  1893. 


450  APPENDIX 

Heinrich,   Georg,   Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Anlage  des  Grosshirns   beim 
Hiihnchen.     Sitz.-ber.  d.  Ges.  f.  Morph.  u.  Phys.  in  Munchen,  Bd.  XII, 

1897. 
Hill,   Charles,   Developmental  History  of  the  Primary  Segments  of  the 

Vertebrate  Head.     Zool.  Jahrbucher,  Abth.  Anat.  Bd.  XIII,   1900. 
His,  W.,  Die  Neuroblasten  und  deren  Entstehung  im  embryonalen  Mark. 

Abh.  math.-physik.  Klasse,  Konigl.  Sachs.  Ges.  Wiss.,  Bd.  XV,  1889. 
Histogenese  und   Zusammenhang  der  Nervenelemente.     Arch.  Anat. 
u.  Entw.,  Suppl.,   1890. 
Ueber  das  frontale  Ende  des  Gehirnrohres.   Arch.  Anat.  u.  Entw.,  1893. 
Ueber  das  frontale  Ende  und  iiber  die  natiirliche   Eintheilung   des 
Gehirnrohres.     Verh.  anat.  Ges.,  Bd.  VII,  1893. 
His,  W.  (Jr.)»  Ueber  die  Entwickelung  des  Bauchsympathicus  beim  Hiihn- 
chen und  Menschen.     Arch.  Anat.  u.  Entw.,  Suppl.,  1897. 
V.  KoLLiKER,  Ueber  die  erste  Entwickelung  der  Nervi  olfactorii.     Sitz.-ber. 

phys.  med.  Ges.  zu  Wiirzburg,  1890. 
V.  KuPFFER,  K.,  Die  Morphogenie  des  Centralnervensystems.     Handbuch  der 

vergl.  und  exp.  Entwickelungslehre  der  Wirbeltiere,  Kap.  VIII,  IP,  1905. 
Lewis,  M.  R.  and  Lewis,  W.  H.,  The  Cultivation  of  Tissues  from  Chick 

Embroyos  in  Solutions  of  NaCl,  CaCl2,  KCl  and  NaHCOg.     Anatomical 

Record,  Vol.  5,  pp.  277-293.    See  also  Anat.  Rec,  Vol.  6,  nos.  1  and  5,  1911. 
Marshall,  A.  M.,  The  Development  of  the  Cranial  Nerves  in  the  Chick. 

Quar.  Journ.  Micr.  Sc,  Vol.  XVIII,  1878. 

The  Segmental  Value  of  the  Cranial  Nerves.    Journ.  Anat.  and  Physiol., 

Vol.  XVI,  1882. 
v.  MiHALCOVics,  v.,  Entwickelungsgeschichte  des  Gehirns.     Leipzig,   1877. 
Onodi,  a.  D.,  Ueber  die  Entwickelung  des  sympathischen  Nervensy stems. 

Arch.  mikr.  Anat.,  Bd.  XXVI,  1886. 
Rabl,  C,  Ueber  die  IMetamerie  des  Wirbelthierkopfes.     Verh.  anat.  Ges., 

VI,  1892. 
RuBASCHKiN,  W.,  Ueber  die  Beziehungen  des  Nervus  trigeminus  zur  Riech- 

schleimhaut.     Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  XXII,   1903. 
Weber,  A.,  Contribution  a  Tetude  de  la  metamerism  du  cerveau  anterieur 

chez  quelques  oiseaux.     Arch,  d'anat.  microsc,  Paris,  T.  Ill,  1900. 
Van  Wijhe,  J.  W.,  L^eber  Somiten  und  Nerven  im  Kopfe  von  Vogel-  und 

Reptilien-embryonen.     Zool.  Anz.  Bd.  IX,  1886. 

Ueber   die   Kopfsegmente   und    das   Geruchsorgan   der   Wirbelthiere 

Zool.  Anz.,  Bd.  IX,  1886. 

LITERATURE  —  CHAPTER   IX 
Organs  of  Special  Sense 

A.    The  Eye 

Addario,  C,  Sulla  struttura  del  vitreo  embryonale  e  de'  neonati,  sulla  ma- 
trice  del  vitreo  e  suU'  origine  della  zonula.  Ann.  OttalmoL,  Anno  30, 
1901-1902. 


APPENDIX  451 

AddariOjC,  Ueber  die  Matrix  desGlaskorpers  im  menschlichen  und  thierischen 

Auge.     Vorlauf.  Mitth.  Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  XXI,  19(32. 
Agababow,    Untersuchiingen    iiber    die    Natur    der    Zonula    ciliaris.     Arch. 

mikr.  Anat.,  Bd.  L,  1897. 
Angelucci,  a.,  Ueber  Entwiekelung  und  Bau  des  vorderen  Uvealtractus  der 

Vertebraten.     Arch.  mikr.  Anat.,  Bd.  XIX,  1881. 
Arnold,  J.,  Beitrage  zur  Entwickekmgsgeschichte  des  Auges.     Heidelberg, 

1874. 
AssHETON,  R.,  On  the  Development  of  the  Optic  Nerve  of  Vertebrates,  and 

the  Choroidal  Fissure  of  Embryonic  Life.     Quar.  Journ.  Micr.  Sc,  Vol. 

XXXIV,  1892. 
Bernd,  Adolph  Hugo,  Die  Entwiekelung  des  Pecten  im  Auge  des  Hiihn- 

chens  aus  den  Blattern  der  Augenblase.      Bonn,   1905. 
Cajal,  S.  R.  y.,  Sur  la  morphologie  et  les  connexions  des  elements  de  la  retine 

des  oiseaux.     Anat.  Anz.  Bd.  IV,  1889. 

Sur  la  fine  structure  du  lobe  optique  des  oiseaux  et  sur  I'origine  reelle 

des  nerfs  optiques.     Int.  Monatschr.  Anat.  u.  Phys.,  Bd.  VIII,  1891. 
Cirincione,  G.,  Ueber  die  Entwiekelung  der  Capsula  perilenticularis.    Arch. 

Anat.  u.  Entw.,  Suppl.  Bd.,  Jahrg.  1897. 

Zur    Entwiekelung    des    Wirbeltierauges.      Ueber    die    Entwiekelung 

des  Capsula  perilenticularis.     Leipzig,  1898. 

Ueber  die  Genese  des  Glaskorpers  bei   Wirbelthieren.     Verh.   Anat. 

Ges.,  17.  Versamml.  in  Heidelberg,  1903. 
Collin,  R.,  Recherches  sur  le  developpement  du  muscle  sphincter  de  I'iris 

chez  les  oiseaux.     Bibliog.  Anat.,  T.  XII,  fasc.  V.     Paris,  1903. 
Froriep,  a.,  Ueber  die  Entwiekelung  des  Sehnerven.     Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  VI, 

1891. 

Die  Entwiekelung  des  Auges  der  Wirbeltiere.     Handb.  der  vergl.  u. 

exp.  Entw.-l.  der  Wirbeltiere,  Bd.  II,  1905. 
HuscHKE,  E.,  Lieber  die  erste  Entwiekelung  des  Auges  und  die  damit  zusam- 

menhangende  Cyklopie.      Meckel's  Arch.,  1832. 
Kessler,  L.,  Untersuchungen  liber  die  Entwiekelung  des  Auges,  angestellt 

am  Hiihnchen  und  Tauben.     Dissertation.     Dorpat,  1871. 

Die  Entwiekelung  des  Auges  der  Wirbelthiere.     Leipzig,  1877. 
V.  Kolliker,  a.,  LTeber  die  Entwiekelung  und  Bedeutung  des  Glaskorpers. 

Verh.  anat.  Ges.,  17.  Vers.  Heidelberg,  1903. 

Die  Entwiekelung  und   Bedeutung  des  Glaskorpers.     Zeitschr.   wiss. 

Zool.,  Bd.  LXXVII,  1904. 
V.  Lenhossek,  M.,  Die  Entwiekelung  des  Glaskorpers.     Leipzig,   1903. 
Lewis,  W.  H.,  Wandering  Pigmented  Cells  Arising  from  the  Epithelium  of 

the  Optic  Cup,  with  Observations  on  the  Origin  of  the  M.  Sphincter 

Pupillffi  in  the  Chick.     Am.  Journ.  Anat.,  Vol.  II,  1903. 
LocY,  W.  A.,  Contribution  to  the  Structure  and  Development  of  the  Ver- 
tebrate Head.     Journ.  Morph.,  Vol.  XI.     Boston,  1895. 

Accessory  Optic  Vesicles  in  the  Chick  Embryo.     Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  XIV, 

1897. 
NussBAUM,   M.,   Zur  Riickbildung  embryonaler  Anlagen.     (Corneal  papillae 

of  chick  embryos.)     Archiv.  mikr.  Anat.,  Bd.  LVII,   1901. 


452  APPENDIX 

NussBAUM,  M.,  Die  Pars  ciliaris  retinae  des  Vogelauges.    Arch.  mikr.  Anat.,  Bd. 

LVII,   1901. 

Die   Entwiekelung   der   Binnenmuskeln   des   Aiiges   der   Wirbeltiere. 

Arch.  mikr.  Anat.,  Bd.  LVIII,  1901. 
Rabl,  C,  Ziir  Frage  nach  der  Entwickehmg  des  Glaskorpers.     Anat.  Anz., 

Bd.   XXII,   1903. 

Ueber  den  Ban  und  die  Entwickehmg  der  Linse.     II.  Reptihen  imd 

Vogel.     Zeitschr.  wiss.  Zool.,  Bd.  LXV,  1899. 
Robinson,  A.,  On  the  Formation  and  Structure  of  the  Optic  Nerve,  and  its 

Relation  to  the  Optic  Stalk.     Journ.  Anat.  and  Phys.     London,  1896. 
SziLi,  A.V.  Beitrag  zur  Kenntniss  der  Anatomic  und  Entwickelungsgeschichte 

der  hinteren  Irisschichten,  etc.     Arch.  Opthalm.,  Bd.  LIII,  1902. 

Zur  Anatomic  und  Entwickelungsgeschichte  der  hinteren  Irisschich- 
ten, etc.     Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  XX,  1901. 

Zur  Glaskorperfrage.     Anat.  Anz.  Bd.  XXIV,  1904. 
ToRNATOLA,  Origiuc  et  nature  du  corps  vitre.   Rev.  gener.  d 'opthalm.    Annee 

14,  1897. 
UcKE,  A.,  Epithelreste  am  Opticus  und  auf  der  Retina.     Arch.  mikr.  Anat., 

Bd.  XXXVIII,  1891. 

Zur  Entw^ickelung  des  Pigmentepithels  der  Retina.     Diss,  aus  Dorpat. 

Petersburg,  1 89 1 . 
ViRCHOW,  H.,  Facher,  Zapfen,  Leiste,  Polster,  Gefasse  im  Glaskorperraum 

von  Wirbelthieren,  sowie  damit  in  Verbindung  stehenden  Fragen.     Er- 

gebn.  Anat.  u.  Entw.,  Bd.  X.     Berlin,  1900. 
Weysse,   a.   W.,  and   Burgess,   W.   S.,  Histogenesis  of  the  Retina.     Am. 

Naturalist,  Vol.  XL,  1906. 


B.    The  Nose 

Born,  G.,  Die  Nasenhohlen  und  der  Thranennasengang  der  amnioten  Wir- 

belthiere  II.  Morph.  Jahrb.,  Bd.  V,  1879;  Bd.  VIII,  1883. 
CoHN,   Franz,  Zur  Entwickelungsgeschichte  des  Geruchsorgans   des  Hiihn- 

chens.     Arch.  mikr.  Anat.,  Bd.  LXI,  1903. 
Dieulafe,  Leon,  Les  fosses  nasales  des  vertebres  (morphologic   et  embry- 

ologie).     Journ.  de  I'anat.  et  de  la  phys.,  T.  40  and  41,  1904  and  1905. 

(Translated  by  Hanau  W.  Loeb:  Ann.  of  Otol.,  Rhin.  and  Laryng.,  Mar., 

June  and  Sept.,  1900.) 
Disse,  J.,  Die  erste  Entwiekelung  des  Riechnerven.     Anat.  Hefte,  Bd.  IX, 

1897. 
Ganin,  M.,  Einige  Thatsachen  zur  Frage  iiber  das  Jacobsohn'sche  Organ  der 

Vogel.     Arb.  d.  naturf.   Ges.    Charkoff,    1890    (russisch).     Abstr.  Zool. 

Anz.,  1890. 
V.  KoLLiKER,  A.,  Ueber  die  Entwickehmg  der  Geruchsorgane  beim  Menschen 

und  Hiihnchen.     Wiirzburger  med.  Zeitschr.,  Bd.  I,  1860. 
V.  MiHALKOvics,  v.,  Nasenhohle  und  Jacobson'sche  Organ.     Anat.  Hefte, 

I.  Abth.,  Bd.  XI,  1898. 
Peter,  Karl,  Entwickehmg  des  Geruchsorgans  und  Jakobson'sche  Organs 

in    der   Reihe   der   Wirbeltiere.     Bildung   der   ausseren    Nase    und    des 


APPENDIX  453 

Gaumens.     Handbuch  der   vergl,  und  experiment.   Entwickelimgslehre 

der  Wirbeltiere.     IP,  1902. 
Preobraschensky,  L.,  Beitrage  zur  Lehre  liber  die  Entwiekelung  des  Ge- 

ruchsorganes  des  Huhnes.     Mitth.  embryol.  Inst.  Wien,  1892. 
PuTELLi,    F.,    Ueber   das    Verhalten   der    Zellen   der    Riechschleimhaut    bei 

Hiihnerembryonen  friiher  Stadien.     Mitth.  embr.  Inst.  Wien,   1889. 

C.    The  Ear 

Hasse,   C,   Beitrage  zur    Entwiekelung    der   Gewebe   der   hautigen    Vogel- 

schnecke.     Zeitschr.  wiss.  Zool.,  Bd.  XVII,  1867. 
HuscHKE,   Ueber  die  erste  Bildungsgeschichte  des  Auges  und  Ohres  beim 

bebriiteten  Hiihnchen.     Isis  von  Oken,  1831. 
Kastschenko,  N.,  Das  Schlundspaltengebiet  des  Hiihnchens.     Arch.  Anat. 

u.  Entw.,  1887. 
Keibel,  Ueber  die  erste  Bildung  des  Labyrinthanhanges.     Anat.  Anz.,  Bd. 

XVI,  1899. 
Krause,  R.,  Die  Entwickekmg  des  Aquaeductus  Vestibuh,  s.  Ductus  endo- 

lymphaticus.     Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  XIX,  1901. 

Die  Entwickekmgsgeschichte  des  hautigen  Bogenganges.     Arch.  mikr. 

Anat.,  Bd.  XXXV,  1890. 
MoLDENHAUER,  W.,  Die  Entwickcking  des  mittleren  und  des  ausseren  Ohres. 

Morph.  Jahrb.,  Bd.  Ill,  1877. 
PoLi,  C,  Sviluppo   della   vesicula  auditiva;    studio    morphologico.     Genoa, 

1896. 

Zur  Entwickekmg  der  Gehorblase  bei  den  WirbeUieren.     Arch.  mikr. 

Anat.,  Bd.  XLVIII,  1897. 
Retzius,  G.,  Das  Gehororgan  der  Wirbelthiere.     II.  Theil,  Reptihen  Vogel, 

Sanger.     Stockhokn.     1881-1884. 
RoTHiG,   p.,   und   Brugsch,   Theodor,   Die  Entwickekmg  des  Labyrintkes 

beim  Huhn.     Archiv.  mikr.  Anat.,  Bd.  LIX,  1902. 
RtJDiNGER,  Zur  Entwickekmg  des  hautigen  Bogenganges  des  inneren  Ohres. 

Sitzungsber.  Akad.  Miinchen,  1888. 

LITERATURE  —  CHAPTER   X 
The  Alimentary  Tract  and  Its  Appendages 

A.    The  Oral  Cavity  and  Organs 

Fraisse,   p.,   Ueber  Zahne    bei   Vogeln.     Vortrag,   geh.  in    der  phys.-med. 

Ges.  Wiirzburg,  1880. 
Gardiner,  E.  G.,  Beitrage  zur  Kenntniss  des  Epitrichiums  und  der  Bikkmg 

des  Vogelscknabels.     Inaug.  Dissert.    Leipzig,  1884.     Arch.  mikr.  Anat., 
Bd.  XXIV,  1884. 
Gauff,  E.,  Anat.   L^ntersuchungen  iiber  die  Nervenversorgung  der  Mund- 

und  Nasenhohledrusen  der  Wirbekiere.     Morph.  Jahrb.,  Bd.  XIV,  1888. 
GiACOMiNi,  E.,  Sulle  glanduH  sakvari  degk   uccelk.     Richerche  anatomico- 

embrologiche.     Monit.  zook  Itak,  Anno  1,  1890. 


454  APPENDIX 

GoppERT,  E.,  Die  Bedeutimg  der  Zunge  ftir  den  secundaren  Gaumen  und  den 

Ductus    naso-pharyngeus.     Beobachtungen   an    Reptilien    und    Vogeln. 

Morph.  Jahrb.,  Bd.  XXXI,  1903. 
Kallius,  E.,  Die  mediane  Thyreoideaanlage  und  ihre  Beziehung  zum  Tuber- 

culum  impar.     Verb.  anat.  Ges.,  17.  Vers.,  1903. 

Beitrage  zur  Entwickelung   der   Zunge.     Verb.  anat.  Ges.,  15.  Vers. 

Bonn,  1901. 
Manno,  Andrea,  Sopra  il  niodo  onde  si  perfora  e  scompare  le  membrana 

faringea   negli   embrioni   di   polio.     Richerche   Lab.   Anat.    Roma,    Vol. 

IX,  1902. 
Oppel,   a.,   Lehrbuch  der  vergleichenden  mikroskopischen  Anat.   der  Wir- 

beltiere.     Jena,  1900. 
Reichel,   p.,   Beitrag  zur  Morphologie  der  ^Mundhohlendriisen  der  Wirbel- 

thiere.     Morph.  Jahrb.,  Bd.  VIII,  1883. 
Rose,  C.,  Ueber  die  Zahnleiste  und  die  Eischwiele  der  Sauropsiden.     Anat. 

Anz.,  Bd.  VII,  1892. 
Sluiter,   C.   p.,   Ueber  den  Eizahn  und    die  Eischwiele  einiger  Reptilien. 

Morph.  Jahrb.,  Bd.  XX,  1893. 
Yarrell,  W.,  On  the  Small  Horny  Appendage  to  the  Upper  Mandible  in 

Very  Young  Chickens.     Zool.  Journal,  1826. 

B.    Derivatives  of  the  Emhryonic  Pharynx 

van  Bemmelen,  J.  F.,  Die  Visceraltaschen  und  Aortenbogen  bei  Reptilien 

und  Vogeln.     Zool.  Anz.,  1886. 
His,  W.,  Ueber    den    Sinus    praecervicalis    und    die    Thymusanlage.     Arch. 

Anat.  u.  Entw.,  1886. 

Schlundspalten  und  Thymusanlage.     Arch.  Anat.  u.    Entw.,  1889. 
Der  Tractus  Thyreoglossus    und    seine    Beziehung    zum    Zungenbein. 

Arch.  Anat.  u.  Entw.,  1891. 
Kastschenko,  N.,  Das  Schlundspaltengebiet  des  Hiihnchens.     Arch.  Anat. 

und  Entw.,  1887. 
LiESSNER,  E.,  Ein  Beitrag  zur  Kenntniss  der  Kiemenspalten  und  ihrer  An- 

lagen  bei  amnioten  Wirbelthieren.     Morph.  Jahrb.,  Bd.  XIII,  1888. 
Mall,  F.  P.,  Entwickelung  der  Branchialbogen  und  Spalten  des  Hiihnchens. 

Arch.  Anat.  und  Entw.,  1887. 
DE  Meuron,  p.,  Recherches  sur  le  developpement  du  thymus  et  de  la  glande 

thyreoide.     Dissertation,  Geneve,  1886. 
MiJLLER,  W.,  Ueber  die  Entwickelung  der  Schilddriise.     Jen.  Zeitschr.,  Bd. 

VI,  1871. 
Seessel,  a.,   Zur  Entwickelungsgeschichte  des  Vorderdarms.     Arch.  Anat. 

und  Entw.,  1877. 
Verdun,   M.   P.,   Sur   les  derives  branchiaux  du  poulet.     Comptes  rendus 

Soc.  Biol.,  Tom.  V.     Paris,  1898. 

Derives  branchiaux  chez  les  vertebres  superieurs.     Toulouse,  1898. 


APPENDIX  455 

C.    (Esophagus,  Stomach,  Intestine 

BoRNHAUPT,   Th.,   Uritersuchiingen  fiber  die  Entwickelung  des  Urogenital- 

systems  beim  Huhnchen.     Inaug.  Diss.     Riga,  1867. 
Cattaneo,  G.,  Intorno  a  un  recente  lavoro  sullo  stomaco  degli  iiccelli.    Pavia, 

1888. 

Istologia  e  sviluppo  del  apparato  gastrico  degli  uceelli.     Atti  della 

Soc.  Ital.  di  Sc.  Nat.,  Vol.  XXVII,  Anno  1884.     Milano,  1885. 
Cazin,   M.,    Recherches  anatomiques,    histologiques   et   embryologiques   sur 

I'appareil  gastrique  des  oiseaux.     Ann.  Sc.  Xat.  Zool.     7  ser.,  Tom.  IV, 

1888. 

Sur  le  developpement  embryonnaire  de  Testomac  des  oiseaux.     Bull. 

de  la  societe  philomathique  de  Paris.     7  ser.,  Tom.  XI,  Paris,  1887. 
Developpement  de  la  couehe  cornee  du  gesier  du  poulet  et  des  glandes 

qui  la  seeretent.     Comptes  rendus,  T.  CI,  1885. 
Cloetta,    M.,    Beit  rage   zur    mikroskopischen   Anatomic   des    Vogeldarmes. 

Archiv.  mikr.  Anat.,  Bd.  XLI,  1893. 
Fleischmaxx,  Albert,  Morphologische  studien  uber  Kloake  und  Phallus  der 

Amnioten.     III.  Die    Vogel,   von    Dr.   Carl    Pomayer.     Morph.  Jahrb., 

Bel.  XXX,  1902. 
Gasser,    E.,    Beitrage   zur   Entwiekelungsgeschichte   der   Allantois,    Miiller- 

schen  Gauge  und  des  Afters.     Frankfurt  a.  M.,  1893. 

Die  Entstehung  der  Kloakenoffnung  bei   Hiihnerembryonen.     Arch. 

Anat.  u.  Entw.,  1880. 
Maurer,    F.,    Die   Entwickelung   des    Darmsystems.     Handb.    d.   vergl.    u. 

exp.  Entw.-lehre  der  Wirbeltiere.     11^,  1902. 
v.  MiHALCovics,  v.,  Untersuchungen  liber  die  Entwickelung   des  Harn-  und 

Geschlechtsapparates    der    Amnioten.     Internat.    Monatschr.    Anat.    u. 

Phys.,  Bd.  II,  1885-1886. 
MiNOT,  C.  S.,  On  the  Solid  Stage  of  the  Large  Intestine  in  the  Chick.     Journ. 

Bos.  Soc.  Med.  Sc,  Vol.  IV,  1900. 
Pomayer,  Carl.     See  Fleischmann. 
Retterer,  E.,  Contributions  a  I'etude  du  cloaque  et  de  la  bourse  de  Fabricius 

chez  des  oiseaux.     Journ.  de  I'anat.  et  de  la  phys.     21  An.     Paris,  1885. 
Seyfert,  Beitrage  zur  mikroskopischen  Anatomic  und  zur  Entwiekelungs- 
geschichte der  blinden  Anhange  des  Darmcanals  bei  Kaninchen,  Taube 

unci  Sperling.     Inaug.  Diss.      Leipzig,  1887. 
ScHW^\RZ,  D.,  Untersuchungen  des  Schwanzendes  bei  den  Embryonen  der 

Wirbeltiere.     Zeitschr.  wiss.  Zool.,  Bd.  XL VIII,  1889. 
Stieda,  L.  LudwiG,  L^eber  den  Bau  und  die  Entwickelung  der  Bursa  Fabricii. 

Zeitschr.  wiss.  Zool.,  Bd.  XXXIV,  1880. 
Swenander,  G.,  Beitrage  zur  Kenntniss  des  Kropfes  der  Vogel.     Zool.  Anz., 

Bd.  XXIT,  1899. 
Weber,  A.,  Quelques  faits  concernant  le  developpement  de  Tintestin  moyen, 

et  de  ses  glandes  annexes  chez  les  oiseaux.   C.  R.  Soc.  Biol.,  T.  LIV.   Paris, 

1902. 
Wenckebach,  K.  F.,  De  Ontwikkeling  en  de  bouw  der  Bursa  Fabricii.     In- 
aug. Dissert.     Leiden,  1888. 


456  APPENDIX 

D.  Liver  and  Pancreas 

Bracket,  A.,  Die  Entwickelung  unci  Histogenese  der  Leber  und  des  Pancreas. 

Ergebnisse  d.  Anat.  u.  Entw.-gesch.,  1896. 
Brouha,  M.,  Recherches  sur  le  developpement  du  foie,  du  pancreas,  de  la 

cloison  mesenterique  et  des  cavites  hepato-enteriques  chez  les  oiseaux. 

Journ.  de  Tanat.  et  phys.,  T.  XXXIV.     Paris,  1898. 

Sur  les  premieres  phases  du  foie  et  sur  revolution  des  pancreas  ven- 

traux  chez  les  oiseaux.     Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  XIV,  1898. 
Choronschitzky,  B.,  Die  Entstehung  der  Milz,  Leber,  Gallenblase,  Bauch- 

speicheldriise  und  des  Pfortadersystems  bei  den  verschiedenen  Abthei- 

lungen  der  Wirbelthiere.     Anat.  Hefte,  Bd.  XIII,  1900. 
Felix,  W.,  Zur  Leber  und  Pancreasentwickelung.     Arch.  Anat.  u.  Entw.,  1892. 
Frobeen,  F.,  Zur  Entwickelung  der  Vogelleber.     Anat.  Hefte,  1892. 
GoTTE,   Alex.,    Beitrage  zur   Entwickelungsgeschichte  des  Darmcanals   im 

Huhnchen.     Tubingen,   1867. 
Hammar,  G.  a.,   Ueber  Duplicitat  ventraler  Pancreasanlage.     Anat.   Anz., 

Bd.  XIII,  1897. 

Ueber  einige  Hauptztige  der  ersten  embryonalen  Leberentwickelung. 

Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  XIII,  1897. 

Einige    Plattenmodelle   zur    Beleuchtung   der   fruheren   embryonalen 

Leberentwickelung.     Arch.  Anat.  u.  Entw.,  1893. 
MiNOT,  C.  S.,  On  a  Hitherto  Unrecognized  Form  of  Blood-Circulation  without 

Capillaries  in  the   Organs  of   Vertebrata.     Proc.   Boston  Soc.   of  Nat. 

Hist.,  Vol.  XXIX,  1900. 
ScHREiNER,  K.   E.,   Beitrage  zur  Histologic  und  Embryologie  des  Vorder- 

darms  der  Vogel.     Zeitschr.  wiss.  ZooL,  Bd.  LXVIII,  1900. 
Shore,  T.  W.,  The  Origin  of  the  Liver,  Journ.  of  Anat.  and  Phys.,  Vol.  XXV, 

1890-91. 
Saint-Remy,    Sur  le   developpement   du   pancreas   chez   les   oiseaux.     Rev. 

biol.  du  Nord  de  la  France.     Annee  V,  1893. 

E.  The  Respiratory  Tract 

Bar,  M.,  Beitrage  zur  Kenntniss  der  Anatomic  und  Physiologic  der  Athem- 
werkzeuge  bei  den  Vogeln.     Zeitschr.  wiss.  Zool.,  Bd.  LXI,  1896. 

Bertelli,  D.,  Sviluppo  de  sacchi  aeriferi  del  polio.  Divisione  della  cavita 
celomatica  degli  uccelli.  Atti  della  Societa  Toscana  di  scienze  natural! 
residente  in  Pisa.     Memorie,  Vol.  XVII,  1899. 

Blumsteix-Judina,  Beila,  Die  Pneumatisation  des  Markes  der  Vogelkno- 
chen.     Anat.  Hefte,  Abth.  I,  Bd.  XXIX  (Heft  87),  1905. 

Camp  ANA,  Recherches  d 'anatomic  de  physiologic,  et  d 'organogenic  pour  la 
determination  des  lois  de  la  genese  et  de  revolution  des  especes  ani- 
mals. I.  Memoire.  Physiologic  de  la  respiration  chez  les  oiseaux. 
Anatomic  de  I'appareil  pneumatique  puhnonnaire,  des  faux  diaphragmes, 
des  seremus  et  de  I'intestin  chez  le  poulet.     Paris,  Masson,  1875. 

Goeppert,  E.,  Die  Entwickelung  der  luftfiihrenden  Anhange  des  Vorder- 
darms.  Handbuch  d.  vergl.  u.  exp.  Entw.-lehre  der  Wirbeltiere,  Bd. 
II,  T.  1,  1902. 


APPENDIX  457 

LocY,  W.  A.  and  Larsell,  O.,  The  Embryology  of  the  Bird's  Lung,  Based  on 
Observations  of  the  Domestic  Fowl.  Am.  Journ.  of  Anat.,  Vol.  19, 
pp.  447-504,  and  Vol.  20,  pp.  1-44,  1916. 

Rathke,  M.  H.,  Ueber  die  Entwickelung  der  Atemwerkzeuge  bei  den  Vogeln 
und  Saugetieren.  Nov.  Act.  Acad.  Caes.  Leop.  Car.,  T.  XIV.  Bonn,  1828. 

Selenka,  E.,  Beitrage  zur  Entwickelungsgeschichte  der  Luftsiicke  des 
Huhnes.     Zeitschr.  wiss.  Zool.,  Bd.  XVI,  1866. 

Strasser,  H.,  Die  Luftsacke  der  Vogel.     Morph.  Jahrb.,  Bd.  Ill,  1877. 

Weber,  A.,  et  Buvignier,  A.,  Les  premieres  phases  du  developpement  du 
poumon  chez  les  embryons  de  poulet.  Comptes  rendus  hebd.  des  seances 
de  la  societe  de  Biologie,  Vol.  LV.     Paris,  1903. 

WuNDERLiCH,  L.,  Beitrage  zur  vergleichenden  Anatomie  und  Entwickelungs- 
geschichte des  unteren  Kehlkopfes  der  Vogel.  Nova  Acta  Acad.  Caes. 
Leop.  Carol.  Germanicae,  Bd.  XL VIII,  1884. 


LITERATURE  —  CHAPTER   XI 

Beddard,  F.  E.,  On  the  Oblique  Septa  ("Diaphragm"  of  Owen)  in  the  Pas- 
serines and  some  other  Birds.     Proc.  Zool.  Soc.     London,  1896. 

Bertelli,  D.,  Sullo  sviluppo  del  diaframma  dorsale  nel  Polio.  Nota  pre- 
ventiva.     Monit.  Zool.  Ital.,  Anno  IX,  1898. 

Contributo  alia  morfologia  ed  alio  sviluppo  del  diaframma  ornitico. 
Ibid.,  1898. 

Bracket,  A.,  Die  Entwickelung  der  grossen  Korperhohlen  imd  ihre  Tren- 
nung  von  einander,  etc.  Ergebnisse  d.  Anat.  u.  Entw.-gesch.,  Bd.  VII, 
1897. 

Broman,  Ivar,  Die  Entwickelungsgeschichte  der  Bursa  omentalis  und  ahn- 
licher  Recessbildungen  bei  den  Wirbeltieren.     Wiesbaden,  1904. 

B-ROUHA,  M.    See  Chap.  X. 

Butler,  G.  W.,  On  the  Subdivision  of  the  Body  Cavity  in  Lizards,  Croco- 
diles and  Birds.     Proc.  Zool.  Soc.     London,  1889. 

Choronschitzky,  B.      See  Chap.  X. 

Dareste,  C,  Sur  la  formation  du  mesentere  et  de  la  gouttiere  intestinale 
dans  Tembryon  de  la  poule.     Comptes  rendus,  T.  CXII,  1891. 

HocHSTETTER,  F.,  Die  Entwickelung  des  Blutgefasssystems.  Handbuch 
der  vergl.  und  exp.  Entw.-lehre  der  Wirbeltiere.     IIP,  1903. 

Janosik,  J.,  Le  pancreas  et  la  rate.  Bibliographic  Anat.  Annee  3.  Paris, 
1895. 

LocKWOOD,  C.  B.,  The  Early  Development  of  the  Pericardium,  Diaphragm 
and  Great  Veins.     Phil.  Trans.  Roy.  Soc,  London,  Vol.  CLXXIX,  1889. 

Mall,  F.  P.,  Development  of  the  Lesser  Peritoneal  Cavity  in  Birds  and 
Mammals.     Journ.  Morph.,  Vol.  V,  1891. 

Maurer,  F.,  Die  Entwickehmg  des  Darmsystems.  Handbuch  d.  vergl.  u. 
exp.  Entw.-lehre  d.  Wirbeltiere,  Vol.  II,   1906. 

Peremeschko,  LTeber  die  Entwickelung  der  Milz.  Sitzungsber.  d.  Akad.  d. 
Wiss.  in  Wien,  math.,  naturwiss.  Klasse,  Bd.  LVI,  Abth.  2,  1867. 

Ravn,  E.,  Die  Bildung  des  Septum  transversum  beim  Hiihnerembryo.  Arch. 
Anat.  u.  Entw.,   1896.     See  also  Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  XV,  1899. 


458  APPENDIX 

Reichert,    Entwickelungsleben   im   Wirbeltierreich.     Berlin,    1840. 
Remak,  Untersuchungen  liber  die  Entwickelung  des  Wirbeltierreichs,  p.  60, 

1850-1855. 
UsKOW,  W.,  Ueber  die  Entwickelung  des  Zwerchfells,  des  Pericardium  und 

des  Coeloms.     Arch.  mikr.  Anat.,  Bd.  XXII,  1883. 
WoiT,  O.,  Zur  Entwickelung  der  Milz.     Anat.  Hefte,  Bd.  IX,  1897. 

LITERATURE  —  CHAPTER   XII 

V.  Baer,  K.  E.,  Ueber  die  Kiemen  und  Kiemengefasse  im  den  Embryonen 

der  Wirbeltiere.     Meckel's  Archiv.,  1827. 
VAN  Bemmelen,  J.,  Die  Visceraltaschen  und  Aortenbogen  bei  Reptilien  und 

Vogeln.     Zool.  Anz.,  1886. 
Boas,   J.   E.    V.,   Ueber  die  Aortenbogen  der  Wirbeltiere.     Morph.   Jahrb., 

Bd.  XIII,  1887. 
Brouha.    See  Chap.  X. 
HocHSTETTER,   F.,   Die    Entw^ickelung   des   Blutgefasssystems   (des  Herzens 

nebst   Herzbeutel    und    Zwerchfell,    der    Blut-   und    Lymphgefasse,    der 

Lymphdriisen  und  der  Milz  in  der  Reihe  der  Wirbeltiere).     Handbuch 

der  vergl.  und  exp.  Entwickelungslehre  der  Wirbeltiere.     IIP,   1903. 
Beitrage  zur  Entwickelungsgeschichte  des  Venensystems  der  Amnioten. 

I.  Hiihnchen.     Morph.  Jahrb.,  Bd.  XIII,  1888. 

Ueber  den  Ursprung  der  Arteria  Subclavia  der  Vogel.     Morph.  Jahrb, 

Bd.  XVI,  1890. 

Entwickelung  des  Venensystems  der  Wirbeltiere.     Ergeb.  der  Anat. 

u.  Entw.,  Bd.  Ill,  1893. 
HuscHKE,  E.,  Ueber  die  Kiemenbogen  und  Kiemengefasse  beim  bebriiteten 

Hiihnchen.     Isis,  Bd.  XX,  1827. 
Langer,  a.,  Zur  Entwickelungsgeschichte  des  Bulbus  cordis  bei  Vogeln  und 

Saugetieren.     Morph.  Jahrb.,  Bd.  XXII,  1894. 
LiNDES,  G.,  Ein  Beitrag  zur  Entwickelungsgeschichte  des  Herzens.     Disser- 
tation.    Dorpat,   1865. 
LocY,  W.  A.,  The  Fifth  and  Sixth  Aortic  Arches  in  Chick  Embryos  with 

Comments  on  the  Condition  of  the  Same  Vessels  in  other  Vertebrates. 

Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  XXIX,  1906. 
Mackay,  J.  Y.,  The  Development  of  the  Branchial  Arterial  Arches  in  Birds, 

with  Special  Reference  to  the  Origin  of  the  Subclavians  and  Carotids. 

Phil.  Trans.  Roy.  Soc,  London,  Vol.  CLXXIX,  1889. 
Masius,  J.,  Quelques  notes  sur  le  developpement  du  coeur  chez  le  poulet. 

Arch.  Biol.,  T.  IX,  1889. 
Miller,  W.  S.,  The  Development  of  the  Postcaval  Veins  in  Birds.     Am. 

Journ.  Anat.,  Vol.  II,  1903. 
PopoFF,  D.,  Die  Dottersackgefasse  des  Huhnes.     Wiesbaden,  1894. 
Rathke,   H.,   Bemerkungen  iiber  die  Entstehung  der  bei  manchen  Vogeln 

und  den  Krokodilen  vorkommenden  unpaaren  gemeinschaftlichen  Carotis. 

Arch.  Anat.  u.  Phys.,  1858. 
Rose,  C,   Beitrage  zur  vergleichenden  Anatomie  des  Herzens  der  Wirbel- 
tiere.    Morph.  Jahrb.,  Bd.  XVI,  1890. 


APPENDIX  459 

Rose,  C,  Beitrage  zur  Entwickelungsgeschichte  des  Herzens.     Inaug.  Dissert. 

Heidelberg,  1888. 
ToNGE,  Morris,  On  the  Development  of  the  Semilunar  Valves  of  the  Aorta 

and  Pulmonary  Artery  of  the  Chick.     Phil.  Trans.  Roy.  Soc,  London, 

Vol.  CLIX,  1869. 
Twining,  Granville  H.,  The  Embryonic  History  of  the  Carotid  Arteries 

in  the  Chick.     Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  XXIX,  1906. 
ViALLETON,   L.,   Developpement  des  aortes  posterieures  chez  I'embryon  de 

poulet.     C.  R.  Soc.  Biol.,  T.  III.     Paris,  1891. 

Developpement    des    aortes    chez    Tembryon    de    poulet.     Journ.    de 

Tanat.  et  phys.,  T.   XXVIII,    1892. 
ZucKERKANDL,  E.,  Zur  Anat.  und  Entwickelungsgeschichte  der  Arterien  des 

Unterschenkels  und  des  Fusses.     Anat.  Hefte,  Bd.  V,  1895. 

Zur  Anatomie   und    Entwickelungsgeschichte   der   Arterien  des   Vor- 

derarmes.     Anat.  Hefte,  Bd.  IV,  1894. 

LITERATURE  —  CHAPTER   XIII 

Abraham,    K.,    Beitrage    zur    Entwickelungsgeschichte    des    Wellensittichs. 

Anat.  Hefte,  Bd.  XVII,  1901. 
Balfour,  F.  M.,  On  the  Origin  and  History  of  the  Urogenital  Organs  of 

Vertebrates.     Journ.  of  Anat.  and  Physiol.,  Vol.  X,  1876. 
Balfour  and  Sedgwick,  On  the  Existence  of  a  Rudimentary  Head  Kidney 

in  the  Embryo  Chick.     Proc.  R.  Soc,  London,  Vol.  XXVII,  1878. 
On  the  Existence  of  a  Head  Kidney  in  the  Embryo  Chick  and  on 

Certain  Points  in  the  Development  of  the  Miillerian  Duct.     Quar.  Journ. 

Micr.  Sc,  Vol.  XIX,  1879. 
BoRNHAUPT,  Th.,  Zur  Entwickelung  des  Urogenitalsystems  beim  Huhnchen. 

Inaug.  Diss.     Dorpat,  1867. 
Brandt,  A.,  Ueber  den  Zusammenhang  der  Glandula  suprarenalis  mit  dem 

parovarium    resp.    der    Epididymis    bei    Hiihnern.     Biolog.    Centralbl., 

Bd.  IX,  1889. 

Anatomisches  und   allgemeines   liber   die   sog.   Hahnenfedrigkeit   und 

liber  anderweitige  Geschlechtsanomalien  der  Vogel.     Zeitschr.  wiss.  Zool., 

Bd.  XL VIII,  1889. 
Felix,    W.,    Zur    Entwickelungsgeschichte    der    Vorniere    des    Huhnchens- 

Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  V,  1890. 
Felix  und  Buhler,   Die  Entwickelung  der  Ham-  und  Geschlechtsorgane. 

].  Abschnitt — Die  Entwickelung  des  Harnapparates,  von  Prof.  Felix. 

Handbuch  der  vergl.  u.  exper.  Entw.-lehre  der  Wirbeltiere,  HIS  1904. 
FiRKET,  Jean,  Recherches  sur  I'organogenese  des  glands  sexuelles  chez   les 

oiseaux.    Arch,  de  Biol.  Tome  29,  pp.  201-351.    PI.  5,  1914. 
FuRBRiNGER,  M.,  Zur  vcrgleichendeu  Anatomie  und  Entwickelungsgeschichte 

der  Excretionsorgane  der  Vertebraten.     Morph.  Jahrb.,  Bd.  IV,  1878. 
Fusari,  R.,    Contribution  a  I'etude  du  developpement  des  capsules  surre- 

nales  et  du  sympathetique  chez  le  poulet  et  chez  les  mamniiferes.    Ar- 
chives. Hal.  de  biologic,  T.  XVI,  1892. 


460  APPEXDIX 

Gasser,  E.,  Beitrage  zur  Entwickelungsgeschichte  der  Allantois,  der  Muller- 

schen  Gange  imd  des  Afters.     Frankfurt  a.  M.,  1874. 

Die    Entstehung    des    Wolff'schen    Ganges    beim    Huhn.     Sitz.-ber. 

Naturf.  Ges.,  Marburg,  Jahrg.  1875. 

Beobachtungen    uber    die    Entstehung    des    Wolff'schen    Ganges    bei 

Embryonen  von  Hiihnern  und  Gansen.     Arch.  mikr.  Anat..  Bd.  XIV,  1877. 
Gasser,  E.,  und  Siemmerling,  Beitrage  zur  Entwickekmg  des  Urogenitalsys- 

tems  bei  den  Huhnerembryonen.     Sitz.-ber.  Naturf.  Ges.,  Marburg,  1879. 
Gerhardt,  U.,  Zur  Entwickelung  der  bleibenden  Niere.     Arch.  mikr.  Anat., 

Bd.  LVII,  1901. 
HocHSTETTER,  F.,  Zur Morphologie  der  Vena  cava  inferior.   Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  Ill, 

1888. 
Hoffmann,  C.  K.,  Etude  sur  le  developpement  de  I'appareil  urogenital  des 

oiseaux.      Verhandelingen  der  Koninklyke  Akademie  van  Wetenschap- 

pen.     Amsterdam,  Tweede  Sectie,  Vol.  I,  1892. 
Janosik,  J.,  Bemerkungen  iiber  die  Entwickelung  der  Nebennieren.     Archiv. 

mikr.  Anat.,  Bd.  XXII,  1883. 

Histologisch-embryologische    Untersuchungen     iiber    das    Urogenital- 

system.     Sitzungsber.    Akad.    Wiss.    Wien,    math.-nat.    Kl.,    Bd.    XCI, 

3.  Abth.,  1885. 
KosE,  W.,  Ueber  die  Carotisdriise  und  das  "Chromaffine  Gewebe"  der  Vogel. 

Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  XXV,  1904. 
KowALEvsKY,  R.,  Die  Bildung  der  Urogenitalanlage  bei  Huhnerembryonen. 

Stud.  Lab.  Warsaw  Univ.,  II,  1875. 
KuPFFER,  C,  Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Entwickelung  des  Harn-  und   Ge- 

schlechtssystems.     Arch.  mikr.  Anat.,  Bd.  I,  1865;  and  ibid.  Bd.  II,  1866. 
V.    MiHALCOVics,    v.,    Untersuchungen    iiber    die    Entwickelung    des    Harn- 

und    Geschlechtsapparates    der    Amnioten.     Intern.    Monatschr.    Anat. 

und  Phys.,  Bd.  II,  1885-1886. 
Miner viNi,   R.,  Des   capsules   surrenales:    Developpement,    structure,  fonc 

tions.     Journ.  de  Tanat.  et  de  la  phys,  An.  XL.     Paris,  1904. 
NussBAUM,  M.,  Zur  Differenzierung  des  Geschlechtes  im  Thierreich.     Arch. 

mikr.  Anat.,  Bd.  XVIII,  1880. 

Zur  Entwickelung  des  Geschlechts  beim  Huhn.  Verh.  anat.  Ges.,  Bd 

XV,  1901. 

Zur    Riickbildung    embryonaler    Anlagen.     Arch.    mikr.    Anat.,    Bd 

LVII,  1901. 

Zur   Entwickelung   des   Urogenitalsystems   beim   Huhn.     C.    R.    Ass. 

d.  An.  Sess.,  5.     Liege,  1903. 
Poll,     H.,    Die    Entwickelung    der    Nebennierensysteme.     Handbuch    der 

vergl.  und  exper.  Entwickelungslehre  der  Wirbeltiere.     III^   1906. 
Prenant,  a.,  Remarques  a  propos  de  la  constitution  de  la  glande  genitale 

indifferente   et   de   I'histogenese   du   tube   seminifere.     C.  R.  Soc.   biol., 

Ser.  9,  T.  II,  1890. 
Rabl,  H.,  Die  Entwickelung  und  Struktur  der  Nebennieren  bei  den  Vogeln. 

Arch.  mikr.  Anat.,  Bd.  XXXVIII,  1891. 
Renson,  G.,  Recherches  sur  le  rein  cephalique  et  le  corps  de  Wolff  chez  les 

oiseaux  et  les  mammiferes.     Arch.  mikr.  Anat.,  Bd.  XXII,   1883. 


APPENDIX  461 

RucKERT,    J.,    Entwickelung   der   Excretionsorgane.     Ergebnisse   der   Anat. 

u.  Entw.-gesch.,  Bd.  I,  1892. 
ScHREixER,   K.  E.,  Ueber  die  Entwickelung  der  Amniotenniere.     Zeitschr. 

wiss.  Zool.,  Bd.  LXXI,  1902. 
Sedgwick,  A.,  Deve  opment  of  the  Kidney  in  its  Relation  to  the  Wolffian 
Body  in  the  Chick.      Quart.  Journ.  IMicr.  Sc,  Vol.  XX,  1880. 

On  the  Early  Development  of  the  Anterior  Part  of  the  Wolffian  Duct 
and  Body  in  the  Chick,  together  with  Some  Remarks  on  the  Excretory 
System  of  Vertebrata.     Quart.  Journ.  Micr.  Sc,  Vol.  XXI,  1881. 
Semon,  Richard,  Die  indifferente  Anlage  der  Keimdriisen  beim  Htihnchen 
und  ihre  Differenzierung  zum  Hoden.     Jen.  Zeitschr.  Naturwiss.,   Bd. 
XXI,  1887. 
SouLiE,  E.   H.,  Recherches   sur   le  developpement  des  capsules  surrenales 
chez  les  vertebres  superieurs.     Journ.     de  I'anat.     et  phys.,  Paris,  An. 
XXXIX,  1903. 
Swift,   Charles   H.,  Origin  and  Early   History  of  the  Primordial   Germ- 
Cells   in  the   Chick.      American  Journal  of  Anat.,  Vol.  15,  pp.  483- 
516,  1914. 

Origin  of  the  Definitive  Sex-Cells  in  the  Female  Chick  and  their 
Relation  to  the  Primordial  Germ-Cells.  ib.  Vol.  18,  pp.  441-470, 
1915. 

Origin  of  the  Sex-Cords  and   Definitive  Spermatogonia  in  the  Male 
Chick,  ib.  Vol.20,  pp.  375-410,  1916. 
Waldeyer,    W.,   Eierstock  und  Ei.     Ein  Beitrag  zur  Anatomie  und  Ent- 

wickelungsgeschichte  der  Sexualorgane.     Leipzig,  1870. 
Weldon,   On   the    Suprarenal    Bodies  of   Vertebrates.     Quar.   Journ.   Micr. 
Sc,  Vol.  XXV,  1884. 

LITERATURE  —  CHAPTER   XIV 

Agassiz,  L.,  On  the  Structure  of  the  Foot  in  the  Embryo  of  Birds.     Proc 

Boston  Soc  Nat.  Hist.,  1848. 
Bizzozero,  G.,  Neue  Untersuchungen  iiber  den  Bau  des  Knochenmarks  der 

Vogeln.     Arch.  mikr.  Anat.,  Bd.  XXXV,  1890.     See  also  Arch.  Ital.  de 

Biol.,  T.  XIV,  1891. 
Blu.mstein-Judixa,   Beila,  Die  Pneumatisation  des  Markes  der  Vogelkno- 

chen.     Anat.  Hefte,  Abth.  I,  Bd.  XXIX,  1905. 
Bracket,  A.,  Etude  sur  la  resorption  de  cartilage  et  le  developpement  des 

OS  longs  chez  les  oiseaux.     Internat.  Monatschr.  Anat.  und  Phys.,  Bd. 

X,  1893. 
Braun,  M.,  Entwickelung  des  Wellenpapageis.     Arb.  Zool.  Zoot.  Inst.  Wiirz- 

burg,  Bd.  V,  1881. 
Brulle  et  HuGUENY,  Developpement  des  os  des  oiseaux.     Ann.  Sc.  Nat., 

Ser.  Ill,  Zool.  T.  IV,1845. 
BuNGE,  A.,  Untersuchungen  zur  Entwickelungsgeschichte  des  Beckengiirtels 

der  Amphibien,  Reptilien  und  Vogel.     Inaug.  Diss.     Dorpat.  1880. 
CuviER,  Extrait  d'un  memoire  sur  les  progres  de  I'ossification  dans  le  sternum 

des  oiseaux.     Ann.  des  Sc  Nat.,  Ser.  I,  Vol.  XXV,  1832. 
V.  Ebner,  v.,  Ueber  die  Beziehungen  der  Wirbel  zu  den  LTrwirbel.     Sitzungsber. 

d.  k.  Akad.  d.  Wiss.  Wien,  math.-naturwiss.  Kl.,  Bd.  CI,  3.  Abth..  1892. 


462  APPENDIX 

Urwirbel     und     Neugliederiing     der     Wirbelsaule.     Sitzungsber.    d.    k. 

Akad.  d.  Wiss.  Wien,  Bd.  XCVII,  3.  Abth.     Wien,  1889,  Jahrg.,  1888. 
Froriep,    a.,    Zur    Entwickelungsgeschichte    der    Wirbelsaule,    insbesondere 

des  Atlas  und  Epistropheus  und  der  Occipitalregion.     I.  Beobachtungen 

an  Hiihnerembryonen.     Arch.  Anat.  u.  Entw.,  1883. 
Gaupp,  E.,  Die  Entwickelung  des  Kopfskelettes.     Handbuch  der  vergl.  u. 

exper.  Entw.-lehre  der  Wirbeltiere,  Bd.  3,  1905. 

Die  Entwickelung  der  Wirbelsaule.     Zool.  Centralbl.,  Jahrg.  Ill,  1896. 
Die  Metamerie  des  Schadels.     Ergeb.  der  Anat.  u.  Entw.,  1897. 
Gegenbaur,    C,    Untersuchungen    zur    vergl.    Anat.    der    Wirbelsaule    bei 

Amphibien  und  Reptilien.     Leipzig,   1864. 

Beitrage  zur  Kenntniss  des  Beckens  der  Vogel.     Eine  vergleichende 

anatomische  Untersuchung.  Jen.  Zeitschr.  Med.  u.  Naturw.,  Bd.  VI,  1871. 
Die  Metamerie  des  Kopfes  und  die  Wirbeltheorie  des  Kopfskelettes, 

im  Lichte  der  neueren  Untersuchungen  betrachtet  und  gepriift.     Morph. 

Jahrb.,  Bd.  XIII,  1888. 
GoETTE,   A.,   Die  Wirbelsaule  und  ihre  Anhange.     Arch.   mikr.  Anat.,   Bd. 

XV,  1878. 
Hepburn,  D.,  The  Development  of  Diarthrodial  Joints  in  Birds  and  Mam- 
mals.    Proc.  R.  Soc.  Edinb.,  Vol.  XVI,  1889.     Also  in  Journ.  of  Anat. 

and  Phys.,  1889. 
Jager,   G.,   Das  Wirbelkorpergelenk  der    Vogel.     Sitzungsber.  Akad.  Wien, 

Bd.  XXXIII,  1858. 
Johnson,   Alice,   On  the  Development  of  the  Pelvic  Girdle  and  Skeleton 

of  the  Hind  Limb  in  the  Chick.     Quar.  Journ.  Micr.  Sc,  Vol.  XXIII, 

1883. 
KuLCZYCKi,  W.,  Zur    Entwickelungsgeschichte    des   Schultergiirtels   bei    den 

Vogeln    mit    besonderer    Berucksichtigung   des   Schliisselbeines    (Gallus, 

Columba,  Anas).     Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  XIX,  1901. 
Leighton,  V.  L.,  The  Development  of  the  Wing  of  Sterna  Wilsonii.     Am. 

Nat.,  Vol.  XXVIII,  1894. 
LuHDER,   W.,  Zur  Bildung  des  Brustbeins  und   Schultergiirtels  der  Vogel. 

Journ.  Ornith.,  1871. 
Mannich,    H.,    Beitrage   zur   Entwickelung   der   Wirbelsaule   von   Eudyptes 

chrysocome.     Inaug.  Diss.     Jena,  1902. 
Mehnert,    Ernst,   LTntersuchungen   liber   die   Entwickelung   des   Os   Pelvis 

der  Vogel.     Morph.  Jahrb.,  Bd.  XIII,  1887. 

Kainogenesis    als    Ausdruck    differenter    phylogenetischer   Energieen. 

Morph.  Arb.,  Bd.  VII,  1897. 
Morse,  E.  S.,  On  the  Identity  of  the  Ascending  Process  of  the  Astragalus 

in  Birds  w'ith  the  Intermedium.     Anniversary  Mem.  Boston  Soc.  Nat. 

Hist.,  1880. 
Norsa,   E.,  Alcune  richerche  sulla  morphologia  dei  membri  anteriori   degli 

uccelli.     Richerche  fatte  nel  Laborat  Anatomico  di  Roma  e  alti  labora- 

tori  biologici,  Vol.  IV,  fasc.  I.  Abstract  in  French  in  Arch.  Ital.  biol., 

T.  XXII,  1894. 
Parker,  W.  K.,  On  the  Structure  and  Development  of  the  Skull  of  the  Com- 
mon Fowl  (Gallus  domesticus).     Phil.  Trans.,  Vol.  CLIX,   1869. 


APPEXDIX  463 

Parker,   W.  K.,   On  the  Structure  and  Development  of  the  Birds'  Skull. 

Trans.  Linn.  Soc,  1876. 

On  the  Structure  and  Development  of  the  Wing  of  the  Common  Fowl. 

Phil.  Trans.,  1888. 
Remak,  R.,  Untersuchungen  liber  die  Entwickelung  der  Wirbeltiere.     Berlin, 

1850-1855. 
Rosenberg,  A.,  Ueber  die  Entwickelung  des  Extremitiitenskelets  bei  einigen 

durch  die  Reduction  ihrer  Gliedmaassen  charakteristischen  Wirbeltiere. 

Zeitschr.  wiss.  ZooL,  Bd.  XXIII,  1873. 
ScHAUiNSLAND,   H.,   Die   Entwickelung  der   Wirbelsaule   nebst   Rippen  und 

Brustbein.     Handbuch  der  vergl.   und  exper.   Entw.-lehre  der  Wirbel- 
tiere, Bd.  Ill,  T.  2,  1905. 
Schenk,   F.,   Studien  liber  die   Entwickelung  des    knochernen  Unterkiefers 

der  Vogel.     Sitzungsber.  Akad.  Wien,  XXXIV  Jahrg.,   1897. 
Schultze,    O.,    Ueber    Eml^ryonale    und    bleibende    Segmentirung.     Verh. 

Anat.  Ges.,  Bd.  X.     Berlin,  1896. 
Stricht,  O.  van  der,  Recherches  sur  les  cartilages  articulaires  des  oiseaux. 

Arch,  de  biol.,  T.  X,  1890. 
SuscHKiN,  P.,  Zur  Anatomic  und  Entwickelungsgeschichte  des  Schadels  der 

Raub vogel.     Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  XI,  1896. 

Zur   Morphologic   des   Vogelskeletts.     (1)    Schadel   von   Tinnunculus. 

Nouv.  Mem.  Soc.  Imp.  des  X'atur.  de  Moscow,  T.  X\T,  1899. 
ScHWARCK,   W.,   Beitrage  zur  Entwickelungsgeschichte  der  Wirbelsaule  bei 

den  Vogeln.     Anat.  Studien  (Herausgeg.  v.  Hasse),  Bd.  I,  1873. 
WiEDERSHEiM,  R.,  Ucbcr  die  Entwickelung  des  Schulter-  und  Beckenglirtels. 

Anat.  Anz.,  Bd.  IV,  1889,  and  V,  1890. 
WiJHE,  J.  W.  VAN,  Ueber  Somiten  und  Nerven  im  Kopfe  von  Vogel-  und 

Reptilienembryonen.     Zool.  Anz.,  Jahrg.  IX,  1886. 


INDEX 


Abducens  nerve,  267 

Abducens  nucleus,  262,  263 

Abnormal  eggs,  2.5 

Accessory  cleavage  of  pigeon's  egg, 
38,  43,  44 

Accessory  mesenteries,  340,  341 

Acustico-facial  ganglion  complex,  159 
160,  262,  268 

Air-sacs,  326,  330,  331 

Albumen,  18 

Albumen-sac,  217,  224 

Albuginea  of  testis,  397 

Alecithal  ova  (see  isolecithal) 

Allantois,  blood-supply  of,  222;  gen- 
eral, 217;  inner  wall  of,  220;  neck 
of,  143,  144,  316;  origin  of,  143, 
144;  outer  wall  of,  220;  rate  of 
growth,  221;  structure  of  inner 
wall,  223;  structure  of  outer  wall, 
223 

Amnion,  effect  of  rotation  of  em- 
bryo on,  140,  141,  142;  functions 
of,  231;  head  fold  of,  137,  139; 
later  history  of,  231;  mechanism 
of  formation,  139,  140;  muscle 
fibers  of,  231;  origin  of,  135;  sec- 
ondary folds  of,   142 

Amnio-cardiac  vesicles,  92,  116 

AmpuUse  of  semicircular  canals,  291 

Anal  plate,  143,  182 

See  also  cloacal  membrane 

Angioblast,  88 

Anterior  chamber  of  eye,  278 

Anterior  commissure  of  spinal  cord, 
origin  of,  244 

Anterior  intestinal  portal,  95  (Fig. 
49),  121,  132 

Anterior  mesenteric  artery,  363 

Aortic  arches,  198,  199,  203,  358- 
362 ;  transformations  of,  359-361 

Appendicular  skeleton,  434 

Aqueduct  of  Sylvius,  251. 

Archenteron,  55 

Area  opaca,  39,  50,  61,  86;  pellu- 
cida,  39,  50,  61;  vasculosa,  61,  86; 
vitellina,  61,  62,  86 

Arterial  system,  121,  126,  198,  199, 
203,  204,  228,  358-363 

Atlas,  development  of,  420 

Atrium  bursse  omentalis,  344 


Auditory  nerve,  295;  ossicles,  299, 
432;  pit,  168 

Auricular  canal,  354 

Auriculo- ventricular  canal,  348;  di- 
vision of,  355 

Axis,  development  of,  420 

Axones,  origin  of,  235 

Basilar  plate,  429 

Beak,  302,  304 

Biogenesis,  fundamental  law  of,  4 

Blastoderm,    17;  diameter    of    unin- 

cubated,  61;  expansion  of,  50,  53, 

61 
Blastopore,  55,  82 
Blood-cells,  origin  of,  118 
Blood-islands,  origin  of,  86,  89 
Blood-vessels,  origin  of,  118 
Body-cavity,  115,  205-210,  333 
Bony  labyrinth,  296 
Brain,    primary    divisions    of,     108; 

early   development    of,    147,    156; 

later  development  of,  244-252 
Branchial  arch,  first,  skeleton  of,  432 
Bronchi,  325,  326 
Bulbus  arteriosus,  198,  201,  202,  348; 

fate  of,  357 
Bursa  Fabricii,  314,  317,  319 
Bursa  omenti  ma j  oris,  344 
Bursa  omenti  minoris,  344 

Canal  of  Schlemm,  279 

Cardinal  veins,    anterior,    200,    204, 

205,  363;  posterior,  200,  204,  205, 

368 
Carina  of  sternum,  427 
Carotid  arch,  361 
Carotid,  common,  362;  external  359, 

361 ;  internal,  359-361 
Carpus,  436,  437 
Cartilage,  absorption  of,  408;  bones, 

definition,      407;  calcification     of, 

409 
Caval  fold,  344 
Cavo-coeliac  recess,  344 
Cavum  sub-pulmonale,  342 
Cell-chain  hypothesis,  255 
Cell  theory,  \ 

Central  and  marginal  cells,  41,  42 
Central  canal  of  spinal  cord,  242 


465 


466 


INDEX 


Cerebellum,  155,  251 

Cephalic  mesoblastic  somites,  108, 
269,  428 

Cerebral  flexures,  149,  245 

Cerebral  ganjilia,  157-162,  262 

Cerebral  hemispheres,  origin  of,  151; 
(see   telencephalon) 

Cervical  flexure,  133,  245 

Chalazee,  18 

Chemical  composition  of  parts  of 
hen's  egg,  20,  21 

Chiasma  opticus,  154,  249 

Choanal,  215,  285 

Chondrification,  408 

Chorion,  135,  217,  218,  220 

Choroid  coat  of  eye.  279;  fissure, 
166,  281 ;  plexus,  248 

Chromaffin  tissue,  404 

Chronology,  64 

Cilary  processes,  272,  274 

Circulation  of  blood,  121,  122,  197- 
200,  372-376 

Circulation  of  blood,  changes  at 
hatching,  376;  completion  of 
double,  355 

Classification  of  stages,  64-67 

Clavicle,  434,  435 

Cleavage  of  ovum  (hen),  39-43 

Cleavage  of  ovum  (pigeon),  43-47 

Cloaca,  314-319;  (see  hind-gut) 

Cloacal  membrane,  315,  318;  (see 
also  anal  plate) 

Coeliac  artery,  363 

Coelome  (see  body-cavity) 

Coenogenetic  aspects  of  develop- 
ment, 6 

Collaterals,  origin  of,  238 

Collecting  tubules  of  mesonephros, 
379,  380 

CoUiculus  palato-pharyngeus,   398 

Commissura  anterior,  252;  inferior, 
252 ;  posterior,  252 ;  trochlearis,  252 

Concrescence,  theory  of,  82,  84 

Cones  of  growth,  235 

Conjunctival  sac,  279 

Coprodseum,  315,  318,  319 

Coracoid,  434,  435 

Cornea,  278 

Corpus  striatum,  247 

Corpus  vitreum,  275 

Cortical  cords  of  suprarenal  cap- 
sules, 405 

Cranial  flexure,  133,  245;  nerves,  261 

Cristse  acusticse,  295 

Crop,  312 

Crural  veins^  372 

Cushion  septum,  355 

Cuticle  of  sheU,  17 

Cutis  plate,  185,  188 


Delimitation  of  embryo  from  blas- 
toderm, 91 

Dendrites,  origin  of,  236 

Determinants,  7 

Diencephalon,  early  development  of, 
152;  later  development  of,  249 

Dorsal  aorta,  origin  of,  121 

Dorsal  longitudinal  fissure  and  sep- 
tum of  spinal  cord,  243,  244 

Dorsal  mesentery,  172,  342 

Duct  of  Botallus,  359,  361,  376 

Ducts  of  Cuvier,  200,  204,  207,  361 

Ductus  arteriosus  (see  duct  of  Bo- 
talus)  ;  choledochus  (common  bile- 
duct),  181,  321;  cochlearis,  293; 
cystico-entericus,  321 ;  endolymph- 
aticus,  169,  289;  hepato-cysticus, 
321;  hepato-entericus,  321;  veno- 
sus  (see  meatus  venosus) 

Duodenum,  310,  311 

Ear,  later  development  of,  288 

Ectamnion,  138 

Ectoderm  and  entoderm,  origin  of,  52 

Ectoderm  of  oral  cavity,  limits  of, 
301 

Egg,  formation  of,  22,  24,  25 

Egg-tooth,  302,  303 

Embryonic  circulation,  on  the  fou.rth 
day,  372-374;  on  the  sixth  day, 
374;  on  the  eighth  day,   374-376 

Embryonic  membranes,  diagrams  of, 
219,  220;  general,  216;  origin  of, 
135;  summary  of  later  historj^,  145 

Endocardium,  origin  of,  119 

Endolymphatic  duct  (see  ductus 
endolymphaticus) 

Endolymphatic  sac  (see  saccus  endo- 
lymphaticus) 

Entobronch;,  327,  328 

Entoderm,  origin  of,  52 

Ependyma,  origin  of,  239 

Epididymis,  391,  398 

Epiphysis,  153,  249 

Epiphyses  (of  long  bones),   409 

Epistropheus,  development  of,  420 

Epithalamus,  251 

Epithelial  ceUs  of  neural  tube,  233, 
234 

Epithelial  vestiges  of  visceral  pouches 
309 

Epoophoion,  401 

Equatorial  ring  of  lens,  277-278 

Excentricity  of  cleavage,  41,  47 

Excretory   system,   origin  of,    190 

External  auditory  meatus,  297,  300 

External  form  of  the  embryo,  211 

Eye,  early  development  of,  164; 
later  development  of,  271 

Eyelids,  279-280 


INDEX 


467 


Facial  region,   development   of   the, 

214,  215,  216 
Facialis  nerve,  268 
Facialis  nucleus,  262,  263 
Femur,  440 
Fertilization,  35 
Fibula,  440 

First  segmentation  nucleus,  36 
Fissura  metotica,  429 
Foetal  development,  11 
Fold  of  the  omentum,  344,  345 
Follicles  of  ovary,  22,  26,  27,  28,  30, 

400 
Follicular  cells,  origin  of,  27,  400 
Foramen,  interventricular,  353,  354; 

of  Monro,   247;  of  Winslow,   343; 

ovale,  355 
Foramina,  interauricular,  355 
Fore-brain,  origin  of,  108 
Fore-gut,  91,  9'3,  172 
Formative  stuffs,   15 
Funiculi  prajcervicales,  307 

Gall-bladder,  321 

Ganglia,  cranial  and  spinal,  156; 
cranial,  157,  158,  159,  262;  spinal, 
later  development  of,  254,   257 

Ganglion,  ciliare,  266;  geniculatum, 
268;  jugulare,  268;  olfactorium 
nervi  trigemini,  264;  nodosum, 
161,  268 ;  ~  petrosum,  161,  268;  of 
Remak,  257 

Gastric  diverticula  of  body-cavity, 
340 

Gastrulation,  53,  84 

Genetic  restriction,  law  of,  8 

Genital  ducts,   development  of,   401 

Germ-cells,  general  characters  of, 
9-12;  comparison  of,  12-14 

Germ-wall,  47,  48,  69,  90,  128,  129 

Germinal  cells  of  neural  tube,  233, 
234 

Germinal  disc,  11,  12,  35,  37,  39 

Germinal  epithelium,   391,   392,   399 

Germinal  vesicle,  27,  28 

Gizzard,   313,   314 

Glomeruli  of  pronephros,  192 

Glossopharyngeus,  ganglion  complex 
of,  161,  262,  268;  nerve,  268;  nu- 
cleus, 262,  263 

Glottis,  332 

Gray  matter  of  spinal  cord,  develop- 
ment of,  240;  origin  of,  239 

Haemal  arch  of  vertebrae,  416,  417 

Harderian  gland,  280 

Hatching,  232 

Head,  development  of,  213 

Head-fold,  origin  of,  91 

Head  process,  73,  80 


Heart,  changes  of  position  of,  348, 
349;  development  on  second  and 
third  days,  200-203;  divisions  of 
cavities  of,  350 ;  ganglia  and  nerves 
of,  259;  later  development  of,  348; 
origin  of,   119 

Hensen's  knot,  73 

Hepatic  veins,  366 

Hepatic  portal  circulation,  366,  375 

Hermaphroditism  of  embryo,  391 

Heterotaxia,  133 

Hiatus  communis  recessum,  343 

Hind-brain,  origin  of,  108 

Hind-gut,  143,  172 

Hind-limbs,  origin  of  skeleton,  438 

Hoffmann's  nucleus,  240 

Holoblastic  ova,  11,  12 

Humerus,  436 

Hyoid  arch,  175:  skeleton  of,  432 

Hyomandibular  cleft,  174,  297 

Hypoglossus  nerve,  269 

Hypophysis,  154,  249 

Hypothalamus,  251 

Ilium,  438,  439 

Incubation,  normal  temperature  for, 
65,  66 

Indifferent  stage  of  sexual  organs, 
391 

Infundibulum  (of  brain),  154,  249 

Infundibulum  (of  oviduct).  See  os- 
tium tubae  abdominale 

Interganglionic  commissures,  156 

Intermediate  cell-mass,   114,   190 

Interventricular  sulcus,  348,  353 

Intervertebral  fissure,  412 

Intestine,  general  development  of, 
310.  311 

Iris,  272 :  muscles  of,  273,  274 

Ischiadic  veins,  372 

Ischium,  438,  439 

Isolecithal  ova,  11 

Isthmus,  of  brain,  155;  of  oviduct,  22 

Jacobson,  organ  of,  286 
Jugular  vein,  363 

Kidney,  capsule  of,  390;  permanent, 
384-389;  secreting  tubules  of,  390 

Lagena,  293 

Lamina  terminalis,  105,  152,  247,  248 

Larva,  11 

Laryngotracheal    groove,    178,    331, 

332 
Ijarynx,  332 
Latebra,   1 9 

Lateral  plate  of  mesoblast,  115 
Lateral  tongue  folds,  305 
Lens,   166,  276-278 


468 


INDEX 


Lenticular  zone  of  optic  cup,  271 

Lesser  peritoneal  cavity,  344 

Ligamentum  pectinatuni  iridis,  279 

Limiting  sulci,  130 

Lingual  glands,  30G 

Lip-grooves,  304 

Liver,  histogenesis  of,  323;  later  de- 
velopment of,  319-323;  origin  and 
early  development  of,  179,  180, 
181 ;  origin  of  lobes  of,  322 ;  pri- 
marv  ventral  ligament  of,  335 

Lungs,^  178,  326 

Macula  utriculi,   sacculi,  etc.,  295 

Malpighian  corpuscles  (mesonephric) 
origin  of,  195 

Mammillae  of  shell,  17 

Mandibular  aortic  arch,  121,  122, 
203,  204 

Mandibular  arch,  skeleton  of,  431 

Mandibular  glands,  306 

Mantle  layer  of  spinal  cord,  origin 
of,  239 

Margin  of  overgrowth,  52,  57 

Marginal  notch,  60,  84,  85 

Marginal  velum,  235 

Marrow  of  bone,  origin  of,  410 

Maturation  of  ovum,  32 

Meatus  venosus,   199,  364,  366,  368 

Medullary  cords  of  suprarenal  cap- 
sules, 405,  406 

Medullary  neuroblasts  of  brain,  262 

Medullary  plate,  95;  position  of  an- 
terior end  of,  in  neural  tube,  102, 
103 

Megaspheres,  59 

Membrana  reuniens,  418 

Membrane  bones,  definition  of,  407 

]\Iembranes  of  ovum,  10 

Membranous  labyrinth,  289 

Meroblastic  ova,  11 

Mesencephalon,  108,  155,  251 

Mesenchyme,  definition  of,  116 

Mesenteric  artery,  363 

Mesenteric  vein,  366,  367 

Mesenteries,  333 

Mesentery,  dorsal,  172,  342;  of  the 
vena  cava  inferior,  341 

Mesoblast,  gastral,  110;  of  the  head, 
origin  of,  116,  117;  history  of  be- 
tween 1  and  12  somites,  109;  lat- 
eral plate  of,  110,  115;  of  opaque 
area,  origin  of,  86,  88;  origin  of, 
74,  78;  paraxial,  110;  prostomial, 
110;  somatic  layer  of,  115;  splanch- 
nic layer  of,  115 

Mesobronchus,  326,  327 

Mesocardia  lateralia,  200,  207,  334, 
337 

Mesocardium,  origin  of,  120 


Mesogastrium,  309,  342,  343 
Mesonephric  arteries,  363 
Mesonephric  mesentery,  341 
Mesonephric    tubules,    formation   of, 

195 
Mesonephric  ureters,  380 
Mesonephros,   later  history  of,   378; 

origin  and   early  history  of,    194- 

197;  see  ^^'olffian  body 
Mesothalamus,  251 
Mesothelium,  definition  of,  116 
Metacarpus,  436,  437,  438 
Metamorphosis,  11 
Metanephros,  384-389 
Metatarsals,  441 
Metathalamus,  251 
Metencephalon,  155,  251 
Mid-brain  (see  Mesencephalon) 
Mid-gut,  172,  181,  310 
Mouth,  301 
Miillerian    ducts,    391;  degeneration 

in  male,  402,  403;  origin  of,  401, 

402,  403 
Muscles  of  iris,  274 
Muscle  plate,  185,  186 
Myelencephalon,  155,  252 
Myocardium,  origin  of,  119 
Myotome,  188 

Nares,  286 

Nephrogenous    tissue,    195,    378;  of 

metanephros,  384,  387 
Nephrotome,  114,  190 
Neural  crest,  156 
Neural  folds,  97,  99 
Neural  groove,  97 
Neural  tube,  95,  105 
Neurenteric  canal,  73,  82 
Neuroblasts,    233-239;  classes   of,  in 

spinal  cord,  244 
Neurocranium,  427,  428 
Neuroglia  cells,  origin  of,  239,  240 
Neuromeres,   108,   148,   152,   155 
Neurone  theory,  236,  255,  256 
Neuropore,  101,  105 
Notochord,     later    development     of, 

411  ff;  oriirin  of,  80;  in  the  region 

of  the  skull,  428 

Oblicjue  septum,  331,  342 
Oculo-motor  nerve,     265;  nucleus, 

262,  263 
Odontoid  process,   origin  of,   420 
(Esophagus,   179,  310,  312 
Olfactory  lobe;  247 
Olfactory  nerve,  263 
Olfactory  pits,  169,  285 
Olfactory  A'estibule,  285 
Omentum,  development  of,  343 
Omphalocephaly,  120 


INDEX 


469 


Omphalomesenteric  arteries,  199,363; 
veins,  364-366 

Ootid,  14 

Opaque  area,  see  area  opaca 

Optic  cup,  165,  271 ;  lobes,  251 ;  nerve, 
2S3,  284,  285;  stalk,  149,  164,  284, 
285;  vesicles,  accessory,  164 

Optic  vesicles,  primary,  108,  164; 
secondary,  166 

Ora  serrata,  272 

Oral  cavity,  215,  216,  301 

Oral  glands,  306 

Oral  plate,  95,  173 

Orientation  of  embryo  on  yolk,  25,  63 

Ossification,  408-411;  endochondral, 
409;  perichondral,   408 

Ostium  tubse  abdominale,  23 ;  devel- 
opment of,  402,  403;  relation  to 
pronephros,  402 

Otocyst,  168;  later  development  of, 
289;  method  of  closure,  168 

Ovary,  22,  398-401;  degeneration  of 
right,  398 

Oviducal  membranes  of  ovum,  10 

Oviduct,  22;  later  development  of, 
403 

Ovocyte,  13,  26,  27 

Ovogenesis,  12,  26 

Ovogonia,  12,  26 

Ovum,  2.  10;  bilateral  symmetry  of, 
15;  follicular  membrane  of,  10;  or- 
ganization of,  14;  polarity  of,  14 

Palate,  285,  299 

Palatine  glands,  306 

Palingenetic  aspects  of  development, 

6 
Pancreas,  181,  323-325,  347 
Pander's  nucleus,   19 
Papilla;  conjunctivie  sclerse,  280 
Parabronchi,  328 
Parachordals,  428,  429 
Paradidvmis,  391,  398 
Paraphysis,  248 
Parencephalon,  108,  153,  249 
Parietal  cavity,    92,    116,    207,    208, 

333,   334 
Paroophoron,  401 
Pars  copularis  (of  tongue),  305 
Pars  inferior  iabyrinthi,   289,.  293 
Pars  superior  lal)yrinthi,  2S9,  291 
Parthenogenetic  cleavage,  35 
Patella,  441 
Pecten,  281,  282 
Pectoral  girdle,  434-436 
Pellucid  area  (see  area  pellucida) 
Pelvic  girdle,  438-440 
Periaxial  cords,  158,  159,  161 
Pericardiaco-peritoneal      membrane, 

338 


Pericardial  and  pleuroperitoneal  cav- 
ities, separation  of,  333 

Pericardium,  closure  of  dorsal  open- 
ing of,  337;  formation  of  mem- 
branous, 338;  see  parietal  cavity. 

Periblast,  38,  43,  47;  marginal  and 
central  48;  nuclei,  origin  of,  47,  48 

Perichondrium,  408 

Periderm,  304 

Perilymph,  296,  297 

Periosteum,  409 

Peripheral  nervous  system,  develop- 
ment of,  252 

Pfliiger,  cords  of,  399 

Phseochrome  tissue,  404 

Phalanges,  436,  438;  of  foot,  441;  of 
wing,  438 

Pharynx,  derivatives  of,  306;  early 
development  of,  93-95,  173;  post- 
branchial  portion  of,  178 

Phvlogenetic  reduction  of  skeleton, 
411 

Physiological  zero  of  development,  65 

Physiology  of  development,  6 

Pineal  bodv,  153,  249 

Placodes,  160,  161 

Pleural  and  peritoneal  cavities,  sep- 
aration of,  340 

Pleural  grooves,  208,  209 

Pleuro-pericardial  membrane,   338 

Pleuroperitoneal  membrane,  326; 
septum,  340,  341 

Plica  encephali  ventralis,   149,  245 

Plica  mesogastrica,  341,  344,  368 

Pneumato-enteric  recesses,  209,  340 

Pneumatogastric  nerve,  268 

Polar  bodies,  13,  34 

Polyspermy,  35,  36,  37 

Pons,  252 

Pontine  flexure,  149,  245 

Postanal  gut,  182 

Postbranchial  bodies,  307,  309 

Posterior  intestinal  portal,  132 

Postotic  neural  crest,  160,  161 

Precardial  plate,  334,  338 

Preformation,  6 

Pre-oral  gut,  174 

Pre-oral  visceral  furrows,  174,  175 

Preotic  neural  crest,  158 

Primitive  groove,  72 

Primitive  intestine,  55 

Primitive  knot,  73 

Primitive  mouth,  55,  82 

Primitive  ova,  26,  392,  399 

Primitive  pit,  73 

Primitive  plate,  73 

Primitive  streak,  69;  interpretation 
of,  82;  origin  of,  74;  relation  to 
embryo,   85 

Primordia,  embryonic,  8 


470 


INDEX 


Primordial  cranium,  development  of, 

428 
Primordial  follicle,  27 
Proamnion,  86,  138 
Procoracoid,  435 
Proctoda^um,  170,  314,  319 
Pronephros,  190-193 
Pronucleus  male  and  female,  34,  36 
Prosencephalon,  108,  149 
Proventriculus,  313 
Pubis,  438,  439 
Pulmo-enteric    recesses    (see     pneu- 

mato-) 
Pulmonary  arteries,  359 
Pupil  of  eye,  166,  272 

Radius,  436 

Ramus  communicans,   254,  257,   259 

Recapitulation  theory,  3;  diagram 
of,  5 

Recessus  hepatico-entericus,  343 ;  re- 
cessus  mesenterico-eutericus,  343; 
recessus  opticus,  153;  recessus 
pleuro-peritoneales,  340;  recessus 
pulmo-hepatici,  340;  recessus  su- 
perior sacci  omenti,  340 

Rectum,  317 

Renal  corpuscles,  378,  383 

Renal  portal  circulation,  369,  372, 
375 

Renal  veins,  372 

Reproduction,  development  of  or- 
gans of,  390-403  ^ 

Respiratory  tract,  178,  325 

Rete  testis,  398 

Retina,  274,  275 

Retinal  zone  of  optic  cup,  271 

Rhombencephalon,  108,  155 

Ribs,  development  of,  424,  425 

s  (abbreviation  for  somites),  67 

Sacrum,  424 

Sacculus,  293,  294 

Saccus  endolymphaticus,  169,  289, 
290 

Saccus  infundibuli,  249 

Scapula,  434,  435 

Sclerotic  coat  of  eye,  279 

Sclerotomes,  and  vertebral  segmenta- 
tion, 412;  components  of,  412;  oc- 
cipital, 428;  origin  of,   185,   186 

Seessell's  pocket,  174 

Segmental  arteries,  122,  199,  362 

Segmentation  cavity,  43,  47,  53  (see 
also  subgerminal  cavity) 

Semeniferous  tubules,  398 

Semicircular  canals,  291 

Semi-lunar  valves,  352 

Sensory  areas  of  auditory  labyrinth, 
origin  of,  296 


Septa  of  heart,  completion  of,  355, 

356,  357 
Septal  gland  of  nose,  287 
Septum  aortico-pulmonale,  351,  352; 
of  auricular  canal,  355 ;  bulbo- 
auricular,  353;  cushion,  351,  355; 
interauricular,  351,  354;  interven- 
tricular, 351,  353,  354;  of  sinus 
venosus,  358 

Septum  transversum,  208,  209,  334; 
derivatives  of,  339;  lateral  closing 
folds  of,  334,  337 ;  median  mass  of, 
335 

Septum  trunci  et  bulbi  arteriosi,  351 

Sero-amniotic  connection,  138,  143, 
217 

Sexual  cords,  393,  394;  of  ovary,  398; 
of  testis,  395 

Sexual  differentiation,  394,  395 

Sheath  cells,  255 

Shell,  structure  of,  17 

Shell  membrane,  18 

Sickle  (of  Roller),  71 

Sinu-auricular  aperture,  357,  358 

Sinu-auricular  valves,  358 

Sinus  terminalis  86  (see  also  vena 
terminalis) 

Sinus  venosub,  197,  200,  201,  357; 
horns  of,  358;  relation  to  septum 
transversum,  339 

Skeleton,  general  statement  con- 
cerning origin,  407 

Skull,  chondrification  of,  429-432;  de- 
velopment of,  427;  ossification  of, 
432,  433,  434 

Somatopleure,  62,  115 

Somite,  first,  position  in  embryo.  111 

Somites,  of  the  head,  114;  meso- 
blastic,  origin  of,  110,  111;  meso- 
blastic,  metameric  value  of,  184; 
primary  structure  of,  114 

Spermatid,  13 

Spermatocyte,  13 

Spermatogenesis,  12 

Spermatogonia,  13 

Spermatozoa,  period  of  life  Avithin 
oviduct,  35 

Spermatozoon,  9 

Spina  iliaca,  440 

Spinal  accessory  nerve,  269 

Spinal  cord,  development  of,  239 

Spinal  nerves,  components  of,  254; 
development  of,  252,  255;  bomatic 
components  of,  254;  splanchnic 
components  of,  256 

Splanchnocranium,  427 

Splanchnopleure,  62,  115 

Spleen,  345-347 

Spongy  layer  of  shell,  17 

Stapes,  300 


INDEX 


471 


Sternum,  development  of,  425-427 

Stigma  of  follicle,  25 

Stomach,  179,  313 

Stomodaeum,  170,  173 

Stroma  of  gonads,  393 ;  of  testis,  397 

Subcardinal  veins,  368,  369 

Subclavian  artery,  362 

Subclavian  veins,  363,  364 

Subgerminal  cavity,  53,  61,  69 

Subintestinal  vein,  367 

Subnotochordal  bar,  416,  418 

Sulcus  lingualis,  298 

Sulcus  tubo-tympanicus,  298 

Supraorbital  sinus  of  olfactory  cav- 
ity, 285 

Suprarenal  capsules,  403-406 

Sutura  cerebralis  anterior,  103-105; 
neurochordalis  seu  ventralis,  105; 
terminalis  anterior,  105 

Sympathetic  nervous  system,  256- 
261;  relation  to  suprarenals,  406 

Sympathetic  trunks,  primary,  257; 
secondary,  258 

Synencephalon,    108,    153,   249 

Syrinx,  332 

Tables  of  development,  68 

Tail-fold,  131 

Tarsuh,  441 

Tectum  lobi  optici,  251 

Teeth,  304 

Tela  choroidea,  152 

Telencephalon      and      diencephalon, 

origin  of,  150 
Telencephalon,  later  development  of, 

245-249;  medium,  151,  245 
Telolecithal,  11 
Ten  somite  embryo,   description  of, 

122 
Testis,  395-398 
Tetrads,  33 

Thalami  optici,  154,  251 
Thymus,  308 
Thyroid,  178,  307 
Tongue,  305 
Torus  transversus,  248 
Trabeculee,    of    skull,    428,    429;  of 

ventricles,  353 
Trachea,  331,  332 
Trigeminal    ganglion    complex,    160, 

267 
Trigeminus  nerve,  267 ;  nucleus  (mo- 
tor), 262,  263 
Trochlearis  nerve,  266;  nucleus,  262, 

263 
Truncus  arteriosus,  198 
Tubal  fissure,  298,  301 
Tubal  ridge,  401 

Tuberculum  impar   (of  tongue),  305 
Tuberculum  posterius,  249 


Tubo-tympanic  cavity,  297-300 

Tubules  of  mesonephros,  degenera- 
tion of,  380-382;  formation  of, 
195-196;  primary,  secondary,  ter- 
tiary, 379,  380 

Turbinals,  285,  286,  431 

Turning  of  embryo,  133 

Tympanum,  297,  300 

Ulna,  436 

Umbilical   arteries,    363;  veins,    367, 

368 
Umbilicus,   144;  of  yolk-sac,  216 
UnincuVjated    blastoderm,    structure 

of,  69 
Ureter,  origin  of,  384 
Urinogenital  ridge,  390,  391;  system, 

later  development  of,  378,  etc. 
Uroda}um,  314,  319 
Uterus,  22 
Utriculus,  291,  292 
Uvea,  273 

Vagina,  22 

Vagus,  ganglion  complex  of,  161; 
nerve,  268;  nucleus,  262,  263 

Variability,  embryonic,  64 

Vas  deferens,  401 

Vasa  efferentia,  398 

Vascular  system,  anatomy  of,  on 
fourth  day,  197-200;  origin  of,  117 

Venous  system,  127,  199,  204,  205, 
228,  363-372 

Velum  transversum,  150,  248 

Vena  cava,  anterior,  363,  364;  in- 
ferior, 368-372 

Vena  porta  sinistra,  367 

Vena  terminalis,  228;  see  also  sinus 
terminalis 

Ventral  aorta,  121 

Ventral  longitudinal  fissure  of  spinal 
cord,  243 

Ventral  mesentery,    131,    182,   343 

Vertebrae,  articulations  of,  421;  co- 
alescence of,  424;  costal  processes 
of,  418;  hypocentrum  of,  418;  in- 
tervertebral ligaments  of,  421; 
ossification  of,  421-424;  pleuro- 
centrum  of,  418;  stage  of  chondri- 
fication  of,  418;  suspensory  liga- 
ments of,  421 ; 

Vertebral  column,  411;  condition  on 
fourth  day,  414;  condition  on  fifth 
day,  415,  417;  condition  on  sev- 
enth and  eighth  days,  418,  420; 
membranous  stage  of,  414 
Vertebral    segmentation,    origin    of, 

412  ff 
Visceral    arches,     175;     clefts,     174, 
307;   furrows,   174;   pouches,    174; 


472 


INDEX 


/ 


pouches,  early  development  of,  175- 
178;   pouches,  fate  of,  307,  308 

Vitelline  membrane,  10,  30,  31 

Vitreous  humor,  275 


ongm 


White  matter  of  spinal  cord, 

of,  239,  241 
Wing,  origin  of  skeleton  of,  434,  436 
Wolffian  body  (see  mesonephros) ; 
atrophy,  380,  382,  401;  sexual 
and  non-sexual  portions,  396;  at 
ninetv-six  hours,  379;  on  the 
sixth^day,  382;  on  the  eighth  day, 
382,  383 ;  on  the  eleventh  day,  385 


Wolffian  duct,  191,  193,  194,  391,  401 

Yolk,    17,    19;  formation  of,   29 
Yolk-sac,     143,     225-231;  entoderm 

of,   50;  blood-vessels  of,   227-230; 

septa    of,    225-227;  ultimate    fate 

of,  230,  231 
Yolk-spheres,   19,  20 
Yolk-stalk,   132,  225 

Zona  radiata,  10,  30,  31 
Zone  of  junction,  52,  57 
Zones  of  the  blastoderm,  127-129